THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


. 

THE  UNITEL 


WITH  THE 

CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES, 

INCLUDING 

MEXICO  «flJY7)  THE  WEST  INDIES. 

INTENDED  AS  AN  ACCOMPANIMENT  TO 

MELISH'S 

MAP    OF   THESE    COUNTRIES. 


BY  JOHN  MELISH 


A  NEW  EDITION,  GREATLY  IMPROVED. 


FHBLISHED    BY    A.    T.    GOODRICH 

,T.  &  J.  Harper,  Printers. 

1826. 


Southern  District  of  New-York,  as. 

BE  IT  REMEMBERED,  that  on  the  15th  day  of  March,  in  the  fiftieth 
year  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  of  America,  A.  D.  1826, 
Andrew  T.  Goodrich,  of  the  said  District,  has  deposited  in  this  office  the 
title  of  a  book,  the  right  whereof  he  claims  as  proprietor,  in  the.  words 
following,  to  wit : 

"  A  Geographical  Description  of  the  United  States,  with  the  contiguous 
countries,  including  Mexico  and  the  West  Indies  ;  intended  as  an  accompani- 
ment to  Melish's  Map  of  these  countries.  By  John  Melish.  A  new  Edition, 
greatly  improved." 

In  conformity  to  the  Act  of  Congress  of  the  United  States,  entitled,  "An 
Act  for  the  encouragement  of  Learning,  by  securing  the  copies  of  Maps, 
Charts,  and  Books,  to  the  authors  and  proprietors  of  such  copies,  during  the 
times  therein  mentioned."  And  also  to  an  Act,  entitled,  "An  Act,  supple- 
mentary to  an  Act,  entitled  an  Act  for  the  encouragement  of  Learning,  by 
securing  the  copies  of  Maps,  Charts,  and  Books,  to  lie  authors  and  proprie- 
tors of  such  copies,  during  the  times  therein  mentioned,  and  extending  the 
benefits  thereof  to  the  arts  of  designing,  engraving,  and  etching  historical 
and  other  prints." 

JAMES  DILL, 
Clerk  nf  the  fUmitJiern  District  of  Nrw-Ym*lr, 


v> 

/ 


0 


PREFACE. 


THE  first  edition  of  this  work  was  published  in  1816. 
The  object  of  the  publication  was  to  present  a  view  of  the 
iclwle  United  States  Territory,  with  so  much  of  the  con- 
tiguous countries  as  were  intimately  connected  with  it ; 
and  as  the  map  was  necessarily  on  a  small  scale,  it  was 
judged  expedient  to  prepare  an  accompaniment,  compris- 
ing a  series  of  Statistical  and  Topographical  Tables,  with 
an  Outline  of  the  General  Geography  of  the  country. 

The  work  having  answered  the  original  expectation,  it 
was  improved  from  time  to  time  so  as  to  keep  pace  with 
the  progressive  geography  of  the  country. 

When  the  late  treaty  was  negotiated  with  Spain,  which 
had  reference  to  the  map  in  fixing  the  south-west  bounda- 
ry, it  was  determined  to  bring  forward  an  entire  new  edi- 
tion of  the  J\Iap,  exhibiting  Florida  as  a  part  of  the  United 
States,  and  marking  all  alterations  that  had  taken  place  in 
the  country,  up  to  the  time  of  publication ;  and  from  a 
conviction  that  Mexico  would  soon  become  independent, 
and  would  eventually  be  of  great  importance  to  the  United 
States,  it  was  determined  to  add  another  sheet  exhibiting 
a  complete  view  of  that  very  interesting  country,  with  all 
the  most  important  West  India  Islands.  This  was  ac- 
cordingly executed,  and  the  supplement  was  so  enlarged 
as  to  exhibit  a  view  of  the  whole  West  Indies,  with  Guati- 
mala,  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  and  the  northern  province.? 

•  "^Q 

0»*3v.iO  tf  O 


jv  PREFACE. 

of  South  America,  now  forming  part  of  the  Republic  of 

Colombia. 

The  Description  having  answered  a  valuable  purpose, 
it  was  determined  to  bring  forward  a  new  and  improved 
edition  as  soon  as  possible  after  access  could  be  had  fa 
United  States  census  of  1820.  This,  it  was  presumed, 
could  be  comprised  in  a  work  of  250  pages  ;  but,  on  ar- 
ranging the  necessary  details,  it  has  swelled  out  to  more 
than  500  pages  ;  and  that  too  without  having  a  single  re- 
dundant article.  To  this  has  been  added  12  local  maps, 
so  as  to  illustrate  some  of  the  most  important  positions  in 
the  country. 

The  whole  is  now  before  the  public,  and  it  is  respeci 
fully  presumed  that  it  will  be  found  one  of  the  most  com- 
plete, and  certainly  the  cheapest  work  of  the  kind  that 
ever  was  published  in  the  United  States. 

It  was  proposed  to  insert  various  testimonies  in  favour 

of  the  work  at  the  close  of  this  volume,  but  as  these  can- 

not, of  course,  have  reference  to  this  edition  of  the  Des- 

cription, it  has  been  declined  ;  and  the  work  is  left  to  rest 

on  its  own  intrinsic  merits  ;  but  the  author  may  here  sub- 

join a  few  remarks  on  the  importance  of  the  present  plan. 

From  the  great  extent  of  country  to  be  represented,  the 

map  behoved  to  be  on  a  scale  comparatively  small;     The 

scale  chosen  was  60  miles  to  an  inch  ;  and  with  this  de- 

lineation the  map  spreads  over  a  surface  of  between  1  6 

and  17  square  feet.     It  exhibits  to  the  eye  all  the  most 

important  features  of  the  countries  which  it  represents  :  — 

the  Land,  the  Water,  the  Civil  Divisions,  the  Mountains, 

the  Towns,  Roads,  &c.  ;  and  the  descriptive  matter  intro- 

duced on  its  surface  is  as  ample  as  it  could  possibly  be 

made,  consistent  with  due  attention  to  perspicuity.     The 

description  contains  500  pages  of  closely  printed  matter, 

which,  if  spread  out  oil  a  plain  surface,  would,.  exceed 


. 


PREFACE.  V 

more  than  four  times  the  surface  of  the  map.  A  very 
small  portion  of  this  matter  only  could  have  been  intro- 
duced on  the  Map,  and  yet  the  whole  is  necessary  to  the 
illustration  of  the  subject.  Taken  by  itself,  the  picture 
exhibited  by  the  Map  is  an  intelligent  and  a  pleasing  one ; 
but  without  something  to  direct  the  attention  to  a  practical 
improvement,  it  would  soon  lose  its  interest.  Being  exa- 
mined in  connexion  with  the  description,  the  reader  has 
not  only  a  large  addition*  to  the  topographical  matter,  but 
a  great  fund  of  Geological  and  Statistical  information ;  to- 
gether with  an  account  of  the  civil  and  moral  condition 
of  the  inhabitants. 

Having  had  access  to  the  best  geographical  materials, 
and  having  used  his  utmost  endeavours  to  put  them  into 
a  form  calculated  to  instruct  his  fellow  citizens,  the  author 
respectfully  consigns  this  work  to  their  care,  believing 
that  his  labour  will  not  have  been  in  vain. 

JOHN  MELISH, 

Philadelphia,  July  4,  1822. 


:) 


PREFACE 


THE  THIRD  EDITION. 


THE  present  publisher  of  this  work  has  made  such  al- 
terations, and  additions,  as  were  considered  absolutely 
requisite  from  the  rapid  growth  and  improvement  of  this 
country,  its  increase  of  population,  and  wealth,  and  the 
extension  of  settlements  westward ;  which,  united  with 
the  irresistible  spirit  of  the  people  in  the  construction  of 
Canals,  and  the  intended  formation  of  many  new  ones, 
has  introduced  a  bright  era  in  our  history. 

Since  this  volume  was  sent  to  press,  the  states  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  Maryland  have  made  the  most  liberal  appro- 
priations to  begin  a  system  of  Canals  and  rail-roads,  and 
Congress  have  also  decided  in  favour  of  a  survey  for  a 
ship  Canal  across  Florida,  and  taken  the  preliminary  steps 
to  have  it  accomplished. 

From  the  national  census  not  having  been  taken  since 
1820,  it  was  impossible  to  collect  any  more  recent  infor- 
mation in  that  respect,  except  as  to  a  few  particular  cities, 
or  towns,  and  in  such  cases  it  has  been  inserted  from  the 
most  authentic  sources. 

A  memoir  of  the  late  John  Melish  was  intended  to  have 
been  inserted  in  this  edition ;  but  unforeseen  circumstances- 
have  prevented  it,  and  confines  this  brief  note  to  the  single 
remark  that  he  closed  his  active  and  valuable  life  in  th*> 
city  of  Philadelphia,  on  the  30th  of  December,  1822- 
New-York,  15th  March,  1826- 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

"General  description 9 

General  view  of  the  United  States 17 

Chief  cities  of  the  United  States 94 

Washington  and  District  of  Columbia 94 

Boston 97 

New- York 93 

Philadelphia 100 

Baltimore 102 

Charleston 103 

Savannah 104 

New  Orleans 105 

Particular  view  of  the  several  states  and  territories 129 

Maine 130 

New  Hampshire 135 

Vermont 140 

Massachusetts 146 

Rhode  Island 155 

Connecticut 162 

New-York 170 

New  Jersey 193 

Pennsylvania 201 

Delaware 225 

Maryland 230 

Virginia 240 

North  Carolina 256 

South  Carolina 267 

Georgia 276 

Alabama 287 

Mississippi 296 

Louisiana 302 

Tennessee 313 


Viii  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Particular  view  of  Kentucky 321 

Ohio 332 

Indiana 349 

Illinois 358 

Missouri 365 

Arkansas  territory 380 

Michigan  territory 390 

Florida 397 

North  West  territory 405 

Missouri  territory 411 

Western  territory 419 

British  Possessions , 432 

British  Colonies  in  North  America 433 

Western  territory ib. 

Upper  Canada ib. 

Lower  Canada 436 

New  Brunswick 443 

Nova  Scotia 444 

St.  John,  or  Prince  Edward's  Island 445 

Cape  Breton 446 

Newfoundland 447 

Bermudas ib. 

West  Indies 449 

Mexico 458 

Colombia 472 

Political  Economy 473 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  PLACING  THE  PLATES. 

1  District  of  Columbia,  to  front  page  ..........................  94 

2  Boston  and  adjacent  country  ..............................  97 

5  N.e.r7ork  and  adJacent  country  ...........................  98 

4  Philadelphia  and  adjacent  country  ..........................  100 

>  Baltimore  and  adjacent  country  ...........                               .  .  102 

5  Charleston  and  adjacent  country  ...........................  103 

7  New  Or  eans  and  adjacent  country  .........................  105 


8  National  Road 


J  Ballston  and 
10  Falls  of  Niagara  and  adjacent  country  .....................  ..187 

1  St.  Louis  and  adjacent  country  .....  374 

1  2  Outlet  of  Columbia  River  ......  ........  \  \  432 


Saratoga  Springs  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  184 

10  Falls  of  Niagara  and  adjacent 


DESCRIPTION 


UNITED  STATES,  &c. 


SECTION  I. 

*1  brief  Description  of  the  general  Form  and  Features  of 
the  Map,  with  an  Account  of  the  Materials  from  which 
It  was  constructed,  and  has  been  improved  up  to  the  pre- 
sent time. 

THE  great  object  kept  in  view  in  the  construction  of 
this  Map  was  to  present  an  entire  view  of  THE  WHOLE 
UNITED  STATES'  territory,  a  circumstance  which  had  never 
been  attended  to  in  a  Map  of  the  United  States  before, 
and  then  to  add  all  the  contiguous  countries  that  were  like- 
ly to  be  of  great  importance  to  the  United  States,  either 
in  a  political  or  commercial  point  of  view.  Thus  enlarged, 
the  map  extends  from  16°  to  53°  N.  lat.  being  37  degrees 
or  2220  geographical  miles,  and  in  the  middle  it  extends 
from  the  16°  of  east  longitude  to  the  45C  of  west  longitude 
from  Washington,  being  61°,  or  3034  geographical  miles. 
It  is  now  well  ascertained  that  a  degree  of  latitude  mea- 
sures sixty-nine  and  one-sixteenth  statute  miles  ;  therefore 
the  Map  measures  from  north  to  south  2555  statute  miles, 
and  from  east  to  west  3331 ;  the  whole  area  being  8,510,- 
705  square  miles. 


10 

The  prominent  feature  of  the  Map  being  the  United 
States'  territory,  we  shall  first  direct  the  public  attention  to 
the  boundaries  as  defined  by  law,  beginning  at  the  south- 
east pointof  the  stateof  Maine.  From  thence  to  the  Lake 
of  the  Woods  the  boundary  was  fixed  by  the  definitive 
treaty  of  peace  between  the  United  States  and  Britain, 
executed  at  Paris,  on  the  3d  of  September,  1783,  as  fol- 
lows, viz  :  "  From  the  north-west  angle  of  Nova-Scotia  ; 
viz.  that  angle  which  is  formed  by  a  line  drawn  due  north 
from  the  source  of  St.  Croix  river  to  the  Highlands  ;  along 
the  said  Highlands  which  divide  those  rivers  that  empty 
themselves  into  the  river  St.  Lawrence,  from  those  which 
fall  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  to  the  north-western-most 
head  of  Connecticut  river ;  thence  down  along  the  middle 
of  that  river  to  the  45th  degree  of  north  latitude  ;  from 
thence  by  a  line  due  west  on  said  latitude,  until  it  strikes 
the  river  Iroquois  or  Cataraquy  :  thence  along  the  middle 
of  said  river  into  Lake  Ontario,  through  the  middle  of  said 
lake  until  it  strikes  the  communication  by  water  between 
that  lake  and  Lake  Erie  ;  thence  along  the  middle  of  said 
Communication  into  Lake  Erie,  through  the  middle  of  said 
lake  until  it  arrives  at  the  water  communication  between 
that  lake  and  Lake  Huron  ;  thence  along  the  middle  of 
said  water  communication  into  Lake  Huron  ;  thence 
through  the  middle  of  said  lake  to  the  water  communica- 
tion between  that  lake  and  Lake  Superior ;  thence  through 
Lake  Superior  northward  of  the  Isles  Royal  and  Phili- 
peaux,  to  the  Long  Lake  ;  thence  through  the  middle  of 
said  Long  Lake  and  the  water  communication  between  it 
and  the  Lake  of  the  Woods,  to  the  said  Lake  of  the  Woods  ; 
thence  through  the  said  lake  to  the  most  north-western 
point  thereof,  and  from  thence  on  a  due  west  course  to  the 
river  Mississippi.  East  by  a  line  to  be  drawn  along  the 


11 

middle  of  the  river  St.  Croix,  from  its  mouth  in  the  Bay 
of  Fundy  to  its  source,  and  from  its  source  directly  north 
to  the  aforesaid  Highlands  which  divide  the  rivers  that 
fall  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean  from  those  which  fall  into  the 
river  St.  Lawrence  ;  comprehending  all  islands  within 
twenty  leagues  of  any  part  of  the  shores  of  the  United 
States,  and  lying  between  lines  to  be  drawn  due  east  from 
the  points  where  the  aforesaid  boundaries  between  Nova 
Scotia  on  the  one  part  and  East  Florida  on  the  other,  shall 
respectively  touch  the  Bay  of  Fundy  and  the  Atlantic 
.Ocean  ;  excepting  such  islands  as  now  are,  or  heretofore 
have  been,  within  the  limits  of  the  said  province  of  Nova 
Scotia." 

As  the  line  designated  by  the  foregoing  article  had  ne- 
ver been  surveyed,  and  certain  doubts  had  arisen  regard- 
ing the  construction  of  some  parts  of  the  treaty,  it  was 
agreed  by  the  treaty  of  Ghent  to  appoint  commissioners 
to  have  the  surveys  made,  and  to  decide  on  the  disputed 
points ;  and  in  the  event  of  their  differing  in  opinion  it 
was  agreed  to  refer  the  matter  to  some  friendly  sove- 
reign.* 

From  the  Lake  of  the  Woods  westward,  the  line  has 
been  agreed  upon  by  treaty  as  follows.  "  It  is  agreed  that 
a  line  drawn  from  the  most  north-western  point  of  the 
Lake  of  the  Woods  along  the  49th  parallel  of  north  lati- 
tude, or,  if  the  said  point  shall  not  be  in  the  49th  parallel 
of  north  latitude,  then  that  a  line  drawn  from  the  said 
point  due  north  or  south,  as  the  case  may  be,  until  the  said 


*  The  commissioners  under  the  treaty  have  agreed  on  all  the  points 
except  a  few,  principally  as  to  the  boundary  between  Maine  and  Lower 
Canada,  and  these  points  are  referred  to  the  decision  of  the  Emperor  of 
Russia. 


line  shall  intersect  the  said  parallel  of  north  latitude,  and 
from  the  point  of  such  intersection  due  west  along  and 
with  the  said  parallel,  shall  be  the  line  of  demarkation  be- 
tween the  territories  of  the  United  States  and  those  of  his 
Britannic  majesty,  and  that  the  said  line  shall  form  the 
northern  boundary  of  the  said  territories  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  southern  boundary  of  the  territories  of  his 
Britannic  majesty,  from  the  Lake  of  the  Woods  to  the 
Stony  Mountains."  4 

"  It  is  agreed  that  tiny  country  that  may  be  claimed  by 
either  party  on  the  north-west  coast  of  America,  westward 
of  the  Stany  Mountains,  shall,  together  with  its  harbours, 
bays,  and  creeks,  and  the  navigation  of  all  rivers  within  the 
same,  be  free  and  open  for  the  term  of  ten  years  from  the 
date  of  the  signature  of  the  present  convention,  to  the  ves- 
sels, citizens,  and  subjects,  of  the  two  powers  :  it  being 
well  understood  that  this  agreement  is  not  to  be  construed 
to  the  prejudice  q^Sny* claim  which  either  of  the  two  high 
contracting  parties  may  have  to  any  part  of  the  said  coun- 
try, nor  shall  it  be  taken  to  affect  the  claims  of  any  other 
power  or  state  to  any  part  of  the  said  country  ;  the  only 
object  of  the  high  contracting  parties,  in  that  respect, 
being  to  prevent  disputes  and  differences  among  them- 
selves." 

The  boundary  line  between  the  United  States  and  the 
Spanish  possessions  was  fixed  by  the  treaty  between  this 
country  and  Spain  as  follows  : 

"  Theboundary  line  between  the  two  countries,  west  of 
the  Mississippi,  shall  begin  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  river  Sabine,  in  the  sea,  continuing  north 
along  the  western  bank  of  that  river,  to  the  32d  degree  of 
latitude,  by  a  line  drawn  due  north,  to  the  degree  of  lati- 
tude where  it  strikes  the  Rio  Roxo  of  Natchitoches,  or 


13 

Red  river;  then  following  the  course  of  the  Rio  Roxo  west- 
ward, to  the  degree  of  longitude  100  west  from  London  and 
23  from  Washington ;  then  crossing  the  said  Red  river, 
and  running  thence  by  a  line  due  north,  to  the  river  Ar- 
kansas ;  thence  following  the  course  of  the  southern  bank 
of  the  Arkansas  to  its  source,  in  latitude  42°  north  ;  and 
thence  by  that  parallel  of  latitude  to  the  South  sea.  The 
whole  being  as  Jaid  down  in  Melish's  map  of  the  United 
States,  published  in  Philadelphia,  improved  to  the  1st  of 
January,  !Sl8.  But  if  the  source  of  the  Arkansas  river 
shall  fall  north  or  south  of  latitude  42°,  then  the  line  shall 
run  from  the  said  source  due  sp,uth  or  north,  as  the  case 
may  be,  till  it  meets  the  said  parallel  of  latitude  42°,  and 
thence  along  the  said  parallel  to  the  South  Sea.  All  the 
islands  in  the  Sabine,  and  tKe  said  Red  and  Arkansas  ri- 
vers, throughout  the  course  thus  described,  to  belong  to 
the  United  States ;  but  the  use  of  the  waters  and  naviga- 
tion of  the  Sabine  to  the  sea,  and  of  the  said  rivers  Ro*o»;. 
and  Arkansas,  throughout  the  extent  of  the  said  boundary, 
on  their  respective  banks,  shall  be  common  to  the  respec- 
tive inhabitants  of  both  nations." 

The  Gulf  of  Mexico  is  the  southern  boundary  of  the 
United  States  ;  and  Florida,  by  the  aforesaid  treaty,  has 
been  ceded  in  full  sovereignty  to  the  United  States. 

On  the  east,  the  boundary  is  the  Atlantic  ocean,  "  com- 
prehending all  islands  within  twenty  leagues  of  any  part  of 
the  shores  of  the  United  States." 

The  whole  of  these  boundary  lines  being  accurately  laid 
down  on  this  map,  can  be  easily  traced  ;  and  within  the 
limits  which  they  prescribe  we  see  the  states  of  Maine, 
New-Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island, 
Connecticut,  New-Yovk,  New-Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Dela- 
ware, Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South  Caroli- 


14 

na,  Georgia,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana,  Tennessee, 
Kentucky,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  and  Missouri,  with  the 
territories  of  Michigan,  North-  West,  Missouri,  Arkansas, 
and  Florida ;  and  the  District  of  Columbia,  which  last  rs 
situated  between  the  states  of  Maryland  and  Virginia,  and 
is  the  seat  of  the  general  government  of  the  United  States. 
To  the  north  we  have  a  view  of  the  whole  of  the  Bri- 
tish possessions  in  that  quarter,  comprehending  Newfound- 
land, Cape  Breton,  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick,  Prince 
Edward's  Island,  Anticosti,  Labrador,  Lower  Canada, 
Upper  Canada,  and  an  extensive  range  of  country  to  the 
westward,  extending  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Russia  claims 
the  north-west  coast  from  the  parallel  of  fifty-one  degrees 
northward. 

On  the  south-west  are  the  Spanish  internal  provinces, 
consisting  of  Texas,  New  Santander,  New  Leon,  Cohauil- 
la,  New  Biscay,  New  Mexico,  Senora,  Sinoloa,  and  Cali- 
fornia. To  the  south  of  these  the  very  important  coun- 
tries of  Mexico  and  Yucatan,  with  part  of  Guatimala,  and  to 
the  eastward  the  principal  West  India  Islands.  The  whole 
of  the  West  India  Islands  are  shown  in  a  supplement, 
which  also  gives  a  view  of  the  whole  of  Guatimala,  with 
the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  and  the  northern  part  of  South 
America. 

In  constructing  the  map,  recourse  was  had  to  the  fol- 
lowing materials : 

For  the  United  States. — The  various  state  maps  from 
actual  survey,  so  far  as  these  surveys  have  extended,  with 
compilations  of  others  from  the  best  materials  extant.  The 
territories  were  principally  executed  from  the  surveys  of 
the  public  lands  in  the  United  States'  land  office,  and  other 
authentic  materials  in  the  public  offices  at  Washington. 


15 

Extensive  use  was  also  made  of  Lewis  and  Clark's  and 
Pike's  travels  for  information  as  to  the  Mississippi  and 
Missouri  rivers  and  their  waters. 

The  British  possessions  were  delineated  from  the  latest 
and  best  materials  which  could  be  procured,  particularly 
Smith's  and  Fadyon's  maps  of  Upper  Canada,  and  Hol- 
land's map  of  Lower  Canada,  together  with  Arrowsmith's 
general  maps,  and  Lawrie  and  Whittle's  map  of  Cabotia; 
and  improvements  have  been  made  from  Bouchette's  map 
of  Canada. 

For  the  Spanish  possessions. — Humbold's  very  excellent 
maps  were  taken  as  the  basis,  and  some  of  the  details, 
particularly  in  the  upper  part,  were  furnished  from  Pike's 
travels.  Improvements  have  been  made  from  late  Spanish 
charts,  and  other  documents. 

The  western  coast  and  California  were  chiefly  delineat- 
ed from  the  valuable  charts  of  Vancouver,  and  some  of 
the  details,  particularly  about  the  bay  of  St.  Francisco, 
were  procured  from  LangsdorfFs  voyages  and  travels. 

Since  the  first  edition  of  the  map  was  published,  great 
and  valuable  additions  have  been  made  to  the  geography 
of  the  western  world.  In  particular  new  maps  have  been 
published  of  Maine,  New- Hampshire,  New-  York,  Connec- 
ticut, Vermont,  Georgia,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana, 
Tennesse,  Kentucky,  Indiana,  and  Illinois,  and  very  ma- 
terial additions  have  been  made  to  the  geography  of  the 
other  states  and  territories.  Ample  use  has  been  made  of 
the  whole  in  improving  this  edition  of  the  map  of  the 
United  States  ;  and  it  has  been  further  improved  by  much 
valuable  information  regarding  the  roads  of  the  United 
States,  received  through  the  medium  of  the  Traveller's 
Directory,  published  by  the  author.  Besides  the  maps 
that  have  been  published  of  the  several  states,  the  author 


16 

lias  had  access  to  many  of  the  materials  procured  for 
several  of  the  other  states,  particularly  of  Pennsylvania  and 
the  states  adjacent ;  and  he  has  left  nothing  undone  to 
improve  the  map  therefrom  to  the  highest  degree  of  which 
it  is  susceptible. 

From  the  great  mass  of  materials  which  have  been  used, 
and  the  great  labour  and  expense  incurred  in  bringing  this 
work  to  maturity,  the  author  can  have  no  doubt  but  it  will 
give  ample  satisfaction,  and  he  now  proceeds  to  give  a 
general  view  of  the  present  state  of  the  country. 


SECTION  II. 


GENERAL  VIEW  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Situation — Boundaries — Extent  and  Area — Face  of  the 
Country  :  Mountains,  Rivers,  and  Lakes — Geological 
Formation — Minerals — Soil — Natural  Productions — 
.  Curiosities — Climate — Historical  Sketch  of  the  Origi- 
nal Settlement  and  Progress  of  Society — Civil  Divisions 
and  Population — Agriculture  and  produce — Manufac- 
tures and  Commerce — Chief  Cities — Roads,  Canals,  and 
Public  Improvements — Government  and  Laws — Reve- 
nue and  Expenditures — Public  Property  and  Public 
Debt — .Manners  and  Customs — Religion  and  Education. 

SITUATION.  The  United  States,  as  enlarged  by  the  ac- 
cession of  Florida,  is  situated  between  24°  20X  and  49°  N. 
lat.  and  10°  E.,  and  48°  25'  W.  long,  from  Washington. 

BOUNDARIES.  On  the  north  the  British  possessions; 
east  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  south  and  south-west  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico  and  Spanish  possessions;  west  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  The  particulars,  having  reference  to  the  respec- 
tive treaties,  were  inserted  in  the  last  article. 

EXTENT  AND  AREA.  The  mean  length  from  east  to 
west  is  2500  miles,  and  mean  breadth  from  north  to  south 
830  ;  making  an  area  of  2,076,410  square  miles,  or 
1,328,902,400  acres. 

FACE  OF  THE  COUNTRY.  The  United  States  territory, 
extending  across  the  whole  of  the  North  American  conti- 
nent from  east  to  west,  and  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to 
3 


18 

the  great  lakes  from  south  to  north,  necessarily  presents  a 
great  variety  of  features.  In  the  north-east  part,  the  great 
chains  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains  commence  about  equi- 
distant between  the  ocean  and  St.  Lawrence  river,  and 
running  to  the  south-west,  in  several  distinct  parallel  ridges, 
they  terminate  in  Georgia  and  Alabama.  But  the  ground 
continues  at  a  high  elevation  westward  nearly  to  the  Mis- 
sissippi. That  great  river,  from  the  mouth  of  Ohio 
downwards,  runs  through  a  tract  of  country  comparatively 
low,  but  the  ground  again  rises  to  the  westward,  and  a 
chain  of  mountains  is  formed  extending  north-west,  gra- 
dually increasing  in  elevation,  and  finally  forming  the 
great  ridges  called  the  Rocky  Mountains.  The  great 
valley  of  the  Mississippi  and  its  waters  extends  between 
these  great  ridges  of  mountains,  and  is  on  a  considerable 
elevation  above  the  sea,  declining  from  the  east  and  west 
towards  the  Mississippi,  and  from  the  north  towards  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico.  On  the  east  and  south  of  the  Alleghany 
Mountains  is  a  slope  towards  the  sea  and  Gulf  of  Mexico  ; 
of  this  the  northern  part  is  bold,  and  in  some  places  pre- 
cipitous, but  towards  the  south,  and  along  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  it  is  low,  level,  and  sandy.  Beyond  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  the  waters  of  the  Columbia  river  traverse  a 
large  valley  highly  elevated,  having  large  mountains  on  the 
west ;  and  beyond  these  the  country  descends  abruptly 
to  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

The  subsequent  views  of  the  mountains,  rivers,  and  geo- 
logical formation  will  more  fully  illustrate  the  subject. 

Mountains.     The  principal  mountains  in  the  United 
States  are  the  Jllleghany*  Mountains,  in  the  eastern  sec- 

*  These  mountains  have  received  different    names  from    different 
writers  ;  but  it  is  presumed  that  the  appellation  adopted  here  is  more  ap- 


19 

non,  and  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  the  western.  The  Al- 
leghany Mountains  commence  between  Maine  and  Upper 
Canada,  and  passing  through  New-Hampshire  and  Ver- 
mont, where  they  are  more  peaked  and  prominent  than  in 
any  other  part  of  the  United  States,  they  assume  various 
altitudes  through  Massachusetts,  New- York,  the  upper 
parts  of  Connecticut  and  New-Jersey ;  and  in  Pennsylva- 
nia form  several  distinct  well  denned  chains,  the  promi- 
nent one  being  the  Alleghany ;  and  passing  through  Mary- 
land, Virginia,  and  the  upper  parts  of  North  and  South 
Carolina,  and  the  eastern  parts  of  Kentucky  and  Tennessee, 
they  apparently  terminate  in  the  upper  parts  of  Georgia 
and  Alabama,  although  the  country  continues  high  and 
elevated,  with  several  prominent  peaks  of  hills  towards 
the  Mississippi.  The  mountainous  tract  in  this  district 
has  different  breadths  at  different  places.  Across  the 
White  Mountains,  in  New-Hampshire,  it  is  about  120 
miles;  across  New-York,  from  the  Highlands  on  the  Hud- 
son to  Utica,  it  is  about  150;  across  Pennsylvania,  from 
Easton  to  Tioga,  it  is  1 30  ;  and  again  from  the  Conne wa- 
go  Hills,  in  Lancaster  county,  to  beyond  the  Alleghany 
chain,  in  Clearfield,  it  is  110  miles  ;  across  Virginia,  from 
Monticello  towards  the  Ohio,  it  is  about  i  1 0 ;  and  across 
North  Carolina  and  Tennessee,  from  Morgantown  to  Cum- 
berland Gap,  it  is  about  the  same  distance ;  across  South 
Carolina  and  Tennessee,  from  Pendleton  to  Kingston,  it 
is  nearly  150  miles;  and  across  the  southern  extremities, 
from  the  first  mountains  in  Georgia  to  Ross's  in  Tennes- 
see, it  is  about  110  miles. 

propriate  than  any  other.  It  is  more  generally  known  ;  and  being  the 
proper  name  of  the  main  or  middle  ridge  which  divides  the  eastern 
from  the  western  waters,  through  the  middle  states,  it  tvill  always  con. 
tinue  to  be  very  conspicuous. 


20 

The  heights  of  a  few  of  these  mountains  above  tide 
water  are  as  follow : 
Mount  Washington,  the  highest  peak  of  the 

White  Mountains,  in  New-Hampshire,  6634 

The  limit  of  forest  trees  in  ditto.  4428 

Moose  Hillock,  in  same  state,  4636 

Monadnock,  near  the  S.  W.  corner  of  New- 
Hampshire,  3254 
Mansfield  Mountain,  the  highest  of  the  Green 

Mountains  in  Vermont,  4279 

Camel's  Rump,  a  few  miles  south  of  Mansfield 

Mountain,  4188 

Killington  Peak,  10  miles  east  of  Rutland,  do.          3924 
Ascutney,  near  Windsor,  do.  3306 

Saddle-back,  near  the  N.  W.  corner  of  Mas- 
sachusetts, 3000 
Wachusett,  Worcester  county,  do.                            2990 
Blue  Hills,  in  Hartford  county,  Connecticut,  1000 
Round  Top,  said  to  be  the  highest  of  the  Cats- 
kill  Range,  in  the  State  of  New- York,              3804 
High  Peak,  same  range,                                             3708 
New  Beacon,  the  highest  of  the  Highlands  on 

Hudson  River,  1585 

The  mountains  in  Pennsylvania  run  in  great 
massive  ranges,  but  do  not  rise  into  high 
peaks.     The  highest  point  does  not  pro- 
bably exceed  2500 
Otter  Peaks,  the  highest  in  the  Blue  Ridge, 

Virginia,  3955 

Table  Mountain,  S.  Carolina,  4000 

The  average  height  of  the  whole  range,  from  New- 
York  southward,  may  be  assumed  at  from  1000  to  1800 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 


21 

To  the  west  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains  is  the  great 
valley  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi,  sloping  gradually  to- 
wards the  Mississippi,  and  rising  again  towards  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  The  distance  in  a  direct  line  from  the  Alle- 
ghany Mountains,  east  of  Pittsburg,  to  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, is  about  1400  miles.  The  height  of  the  eastern 
section  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  is  from  500  to  800  feet. 
The  western  section  becomes  very  elevated,  the  base  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains  being  estimated  at  3000  feet.  The 
general  course  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  has  been  already 
described.  For  a  considerable  distance  from  the  Missis- 
sippi the  chain  is  not  very  elevated,  but  toward  the  head 
waters  of  the  Arkansas  the  country  rises  to  a  great  height, 
and  many  of  the  peaks  are  constantly  covered  with  snow. 

In  that  part  of  these  mountains  where  they  are  wholly 
within  the  United  States,  they  extend  in  a  N.  W.  direction 
from  42°  to  49"  N.  L.  a  distance  of  650  miles,  and  they 
average  300  miles  in  breadth.  It  is  probable  that  the  base 
in  this  quarter  is  from  3500  to  4000  feet  high. 

The  highest  points  that  have  been  ascertained  with  ac- 
curacy are, 

Highest  peak,  12,500 

James'  Peak,  12,000 

The  tops  of  both  rise  beyond  the  inferior  limit  of  per- 
petual snow,  which,  in  that  lat.  is  estimated  at  1 1,000  feet. 

The  mountains  on  the  north-west  coast  have  a  much 
lower  base  than  the  Rocky  Mountains  ;  but  many  of  them 
are  high,  peaked,  and  very  elevated. 

There  is  a  considerable  group  of  mountains  called  the 
Ozark,  extending  south-west,  from  St.  Louis,  on  the 
Mississippi,  toward  the  Warm  Springs  in  Arkansas. 

Rivers  and  Lakes.  In  giving  a  general  view  of  the 
rivers  of  the  United  States,  it  has  been  deemed  proper 
to  select  those  great  streams  which  are  general  in  their  na- 


ture,  and  flow  through  many  of  the  states,  leaving 
the  minor  streams  to  be  noticed  in  the  descriptions  of  the 
several  states  through  which  they  pass.  The  principal 
lakes  are  formed  by  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  shall  be  no- 
ticed in  the  description  of  that  river  accordingly. 

River  St.  Lawrence.  The  head  waters  of  this  river  are 
situated  round  Lake  Superior.  On  the  west  is  the  river  St. 
Lewis,  which  approaches  within  a  few  miles  of  the  Sa- 
vannah, a  branch  of  the  Mississippi.  On  the  south  the 
principal  streams  are  Burntwood,  Montreal,  and  Ontona- 
gon.  On  the  north  side  Portage  and  Redstone.  Lake 
Superior  is  the  largest  body  of  fresh  water  on  the  globe, 
being  about  350  miles  long,  and  its  mean  breadth  about  100, 
so  that  it  contains  about  35,000  square  miles.  The  banks 
of  this  lake  are  generally  lofty  and  romantic,  and  the  wa- 
ter is  very  deep,  so  that  it  is  navigable  throughout  its 
whole  extent.  From  Lake  Superior,  the  water  issues  at  the 
east  end,  and  by  a  very  rapid  current,  which  is  interrupted 
by  several  small  islands,  or  rather  huge  masses  of  rock ;  it 
runs  through  a  channel  of  27  miles,  when  it  reaches  Lake 
Huron.  About  the  middle  of  this  channel  are  the  Falls  of 
St.  Mary,  which  oppose  an  effectual  bar  to  the  navigation, 
although  the  fall  is  only  about  23  feet  in  the.  distance  of 
half  a  mile.  Lake  Huron  is,  next  to  Lake  Superior,  the 
largest  lake  on  the  continent  of  America.  Measuring 
from  the  entrance  of  the  river  to  its  outlet  at  Fort  Gratiot, 
it  is  about  220  miles,  and  its  mean  breadth  may  be  assum- 
ed at  90 ;  the  lake  therefore  contains  nearly  20,000  square 
miles.  Like  Lake  Superior,  it  has  pure  water  and  good 
navigation ;  and  it  is  interspersed  with  numerous  islands, 
some  of  them  pretty  extensive .  To  the  westward  of  Lake 
Huron  is  Lake  Michigan,  a  most  singular  appendage  to  the 
waters  of  this  extraordinary  river.  This  lake  is  wholly  in 
the  United  States.  Its  head  is  situated  in  lat.  41  °  35',  be- 


as 

tween  the  states  of  Indiana  and  Illinois,  and  its  outlet  is 
at  Michilimackinack,  distant  three  hundred  miles.  Its 
mean  breadth,  including  Green  Bay,  is  about  fifty  miles, 
so  that  its  area  is  about  15,000  square  miles.  The  water 
is  clear  and  transparent,  and  the  navigation  is  good 
through  the  whole  extent.  Returning  to  Lake  Huron,  the 
river  issues  from  its  southern  extremity,  through  St.  Clair 
River,  which  is  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  broad,  and 
pretty  deep,  with  a  gravelly  shore  and  transparent  water; 
and  its  surface  is  chequered  with  a  number  of  beautiful 
islands.  This  river  runs  about  32  miles  and  falls  into 
Lake  St.  Clair.  Lake  St.  Clair  is  a  beautiful  sheet  of 
water,  about  30  miles  in  diameter,  and  being  in  area  about 
900  square  miles.  Out  of  this  lake,  the  waters  again  as- 
sume the  form  of  a  river  called  Detroit,  which  continues 
first  a  south-west  and  then  a  southerly  course  to  Lake 
Erie,  distant  about  27  miles.  This  is  also  a  deep  broad 
river,  greatly  enlarged,  towards  the  southern  extremity, 
and  embodying  several  important  islands.  Detroit  is 
handsomely  situated  on  its  west  bank,  about  5  miles  from 
Lake  St.  Clair,  and  Amherstburg  is  on  the  east  bank  near 
the  lower  extremity.  The  waters  are  now  expanded  into 
the  large  and  important  Lake  Erie,  a  most  beautiful  sheet 
of  transparent  water,  about  230  miles  long,  and  averaging  • 
about  45  broad  ;  its  area  being  about  10,350  square  miles. 
The  medium  depth  is  about  20  fathoms,  and  its  bottom 
is  generally  rocky,  which  renders  anchorage  precarious. 
At  the  east  end  of  Lake  Erie,  on  a  commanding  eminence, 
stands  Buffaloe,  and  two  miles  below,  Black  Rock,*  on  the 
side  of  the  United  States  ;  and  on  the  opposite  side  Fort 
Erie.  Between  these  positions,  the  water  again  assumes 
the  form  of  a  river,  and  is  called  Niagara.  At  the  outlet 

*  The  Erie  Canal  terminates  here  and  at  Buffaloe. 


24 

of  Lake  Erie  it  is  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  broad, 
and  very  deep,  with  a  rapid  current ;  the  water  being  un- 
commonly pure.  About  5  miles  below,  it  divides  into  two 
channels,  the  main  branch  being  on  the  west  side,  and  be- 
tween them  they  embody  several  islands,  the  chief  one 
being  Grand  Island,  which  contains  upwards  of  17,000 
acres.  Below  this  is  Navy  Island,  where  the  streams  again 
unite  and  form  a  spacious  bay  about  2  miles  broad,  oppo- 
site to  the  village  of  Chippeway.  The  river  now  ap- 
proaches one  of  the  grandest  scenes  in  the  world,  THE 
GREAT  FALLS  OF  NIAGARA.  Below  Chippeway,  about  a 
mile,  the  river  contracts  to  the  breadth  of  about  a  mile, 
and  towards  the  fall  there  is  a  small  island  which  separates 
the  stream  into  two  parts,  the  great  volume,  however,  be- 
ing the  western,  on  the  Canada  side.  Before  reaching  the 
main  fall,  the  rapids  commence,  and  continue  for  about  half 
a  mile,  during  which  the  fall  is  estimated  at  about  50  feet. 
The  river,  being  about  a  mile  broad,  and  very  deep,  pre- 
sents an  appearance  awfully  grand,  which  is  augmented  at 
its  lower  extremity  by  the  main  fall,  which  precipitates  the 
whole  mass  of  waters  from  the  Table  Rock  into  a  cavity 
above  1 70  feet  deep,  by  a  perpendicular  pitch.  The  water 
now  runs  in  a  chasm  of  the  earth,  which  it  has  cut  for 
itself  during  the  lapse  of  ages,  for  9  miles,  in  which  the 
fall  is  estimated  at  100  feet ;  when  the  ground  falling  by 
an  almost  perpendicular  descent  to  nearly  the  level  of  the 
water,  the  river  assumes  a  placid  appearance  between 
Lewistown  and  Queenstown,  which  it  continues  to  Lake 
Ontario,  distant  6  miles.  This  being  one  of  the  best  po- 
sitions on  this  most  extraordinary  river  for  forming  an  es- 
timate of  its  magnitude,  the  following  observations  were 
made.  The  river  is  here  about  half  a  mile  broad,  it  aver- 
ages about  25  feet  deep,  and  its  current  may  be  estimated 


ut  about  3  miles  an  hour.  In  one  hour  therefore  it  wiil 
discharge  a  column  of  water  3  miles  long,  half  a  mile 
wide,  and  25  feet  deep,  which  will  contain  1,111,440,000 
cubic  feet;  being  18,524,000  cubic  feet,  or  113,510,000 
gallons  of  water  each  minute.  The  water  passes  into 
Lake  Ontario  over  two  bars  ;  the  water  on  the  inner  bar 
being  about  18  feet,  and  on  the  outer  about  24  feet  deep. 
Lake  Ontario  is  about  180  miles  long  by  40  miles  broad, 
and  its  square  contents  about  7,200  miles.  Its  average 
depth  is  estimated  at  about  80  fathoms.  At  the  east  end 
of  Lake  Ontario  the  river  passes  through  a  singular  group 
of  islands,  called  emphatically  the  1,000  Islands.  Of 
these,  Grand  Isle,  opposite  to  Kingston,  is  the  most  ex- 
tensive. The  river  here  is  known  by  the  name  of  Catar- 
aqui.  From  Lake  Ontario  to  St.  Regis,  the  distance  is 
about  110  miles,  and  here  the  river  ceases  to  be  the  boun- 
dary of  the  United  States.  From  St.  Regis  to  Montreal 
is  about  70  miles ;  and  from  thence  to  Quebec  is  1 80 
miles.  In  all  this  distance  the  river  is  very  interesting, 
and  the  tide  flows  up  to  near  Montreal.  At  Quebec,  the 
river  expands  itself  into  a  spacious  bay,  and  after  passing 
the  Island  of  Anticosti,  distant  400  miles,  it  forms  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  400  miles  long  and  250  broad ; 
having  two  passages  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  one  by  the 
south  and  the  other  by  the  north  end  of  Newfoundland, 
the  distance  between  them  being  above  300  miles. 

The  elevations  on  this  river  shed  considerable  light  on 
the  Geological  structure  of  this  continent.  Lake  Erie 
has  been  found  by  actual  survey  to  be  560  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  tide  water  of  Hudson  River,  560 

Lake  St.  Clair  above  Lake  Erie,  1 0     570 

Lake  Huron  above  Lake  St.  Clair,  19     589 

Lake  Superior  above  Lake  Huron,  53     641 

The  descent  of  the  Niagara  fiver  betwcm  Lake  Onta- 
1 


96 

no  and  Lake  Erie  has  been  estimated  at  450  feet,  conse- 
quently from  Lake  Ontario  to  the  head  of  tide  waters  on 
the  St.  Lawrence,  the  descent  must  be  about  110  feet 

more. 

The  principal  tributary  streams  of  the  St.  Lawrence, 
after  passing  Lake  Superior,  are  the  following :  North 
side — Nepissing  River,  Thames  River,  Grand  River,  Chip- 
peway  Creek,  Trent  River,  Outawas  River,  St.  Maurice 
River,  Sequenai  River,  and  Black  River.  On  the  south 
side — Miami  of  the  Lakes,  Sandusky  River,  Cayahoga 
River,  Grand  River,  Ashtabula  River,  Cattaragus  Creek, 
'fonawanta  Creek,  Genesee  River,  Seneca  River,  Black 
River,  Racket  River,  Richlieu  River,  St.  Francis  River, 
and  Chaudiere  River.  The  extent  of  country  drained  by 
the  St.  Lawrence  River  has  been  estimated  at  about 
500,000  square  miles. 

The  next  and  greatest  of  all  the  North  American  ri- 
vers is  the  MISSISSIPPI  and  MISSOURI.  By  looking  at 
the  map  it  will  be  seen  that  this  river  and  its  waters  ex- 
tend from  the  central  part  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  west, 
to  near  the  "central  part  of  Pennsylvania  east,  a  distance 
of  nearly  1700  miles,  and  from  above  the  parallel  of  50 
north  to  its  outlet  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  a  distance  of 
more  than  1650  miles.  This  immense  river  has  three 
prominent  head  branches,  the  Ohio  on  the  east  side  ;  the 
Mississippi'  pfoper,  in  the  middle  ;  and  the  Missouri  west ; 
of  which  the  last  is  by  far  the  largest.  These  three 
branches  and  their  tributary  streams,  we  shall  first  briefly 
describe  ;  then  notice  the  Great  United  Trunk  to  its  out- 
let, and  then  the  tributary  streams  after  the  junction  with 
the  Ohio. 

The  highest  source  of  the  Missouri  River  is  the  head 
"f  Jefferson's  River  in  14°  13'  N.  lat.  and  35°  20'  \V. 


Eighty  miles  beiow*  it  unites  with  Philanthropy 
River  from  the  south.  Twelve  miles  below  it  receives 
Wisdom  River  from  the  west ;  and  thirty-two  miles  fur- 
ther Field's  River  from  the  north.  Ten  miles  below  Fra- 
zier's  River  falls  in  from  the  south,  and  three  miles  fur- 
ther on  it  receives  Philosophy  River  from  the  same  quar- 
ter. Twenty  miles  below  this,  Madison's  River,  nearly 
100  miles  long,  falls  in  from  the  south  ;  and  a  few  miles 
below,  Gallatin's  River  from  the  same  quarter,  supposed 
length  about  100  miles.  The  river  now  assumes  a  N.  N. 
W.  course,  and  passing  over  several  minor  streams,  it 
receives  at  the  distance  of  70  miles  Dearborn's  River 
from  the  north-west,  a  stream  which  flows  upwards  of 
100  miles.  Seventy  miles  N.  W.  Smith's  River  flows  in 
from  the  eastward,  and  the  river  having  now  assumed  a 
north-east  course,  at  30  miles  distance,  near  Medicine 
River,  a  large  stream  flowing  in  from  the  westward,  it 
reaches  the  falls.  Here  the  water  descends  365  feet  in 
the  course  of  18  miles  distance,  partly  by  perpendicular 
j. -itches  and  partly  by  rapids.  The  highest  pitch  is  87  feet, 
the  next  highest  47,  and  the  next  26.  Immediately  below 
the  falls  is  Portage  River ;  and  22  miles  below,  in  a  north- 
cast  direction,  Maria's  River  falls  in  from  the  north-west. 
This  stream  is  computed  to  be  180  miles  long.  Here  the 
river  winds  S.  E.  and  E.  and  during  a  progress  of  130 
miles  receives  Slaughter  River,  Big  Horn  River,  Judith 
River,  and  Muscle  Shell  River,  from  the  south  ;  and  Stone 
Wall  Creek,  Turtle  Creek,  Windsor  Creek,  North  Moun- 
tain Creek,  and  Wiser's  Creek,  and  then  receives  Brat- 
ton's  River,  from  the  north-west.  Soon  after,  the  river 

*  In  all  calculations  as  to  distances  on  these  rivcrg  they  are  taken  by 
comparative  comae,  that  is  by  measurement  on  the  map  with  ten  miles  on 
the  compass,  without  regard  to  particular  sinuosities. 


28 

winds  to  the  north-east,  and  receiving,  besides  lesser 
streams,  Milk  River,  Porcupine  River,  and  Martha's  Ri- 
ver, at  the  distance  of  180  miles,  it  unites  with  Yellow 
Stone  River.  The  last  is  a  very  large  river,  which  rises 
in  Lake  Eustis,  80  miles  S.  E.  from  the  head  of  the 
Missouri,  and  flows  in  a  N.  E.  direction  about  600  miles, 
receiving  in  its  passage  many  tributary  streams,  particu- 
larly Big  Horn  River,  which  rises  in  Lake  Biddle,  only 
40  miles  S.  E.  from  Lake  Eustis.  The  Yellow  Stone  is 
860  yards  broad  at  its  outlet,  and  is  about  the  same  size 
here  as  the  Missouri.  After  the  junction  with  the  Yellow 
Stone,  the  Missouri  becomes  a  very  large  stream,  and  it 
will  be  seen  by  inspection  on  the  map  that  it  is  yet  far  be- 
yond the  highest  sources  of  the  Mississippi.  Fifty  miles 
north-east  from  the  mouth  of  the  Yellow  Stone,  the  river 
reaches  its  most  northerly  point,  where  it  receives  the 
White  Earth  River,  and  then  turns  to  the  S.  E.;  and 
below,  fifty  miles,  the  Little  Missouri  falls  in  from  the 
west.  This  river  rises  in  the  S.  W.  about  225  miles  dis- 
tant. A  little  above  the  mouth  of  the  Little  Missouri 
there  is  a  portage  of  only  one  mile  to  the  Mouse  River,  a 
branch  of  Assiniboin,  which  falls  into  Lake  Winnipeg. 
Thirty -five  miles  below  Little  Missouri  is  Miry  River  on 
the  east ;  and  15  miles  below  it  is  Knife  River  on  the 
west.  Twenty  miles  below  is  Fort  Mandan,  where 
Lewis  and  Clark  spent  the  winter  of  1804 — 5.  Fifteen 
miles  delow  the  fort,  the  river  makes  a  bend  to  the  south, 
at  the  Mandan  v  illages.  The  river  now  holds  a  course 
nearly  south,  for  about  22  miles,  in  which  it  receives  a 
considerable  number  of  tributary  streams  from  both  sides, 
the  last  of  which  flowing  from  the  west  is  Chayenne, 
length  about  200  miles.  Assuming  here  a  S.  E.  course, 
after  a  distance  of  50  miles,  it  reaches  the  Big  Bend, 
where  the  distance  is  above  30  miles  bv  water,  and  onlv 


1 .;  miles  by  land.  Below  this,  40  miles,  in  a  south  direc- 
tion, it  receives  White  River  from  the  west,  a  stream  up- 
wards of  200  miles  long,  and  then  bending  to  the  south- 
east, at  the  distance  of  60  miles,  the  Quicourre,  a  stream 
upwards  of  300  miles  long,  falls  in  from  the  west.  Here 
again  the  river  turns  to  the  north  of  east,  and  at  the  dis- 
tance of  40  miles  receives  Jacques  River  from  the  N. 
Winding  to  the  S.  E.  60  miles,  the  Sioux,  a  large  stream, 
falls  in  from  the  north.  The  river  pursues  a  S.  E.  course 
for  about  40  miles,  and  then  makes  a  sudden  bend  to  the 
N.  E.,  and  bending  again  to  the  S.  E.,  and  pursuing  a 
crooked  course  for  about  70  miles,  it  reaches  the  position 
of  Council  Bluffs,  the  most  distant  military  post  of  the 
United  States.*  Below  this,  about  40  miles,  in  a  S.  E. 
direction,  the  waters  of  the  Platte  River  fall  in  from  the 
west.  This  river  is  600  yards  wide  at  its  outlet,  and  is 
represented  to  be  very  shallow  and  abounding  with  rapids. 
It  rises  750  miles  W.  by  N.  among  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
not  far  from  the  head  waters  of  the  Yellow  Stone  River. 
From  the  Platte  to  the  Kanzas  River,  the  Missouri  runs  a 
course  generally  S.  E.  about  200  miles,  and  then  passes 
the  Missouri  state  line.  The  Kanzas  River  rises  about 
550  miles  W.  by  N.,  not  far  from  the  first  ridge  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains.  It  is  230  yards  wide  at  its  outlet. 
About  50  miles  from  the  western  boundary  of  the  state  of 
Missouri,  the  river  passes  the  army  lands,  and  turning  to 
the  S.  E.  it  passes  Franklin,  and  about  50  miles  below 
receives  the  Osage  River  from  the  S.  W.  The  Osage  is 
a  large  and  interesting  stream,  nearly  400  yards  wide  at 
its  outlet.  It  rises  in  the  Osage  country,  about  350  miles 
west-south-west.  This  is  the  last  river  of  note  which  the 

*  An  expedition  has  recently  ascended  the  Missouri  to  the  Yellow- 
Stone  River. 


Missouri  receives  previous  to  its  junction  with  the  Missis- 
sippi, which  is  nearly  east  from  the  mouth  of  the  Osage, 
distant  about  120  miles,  14  miles  above  St.  Louis,  and  20 
below  St.  Charles.  The  Missouri  and  its  waters,  already 
described,  spread  over  a  country  containing  about  674,000 
square  miles.  At  the  junction  with  the  Mississippi  it  IB 
about  half  a  mile  broad,  and  very  deep,  running  with  a 
strong  current,  the  waters  being  muddy  and  turbid.  The 
Mississippi  on  the  other  hand  is  a  clear  broad  stream,  and 
rather  shallow.  It  does  riot  contain  so  much  water,  nor 
does  it  spread  over  such  an  extent  of  country  as  the  Mis- 
souri, but  its  course  being  straight,  while  the  Missouri 
joins  it  at  a  right  angle,  it  received  and  retains  the  princi- 
pal name. 

The  Mississippi  Branch,  or  Mississippi  Proper,  rises  in 
Turtle  Lake  and  Lake  Labeish,  about  north  latitude  47° 
47',  which,  after  running  south  about  30  miles,  unite  their 
waters  in  Cassina  Lake.  From  here  to  the  junction  with 
the  Missouri,  the  course  is  about  south-south-east,  but 
there  are  considerable  windings  in  the  stream.  Below 
Cassina  Lake  about  50  miles,  by  the  river's  course,  is 
Lake  Winnipeg,  and  30  miles  below  that,  Little  Winnipeg 
Lake.  Below,  60  miles,  are  the  Falls  of  Packagama ; 
and  forty-five  miles  below  that  is  Sandy  Lake,  from  which, 
through  the  Savannah  and  St.  Louis  Rivers,  there  is  a 
portage  into  Lake  Superior.  Below  Sandy  Lake  about 
120  miles  is  Pine  River,  a  stream  about  70  miles  long, 
setting  in  from  the  north.  Fifty  miles  below  is  the  River 
de  Corbeau,  from  the  same  side  ;  after  which  the  Missis- 
sippi passes  the  Little  and  Big  Falls,  receiving  several  un- 
important streams  from  both  sides  ;  and  at  the  distance  of 
178  miles  are  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony.  Here  the  water 
falls  16  feet  perpendicular,  and  has  rapids  of  58  feet  be- 
low. Ten  miles  below  the  falls,  St.  Peter's  River, 


31 

stream,  about  225  miles  long,  sets  in  from  the  westward  ; 
and  about  25  miles  below  that,  St.  Croix  River  sets  in 
from  the  N.  E.     This  is  a  large  stream  rising  about  160 
miles  N.  E.,  where  it  interlocks  with  the  waters  of  Lake 
Superior.     Below  St.  Croix  River  the  Mississippi  spreads 
out  into  Lake  Pepin,  and  at  the  distance  of  35  miles,  re- 
ceives the  waters  of  Chippeway  River,  which  rises  N.  E. 
150  miles,  near  the  head  waters  of  St.  Croix.     Ninety- 
three  miles  below,  in  a  S.  E.  direction,  is  the  Wisconsin 
River,  and  the  village  of  Prairie  des  Chiens.     The  Wis- 
consin rises  N.  E.  240  miles,  and  approaches  within  two 
miles  of  Fox  River,  which  falls  into  Lake  Michigan,  by 
Green  Bay.     The  village  of  Prairie  des  Chiens  is  a  post 
of  the  United  States.     The  river  now  holds  a  south-east 
course  for  24  miles,  when  it  receives  Turkey  River  from 
the  west ;  and  pursuing  the  same  course,  at  Rocky  Hills, 
50  miles  further  on,  it  bends  to  the  S.  W.,  which  course 
it  holds  for  45  miles,  when  Rock  River  falls  in  from  the 
eastward.     This  river  rises  160  miles  N.  E.  near  Lake 
Michigan.     Below  Rock  River  a  few  miles  the  Missis- 
sippi reaches  the  army  lands,  which  have  been  recently 
surveyed,  and  the  course  of  the  river  is  accurately  ascer- 
tained, and  is  nearly  S.  S.  W.,  which  course  it  holds  for 
above  100  miles,  when  it  receives  the  waters  of  Des 
Moines  River  from  the  west.     This  is  a  large  stream, 
rising  about  360  miles  N.  W.  near  the  waters  of  Missou- 
ri.    Here  the  river  turns  to  the  southward,  and  runs  in 
that  direction  for  about  40  miles  ;  then  turning  S.  E.,  it 
runs  in  that  direction  about  80  miles,  and  makes  a  consi- 
derable bend  to  the  northward,  at  the  head  of  which,  the 
very  important  Illinois  River  falls  in  from  the  north-east- 
ward.— The  Illinois  River  rises  about  350  miles  distant, 
near  Lake  Michigan,  between  which,  and  the  head  waters 
of  this  river,  there  is  an  easy  portage,  which  it  is  proposed 


32 

to  improve  by  a  canal ;  and  the  probability  is,  that  this 
will  soon  become  a  permanent  thoroughfare  between  the 
great  lakes  and  the  Mississippi.  About  16  miles  below 
the  mouth  of  Illinois,  the  Mississippi  and  the  Missouri 
unite.  By  recent  observations  it  appears  that  Cassina 
Lake  is  about  1330  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and 
it  is  presumed  that  St.  Louis  is  about  600  feet ;  so  that 
the  Mississippi  from  its  source  to  the  point  of  description 
will  have  fallen  700  feet.  The  valley  in  which  it  runs, 
contains  about  225,000  square  miles. 

The  united  streams,  forming  THE  GREAT  MISSISSIPPI 
RIVER,  now  hold  majestic  sway  past  St.  Louis,  14  miles 
below,  a  most  commanding  situation  on  the  west  bank, 
below  which,  the  river  holds  a  course  nearly  S.  S.  E.  to 
the  mouth  of  the  Ohio  ;  distant  by  the  river  course,  164 
miles.  The  only  stream  of  note  which  it  receives  on  its 
passage,  is  Kaskaskia  River,  which  rises  about  200  miles 
N.  N.  E. 

Although  the  Ohio  is  a  small  stream  compared  with  the 
Mississippi  and  Missouri  united,  yet  it  is  a  very  large  and 
most  interesting  river,  with  a  number  of  tributaries  of 
great  importance.  The  Ohio  River  is  composed  of  two 
streams,  the  Alleghany  and  Monongahela,  which  unite  at 
Pittsburg.  The  highest  sources  of  the  Alleghany  River 
are  in  Potter  county,  Pennsylvania,  about  10  or  12  miles 
to  the  eastward  of  Coudersport,  where  they  interlock 
with  the  head  waters  of  Genesee  River,  and  also  the  head 
waters  of  both  the  east  and  west  branches  of  the  Susque- 
haimah.  From  Coudersport,  this  river  holds  a  north- 
westwardly course  for  about  20  miles,  during  which  it  is 
augmented  by  several  streams,  and  then  enters  the  State 
of  New-York.  About  3  miles  above  the  New-York  line, 
it  receives  Osway  Creek,  a  considerable  stream  from  the 
oast,  and  five  miles  farther  on  it  receives  Oil  Creek  from 


33 

the  north,  and  then  passes  the  settlement  of  Hamilton. 
It  now  holds  nearly  a  west  course  for  about  1 5  miles,  and 
then  receives  the  Tunuanguanta  Creek  from  the  south. 
Here  the  river  bends  to  the  north  about  7  miles,  and  re- 
ceives the  Great  Valley  Creek  from  the  north.  It  then 
bends  to  the  west  and  south,  and,  after  a  course  of  about 
25  miles,  passes  again  into  the  state  of  Pennsylvania,  and 
after  a  winding  south  and  west  course  receives  the  Conne- 
wango  Creek  from  the  north  at  the  town  of  Warren. 
This  creek  is  remarkable  for  its  near  approach  in  several 
places  to  the  waters  of  Lake  Erie,  particularly  at  the 
head  of  Chatauque  Lake,  where  the  portage  is  only  8 
miles.  The  river  now  holds  a  west  course  for  7  miles, 
and  receives  the  waters  of  Brokenstraw  Creek  from  the 
west.  It  then  bends  a  south  and  west  course  for  30 
miles,  and  receives  the  Teonista  Creek  from  the  east. 
Twenty  miles  westward  it  receives  Oil  Creek  from  the 
north,  and  7  miles  further  on  the  waters  of  French  Creek 
flow  in  from  the  N.  W.  By  that  stream  there  is  a  com- 
munication with  Lake  Erie.  The  river  now  assumes  a 
south  and  east  course,  but  has  many  windings  for  33  miles, 
to  where  it  receives  the  waters  of  Toby's  Creek,  a  most 
important  stream,  extending  above  100  miles  into  the  in- 
terior of  Pennsylvania.  The  same  course  is  continued 
about  30  miles  past  Red  Bank  Creek  to  Mahoning  Creek. 
These  are  both  considerable  streams,  which  flow  in  from 
the  eastward.  The  river  now  winds  to  the  south-west, 
and  passing  Kittanning  and  Crooked  Creek,  at  24  miles 
receives  the  waters  of  Kiskiminitas  from  the  eastward. 

Kiskiminitas  River  is  formed  by  the  Connemaugh  and 
Loyalhanna  Rivers,  which  rise  near  the  Alleghany  Moun- 
tains, 100  miles  distant.  Below  this  place  the  Alleghany 
river  continues  a  S.  W.  course  about  35  miles,  and  reach- 
es Pittsburg,  where  it  unites  with  the  Monongahela. 
5 


34 

Monongahcla  River  rises  in  Virginia,  about  70  miles 
south-westward  of  Morgantown.  North  of  Morgantown 
about  12  miles  it  passes  into  Pennsylvania,  and  a  few 
miles  further  it  receives  the  waters  of  Cheat  River  from 
the  eastward.  From  hence  it  pursues  a  winding  course, 
but  nearly  north  for  70  miles,  when  it  receives  the  waters 
of  Youghiogheny  River  from  the  eastward.  This  is  a 
very  important  branch,  rising  in  Virginia,  very  near  the 
sources  of  the  Potomac,  distant  above  100  miles,  and  re- 
ceiving in  its  progress  the  great  mass  of  waters  that  flow 
in  from  the  west  side  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  as  does 
the  Monongahela  those  that  collect  in  the  valley  through 
which  it  flows.  The  united  streams  now  make  a  large 
river,  which  follows  a  north-west  winding  course  to  Pitts- 
burg,  where  it  unites  with  the  Alleghany.  These  rivers 
are  at  their  outlet,  each  nearly  400  yards  broad,  and  the 
united  streams  form  the  beautiful  river  Ohio,  which  is 
aboul  600  yards  broad. 

The  Ohio  River  proceeds  from  Pittsburg  in  a  north- 
west direction.  Four  miles  below  the  city,  Chartiers 
Creek  falls  in  from  the  south,  and  3  miles  below  is  Ne- 
vilPs  Island,  nearly  4  miles  long.  At  Beaver,  30  miles 
from  Pittsburg,  Beaver  Creek,  a  large  stream,  falls  hi 
from  the  north,  and  here  the  river  turns  to  the  westward, 
and  19  miles  below  passes  the  Pennsylvania  State  line, 
and  Little  Beaver  Creek.  Two  miles  below  this,  the  river 
turns  to  the  south,  and  at  Wheeling,  86  miles  below  Pitts- 
burg,  it  is  crossed  by  the  great  national  road  ;  and  pro- 
ceeding in  a  south  and  west  direction,  at  Marietta  it  re- 
ceives the  waters  of  the  Muskingum  from  the  N.  W. 
The  Muskingum  is  a  pretty  large  river,  rising  above  130 
miles  N.  W.,  not  far  from  Lake  Erie.  Eleven  miles  be- 
low Marietta,  Little  Kanhaway  River,  a  considemble 
stream,  falls  in  from  the  eastward;  and  13  miles  below 


35 

Hj  Hockhocking  river  falls  in  from  the  westward  ;  34 
miles  below,  the  river  passes  a  ledge  of  rocks  which  con- 
tracts the  channel  and  forms  a  considerable  rapid,  called 
Letarfs  Falls.  Below  this,  27  miles,  the  Great  Kanha- 
way  River  falls  in  from  the  eastward.  This  is  a  powerful 
stream,  the  head  branch  of  which  rises  about  240  miles 
south  of  its  outlet.  In  its  progress  it  passes  through 
several  of  the  chains  of  mountains,  and  its  waters  consi- 
derably augment  those  of  the  Ohio.  Below  this,  47 
miles,  Big  Sandy  River  falls  in  from  the  south,  forming 
the  boundary  of  Kentucky,  and  here  the  river  bends  to 
the  north-west,  and  passing  Portsmouth,  40  miles  distant, 
the  Scioto  falls  in  from  the  north.  This  is  a  pretty  large 
stream,  rising  N.  W.  about  160  miles,  near  Sandusky 
River.  From  hence  the  river  holds  nearly  a  west  course 
to  Limestone,  a  well-known  port  of  Kentucky,  distant  45 
miles ;  it  then  holds  a  north-west  course  to  Cincinnati, 
distant  54  miles,  where  it  receives  the  waters  of  Licking 
River,  from  the  south-east.  From  Cincinnati,  the  river 
pursues  the  same  course  to  the  Great  Bend,  distant  15 
miles,  5  miles  below  which,  it  receives  the  Great  Miami 
River  from  the  north,  rising  about  120  miles  distant,  where 
it  interlocks  Avith  the  waters  of  the  Miami  of  the  Lakes. 
The  river  now  pursues  a  south  and  west  course,  and  at 
Port  William,  51  miles  below,  the  Kentucky  River  falls  in 
from  the  eastward.  This  is  a  considerable  stream,  rising 
near  the  mountains,  250  miles  south-east  from  its  outlet. 
The  river  now  bends  to  the  north-west,  and  passing  Ma- 
dison, it  again  resumes  the  south  and  west  course,  and  at 
59  miles  from  Port  William,  it  reaches  Louisville,  at  the 
falls.  The  Falls  of  Ohio  are  occasioned  by  a  ledge  of 
limestone  rocks,  which  crosses  the  river,  and  interrupts 
the  channel.  The  fall  is  22  feet  in  the  course  of  2  miles. 
When  the  river  is  high,  nothing  more  is  indicated  except 


a  very  svvit't  current ;  but  when  the  river  is  low,  the  rucks 
appear,  and  divide  the  stream  into  a  number  of  separate 
channels,  the  main  passage  being  on  the  west  side. 
Twenty-five  miles  below  the  falls,  Salt  River,  a  consider- 
able stream,  sets  in  from  the  eastward  ;  soon  after  which, 
the  river  makes  a  bend  to  the  N.  W.  for  about  48  miles, 
and  turning  again  in  a  south-west  direction,  but  with  con- 
siderable bends,  it  passes  on  toward  Evansville,  distant  109 
miles,  near  which  Green  River  falls  in  from  the  eastward. 
Green  River  is  a  considerable  stream,  rising  in  a  south-east 
direction  upwards  of  200  miles  distant.  Below  Green 
River  the  Ohio  makes  considerable  bends,  though  the 
general  direction  is  S.  W.  to  the  Wabash,  distant  53  miles. 
The  Wabash  is  a  large  river,  rising  N.  E.  above  400 
miles,  and  receives  in  its  progress  many  tributary  streams. 
From  the  Wabash,  the  river  runs  in  a  direction  a  little 
west  of  south  to  Smithland,  where  the  Cumberland  River 
falls  in  from  the  eastward.  The  Cumberland  is  a  large 
river  rising  on  the  W.  side  of  the  Cumberland  Mountains, 
and  pursuing  a  meandering  course,  generally  in  a  western 
direction,  to  the  Ohio.  It  is  navigable  for  about  400 
miles.  Twelve  miles  below  the  Cumberland  River,  the 
Tennessee  River  falls  in  from  the  eastward.  This  is  one  of 
the  largest  of  the  tributary  streams  of  the  Ohio.  Its  head 
waters  spread  into  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  and  Georgia, 
and  unite  at  Kingston,  below  Knoxville.  The  river  conti- 
nues thence  a  course  of  about  450  miles  through  Tennessee 
and  Alabama,  during  which  it  receives  a  great  number  of 
tributary  streams,  and  falls  into  the  Ohio  at  this  place.  It 
is  navigable  a  great  way  into  the  interior  of  the  country, 
without  any  other  obstruction  than  the  Muscle  Shoals, 
distant  from  the  outlet  about  260  miles.  At  Tennessee 
River,  the  Ohio  makes  a  pretty  large  bend  to  the  N.  W. 


37 

and  then  turns  south-west,  and  at  the  distance  of  46  mites 
from  Tennessee  River  falls  into  the  Mississippi. 

It  has  been  stated  that  the  Ohio  at  Pittsburg  was  nearly 
600  yards  broad.  It  continues  at  nearly  that  breadth  du- 
ing  a  great  part  of  its  progress,  extending  in  volume  as  it 
approaches  the  Mississippi,  where  it  is  above  half  a  mile 
wide.  It  runs  a  great  part  of  the  way  in  a  deep  valley, 
capable  of  containing  within  its  high  banks  the  great 
volume  of  water,  which  it  rolls  down  during  its  periodical 
swells,  which  is  sometimes  more  than  50  feet  deep.  In- 
cluding its  branches  it  is  estimated  that  it  spreads  over  a 
country  about  205,000  square  miles  in  extent,  having 
ground  of  remarkable  fertility,  so  that  it  must  in  process  of 
time  become  the  seat  of  a  vast  population. 

The  Mississippi,  after  its  junction  with  the  Ohio,  is  un- 
questionably one  of  the  largest  rivers  in  the  world  ;  but 
from  the  particular  nature  of  the  ground  through  which  it 
flows,  it  does  not  spread  wide ;  but  it  runs  deep,  and  the 
current  is  very  powerful,  the  waters  being  turbulent  and 
muddy.  At  its  junction  with  the  Ohio  it  is  about  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  wide,  which  may  be  assumed  as  its 
average  width,  until  its  outlet  in  the  Ocean.  Its  course 
from  here  is  generally  south,  although  it  makes,  besides  its 
minute  windings,  a  general  bend  to  the  westward  ;  and 
then  again  to  the  east.  Passing  over  a  number  of  minor 
streams  which  fall  into  it  on  both  sides,  the  first  we  shall 
notice  is  the  St .  Francis,  a  large  stream  which  falls  in  from 
the  north-west,  267  miles  from  the  Ohio.  Below  this  60 
miles,  the  White  River,  a  stream  upwards  of  500  miles 
long,  falls  in  from  the  west,  and  1 2  miles  below  it  is  the 
outlet  of  the  great  Arkansas  River.  This  river  rises  in  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  near  the  head  waters  of  the  Missouri, 
and  pursuing  a  south-east  course,  while  the  Missouri  flows 
north-east:  the  waters  finally  mingle  here,  after  the  Ar- 


38 

kansas  has  flowed  upwards  of  1300  miles.  Below  tfjf 
Arkansas  166  miles,  the  Yazoo  River  falls  in  from  the 
eastward,  and  57  miles  below  that,  the  Big  Black  River 
from  the  same  side.  Fifty-eight  miles  helow  Black  River, 
the  Mississippi  passes  Natches,  one  of  the  oldest  settle- 
ments on  its  banks  ;  and  below  it  47  miles,  is  Fort  Adams, 
where  the  river  makes  a  considerable  bend,  and  14  miles 
below  Fort  Adams,  it  receives  the  united  waters  of  the  Red 
River  and  Washita,  from  the  westward.  The  Red  River 
is  a  very  large  stream,  rising  near  Santa  Fe,  about  900 
miles  N.  W.  from  its  outlet,  and  is,  for  a  considerable  dis- 
tance, the  southern  boundary  of  the  United  States.  Ten 
miles  before  its  junction  with  the  Mississippi,  it  receives 
the  Washita,  from  the  northward,  which  is  a  large  stream, 
rising  about  400  miles  north-west.  The  Great  Mississippi 
River  has  now  reached  its  maximum.  It  receives  no  more 
streams  of  importance,  but  it  gives  out  several  very  im- 
portant branches,  in  its  progress  toward  the  Ocean.  The 
main  river,  however,  does  not  diminish  in  size,  nor  velo- 
city, and  we  may  view  it  in  its  progress  to  the  Ocean,  as 
being  on  an  average  about  1000  yards  wide,  120  feet  deep, 
and  its  mean  velocity  about  3  miles  an  hour.  Three  miles 
below  the  Red  River,  a  large  and  rapid  branch  called  the 
Atchafalaya,  passes  off  to  the  southward,  and  running  in 
that  direction  about  150  miles,  falls  into  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  through  Atchafalaya  Bay.  Below  this,  about  90 
miles,  the  Manchac  or  Iberville  River,  passes  out  of  the 
Mississippi  to  the  eastward,  and  flows  into  Lake  Borgne, 
a  branch  of  the  Ocean,  through  Lake  Pontchartrain. 
Below  34  miles,  the  River  La  Fourche,  passes  off  to  the 
south  at  Donaldsonville ;  after  which  there  is  nothing  very 
material,  until  the  river  reaches  the  great  depot  of  New- 
Orleans,  situated  on  the  north  bank,  89  miles  below  La 
Fourche.  Below  New-Orleans,  about  19  miles,  is  the 


39 

English  Turn,  a  remarkable  bend  in  the  river,  and  55  miles 
below  it,  is  Fort  St.  Philip,  at  Placquemiiie,  which  com- 
pletely commands  the  river.  Twenty  miles  below  the 
Fort,  the  river  forks  off.  into  three  grand  divisions,  called 
the  South-East  or  Main  Pass ;  the  South  Pass  ;  and  the 
South- West  Pass.  Four  miles  below  the  forks,  on  the 
Main  Ptfss,  a  stream  issues  to  the  north-east,  called  Pass  a 
la  Loutre,  and  the  Main  Pass  is  also  divided  into  two  parts 
at  the  outlet ;  the  western  one  being  called  the  West  Pass. 
On  all  these  passes  there  are  bars  at  the  outlets,  with  the 
water  comparatively  shallow.  The  Main  Pass  has  about 
1 3  feet,  the  South- West  Pass  1 2 ;  the  West  Pass  9,  and  the 
South  Pass  8.  The  course  of  the  river  can  be  traced  a 
considerable  way  from  the  outlets,  when  it  is  finally  lost  in 
the  mass  of  waters  forming  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

The  Mississippi  and  its  waters,  after  its  junction  with 
the  Ohio,  spread  over  a  territory  of  above  290,000  square 
miles. 

As  to  the  quantity  of  water  sent  down  by  this  mighty 
stream,  the  following  calculations  have  been  made,  as 
matter  of  curiosity,  and  for  the  purpose  of  forming  a  con- 
trast between  this  river  and  the  St.  Lawrence.  It  may 
be  observed,  however,  that  all  calculations  of  this  kind 
must  necessarily  be  very  vague.  The  best  position  for 
forming  the  estimate  in  view,  appears  to  be  between  the 
Red  River  and  the  Atchafalaya.  It  has  been  already 
stated  that  the  river  was  there  about  1000  yards  wide, 
120  feet  deep,  and  its  velocity  3  miles  an  hour.  But 
from  the  nature  of  the  ground  through  which  it  passes, 
the  deepest  part  will  be  in  the  middle,  and  the  bottom  will 
slope  from  each  side  ;  the  current  will  also  be  diminished 
in  velocity,  as  the  waters  approach  the  bed  of  the  river. 
We  may,  therefore,  reduce  the  width  to  half  a  mile,  and 
deduct  one-third  each  from  the  depth  and  the  velocity  : 


40 

and  this  will  leave  the  following  data : — the  river  half  a 
mile  wide,  80  feet  deep,  and  velocity  two  miles  per  hour. 
The  result  will  be,  that  it  discharges  2,230,272,000  cubic 
feet  of  water  every  hour,  being  37,171,200  cubic  feet,  or 
227,775,000  gallons  each  minute.  It  is  presumed  that 
this  calculation  is  rather  underrated,  and  the  result  is,  that 
the  water  discharged  by  this  river  is  more  than  double  that 
discharged  by  the  St.  Lawrence. 

As  to  the  descent  of  the  Missouri,  from  its  source  to  its 
outlet,  we  have  no  data  for  forming  a  very  correct  esti- 
mate. It  has  been  found  that  the  base  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  near  the  sources  of  the  Platte,  is  about  3500 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea ;  and  to  this  we  may  safely 
add  500  feet  more,  making  a  total  of  4000  feet  for  the 
elevation  of  the  head  waters  of  the  Missouri.  The  high- 
est point  of  the  waters  of  the  Ohio,  is  probably  at  as  great 
an  elevation  as  the  highest  point  of  the  Mississippi,  namely, 
1330  feet.  Pittsburg  is  estimated  at  about  800  feet  above 
the  tide  water,  and  it  is  probable  that  the  highest  point  of 
AUeghany  River,  in  Potter  County,  is  at  least  530  feet 
above  Pittsburg. 

The  area  of  the  districts  watered  by  the  different  main 
branches  have  been  stated  in  round  numbers,  and  it  may 
now  be  satisfactory  to  present  a  view  of  the  various  states 
and  territories  watered  by  these  great  streams,  and  to  form 
an  estimate  of  the  quantity  of  territory  watered  in  each. 
The  result  will  present  a  view  that  few  would  have  antici- 
pated. 

Square  Miles. 

Missouri  Territory,  |  698,000 

Missouri,        .  60,300 

Arkansas  Territory,    .  .  .  121,000 

Louisiana,  £  .  .  .  36,000 

North- West  Territory,  £         -  .  72,000 


41 

Square  Miles. 

Illinois,  TVo    •  58,310 

Indiana,  ||     -  34,940 

Ohio,  A  30,800 

Pennsylvania,  J  14,650 

New- York,  T£s  460 

Maryland,  Ti7  110 

Virginia,  f      -  25,600 

Kentucky,      -  39,000 

North  Carolina,  ^  -                                              900 

Tennessee,     -  41,300 

South  Carolina,  T]  ^  -                                              200 

Georgia,  Tir  380 

Alabama,  |     -  7,250 

Mississippi,  1  22,670 

Total,         1,263,870 

Being  considerably  above  two-thirds  of  the  whole 
United  States  territory.* 

The  waters  of  Arkansas  and  Red  River,  extend  into 
the  internal  provinces  to  near  Santa  Fe,  and  it  is  presumed 
that  part  of  the  waters  of  the  Missouri  extend  beyond  the 
49th  parallel  of  lat.  as  represented  on  the  map.  The 
territory  occupied  by  these  two  items,  will  be  about  130,000 
square  miles,  making  altogether,  nearly  1,394,000  square 
miles,  viz  : 

*  A  table  similar  to  the  above,  was  inserted  in  the  first  edition  of  the 
Description  of  the  United  States,  which  has  been  extensively  circulated 
in  the  works  of  other  authors,  some  of  them  acknowledging  the  source 
from  whence  they  derived  the  information,  and  others  not.  In  a  work 
on  the  United  States,  published  in  Europe,  by  Mr.  Warden,  the  calcula- 
tions are  ascribed  to  Mr.  Bradbury.  This  is  entirely  incorrect.  They 
were  first  made  in  the  Description  of  the  United  States :  the  original 
Map  being  then  the  only  document  in  existence,  which  could  furnish  thr 
requisite  information  as  to  the  waters  west  of  the  Mississippi. 

6 


Valley  of  the  Missouri,  ;  .6^4,000 

Valley  of  the  Mississippi,  ab'o«e,theonouth  olf. 

Ohio,    -  -  -  •'  "   <-,    t 

Valley  of  the  Ohi<?  and  its'wate¥s,v  .  -       . 
Valley  of  the  JMississippi  and  its  waters,  be*.  /       ,>."  * 
low  the  imitith  of  Ohio,  -  -     '    .  ',^90,0t)0 

*''    -,•  ;1,394,000 

The  following*  summary  view  of  the  lengths  -of*  the  r 
principal  streajns  composing  this  article,  will  close  the,  a'c^  ^ 
count.    ~  ^he^agtilts  were  obtained   by  measuring  "the" 
rivers  respectively  watlj  10  miles  on  the  .compasses,-'  takefl  •./,•• 
from  the'sc>tle'$frthe  map.     Of  course  the  'lengths  *sa^pvS 
only  comparative,  and  the  minor  sinuosities  .  do  Aot  enter 
into  the  estimate*.'*  "  .  '  •  *  " 

ur4ifr.on^  its  source  to  its  junctipx&  with'-;  *'••/» 
the  Tfefidw  Stone,  '    \    •  '     .686     / 


Do.;taite  junction  with  the  Mississippi 

',.•'  .'J     i, 

Mississippi^  Proper,  from  its  source  to  its  jiinc- 
'     tion;witli'foe  Missouri,  ;  780 


Alleghany  Rjy^-^he  highest  source  of  the 
Ohio,  to  its,  junction  with  the  Mononga- 
hela,  .  .  f'^v  200 

Do.  to  its  junction  wirti  the  Mississippi,  680 

.<  -  880 

Mississippi,  from  the  junction  with  the  Mis- 

souri, to  its  outlet,  910 

Greatest  length  of  the  Mississippi,  from  its 
outlet  td.  the  highest  point  pf  .the  Mis- 
souri, .;  %-  *•  !  2960 

Do.  to 


43 

Tributary  Streams 

Of  the  Missouri— Yellow  Stone,  580 

.  .     La  Platte,  790 

Kansas,  630 

Osage,  480 

Of  Ohio— Monongahela,  120 

Cumberland,  400 

Tennessee,  470 

Of  Mississippi,  below  Missouri — 

White  River,  470 

Arkansas,  1380 

Red  River,  1080 

It  has  been  judged  proper,  in  this  description,  to  give  a 
full  view  of  these  great  waters,  as  constituting  two  of  the 
most  important  features  in  the  United  States.  They  em- 
brace so  wide  a  field  that  they  include  the  waters  of  many 
of  the  states,  and  the  prolixity  of  this  description,  will 
render  that  of  the  others  more  brief. 

The  other  large  rivers  flow  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
and  Gulf  of  Mexico, "and  shall  be  noticed  in  regular  order, 
from  north-east  to  south-west,  selecting  for  this  article, 
those  only,  which  flow  through  more  than  one  state.  The 
other  rivers  will  be  more  appropriately  noticed  in  the  re- 
view of  the  particular  states. 

St  John's  River  rise;?  in  the  state  of  Maine,  near  Che- 
suncook  Lake,  and  flowing  to  the  north-east  about  120 
miles,  it  bends  to  the  south-eastward,  and  having  passed 
the  state  line,  it  enters  into  the  British  province  of  New- 
Brunswick,  and  flowing  in  a  south-east  direction  for  nearly 
100  miles,  it  turns  to  the  south,  and  falls  into  the  Bay  of 
Fundy,  below  St.  Johns.  Its  comparative  course  is  340 
miles.  It  is  navigable  for  boats  about  300  miles. 

Connecticut  River  rises  between  Lower  Canada  and 
New-Hampshire/  It  forms  the  .boundary  between  New- 


44 

Hampshire  and  Vermont,  through  the  whole  extenCbi 
these  states  from  north  to  south,  and  passing  through  the 
middle  of  the  states  of  Massachusetts  and  Connecticut, 
it  flows  into  Long-Island  Sound,  about  30  miles  east  oi' 
New-Haven.  Its  comparative  course  is  290  miles.  It  is 
navigable  for  considerable  vessels  for  50  miles,  and  for 
boats,  nearly  to  its  source. 

Hudson  River.  This  river  rises  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  state  of  New- York,  and  flowing  a  south-east  and  then 
a  south  course,  it  meets  the  Mohawk  River  above  Albany, 
from  whence  it  continues  a  course  nearly  due  south  to 
New-York,  where  it  falls  into  New- York  Bay.  Its  com- 
parative course  is  300  miles,  and  the  tide  flows  nearly 
1 50,  to  Troy  above  Albany,  to  which  place  it  is  navigable 
for  vessels  of  considerable  burden. 

Delaware  River  rises  in  the  state  of  New-York,  in  the 
Catskill  Mountains,  and  runs  in  a  south-west  direction,  to 
the  northern  boundary  of  Pennsylvania.  It  then  forms 
the  dividing  line  between  the  states  of  Pennsylvania  and 
New-Jersey  during  its  whole  progress,  and  passing  Phila- 
delphia, it  falls  into  Delaware  Bay,  about  40  miles  below 
that  city.  From  thence  to  the  sea,  the  bay  is,  by  compa- 
rative course,  about  60  miles  long,  and  the  length  of  the 
river  above  it  is  about  270  miles.  It  is  about  one  mile 
broad  at  Philadelphia,  and  about  400  yards  at  Trenton, 
at  the  head  of  tide  water.  It  is  navigable  by  ships  of  the 
largest  size  to  Philadelphia,  by  sloops  to  Trenton,  and  by 
boats,  a  great  distance  above.  The  principal  tributary 
streams  are  the  Lehigh  and  Schuylkill,  both  flowing  in 
from  the  westward,  the  former  at  Easton,  and  the  latter 
below  Philadelphia. 

Susquehannah  River  rises  in  New- York,  near  the  Mo- 
hawk River.  It  holds  a  south  and  west  course  to  the  state 
line  of  Pennsylvania,  which  it  crosses,  and  making  a  great 


45 

bend  it  passes  again  into  the  state  of  New- York,  through 
which  it  flows  to  the  westward,  and  passing  again  into 
Pennsylvania,  it  receives  the  Tioga  River,  from  the  west- 
ward, at  Tioga  Point.  It  now  holds  a  S.  E.  course  a  con- 
siderable distance,  to  above  Wilkesbarre,  when  passing  to 
the  S.  W.  it  unites  with  the  west  branch  at  Northumber- 
land. The  west  branch  is  a  large  stream,  rising  above  1 40 
miles  westward.  The  Susquehannah  now  holds  a  south 
course  for  30  miles,  and  receives  the  waters  of  the  Juniata 
from  the  westward.  This  is  a  large  stream,  rising  among 
the  Alleghany  Mountains.  The  Susquehannah  now  holds 
a  S.  E.  course,  and  passmg  Harrisburg,  Columbia,  and  the 
Maryland  state  line,  it  falls  into  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  at 
Havre-de-grace.  Its  length  to  the  highest  point  of  the 
east  branch  is  by  comparative  course  350  miles.  The  na- 
vigation is  much  obstructed  by  rapids,  but  there  is  con- 
siderable trade  upon  it.  It  is  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile 
broad,  and  is  the  largest  river  in  the  United  States,  to  the 
east  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains. 

The  Chesapeake  Bay  may  be  considered  as  forming  the 
outlet  of  this  river.  It  is  about  180  miles  long,  and  from 
ten  to  thirty  miles  broad.  It  is  generally  about  nine  fa- 
thoms deep,  and  affords  fine  navigation. 

Potomac  River  rises  among  the  Alleghany  Mountains, 
about  1 30  miles  in  a  direct  line  west  from  Washington  City. 
It  runs  a  N.  E.  course  for  about  100  miles,  approaching 
within  a  few  miles  of  the  Pennsylvania  line.  It  then  turns 
to  the  S.  E.,  and  at  the  distance  of  40  miles,  receives  the 
waters  of  the  Shenandoah,  a  large  river  flowing  in  from  the 
southward.  The  united  streams  then  pass  through  the 
South  Mountain,  and  flow  on  to  Washington  City,  distant 
50  miles.  The  river  then  bends  a  little  W.  of  S.  and  con- 
tinues in  that  direction  about  40  miles.  It  then  makes  a 
considerable  bend  to  the  north,  and  again  resumes  its  S.  E, 


46 

course,  and  being  greatly  enlarged  in  breadth,  it  falls  into 
Chesapeake  Bay,  about  50  miles  below  the  last  bend.  The 
whole  length  of  the  river  by  comparative  course  is  260 
miles ;  and  the  tide  flows  to  Washington,  to  which  place  it 
is  navigable  for  large  vessels.  The  river  is  considerably 
improved  above  the  city  by  locks  and  canals.  It  has  been 
ascertained  that  the  fall  of  the  river  from  30  miles  above 
Cumberland  to  tide  water  is  1 160  feet,  so  that  the  highest 
source  of  the  river  is  probably  at  as  great  an  elevation  as 
the  Mississippi.  This  river  is  the  boundary  between  Mary- 
land and  Virginia  through  its  whole  course. 

James  River,  though  wholly  in  Virginia,  is  of  sufficient 
magnitude  to  be  noticed  in  the  general  view.  This  river 
rises  among  the  AUeghany  Mountains,  about  60  miles  south 
of  the  sources  of  the  Potomac.  It  breaks  through  three 
ridges  of  mountains,  and  pursuing  an  eastern  course,  falls 
into  the  Chesapeake  Bay  near  Norfolk.  It  runs  by  com- 
parative course  290  miles,  and  has  tide  water  to  near  Rich- 
mond. Its  navigation  has  been  so  improved,  that  boats 
pass  upon  it  200  miles  above  that  city. 

Roanoke  River  rises  in  Virginia,  among  the  mountains, 
near  the  sources  of  James  River,  and  flowing  in  a  S.  E.  di- 
rection, passes  into  frorth  Carolina,  and  falls  into  Albe- 
marle  Sound  230  miles  from  its  source. 

Great  Pedee  River  rises  in  Virginia  near  its  southern 
boundary,  and  flowing  in  a  S.  E.  direction,  it  passes  through 
North  Carolina  into  South  Carolina,  and  falls  into  the  At- 
lantic Ocean  below  Georgetown.  Its  whole  length  by  com- 
parative course  is  about  290  miles,  and  it  is  navigable  for 
large  boats  about  200  miles. 

Santee  River  is  formed  by  the  Congaree  and  Wateree, 
below  Columbia,  the  seat  of  government  of  South  Caro- 
lina. The  head  waters  rise  in  the  mountains  in  North  Ca- 
rolina, and  the  general  course  of  the  river  is  S.  E.  to  its 


47 

outlet  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  50  miles  N.  E.  from  Charles- 
ton. Its  length  by  comparative  course  is  about  300  miles, 
and  it  is  navigable  for  boats  above  200  miles. 

Savannah  River.  The  highest  point  of  this  river  is  in 
Tennessee,  and  passing  the  line  of  that  state,  it  becomes 
the  dividing  line  between  Georgia  and  South  Carolina  dur- 
ing its  whole  course.  It  flows  in  a  S.  E.  direction,  and 
falls  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  17  miles  below  Savannah. 
Its  extreme  length  by  comparative  course  is  280  miles. 
It  is  navigable  for  large  vessels  to  Savannah  ;  large  boats 
and  steam  boats  go  to  Augusta,  1 27  miles  above ;  and  boats 
navigate  far  into  the  interior  of  the  country. 

Chatahouchy  River.  This  is  a  large  river,  rising  in  the 
state  of  Georgia,  within  a  few  miles  of  the  head  waters  of 
Savannah  River.  It  flows  S.  W.  a  considerable  distance, 
and  then  assuming  a  S.  course,  it  becomes  the  boundary 
line  between  Georgia  and  Alabama,  until  it  passes  the  31st 
degree  of  latitude,  when  it  is  the  boundary  between  Geor- 
gia and  Florida  to  the  Flint  River,  a  large  stream  flowing 
in  from  the  eastward.  It  now  becomes  the  boundary  be- 
tween East  and  West  Florida,  and  assumes  the  name  of 
Appalachicola,  which  it  retains  until  it  falls  into  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico.  Its  whole  course  is  about  400  miles. 

Alabama  River  is  formed  of  two  large  branches,  Ala- 
bama and  Tombeckbee.  The  Alabama  branch  is  again 
composed  of  several  branches,  of  which  the  principal  are 
the  Coosa  and  Talapoosa.  They  both  rise  in  Georgia,  near 
the  head  waters  of  Chatahouchy  ;  and  some  of  the  higher 
branches,  indeed,  rise  in  Tennessee.  These  branches 
severally  pass  into  Alabama,  and  unite  at  Fort  Jackson. 
The  united  stream  then  holds  a  W.  and  S.  course  to  Fort 
Stoddart,  where  the  Tombeckbee  falls  in  from  the  north, 
and  then  assuming  a  course  nearly  south,  the  river  falls 
into  Mobile  Bay,  at  Mobile.  The  Tombeckbee  rises  in 


48 

the  upper  part  of  Alabama  and  Mississippi,  near  the  Ten  » 
nessee  River,  and  flows  in  a  southern  direction.  The  river 
by  comparative  course  is  about  40  miles  from  Mobile  to 
the  junction  with  the  Tombeckbee.  Then  the  east  or  Ala- 
bama branch  is  400  miles  to  its  highest  source,  and  the 
Tombeckbee  is  260  miles.  It  is  navigable  with  large  ves- 
sels to  Mobile ;  with  vessels  of  considerable  burden  to  the 
forks,  and  both  branches  by  boats  far  into  the  interior  of 
the  country. 

Geological  Formation.* — Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Ver- 
mont, Massachusetts,  Cornecticut,  and  the  N.  E.  and  S. 

*  For  the  Geological  information  contained  in  this  article,  the  author 
is  principally  indebted  to  the  researches  of  William  Maclure,  Esq.  a  gen- 
tleman possessing  profound  knowledge  on  the  subject.  Ardently  attached 
to  this  science,  be  traversed  a  great  portion  of  the  United  States,  and 
communicated  the  result  to  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  by  whora 
it  was  published.  The  author,  having  prepared  the  Map  to  accompany 
the  second  edition  as  improved  by  Mr.  Maclure,  became  intimately  ac- 
quainted with  the  Geological  lines  from  which  this  information  is  com* 
municated.  The  following  notes  are  added  to  elucidate  the  subject. 

Nomenclature  of  Geology. 

Class  l.-^Primitive  Rocks. 

1.  Granite,  8.  Porphyry, 

2.  Gneiss,  9.  Sienite, 

3.  Mica  Slate,  10.  Topaz-Rock, 

4.  Clay  Slate,  11.  Quartz-Rock, 

5.  Primitive  Limestone,  12.  Primitive  Flinty  Slate. 

6.  Primitive  Trap,  13.  Primitive  Gypsum, 

7.  Serpentine,  14.  white  Stone. 

Class  II.— Transition  Rocks. 

1.  Transition  Limestone. 

2.  Transition  Trap. 

3.  GreyWacke. 

4.  Transition  Flinty  Slate. 

5.  Transition  Gypsum. 


49 

E.  parts  of  New- York,  consist  principally  of  the  pri- 
mitive formation.  A  small  stripe  of  this  formation  ex- 
tends through  the  lower  part  of  Pennsylvania,  the  upper 
part  of  Delaware,  and  middle  of  Maryland ;  and  crossing 

Class  III. — Flatz  or  Secondary  Rocks. 

1 .  Old  Red  Sand  stone  formation  or  first  Sand  stone  formation. 
N.  B.  The  old  Red  Sand  stone,  though  a  branch  of  the  secondary,  is 

often  represented  as  a  distinct  class. 

2.  First  or  oldest  Flcetz-limestone. 

3.  First  or  oldest  Flcetz-gypsum. 

4.  Second  or  variegated  Sand  stone. 

5.  Second  Flcetz-gypsum. 

6.  Second  Flontz  Limestone. 

7.  Third  Floetz  Sand  stone. 

8.  Rock  Salt  formation. 

9.  Chalk  formation. 

10.  Flcetz-trap  formation. 

11.  Independent  Coal  formation. 

12.  Newest  Flcetz-trap  formation. 

Class  IV.— diluvial  Rocks. 
1.  Peat. 
-2.  Sand  and  Gravel. 

3.  Loam. 

4.  Bog  Iron- Ore. 

5.  Nagel-flush. 

6.  Calc-tuff. 

7.  Calc-sinter. 

All  the  Salt  and  Gypsum  hitherto  found  in  the  United  States,  have 
been  traced  westward  of  the  summit  of  the  Alleghany  Mountain,  and  a 
line  passing  from  thence  north-east,  and  terminating  a  little  above  Sara- 
toga Springs,  in  the  State  of  New-York,  and  to  the  south-west,  termina- 
ting near  Fort  Armstrong,  in  the  State  of  Alabama. 

The  following  remarks  occur,  as  to  the  different  classes. 

Class  1st.  The  primitive  or  crystalline  class  is  not  favourable  to  the 
forming  of  soil  fit  for  vegetation. 

1.  It  has  no  remains  either  of  vegetable  or  animal  matter. 

2.  It  is  slow  to  decompose  and  easily  washed  away. 

3.  It  is  generally  situated  on  higher  elevations,  owing  in  some  degree, 
to  its  difficult  and  slow  decomposition. 


50 

the  Potomac,  above  Washington  City,  it  extends  iu 
breadth,  as  it  passes  through  the  states  of  Virginia,  North 
Carolina,  South  Carolina,  and  Georgia ;  where  it  ranges 
between  the  head  of  tide  waters  and  the  mountains,  and 
terminates  near  Coweta,  in  the  state  of  Alabama. 


4.  There  is  little  or  no  calcareous  earth  in  the  primitive ;   the  strata 
found  occasionally  in  the  gneiss,  mica  slate,  &c.  are  seldom  more  than 
from  20  to  100  feet  in  thickness,  and  do  not  much  affect  the  surrounding- 
soils. 

5.  The  particles  of  crystals  are  so  minute  and  so  compactly  placed  by 
the  laws  of  affinity,  that  they  absorb  little  or  no  moisture. 

6.  For  the  same  reason,  they  are,  perhaps,  bad  absorbers,   and  still 
worse  retainers  of  heat ;  which  maybe  one  cause  why  primitive  soils  arc 
so  cold- 

7.  They  have  no  gypsum  in  them,  and  very  little  of  any  other  rock, 
soluble  in  water. 

8.  They  have  no  carbon,  or  any  species  of  coal  in  their  stratification, 
though  coals  are  often  found  in  the  secondary  basins  which  they  enclose. 

9.  The  rivers  of  this  class,  roll  over  precipices  and  rocky  beds  full  of 
obstructions,  scarcely  admitting  of  any  continued  navigation.     On  the 
other  hand,  the  same  rivers  are  favourably  situated  for  mill  seats  and 
machinery ;  and  abundance  of  fine  springs  of  clear  good  water,   more 
free  from  all  the  impurities  of  foreign  substances  than  any  other  of  the 
classes,  are  found  in  this  class  of  rocks  ;  which,  at  the  same  time,  are 
generally  healthy  and  favourable  to  human  existence. 

Class  II.— Transition. 

The  greatest  part  of  the  rocks  of  this  class  decompose  into  soils  favour- 
able to  vegetation. 

1.  They  are  composed  of  particles,  previously  the  result  of  the  decompo- 
sition of  other  rocks ;  and  are  more  easily  and  rapidly  turned  into  soil. 

2.  They  contain  some  remains  of  vegetable  and  animal  matter. 

3.  With  a  few  exceptions  of  those  that  are  near  the  primitive,  they 
consist  either  of  limestone,  or  of  rocks  that  have  some  quantity  of  lime 
in  their  composition. 

4.  They  contain  large  beds  of  gypsum. 

5.  Being  aggregates  of  minute  rounded  particles,  they  permit  the  ab- 
sorption of  heat ;  and,  not  being  good  conductors,  are  useful  in  retain- 
ing it. 


51 

This  is  succeeded  by  the  transition,  a  small  stripe  oi 
which  skirts  Lake  Champlain,  and  increasing  in  breadth, 
passes  along-  the  mountainous  districts  of  New-York,  Penn- 
sylvania, Maryland,  and  Virginia,  where  it  contracts  in 


6.  They  absorb  moisture,  and  retain  it. 

7.  They  are  subject,  though  in  a  less  degree,  to  one  disadvantage  at- 
tending the  primitive,  that  is,  they  occupy  high  and  broken  countries. 

8.  This  class  holds  considerable  masses  of  anthracite,  and  other  rocks 
containing  carbon. 

This  class,  placed  between  the  primitive  and  secondary,  partakes  of 
the  properties  of  both.  It  has  the  advantage  of  consisting  of  rocks, 
formed  by  the  aggregation  of  particles,  the  result  of  former  decomposi- 
tions, like  the  secondary ;  and  resembles  the  primitive  a  little  in  its  situa- 
tion and  constant  declination  from  the  horizon.  The  water  is  tolerable, 
but  not  so  pure  as  that  of  the  primitive  class,  holding  often  a  small  quan- 
tity of  lime  or  salt  in  solution  ;  but,  it  is  much  purer  than  the  limestone 
water  of  the  secondary  class,  the  limestone  of  which  dissolves  in  water 
more  easily,  and  in  much  greater  quantities. 

Class  III.— Secondary  or  Horizontal. 

This  class  has  many  properties  favourable  to  the  growth  of  vegetables. 

1.  It  is  horizontal,  or  nearly  so  ;  forms  large  level  plains  ;  and  drops 
down  by  plates  or  embankments,  seldom  or  never  precipitous,  like  the 
two  last  classes. 

2.  It  consists  of  aggregations  of   particles   the  result  of  former  de- 
compositions j  soft  and  easily  reduced  into  mould. 

3.  It  contains  the  remains  of  animal  and  vegetable  matter  in  substance. 

4.  It  has  much  limestone  strata,  and  rocks  containing  a  considerable 
proportion  of  lime. 

5.  It  contains  large  beds  of  gypsum  and  salt. 

C.  Coals  are  principally  found  in  this  class,  as  well  as  many  compound 
rocks  containing  carbon. 

7.  Being  aggregates  of  minute  rounded   particles, 'not  so  compact  as 
the  transition,  they  have  more  interstices  for    the  reception   and    reten- 
tion of  heat. 

8.  For  the  same  purpose  they  absorb  and  retain  moisture. 

Note.  The  Oldest  Red  Sand  Stone  is  one  of  the  principal  members 
of  this  class  ;  but  partakes  a  little  of  the  properties  of  the  transition  in 
having  a  much  greater  proportion  of  cement,  consisting  of  fine  clay 
mixed  with  the  oxyd  of  iron,  and  forms  a  good  soil;  the  other  sand 


breadth,  and  finally  terminates  in  the  N.  W.  parts  of  Geor- 
gia. There  is  a  small  part  of  this  formation  also  in  Mas- 
sachusetts, extending  from  Boston  to  Bristol  in  Rhode  Isl- 

stones,  united  by  the  infiltration  of  water  with  a  snnall  proportion  of 
csment,  decompose  into  sand,  and  form  a  dry  barren  soil. 

Springs  of  water  in  this  class  of  Rocks  are  of  very  different  qualities, 
depending  on  the  nature  of  the  strata  through  which  they  filter.  Those 
which  pass  through  sand  stone,  have  the  best  chance  of  being  purest. 
Slaty  clay,  and  all  those  argillaceous  rocks  that  accompany  coals,  are 
often  saturated  with  the  neutral  salts  of  copperas  or  alum,  the  result  of 
the  decomposition  of  pyrites  which  they  often  contain,  or  of  common 
salt.  The  limestone  of  this  class  is  so  easily  dissolved  in  water,  that 
the  greatest  part  of  the  water  that  traverses  the  limestone  of  it  is  fully 
impregnated  with  lime,  and  materially  deranges  the  bowels  of  strangers 
for  the  first  day  or  two  that  they  drink  it.  This  is  so  frequen  t  a  quality 
attending  the  limestone  in  a  horizontal  position,  or  secondary  limestone- 
that  it  may  perhaps  be  considered  as  one  of  the  characteristic  properties 
by  which  to  distinguish  it  from  the  limestone  of  the  primitive  or 
transition  class. 

Class  IV — diluvial. 

This  class  consists  of  every  thing  that  is  washed  from  all  the  others, 
and  is  deposited  in  beds,  either  from  the  waves  of  the  sea,  or  of  lakes, 
the  currents  of  rivers,  of  winds,  &.c. 

1.  It  possesses  the  advantage  of  being  nearly  level,  and  not  subject  to 
wash. 

2.  When  deposited  by  the  action  of  rapid  running  rivers,  it  is  generally 
sand  and  gravel  and  poor  soil ;  but  where  slow  running  rivers  overflow 
their  banks,  they,  for  the  most  part,  leave  a  rich  vegetable  mould,  making 
a  fertile  soil. 

3.  The  alluvial  of  the  sea,  being  usually  sand  and  gravel,  seldom  forms 
a  good  soil. 

4.  In  the  alluvial  class,  we  find  the  greatest  quantity  of  marshy  soil, 
rich  in  vegetable  production,  but  difficult  to  drain  on  account  of  its  low 
and  unhealthy  situation. 

5.  Marl  is  generally  found  in  this  class. 

G.  Extensive  plains  of  sand  are  often  found  in  alluvial  formed  by  the 
sea.  These  frequently  change  their  place  by  the  wind,  and  form  a  series 
of  small  hills,  covering,  in  many  places,  large  tracts  of  low  country, 
which  it  renders  barren  and  unfit  for  cultivation. 


53 

and,  and  a  stripe  of  it  skirts  the  primitive  from  above 
Trenton,  New-Jersey,  to  Williamsport,  Virginia.  It  is 
there  interrupted  hy  a  vein  of  the  Old  Red  Sand  Stone 
formation,  but  again  resumes  its  course,  and  runs  through 
the  primitive  in  Virginia,  to  the  breadth  of  about  10  or  12 
miles,  and  finally  terminates  a  little  to  the  westward  of 
Germantown,  North  Carolina. 

Several  veius  of  the  Secondary  Old  Red  Sand  Stone 
Formation  are  interspersed  through  the  foregoing  forma- 
tions. One  commences  at  the  northern  boundary  of  Mas- 
sachusetts, on  the  Connecticut  River,  and  running  along 
both  sides  of  that  river,  at  the  average  breadth  of  from  10 
to  15  miles,  terminates  at  New-Haven,  on  Long  Island 
sound.  A  small  spot  lies  west  of  this  on  Housatonic 
River,  in  Connecticut ;  but  the  largest  body  rises  on  the 
Hudson  River  above  New- York,  and  passing  through  the 
interior  of  New-Jersey,  at  the  average  breadth  of  from 
20  to  25  miles,  it  proceeds  through  the  states  of  Pennsyl- 
vania and  Maryland,  to  above  Fredericksburg  in  the  state 
of  Virginia.  A  small  spot  of  the  same  formation  is  found 
to  the  west  of  Richmond,  Virginia,  about  30  miles  long 
and  10 broad;  and  the  same  formation  has  been  lately  dis- 
covered in  North  Carolina. 

The  Alluvial  formation  commences  at  the  east  end  of 


7.  Inland  navigation  in  this  class  is  extensive  and  commodious.     The 
rivers  running  slowly  and  smoothly  over  deep  beds,  render  them  naviga- 
ble to  near  their  sources. 

8.  But  where  the  alluvial  forms  a  sea  coast,  the  harbours  and  bays  are 
frequently  obstructed  with  sand  banks  and  shoals,  and  are  therefore  diffi- 
cult of  access  and  dangerous  in  the  navigation. 

There  are  two  small  classes  of  rocks  called  the  trap  class  and  volcanic 
class.  The  former  is  exceedingly  limited  in  extent,  occupying  the  tops  of 
hills,  and  lies  overall  the  other  classes ;  the  latter  is  indicated  by  its  name, 
and  is  partial,  irregular,  and  variegated,  and  has  many  properties  favour- 
able to  vegetation  in  its  decomposed  state. 


>  54 

* 

Long  Island,  which  is  nearly  composed  of  it,  .except  a 
snjall  piece  of  the  west  end.  It  then  includes  the  w~hple 
o£yihe  lower  part  of  New-Jersey,  a  very  qniall  jpartof 
Pennsylvania,  extending  along  the  west  bank  b£  the  De- 
fa  ware  Riyer,  nearly  the  whole  of  Delaware  ;"  and  all«  that 

"  part  of  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  Soikh-Caro-' 
lina,  Georgia,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  and  Louisiana,  which 
lie- below  the  first  obstructions  in  the  rivers  frprh  the  sea, 
are  alluvial.  Florida  is  nearly  so,  and  considerable*  beds 
of  alluvial  extend  along  the  Mississippi  as  high  as  the 
Arkansas  river. 

The  whole  of  the  country  west  of  the  Allegheny  Ridge, 
as  far  as  it  has  been  geologically  explored,  extending 
beyond  the  state  of  Missouri,  is  of  the  secondary  forma- 
tion. 

MINERALS.  The  principal  are  Iron,  Limestone,  Free- 
stone, Coal,  Marble,  Lead,  Salt,  Gypsum.  Further  par- 
ticulars will  be  more  appropriate  in  the  articles  on  the  res- 
pective states. 

*"  SOIL.  Every  variety  from  the  best  to  the  worst;  a 
^reat  portion  being  good.  Further  particulars  will  also 
appear  under  the  heads  of  the  respective  states  and  terri- 

,?  tones. 

./ ^/A/TURAL  PRODUCTIONS.  Of  Vegetables  there  is  a 
profusion-  The  country  abounds  with  timber  of 
ity,  and  of  almost  every  description,  partieu- 
y  oak,  ash,  elm,  hickory,  walnut,  chesnut,  maple,  pop- 
laY,  cherry,  locust,  beech,  pine,  cedar,  cypress,  willow,  &c. 
Grass  of  various  kinds  grows  in  great  perfection  all  over 
the  country ;  and  there  is  also  a  vast  variety  of  natural 
plants  and  flowers.  Of  Animals  in  the  wild  state,  there 
are  the  bison  or  wild  ox,  the  Moose  deer,  bear,  fox,  lynx, 
panther,  weasel,  ermine,  martin,  minx,  otter,  opossum, 
hare,  squirrel,  mouse,  bat,  rat,  beaver,  seal,  &c.  The 


55 

game  and  wildfowl  are  turkeys,  pheasants,  partridges, 
woodcocks,  snipes,  wild  swans,  wild  geese,  wild  ducks, 
pigeons,  teal,  plover,  widgeons,  rail,  &c.  The  other 
birds  are  eagles,  hawks,  vultures,  turkey-buzzards,  star- 
lings, martins,  red-birds,  blue-birds,  humming-birds,  &c. 
Of  Fishes  there  are  the  whale,  dolphin,  porpoise,  gram- 
pus, skate,  shark,  sturgeon,  flounder,  cod,  perch,  whiting, 
salmon,  trout,  roach,  shad,  drum,  blackfish,  cat-fish,  oys- 
ters, clams,  lobsters,  and  a  great  variety  of  others,  with 
which  the  seas,  lakes,  and  interior  rivers  abound. 

NATURAL  CURIOSITIES.  From  the  peculiar  construc- 
tion of  the  country,  it  abounds  with  natural  curiosities. 
The  large  plate  of  table  land  which  serves  as  the  basin  *-/* 
of  Lakes  Erie,  Michigan,  Huron,  and  Superior  ;  and  the  ^  i- 
abrupt  descent  from  it  to  a  lower  plate  containing  Lake 
Ontario,  causes  the  great  Falls  of  Niagara,  already  no- 
ticed, one  of  the  greatest  natural  curiosities  in  the  world. 
There  are  also  several  lesser  falls  to  the  eastward,  particu- 
larly on  Genesee  River.  The  whole  ranges  of  the  Alle- 
ghany  Mountains  being  parallel  with  the  coast,  a  great 
many  of  the  rivers,  some  of  them  very  large,  break 
through  the  ridges  of  these  mountains  at  right  angles, 
forming  at  many  pl.aofte  Mis  and  rapids,  and  at  others  the 
visible  remains  of 'J§tfte.$i»  The  rivers  to  the  westward 

V- 

sometimes  present  anjpfrbus  aspect  where  they  are  sud- 
denly interrupted  by  cj^tfes  of  rocks,  through  which  they 
have  broken  passages  for  Agmselves ;  and  the  whole 
view  of  those  waters  ig^nraSlable  for  the  great  extent 
of  the  navigation  which  they  afford.  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, being  the  most  prominent  feature  in  the  country, 
no  doubt  present  many  remarkable  curiosities,  though  but 
little  known. 

The  following  view  of  a  few  of  the  most  remarkable 


56 

curiosities  in  the  several  states,  arranged  from  north  to 
south,  may  be  interesting. 

In  JWu>  Hampshire,  the  Notch  or  Gap  in  the  White 
Mountains.  Bellows'  Falls  on  Connecticut  River. 

A  curious  Cave  called  the  Devil's  Den,  in  Chester 
township. 

In  Durham  township,  a  rock  so  exactly  poised  on  the 
top  of  another  that  it  can  be  moved  with  the  finger.  A 
floating  Island  in  Atkinson  township. 

In  Vermont.  A  remarkable  Cave  in  Clarendon  town- 
ship ;  and  another  in  the  side  of  a  mountain  in  Dorset. 
There  is  a  great  variety  of  curious  scenery  on  Connec- 
ticut River,  which  has  worn  down  its  channel  from  80 
to  100  feet.  In  Glover  township,  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  state,  a  singular  change  was  made  in  a  branch  of  La- 
moille  River,  which  altered  its  direction  and  caused  a 
great  deal  of  damage  to  the  country. 

In  Massachusetts.  A  Cave  in  Wentham  township, 
called  Wampom's  Rock.  The  Falls  of  Powow  in  Es- 
sex county.  A  natural  Bridge  in  Berkshire  county.  Lynn 
Beach,  connected  with  the  Peninsula  of  Nahant,  near 
Boston.  The  Sand-hills  between  Newbury  and  Ipswich. 

In  New-York.  The  great  Falls  of  Niagara,  and  the 
lesser  falls  of  Genessee,  West  Canada  Creek,  and  Mo- 
hawk River.  Ballston  and  Saratoga  medicinal  springs. 
The  curious  rugged  coast  on  the  west  side  of  Lake 
Champlain  and  Hudson  River,  and  the  split  Rock  in 
Willsborough  township.  A  natural  Arch  in  Montgomery 
county.  A  Boiling  Spring  in  Lake  Erie,  which  may  be 
ignited,  and  proves  an  emetic  when  drank.  Great  Spring 
on  E.  side  of  Cayuga  Lake,  and  in  Caledonia,  and  the 
passage  of  the  Hudson  for  16  miles  through  the  moun- 
tains. 

In  New- Jersey.     A  singular  Cave  on  Nevesink  River, 


in  Alonmouth  county.  A  number  of  wells  ill  Morris 
county,  which  ebh  and  flow  with  the  tide.  In  Cape  May 
county,  a  spring  of  fresh  water  issuing  from  a  salt  water 
creek. 

In  Pennsylvania,  Ingham's  great  Spring  in  Bucks 
county,  near  New  Hope  Bridge.  In  Montgomery  county 
a  great  spring  on  the  banks  of  the  Schuylkill,  the  water 
of  which  turns  a  mill  immediately  below.  A  singular 
group  of  sounding  or  ringing  rocks,  called  Klingleberg, 
near  Pottsgrove.  In  Berks  county,  a  great  spring  west 
from  Reading.  In  Dauphin  county,  a  remarkable  cave 
on  Swatara  Creek.  Among  the  mountains  a  vast  number 
of  sinking  creeks  and  great  springs. 
.  In  Virginia.  The  passage  of  the  Potomac  and  She- 
nandoah  through  the  Blue  Ridge.  The  natural  bridge  in 
Rockbridge  county,  an  immense  arch  of  limestone  over 
a  creek.  It  is  about  200  feet  high.  The  Blowing  Cave 
at  Panther  Gap.  Madison's  Cave  near  the  intersection 
of  the  Rockingham  and  Augusta  lines  with  the  Shenan- 
doah.  An  Air  Spring  on  Kanhaway  River.  A  Syphon 
Spring  near  Brock's  Gap,  and  another  near  the  Cow  Pas- 
ture. A  natural  bridge  in  Scott  county.  Amen's  Cave 
near  Staunton. 

In  North  Carolina.  The  Pilate  Mountain  north-west 
of  Salem.  A  subterraneous  wall  in  Rowan  county. 

In  South  Carolina.  A  singular  cavern  called  the  Rock 
House,  on  Lynch's  Creek.  In  the  neighbourhood  an  im- 
mense flat  rock,  covering  50  acres. 

In  Georgia.  Rock  Spring  in  Montgomery  county,  pro- 
ducing 50  hogsheads  of  water  in  a  minute.  Tuccoa  Falls, 
in  Franklin  county,  180  feet  perpendicular.  Near  Saun- 
dersville  there  is  a  cave  from  70  to  80  feet  long,  and  30 
or  40  deep.  Neckojack  Cave  is  in  the  north-west  corner 
of  the  state,  in  Racoon  Mountain.  Its  entrance  is  50  feet 


58 

high  and  160  wide,  and  the  cave  has  been  explored  lor 
3  miles  by  a  canoe,  on  a  stream  of  water  which  runs 
within  it. 

In  Alabama.  On  the  north  side  of  Etowah  River,  a 
very  large  mound,  75  feet  high,  and  the  base  1114  feet  in 
circumference. 

In  Mississippi.  Great  beds  of  oyster  shells  near 
Natches. 

In  Tennessee.  Numerous  caves  and  sinking  springs. 
In  White  county,  a  stream  under  ground  which  turns  a 
mill.  In  East  Tennessee,  several  intermitting  springs. 
The  Enchanted  Mountain,  about  100  miles  south-east 
from  Knoxville,  on  which  are  a  number  of  impressions  re- 
sembling the  tracks  of  turkeys,  bears,  horses,  and  men.  On 
the  summit  of  an  elevated  peak  of  Cumberland  Mountain, 
a  cave  of  unfathomable  depth.  In  Sullivan  county,  a  sub- 
terranean brook  400  feet  below  the  surface  of  the  earth, 

In  Kentucky.  Kentucky  River  runs  in  some  places  in 
a  chasm  between  perpendicular  banks  300  or  400  feet  high. 
There  are  caves  in  many  places,  and  some  of  them  of  great 
extent.  Several  bitumen  springs  near  Green  River.  Great 
quantities  of  petrifactions  at  the  falls  of  Ohio.  In  Big  Bone 
Valley  the  remains  of  the  Mammoth.  Nearly  opposite 
the  mouth  of  Scioto  River  the  remains  of  an  ancient  for- 
tification. 

In  Ohio.  A  number  of  Indian  mounds,  particularly  at 
Marietta,  Chillicothe,  and  Circleville. 

In  Missouri  Territory.  The  falls  of  Missouri  already 
noticed.  The  gates  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  where  the 
Missouri  river  is  only  150  yards  wide,  hemmed  in  between 
walls  of  rock  1200  feet  high,  for  nearly  6  miles. 

In  the  North-West  Territory.  The  Falls  of  St.  An- 
thony. 

CLIMATE.    This  is  a  most  interesting  article  in  the 


59 

United  States,  and  from  the  particular  nature  of  the  country 
it  is  a  very  complex  one.  Having  obtained  very  recent 
and  important  information  upon  the  subject,  we  shall  en- 
deavour to  place  it  in  a  new  light,  illustrated  by  some  me- 
teorological tables.  One  of  the  most  able  writers  that 
ever  treated  of  this  subject,  was  the  late  ingenious  and 
learned  M.  Volney,  the  French  Traveller,  who,  after  ex- 
tensive travelling  and  observation  in  the  United  States 
during  three  years,  draws  the  following  general  conclu- 
sions : 

1st.  The  climate  of  the  maritime  region  is  colder  in 
winter,  and  warmer  in  summer,  than  that  of  the  countries 
in  Europe,  under  the  same  parallels. 

2d.  The  daily  variations  are  more  abrupt  in  the  mari- 
time country  than  in  Europe. 

3d.  The  temperature  of  the  valleys  of  the  Ohio  and  Mis- 
sissippi is  warmer,  in  the  proportion  of  three  degrees  of 
latitude,  than  that  of  the  maritime  regions. 

The  result  of  all  the  investigation  which  the  author  of 
the  map  of  the  United  States  has  been  able  to  make,  has 
tended  to  confirm  the  theory  laid  down  in  the  first  two 
positions,  and  the  last  has  also  been  confirmed  in  a  limited 
sense.  The  temperature  of  the  valleys  of  the  Ohio  and 
Mississippi  is  perhaps  a  little  warmer  upon  the  whole  than 
that  of  the  maritime  districts ;  but  the  chief  difference 
consists  in  this,  that  in  the  former  it  is  warmer  in  winter 
and  cooler  in  summer  than  in  the  latter,  although  the  heat 
and  cold  occasionally  go  to  equal  extremes  in  both.  This 
difference  appears  also  to  have  its  limits,  and  the  east  and 
west  are  nearly  assimilated  beyond  the  44th  or  45th  paral- 
lel of  latitude  ;  and  to  the  south  of  the  32d  the  same  ef- 
fect takes  place  ;  with  this  exception,  that  the  sea  breeze 
to  the  westward  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains  appears  to 
be  more  permanent  and  steady  than  to  the  eastward,  and 


(JO 

this  lias  a  tendency  to  meliorate  the  climate  to  the  west- 
ward, and  render  it  more  healthy  and  agreeable.  Since 
Volney  developed  his  theory,  the  country  has  been  exten- 
sively settled  up  to  the  westward,  and  it  has  been  explored 
to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  consequences  have  been 
to  shed  considerable  light  upon  the  climate  of  the  United 
States  generally,  which  will  be  noticed  in  the  proper 
place. 

To  understand  the  subject  correctly,  it  is  necessary  to 
take  an  extensive  view  of  a  number  of  external  circum- 
stances which  operate  upon  it.  That  it  is  extensively 
operated  upon  by  circumstances,  exclusive  of  the  mere 
change  of  latitude,  will  obviously  appear  by  glancing  the 
eye  over  the  parallel  of  latitude  from  the  mouth  of  Co- 
lumbia River  eastward  upon  the  map.  This  is  between 
46°  and  47°  N.  lat.  and  it  passes  the  central  part  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  the  Missouri  River,  near  Fort  Man- 
dan,  the  Mississippi  near  its  source,  the  St.  Lawrence, 
between  Lakes  Superior  and  Huron,  cutting  it  again  be- 
tween Montreal  and  Quebec,  and  passes  into  the  Atlan- 
tic Ocean  through  Cape  Breton.  On  the  eastern  part  of 
the  North  American  continent  the  winters  in  this  parallel 
are  excessively  cold,  while  at  the  mouth  of  Columbia  Ri- 
ver the  thermometer  is  seldom  below  the  freezing  point. 
The  principal  reason  for  this  great  difference  of  climate, 
in  the  same  parallel,  is  the  different  operation  of  the  winds. 
It  is  well  known  that  the  winds  are  the  greatest  agents  in 
the  distribution  of  caloric,  and  in  forming  the  theory  of  the 
climate  of  any  great  continent,  reference  must  frequently 
be  made  to  the  trade  winds  of  the  torrid  zone.  These  blow 
in  strong  currents  from  east  to  west,  within  the  tropics, 
but  in  the  higher  latitudes  they  become  variable,  and 
operate  differently  upon  different  coasts  and  seas.  On 
western  coasts  it  is  found  that  the  prevailing  winds  are 


(31 

generally  S.  W.  which  is  the  chief  reason  why  western 
coasts  are  generally  warmer  than  eastern  coasts.  On  east- 
ern coasts  the  winds  are  very  variable,  according  as  they 
are  affected  by  circumstances,  and  the  climate  is  variable 
accordingly.  In  no  country  in  the  world  is  the  climate 
more  subject  to  be  influenced  by  external  circumstances 
than  that  of  the  United  States.  Accordingly  we  find,  that 
independent  of  the  difference  of  temperature,  induced 
by  a  change  of  latitude,  it  is  operated  upon  by  four  pro- 
minent circumstances,  viz. 

1.  The  Trade  Wind. 

2.  The  Gulf  Stream. 

3.  The  Fogs  of  Newfoundland. 

4.  The  Winds  from  the  Polar  Regions. 

1 .  The  Trade  Wind  being  a  current  of  air  blowing  con- 
stantly from  east  to  west,  prevails  between  the  tropics. 
This  current  moves  through  the  West  Indies  and  adjacent 
seas,  until  it  meets  the  American  continent,  which,  in  con- 
sequence of  being  slanted  off  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.  slants 
off  the  current  of  air  in  that  direction,  and  the  current  of 
air  passing  towards  the  North  American  continent  it  di- 
verges over  it  in  different  directions.  One  branch  takes 
a  N.  W.  direction,  and  passing  over  New  Mexico,  and 
thence  between  the  Stony  Mountains  and  Pacific  Ocean, 
it  spends  its  force  probably  about  north  lat.  50°.  Another 
branch  takes  a  north-east  direction,  and  blows  partly  over 
the  mountains,  but  principally  between  the  mountains  and 
the  Atlantic  Ocean.  It  seems  to  spend  its  force  about  the 
Potomac,  although  it  sometimes  reaches  as  far  as  Phila- 
delphia and  New- York.  A  third  branch  passes  up  the 
valleys  of  the  Mississippi  and  Ohio,  having  often  all  the 
characteristics  of  the  original  trade  wind,  and  is  so  strong 
that  it  frequently  passes  over  the  large  lakes,  and  some- 
times reaches  Montreal,  and  even  Quebec. 


62 

2.  The  Gulf  Stream  is  a  consequence  of  the  trade  wind. 
This  wind  blowing  over  the  great  expanse  of  waters  col- 
lected in  the  middle  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  necessarily  gives 
the  water  an  impulse  in  the  direction  in  which  it  blows, 
being  what  sailors  call  the  heave  of  the  sea.     This  current 
being  stopped  by  the  isthmus  connecting  North  and  South 
America,  the  waters  become  accumulated  in  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  to  a  greater  height  than  in  the  adjacent  ocean,  and 
having  no   other  outlet  they  pass  through  the  Gulf  of 
Florida   between   Florida  and    Cuba,  and   the   current 
sweeps  along  the  American  coast  to  Cape  Hatteras. — 
Here,  the  coast  taking  a  more  northernly  direction,  the 
stream  beyond  this  recedes  to  a  greater  distance,  which 
increases  all  the  way  to  the  Banks  of  Newfoundland, 
where  the  Gulf  Stream  is  met  by  another  current  of  an 
opposite  character  from  Davis's  Straits.     The  waters  of 
the  Gulf  Stream    being  warmer  than  the    contiguous 
parts  of  the  ocean,  the  atmosphere  above   it    is    pro- 
portionally affected,  and  being  contiguous  to  the  Ameri- 
can coast,  the  winds  blowing  over  it,  impregnated  with  its 
warmth  and  moisture,  influence  the  climate  accordingly. 
This  influence  is  particularly  felt  in  the  southern  states, 
where  the  stream  is  within  from  30  to  60  miles  of  the 
coast.     Beyond  Cape  Hatteras  it  is  not  so  apparent,  and 
beyond  Cape  Cod  it  is  hardly  perceptible.     S.  and  S.  E. 
winds  are  those  subject  to  be  influenced  by  it  on  the  Ame- 
rican coast. 

3.  The  Fogs  of  Newfoundland  are  a  consequence  of  the 
meeting  of  the  warm  current  of  water  in  the  Gulf  Stream 
with  the  cold  current  from  Davis's  Straits.     They  are  of 
great  extent,  and  lie  in  a  N.  E.  direction  from  the  United 
States.     N.  E.  winds,  therefore,  will  in  spring,  summer, 
and  fall,  be  chilly  and  damp ;  and  in  winter  they  will  be 
loaded  with  snow.    The  part  of  the  United  States  most 


63 

subject  to  their  influence  are  the  New-England  States, 
with  part  of  New-York,  Pennsylvania,  and  New-Jersey. 
4.  The  Winds  from  the  Polar  Regions  are  w  ell  known 
in  the  United  States  by  the  name  of  ^orth  Westers ;  and 
they  operate  very  differently  upon  different  parts  of  the 
country.  Generally  they  are  more  prev;>'ent  to  the 
east  than  to  the  west  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  and 
most  prevalent  in  the  N.  E.  parts  of  the  New-England 
States.  They  also  operate  differently  at  different  seasons 
of  the  year.  To  the  N.  E.  they  are  cold,  cool,  or  agree- 
able, according  to  the  season  of  the  year ;  and  are  uni- 
formly pure,  dry,  elastic,  and  invigorating.  To  the  south- 
ward the  winds  shift  very  frequently,  and  the  S.  W.  is  the 
prevailing  wind,  so  that  the  N.  W.  wind  blows  but  a  short 
period  at  a  time,  although  its  effects  are  very  visible.  In 
summer  it  is  most  delightful,  but  in  winter  piercingly  cold. 
To  the  west  of  the  mountains,  at  least  as  high  as  the  lati- 
tude of  43°  or  44o,  the  S.  and  S.  W.  winds  are  most  pre- 
valent, so  that  the  north-westers  are  not  so  frequent  as  to 
the  east  of  them,  in  the  same  parallels ;  although,  when 
they  blow  in  sufficient  force  to  overpower  the  prevailing 
winds,  the  effect  is  precisely  the  same  as  to  the  east  of  the 
mountains.  Volney  forms  the  following  ingenious  theory 
on  this  branch  of  the  subject.  "  The  Alleghany  is  the 
shore  of  an  airy  lake,  which,  below  the  level  of  the  top  of 
this  bank,  is  at  rest,  unaffected  by  the  movements  of  the 
stratum  above  it.  Hence  the  S.  W.  wind  traverses  the 
valley  of  the  Mississippi  and  Ohio,  Kentucky,  and  con- 
tiguous countries,  as  far  as  the  valley  of  the  St.  Lawrence, 
by  which  it  flows  off,  while  the  N.  W.  stream  glides  over 
it  diagonically,  and,  over-topping  the  highest  mountains, 
pours  down  on  the  maritime  country,  where  its  force  is 
augmented  by  its  own  specific  gravity,  the  slope  of  the 


64 

earth's  surface,  and  the  vacuity  above  the  ocean  in  the 
S.  E." 

These  remarks  of  M.  Volney,  being  the  result  of  his 
personal  observations  during  a  residence  of  several  years, 
in  different  situations,  and  on  both  sides  of  the  mountains, 
are  entitled  to  great  weight ;  but  they  require  to  be  modi- 
fied, so  as  to  represent  that,  though  the  N.  W.  and  S.  W. 
winds  act  frequently  as  stated,  yet  the  N.  W.  wind  often 
prevails  over  the  whole  North  American  continent,  north 
of  the  latitude  of  30°,  and  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains; 
and  when  it  does  blow  with  great  force,  every  part  be- 
comes excessively  cold.  Hence  the  climate  on  both  sides 
of  the  mountains,  in  the  same  parallels,  are  subject  to  the 
same  extremes  of  cold,  although  to  the  westward,  the  N. 
W.  winds  not  being  so  frequent,  the  winters  are  warmer 
upon  the  whole  than  to  the  eastward. 

The  most  remarkable  feature  in  the  climate  east  of  the 
mountains,  is  the  sudden  and  great  changes  from  heat  to 
cold,  and  from  moist  to  dry.  The  causes,  from  what  hay 
been  said,  are  obvious.  When  south  and  south-east  winds 
prevail  for  any  length  of  time,  they  blow  upon  the  coast 
impregnated  with  moisture  and  warmth,  the  ah*  becomes 
rarified,  and  the  north-west  current  suddenly  rushes  in,  so 
that  we  often  find  a  foggy,  damp,  and  warm  atmosphere 
changed  in  a  few  hours  for  one  clear,  dry,  and  cold.  These 
changes  are  most  remarkable  on  the  sea-board.  In  the 
interior,  the  climate  is  more  settled,  and  among  the  moun- 
tains it  is  colder  than  to  the  east  or  west  of  them.  In  the 
western  country  the  climate  is  more  settled  and  more  mild, 
than  it  is  to  the  east  of  the  mountains,  although  both  the 
heats  of  summer  and  colds  of  winter,  occasionally  go  to 
as  great  extremes. 

From  the  southern  position  of  the  United  States,  the 
summer  heat  of  the  whole  country  is  great,  and  what  is 


remarkable,  its  extreme  height  is  as  great  in  the  most 
northern  as  in  the  most  southern  positions,  although  to  the 
north  extreme  heats  are  not  so  long  continued  at  a  time, 
and  the  summers  are  shorter. 

From  these  premises  we  may  draw  the  following  gene- 
ral conclusions  ;  observing,  however,  that  in  a  wide  ex- 
tended country,  affected  by  so  many  circumstances  as  we 
have  recited,  any  general  theory  upon  the  subject  must  be 
liable  to  great  exceptions. 

The  climate  of  the  United  States,  including  the  western 
regions,  may  be  subdivided  as  follows  :  First,  the  coldest ; 
second,  the  middle;  third,  the  temperate;  fourth,  the 
warm ;  and  fifth,  the  warmest  or  hot .  To  which  may  be 
added  the  very  cold  in  the  north-west  among  the  Rocky 
Mountains ;  and  the  mild  on  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

1 .  The  coldest  in  the  north-east  may  be  defined  by  run- 
ning a  line  from  St.  Regis,  on  the  St.  Lawrence,  along  the 
high  lands  in  the  State  of  New- York  to  Tioga  Point,  in 
Pennsylvania ;  thence  to  Stony  Point  on  Hudson's  River, 
and  thence  to  Cape  Cod  in  Massachusetts.  In  this  re- 
gion the  winters  commence  in  November,  and  end  in 
April ;  and  the  summers  commence  in  June,  and  end  in 
August.  Both  heat  and  cold  go  to  great  extremes ;  but 
the  country  is  generally  healthy.  To  the  westward,  north 
of  a  line  drawn  from  the  southern  extremity  of  Lake 
Huron  to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the  climate  is  also  the 
coldest,  and  the  northern  extremity  is  in  winter  exces- 
sively cold.  In  this  region  the  heat  and  cold  go  to  still 
greater  extremes  than  to  the  eastward. 

The  highest,  lowest,  and  mean  heat  for  each  month, 
at  ditterent  situations,  will  be  shown  by  the  following- 
table  : 

Note.  N.  stands  for  North  Lat.  E.  for  East  Long;.  :m«! 


W.  for  West  Long.  H.  for  highest,  L.  for  lowest,  and  M. 
for  mean  temperature.  • 


Ports- 
mouth, 
XT    u 

Boston. 
Mass. 

Macki- 
naw. 

St.  Pe- 
ter's. 

JN.  H. 

tct     c  -\f 

42 

22  N. 

4555N. 

45  00  N. 

k>    O  IN. 

616E. 

548E. 

7  SOW. 

15  SOW. 

1820. 

HL  M 

H 

L 

M 

H  L  M 

H      L  M 

January 

35   921 

35 

5 

--!:', 

29—30  0 

February 

48   330 

50 

1 

29 

46—1421 

March 

62  12  34 

74 

4 

34 

68     1046 

April 
May 

642442 
72  45  55 

75 

78 

27 
51 

48 
56 

85     1039 
82     36  61 

June 

94  52  67 

98 

r,0 

67 

82     5271 

July 

89  63  67 

87 

57 

67 

93     5469 

August 

92  55  73 

73;53  62 

92     6363 

Sept. 

88  40  60 

75 

4358 

89     30  62 

October 

65  32  49 

56 

3348 

7028 

45 

i 

November 

49  18  37 

M 

15139 

50  10 

3-2 

56   —731 

December 

3812,25 

8l27 

34   421 

32—2011 

Mean  of 
the  year. 

45"  8' 

47<>S' 

incom- 
plete. 

4309- 

Remarks.  The  lowest  under  St.  Peter's  for  Jan.  Feb. 
Nov.  and  Dec.  are  respectively  30,  14,  7,  and  20  below 
zero,  indicated  by — .  It  will  be  seen  that  Portsmouth  is 

NOTE. — Remarks  on  the  Wtaiher  and  Clouds,  on  the  Coast  of  America. 
There  are  several  heights  of  clouds  ;  the  highest,  and  those  which  ap- 
pear of  the  finest  texture,  (if  I  may  be  allowed  the  expression)  float 
highest  in  the  atmosphere.  Clouds  of  this  description  always  come  from 
the  westward ;  just  before  the  appearance  of  an  easterly  storm,  they 
gather  in  the  S.  W.  and  S.  S.  W.  and  if  a  glim  (as  the  sailors  call  it)  in 
the  N.  E.  and  N.  N.  E.  their  appearance  in  the  sky  indicates  a  N.  E. 
storm  of  snow  or  rain.  All  great  storms,  whether  snow  or  rain,  begin 
to  the  westward,  and  advance  gradually  to  the  eastward,  along  the  coasts 
of  America.  A  strong  S.  W.  wind,  in  the  upper  regions  of  the  atmos- 
phere, attended  with  a  N.  E.  or  opposite  wind  below  is  commonly  accom- 
panied with  low  flying  clouds,  which  drive  before  the  wind,  while  the  higher 
clouds  go  in  a  contrary  direction. 

Ship-Masters  and  Pilots,  on  leaving  the  coast,  outward  bound,  may 
notice,  that  so  long  as  these  higher  clouds  do  not  gather  and  thicken  in 
the  W.  or  S.  W.  so  long  a  heavy  or  long  storm  of  snow  or  rain  will  keep 
off.  Any  rain  or  foul  weather,  that  proceeds  from  winds  which  rise  from 
(he  eastward,  and  drive  before  the  wind  to  the  westward,  is  of  short  du- 
ialinn  A  MARINER. 


colder  than  Boston,  more  than  the  mere  difference  of  lat. 
would  indicate.  Mackinaw  is  incomplete,  but  by  compa- 
ring the  two  last  months,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  climate  is 
much  more  temperate  than  at  St.  Peter's,  though  it  is  in  a 
higher  lat.  The  difference  is  no  doubt  owing  to  its  prox- 
imity to  the  lakes.  The  great  extremes  of  heat  and  cold 
in  the  western  part  of  this  division  is  owing  to  the  unim- 
proved state  of  the  country. 

2.  The  middle  climate  comprehends  a  great  and  very 
unequal  range  of  country.  In  the  eastern  division  it  ex- 
tends from  the  foregoing  line  to  Lake  Ontario  and  Erie 
westward ;  and  south  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  to  about  Cape 
Henlopen,  on  the  Delaware.  Thence  a  line  may  be  pro- 
tracted to  Washington,  and  along  by  the  foot  of  the  first 
mountains  in  Virginia  to  about  Morgantown,  N.  C. ;  thence 
through  the  mountains  to  Kanhaway  River,  and  north-east 
on  the  west  side  of  the  mountains  to  the  upper  part  of  Ches- 
nut  Ridge  in  Pennsylvania.  In  the  westward  the  southern 
boundary  of  the  coldest  climate  before  mentioned  may  be 
assumed  as  the  northern  boundary  of  the  middle,  and  the 
southern  boundary  of  the  middle  may  be  protracted  west- 
ward from  the  head  of  Chesnut  Ridge  to  the  highlands  di- 
viding the  waters  falling  into  the  Ohio  from  those  falling 
into  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  along  in  a  northern  and  western 
direction,  crossing  the  Mississippi  about  30  miles  below 
Prairie  des  Chiens,  thence  south  and  west  crossing  the 
Missouri  about  30  miles  below  La  Platte  River ;  thence 
southward  to  the  west  of  the  Great  Osage  village,  and 
then  eastward  to  the  Arkansas  River  above  the  Hot  Springs. 
In  this  division  the  winters  commence  in  December  and 
end  in  March,  and  the  heat  of  summer  commences  in 
May  and  ends  in  September.  The  heat  and  cold  here 
also  go  to  great  extremes,  but  the  weather  is  very  change- 
able, particularly  in  winter,  so  that  neither  sevorc  heat 


68 

nor  severe  cold  lasts  long  at  a  time, 
division  is  also  generally  healthy. 


The  country  in  this 


METEOROLOGICAL  TABLE. 


New-  ' 
York. 
4043N. 
310E.I 

Philad. 
3957N. 
152E. 

W.K.! 

1 

Sack- 
ett's 
Har. 
4355N. 
100  E. 

Detroit. 

42  SON. 
548W. 

Prairie 
des 
Chiens.  ! 
4236N.  ; 
1438W.| 

Council 
Bluffs. 
41  31  N. 
1945W. 

1 
1 

1818. 

1820. 

H 

LjM' 

H  L  M 

H 

L 

.M 

H 

L  >M 

HL 

M 

H 

L 

M 

H 

L|M 

January 

is 

9!28 

48   626 

42 

14 

32 

30 

1223 

44.  4 

24 

i 

40 

—22  9 

February 

12 

0134 

64   637 

66 

16 

48 

57 

032 

42   2 

17 

1 

71 

-8|30 

March 

G8 

1638 

702241 

68 

26 

44 

64 

933 

61    0 

32 

1 

70 

034 

April 
May 

89  20  53 
82  45  60 

88 
84 

29 
51 

57 
63 

74 

70 

2248 

2252 

6288 
8134 

41 

53 

88 
90 

12 
39 

57 
61 

94 
90 

2458 
5069 

June 

95  56  76 

92 

56 

74 

84 

50f65 

8651 

70 

99 

50 

75 

99 

5574 

i          i 

182C 

. 

t 

July 

98*7078 

88 

70 

81 

87 

58',73 

92165 

69 

90 

54 

74 

97 

5875 

August 

96  64  78 

87 

71 

78 

85 

5471 

9462 

75 

94 

54 

72 

105 

6975 

Sept. 

94  44  71 

85 

51 

71 

87 

4466 

9247 

71 

90 

32 

64 

92 

4268 

October 

76  36  52 

7k2 

IS 

56 

76 

30.52 

7430 

51 

70     20 

44 

80 

2247 

November 

60  22  40 

64 

34 

50 

60 

20141 

60124 

40 

60   -6 

33 

59 

—434 

December 

45  27:33 

58 

32 

43  58 

9tSB 

48'  6.27 

331-14 

16 

50 

—  5118 

Mean  of 
the  year. 

incom- 
plete. 

53°  7' 

580  ,,| 

48°  6' 

47°  4' 

incom- 
plete. 

490  y 

—  Signifies  below  Zero. 

3.  The  temperate  climate  is  situated  between  the  mid- 
dle and  a  line  drawn  from  Morgantown,  N.  C.  southwest- 
ward  along  the  foot  of  the  mountains  to  their  termination 
in  Georgia ;  thence  in  a  north-west  direction  by  Florence 
in  Alabama,  and  crossing  the  Mississippi  River  about  the 
upper  part  of  the  Chickasaw  Bluffs  ;  thence  north-west 
to  the  Delaware  towns,  on  White  River,  and  thence  S.  W. 
to  the  Arkansas  above  the  Hot  Springs.  The  region  de- 
scribed within  these  limits  lies  in  the  very  heart  of  the 
country,  the  whole  bed  being  on  a  considerable  elevation. 
It  comprehends  the  States  of  Kentucky  and  Missouri, 
with  nearly  the  whole  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  and  Ten- 
nessee, the  south  part  of  Pennsylvania,  the  western  part 
of  Virginia,  and  small  portions  of  North  Carolina,  Geor- 


69 


gia,  and  Alabama.  This  climate  is  distinguished  from  the 
foregoing,  principally  by  having  an  earlier  spring,  and  the 
weather  is  generally  more  settled  and  serene,  although 
both  heat  and  cold  occasionally  go  to  as  great  extremes. 

METEOROLOGICAL  TABLE. 


Pitts-  i 

Zanes-  ' 

Mariet- 

Chilli- 

Cincin- 

Jeffer- 

Galla- 

Hunts* 

burg. 

ville. 

ta. 

cothe. 

nati. 

sonville. 

tin. 

ville. 

1820. 

1819. 

1819. 

1819. 

1819. 

I  1819. 

1819. 

1619. 

40S2N. 

39  59  N. 

39  SON. 

3920N. 

39  6N. 

3812N. 

3623N. 

3436N. 

246W. 

458W. 

428W. 

545W. 

731W. 

834W. 

938W. 

955W. 

H  LiM 

H  L  M 

H  LIM 

H  L  M 

H  L  M  H  L  M 

H]L;M 

H  L'.M 

January 

42 

10:29 

68 

1040 

67 

1642 

64 

18 

40 

70 

20 

37  6620 

47 

74|20'47 

70  27  51 

February 
March 

62 
54 

10!42 

2142 

64 
62 

1839 
1039 

62 
67 

1339 
1540 

68 
68 

15 
14 

40 
41 

64 
63 

16 
10 

42  6418 
40/6819 

44 
44 

7220:48 
8012J46 

7028;53 
76  26:50 

April 
May 

81 

82 

30160 
40158 

83 

88 

2466 
4265 

89 

SO 

2854 
34:64 

78 
80 

30 
44 

57 
69 

79 
86 

30 

42 

57  7828 
66  8850 

58 
69 

8228:60 
90  38  67 

813263 
874269 

June 

90 

54:71 

90 

5074 

86 

5673 

98 

60 

77 

94 

51 

74  9760 

80 

9215475 

92  62  81 

July 

92 

6476 

93 

5175 

88 

6272 

7462 

77 

91 

58 

74  9460 

79 

90163  76 

906681 

August 

89 

6072 

96 

6078 

93 

56!  78 

72i60 

80 

92 

52 

77  9956 

82 

90J5875 

876979 

Sept. 

89 

4164 

92 

4169 

88 

48!69 

89J52 

70 

90 

45 

69  94  50 

70 

;71 

86  60:76 

October     76 
November  62 
DecemberJ48 

4054 
32:46 
28i37 

76 
7! 

59 

2555 
2049 
630 

81 
72 
57 

3052 
2248 
1235 

86132 
7232 
60116 

56 
59 
39 

83 
76 
6U 

29 

28 
12 

55 
51 

38 

'7234 
16830 
58   4 

60 
53 

37 

P 

83  38162 
7936J58 
64|  18142 

31ean  of 
the  year. 

54»  2' 

55°  7' 

55°  6' 

58°  8' 

56°  8' 

60°  3' 

incom- 
1  pletc. 

63<>7' 

4.  The  warm  climate  lies  between  the  middle  and  tem- 
perate climate,  and  a  line  drawn  from  Cape  Henry  in  a 
circular  direction  below  Annapolis  and  passing  above 
Tarboro,  and  through  Fayetteville,  Columbia,  Augusta, 
Milledgeville,  and  Fort  Jackson  in  Alabama ;  and  thence 
a  little  south  of  west  across  the  Mississippi,  and  on  to  the 
Sabine  River,  in  the  latitude  of  Nacogdoches,  in  Texas. 
In  this  region  the  winters  commence  about  the  first  of 
January,  and  end  about  the  first  of  March,  and  the  sum- 
mers commence  about  the  first  of  May,  and  end  about  the 
middle  of  October.  The  weather  is  pretty  settled  and 
steady,  and,  except  in  swampy  marshy  situations,  along 
the  banks  of  the  Chesapeake  or  Mississippi,  the  country 
is  generally  healthy. 


70 


METEOROLOGICAL  TABLE. 


Nor- 

Augus- 

Milledge- 

Mon- 

folk. 

ta. 

ville. 

roe. 

1820. 

1818 

18J9. 

1819. 

3653N. 

3315? 

L 

3255N. 

3223N. 

0047E. 

500W. 

6  10W. 

938W. 

HL 

>1 

H  IL'M 

H  L 

M 

H  L'M 

January 
February 

71J1951 

74:2048 

7017 
«831 

to 

45 

72  38  63 
78  29  57 

March 

1 

79,34 

M 

7032 

57 

853063 

April 
May 

I 

83 

2261 

8442 

65 

87  48  72 
925173 

•June 

9261 

82 

94  67  76 

July 

8970 

8f 

100 

72 

85 

9578 

87 

92  63  79 

August 

8974 

79 

9278 

86 

94  65  80 

Sept. 

8371 

78 

9262 

79 

. 

October 

8050 

67 

90  35  62 

November 

7941 

56 

i     1 

December 

65,40 

50 

i 

7621,39 

Mean  of 

incom- 

incom- 

incom- 

incom- 

the year. 

plete. 

plete. 

plete. 

plete. 

5.  The  warmest  or  hot  climate,  extends  from  the  south- 
ern extremity  of  the  warm  climate  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
and  Gulf  of  Mexico.  In  this  climate  the  summers  com- 
mence in  April  and  end  in  November,  and  the  heat  is  often 
very  oppressive.  The  winters  are  often  very  variable, 
but  generally  pleasant  and  healthy.  The  whole  of  this 
district  being  on"  the  alluvial  formation,  there  are  many 
swamps  and  marshes  interspersed  through  it,  and  near 
these  the  summers  are  very  unhealthy,  but  in  high  and 
dry  situations  the  climate  is  favourable.  The  diseases 
particularly  incident  to  this  district  are  bilious  fever,  and 
fever  and  ague  ;  but  on  the  other  hand  pulmonary  com- 
plaints, and  many  others  which  prevail  in  cold  countries, 
are  hardly  known. 


71 


METEOROLOGICAL  TABLE. 


F.John- 

Savan- 

Fenian- 

Fort    1  N.  Or- 

Baton 

Cam) 

son,    i 

nah. 

dina,Fl. 

Scott.       le 

ans. 

Rouge. 

Kiple^ 

1820. 

1819. 

1820. 

1820. 

1 

;-.',0. 

1820. 

18?0 

5351  N. 

32   8N. 

3045N. 

3043N. 

30 

DON. 

3036  N. 

31181 

HOW. 

415W. 

437W. 

723W. 

13  10W. 

1514W. 

1650V 

H  L  M 

H  L  M 

HL  M 

II  L  M 

11 

T,  1V1 

H  L  M 

H  T, 

January 

633247 

752853  7935 

•V. 

71 

•>2  ••)•> 

1 

February 

794055 

7932571  7860 

fl-i 

Sl«l 

1 

78  51  64 

March 

623460 

873060(17060 

u 

ri 

3866 

78  32  61 

April 

32  32  67 

89  34  64 

8545 

T.> 

^•_, 

4468'  78 

58  73 

86  42  70  87  55 

May 

826069 

93  56  74 

8661 

74 

sx 

5674  87 

7279 

90^8  75  88  54 

June 

84  64  7o 

97  64  78  |87  67 

78 

Ml 

50;  78,  91 

7-286 

94T50  811  9257 

July 

89  75  81 

94  68  78,  '87  71 

80 

91 

60,79  90 

8082 

907079;  9372 

August 

90  72  83 

91  68  78'  is  70 

7« 

92 

6a:so 

92 

78  85 

927483  94  65 

Sept. 

36  67  78 

926076 

8773 

91 

8C 

60  751  188 

71  81 

88  64  77  92  56 

October 

84  50  67 

87  41  66 

8550 

99 

60  70'  184 

4565 

884067^8548 

November 
December 

794061 
7051,57 

j     : 

7643 
7550 

fi'l 
61 

78 

84 

40|60 
J2I59 

75 

77 

395' 
3960 

84  36  61 
76,4060 

84  32 
7928 

66°  r 

incom- 

,,l,tr.   , 

7001' 

68°  7'- 

incom- 
plete. 

incom- 
plete. 

incon 
pletc 

The  information  contained  in  the  foregoing  tables  is 
extracted  from  the  results  of  very  extensive  Meteorologi- 
cal observations  collected  from  all  parts  of  the  country. 
One  series  has  been  collected  by  Josiah  Meigs,  Esq. 
Commissioner  of  the  Land  Office,  from  the  Land  Offices 
of  the  U.  States  and  other  places.  The  extracts  madf 
from  this  series  comprehend  Detroit,  Zanesville,  Marietta, 
Chiflicothe,  Cincinnati,  Jeffersonville,  Gallatin,  Huntsville, 
Augusta,  Milledgeville,  Savannah,  and  Monroe.  The 
other  series  has  been  collected  by  Jos.  Lovell,  Esq.  Sur- 
geon General  of  the  Army  of  the  United  States,  princi- 
pally from  the  Military  Posts.  To  these  excellent  officers 
much  praise  is  due  for  the  indefatigable  industry  with 
which  they  have  collected  the  important  facts  which  shed 
so  much  lighten  asubject  hitherto  very  imperfectly  known. 
As  the  observations  are  still  going  on,  and  extending, 
there  is  no  doubt  but  that  in  a  short  time  the  materials  will 
be  abundant  for  publishing  an  ample  account  of  the  climate 


of  this  extensive  country.  In  the  mean  time  it  will  be  ob- 
served, that  some  of  the  tables  are  in  different  years,  and 
some  of  them  are  incomplete,  so  that  only  partial  com- 
parisons can  be  made,  and  partial  conclusions  drawn ;  but 
it  is  respectfully  presumed  that  this  is,  upon  the  whole, 
the  most  satisfactory  account  of  the  climate  of  the  United 
States  that  has  ever  yet  been  published.  The  observations 
were  generally  made  at  7  A.  M.  and  2  and  9  P.  M. 

From  the  result  of  all  the  observations  communicated 
to  the  Surgeon  General  in  1820,  that  officer  made  up  a 
very  curious  Table,  with  an  abstract  from  which  we  shall 
close  this  account. 

General  abstract  from  all  the  observations  made  at  the  Mi- 
litary Posts  of  the  United  States  for  1820;  37  Posts  ex- 
tending from  30°  to*  45°  55'  JV*  lat.  and  6°  46'  east,  to 
19°  45'  W.  long.  The  observations  were  made  at  7 
A.  M.  and  at  2  and  9  P.  M.  H.  is  the  highest  mean 
of  the  whole  observations;  L.  the  lowest;  and  M.  the 
average  of  the  mean  heat. 


Highest,  and  place  of 
i         observation. 


>1  29  i?9  Fernandina 
46  32   42   79  Fort  Johnson 
45  1 78  Belle  Fontaine 
61  !94  Council  Bluffs 


109 
96 
8S 
84 
68 
49 
44 
52 
88 
68 
91 

124 

General   52'62J56;  57  ,*  105  Sunday,  13th  of     t  —  SO  Sunday^Tl  135 
Mean-    '  August.  30th  of  January.  ! 


617165J  66   90  Montpellier 
,70  84  74    76   99  Prairie  des  Chiens 
748275   77   98  Fort  Mifflin,  Phila. 
7381175    76    *105  Council  Bluffs 
M7«M  71  '99  Ditto. 

88  Baton  Rouge 


Lowest,  and  place'  „ 

of  observation.     |«ange. 


t  -30  St.  Peters 
—17  Plattsburg 
—10  St.  Peters 
10  St.  Peters 
22  Ditto. 
50  Ditto. 
54  Ditto. 
53  Boston 
30  St.  Peters 
20  Prairie  duChien 
—7  St.  Peters 
—30  Ditto. 


Along  with  the  mass  of  information  collected  by  the 
Surgeon  General,  was  an  account  of  the  winds,  rain, 
snow,  and  cloudy  and  fair  weather,  from  which  we  are 
enabled  to  make  up  the  following  Table  : 


Bfi 

"si 
Si 


f* 


^ si s sT^lTg  s£ sS s s  Js^ssi  ^ 


10 


74 

From  the  foregoing  Table  the  following  general  facts 
appear : 

1 .  The  N.  W.  wind  is  the  most  prevalent  at  Ports- 
mouth, New- York,  Philadelphia,  and  Washington,  east  of 
the  mountains  ;  and  at  St.  Peters,  west  of  them. 

2.  The  south-west  wind  prevails  at  Boston,  and  is  fre- 
quent at  New- York,  Philadelphia,  Washington,  and  Nor- 
folk, east  of  the  mountains.     West  of  the  mountains  it 
prevails  at  Sackett's  Harbour,  Prairie  des  Chiens,  Pitts- 
burg,  Baton  Rouge,  and  Camp  Ripley ;  and  is  frequent  at 
St.  Peters. 

3.  At  Mackinaw,  south-east  and  west  winds  are  pre- 
valent. 

4.  At  Council  Bluffs,  south-east  winds  are  prevalent. 

5.  At  Detroit,  south  winds  are  prevalent. 

6.  At  Norfolk,  north-east  winds  are  prevalent. 

7.  At  Fort  Johnson,  south  winds  are  prevalent. 

8.  At  Fernandina,  south-east  winds  are  prevalent. 

9.  At  Fort  Scott,  east  winds  are  prevalent. 

10.  It  appears  that  the  greatest  quantity  of  snow  falls 
at  Mackinaw   and  Sackett's  harbour.      This  naturally 
arises  from  the  proximity  of  these  places  to  the  lakes. 

11.  It  appears  that  the  greatest  quantity  of  rain  falls  at 
Fort  Scott,  Baton  Rouge,  and  Camp  Ripley,  west  of  the 
mountains.     This  is  accounted  for  by  the  proximity  to 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

12.  Norfolk  seems  to  be  near  the  southern  limit  of 
snow  on  the  sea  coast,  but  in  the  interior,  snow  falls  much 
farther  south. 

13.  Pittsburg  is  the  only  position  in  the  district  de- 
nominated temperate,  to  which  these  meteorological  ob- 
servations have  extended ;  but  the  circumstance  of  south- 
erly winds  prevailing  to  the  westward,  from  Baton  Rouge 
to  Pittsburg,  Detroit,  and  Sackett's  Harbour,  leaves  room 


75 


lor  no  doubt  but  that  it  prevails,  according  to  Volney's 
statement,  all  over  the  western  country,  so  far  as  it  has 
been  described  as  the  temperate  region. 

It  may  be  satisfactory  to  contrast  the  meteorological 
observations  in  the  United  States  with  those  made  in  two 
positions  in  Great  Britain,  one  in  Cornwall,  in  the  south 
of  England,  lat.  50°  30',  and  the  other  at  Kinfawns,  near 
Perth,  in  Scotland,  lat.  56°  24' :  both  in  1821. 


1821. 

Corn- 
wall. 

Scotland. 

Remarks. 

HLIM 

Mean. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the 

January 
February 
March 
April 

642845 
523442 
534448 
653750 

37.2 
40.3 
41.3 

47.4 

general  temperature  ol'Corn- 
wall  agrees  nearly  with  Phi- 
ladelphia ;  and  that  of  Kin- 
fawns,  in  Scotland,  with  Bos- 

May 

60  43  52 

47.8 

ton  ;  but  the  different  months 

June 
July 

7247J59 
78  53163 

54.8 

58.4 

vary  very  much.     In  Phila- 
delphia the  average  of  Jan- 

August 

76  55'65 

59.3 

uary  was  only  26°,  but  in  Ju- 

Sept.        |76  52:62 
October    '634356 
November  61  36|53 

56.6 
49.- 
42.6 

ly  78°,  while  in  Cornwall, 
dtirina;  these  months  it  was 
45°  and  63°.    In  Boston  Jan- 

December 

58  37146 

40.2       uary  was  23°,  and  July  67°. 

Mean. 

53°  5' 

47°  9'     |370,  and  July  5i?°*  ' 

HISTORICAL  VIEW  OP  THE  ORIGINAL  SETTLEMENT 
AND  PROGRESS  OF  SOCIETY. — The  United  States  territo- 
ry was  originally  settled  by  various  tribes  of  Indians ;  but 
they  seem  to  have  made  little  or  no  progress  in  the  arts  of 
civilized  life.     The  first  settlement  by  white  people  was 
made  in  Virginia  in  1 607  ;  and  the  settlements  extended 
through  the  other  states  as  follows  : 
1609     Hudson's  River  was  discovered,  and  the  settle- 
ments commenced  in  New-York  next  year. 
1 620     The  settlements  commenced  in  Massachusetts,  and 
in  1652  that  province  became   connected  with 
Maine. 

1623     The  settlements  commenced  in  New-Hampshire. 
1627     Delaware  was  first  settled  by  the  Swedes. 


7(5 

1632  Lord  Baltimore  obtained  a  patent  for  Maryland, 
and  the  settlements  commenced  in  1634. 

1633  Connecticut  was  first  settled  at  Hartford. 
1636     Rhode  Island  first  settled  by  Roger  Williams. 
1650    North  Carolina  first  settled  by  emigrants  from 

Virginia. 
1664    A  patent  for  New-Jersey  was  granted  to  the  Duke 

of  York. 

1670     The  first  settlement  made  in  South  Carolina. 
1 681     The  Pennsylvania  patent  granted  to  William  Penn, 

who  commenced  settlements  at  Philadelphia  the 

same  year. 
1732     The  Georgia  patent  granted  to  General  Ogiethorpe, 

and  the  settlements  commenced  next  year. 
These  are  the  original  thirteen  states,  and  they  conti- 
nued as  British  colonies  until  the  war  of  the  revolution, 
partaking  of  all  the  vicissitudes  of  the  parent  state. 
In  1741  an  expedition  was  sent  from  the  colonies  against 

Cuba,  but  it  was  unsuccessful. 
1755    An  expedition  from  New-England  wrested  Nova 

Scotia  from  the  French. 

The  same  year  an  unsuccessful  attempt  was 

made  to  break  up  the  French  settlements  on  the 

Ohio,  and  General  Braddock  was  defeated  and 

killed. 
1765     The  stamp  act,  the  forerunner  of  the  American 

revolution,  passed  the  British  parliament. 
1 773    A  shipment  of  tea  forcibly  destroyed  in  Boston,  to 

prevent  the  country  from  being  subject  to  the  tax 

imposed  upon  it. 

1775     On  the  19th  of  April  the  first  battle  of  the  revo- 
lution was  fought  at  Lexington,  Massachusetts. 

June  1 7.    The  battle  of  Breed's,  commonly  called 


77 

Bunker's  Hill,  near  Boston,  spread  the  seeds  of  the 
revolution  throughout  the  colonies. 
July  2.    General  Washington  was  appointed  to  the 
command  of  the  American  army. 

1776     March  17.     Boston  was  evacuated  by  the  British 
army. 

July  4.  The  American  Congress  UNANIMOUSLY 
passed  the  DECLARATION  that  the  United  States 
were,  and  of  right  ought  to  be  FREE,  SOVEREIGN, 

and  INDEPENDENT. 

This  was  one  of  the  most  important  events  in  the  an- 
nals of  the  world.  The  war  raged  with  great  violence 
for  some  time,  and  with  various  success,  but  the  United 
States  were  finally  successful.  The  principal  events  of 
the  war  are  the  following : 

1776  Sept.  15.    New- York  was  captured  by  the  British, 
and  the  surrounding  country  became  subject  to 
their  dominion. 

1777  Sept.  11.    The  Americans  were  defeated  at  Bran- 
dy wine. 

Oct.  17.  General  Burgoyne  and  his  whole  army 
surrendered  to  the  Americans. 

1778  The  Americans  formed  a  treaty  of  alliance  with 
France. 

1780  The  Americans  were  defeated  at  Camden,  South 
Carolina. 

1781  Jan.  17.     The  battle  of  Cowpens  was  fought,  and 
the  British  were  defeated. 

Sept.  8.  Battle  of  Eutaw  was  fought,  and  the 
British  were  defeated. 

Oct.  19.  General  Cornwallis  and  his  whole  army 
surrendered  to  General  Washington  in  Virginia, 
which  was  the  last  great  act  of  the  war. 


78 

1782  Feb.  5.     The  Independence  of  the  United  States 
was  acknowledged  by  Sweden. 

Feb.  25.  by  Denmark. 

March  24.  by  Spain. 

April  19.  by  Holland. 

Nov.  30.  Peace  was  concluded  with  Great  Bri- 
tain, and  THE  INDEPENDENCE  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  FULLY  ACKNOWLEDGED. 

1783  The  Independence  of  the  United  States  generally 
acknowledged  in  Europe. 

September  23.     The  definitive  treaty  of  peace  was 

signed. 

Nov.  25.     New- York  was  evacuated  by  the  British 

troops,  and  in  the  same  month  the  American  army 

was  disbanded. 

1787  September  17.     The  Federal  Constitution  was 
framed  by  delegates  appointed  by  the  people  for 
that  purpose. 

1788  The  Federal  Constitution  was  ratified  by  all  the 
states,  except  North  Carolina  and  Rhode  Island. 

JYote.     North  Carolina  ratified   in  1789,  and 
Rhode  Island  in  1790. 

1789  March  4.     The  first  Congress  under  the  new  con- 
stitution met,  and  GEORGE  WASHINGTON  was  in- 
augurated President  of  the  United  States. 

1790  The  first  census  was  taken,  and  the  population  was 
3,929,326. 

1791  Vermont  was  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1792  Kentucky  was  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1793  GEORGE  WASHINGTON   was    again    inaugurated 
President  of  the  United  States. 

1796  Tennessee  was  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1797  JOHN  ADAMS  was  inaugurated   President  of   the 
United  States. 


79 

1 799  George  Washington,  the  hero  of  the  revolution,  and 
first  President  of  the  United  States,  died  beloved 
and  lamented. 

1800  The  second  census  was  taken,  and  the  population 
was  5,305,666. 

Seat  of  government  of  the  United  States  removed 
to  Washington  City. 

1801  THOMAS  JEFFERSON  was  inaugurated  President  of 
the  United  States. 

1802  Ohio  was  admitted  into  the  union. 

1803  Louisiana  was  purchased  from  France,  which  more 
than  doubled  the  United  States  territory. 

1805  THOMAS  JEFFERSON  was  again  inaugurated  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States. 

1807  Navigation  by  steam  perfected  in  the  United  States 
by  Fulton. 

1809  JAMES  MADISON  icas  inaugurated  President  of  the 
United  States. 

1810  The  third  census  was  taken,  and  the  population  was 
7,239,903. 

1811  An  accidental  engagement  between  the  American 
frigate   President  and   British  sloop  of  war  Little 
Belt  created  much  sensation  between  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain. 

Louisiana  was  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1812  June  18.     War  was  declared  against  Great  Britain 
for  the  maintenance  of  free  trade  and  sailors'  rights. 
Aug.  19.     The  British  frigate  Guerriere  was  cap- 
tured by  the  American  frigate  Constitution. 

Oct.  17.     The  British  ship  Frolic  was  captured  by 
the  American  ship  Wasp. 

Oct.  25.     The  British  frigate  Macedonia  was  cap- 
tured by  the  United  States  ship  United  States. 


so 

Dec.  29.  The  British  frigate  Java  was  taken  by 
the  American  frigate  Constitution. 

1813  Feb.  23.     The  British  ship  Peacock  was  taken  by 
the  American  ship  Hornet. 

March  4.     JAMES  MADISON  was  again  inaugurated 
President  of  the  United  States. 
June  1.     The   American  frigate  Chesapeak  was 
taken  by  the  British  frigate  Shannon. 
Sept.  4.     The  British  brig  Boxer  was  taken  by  the 
American  brig  Enterprize. 

Sept.  10.  A  British  squadron  on  Lake  Erie  was 
completely  defeated  by  an  American  squadron  un- 
der Captain  Perry. 

Oct.  5.     A  British  army  was  defeated  and  taken  by 
the  Americans  in  Upper  Canada. 
Dec.  19.   Fort  Niagara  on  Lake  Ontario  was  taken 
by  the  British. 

1814  March  20.     The  American  frigate  Essex  was  taken 
by  two  British  ships  of  war  at  Valparaiso,  South 
America. 

April  2 1 .     The  United  States  ship  Frolic  was  taken 
by  the  British  frigate  Orpheus. 
April.  29.     The  British  ship  Epervier  was  taken  by 
the  Peacock. 

June  28.  The  British  ship  Reindeer  was  taken  by 
the  Wasp. 

July  3.     Fort  Erie,  a  British  fort  in  Upper  Cana- 
da, was  taken  by  the  Americans. 
July  6.     The  battle  of  Chippewa,  in  Upper  Cana- 
da, was  fought. 

July  25.  The  battle  of  Bridgewater,  in  Upper  Ca- 
nada, was  fought. 

Aug.  15.  The  battle  of  Fort  Erie,  in  Upper  Ca- 
nada was  fought. 


81 

Aug.  24.  The  battle  of  Bladensburg  took  place, 
and  Washington  City  was  surrendered  to  the  Bri- 
tish, who  immediately  made  their  retreat,  after  burn- 
ing the  public  buildings  and  a  valuable  library. 
Sept.  1 .  The  British  ship  Avon  was  taken  by  the 
American  ship  Wasp. 

Sept.  11.  A  British  squadron  on  Lake  Champlain 
was  taken,  and  the  British  army  was  defeated  at 
Plattsburgh. 

Sept.  12.  The  British  forces  were  repulsed  at 
Baltimore,  and  General  Ross,  their  commander,  was 
killed. 

Dec.  13.  The  boats  of  a  British  fleet  captured  a 
number  of  American  gun-boats  on  Lake  Pontchar- 
train. 

Dec.  24.  A  treaty  of  peace  with  Great  Britain  was 
signed  at  Ghent,  in  the  Netherlands,  Europe. 

1815  Jan.  8.     The  British  having  made  several  attempts 
on  New-Orleans,  were  repulsed  in  different  actions, 
and  finally  defeated,  with  dreadful  slaughter,  by  an 
American  army  of  inferior  force,  under  General 
Jackson. 

Jan.  15.     The  United  States  frigate  President  was 

taken  by  a  British  squadron. 

Feb.  17.     The  treaty  of  peace  with  Great  Britain 

was  ratified. 

Feb.  20.     The  Cyane  and  Levant,  two  British  ships, 

were  taken  by  the  Constitution. 

March  23.     The  Penguin,  British  ship,  was  taken 

by  the  American  ship  Hornet. 

The  American  army,  under  the  peace  establishment, 

reduced  to  10,000  men. 

1816  Indiana  was  admitted  into  the  Union. 

11 


82 

1817  JAMES  MONROE  was  inaugurated  President  of  tin- 

United  States. 

The  Erie  Canal  commenced  4th  July. 

Mississippi  was  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1818  Illinois  was  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1819  Arkansas  territory  was  organized. 
Alabama  was  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1 820  Maine  was  separated  from  Massachusetts,  and  ad- 
mitted into  the  Union  as  a  State. 

The  fourth  census  was  taken,  and  the  population 
was  9,638,226. 

1821  JAMES  MONROE  was  again  inaugurated  President  of 
the  United  States. 

A  treaty  with  Spain  was  ratified,  by  which  Florida 
was  ceded  to  the  United  States  in  full  sovereignty. 
Missouri  was  admitted  into  the  Union. 

1822  Spanish  Provinces  in  South  America  and  Mexico, 
recognised  as  independent  States  by  Congress. 

1823  New  Tariff  of  Duties  passed.     Chesapeake   and 
Delaware    Canal   commenced, — and  Cumberland 
Road  extended. 

1824  General  La  Fayette  arrived  at  New- York,  15th 
August,  and  was  received  as  the  "  Guest  of  the 
Nation." 

1825  JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS  elected  President  of  the  United 
States  by  Congress. 

Oct.  26.  The  Erie  Canal  completed  by  the  State 
of  New- York,  and  celebrated  on  the  4th  of  Novem- 
ber, on  the  arrival  of  the  first  boat  from  Lake  Erie 
at  New-York. 


83 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE, 

Showing  the  Civil  Divisions  and  Population  of  the  United  Stales; 
by  the  Census  of  1820. 


Free 

Free 

Free 

Other 

1 

•^   • 

States  and  Territo- 

White 

White 

People 

Slaves. 

Per- 

Total. 

f' 

?  -2 

ries. 

Males. 

females. 

of 

sons. 

„  sS 

ri  *~ 

Colour 

|£C 

S  o 

~ 

£~ 

K 

L 

Maine,                         1    149,195 

148,145 

929 

M 

66 

298,335 

2 

7 

7 

New  Hampshire,        j    119,210 

124,026 

786 

139 

244,  161 

ii 

6 

6 

Vermont,                     !    117,310 

117,536 

918 

<( 

ii 

235,764 

8 

« 

5 

Massachusetts.            I    252,154 

264,265 

6,740 

128 

523,287 

'2 

13 

Uhode  Island,             (     38,492 

40,921 

3,554 

48 

44 

83,059 

e 

Connecticut,               1    130,807 

136,374 

7,870 

97 

100 

275,248 

2 

', 

6 

New-York,                    679,551 

653,193 

29,279 

!      10,088 

701 

1,372,812 

12 

27 

34 

New-Jersey,                   129,619 
Pennsylvania,                 516,618 

127,790 
500,476 

12,460        7,557 
30,202           211 

149 
1,951 

277,575 
1,049,458 

~ 

1 

°i 

i  j 

Delaware, 

27,905 

27,377 

12,953 

4,509 

72,749 

2 

1 

Maryland,                       131,743 

128,479 

39,730 

107,398 

407,350 

'J 

1 

9 

Virginia,                        304,731 

298,343 

36,888 

425,153 

250 

1,065,366 

£ 

1         «-> 

j     22 

North  Carolina,          .    209,644 

209,556 

14,612 

205,017 

" 

638,829 

2!     13 

13 

South  Carolina,          1    120,934 

11(5,506 

6  82( 

258,475 

502,741 

2       9 

9 

Georgia,                      1      98,404 

91,162 

1,763 

149,656 

340,989 

2       G 

7 

Alabama, 

45,839 

39,612 

571 

41,879 

127,901 

2 

1 

.     a 

Mississippi,                       23,286 

18,890 

45£ 

;      32,811 

75,448 

2!       1 

1 

Louisiana, 

41,332 

32,051 

1P,47C 

69,061 

484 

153,407 

21       1 

3 

Tennessee,                  i    173,600 

166,325 

2,738 

80  09' 

52 

422,813 

2     e 

9 

Kentucky, 

223,696 

210,948 

2,758 

'    126,731 

182 

564,317 

2 

10 

12 

Ohio,                               300,607 

275,965 

4,723 

» 

139 

581,434 

2 

I 

1     14 

Indiana,                             76,649 

69,109 

1,231 

19C 

" 

147,178 

-2 

1 

I       S 

Illinois,                        ;      29,401 

24,387 

457 

9r 

i      49 

55,211 

a 

1 

1 

Missouri, 

31,001 

24,987 

347 

10,222 

29 

66,586 

1 

1 

Michigan  Territory, 

5,383 

3,208 

174 

131 

8,896 

tk 

< 

<^ 

Arkansas  Territory,          6,971 

5,608 

59 

1,61" 

18 

14,273 

" 

< 

District  of  Columbia,       11,171 

11,443 

4,048j       6,37' 

" 

33,039 

13,995,253 

3,866,682 

233,5571,538,118,4,616 

9,638,226 

48J  18?i  212 

The  population  of  the  North  West  and  Missouri  Territories  is  not  given  separately 
in  the  census.  Florida  was  not  annexed  to  the  United  States  when  the  census  was 
1  iikcii.  It  is  supposed  that  it  now  contains  40,000  inhabitants. 

From  a  statement  of  the  superintendent  of  Indian  affairs,  it  appears  that  the  number 
of  Indians  scattered  through  the  different  States  and  Territories  of  the  Union  is 
129,666.  The  quantity  of  land  claimed  by  them,  exceeds  80,000,000  acres. 


84 


TABLE  II. 

Showing  the  extent  and  area  of  each  State,  in  miles  and 
acres ;  the  number  of  inhabitants  in  each  square  mile ; 
and  the  number  of  acres  to  each  person. 


1                } 

Pop. 

Acres 

States  and  Territories. 

Len.'Br.  Sq.miles.        Acres. 

in  one 

:o  each 

1                1 

sq.  m. 

person. 

Maine, 

235136      32,000      20,480,000 

9    1-3 

70 

New  Hampshire, 

160:  58        9,280 

5,939,200 

26 

24 

Vermont, 

157  ;  65      10,200 

6,528,000 

23 

23 

Massachusetts, 

130   60        7,800 

4,992,000 

67 

9i 

Rhode  Island, 

49,  29        1,360 

870,400 

61 

10* 

Connecticut, 

90   53        4,670 

2,988,800 

59 

10J 

New-York, 

280  165      46,200 

29,568,000 

30 

22 

New-Jersey, 

138   50        6,900 

4,416,000 

40 

16 

Pennsylvania, 

280  157      43,950 

28,128,00024 

27 

Delaware, 
Maryland, 

94,  22;        2,060 
119    91       10,800 

1,318,400 
6,912,000 

35 

38 

18 
17 

Virginia, 
North  Carolina, 

320200      64,000 
362  121  !     43,800 

40,960,000 
28,032,000 

17 
15 

39 

44 

South  Carolina, 

188  160'     30,080 

19,251,200 

17 

39 

Georgia, 

300  194;     58,200 

37,248,000 

6 

109 

Alabama, 

2751185      50,800 

32,512,000 

2  1-2 

256 

Mississippi, 

275  165!     45,350 

29,024,000 

1  2-3 

384 

Louisiana, 

240  200|     48,000 

30,720,000 

3 

200 

Tennessee, 
Kentucky, 

390(106      41,300      26,432,000 
289  135'     39,000       24,960,000 

10 

14  1-2 

62 
44 

Ohio, 

205  188      38,500 

24,640,000 

15 

43 

Indiana, 

250  145;      36,250 

23,200,000 

4 

160 

Illinois, 

365162      59,000 

37,760,000 

1 

68 

Missouri, 
Michigan  Territory, 
Arkansas  Territory, 

272  222;      60,300 
250135;     33,750 
500)242'    121,000 

38,592,000 
21,600,000 
77,440,000 

I 

1  4 

1  8 

60 
2,430 
5,410 

Florida, 

385J150J      57,750 

36,960,000 

1  6 

3,696 

North  West  Territory, 
Missouri  Territory, 
District  of  Columbia, 

390370     144,000       92,160,000 
I500'620l    930,000     595,200,000 
10    10;           100             64,000 

330 

« 

!2,076,  400  1,328,896,  000 

85 

AGRICULTURE  AND  PRODUCE. — The  basis  of  civilized 
life  is  agriculture,  and  this  forms  an  object  of  primary  im- 
portance in  the  United  States.  No  country  in  the  world, 
under  one  government,  the  Chinese  empire  excepted,  is  so 
favourably  situated  for  agriculture  as  this  country,  be- 
cause none  has  such  a  variety  of  climate  ;  and  a  large 
portion  of  the  soil  is  of  the  very  best  kind.  The  country, 
extending  over  twenty  degrees  of  latitude,  embraces  every 
climate  from  very  warm  to  very  cold ;  hence  it  raises  every 
variety  of  agricultural  products,  from  tropical  plants  and 
fruits  to  the  finest  grass  and  vegetables  of  the  northern 
regions.  The  situation  of  the  country  too  is  admirably 
adapted  for  the  distribution  of  agricultural  products,  with- 
out which  the  proper  stimulus  for  raising  them  would  not 
exist.  The  Atlantic  States  have  a  great  extent  of  sea  coast, 
and  fine  rivers  and  harbours,  which  greatly  facilitate  the 
distribution  of  every  kind  of  produce  in  that  quarter  ;  and 
the  western  states  are  so  supplied  with  fine  navigable  wa- 
ters, that  there  is,  in  effect,  a  harbour  within  a  few  miles  of 
every  man's  door.  And  even  the  interior  districts  that  are 
at  a  considerable  distance  from  navigation  have  their  ad- 
vantages, as  they  are  well  calculated  for  raising  stock  and 
sheep,  a  very  valuable  kind  of  farming  in  an  extensive 
country.  The  northern  or  coldest  districts  produce  grain, 
grass,  flax,  garden  vegetables,  and  fruit.  The  principal 
grains  are  maize  or  Indian  corn,  rye,  oats,  barley,  and 
buck- wheat.  Wheat  is  also  raised  in  many  districts,  but 
not  profusely.  Grass  of  almost  every  description  grows 
in  abundance,  so  that  the  country  raises  a  great  supply  of 
butter,  cheese,  beef,  and  pork.  With  attention,  sheep 
thrive  very  well,  and  an  extensive  supply  of  wool  may  be 
produced.  Flax  is  abundant,  and  easily  cultivated,  and 
hemp  is  also  raised  in  several  districts.  Of  garden  vegeta- 
bles there  is  almost  every  variety,  as  peas,  beans,  cabbageT 


86 

Jettuce,  spinage,  parsley,  potatoes,  radishes,  turnips,  pars- 
nips, onions,  leeks,  beets,  carrots,  &c.  Of  fruits  there  are 
peaches,  apples,  pears,  cherries,  raspberries,  gooseberries, 
currants,  melons,  &c. ;  and  these  are  all  extensively  culti- 
vated. In  the  middle  and  western  states,  wheat  is  the  sta- 
ple commodity,  but  all  the  other  vegetable  productions  are 
extensively  cultivated.  In  the  southern  part  of  the  mid- 
dle states,  tobacco  is  one  of  the  staples,  and  in  the  southern 
states,  cotton  is  the.  staple ;  the  greater  part  of  all  the 
other  articles  enumerated  being  also  raised  ;  and  sugar  is 
made  in  considerable  quantity  in  Louisiana,  Georgia,  and 
West  Florida.  The  principal  domestic  animals  are  horses, 
cows,  sheep,  hogs,  dogs,  and  cats ;  and  of  the  feathered 
tribe,  common  fowls,  geese,  ducks,  turkeys,  Guinea  fowls,. 
peacocks,  &c.  Much  of  the  land  throughout  the  union 
is  susceptible  of  the  highest  grade  of  agriculture  up  to  the 
finest  gardening ;  but  in  consequence  of  the  great  profu- 
sion of  land,  the  farms  are  often  very  large,  and  but  a 
small  portion  of  them  under  cultivation ;  although  many 
of  the  districts  are  very  thickly  settled  with  remarkably 
well  cultivated  farms.  The  number  of  persons,  repre- 
sented as  employed  in  agriculture  by  the  census  of  1820, 
is  2,070,646. 

MANUFACTURES  AND  COMMERCE. — These  important 
branches  of  industry  go  hand  in  hand  with  agriculture,  and 
Avith  one  another.  The  first  great  object  of  mankind  is  to 
raise  food ;  the  second  is  to  make  clothing,  build  houses,  pro- 
vide household  utensils,  and  render  themselves  comfortable. 
These  cannot  go  on  without  active  industry,  and  in  every 
community  where  that  is  in  successful  and  healthy  opera- 
tion, commerce  will  spring  out  of  it,  and  along  with  it  lite- 
rature, the  fine  arts,  and  all  the  blessings  of  civilized  life. 
The  mechanical  arts  and  household  manufactures  have 
heen  in  successful  operation  in  the  United  States  from  the 


87 

earliest  settlement  of  the  country,  and  the  growth  of  so- 
ciety gradually  prepared  the  way  for  manufacturing  on  a. 
larger  scale.  So  far  back  as  the  years  1802,  3,  and  4,  it 
was  found  by  calculation  that  upwards  of  four-fifths  of  the 
whole  manufactures  consumed  in  the  United  States  were 
produced  in  the  country,  and  a  great  impulse  having  been 
given  by  the  British  orders  in  council^  and  French  block- 
ading decrees  in  subsequent  years,  the  manufactures  of  the 
United  States  had  progressed  so  rapidly  that  by  the  year 
1810  it  was  found  that  the  following  were  carried  on  to  an 
extent  that  was  adequate  to  a  supply  of  the  demand. 

Wooden  articles  of  every  kind. 

Leather  and  articles  of  leather. 

Soap  and  tallow  candles. 

Spermaceti  oil  and  candles, 

Flaxseed  oil. 

Refined  sugar. 

Coarse  earthen  ware. 

Snuff,  chocolate,  and  mustard  : 

And  that  the  following  branches  were  firmly  established, 
supplying  the  greater  part  of  the  demand. 

Iron  and  articles  of  iron. 

Hats  and  straw  bonnets. 

Cotton,  wool,  flax,  and  hemp. 

Paper,  printing  types,  printed  books,  and  playing  cards. 

Spirituous  and  malt  liquors. 

Wax  candles : 

And  considerable  progress  had  been  made  in  the  following 
branches : 

Paints  and  colours. 

Chemical  preparations  and  medicinal  drugs. 

Salt. 

Copper  and  brass. 

Japanned  and  plated  ware. 


88 


Queens  and  other  earthen  ware. 

Glass  ware,  &c.  &c. 

The  total  annual  value  of  the  manufactures  of  this  pe- 
riod, excluding  ail  doubtful  articles,  was  estimated  at 
$127,694,000,  of  which  the  following  are  the  most  pro- 
minent particulars  : 

Goods  manufactured  by  the  loom,         -         $39,500,000 
Machinery  of  various  kinds,         -         -  6,100,000 

Hats, 4,300,000 

Iron  manufactures,  -  14,360,000 

Leather,  17,900,000 

Distilled  and  fermented  liquors,    -         -  16,530,000 

Wooden  manufactures,        -         -        -  5,540,000 

The  value  as  distributed  among  the  states  was  as  fol- 
lows : 


Maine, 

New-Hampshire,     - 
Vermont, 
Massachusetts, 
Rhode  Island, 
Connecticut, 
New-York,     - 
New-Jersey, 
Pennsylvania, 
Delaware, 
Maryland, 

Virginia,         -         -, 
Ohio,     - 
Kentucky,      - 
North  Carolina, 
Tennessee,     - 
South  Carolina, 
Georgia, 
Mississippi  Territory, 


$2,138,000 
8,135,000 
4,325,000 

17,516,000 
3,080,000 
5,901,000 

14,569,000 
4,703,000 

32,089,000 

990,000 

6,554,000 

11,447,000 
1,987,000 
4,121,000 
5,323,000 
3,708,000 
2,174,000 
2,744,000 
314,000 


Orleans  Territory,  814,000 

Louisiana  Territory,  35,000 

Indiana  Territory,  197,000 

Illinois  Territory,  72,000 

Michigan  Territory,  „               37,000 

Columbia  District,  719,000 

It  was  known,  however,  that  many  of  the  returns  were 
incomplete,  and  it  was  presumed  that  the  manufactures 
of  all  descriptions  might  be  estimated  at  upwards  of 
$170,000,000.* 

During  the  war,  and  the  troublesome  period  that  pre- 
ceded it,  the  manufactures  of  the  United  States  made  ra- 
pid progress,  and  had  advanced  to  great  maturity,  when 
they  were  suddenly  checked  by  the  peace  and  circumstan- 
ces growing  out  of  it,  particularly  the  excessive  importa- 
tions of  British  and  India  piece  goods  in  1815  and  1816  ; 
but  the  state  of  the  market  and  rate  of  exchange  has  since 
checked  the  importations,  and  manufacturing  industry  is 
again  making  progress,  and  is  likely  to  increase.  The  re- 
sult of  the  information  obtained  by  the  census  of  1820  has 
not  yet  been  digested  and  published  ;  but  the  number  of 
manufacturers  are  inserted  in  the  census  as  349,506  ;  this, 
however,  includes  mechanics  of  every  description,  who 
indeed  may  with  propriety  be  called  manufacturers.  With 
regard  to  the  present  value  of  the  manufactures  of  the 
country  there  are  but  few  data  whereon  to  form  an  esti- 
mate. It.  is  presumed,  however,  that  they  bear  at  least  an 
equal  proportion  to  the  population  that  they  did  in  1810. 

*  This  information  has  been  obtained  from  a  very  elaborate  report  on 
the  manufactures  of  the  country,  deduced  from  the  documents  accom- 
panying the  census,  by  Tench  Coxe,  Esq.  of  Philadelphia,  a  gentleman 
to  whom  the  public  are  greatly  indebted  for  his  laborious  researches  on 
this  interesting  subject. 

12 


90 

In  that  case  they  will  amount  by  the  first  estimate  to  about 
$170,000,000;  but  by  the  second  estimate  to  $225, 000,000. 
It  is  presumed  that  this  estimate  is  not  too  high,  for  we  find 
that  the  value  of  all  the  manufactured  goods  imported  into 
the  United  States  in  1821  was  only  $32,000,000,  of  which 
$5,000,000  was  re-exported,  leaving  $27,000,000  for 
the  eonsumpt  of  the  country,  of  which  about  $22,000,000 
only  was  for  clothing.  We  may  estimate  that  the  total  eon- 
sumpt of  this  country  of  manufactured  articles  is  equal  to 
$26  for  each  individual,  the  result  will  be  $250,500,000 
From  which  deduct  imports,  -  -  27,000,000 


The  result  will  give  as  the  value  of  the  ma- 
nulactures  of  the  country, 


Again,  if  we  estimate  the  value  of  manufactures  at  $3  per 
day  for  each  person  employed,  including  the  raw  mate- 
rials, and  suppose  the  manufacturers  to  work  on  an  ave- 
rage 300  days  in  the  year,  the  result  for  349,506  persons 
will  be  nearly  $3  15,000,000;  from  which  deduct  $90,000,- 
000  for  buildings,  exclusive  of  those  for  manufactures, 
implements  of  husbandry,  £c.  and  the  residue  will  show 
the  manufactures  to  be  in  value  $225,000,000.  The 
domestic  manufactures  exported  in  1821  amounted  to 
$2,755,000,  and  it  is  presumed  that  such  exports  will  ra- 
pidly increase. 

The  commerce  of  a  country  naturally  arises  from  its 
agriculture  and  manufactures.  In  all  civilized  societies 
the  division  of  labour  very  speedily  takes  place.  Some 
live  in  the  country,  some  in  cities  and  towns,  some  attend 
exclusively  to  agriculture,  others  to  manufacturing  and  the 
mechanic  arts.  It  is  the  business  of  the  merchant  to  form 
the  connecting  link  in  the  chain  of  general  industry,  and  to 
make  the  surplus  products  of  one  class  subservient  to  the 


91 

wants  of  another  class.  For  a  long  period,  a  great  portion 
of  the  manufactures  used  in  the  United  States,  was  pro 
cured  from  beyond  seas,  and  on  the  other  hand  there  was 
always  a  ready  market  beyond  seas,  for  all  the  surplus 
products  of  the  United  States,  the  proceeds  of  which  paid 
for  the  articles  imported  ;  and  the  commerce  produced  by 
the  exchange,  gave  employment  and  remuneration  to  the 
merchants  engaged  in  it ;  while  the  carrying  trade  paid 
a  good  profit  to  the  ship  owners,  and  gave  employment  to 
a  great  many  sailors.  At  the  close  of  the  wars  in  Europe, 
the  commerce  of  the  United  States  was  destined  to  under- 
go a  considerable  revolution.  Each  European  nation  is 
now  obliged,  in  a  considerable  degree,  to  supply  its  wants 
within  itself,  and  hence  a  great  many  of  the  productions 
of  the  United  States  have  either  been  excluded  or  subjected 
to  very  heavy  duties.  The  result  is  that  the  trade  has 
been  cramped — a  heavy  exchange  has  been  brought  against 
the  country,  arid  the  consequence  will  eventually  be,  that 
the  country  will  become  in  a  great  measure  independent 
within  itself.  This  will  be  greatly  accelerated  by  the  low 
price  of  provisions,  and  consequently  of  labour,  on  the  one 
hand,  and  the  great  increase  of  manufactures  on  the  other 
— particularly  in  the  eastern,  middle,  and  Western  states. 
The  exchange  between  these  and  the  southern  states  is 
very  active,  and  even  now  supplies,  in  a  considerable  de- 
gree, the  blank  created  in  the  foreign  trade,  both  as  to 
the  mercantile  and  shipping  interests ;  and  at  no  distant 
period,  this  trade,  connected  with  that  to  the  West  Indies 
and  the  rising  trade  to  South  America,  will  be  greater  than 
ever  the  European  and  India  trade  was,  and  much  more  pro- 
ductive. At  present,  the  internal  trade,  though  very  great, 
cannot  be  accurately  estimated.  The  foreign  trade  for 
1825,  has  been  stated  in  a  report  made  by  the  Treasury 


Department  to  Congress,  from  which  the  following  are 
extracts : 

The  total  value  of  the  imports,  in  1825,  was  $91,000,000 
And  the  value  of  foreign  goods  exported, 

in   1824,  was                             -         -  25,337,157 

Of  which  there  was  specie  and  bullion  7,014,552 

The  value  of  the  principal  articles  imported  in  1824,  was, 
in  round  numbers,  as  follows  : 

Woollens,  $8,030,985 

.Cottons,  8,508,248 

Silks,        -        -  7,203,334 

Linens,     -         -  3,873,610 

Iron  and  iron  manufactures,         -         -  2,505,291 

Hemp  and  hempen  manufactures,         -  1,077,969 

Hides  and  furs,  1,057,000 

China,  earthen,  and  glass  ware,   -         -  817,000 

Hosiery,  396,000 

Hats,  caps,  bonnets,  &c.     -  333,000 

Copper,  tin,  brass,  &c.       -  844,000 

Wines,  (2, 101, 359  gals.)     -         -  1,050,398 

Spirits,  (5,577,774  gals.)    -         -        -  2,142,620 

Molasses,  (13,1 17, 724  gals.)        -         -  2,413,643 

Teas,  (8,934,437ibs.)         -         -         -  2,786,252 

Coffee,  (39,224,2511fcs.)     -        -         -  5,437,029 

Sugars,  (94,379,764fes.)    -         -         -  5,406,568 

Salt,         -         -  609,000 

Miscellaneous,            -  5,661,000 
The  total  value  of  domestic  exports  in 

1825,  was  over     -  *92,000,000 

*  The  exports  in  1825  exceed,  by  17  millions  of  dollars,  the  average 
amount  for  the  three  preceding  years.  The  imports  exceed,  by  about 
11  millions,  the  same  average.  Of  the  exports  6  millions  consisted  of 
domestic  manufactures. 


The  following  were  the  principal  articles  of  export,, 
in  1824,  with  the  value  in  round  numbers  : 

From  the  sea — fish,  oil,  sper- 
maceti candles,  &c.  -  $1,610,990 

From  the  forest — skins  and 

furs,  -  766,000 

Ginseng,  172,000 

Lumber,  bark,  naval  stores, 

ashes,  &c.  -  -  -  3,993,437 

Beef,  pork,  horses,  butter, 

and  cheese,  -  -  2,325,000 

Wheat,  flour,  and  biscuit,  5,977,255 

Indian  corn  and  meal,        -  736,340 

Rice,      -  1,882,982 

Other  grain,  rye,  oats,  ap- 
ples, &c.  -  -  -  174,000 

Tobacco,         -        -        -  4,855,566 

Cotton,             -        -        -  21,947,404 

Flaxseed,  hops,  wax,  &c.  526,000 

Manufactures,           -        -  3,264,421 

Miscellaneous,  1,889,245 

The  value  of  exports,  domestic  and  foreign,  from  each 
state,  in  1824,  was  in  round  numbers  as  follows : 


Imports. 

Exports. 

]Sew-Hampshire, 

-      $245,513 

185,383 

Vermont, 

161,854 

208,258 

Maine, 

768,643 

900,195 

Massachusetts, 

-    15,378,758 

10,434,328 

Rhode  Island, 

-      1,388,336 

872,899 

Connecticut, 

581,510 

575,852 

94 


New-York, 

-    36,113,723 

22,897,135 

New-Jersey, 

637,518 

28,989 

Pennsylvania, 

-    11,865,531 

9,364,893 

Delaware,     - 

12,080 

18,964 

Maryland,     - 

.      4,551,642 

4,863,233 

District  of  Columbia, 

379,958 

722,405 

Virginia, 

639,787 

3,277,564 

North  Carolina,     - 

465,836 

588,733 

South  Carolina,     - 

-      2,166,185 

8,034,082 

Georgia, 

551,888 

4,623,952 

Louisiana,     - 

-      4,539,769 

7,928,820 

Michigan, 

1,856 

Alabama, 

91,604 

460,727 

Florida, 

6,986 

216 

$80,549,007 


75,986,657 


Of  the  foreign  articles  exported,  there  was  $7,014,552 
of  specie  and  bullion,  so  that  the  sum  total  of  Merchandise 
exported,  domestic  and  foreign,  was  $75,986,657. 

The  persons  employed  in  commerce  are  represented  in 
the  census  as  amounting  to  72,493. 

CHIEF  CITIES. — We  shall  only  notice  here  those  large 
cities,  which  from  their  extensive  mercantile  transactions 
possess  great  influence  on  the  country  as  a  whole.  The 
other  cities,  towns,  and  villages,  will  be  more  appropriately 
noticed  under  the  heads  of  the  respective  states  in  which 
they  are  situated. 

WASHINGTON*  claims  the  first  notice,  in  consequence 
of  being  the  seat  of  the  general  government.  It  is  hand- 

*  See  the  annexed  plan. 


95 

somely  situated  on  the  north-east  bank  of  the  Potomac  Ri- 
ver, between  Rock  Creek  and  the  Eastern  Branch,  at  the 
head  of  tide  water.  The  District  of  Columbia,  ten  miles 
square,  in  which  it  is  situated,  was  ceded  to  the  United 
States  by  the  states  of  Maryland  and  Virginia ;  and  in  the 
year  1 800,  became  the  seat  of  the  general  government.  The 
city  is  laid  out  on  an  elegant  and  extensive  plan,  with  the 
streets  running  exactly  north  and  south  and  east  and  west. 
There  are  also  a  number  of  grand  avenues  running  di- 
agonally through  the  city  in  different  directions,  and  form- 
ing squares  at  the  intersections.  The  whole  plan  is  very 
spacious  and  grand,  but  it  is  only  partially  executed :  the 
buildings  being  yet  not  sufficient,  if  condensed,  to  fill  up 
one  of  the  grand  avenues  :  so  that  it  looks  rather  like  a 
thickly  settled  country  than  a  city.  The  plan  is,  however, 
rigidly  adhered  to  by  the  inhabitants,  who  have  shown 
great  industry  in  opening  and  improving  the  streets,  and  a 
great  number  of  the  houses  are  very  handsome.  The  prin- 
cipal and  great  leading  street  at  present  is  the  Pennsylva- 
nia Avenue,  extending  about  a  mile  and  a  half,  between 
the  Capitol  and  the  President's  house,  and  public  offices. 
Here  the  greater  part  of  the  mercantile  business  is  trans- 
acted, and  it  is  a  place  of  great  resort,  particularly  in 
winter,  when  the  congress  is  in  session.  The  principal 
public  buildings  are  1st.  The  Capitol,  having  spacious 
chambers  for  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives, 
and  apartments  for  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United 
States,  the  national  library,  and  other  public  objects.  2d. 
The  President's  House  is  a  very  spacious,  elegant,  and 
commodious  building,  furnished  at  the  national  expense, 
and  specially  appropriated  for  the  residence  of  the  Chief 
Magistrate.  3d.  Contiguous  to  the  President's  house  are 
four  offices  for  the  different  departments  of  state,  viz : 
the  Secretary's  office,  the  Treasury  office,  the  War  office, 


96 

and  Navy  office.  These  are  all  very  spacious  and  com- 
modious. The  other  national  buildings  are  the  Post-office, 
containing  also  the  Patent  office,  and  the  Marine  Bar- 
racks. 

The  public  buildings  belonging  to  the  city,  are  the  City 
Hall,  Theatre,  Infirmary,  Orphan  Asylum,  Masonic  Hall, 
Columbian  College,  and  twelve  Churches  belonging  to 
different  religious  societies. 

Georgetown  is  situated  west  from  Washington,  and  is  a 
handsome  place,  having  considerable  trade. 

Alexandria  is  situated  on  the  Virginia  side  of  the  Poto- 
mac, seven  miles  below  Washington,  and  is  the  principal 
shipping  port  of  the  District,  of  which  the  exports  in  1821 
were  $898,092. 

The  whole  District  contained  in  1820,  33,039  inhabi- 
tants, situated  as  follows : 

Washington  City,  13,247 

Georgetown,  7,360 

Alexandria,  8,218 

County  of  Washington,  north  side  of  the 

Potomac,      -  2,729 

County  of  Alexandria,  south  side  of  the 

Potomac,        -  M&5 


33,039 


The  inhabitants  are  classed  as  follows: 

White  people,  22,614 

Coloured  people,  free,        4,048 
Slaves,  6,377 

33,039 


97 

Of  whom  there  are  engaged  in  Agriculture,  853 

Manufactures,      2, 1 84 
Commerce,  512 

The  other  cities  will  now  be  noticed  in  geographical 
order  from  north  to  south,  beginning  with 

BOSTON.*  This  is  a  large  and  elegant  city,  beautifully 
situated  on  a  small  peninsula  in  Massachusetts  Bay,  being 
surrounded  on  all  sides  by  the  sea,  except  the  narrow,  low 
strip  of  land  called  Boston  Neck,  which  connects  it  with 
the  main  land.  The  old  part  of  the  city  is  not  very  regu- 
lar, and  has  very  much  the  appearance  of  an  old  English 
town,  but  in  that  part  more  recently  built  the  streets  are 
spacious  and  regular ;  and  the  buildings  generally  very 
handsome,  many  of  them,  indeed,  most  elegant,  indicating 
great  wealth  among  the  inhabitants.  The  harbour  of  Bos- 
ton is  one  of  the  most  safe  and  commodious  in  the  United 
States,  being  secure  from  an  enemy  and  from  every  wind, 
and  capable  of  containing  upwards  of  five  hundred  vessels. 
Being  the  great  emporium  of  an  extensive  district,  inhabit- 
ed by  a  most  industrious  and  enterprising  people,  having 
all  the  branches  of  industry  in  successful  operation,  it  is 
the  seat  of  a  very  extensive  commerce,  both  foreign  and 
domestic.  The  public  buildings,  the  wharves,  and  the 
bridges,  are  all  indicative  of  a  most  active  community; 
and  the  late  census  affords  evidence  that  great  attention  is 
paid  here  to  that  grand  source  of  national  wealth,  manu- 
facturing industry.  Their  seminaries  of  learning  and  pub- 
lic institutions  are  equally  indicative  of  a  people  sensible 
of  the  importance  of  the  dissemination  of  knowledge,  and 
the  cultivation  of  the  human  faculties  ;  who  will  continue 
to  support  the  character  of  the  city  as  the  cradle  of  civil 

*  See  the  plan. 
13 


98 


us  liberty  and  independence.  The  city  con- 
edjily  to  increase.  In  1800,  the  population  y^as 
*"*  1810,  33,250;  in  1820,  43,940;  and  in  1826, 
£$,000^  ..-'•f%iese  t&tere  are  1728  people  of  colour,  Taut 
ji«"slaves>'  The  pofljSj^sm  is  classed  in  the  Census  as 


f    ;  .;  5598 

,w  NEW-YORK*  is  a  most  elegant'  city;,  'and  holds  such  a 
commanding  situation  in  all  respects,  jthat  it  is  the  greatest 
commercial  depot  in  the  United  jBtates.  The  duties  at 
the  N.  Y.  custom  house  in  1325,  amounted  to  sixteen 
million  of  dollars.  It  is  handsomely  situated  at  the  con- 
fluence of  the  Hudson  and»East  Rivers,  having  a  fine  bay 
in  front,  and  easy  and  ctJmm>dious  access  to  the  sea  at 
all  seasons,  by  two  different  channels ;  the  one  through 
the  Narrows  and  .past  Sandy  Hook  into  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  being  iftost  extensirely  used  for  the  foreign  and 
southern  trade  ;  th^  efhelr  into  Long  Island  Sound,  through 
which  there  is  a  most  extensive  trade  with  the  New  Eng- 
land states. ^  The  Erie  and  Champlain  Canals  have  added 
immensely  to 'the  .trade  of  New- York,  and  the  North  or 
fiudso^River,  which  has  been  already  described,  pours 
down  its  treasures  into  the  lap  of  the  city;  and  many  ex- 
tensive manufactories  having  been  lately  established  ori 
its  banks,  t^e  trade  of  the  city  is  greatly  augmented  in 
consequence^  The  extensive  manufactures  of  a  considera- 
ble part  .ofvjte  New  England  states,  also  find  a  ready 

*  *  Sec  the  plan. 


99 

market  here,  particularly  those  of  Connecticut  and  Rhode 
Island,  and  this  is  the  grand  emporium  through  which 
they  in  return  get  a  great  deal  of  the  raw  material,  par- 
ticularly cotton.  There  are  also  extensive  manufactories 
in  the  contiguous  part  of  New-Jersey,  particularly  Pat- 
terson and  Newark. 

The  city  was  not  originally  laid  out  on  a  plan  corres- 
ponding with  the  elegance  of  the  situation ;  many  of  the 
old  streets  being  narrow,  crooked,  and  consequently  filthy ; 
but  great  improvements  have  lately  been  made,  and 
New- York  bids  fair  to  rival  the.  far-famed  city  of  Phila- 
delphia, which  it  certainly  will  do,  provided  a  plan,  which 
is  in  contemplation,  be  carried  into  effect,  to  supply  the 
city  with  that  most  necessary  of  all  commodities, 
pure  water. 

The  increase  of  the  population  has  been  rapid  and 
steady.  In  1790  it  was  33,131;  in  1800,  60,439;  in 
1810,  93,914  ;  in  1820,  123,706;  and  in  1826,  168,000. 

This  population  is  classed  as  follows : 

White  people,  ....  112,820 
Free  coloured  people,  .  *  10,368 
Slaves, 518 

123,706 

Engaged  in  Agriculture,      .     .     t  386 

Manufactures,       .    .,         9,523 
Commerce,      .     .     .         3,142     . 

13,051 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  above  includes  all  the 
inhabitants  on  Manhattan  Island,  which  constitutes  the 
county  of  New-York,  which,  however,  is  of  small  extent, 
and  settled  mostly  by  citizens  of  New-York. 


100 

PHILADELPHIA*  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the 
Delaware  River,  30  miles  below  the  head  of  tide-water, 
and  104  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  It  is  regularly  laid 
out  into  squares,  with  streets  crossing'  at  right  angles.  The 
plan  of  the  city  extends  from  the  Delaware  to  the  Schuyl- 
kill,  nearly  two  miles,  and  it  is  about  a  mile  broad ;  but  it 
is  not  closely  built  above  two-thirds  of  the  way.  The 
extensive  suburbs  of  the  Northern  Liberties  and  Kensing- 
ton on  the  north,  and  Southwark  on  the  south,  forming, 
together  with  the  city,  nearly  three  square  miles  of  pretty 
close  building,  contain  a  population  of  more  than  11 0,000. 
The  Delaware  River  is  nearly  a  mile  broad  at  the  city, 
but  spreads  out  a  little  above  it,  and  then  gradually 
contracts  towards  Trenton,  at  the  head  of  tide-water, 
where  it  is  about  one-third  of  a  mile  broad.  Below 
Philadelphia,  the  river  extends  in  width  as  it  proceeds  to 
Newcastle,  40  miles  distant,  where  it  stretches  out  into  a 
spacious  bay.  It  is  favourable  for  navigation  all  the  way 
to  the  city,  and  for  sloops  to  Trenton,  30  miles  farther. 
Seven  miles  below  the  city,  the  Schuylkill  River  falls  into 
the  Delaware,  and  it  is  navigable  for  sloops  to  the 
Permanent  Bridge.  At  the  head  of  tide-water  on  that 
river,  a  little  above  the  city,  there  is  a  spacious  dam  across, 
and  a  canal  with  locks  on  the  west  side,  water-works 
being  erected,  on  the  east  side,  for  raising  water  for  the 
supply  of  the  city ;  there  are  also  two  steam  engines  with 
forcing  pump  apparatus  for  the  same  purpose.  The 
water  being  raised  to  a  considerable  elevation,  is  conveyed 
through  cast-iron  pipes  to  the  city,  where  it  is  distributed 
to  almost  every  house  in  it.  This  subject  is  particularly 
mentioned,  because  it  does  honour  to  the  public  spirit  and 
enterprise  of  the  citizens  of  Philadelphia,  and  has  proved 

*  Sec  the  plan. 


101 

to  be  one  of  the  greatest  blessings  ever  conferred  on  the 
city ;  contributing  in  a  most  essential  manner  to  the  health, 
happiness,  and  comfort  of  the  people.  Philadelphia  is  not 
so  favourably  situated  for  foreign  commerce  as  New-York* 
and  the  custom-house  returns  show  that  it  does  not  possess 
it  to  the  extent  of  one-half  of  that  possessed  by  the  sister 
city ;  but  it  has  other  advantages  of  a  most  substantial 
nature,  and,  if  cultivated  to  the  extent  of  which  they  are 
susceptible,  it  will  not  only  hold  its  present  rank,  but  will 
greatly  increase  in  population  and  wealth.  Philadelphia 
is  admirably  situated  for  manufacturing,  and  at  present 
the  manufactures  are  very  considerable,  and  of  great 
importance  ;  but  many  of  them,  particularly  the  important 
branches  of  cottons  and  woollens,  may  be  greatly  extend- 
ed ;  and  from  the  peculiar  advantages  of  this  city,  and  the 
industry  of  its  inhabitants,  it  is  to  be  presumed  they  will 
increase  rapidly.  The  city  lies  in  the  lower  focus  of  one 
of  the  most  fertile,  best  settled,  and  best  cultivated  spots 
in  the  United  States,  and  has  a  fine  navigable  stream  on 
one  side — a  stream  rendered  navigable  by  artificial  means, 
and  possessing  great  water  power  on  the  other ;  and  the 
country  in  its  vicinity  abounds  with  creeks  and  rivulets, 
having  numerous  mill-seats.  In  the  interior  of  the 
country,  on  the  head  waters  of  the  Schuylkill  and  Lehigh 
rivers,  about  100  miles  from  Philadelphia,  very  large  beds 
of  coal  exist,  which  is  now  brought  down  the  canal  and 
river,  in  great  quantities,  which  will  be  of  great  importance 
to  manufactures.  The  county  of  Philadelphia  is  very 
intimately  connected  with  the  city.  It  stretches  along 
the  Delaware,  extending  about  eight  miles  below  the 
city,  and  fifteen  above  it,  and  is,  on  an  average,  about 
seven  miles  broad.  It  contains,  besides  the  city  and 
suburbs,  several  flourishing  villages,  particularly  German- 
town  and  Frankford,  and  the  whole  is  very  thickly  settled. 


The  population  of  the  county  by  the  last  census  was 
137,097,  of  which  the  city  and  suburbs,  including  Moya- 
mensing  and  Passyunk,  contained  114,410,  classed  as 
follows : 


Free  white  persons,     . 
Free  coloured  persons, 

Slaves, 

Other  persons, 


114,410 


Of  these  there  were  employed  in  Agriculture,         1132 
In  1826,  there  were  5000  looms  in  the  city  of 
Philadelphia  alone. 

Manufactures,        9821 
Commerce,  3562 

14,515 


BALTIMORE*  is  situated  at  the  head  of  tide-water  on 
Patapsco  River,  a  branch  of  Chesapeak  Bay,  about  200 
miles  from  the  sea,  and  is  an  elegant  thriving  city.  It  has 
a  fine  harbour,  and  the  bay  and  river  are  navigable  at  all 
seasons,  with  the  exception  of  some  very  slight  interrup- 
tions occasionally  in  the  winter  time.  It  is  supported  by 
a  rich  back  country,  and  is  a  market  for  some  of  the  finest 
districts  of  Maryland  and  Pennsylvania,  so  that  it  has  a 
very  considerable  commerce,  both  foreign  and  domestic. 
The  manufactures  are  considerable,  and  they  are  in- 
creasing, and  there  are  considerable  manufactures  in  the 
vicinity.  The  citizens  of  Baltimore  have  displayed  great 
taste  and  liberality  in  improving  and  ornamenting  the  city, 

*  See  the  plan. 


103 

and  in  advancing  literature  and  the  arts,  so  that  this  city 
is  a  desirable  place  of  residence.  It  is  supplied  with  pure 
water  from  a  fine  spring  within  the  limits  of  the  city,  which 
greatly  contributes  to  the  convenience,  health,  and 
comfort  of  the  inhabitants. 

With  these  advantages  Baltimore  has  advanced  very 
rapidly.     In  1790,  the  population  was  13,503;  in  1800, 
26,514;  in  1810,35,583;  and  in  1820,62,738.     The 
population  of  1820  is  classed  in  the  census  as  follows  : 
Free  white  persons,          48,055 
Free  coloured  persons,     10,326 
Slaves,  4,557 


62,738 

Employed  in  Agriculture,  1 27 
Manufactures,  4,601 
Commerce,  2,389 

7,117 

CHARLESTON,*  South  Carolina,  is  built  upon  a  penin- 
sula between  Ashley  and  Cooper  rivers,  and  overlooks  a 
spacious  harbour,  secured  by  a  bar  at  its  outlet  to  the 
ocean.  The  city  is  nearly  a  mile  square,  and  has  many 
handsome  buildings,  but  the  streets  are  generally  unpaved, 
and  are  often  disagreeable.  The  citizens  are  generally 
well  informed,  hospitable,  easy,  and  polite  in  their  man- 
ners ;  and  possessing  a  great  share  of  spirit  and  enter- 
prise ;  they  carry  on  an  active  foreign  commerce,  and  also 
a  large  trade  with  the  northern  states.  The  principal 
staple  of  the  state  is  cotton,  and  Charleston  is  the  great 
market  for  disposing  of  it ;  and  as  it  can  always  be  sold 

*  See  the  pten. 


104 

for  ready  money,  it  affords  the  means  of  purchasing  freely 
all  kinds  of  goods  foreign  and  domestic.  The  whole 
foreign  exports  from  the  state  are  from  Charleston,  and 
in  1821  they  amounted  to  $7,200,511,  of  which  $6,876, 
515  was  domestic,  the  rest  foreign.  The  population  in 
1790,  was  16,359;  in  1800,  20,473  ;  in  1810,  24,711 ;  and 
in  1820,  24,780. 

The  population  of  1820  is  classed  in  the  census  as 
follows : 

Free  white  persons,  .  .  .  10,653 
Free  coloured  persons,  .  .  1,475 
»Slaves, 12,652 


24,780 


Engaged  in  Agriculture,  , 
Manufactures,  . 
Commerce, 


2189 


SAVANNAH,  in  Georgia,  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of 
Savannah  River.  It  is  regularly  laid  out  on  a  high  sandy 
bluff,  and  has  wells  of  fine  water,  so  that  it  is  an  agreeable 
and  healthy  situation  for  8  or  9  months  in  the  year,  but 
the  latter  end  of  summer  and  fall  months  are  often  very 
sickly.  It  is  a  situation  very  favourable  for  commerce,  of 
which  it  has  a  large  share,  being  the  chief  shipping  port 
of  one  of  the  principal  cotton-growing  states.  The  ex- 
ports in  1821  amounted  to  $6,014,310,  of  which  $34,315 
was  foreign  productions,  the  remainder  domestic.  In 
1800,  the  population  was  5146 ;  in  1810,  5215  ;  and  in 
1820,  7523  ;  classed  as  follows  : 


105 

Free  white  persons,  .  .  .  3,55? 
Free  coloured  persons,  .  .  582 
Slaves, 3,075 

7,214 

Of  these  there  are  54  4  engaged  in  manufactures,  and 
590  in  commerce. 

NEW-ORLEANS.*  This  city  is  admirably  situated  for 
commerce.  It  is  at  the  head  of  ship  navigation  on  the 
Mississippi,  one  of  the  largest  and  most  important  rivers 
in  the  world,  so  that  it  may  be  regarded  as  the  shipping 
port  of  nearly  the  whole  of  the  western  states.  Its  posi- 
tion is  the  best  that  could  have  been  chosen  in  that  low 
alluvial  country,  and  though  it  is  in  some  respects  un- 
favourable to  health  during  the  summer  and  fall  months, 
yet  it  has  many  advantages.  The  sea  breeze  is  the  pre-. 
vailing  wind,  and  the  water  of  the  Mississippi  is  very  salu- 
brious, and  favourable  to  health.  The  winters  are  mild, 
and  consumptions,  so  prevalent  in  northern  cities,  are 
hardly  known  here. 

By  the  table  of  exports  for  1821,  inserted  page  93,  it 
will  be  seen  that  the  exports  from  Louisiana  amounted  to 
$7,382,000,  of  which  only  $365,000  was  of  foreign  pro- 
duce; while  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Ohio,  In- 
diana, Illinois,  Missouri,  and  Arkansas  are  not  noticed  as 
having  any  exports.  The  fact  is,  that  New-Orleans  is  the 
great  shipping  port  of  all  the  states  mentioned,  as  well  as 
of  the  western  parts  of  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia,  and 
from  its  particular  position  it  must  always  continue  to  be 
so.  Hence  it  must  continue  to  increase  in  population  and 
wealth.  It  will,  however,  be  a  place  principally  for  mer- 

*  See  the  plan. 
14 


106 

chandise,  and  such  of  the  mechanic  arts  as  are  calculated 
for  a  commercial  city.  It  will  not  have  manufactures  on 
a  large  scale,  but  it  is  now,  and  will  continue  to  be,  a  fine 
situation  for  disposing  of  many  of  the  wares  of  the  man- 
ufacturing districts. 

In  1800  the  population  of  the  city  was  only  about 
10,000.  In  1810  it  had  increased  to  17,242  ;  and  in  1820 
the  population  was  27,176;  being  classed  in  the  census  as 
follows : 

Free  white  persons,  .  .  '.  13,584 
Free  coloured  persons,  .  .  6,237 
Slaves,  .......  7,355 


27,176 

Engaged  in  Manufactures  and 

Mechanic  Arts,        .     .     .     2,704 
Engaged  in  Commerce,    .     ,     4,574 

The  other  principal  commercial  towns  are  Portland, 
Eastport,  Bath,  and  Hallowell,  in  Maine  ;  Portsmouth  in 
New-Hampshire  ;  Salem,  Newburyport,  Plymouth,  New 
Bedford,  and  Nantucket,  in  Massachusetts;  Providence, 
and  Newport,  in  Rhode-Island;  New-Haven,  Hartford, 
and  New-London,  in  Connecticut;  Albany,  Hudson,  Utica, 
Rochester,  Newburgh,  Sackett's  Harbour,  and  Buffalo,  in 
New-York;  Pittsburg  and  Erie,  in  Pennsylvania;  Wilming- 
ton, in  Delaware ;  Annapolis,  in  Maryland ;  Norfolk,  Rich- 
mond, Fredericsburg,  and  Petersburg,  in  Virginia ;  New- 
bern,  Wilmington,  and  Fayetteville,  in  North- C  arolina ; 
Georgetown,  and  Beaufort,  in  South  Carolina;  Augusta, 
Darien,  and  St.  Mary's,  in  Georgia;  St.  Augustine,  and  Pen- 
sacola,  in  Florida ;  Mobile,  in  Alabama ;  Natchez,  in  Mis- 
sissippi; Nashville,  in  Tennessee;  Louisville,  in  Ken- 


107 

tucky ;  Cincinnati,  in  Ohio ;  St.  Louis,  in  Missouri ;  and 
Detroit,  in  Michigan  Territory.  The  principal  manufac- 
turing towns  are  Boston,  Worcester,  Northampton,  Spring- 
field, Lynn,  and  Dedham,  in  Massachusetts  ;  Providence, 
Pawtuckett,  and  Warwick,  in  Rhode-Island;  Hartford, 
Middleton,  New-Haven,  Waterbury,  Litchfield,  and  Hum- 
phreysville,  in  Connecticut;  Albany,  Hudson,  Utica,  and 
Poughkeepsie  in  New- York;  Trenton,  Brunswick,Newark, 
and  Patterson,  in  New-Jersey;  Philadelphia,  Lancaster, 
and  Pittsburg,  in  Pennsylvania ;  Wilmington,  in  Delaware ; 
Steubenville,  Zanesville,  Cincinnati,  and  Chillicothe,  in 
Ohio;  Lexington,  in  Kentucky;  Harmony,  in  Indiana; 
and  St.  Louis,  in  Missouri. 

ROADS,  CANALS,  AND  PUBLIC  IMPROVEMENTS.  On 
this  subject  the  whole  nation  is  awake,  and  their  ener- 
gies and  wealth  are  directed  towards  it.  No  equal  num- 
ber of  people  ever  existed  in  the  world,  who  made  so 
many  improvements  in  such  an  extent  of  country,  and 
in  so  short  a  space  of  time,  as  the  people  of  the  United 
States.  This  has  arisen  from  three  causes: — first, 
the  great  activity  and  industry  of  the  people;  2dly, 
the  freedom  of  their  institutions  ;  and  3dly,  the  great  ex- 
tent of  the  country.  The  whole  of  the  New  England 
States,  and  a  great  part  of  New- York,  New-Jersey,  Penn- 
sylvania, Delaware,  and  Maryland,  are  intersected,  in  all 
directions,  with  excellent  turnpike  roads ;  and  that  mode 
of  constructing  roads  is  gradually  extending  south  and 
west,  and  will  soon  pervade  the  whole  country.  Great 
lines  of  post  roads  extend  in  every  direction  from  Wash- 
ington to  the  extremities  of  the  country,  through  which 
the  mails  are  transported  with  great  facility;  and  these 
are  intersected  with  numerous  great  roads  leading  from 
the  commercial  cities  and  principal  settlements ;  besides 
innumerable  state  roads  ajid  cross  roads  for  local  accom- 


108 

modatiou  and  conveniency.  The  public  waters  oi  the 
United  States  serve  in  a  great  measure  as  canals,  forming 
a  most  valuable  inland  communication  in  every  state  of 
the  union ;  and  many  of  them  have  been  connected  and 
improved  by  artificial  dams,  canals,  and  locks. 

In  Massachusetts  the  Middlesex  Canal  connects  Mer- 
rimac  River  with  Boston  harbour,  the  distance  being  31 
miles ;  it  was  the  first  work  of  the  kind  completed  in 
the  United  States.  The  expense  was  about  $700,000. 
The  Essex  Canal  round  Pawtucket  falls  in  Merrimac 
River,  is  4  miles  long,  and  has  3  locks.  A  very  important 
canal  has  been  projected  across  the  narrow  neck  of  land 
from  Cape  Cod  Bay  to  Buzzard's  Bay,  and  this,  if  ac- 
complished, will  be  one  of  the  most  important  in  the 
United  States.  Connecticut  River  has  been  so  improved 
by  means  of  dams,  locks,  and  canals,  that  it  has  been 
rendered  navigable  for  boats  upwards  of  250  miles.  In 
the  state  of  New- York,  a  most  important  canal  has  been 
completed  connecting  the  waters  of  the  Hudson  with 
Lake  Erie,  and  another  connecting  Hudson  River  with 
Lake  Champlain.  The  western  canal  runs  along  the  Mo- 
hawk River,  from  Albany  to  Rome,  and  thence  westward 
by  the  Salina  salt  works  and  Rochester,  and  crossing  the 
Tonawanta  Creek,  near  the  Niagara  River,  it  unites  with 
the  east  end  of  Lake  Erie  at  Black  Rock,  the  distance 
being  360  miles.  The  Canal  is  40  feet  wide  at  top,  and 
28  at  bottom;  and  it  is  4  feet  deep.  It  was  commenced 
in  1817,  and  in  1819  it  was  finished  between  Seneca  Ri- 
ver and  Utica,  a  distance  of  96  miles.  In  1820  it  was 
finished  betwen  Seneca  River  and  Genesee  River,  a  dis- 
tance of  51  miles ;  and  31  miles  of  the  eastern  section 
from  Utica  towards  Albany,  was  finished  in  1821 .  The 
whole  was  completed  on  the  26th  October,  1825.  The 
level  of  Lake  Erie  is  found  by  the  canal  survey,  to  be  564 


109 

leet  above  the  Hudson.  In  its  progress  the  canal  descends 
C01  and  rises  48  feet,  so  that  the  aggregate  rise  and  fall  is 
655  feet,  and  the  number  of  locks  77.  The  undertaking 
has  been  conducted  by  the  state,  so  that  the  canal  is  pub- 
lic property.  It  has  been  executed  with  great  spirit  and 
despatch,  and  it  is  a  work  of  remarkable  utility.  The 
whole  expense  has  amounted  to  nearly  eight  millions  of 
dollars.  The  first  boat  from  Lake  Erie  was  brought  to 
New-York  with  great  ceremony.  The  revenue  from  the 
canal  in  1825  was  $500,000.  The  Champlain  Canal  is 
22  miles  long  from  Whitehall  on  Lake  Champlain,  to 
Fort  Edward  on  the  Hudson.  It  is  of  the  same  dimen- 
sions as  the  grand  canal.  From  the  summit  level  to  Lake 
Champlain  the  descent  is  54  feet,  and  to  the  Hudson  30. 
The  Hudson  and  Delaware  rivers  are  to  be  connected  by 
a  canal  which  is  to  be  continued  by  the  Lackawaxen  River 
to  the  coal  mines  in  Pennsylvania. 

In  New-Jersey  a  canal  is  in  progress  to  connect  the 
waters  of  the  Delaware,  near  Trenton,  with  those  of  the 
Rariton,  near  New-Brunswick,  distance  about  28  miles  ; 
and  this,  if  accomplished  for  sloop  navigation,  will  be 
one  of  the  most  important  canals  in  the  United  States. 
The  Morris  Canal  from  the  Passaic  to  the  Delaware 
is  commenced. 

In  Pennsylvania  measures  have  been  adopted  to  render 
the  Schuylkill  and  Lehigh  navigable,  by  a  system  of  dams, 
locks,  and  canals,  and  coal  is  floated  in  arks  down  to 
Philadelphia  in  great  quantities.  A  canal  has  been  com- 
pleted across  the  country  between  the  Schuylkill  and  Sus- 
quehanna,  and  great  hopes  are  entertained  as  to  its  suc- 
cess. Much  has  also  been  done  to  improve  the  navigation 
of  the  Susquehanna  and  other  streams. 

The  Chesapeak  and  Delaware  canal,  a  work  of  great 
magnitude,  is  now  making  and  will  probably  be  finished  in 


110 

"1829.  It  is  intended  to  join  the  Delaware  River  and 
Chesapeak  Bay,  and  this,  if  executed  for  steam  naviga- 
tion will  be  equal  in  importance  to  that  between  the  Dela- 
ware and  Rariton. 

In  Virginia  there  are  several  canals  on  James  River, 
and  considerable  improvements  have  been  made  on  the 
Shenandoah.  A  very  important  water  communication  has 
been  made  between  the  Chesapeak  and  Albemarle  Sound 
through  Dismal  Swamp,  which  is  partly  in  Virginia,  and 
partly  in  North- Carolina.  "A  Board  of  Public  Works" 
has  been  appointed  to  attend  to  the  subject  of  internal 
improvements  generally,  and  they  have  considerable  funds 
at  their  disposal.  In  Nojth  Caroling,  besides  the  before- 
mentioned  canal,  considerable  improvements  have  been 
made  upon  the  rivers. 

In  South  Carolina,  a  canal  22  miles  long  connects  San- 
tee  and  Cooper  Rivers.  It  is  §5  feet  wide  at  top,  and  20 
at  bottom.  The  summit  level  is  68  feet  above  Cooper 
River,  and  35  above  Sairtee;  and  the  asjjcpt  and  descent 
are  accomplished  by  13'lockslf  The££p%se  was  above 
$650,000.s-  The  Keow^e  has  been-rendered  passable  for 
boats ;  ^K*jn§Q^  Other  works  have  been  projected,  and 
will  probJc^nSe  Carried  into  effedfcjinder  the  superintend- 
ence of  "A  Board  of  Pufec-^Pcs,"  which  has  also 
been  appointed  in  this  State. 

The  State  of  Ohio  has  commenced  a  canal  from  Lake 
Erie  at  Cleveland,  in  a  direction  to  the.^iioto  River,  and 
down  to  thevphio  Rive^and  one  from  Cincinnati  up  the 
Miami  valley.  The  coskof  both  is  estimated  at  3  to  4 
millions  of  dollars. 

Many  other  canals  have  been  projected  in  different 
parts  of  the  country.  The  most  important  would  be  one 
connecting  Lake  Michigan  with  the  Illinois  River;  and 
one  round  the  Falls  of  Ohio. 


Ill 


During  the  administration  of  Mr.  Jefferson,  a  most  ex- 
tensive and  elegant  plan  was  suggested  for  the  improve- 
ment of  the  country  generally  by  canals  and  roads,  under 
the  auspices  of  the  general  government  ;  but  many  circum- 
stances have  occurred  to  retard  its  operation  hitherto,  and 
all  that  has  yet  been  done  by  the  general  government  was 
to  construct  a  road  from  Cumberland,  on  the  Potomac,  to 
Wheeling,  on  the  Ohio  ;  and  surveys  have  been  made,  and 
it  is  how  extending  from  Wheeling  to  St.  Louis.  As  the 
Cumberland  road  is  an  object  of  public  importance  in 
itself,  and  runs  through  an  interesting  tract  of  country,  it 
has  been  judged  proper  to  prepare  a  map  of  it  for  this 
work.* 

As  the  report  oi,  the  Secreteg^f  the  Treasury  on  the 
subject  of  canals  and  ro{j30«MP&  ^r*  Jen<erson'8  ad- 
ministration, is  veryi^«f  e^^in  a  geographical  point  of 
view,  the  following  exiractsare  made  from  it  : 


COAST. 


Estimated 
expense. 


Weymouth  to  Tauhton, 

chusetts,  - 
Brunswick  to  Trenton, 

Jersey,  - 
Delaware  and  Chesapeak,  Del. 

and  Md.  - 
Chesapeak  and  Albemarle,  Vir. 

and  S.  C    -        -        -        -22 


260     $1,200,000 


gf 


100 


-     22     148 


800,000 


750,000 


40          250,000 


Total,  -        -    98    548    $3,000,000 

These  canals  were  calculated  for  sea  vessels,  and 

*  See  the  map. 


112 

would,  if  completed,  perfect  an  inland  navigation  from 

Boston  to  St.  Mary's,  in  Georgia,  a  distance  of  more  than 

one  thousand  miles. 

II.  INLAND  NAVIGATION. 

Improvement  of  the  Susquehaiina,  Poto- 
mac, James,  and  Santee  Rivers,  calcu- 
lated to  cost  $1,500,000 

Canal  at  the  Falls  of  Ohio,  '•  -        -         -  300,000 

Improvement  of  Hudson  River,  and  canal 

to  Lake  Champlain,  '  -        -        -  800,000 

Improvement  of  the  navigation  from  Al- 
bany to  Lake  Ontario,  ...  2,200,000 

Canal  for  sloop  navigation  round  the  Falls 
of  Niagara, 1,000,000 


$5,800,000 


-     $4,800,000 


Total, 

III.  TURNPIKE  ROADS., 
From  Maine  to  Georgia,  through  all  the 

principal  sea  ports, 
Four  great  roads  to  connect  the  eastern 
waters,  Susquehanna,  Potomac,  James 
River,  Santee,  or  Savannah,  with  the 
Alleghany,  Monongahela,  .Kanhaway, 
and  Tennessee, 

Four  post  roads  from  the  following  points, 
Tuscarawas  River  to  Detroit,  Cincinnati 
to  St.  Louis,  Nashville  to  Natchez,  and 
Athens,  in  Georgia,  to  Natchez, 


'.^800,000 


200,000 


7,800,000 


Total,   - 


-    $16,600,000 


Amount  brought  forward,     $'16,600,000 
It  was  proposed  to  add  for  local  improve- 
ments a  fund  of  ....         3,400,000 


$20,000,000 

GOVERNMENT  AND  LAWS. — In  the  historical  view  of 
the  United  States,  inserted  in  page  75,  the  political  pro- 
gress of  the  United  States  up  to  the  adoption  of  the  Fe- 
deral Constitution  can  be  clearly  traced.  This  important 
instrument  cements  the  whole  territory  into  a  Federal 
Republic ;  of  which  each  member  manages  its  own  in- 
ternal concerns.  The  government  therefore  being  pecu- 
liar in  its  nature,  it  is  judged  of  importance  in  this  de- 
scription, to  present  the  leading  features  of  the  constitu- 
tion of  the  general  government  in  this  place ;  the  outlines 
of  the  state  governments  will  appear  under  the  heads  of 
the  respective  states. 

The  powers  of  the  federal  government  are  Legislative, 
Executive,  and  Judiciary. 

1.  The  LEGISLATIVE  POWER  is  vested  in  a  Congress  of 
the  United  States,  consisting  of  a  Senate  and  House  of 
Representatives. 

The  members  of  the  House  of  Representatives  are 
chosen  every  second  year  by  the  people  of  the  several 
states  :  and  the  electors  in  each  state  must  have  the  qua- 
lifications requisite  for  the  electors  of  the  most  numerous 
branch  of  the  state  legislature.  A  representative  must 
be  25  years  of  age,  and  have  been  7  years  a  citizen  of  the 
United  States ;  and  be  an  inhabitant  of  that  state  for 
which  he  shall  be  chosen.  The  representatives  are  at 
present  chosen  in  the  several  states  in  the  proportion  of 
one  for  every  35,000,  in  which  enumeration  the  Indians 
and  two-fifths  of  the  people  of  colour  are  not  included  ; 
15 


114 

alter  the  ensuing  year  the  proportion  will  be  one  member 
for  every  40,000. 

The  Senate  is  composed  of  two  members  from  each 
state,  chosen  for  six  years  by  the  respective  state  legisla- 
tures ;  and  the  seats  of  one-third  are  vacated  every  two 
years.  A  senator  must  be  30  years  of  age,  and  have 
been  9  years  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  and  at  the 
time  of  his  election  an  inhabitant  of  the  state  for  which 
he  is  chosen.  The  vice-president  of  the  United  States 
is  president  of  the  senate,  but  has  no  vote  unless  they  are 
equally  divided. 

Congress  must  assemble  at  least  once  every  year.  The 
meetings  shall  be  on  the  first  Monday  in  December,  un- 
less a  different  day  shall  be  appointed  by  law. 

No  law  can  be  passed  without  the  concurrence  of  both 
houses.  When  that  is  obtained,  it  is  presented  to  the 
president,  who,  if  he  approves,  signs  it ;  if  not,  he  returns 
it,  with  his  objections,  for  the  reconsideration  of  congress, 
and  it  cannot  in  that  case  become  a  law  without  the  con- 
currence of  two-thirds  of  the  members.  The  president 
must  return  it  within  10  days,  otherwise  it  becomes  a  law 
without  his  approbation. 

The  congress  have  power — 

1.  To  lay  and  collect  taxes,  duties,  imposts,  and  ex- 
cises, to  pay  the  debts  and  provide  for  the  common  de- 
fence, and  general  welfare  of  the  United  States ;  but  all 
duties,  imposts,  and  excises,  shall  be  uniform  throughout 
the  United  States. 

2.  To  borrow  money  on  the  credit  of  the  United 
States. 

3.  To  regulate  commerce  with  foreign  nations,  and 
among  the  several  states,  and  with  the  Indian  tribes. 

4".  To  establish  an  uniform  rule  of  naturalization  ;  and 


115 

uniform  laws  on  the  subject  of  bankruptcies,  throughout 
the  United  States. 

5.  To  com  money ;  to  regulate  the  value  thereof,  and 
of  foreign  coin ;  and  fix  the  standard  of  weights  and 
measures. 

6.  To  provide  for  the  punishment  of  counterfeiting  the 
securities  and  current  coin  of  the  United  States. 

7.  To  establish  post-offices  and  post-roads. 

8.  To  promote  the  progress  of  science  and  useful  arts, 
by  securing  for  limited  times,  to  authors  and  inventors, 
the  exclusive  right  to  their  respective  writings  and  dis- 
coveries. 

9.  To    constitute   tribunals  inferior  to   the   supreme 
court. 

10.  To  define  and  punish  piracies  and  felonies  commit- 
ted on  the  high  seas,  and  offences  against  the  law  of  na- 
tions. 

1 1 .  To  declare  war ;  grant  letters  of  marque  and  re- 
prisal ;  and  make  rules  concerning  captures  on  land  and 
water. 

•12.  To  raise  and  support  armies.  But  no  appropria- 
tion of  money  for  that  use  shall  be  for  a  longer  term  than 
two  years. 

13.  To  provide  and  maintain  a  navy. 

14.  To  make  rules  for  the  government  and  regulation 
of  the  land  and  naval  forces. 

15.  To  provide  for  calling  forth  the  militia  to  execute 
the  laws  of  the  union,  suppress  insurrections,  and  repel 
invasions. 

16.  To  provide  for  organizing,  arming,  and  disciplin- 
ing the  militia,  and  for  governing  such  part  of  them  as 
may  be  employed  in  the  service  of  the  United  States  ; 
reserving  to  the  states  respectively  the  appointment  of  th* 


ill) 

officers,  and  the  authority  of  training  the  militia  according 
to  the  discipline  prescribed  by  congress. 

17.  To   exercise   exclusive    legislation,  in  all    cases 
whatsoever,  over  such  district  (not  exceeding  ten  miles 
square)  as  may,  by  cession  of  particular  states,  and  the 
acceptance  of  congress,  become  the  seat  of  government 
of  the  United  States  ;  and  to  exercise  like  authority  over 
all  places  purchased  by  the  consent  of  the  legislature  of 
the  state  in  which  the  same  shall  be,  for  the  erection  of 
forts,  magazines,  arsenals,  dock-yards,  and  other  needful 
buildings ;  and 

18.  To  make  all  laws  which  shall  be  necessary  and 
proper  for  carrying  into  execution  the  foregoing  powers, 
and  all  other  powers  vested  by  this  constitution  in  the  go- 
vernment of   the  United  States,  or  any  department  or 
officer  thereof. 

II.  THE  EXECUTIVE  POWER  is  vested  in  a  president, 
who  is  elected  for  four  years,  as  follows  :  Each  state  ap- 
points, in  such  a  manner  as  the  legislature  may  direct,  a 
number  of  electors  equal  to  the  whole  number  of  senators 
and  representatives,  which  that  state  sends  to  congress. 
But  no  senator  or  representative,  or  person  holding  any 
office  of  trust  or  profit  under  the  United  States,  can  be 
an  elector.  The  electors  meet  in  their  respective  states, 
and  vote  by  ballot  for  president  and  vice-president,  one  of 
whom,  at  least,  shall  not  be  an  inhabitant  of  the  same  state 
with  themselves.  The  lists  of  the  votes  are  sent  to  the 
seat  of  government,  directed  to  the  president  of  the  se- 
nate ;  who,  in  presence  of  the  senate  and  house  of  re- 
presentatives, opens  the  certificates,  and  the  votes  are 
counted.  The  person  having  the  greatest  number  of 
votes  for  president  is  declared  to  be  elected  to  that  office, 
provided  he  have  the  votes  of  a  majority  of  all  the  elect- 
ors appointed.  If  not,  then  from  the  persons  having  the 


117 

greatest  number  of  votes,  not  exceeding  three,  the  house 
of  representatives  choose  the  president  by  ballot.  No 
person  except  a  natural-born  citizen,  or  a  citizen  of  the 
United  States  at  the  time  of  the  adoption  of  this  constitu- 
tion, shall  be  eligible  to  the  office  of  president ;  and  he 
must  be  35  years  of  age,  and  have  resided  14  years  with- 
in the  United  States. 

The  president  shall  be  commander-in-chief  of  the 
army  and  navy  of  the  United  States,  and  of  the  militia  of 
the  several  states,  when  called  into  the  actual  service  of 
the  United  States.  He  may  require  the  opinion  in  wri- 
ting, of  the  principal  officers  in  each  of  the  executive  de- 
partments, upon  any  subject  relating  to  the  duties  of  their 
respective  offices :  and  he  shall  have  power  to  grant  re- 
prieves and  pardons,  for  offences  against  the  United 
States,  except  in  cases  of  impeachment. 

He  shall  have  power,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent of  the  senate,  to  make  treaties,  provided  two-thirds 
of  the  senators  present  concur :  and  he  shall  nominate, 
and,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  senate, 
shall  appoint  ambassadors,  other  public  ministers,  and 
consuls,  judges  of  the  supreme  court,  and  all  other  officers 
of  the  United  States,  whose  appointments  are  not  other- 
wise provided  for,  and  which  shall  be  established  by  law. 
But  the  congress  may,  by  law,  vest  the  appointment  of 
such  inferior  officers,  as  they  think  proper,  in  the  presi- 
dent alone,  in  the  courts  of  law,  or  in  the  heads  of  de- 
partments. 

The  president  shall  have  power  to  fill  up  all  vacancies 
that  may  happen  during  the  recess  of  the  senate,  by 
granting  commissions,  which  shall  expire  at  the  end  of 
their  next  session. 

He  shall,  from  time  to  time,  give  to  the  congress  infor- 
mation of  the  state  of  the  Union;  and  recommend  to 


118 

their  consideration  such  measures  as  he  shall  judge  ne- 
cessary and  expedient.  He  may,  on  extraordinary  occa- 
sions, convene  both  houses  or  either  of  them ;  and,  in 
case  of  disagreement  between  them,  with  respect  to  the 
time  of  adjournment,  he  may  adjourn  them  to  such  time 
as  he  shall  think  proper.  He  shall  receive  ambassadors 
and  other  public  ministers.  He  shall  take  care  that  the 
laws  be  faithfully  executed  ;  and  shall  commission  all  the 
officers  of  the  United  States. 

III.  The  JUDICIARY  POWER  of  the  United  States  is 
vested  in  a  supreme  court,  and  in  such  inferior  courts,  as 
the  congress  may,  from  time  to  time,  ordain  and  establish. 
The  judges,  both  of  the  supreme  and  inferior  courts,  hold 
their  offices  during  good  behaviour  ;  and  receive  for  their 
services  a  compensation,  which  cannot  be  diminished 
during  their  continuance  in  office. 

The  judiciary  power  extends  to  all  cases,  in  law  and 
equity,  arising  under  this  constitution,  the  laws  of  the. 
United  States,  and  treaties  made,  or  to  be  made  under 
their  authority ;  to  all  cases  affecting  ambassadors,  other 
public  ministers,  and  consuls ;  to  all  cases  of  admiralty 
and  maritime  jurisdiction ;  to  controversies  to  which  the 
United  States  shall  be  a  party,  to  controversies  between 
two  or  more  states,  between  a  state  and  citizens  of  ano- 
ther state,  between  citizens  of  different  states,  between 
citizens  of  the  same  state  claiming  lands  under  grants  of 
different  states,  and  between  a  state,  or  the  citizens  thereof, 
and  foreign  states,  citizens,  or  subjects. 

In  all  cases  affecting  ambassadors,  other  public  minis- 
ters, and  consuls,  and  those  in  which  a  state  shall  be  a 
party,  the  supreme  court  shall  have  original  jurisdiction, 
In  all  the  other  cases  before  mentioned,  the  supreme  court 
shall  have  appellate  jurisdiction,  both  as  to  law  and  fact. 


with  such  exceptions,  and  under  such  regulations,  as  the 
congress  may  make. 

The  trial  of  all  crimes,  except  in  cases  of  impeach- 
ment, shall  be  by  jury,  and  such  trial  shall  be  held  in  the 
state  where  the  said  crimes  shall  have  been  committed ; 
but  when  not  committed  within  any  state,  the  trial  shall 
be  at  such  place  or  places  as  the  congress  may  by  law 
have  directed. 

The  following  DECLARATORY  CLAUSES  show  more  par- 
ticularly the  principles  of  the  constitution. 

1 .  The  privilege  of  the  writ  of  habeas  corpus  shall  not 
be  suspended,  unless  when,  in  cases  of  rebellion  or  inva- 
sion, the  public  safety  may  require  it. 

2.  No  bill  of  attainder  or  ex  post  facto  law  shall  be 
passed. 

3.  No  capitation  or  other  direct  tax  shall  be  laid,  unless 
in  proportion  to  the  census. 

4.  JVo  tax  or  duty  shall  be  laid  on  articles  exported  from 
any  state.    No  preference  shall  be  given,  by  any  regulation 
of  commerce  or  revenue,  to  the  ports  of  one  state,  over 
those  of  another ;  nor  shall  vessels  bound  to  or  from  one 
state,  be  obliged  to  enter,  clear,  or  pay  duties  in  another. 

5.  No  money  shall  be  drawn  from  the  treasury,  but  in 
consequence  of  appropriations  made  by  law ;  and  a  regu- 
lar statement  and  account  of  the  receipts  and  expendi- 
tures of  all  public  money  shall  be  published  from  time  to 
time. 

6.  No  title  of  nobility  shall  be  granted  by  the  United 
States  :  and  no  person,  holding  any  office  of  profit  or  trust 
under  them,  shah1,  without  the  consent  of  congress,  accept 
of  any  present,  emolument,  office,  or  title,  of  any  kind 
whatever,  from  any  king,  prince,  or  foreign  state. 

7.  No  state  shall  enter  into  any  treaty,  alliance,  or  con- 
iederation:  grant  letters  of  marque  and  reprisal;  coin 


120 

money ;  emit  bills  of  credit ;  make  any  thing  but  gold  and 
silver  coin  a  tender  in  payment  of  debts  ;  pass  any  bill  of 
attainder,  ex  post  facto  law,  or  law  impairing  the  obliga- 
tion of  contracts,  or  grant  any  title  of  nobility. 

8.  No  state  shall,  without  the  consent  of  congress,  lay 
any  impost  or  duties  on  imports  or  exports,  except  what 
may  be  absolutely  necessary  for  executing  its  inspection 
laws ;  and  the  net  produce  of  all  duties  and  imposts  laid 
by  any  state  on  imports  or  exports,  shall  be  for  the  use  of 
the  treasury  of  the  United  States  ;  and  all  such  laws  shall 
be  subject  to  the  revision  and  control  of  congress.     No 
state  shall,  without  the  consent  of  congress,  lay  any  duty 
on  tonnage,  keep  troops,  or  ships  of  war,  in  time  of  peace, 
enter  into  any  agreement  or  compact  with  another  state, 
or  with  a  foreign  power,  or  engage  in  war,  unless  actual- 
ly invaded,  or  in  such  imminent  danger  as  will  not  admit 
of  delay. 

9.  Full  faith  and  credit  shall  be  given  in  each  state  to 
the  public  acts,  records,  and  judicial  proceedings  of  every 
other  state.     And  the  congress  may,  by  penal  laws,  pre- 
scribe the  manner  in  which  such  acts,  records,  and  pro- 
ceedings shall  be  proved,  and  the  effect  thereof. 

10.  New  states  may  be  admitted  by  the  congress  into 
this  union ;  but  no  new  state  shall  be  formed  or  erected 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  any  other  state — nor  any  state 
be  formed  by  the  junction  of  two  or  more  states — without 
the  consent  of  the  legislatures  of  the  states  concerned  as 
well  as  of  the  congress. 

11.  The  congress  shall  have  power  to  dispose  of,  and. 
make  all  needful  rules  and  regulations  respecting  the  ter- 
ritory or  other  property  belonging  to  the  United  States  : 
and  nothing  in  this  constitution  shall  be  so  construed,  as 
to  prejudice  any  claims  of  the  United  States,  or  of  any 
particular  state. 


[-2] 

1^.  The  United  States  shall  guarantee  to  every  state  in 
this  union  a  republican  form  of  government ;  and  shall 
protect  each  of  them  against  invasion,  and  on  application 
of  the  legislature,  or  of  the  executive,  (when  the  legisla- 
ture cannot  be  convened,)  against  domestic  violence. 

13.  The  senators  and  representatives  before  mentioned, 
and  the  members  of  the  several  state  legislatures,  and  all 
executive  and  judicial  officers,  both  of  the  United  States 
and  of  the  several  states,  shall  be  bound,  by  oath  or  affirm- 
ation, to  support  this  constitution ;  but   no  religious  test 
shall  ever  be  required  as  a  qualification  to  any  office  or 
public  trust  under  the  United  States. 

14.  Congress  shall  make  no  law  respecting  an  esta- 
blishment of  religion,  or   prohibiting  the  free   exercise 
thereof :  or  abridging  the  freedom  of  speech,  or  of  the 
press ;  or  the  right  of  the  people  peaceably  to  assemble, 
and  to  petition  the  government  for  a  redress  of  grievances. 

15.  A  well-regulated  militfo  being  necessary  to  the  se- 
curity of  a  free  state,  the  right  of  the  people  to  keep  and 
bear  arms  shall  not  be  infringed. 

16.  No  soldier  shall  in  time  of  peace  be  quartered  in  any 
house,  without  the  consent  of  the  owner,  nor  in  time  of 
war,  but  in  a  manner  to  be  prescribed  by  law. 

17.  The  right  of  the  people  to  be  secure  in  their  per- 
sons, houses,  papers,  and  effects,  against  unreasonable 
searches  and  seizures,  shall  not  be  violated  ;  and  no  war- 
rants shall  issue,  but  upon  probable  cause,  supported  by 
oath  or  affirmation,  and  particularly  describing  the  place 
to  be  searched,  and  the  persons  or  thing  to  be  seized. 

18.  No  person  shall  be  held  to  answer  for  a  capital,  or 
otherwise  infamous  crime,  unless  on  a  presentment  or  in- 
dictment of  a  grand  jury,  except  in  cases  arising  in  the 
land  or  naval  forces,  or  in  the  militia,  when  in  actual  ser- 
vice in  time  of  war  or  public  danger  :  nor  shall  any  per  • 

16 


son  be  subject,  ibr  the  same  offence,  to  be  twice  put  in 
jeopardy  of  life  or  limb  ;  nor  shall  be  compelled,  in  any 
criminal  case,  to  be  a  witness  against  himself;  nor  be 
deprived  of  life,  liberty,  or  property,  without  due  process 
of  law  ;  nor  shall  private  property  be  taken  for  public 
use,  without  just  compensation. 

19.  In  all  criminal  prosecutions,  the  accused  shall  enjoy 
the  right  to  a  speedy  arid  public  trial,  by  an  impartial  jury 
of  the  state  and  district  *vherein  the  crime  shall  have  been 
committed,  which  district*  shall  have  been  previously  as- 
certained by  law  ;  and  to  be  informed  of  the  nature  and 
cause  of  the  accusation  ;  to  be  confronted  with  the  wit- 
nesses against  him  ;  to  have  compulsory  process  for  ob- 
taining witnesses  in  his  favour,  and  to  have,  the  assistance 
of  counsel  for  his  defence.  >«id££- 

20.  In  suits  at  common  law,  where  the  jyjjjfeji  contro- 
versy shall  exceed  twenty  dollars,  the  ri^ht  of  trial  by 
jury  shall  be  preserved  ;  and  no  fact  tjiedMty  a  jury  shall 
be  otherwise  re-examined  j£  any  comi  of  the  United 
States,  thanjaccording  to  the  rules  of  the  coinfflon  law. 

21.  Excessive  bafli  shall'  not  be  .ptUuired^Bn-  exces- 
sive fineS  imposed,  n^r'bruel  and  unusdal  punishments  in- 


,  ^ 

22.  The  mttmeifetioii  in  the  Constitution  -of  certain 
lights,  shall  fot  T^cofctrued  to  deny  or  disparage  others 
retained  by  the  peo  j«  ^ 

23.  The  powers  riof  delegagid  to  the  United  States  by 
the  Constitution,  nor  prqhibited  .by  it  to  the  states,  are  re- 
served to  the  states  regF^ctivelj,  owto  the  peopl$? 

24.  The  Judicial  Power  of  'the  United  States  shall  not 
l>e  construed  to  extend  to  any  suit  in  law  or  equity,  com- 
menced or  prosecuted  against  one  of  th£&Jnit£.d  States  by 
citizens  of  another  state,  or  by  citizens  or  subjects  of  any 
ii>i'ci»;u  stat<%. 


123 

The  laws  of  the  United  States  arc  of  two-fold  charac- 
ter, corresponding  with  the  nature  of  the  government ; 
and  are  general  or  federal  laws,  and  state  laws.  The  ge- 
neral laws  consist  of  the  constitution  of  the  United  States, 
acts  of  Congress  and  public  treaties.  The  state  laws 
consist  of  the  state  constitutions,  the  af  ts  of  the  state  le- 
gislatures, and  the  common  laws  of  the  respective  states, 
which  last  are  generally  founded  upon  the  common  law 
of  England. 

REVENUE  AND  EXPENDITURES. — The  revenue  of  the 
United  States  consists  principally  of  the  customs,  being 
duties  on  the  imports  and  tonnage  ;  and  from  public  lands. 
There  is  sometimes  an  excess  of  revenue  over  the  ex- 
penditure of  the  post-office  department,  and  some  inci- 
dental receipts,  but  they  are  trifling.  The  government  also 
holds  #7,000,00tf.of  JUjjjjfcd  States  Bank  Stock,  and  is 
entitled  to  draw  the -dividends  thereon.  •'££$  expendi- 
tures ^Oft&ststfi,  .l|k  The  expenses  of^the  :&1A\  govern- 
ment, being  the  pa^  o^fJhe  members  of  congress,  at  the 
rate  of  eigh^  dollars  pelftlay  for  the  time  &ey  'are  in  ses- 
sion, ana  tii&  salaries  of  the  present,  ^beads  of  depart- 
ments, public  officers,  and  "clerks  in^jhe  severjd^depart- 
ments,  judges,  district  attorney^^mi  all  the  putifegfflfcers 
of  the  lotted  States  ;  expenses,  ^^Trfba'ssa'diK^^foreigii 
consuls,  &c.  called  diplomatic  ;  and  qjidfcelteneotis  expen- 
ses of  different  kinds.  3d.  Military  service,  including 
fortifications,  ordnance,  &c.  revolutionary,  military,  and 
Indian  pensions,  arming  the  militia,  &c.  3d.  Naval  ser- 
vice, includyag  new  ships  of  war,  repairs,  navy  yards,  &c. 
4th.  Interes.^Von  the  public  debt.  In  1821  the  revenue 
and  expenditures/?«^fe>;hearly  as  follows  : 

REVENUE. 

Customs,  -     $13,068,000 

Public  lands,      -  -         1,031,000 


Bank  dividends,  105,000 

Arrears  of  old  duties,  and  miscellaneous,  60,000 


*  $14,264,000 


EXPENDITURES. 


Civil,  diplomatic,  and  miscellaneous,  $2,453,000 

Military,  5,163,000 

Naval,  3,304,000 

Interest  of  the  public  debt,  5,165,000 

$16,085,000 


PUBLIC  PROPERTY  AND  PUBLIC  DEBT. — The  public 
property  consists  principally  of  the  public  lands,  which 
are  very  valuable  ;  the  United  States  lots  at  Washington  ; 
the  public  buildings,  fortifications,  arsenals,  arms,  ships  of 
war,  &c.  The  aggregate  is  of  immense  value ;  but  we 
shall  confine  this  view  to  a  valuation  of  that  part  only 
which  is  calculated  to  bring  money  into  the  public  trea- 
sury. The  United  States  hold  all  the  unsold  lands,  with 
certain  reservations,  in  the  States  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illi- 
nois, Missouri,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  and  Louisiana,  and 
in  the  Michigan,  North  West,  Missouri,  and  Arkansas 
territories. — The  extent  and  value  may  be  estimated  as 
follows : 

Cash  price 
Acres.  per  acre. 

In  Ohio',  9,000,000  $125  $11,250,000 

Indiana,  10,000,000         do.  12,500,000 

Illinois,  30,000,000        do.  37,500,000 

Missouri,  15,000,000        do.  18,750,000 

Alabama,  12,000,000        do.  15,000,000 

*  In  1825,  the  revenue  amounted  to  026,781,444. 


125 


Mississippi,                    6,000,000  $125 

Louisiana,                   10,000,000  do. 

Michigan  territory,       4,000,000  do. 

North  West  territory,   2,000,000  do. 

Arkansas  territory,      15,000,000  do. 


The  purchase  of  Florida  cost  five  millions 
of  dollars,  and  it  may  be  estimated  that 
the  lands  in  it  are  worth  that  sum, 


In  addition  to  the  public  lands  valued 
above,  the  United  States  hold  the  pre- 
emption right*  of  immense  tracts  of 
land,  extending  over  several  of  the 
states  and  territories  mentioned,  and  of 
the  great  territory  of  Missouri.  The 
aggregate  is  not  less  than  one  thousand 
millions  of  acres,  but  no  value  is  fixed 
upon  it. 

The  lots  in  Washington  may  be  estimated 
at  - 


The  amount  received  for  the  sales  of  lands 

in  1820  was  as  follows  : 
Ohio,  - 
Indiana, 
Illinois, 
Missouri, 


7,500,000 
12,500,000 
5,000,000 
2,500,000 
18,750,000 

$141,250,000 


5,000,000 


$146,250,000 


250,000 


$146,500,000 


$399,000 
400,000 
134,000 
149,000 


*  The  pre-emption  rijrht  means  the,  exclusive  right  of  purchasing  from  the 
Indians. 


Alabama,  -  431,000 

Mississippi,        -  -  116,000 

Michigan,  7,000 

$1,636,000 

It  is  presumed  that  the  returns  for  public  lands  will  be 
from  $1,200,000  to  $2,000,000  per  annum. 
The  national  debt  amounts  to  $93,424,000 

To  which  add  a  fund  to  pay  for  the  claims 

on  the  United  States,  in  consequence  of 

the  purchase  of  Florida,         -  -  5,000,000 


*  $98,424,000 

MANNERS  AND  CUSTOMS  OF  THE  PEOPLE. — The  inha- 
bitants of  the  United  States  being  mostly  from  Great  Bri- 
tain, their  manners  and  customs  generally  are  very  much 
like  those  of  that  nation ;  but  there  is  a  great  difference 
in  many  essential  particulars,  as  will  be  clearly  inferred 
from  their  government  and  laws.  They  are  all  on  an 
equal  footing  in  the  eye  of  the  law,  and  there  are  no  pri- 
vileged orders.  There  is  no  law  of  entail  or  primogeni- 
ture, so  that  no  circumstance  exists  to  form  a  permanent 
distinction  of  ranks.  In  regard  to  religion  there  is  the 
most  unqualified  toleration  and  universal  liberty  of  con- 
science. Education  is  pretty  well  attended  to  throughout 
all  the  states,  and  information  is  general.  The  great  body 
of  the  people  are  engaged  in  agriculture,  and  in  manufac- 
tures and  the  mechanic  arts ;  and  these  occupations,  car- 
ried on  under  the  free  and  economical  government  of  the 
United  States,  never  fail,  with  industry  and  economy,  to 

*  On  the  1st  of  October,  1825,  the  national  debt  was  $80,985,537. 


lead  to  a  reasonable  share  of  wealth  and  independence. 
The  other  classes  are  merchants,  lawyers,  and  teachers, 
and  they  are  generally  well-informed  and  respectable. 
Upon  the  whole,  the  character  of  the  people  of  the  Uni- 
ted States  stands  very  fair,  compared  with  other  parts  of 
the  world.  There  are  many  things  in  all  societies  which 
require  amendment,  and  the  people  of  the  United  States 
are  not  without  their  share  of  them  ;  but  they  are  suscep- 
tible of  improvement,  and  will  unquestionably  improve 
every  year ;  such  is  the  general  information  and  desire  for 
knowledge.  The  great  extent  of  the  country  holds  out 
an  inducement  to  the  people  to  diffuse  themselves  too 
widely  over  it  on  the  one  hand  ;  but  it  is  calculated  to  ex- 
pand the  mind,  and  to  cultivate  a  spirit  of  independence 
upon  the  other.  The  female  part  of  the  community  ge- 
nerally appear  to  great  advantage,  being  correct,  modest, 
and  affable  in  their  deportment,  and  set  a  good  example  to 
the  other  sex,  a  sure  presage  of  national  improvement. 
The  country  has  of  late  years  laboured  under  great  diffi- 
culties, in  consequence  of  the  change  of  circumstances 
arising  from  a  state  of  general  war  to  a  state  of  peace  ; 
and  speculation  has  been  too  often  substituted  for  industry; 
but  manufacturing  industry,  the  virtuous  handmaid  of  agri- 
culture, is  making  great  progress,  and  will  finally  lead  the 
citizens  to  real,  solid,  and  permanent  independence  and 
freedom,  arising  from  the  country  being  independent 
within  itself  for  all  its  material  wants,  and  furnishing  abun- 
dant employment  for  all  its  members. 

RELIGION  AND  EDUCATION.  It  hasbeen  already  stated 
that  there  is  no  established  religion  in  the  United  States. 
That  heavenly  principle  which  binds  man  to  his  Creator, 
and  by  the  cultivation  of  the  mind,  and  purification  of  the 
life,  prepares  the  soul  for  felicity  hereafter,  is  here  placed 
upon  the  proper  foundation,  being  left  to  the  intrinsic  sup- 


128 


port  arising  from  its  own  merit.  The  religion  generality 
adopted  by  the  people  of  the  United  States  is  the  Christian, 
of  various  denominations,  all  of  whom  are  equally  under 
the  protection  of  the  law,  but  none  of  them  have  any  pe- 
culiar privileges ;  hence  they  generally  live  as  brethren  of 
the  same  family,  and  however  they  may  differ  in  specula- 
tive points,  they  all  unite  in  the  great  leading  doctrines  of 
the  importance  of  love  to  God  and  good  will  to  men.  As 
they  unite  on  these  broad  principles,  it  is  deemed  un- 
necessary to  state  the  particular  denominations. 

The  value  of  education  being  generally  seen  and  felt, 
few  of  the  youth  of  America  are  destitute  of  it,  and  many 
of  them  get  an  excellent  education.  The  desire  for  in- 
formation, as  has  been  already  stated,  is  general,  and  more 
people  receive  daily,  weekly,  and  monthly  instruction, 
through  the  medium  of  the  newspapers  and  other  periodi- 
cal publications,  than  in  any  other  country  in  the  world. 
The  improvements  in  literature  and  the  mechanic  arts, 
within  these  few  years,  are  proofs  that  the  people  of  the 
United  States  possess  good  information,  and  a  great  share 
of  original  thinking,  and  good  common  sense;  so  that 
there  is  ground  for  hope,  that  the  country  will  long  enjoy 
the  blessings  of  freedom  and  intellectual  refinement;  and 
that  a  system  of  political  economy  will  be  gradually  ex- 
tended over  the  country,  corresponding  with  its  free  insti- 
tutions, and  calculated  to  make  the  whole  community  in- 
dependent and  happy  within  itself. 


129 


SECTION  HI. 

HAVING  gone  to  much  greater  length  in  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  United  States  as  a  whole  than  was  originally 
intended,  the  descriptions  of  the  separate  states  and  terri- 
tories will  be  proportionally  brief. '  The  length,  breadth, 
and  area,  of  the  several  states  are  already  exhibited  in  the 
general  statistical  table,  No.  2,  p.  84,  but  are  repeated  in 
the  particular  articles,  in  order  to  present  an  entire  picture 
of  the  states.  In  these  articles  too  it  has  been  judged 
proper  to  throw  these  particulars,  together  with  the  situa- 
tion,  into  the  tabular  form,  originally  adopted  by  Guthrie, 
and  which,  in  truth,  ought  never  to  have  been  departed 
from. 

The  arrangement  adopted  in  the  description  is  natural 
and  easy,  and  presents  a  clear  picture  to  the  mind,  as  it 
presents  a  view,  First,  of  the  great  leading  features  of  the 
subject :  Secondly,  of  its  various  qualities :  Thirdly,  of  its 
progressive  history ;  and  Finally,  of  its  present  state.  The 
particulars  will  Be  as  follow  : 

1.  Table  of  the  length,  breadth,  &c. 

2.  Boundaries. 

3.  Face  of  the  country. 

4.  Mountains. 

5.  Rivers. 

6.  Geological  formation. 

7.  Soil. 

8.  Natural  productions. 

9.  Minerals. 
10.  Climate 


130 

11.  Historical  view. 

12.  Civil  divisions  and  population. 

13.  Agriculture  and  produce. 

14.  Manufactures  and  commerce. 

15.  Cities,  towns,  and  villages. 

16.  Roads,  canals,  and  improvements, 

17.  Government  and  laws. 

18.  Education  and  manners. 

Although  all  the  particulars  are  here  mentioned,  it  will 
be  observed,  that  from  the  nature  of  this  work,  the  des- 
criptions must  necessarily  be  brief;  and  as  a  number  of 
the  articles  are  already  disposed  of,  under  the  general  head 
of  the  United  States,  frequent  reference  will  be  had  to 
it.  It  is  presumed  that  the  whole,  connected  with  the  sta- 
tistical tables  and  map,  will  present  a  very  complete  pic- 
ture of  the  United  States. 

MAINE. 

Miles.  Arta.  Situation- 

Length,  235  )  32,000  Square  Miles.  )  R  .  $  43°  5'  and  48°  3'N. 

Breadth,136  5  20,480,000  Acres.       $  ce       'n  \    6°  0'  and  10°  8'  E. 

Boundaries.  N.  W.  and  N.  Lower  Canada;  east,  New 
Brunswick;  south,  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;*and  west,  New 
Hampshire. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  sea-coast  is  remarkably  in- 
dented with  bays  and  inlets,  and  there  are  several  large 
navigable  waters.  The  country  in  the  interior  is  hilly, 
and  in  the  north-west  there  are  considerable  mountains. 

Lakes  and  Rivers.  The  principal  lakes  are  on  the  head 
waters  of  St.  John's  and  Penobscot  Rivers ;  and  Umba- 
gog  lake  on  the  head  of  Androscoggin.  The  principal 
rivers  are  St.  John's,  St.  Croix,  Penobscot,  Kennebec, 


131 

Androscoggin,  Saco,  and  Piscataqua,  which  divides  Maine 
from  New  Hampshire. 

Geological  Formation.     Nearly  all  primitive. 

Soil.  Along  the  coast,  generally  poor,  interspersed, 
however,  with  fertile  spots.  In  the  interior,  more  fertile, 
but  little  settled.  Between  Kennebec  and  Penobscot  Ri- 
vers, the  soil  is  excellent ;  but  on  the  mountainous  track, 
*n  the  north-west,  it  is  very  poor. 

Natural  Productions.  The  principal  natural  produc- 
tions are  timber,  in  great  variety ;  grass,  of  good  quality ; 
vegetables  and  fruit ;  wild  animals,  wild  fowl ;  and  fish 
in  great  variety  and  abundance. 

•Minerals.  No  great  quantity  of  these  have  been  found ; 
the  principal  are  iron,  copperas,  and  sulphur. 

Climate.  The  principal  settlements  are  along  the  sea 
coast,  which  is  tempered  by  the  sea  air,  so  that  the  cli- 
mate is  not  materially  different  from  other  parts  of  New 
England,  notwithstanding  its  northern  situation.  The 
winters  are  long  and  severe,  lasting  from  about  the  first  of 
November  to  the  first  of  April,  during  a  great  part  of 
which  time  the  ground  is  covered  with  snow,  and  the  ri- 
vers with  ice.  The  summers  are  often  very  warm,  and 
vegetation  rapid.  The  average  temperature  along  the 
sea  coast  is  about  45°,  but  the  thermometer  usually  ranges 
from  0  to  90°.  The  climate  is  healthy. 

Historical  View.  This  country  was  originally  inhabited 
by  the  Abenaquis  Indians.  The  first  attempt  at  settle- 
ment by  the  white  people,  was  in  1607;  and  in  1652 
Maine  became  connected  with  Massachusetts.  In  1691, 
Maine  and  Massachusetts  were  incorporated  by  a  char- 
ter from  William  and  Mary,  and  continued  till  1819; 
when  the  union  was  formally  dissolved;  and  in  1820, 
Maine  adopted  a  constitution,  and  became  an  independent 
state,  and  a  member  of  the  federal  union.  In  1790,  the 


132 


population  was  96,540;  in  1800,  151,719;  in  1810, 
228,705.  The  state  is  now  divided  into  9  counties  and 
217  townships,  and  is  settled  according  to  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE  : 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  Coloured. 

Total. 

Cumberland, 

49,096 

349 

49,445 

Hancock, 

31,249 

41 

31,290 

Kennebec, 

42,457 

166 

42,623 

Lincoln, 

53,020 

169 

53,189 

Oxford, 

27,086 

18 

27,104 

Penobscot, 

13,854 

16 

13,870 

Somerset, 

21,775 

12 

21,787 

Washington, 

12,688 

56 

12,744 

York, 

46,181 

102 

46,283 

297,406  929  298,335 

Agriculture  and  Produce.  A  small  portion  of  the  state 
comparatively,  has  as  yet  been  brought  under  agricultural 
improvements.  Where  they  have  been  introduced  they 
have  succeeded  very  well.  The  principal  products  are 
grain,  grass,  fruits,  and  garden  vegetables.  The  people 
employed  in  agriculture,  are  stated  in  the  census  of 
1820,  to  be  55,031. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce.  The  principal  manufac- 
tures in  this  state,  at  present  are  those  made  in  families ; 
but  they  are  also  increasing  on  an  enlarged  scale.  In 
1810,  the  manufactures  were  estimated  at  $2,138,000. 
In  1820,  the  people  employed  in  manufactures  are  stated 
at  7,643.  The  chief  exports  from  Maine,  consist  of  lum- 
ber and  fish.  The  number  of  persons  employed  in  com- 
merce in  1820,  was  4297;  and  in  1821,  the  amount  of 


133 

exports  was  $1,041,000;  of  which  $47,000  was  foreign 
articles. 

Towns.  PORTLAND  is  the  seat  of  government,  and  the 
largest  town  in  the  state.  It  is  situated  on  the  coast  be- 
tween Saco  and  Penobscot  Rivers,  on  a  fine  harbour,  and 
is  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  The  population  in  1820 
was  8581.* 

Eastport  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade  at  the  eastern 
extremity  of  the  United  States,  opposite  Passamaquoddy 
Bay — the  township,  in  1820,  contained  1937  inhabitants. 

Robbinstown  is  a  post  town,  opposite  to  St.  Andrews, 
in  New  Brunswick.  Population  of  the  township  424. 

Machias.  Situated  on  Machias  bay  ;  is  a  considera- 
ble port,  particularly  in  the  lumber  trade.  The  township 
has  a  population  of  2033,  who  own  a  large  number  of 
saw  mills. 

Castine  is  situated  on  a  promontory  on  the  east  side  of 
Penobscot  bay.  It  has  a  fine  harbour,  and  is  a  place  of 
great  importance.  Population  in  1820,  975. 

Prospect  is  a  flourishing  town,  on  the  west  side  of  the 
same  bay.  Population  1171. 

Bangor  is  a  flourishing  town,  at  the  head  of  navigation 
on  Penobscot  River,  which  is  the  largest  in  the  state. 
Population  1221. 

Belfast  is  a  considerable  town  on  the  west  side  of  Pe- 
nobscot bay.  Population  2026. 

Hallowell  is  a  flourishing  town  on  the  east  side  of  Ken- 
nebec  River,  containing  2919  inhabitants. 

Jlugusta,  the  seat  of  justice  of  Kennebec  county,  is  also 

*  The  census  of  this  state  gives  the  population  by  townships,  called  in 
New  England  towns,  without  distinguishing  that  of  the  closely-built 
towns  and  villages.  The  population  in  this  and  subsequent  towns  and 
villages  in  Maine,  therefore,  includes  that  of  the  whole  township.  The 
townships  are  generally  about  six  miles  square. 


134 

a  flourishing  town  on  the  west  side  of  the  same  river,  con- 
taining 2457  inhabitants. 

Vassalborough,  on  the  other  side  of  the  river,  opposite 
to  Augusta,  contains  2434  inhabitants. 

Waldoborough,  on  the  sea  coast,  employs  a  great  quan- 
tity of  shipping  in  the  coasting  trade.  Population  2449. 

Wiscassett,  west  from  Waldoborough,  is  a  considerable 
port.  Population  2138. 

Brunswick  is  situated  at  the  falls  of  Androscoggin. 
Population  2954 

Kennebunk  is  a  port  of  entry  and  a  place  of  considera-, 
ble  shipping.  Population  2145. 

York  is  an  ancient  town  and  port  of  entry,  with  con- 
siderable shipping.  Population  3224. 

Roads  and  Improvements.  Maine  has  an  active  popu- 
lation, and  the  country  is  hi  an  improving  state.  A  great 
line  of  post  road  runs  from  west  to  east  along  the  sea 
coast,  and  a  number  of  roads  are  made  into  the  interior  of 
the  country.  A  road  has  lately  been  laid  out  from  Bangor 
to  Quebec,  and  one  has  been  surveyed  from  Hallowell  to 
the  Chaudiere  River. 

Government  and  Laws.  The  Constitution  formed  in 
1819,  distributes  the  powers  of  government  into  three 
departments — Legislative,  Executive,  and  Judiciary.  The 
legislature  consists  of  two  branches,  a  senate  and  house  of 
representatives ;  and  the  members  of  both  are  elected 
annually  by  the  people.  The  executive  branch  consists 
of  a  governor  and  a  council  of  7  persons.  The  governor 
is  elected  annually  by  the  people ;  and  the  council  are 
appointed  in  like  manner  by  the  legislature.  The  govern- 
or aad  council  appoint  all  judicial  and  other  officers. 
Every  male  citizen  of  the  United  States,  of  21  years  of 
age  and  upwards,  (paupers  and  persons  under  guardian- 


135 

ship  excepted,)  who  has  lived  in  the  state  three  months 
preceding  an  election,  is  entitled  to  vote. 

Education  and  Manners.  The  system  of  education  is 
generally  very  good,  and  brings  knowledge  and  informa- 
tion within  the  reach  of  the  mass  of  the  people  ;  hence 
they  are  active  and  industrious,  and  possess  good  moral 
habits  and  a  great  deal  of  enterprise,  which,  under  the 
blessing  of  providence  and  an  excellent  system  of  govern- 
ment, will  lead  to  comfort  and  happiness. 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

Miles.  Area.  Situation. 

Length,  160  (  9,280  Square  Miles.  >  n  (42°  42'  and  45°  14'  N. 

Breadth,    58  {  5,939,200  Acres.        $  Be       'n  \   4°  29' and    6°  19'  E. 

Boundaries.  North,  Lower  Canada;  east,  Maine; 
south-east,  the  Atlantic  Ocean;  west,  Connecticut  River, 
which  separates  it  from  Vermont. 

Face  of  the  Country.  The  sea  coast  extends  about  18 
miles,  and  is  generally  sandy.  For  20  or  30  miles  into 
the  interior,  it  is  partly  level  and  partly  undulating  In 
the  interior  it  rises  to  considerable  elevations,  swelling  out 
in  many  places  to  lofty  mountains,  the  most  eminent  being 
the  White  Mountains ;  and  the  state  continues  very  ele- 
vated all  the  way  to  the  northern  boundary.  The  moun- 
tains have  been  already  noticed  in  the  general  account  of 
the  United  States. 

Lakes  and  Rivers.  The  principal  lakes  are  Umbagog, 
between  this  state  and  Maine,  and  Winnippiseogee,  at  the 
head  of  the  Merrimac  river.  The  principal  rivers  besides 
Connecticut,  already  described,  are  Piscataqua  and  Mer- 
rimac Rivers. 

Piscataqua  River  rises  near  the  last-mentioned  lake, 
and  holding  a  south-east  course  for  40  miles,  falls  into  the 


ISO 

Atlantic  Ocean,  below  Portsmouth.  It  is,  during  its 
whole  progress,  the  boundary  between  New  Hampshire 
and  Maine. 

Merrimac  River  rises  in  the  White  Mountains,  and  pur- 
sues a  course  about  S.  by  E.  for  about  45  miles,  when  it 
receives  the  waters  from  Winnipiseogee  ;  then  continues 
the  same  course  for  about  50  miles,  and  passes  into  the 
state  of  Massachusetts,  when,  winding  to  the  N.  E.  and 
running  about  40  miles  more,  it  falls  into  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  below  Newburyport.  There  are  a  great  many  falls 
and  mill  seats  upon  the  river,  and  considerable  improve- 
ments have  been  made  upon  it  by  locks  and  canals. 

Geological  Formation. — The  whole  of  New  Hampshire 
is  of  the  primitive  formation. 

Soil. — The  soil  of  New  Hampshire  is  generally  of  a 
good  quality.  The  bottom  lands  along  the  rivers  and  in 
the  valleys  are  good  for  tillage,  and  the  uplands  for  grazing. 

Natural  Productions. — Nearly  the  same  as  Maine,  the 
principal  being  wood,  grass,  fruits,  vegetables,  wild  ani- 
mals, and  fish. 

Minerals. — Iron,  lead,  copper  ores,  and  several  kinds 
of  ochres;  sope  rock,  talc,  crystals,  alum,  vitriol,  free 
stone,  and  black  lead. 

Climate. — The  air  is  generally  serene,  and  the  country 
healthy.  In  summer  the  heat  is  often  great,  but  of  short 
duration ;  and  the  winters  are  often  very  severe,  particu- 
larly among  the  mountains,  and  to  the  northward ;  but 
these  mountains  temper  the  air,  and  render  the  summers 
very  agreeable.  The  cold  weather  sets  in  about  the  first 
of  October,  and  continues  till  May  ;  but  the  frosts  are 
light  in  October  and  the  early  part  of  November.  From 
December  till  March  the  frost  is  often  intense,  and  the 
snow  sometimes  four  feet  thick.  At  Portsmouth,  in  1 820, 
the  thermometer  ranged  from  7°  to  94°;  and  the  mean 


heat  ol'  January  was  21°,  of  July  (Jl°;  and  ot'  the  year 
46°. 

Historical  View. — This  country  was  first  discovered  in 
1614;  and  in  1623  the  first  settlement  was  made  at  Pis- 
cataqua.  In  1641  it  was  taken  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
Massachusetts,  from  which  it  was  separated  in  1679,  when 
it  had  a  distinct  government  appointed.  In  1690  the 
country*  re-united  with  Massachusetts,  but  they  were  sepa- 
rated by  the  British  government  in  1692.  In  1727  a  con- 
stitution was  framed,  and  the  boundary  between  the  state 
and  Massachusetts  was  adjusted  in  1739.  In  1765  the 
stamp  act  was  vigorously  opposed  by  the  people,  and  in 
1 775  they  took  a  decided  part  in  the  revolution,  in  which 
they  persevered  with  great  activity  and  courage.  In  1792 
the  present  constitution  was  framed.  In  1755  the  popu- 
lation was  about  34,000;  in  1790  it  was  141,885  ;  in  1800 
183,858,  and  in  1810,  214,460.  The  state  is  now  divided 
into  6  counties,  and  212  townships,  and  is  settled  accord- 
ing to  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Whites. 

Cheshire, 

45,296 

Coos, 

5,545 

Grafton, 

32,942 

Hillsborough, 

53,651 

Rockingham, 

54,891 

Strafford, 

51,050 

243,375 


Free  coloured. 

Total. 

80 

45,376 

4 

5,549 

47 

32,989 

233 

53,884 

355 

55,246 

67 

51,117 

786 


244,161 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  soil  is  generally  pretty 
fertile,  and  many  of  the  districts  well  cultivated,  the  up- 

18 


per  country  being  pretty  much  devoted  to  grazing,  ana 
the  low  country  to  tillage.  The  principal  products  are 
Indian  corn,  wheat,  rye,  oats,  barley,  vegetables,  fruit, 
beef,  pork,  butter,  and  cheese.  The  number  of  persons 
engaged  in  agriculture,  in  1820,  is  stated  in  the  census  at 
52,384. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — In  this  state  the  people 
have  always  been  very  industrious,  and  a  great*  deal  of 
manufacturing  has  been  performed  in  private  families.  But 
they  have  also  had  considerable  manufactures  upon  a 
larger  scale.  In  1810  the  manufactures  were  estimated 
at  $8,135,000.  Of  late  they  have  rapidly  increased,  and 
there  are  now  more  than  30  cotton  and  woollen  manufac- 
tories in  the  state,  some  of  them  upon  an  extensive  scale. 
There  is  also  a  glass  manufactory,  and  several  iron  manu- 
factories. The  manufacturers  are  stated  in  the  census  of 
1820,  at  8699.  The  principal  exports  from  the  state  arc 
lumber,  pot  and  pearl  ashes,  fish,  cattle,  beef,  pork,  and 
flax  seed,  and  the  value  in  1821  was  261,000  dollars,  of 
which  $81,000  was  foreign  articles.  The  number  of 
persons  engaged  in  commerce  was  J068. 

Towns. — CONCORD  is  the  seat  of  government,  and  is  a 
thriving  place,  situated  upon  the  west  side  of  the  Mem- 
mac  River,  about  50  miles  in  a  direct  line  from  its  outlet, 
and  at  the  head  of  navigation.  It  is  well  situated  for 
trade,  and  a  great  deal  of  the  produce  of  the  upper  coun- 
try passes  from  hence  down  the  Merrimac  and  Middlesex 
canal  to  Boston.  Population  in  1820,  2838. 

PORTSMOUTH  is  the  largest  town  in  the  state,  and  has 
one  of  the  best  harbours  in  the  United  States  ;  it  there- 
fore enjoys  a  considerable  shipping  trade.  Population, 
7,327. 

Dover,  north-west  of  Portsmouth,  is  the  seat  of  justice 


139 

oi  Stratford  county,  and  is  a  considerable  manufacturing 
place.  Population,  2871. 

Exeter  is  situated  15  miles  S.  W.  of  Portsmouth,  and 
has  several  considerable  manufacturing  establishments. 
Population,  2114. 

Jlmherst  is  a  post  town,  having  a  flourishing  academy. 
Population,  1622. 

Salisbury  is  a  post  town  in  Hillsborough  county,  four- 
teen miles  N.  W.  of  Concord,  and  is  in  a  thriving  state. 
Population,  2016. 

Haverhill  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Connecticut 
River,  and  is  a  handsome  town,  containing  1609  inhabi- 
tants. 

Hanover  is  situated  on  a  beautiful  plain,  on  the  east  side 
of  Connecticut  River,  to  the  south  of  Haverhill,  and  con- 
tains 2222  inhabitants.  Dartmouth  College,  at  this  place, 
is  one  of  the  most  flourishing  seminaries  in  the  United 
States. 

Walpole  is  situated  on  Connecticut  River,  at  Bellows 
Falls,  and  contains  2020  inhabitants. 

Keene  is  situated  14  miles  S.  E.  of  Walpole,  and  con- 
tains 1895  inhabitants. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — Turnpike 
roads  have  been  made  through  the  principal  parts  of  the 
state.  Two  canals  are  made  on  Connecticut  River, 
within  this  state,  and  several  on  the  Merrimac.  The 
public  improvements  in  the  state  generally  hold  a  very  re- 
spectable rank. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  present  constitution  of 
this  state  was  adopted  in  1792,  and  is  legislative,  execu- 
tive, and  judiciary.  The  legislative  power  is  exercised 
by  a  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives,  the  members 
of  which  are  elected  annually.  A  senator  must  have  a 
freehold  in  his  own  right  of  200Z.  value,  and  a  represen- 


140 

lative  of  10U/.  The  Senate  consists  of  13  members, 
elected  by  districts ;  and  the  House  of  Representatives 
consists  of  members  from  the  different  townships.  Each 
town  having  150  rateable  polls,  elects  one  member,,  and 
every  additional  300  polls  entitles  it  to  another.  The  ex- 
ecutive power  is  vested  in  a  governor  and  council,  chosen 
annually  by  the  people,  and  each  must  have  an  estate 
worth  500/.,  one-half  of  it  freehold.  The  judiciary  is 
composed  of  a  superior  court ;  an  inferior  court  in  each 
county,  and  other  courts.  The  judges  hold  their  offices 
during  good  behaviour,  or  until  they  attain  the  age  of  70 
years.  All  male  citizens  of  21  years  and  upwards,  are 
entitled  to  vote,  excepting  paupers  and  persons  excused,  at 
their  own  request,  from  paying  taxes. 

Education  and  Manners. — Laudable  attention  has  been 
paid  to  the  subject  of  education  in  this  state,  and  the  in- 
habitants arp  generally  industrious  and  of  good  moral 
habits. 

VERMONT. 

Miles.  Area.  Situation. 

Length,    157.  (  10,200  sq.  miles.    )  D  (42°  42'  and  45°  00'  N. 

Breadth,    65.$    6,528,000  acres.   \  Be        !n    j    3°  39' and     5°  31'    E. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north  by  Lower  Canada ;  east  by 
New  Hampshire  ;  south  by  Massachusetts  ;  west  by  New- 
York,  from  which  it  is  separated  in  the  northern  part  by 
Lake  Champlain. 

Face  of  the  Country.  This  state  is  very  mountainous 
and  picturesque.  The  Green  Mountains  extend  the 
whole  length  of  the  state,  from  south  to  north,  with  lesser 
ridges  -on  each  side,  and  these  are  interspersed  with  val- 
leys, some  of  them  very  fertile.  The  principal  mountains 


141 

fcre  covered  with  wood,  and  many  evergreens,  from 
whence  they  derive  their  name. 

Lakes  and  Rivers.- — The  state  lies  principally  between 
Connecticut  River,  which  has  been  already  described,  and 
Lake  Champlain,  which  will  be  described  in  the  account 
of  New-York.  There  are  a  number  of  small  lakes,  and 
the  state  is  pretty  well  watered  by  small  streams,  but  there 
are  no  rivers  of  any  great  note.  The  principal  are  Mis- 
sisque,  La  Moille,  Onion,  and  Otter,  all  falling  into  Lake 
Champlain.  None  of  them  are  navigable  except  for  a 
few  miles. 

Geological  Formation. — There  is  a  stripe  of  the  Tran- 
sition formation,  about  from  10  to  20  miles  wide,  skirting 
the  east  side  of  Lake  Champlain.  All  to  the  eastward  is 
primitive. 

Soil. — The  soil  is  generally  fertile,  being  mostly  a  dark 
loam,  and  is  well  irrigated  by  small  rivulets,  so  that  Ver- 
mont is  a  fine  grazing  country. 

Natural  Productions. — The  forests  in  this  state  are  very 
extensive,  and  consist  of  trees  of  every  variety.  The 
natural  productions  generally  are  nearly  the  same  as  those 
of  New  Hampshire. 

Minerals. — Iron,  lead,  pyrites,  marble,  and  pipe  clay. 

Climate. — Nearly  similar  to  New  Hampshire.  The 
winter  commences  in  November,  and  snow  lies  from  the 
middle  of  December  to  the  middle  of  March  ;  being  often 
from  2  to  4  feet  deep.  The  thermometer  ranges  from 
below  Zero  to  94°,  and  the  average  heat  is  about  43i°. 
Trees  bud  from  the  6th  to  the  20th  of  April,  and  flowers 
from  the  1st  to  the  close  of  May.  Wheat  and  oats  are 
sown  about  the  middle  of  April,  and  are  reaped  about  the 
middle  of  August.  The  first  frost  appears  from  the  mid- 
dle of  September  to  the  1st  of  October,  but  it  is  slight 
until  November. 


142 

Historical  View. — The  first  settlements  began  in  the  dis- 
trict composing  this  state,  about  the  year  1724  ;  but  it  did 
not  assume  the  form  of  an  independent  province  for  a  long 
period  afterwards.  In  1760  it  was  claimed  both  by  New 
Hampshire  and  New- York,  but  the  claim  of  the  latter 
state  was  confirmed,  which,  however,  was  not  acquiesced 
inb  y  the  inhabitants  of  Vermont ;  and  they  continued  in 
a  separate  independent  state  until  the  revolutionary  war, 
in  which  they  took  an  active  part  in  favour  of  indepen- 
dence, though  without  having  any  regular  form  of  govern- 
ment. 

In  1777  an  attempt  was  made  to  form  a  separate  go- 
vernment, but  it  was  resisted  by  New- York,  and  did  not 
succeed,  and  thereafter  the  people  were  involved  in  a  ter- 
ritorial dispute  with  New  Hampshire.  Afterwards  Mas- 
sachusetts interfered,  and  Vermont  was  at  once  claimed 
by  that  state,  New-York,  and  New  Hampshire,  and  mat- 
ters remained  in  this  unsettled  state  until  the  peace  in 
1783. 

In  1789  the  dispute  with  New-York  was  adjusted,  and 
that  state  consented  to  Vermont  being  admitted  into  the 
Union,  which  took  place  in  1791.  Since  that  period  the 
state  has  made  a  steady  and  regular  progress  in  population 
and  wealth.  In  1 790  the  inhabitants  amounted  to  85,539  ; 
in  1800,  154,465  ;  in  1810,  217,895;  and  in  1820,  they 
were  as  in  the  folio  wins; 


143 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  Coloured. 

Addison, 

20,350 

119 

Bennington, 

16,046 

79 

Caledonia, 

16,641 

28 

Chittenden, 

15,933 

122 

Essex, 

3,274 

10 

Franklin, 

17,098 

94 

Grand  Isle, 

3,518 

9 

Orange, 

24,633 

48 

Orleans, 

6,940 

36 

Rutland, 

29,863 

120 

Washington, 

14,098 

15 

Windham, 

28,402 

55 

Windsor, 

38,065 

168 

234,861 


903 


235,764 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — Agriculture  is  successful, 
and  the  principal  products  are  Indian  corn,  wheat,  barley, 
rye,  oats,  &c.  The  persons  engaged  in  Agriculture, 
amounted  by  the  census  to  50,951. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — Most  families  in  this 
state  manufacture  their  common  clothing,  from  flax  and 
wool,  which  are  raised  abundantly  on  the  farms.  In  1810 
the  estimated  amountof  the  manufactures  was  $4,326,000. 
Since  that  time  they  have  greatly  increased.  The  num- 
ber of  persons  employed  in  them  by  last  census  is  8484. 
The  principal  exports  are  ashes,  beef,  pork,  butter,  cheese, 
and  flax.  The  persons  employed  in  commerce  are  776. 
The  amount  of  exports  and  imports  cannot  be  correctly 
ascertained,  as  the  trade  is  carried  on  chiefly  through 
worts  not  in  the  state. 


144 

CHIEF  TOWNS. — MONTPELLIER,  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment, is  situated  in  the  central  part  of  the  state,  in  Wash- 
ington county.  It  is  in  a  hilly  district,  but  is  a  great 
thoroughfare  in  passing  through  the  state.  The  popula- 
lation  is  not  stated  in  the  census  of  1820 ;  in  1810  it  was 
1877.* 

St.  Jllbans  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Lake  Cham- 
plain,  in  Franklin  county,  population  in  1810,  1609. 

Burlington  is  on  the  east  side  of  Lake  Cham  plain,  in  a 
most  beautiful  situation,  and  is  a  port  of  entry  and  place 
of  considerable  trade.  The  University  of  Vermont,  a  fine 
seminary,  is  situated  in  this  town.  The  population  in 
1810  was  1690. 

Vergennes  is  situated  on  Otter  Creek,  6  miles  from 
Lake  Champlain,  and  is  a  place  of  considerable  manufac- 
tures and  trade. — Population,  825. 

Middlebury  is  also  situated  on  Otter  Creek,  at  the  falls, 
13  miles  above  Vergennes.  It  is  a  considerable  trading 
place,  and  has  a  number  of  valuable  manufactories.  A 
College  was  established  here  in  1800,  which  is  in  a  thriving 
state. — Population,  2138. 

Rutland,  the  seat  of  justice  of  Rutland  county,  is  si- 
tuated on  Otter  Creek,  33  miles  S.  E.  of  Middlebury. 

Windsor,  the  seat  of  justice  of  Windsor  county,  is 
pleasantly  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  Connecticut 
River,  and  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  Population, 
2757. 

Brattleborough  is  a  post  town  on  the  west  side  of  Con- 
necticut River,  43  miles  below  Windsor. 

*  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  census,  for  several  of  the  states,  does  not 
return  the  population  of  the  towns  and  villages,  particularly  in  the  norih- 
ern  states,  where  it  can  be  conveniently  taken  by  townships. 


145 

Bennington  is  the  seat  of  justice  of  the  county  of  same 
name,  in  the  S.  W.  corner  of  the  state.  It  is  an  old  set- 
tlement, and  is  chiefly  remarkable  for  the  defeat  of  a  Bri- 
tish army  in  1777,  by  a  body  of  militia  commanded  by 
General  Starke. 

Roads  and  Public  Improvements. — Good  roads  have 
been  made  through  the  state,  in  various  directions,  so  that 
travellers  can  go  through  it  with  ease  and  comfort.  The 
inland  situation  of  the  state  does  not  admit  of  much  canal 
navigation.  It  has  already  been  stated  that  Connecticut 
River  has  been  much  improved  by  locks  and  canals;  and 
Lake  Champlain  is  of  great  importance  to  this  state,  par- 
ticularly since  the  introduction  of  steam-boat  navigation. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  present  constitution  was 
adopted  in  1793,  and  differs  from  the  other  states  in  this, 
that  the  legislative  body  consists  of  a  house  of  repre- 
sentatives only.  In  other  respects  the  powers  of  govern- 
ment are  legislative,  executive,  and  judiciary.  The  re- 
presentatives consist  of  a  member  from  each  township, 
elected  annually.  The  executive  power  is  vested  in  a 
governor,  lieutenant  governor,  and  council  of  12,  all  elect- 
ed annually,  and  who  have  the  power  of  making  appoint- 
ments to  all  offices  not  provided  for  by  law.  The  judi- 
ciary power  is  vested  in  a  supreme  court,  and  county 
courts,  and  the  judges  are  elected  annually  by  the  legisla- 
ture. The  right  of  voting  belongs  to  all  persons  of  good 
moral  conduct  who  have  resided  in  the  state  12  months 
before  the  election.  The  constitution  provides  for  the 
election  of  13  persons  as  a  counsel  of  censors,  to  inquire 
whether  the  constitution  has  been  preserved  inviolate,  and 
the  legislative  and  executive  departments  have  performed 
their  duty.  Also  to  call  a  convention,  if  necessary,  to 
make  alterations  in  the  constitution. 
19 


146 

Education  and  Manners. — Vermont  has  a  number  oi 
valuable  seminaries  of  education,  and  schools  arc  general 
throughout  the  state.  The  people  are  well  informed  and 
industrious,  and  continue  to  improve  in  good  moral  habits, 
and  the  comforts  of  domestic  life. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 

Jtfi/e*.  Arta.  Situation. 

Length,          130  >  7,800  sq.  miles     >  ft  .      .     J  41°  12'  and  42°  53'  N. 
Breadth,          60  5  4,992,000  acres   j  Be       *n  \    3°  33'  and    7°  W  E. 

Boundaries. — On  the  North,  Vermont  and  New  Hamp- 
shire ;  east,  the  Atlantic  Ocean;  south,  Rhode  Island 
and  Connecticut ;  west,  New-York. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  face  of  the  country  in  Mas- 
sachusetts is  much  diversified.  The  coast  is  indented  by 
fine  bays,  and  there  are  many  interesting  islands,  capes, 
and  head  lands.  The  eastern  part  of  the  interior  is  un- 
even, in  many  places  stony ;  and  to  the  westward  are 
considerable  ranges  of  mountains. 

Mountains. — The  chains  of  mountains  that  are  so  con- 
spicuous in  Vermont  and  New  Hampshire  pass  to  the 
south-west,  through  the  western  parts  of  this  state,  prin- 
cipally between  Connecticut  River  and  the  state  of  New- 
York.  .  The  eastern  is  called  the  Mount  Tom  and  Lyme 
Range.  The  next  the  Green  Mountain 'Range,  and  the 
western  the  Tagchonuc  Range. 

Copes,  Bays,  and  Islands. — Cape  Ann  on  the  north,  and 
Cape  Cod  on  the  south  are  very  prominent,  and  form  the 
celebrated  Massachusetts  Bay,  having  Cape  Cod  Bay  in 
the  southern  extremity.  Cape  Malabar  on  the  south  of 
Cape  Cod  Peninsula,  and  Point  Rip  on  the  north  of  Nan- 
tucket,  enclose  a  large  bay  which  is  bounded  by  Martha's 
Vineyard  on  the  west.  Buzzard's  Bay  is  a  remarkable 


147 

inlet,  extending  within  about  five  miles  of  Cape  Cod  Bay, 
and  the  isthmus  presents  a  fine  position  for  a  canal,  as 
mentioned  in  the  general  article.  Martha's  Vineyard  is  an 
island  about  20  miles  long,  and  from  two  to  ten  broad,  and 
has  a  fine  harbour,  called  Holmes's  Hole.  Nantucket  is 
an  island  to  the  east  of  Martha's  Vineyard,  containing 
about  50  square  miles,  principally  inhabited  by  the  Society 
of  Friends,  who  hold  all  the  land  in  common,  and  have 
extensive  shipping  employed  in  the  whale  fishery. 

Rivers. — The  Connecticut  and  Merrimac  have  been  al- 
ready described,  and  there  are  no  others  of  great  magni- 
tude, although  the  state  is  well  watered  by  small  streams. 

The  principal  are  Ipswich  River,  falling  into  the  Atlantic 
at  Ipswich  ;  Concord  River,  which  runs  in  a  north-east  di- 
rection past  Concord,  and  falls  into  Merrimac  River,  be- 
low Chelmsford.  Nashaw  River  rises  in  the  central  part 
of  the  state,  and  passing  Lancaster,  falls  into  Merrimac 
River,  in  New  Hampshire.  Miller's  River  and  Chicka- 
pee  River  fall  into  Connecticut  River,  on  the  east  side  ; 
and  Deerfield  River  and  Westfield  River,  on  the  west  side. 
Charles  River  and  Neponset  River  fall  into  Massachusetts 
Bay,  near  Boston.  Taunton  River  runs  south-west  past 
Taunton,  and  forms  a  large  bay  on  the  east  side  of  Rhode 
Island. 

Geological  Formation. — A  stripe  of  the  Old  Red  Sand- 
stone formation,  skirts  the  Connecticut  River,  extending 
from  4  to  5  miles  on  each  side  of  it,  during  its  whole  pro- 
gress through  this  state ;  and  there  is  a  small  piece  of 
transition,  extending  from  Boston  to  Bristol,  in  Rhode  Isl- 
and, from  ten  to  twenty  miles  broad.  The  rest  is  all  pri- 
mitive. 

Soil. — The  soil  along  the  sea  coast  is  generally  poor, 
and  the  country  stony ;  in  the  south-east  it  is  level  and 


148 

sandy.  In  the  interior  the  soil  improves,  and  is  in  many 
places  strong  and  fertile. 

Natural  Productions. — These  consist  principally  of 
grass  and  timber,  both  of  which  grow  in  profusion.  The 
state  being  thickjy  settled,  the  wild  beasts  are  few  ;  but 
the  bays  and  rivers  abound  with  fish. 

Minerals. — Iron  ore  is  abundant,  particularly  in  the  S. 
E.  counties.  Copper  ore  is  found  in  several  places.  Py- 
rites are  found  in  Worcester  county.  Black  lead  has 
been  discovered  at  Brimfield  in  Hampshire  ;  and  pipe  clay 
and  ochres  in  Martha's  Vineyard.  Mineral  springs  have 
been  discovered  in  several  places,  of  which  the  principal 
are  at  Lynn,  1 1  miles  from  Boston. 

Climate. — The  climate  is  upon  the  whole  healthy  and 
agreeable,  although  heat  and  cold  often  go  to  great  ex- 
tremes. The  winter  commences  about  the  middle  of 
November,  and  ends  about  the  middle  of  March,  and 
during  the  whole  of  this  time  the  ground  is  generally  co- 
vered with  snow,  sometimes  to  the  depth  of  3  or  4  feet. 
During  that  period  the  thermometer  ranges  from  10°  to 
45°,  although  it  has  sometimes  fallen  to  20°  below  zero. 
The  summer  weather  is  generally  pleasant,  although  the 
heat  for  about  a  month  is  occasionally  very  great,  and  the 
thermometer  has  risen  to  100°.  The  fall  months  are  de- 
lightful. In  the  year  1820  the  thermometer  ranged  in 
January  from  5°  to  35°,  and  in  June  from  50°  to  98°. 
The  mean  heat  for  the  year  was  47°  3'. 

Historical  View. — The  first  settlement  was  made  by  a 
colony  of  Puritans,  who  landed  at  Plymouth  in  1620.  In 
the  year  1628,  John  Endicott  arrived  with  another  party 
of  settlers  ;  and  in  1629  the  town  of  Boston  was  founded. 
In  the  year  1652  the  first  mint  in  the  United  States  was 
erected  in  this  state  ;  and  in  1 690  the  first  paper  money 
was  issued  by  the  legislature.  In  1704  the  first  American 


149 

newspaper  was  published  at  Boston  ;  and  in  1706  Benja- 
min Franklin,  one  of  the  first  of  Printers,  was  born.  In 
1713  the  boundaries  with  Connecticut  were  settled  ;  and 
in  1740  the  boundaries  were  settled  with  New  Hampshire. 
In  1765  the  stamp  act  was  passed,  which  occasioned  con- 
siderable disturbance  at  Boston.  In  1768  the  general 
court  was  dissolved,  and  a  convention  called.  In  1770 
there  was  an  affray  between  the  citizens  and  the  king's 
troops.  In  1 773  the  tea  was  destroyed  in  the  port  of  Bos- 
ton, and  next  year  the  port  was  closed,  and  the  first  pro- 
vincial assembly  met.  The  year  1775  was  celebrated  for 
the  battles  of  Lexington  and  Bunker's  Hill ;  soon  after 
which  General  Washington  took  command  of  the  Ameri- 
can army,  and  invested  the  town  of  Boston.  In  1776 
Boston  was  evacuated  by  the  British  troops.  The  state 
constitution  was  agreed  upon  in  1780  ;  and  in  1783  sla- 
very was  abolished.  Since  that  period  the  state  has  in- 
creased gradually  in  population  and  all  the  arts  of  civil 
life. 

Population.— The  population  in  1790  was  378,787 ;  in 
1800,  422,845  ;  in  1810,  472,040,  and  in  1820  it  was  as 
in  the  following 


15U 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Barnstable, 

Berkshire, 

Bristol, 

Duke's, 

Essex, 

Franklin, 

Hampden, 

Hampshire, 

Middlesex, 

Nantucket, 

Norfolk, 

Suffolk, 

Plymouth, 

Worcester, 


Whites. 

23,845 
34,884 
40,110 

3,195 
74,000 
29,132 
27,715 
26,271 
61,067 

7,019 
36,214 
41,568 
37,717 
73,148 

516,885 


Coloured. 

181 
836 
798 
97 
655 
136 
306 
216 
405 
247 
257 
1,372 
419 
477 

6,402 


Total. 

24,026 
35,720 
40,908 

3,292 
74,655 
29,268 
28,021 
26,487 
61,472 

7,266 
36,471 
43,940 
38,136 
73,625 

523,287 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — Massachusetts,  next  to  Penn- 
sylvania, is  considered  as  the  best  cultivated  state  in  the 
Union ;  and  great  improvements  have  been  made  in  this 
branch  of  late  years.  The  principal  productions  are  grain, 
grass,  fruits,  and  vegetables.  Round  Boston  and  the  other 
towns,  gardening  agriculture  has  been  well  attended  to,  so 
that  these  places  are  well  supplied  with  every  necessary  of 
life.  In  some  of  the  districts,  grazing  is  most  attended 
to,  and  beef,  pork,  butter,  and  cheese  are  raised  in  great 
abundance,  and  of  excellent  quality.  The  number  of 
persons  employed  in  agriculture  is  stated  in  the  last  cen- 
sus to  be  63,460. 


151 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — These  are  two  fertile 
subjects  in  this  interesting  state.  The  people  of  Massa- 
chusetts are  proverbial  for  industry,  and  manufacture  not 
only  a  great  part  of  the  articles  necessary  for  the  con- 
sumption of  the  state,  but  export  largely  to  their  neigh- 
bours. In  1810  the  manufactures  were  valued  at  $17,- 
516,000,  and  since  that  period  they  have  greatly  increased, 
particularly  within  the  last  three  years.  Boston  is  now  a 
city,  and  has  extensive  and  thriving  manufactures  in  almost 
every  branch,  and  the  environs,  to  the  distance  of  many 
miles,  are  planted  with  thriving  manufacturing  establish- 
ments. The  principal  articles  are  cottons,  woollens,  li- 
nens, iron,  glass,  leather,  cordage,  soap,  wire,  cut  nails, 
earthen  ware,  paper,  straw  bonnets,  &c.  Ship  building 
is  carried  on  extensively  in  many  places,  and  a  great  many 
people  are  extensively  employed  in  the  fisheries.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  the  manufactures  by  the 
census  is  33,464. 

The  commerce  of  this  state  is  very  extensive,  Boston 
being  the  chief  town  for  the  importations  for  the  supply 
of  all  the  New  England  states.  The  exports  consist  of 
fish,  beef,  lumber,  pork,  ardent  spirits,  whale  oil,  flax  seed, 
and  a  great  variety  of  manufactures.  The  amount  of  the 
exports  in  1821  was  $12,484,000,  of  which  $3,638,000 
was  domestic  produce,  and  $8,846,000  was  foreign.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  commerce  by  the  last 
census  is  13,301. 

Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages. — Massachusetts  is  a  very 
thickly  settled  country,  and  contains  a  great  number  of 
manufacturing  and  commercial  towns,  of  which  a  few 
only  can  be  noticed ;  and  it  may  be  proper  again  to  men- 
tion, that  in  giving  the  population  from  the  census,  it  in- 
cludes all  the  incorporated  townships  which,  in  the  New- 
England  States,  are  called  towns. 


152 

THE  CITY  OP  BOSTON  is  the  seat  of  government,  and 
being  one  of  the  large  commercial  cities,  has  been  de- 
scribed in  the  general  view.  The  population  is  43,940. 

Charleston  is  opposite  to  Boston,  and  is  so  closely  con- 
nected with  it,  that  it  may  be  considered  one  of  the  su- 
burbs. The  population  is  6,591. 

Lynn  is  situated  N.  E.  from  Charleston,  8  miles  on  the 
Salem  road,  and  is  celebrated  for  its  extensive  shoe  manu- 
factory. Population,  4515. 

Salem  is  14  miles  N.  E.  from  Boston,  and  is,  next  to 
that  city,  the  most  commercial  town  in  the  state,  having 
a  great  quantity  of  shipping,  particularly  in  the  India 
trade.  Population,  11,346. 

Beverly  is  opposite  to  Salem,  on  the  same  harbour,  and 
is  largely  concerned  in  the  fisheries.  Population,  4283. 

tMarblehead  is  situated  on  a  peninsula,  16  miles  N.  E. 
from  Boston,  and  is  largely  concerned  in  the  cod  fisheries. 
Population,  5630. 

Gloucester  is  near  Cape  Ann,  about  13  miles  N.  E.  of 
Beverly,  and  is  also  a  great  fishing  station.  Population, 
6384. 

Newburyport  is  situated  on  the  Merrimac  River,  three 
miles  from  its  outlet,  and  33  N.  E.  from  Boston,  and  is 
the  third  commercial  town  in  the  state.  It  has  a  fine  har- 
bour, but  difficult  of  access.  Population,  6852. 

Dedham  is  situated  1 1  miles  S.  W.  of  Boston,  and  is  a 
handsome  manufacturing  town.  Population,  2493. 

Plymouth  is  situated  on  Plymouth  Bay,  36  miles  S.  E. 
of  Boston,  and  is  remarkable  as  the  place  where  the  first 
settlers  landed  in  the  year  1620,  little  more  than  200  years 
ago,  and  we  now  see  the  extensive  settlements  which  have 
been  made  under  wise  regulations  and  just  laws.  Ply- 
mouth has  considerable  trade,  particularly  in  the  fisheries. 
Population.  4348. 


153 

Taunton  is  situated  36  miles  S.  from  Boston,  in  Bristol 
county,  of  which  it  is  the  chief  town.  It  has  considera- 
ble manufactures,  and  is  in  a  thriving  state.  Population, 
4520. 

New  Bedford  is  situated  52  miles  south  of  Boston,  on 
a  river  flowing  into  Buzzard's  Bay,  and  has  a  safe  har- 
bour, and  considerable  trade,  particularly  in  the  whale 
fishery.  Population,  3947. 

Cambridge,  the  seat  of  the  celebrated  Harvard  Univer- 
sity, is  situated  3  miles  west  from  Boston,  in  a  pleasant 
country,  and  is  a  most  excellent  seat  of  learning,  in  all  its 
various  branches,  having  an  extensive  philosophical  appa- 
ratus, and  a  library  containing  upwards  of  25,000  volumes. 
Population,  3295. 

.  Worcester  is  situated  40  miles  west  from  Boston,  and 
is  a  flourishing  inland  town.  Isaiah  Thomas,  Esq.  the 
oldest  Printer  in  America,  resides  here,  and  has  lately 
erected  a  building  at  great  expense,  for  the  reception  of 
the  library  and  cabinet  of  the  American  Antiquarian  So- 
ciety, of  which  he  is  the  president.  The  library  consists 
of  about  6000  volumes,  many  of  them  of  great  antiquity ; 
and  the  cabinet  is  also  very  valuable.  The  population  of 
Worcester  is  2962. 

Northampton  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Connecti- 
cut River,  97  miles  W.  from  Boston,  and  has  several  flou- 
rishing manufactories.  Population,  2854. 

Springfield  is  also  situated  on  Connecticut  River,  1 7 
miles  below  Northampton,  near  the  Connecticut  state  line, . 
and  is  the  seat  of  very  considerable  manufactures,  and  a 
great  inland  trade.  The  armoury  of  the  United  States  is 
situated  about  half  a  mile  east  of  the  village,  and  is  in  a 
flourishing  state.  Population,  3246. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — Massachu- 
setts is  chequered  in  every  direction  with  excellent  turn- 
20 


154 

pike  roads,  so  that  travelling  is  easy  and  agreeable.  The 
Middlesex  Canal,  already  mentioned,  is  a  work  of  great 
magnitude  and  importance.  It  is  31  miles  in  length,  and 
connects  the  waters  of  Merrimac  River  with  Boston  har- 
bour. It  is  24  feet  wide  and  4  feet  deep,  and  has  on  it 
16  locks,  each  90  feet  long  by  12  broad.  It  is  supplied 
with  water  by  the  Concord  River,  which  it  passes  at  the 
summit  level,  and  from  thence  it  descends  107  feet  to  Bos- 
ton, by  13  locks,  and  21  feet  to  the  Merrimac,  by  3  locks. 
It  was  commenced  in  1 793  and  finished  in  1 804.  The  ex- 
pense was  upwards  of  $700,000.  The  people  of  Massa- 
chusetts are  very  active  and  enterprising,  and  their  other 
public  improvements  are  very  extensive  and  important. 
Surveys  have  been  made  for  several  new  canals  in  va- 
rious parts  of  the  state,  from  Worcester  down  the  Black- 
stone  River  to  Providence,  and  from  Boston  to  the  Hudson 
River ;  also  across  the  isthmus  from  Buzzard's  Bay  to  Cape 
Cod  Bay. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  Constitution  of  Massa- 
chusetts was  adopted  in  1780;  .and  in  1820  a  number  of 
amendments  were  made.  By  the  constitution  as  amended, 
the  powers  of  government  are  legislative,  executive,  and 
judiciary.  The  legislative  power  is  vested  in  a  general 
court,  consisting  of  a  senate  and  house  of  representatives, 
both  chosen  annually  by  the  people,  and  they  assemble 
annually  in  January  and  May.  The  senators  are  chosen 
by  districts,  and  the  representatives  by  townships  ;  each 
township  having  150  rateable  polls,  sends  one,  and  another 
for  every  additional  225.  The  executive  consists  of  a 
governor,  lieutenant  governor,  and  a  council  of  9  mem- 
bers. The  governor  and  lieutenant  governor  are  chosen 
annually  by  the  people  ;  and  the  council  is  chosen  by  the 
legislature  from  among  the  senators,  and  if  they  decline, 
then  they  are  chosen,  in  like  manner,  from  among  the  peo- 


155 

pie.  The  judiciary  is  composed  ol'  a.  supreme  court  and 
different  county  courts.  The  right  of  voting  at  elections 
belongs  to  all  male  citizens  of  21  years  and  upwards,  who 
have  resided  one  year  in  the  state,  and  paid  any  tax  as- 
sessed upon  them  within  two  years.  Paupers  and  persons 
under  guardianship  are  excluded. 

Education  and  Manners. — Harvard  University  has  been 
noticed,  and  there  are  a  number  of  colleges  and  acade- 
mies in  different  parts  of  the  state.  Common  schools  and 
academies  are  general  throughout  the  state,  so  that  the 
people  of  Massachusetts  are  remarkably  well  informed. 
They  are  also  agreeable  in  their  manners,  and  very  indus- 
trious, so  that  it  may  be  confidently  predicted  that  this 
prominent  state  will  long  continue  to  be  an  ornament  to 
the  union  of  which  it  is  a  member. 

RHODE  ISLAND. 

MiUa.  Jrea.  Situation. 

Length,    49  )  1360  Square  Miles.  >  D  (41°  17'  and  42°    1'  N. 

Breadth,  29  $    870,400  Acres.        $  Be        'n   {    5°    T  and    5»  54'  E. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north  and  east,  Massachusetts  ; 
south,  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  and  west,  Connecticut. 

Face  of  the  Country. — This  is  the  smallest  state  in  the 
Union,  but  its  surface  is  much  diversified  and  very  inter- 
esting. The  southern  part  toward  the  sea  is  generally 
level,  and  the  upper  part  hilly.  The  beautiful  Narragan- 
set  Bay  occupies  a  large  portion  of  the  eastern  part,  and 
there  are  several  pretty  rivers  that  flow  into  it  and  Long 
Island  Sound. 

Rivers,  Bays,  and  Islands. — The  principal  rivers  are 
Pawtucket,  Providence,  Pawtuxet,  and  Pawcatuck. 

Paiotucket  River  rises  in  Massachusetts,  and  falls  into 
Providence  River  a  little  below  the  town  of  Providence. 


It  is  a  rapid  stream,  having  great  water  power,  particularly 
at  the  falls,  about  four  miles  above  its  outlet. 

Providence  River  is  a  continuation  of  Narraganset  Bay, 
and  is  navigable  for  ships  of  the  largest  class  to  Provi- 
dence. 

Pawtuxet  River  consists  of  two  branches,  which  rise 
near  the  western  part  of  the  state,  and  unite  in  the  centre  ; 
the  river  thence  runs  an  east-north-east  course,  and  falls 
into  Providence  River  at  Pawtuxet,  five  miles  below  Pro- 
vidence. It  is  a  rapid  stream,  having  fine  falls  for  mill 
seats,  and  there  are  many  manufactories  on  its  banks. 

Pawcatuck  River  rises  between  this  state  and  Connecti- 
cut River,  and  runs  a  southwardly  course  for  about  twenty 
miles,  when  it  makes  a  large  bend  to  the  north-west,  and 
then  becomes  the  boundary  between  the  two  states,  to 
where  it  reaches  Long  Island  Sound,  about  four  miles  be- 
low Pawcatuck  bridge.  It  is  also  a  favourable  stream  for 
mills  and  machinery. 

Narraganset  Bay  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  United 
States.  It  sets  in  between  Point  Judith,  on  the  west,  and 
Point  Seaconet  on  the  east,  the  distance  between  them 
being  about  15  miles.  A  few  miles  above  its  entrance, 
Rhode  Island  commences,  which  gives  the  name  to  the 
state.  It  is  about  1 5  miles  long,  by  3  or  4  broad ;  and 
opposite  to  it  there  is  an  Island,  called  Cannonicut,  on  the 
west,  which  forms  the  harbour  of  Newport.  This  spacious 
bay  has  fine  water  for  navigation,*  and  is  never  obstructed  by 
ice,  so  that  it  has  been  supposed  that  it  would  make  an  ex- 
cellent naval  depot.  The  branch  of  this  bay  east  of  New- 
port, is  called  east  passage,  and  it  is  connected  at  the  north 
end  of  Rhode  Island  Proper,  with  Mount  Hope  Bay,  which 
receives  the  waters  of  Taunton  River  from  Massachu- 

*  Steam-boats  of  the  best  description  run  constantly  between  Prori- 
dence,  Newport?  and  New- York. 


157 

setts.  There  are  a  great  number  of  islands  interspersed 
through  the  bay  between  Newport  and  Providence,  the 
chief  one  being  Prudence  Island.  The  bay  abounds  with 
fine  fish. 

Slock  Island  is  situated  about  7  miles  from  the  main 
land,  in  the  entrance  of  Long  Island  Sound.  It  is  about 
7  miles  long  by  3  of  medial  width,  and  supports  about  700 
inhabitants  ;  whose  chief  business  consists  in  fishing  and 
in  raising  cattle  and  sheep,  which  they  have  in  great  abun- 
dance, and  also  fine  butter  and  cheese. 

Geological  Formation. — The  whole  state  is  of  the  primi- 
tive formation,  but  in  part  of  Rhode  Island  Proper,  and 
the  district  to  the  north-east  of  it,  the  primitive  class  is 
covered  by  the  transition. 

Soil. — In  the  northern  and  hilly  part  of  the  state,  the  soil 
is  thin  and  barren.  In  the  level  part  of  the  state,  particu- 
larly to  the  south-west,  the  soil  is  greatly  improved,  and 
on  the  islands  and  borders  of  the  bay,  the  soil  is  generally 
pretty  good  ;  in  many  places  very  fertile. 

Natural  Productions. — The  same  as  Massachusetts. 

Minerals. — Iron  is  found  in  great  plenty  ;  and  a  valua- 
ble coalmine  exists  in  the  northern  part  of  Rhode  Island. 
Limestone  is  abundant  in  Providence  county,  and  in  Cum- 
berland county  there  is  a  mine  of  copper  mixed  with  iron 
ore. 

Climate.— The  upper  part  of  Rhode  Island  ranks  as  the 
coldest,  and  the  lower  part  as  the  middle,  the  line  of  dis- 
tinction being  the  boundary  between  the  low  and  high 
lands.  The  climate  of  Rhotle  Island  Proper  and  the 
contiguous  country  has  long  been  esteemed  one  of  the 
most  salubrious  and  agreeable  in  the  United  States,  east 
of  the  Alleghany  Mountains.  The  summers  commence 
about  the  10th  of  May,  and  continue  to  about  the  first  of 


lob 

September,  and  the  winters  last  from  about  the  middle  oi 
November  to  the  middle  of  March.  The  greatest  heat  is 
in  July,  and  the  greatest  cold  in  January ;  but  in  the  low 
parts  of  the  state,  neither  go  to  such  extremes  as  in  many 
other  places.  The  spring  is  very  irregular ;  but  the  fall 
months  are  very  serene  and  pleasant.  In  1820,  the  great- 
est heat  at  Newport  was  90°,  and  the  greatest  cold  in 
December  11°.  The  average  temperature  is  about  53°. 

Historical  View. — Rhode  Island  was  first  settled  in 
1636,  by  Roger  Williams,  and  in  1643,  he  obtained  a  char- 
ter from  the  English  government.  In  1652,  the  govern- 
ment was  for  sometime  suspended,  but  in  1663,  Charles 
II.  granted  a  new  and  liberal  charter,  which  is  at  present 
the  foundation  of  the  laws  of  the  state.  In  1733,  the  first 
newspaper  in  the  state  was  published ;  and  in  1764, 
Brown's  University  at  Providence  was  founded.  In  the 
same  year  Rhode  Island  made  a  decisive  stand  against  the 
measures  of  the  British  government,  to  tax  the  colonies 
without  their  consent,  and  in  1774,  the  people  resolved  to 
take  an  active  part  in  the  war  for  national  independence  ; 
in  consequence  of  which,  they  suffered  severely  in  the 
course  of  the  contest.  In  1776,  the  British  troops  took 
possession  of  Rhode  Island,  from  which  they  were  with- 
drawn in  1779.  In  1790,  the  state,  after  considerable 
difficulty,  ratified  the  federal  constitution,  since  which  its 
history  is  amalgamated  with  that  of  the  United  States. 
An  attempt  was  made  lately  to  call  a  convention  for  form- 
ing a  new  constitution,  but  the  people  seeni  to  be  well 
satisfied  with  their  present  charter,  and  the  call  was  de- 
clined by  a  very  large  majority. 

Population. — In  1790,  the  population  was  68,825;  in 
1800,69,122;  in  1810,76,931 ;  and  in  1820,  it  was  83,059, 
as  in  the  following  table  : 


159 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Whites.        Free  blacks.     Slaves.    Mothers.        Total. 


Bristol, 

5,333 

302 

2 

0 

5,637 

Kent, 

9,888 

332 

7 

1 

10,228 

Newport, 

14,890 

852 

28 

1 

15,771 

Providence, 

34,327 

1,367 

4 

38 

35,736 

Washington, 

14,975 

701 

7 

4 

15,687 

79,413        3,554        48         44        83,059 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — A  great  portion  of  the  land 
being  of  an  inferior  quality,  the  agricultural  products  of 
Rhode  Island  are  not  extensive  ;  but  considerable  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  grazing,  and  butter  and  cheese  are  made 
for  exportation.  The  other  principal  products  are  maize, 
barley,  oats,  and  in  some  districts,  wheat  and  cider.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  agriculture,  by  the  last 
census,  is  12,559. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — Rhode  Island  is,  in  pro- 
portion to  its  inhabitants,  the  most  manufacturing  state  in 
the  Union.  The  chief  manufacture  is  cotton  goods,  which, 
are  made  of  a  much  better  quality  than  any  imported. — 
There  ace  between  90  and  100  cotton  mills  in  the  state, 
and  a  vast  number  of  power  looms  at  work.  There  are 
also  a  number  of  respectable  manufactories  for  woollen 
cloth,  and  extensive  manufactories  of  iron  and  machinery. 
According  to  the  last  census  there  are  6091  persons  em- 
ployed in  manufactures,  and  they  are  annually  increasing. 
The  manufactures  of  Rhode  Island  in  1810  were  esti- 
mated at  $4,325,000,  and  the  probability  is  that  they  have 
nearly  doubled  since  that  time. 


160 

The  exports  of  the  state  consist  in  a  great  measure  ot 
the  manufactures,  but  being  chiefly  sent  to  the  other  states, 
they  do  not  appear  upon  the  custom-house  books.  In 
1821  the  amount  of  foreign  exports  was  $997,000,  of 
which  $516,000  was  foreign  produce.  The  persons  en- 
gaged in  trade  in  1820  are  stated  in  the  census  as  1162. 

Chief  Towns. — PROVIDENCE  is  the  largest  town  in  the 
state,  and  is,  alternately  with  Newport,  the  seat  of  go- 
vernment. This  may  be  esteemed  as  the  centre  of  the 
cotton  manufactories  of  the  United  States,  which  have 
proved  to  be  of  the  utmost  importance,  yielding  a  large 
profit  to  those  who  invested  capital  in  them,  and  conduct- 
ed them  with  prudence ;  and  giving  active  employment  to 
all  the  community.  The  town  is  situated  on  both  sides 
of  Providence  River,  about  30  miles  above  Newport,  and 
is  favourably  situated  for  commerce,  which  has  increased 
with  the  increase  of  its  manufactures.  A  considerable 
number  of  vessels  are  constantly  employed  in  the  impor- 
tation of  cotton,  and  exportation  of  cotton  goods,  and 
there  is  extensive  shipping  in  other  articles.  The  popu- 
lation in  1820  was  11,787  ;  in  1826  it  was  16,000. 

Pawtuckety  a  very  handsome  and  flourishing  manufac- 
turing village,  is  situated  in  Providence  township. 

NEWPORT  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Rhode  Island 
Proper,  and  is  a  very  beautiful  place.  Having  one  of  the 
finest  climates  in  the  United  States,  it  is  a  place  of  great 
resort  in  the  summer  season.  It  has  a  fine  harbour, 
easy  of  access,  and  packets  are  constantly  arriving  and  de- 
parting. It  has  considerable  foreign  trade,  particularly  to 
the  West  Indies ;  and  it  has  a  large  share  of  coasting 
trade.  It  is,  alternately  with  Providence,  the  seat  of  go- 
vernment. The  population  in  1810  was  7319. 

Bristol  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Narraganset  Bay, 


HHODE    ISLAND.  161 

13  miles  above  Newport,  and  has  considerable  shipping- 
trade.  Population,  3197. 

Warren  is  situated  a  few  miles  above  Bristol,  and  is  also 
a  place  of  considerable  trade.  Population,  3139. 

The  other  principal  towns  and  villages  are  Pawtuxet,  at 
the  outlet  of  Pawtuxet  River ;  East  Greenwich,  opposite 
to  Bristol,  on  the  west  side  of  Narraganset  Bay,  and  se- 
veral villages  in  North  and  South  Kingston,  opposite  to 
Newport. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — There  are 
good  turnpike  roads  extending  from  Providence  to  every 
part  of  the  state.  No  canals  have  yet  been  made,  but  se- 
veral are  contemplated,*  particularly  one  to  connect  Nar- 
raganset Bay  with  Boston  Bay.  A  great  many  good 
bridges  have  been  erected. 

Government  and  Laws, — It  has  been  already  stated  that 
the  charter  granted  by  Charles  II.  is  the  basis  of  the  go- 
vernment of  this  state,  and  it  has  no  written  constitution. 
But  the  powers  of  government  as  exercised  are  pretty  si- 
milar to  those  states  already  described,  and  are  legislative, 
executive,  and  judiciary.  The  legislative  power  is  exer- 
cised by  a  council  and  house  of  representatives,  both  elect- 
ed annually  by  the  people.  The  governor  and  deputy  go- 
vernor make  part  of  the  council,  and  there  are  ten  others. 
The  members  of  the  house  of  representatives  are  elected 
by  the  several  townships.  The  governor  is  elected  annu- 
ally by  the  people  at  large.  The  judiciary  is  composed 
of  a  supreme  court,  and  county  courts,  and  the  judges  are 
elected  annually  by  the  legislature.  The  legislature  also 
elect  annually  all  other  executive  officers.  The  charter  is 
very  liberal,  and  proclaims  universal  liberty  of  conscience, 
and  it  will  be  seen  that  the  practical  government  under  it 

*  One  to  Worcester  in  Massachusetts  is  now  making. 
21 


ltJ2  UNITED    STATES. 

is  very  democratic.  The  people  therefore  seem  to  be 
well  satisfied  with  things  as  they  are,  and  lately  refused, 
by  a  large  majority,  to  call  a  convention  for  forming  a  new 
constitution. 

Education  and  Manners. — Brown  University,  at  Provi- 
dence, is  a  flourishing  institution ;  and  there  is  a  valuable 
public  library  at  Newport.  Academies  have  been  esta- 
blished at  the  principal  towns,  and  common  schools  are 
extending  throughout  the  state.  The  people  are  very  in- 
dependent in  their  opinions,  and  have  inviolably  maintain- 
ed that  part  of  the  charter  which  proclaims  liberty  of  con- 
science. The  manufacturing  industry  which  has  diffused 
itself  so  extensively  through  the  state  has  provedv  of  the 
greatest  importance  to  the  comfort,  the  order,  and  good 
conduct  of  the  citizens,-  and  there  is  every  prospect  that 
this  pretty  little  state  will  continue  to  be  a  most  valuable 
member  of  the  Union  to  which  it  belongs. 


CONNECTICUT. 


Miles.  Area.  Situation. 

and  42° 
and    5°  11'  E. 


Length,    90  (  4,670  Square  Miles.  )  p  .  (40°  59'  and  42°    2'  N. 

Breadth,  53  (  2,988,800  Acres.      5  Be        '"   {    3°  16' 


Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Massachusetts;  east,  Rhode 
Island;  south,  Long  Island  Sound;  west,  New- York. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  lower  part,  toward  Long 
Island  Sound,  is  undulating ;  and  an  agreeably  uneven- 
tract  extends  between  New  Haven  and  Hartfprd.'  The. 
north-eastern  part  of  the  state  is  hilly  and  rocky,  an'd  in 
the  north-west  there  are  considerable  mountains. 

Mountains. — Considerable  spurs  of  the  Alleghany  chain 
occupy  the  north-west  part  of  the  state,  but  they  do  not 


CONNECTICUT.  163 

rise  to  any  great  elevation.  They  present  a  variety  of 
handsome  scenery. 

Rivers. — Connecticut,  the  principal  river,  has  already 
been  described.  The  principal  tributary  stream  falling 
into  it  on  the  westward,  is  Farmington  River.  This 
stream  rises  in  Massachusetts,  and  runs  a  south-east  di- 
rection to  Farmington.  It  then  turns  to  the  north-east,  in 
which  direction  it  runs  for  about  10  miles,  and  then  turn- 
ing to  the  eastward,  it  breaks  through  a  mountain,  and 
has  a  cataract  of  150  feet ;  after  which  it  runs  a  S.  E. 
Course,  and  falls  into  Connecticut  River  6  miles  above 
Hartford.  Steam  boats  run  from  Hartford  to  New- York. 

Thames  River  is  situated  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  state, 
and  is  composed  of  several  streams,  which  rise  in  the 
interior  of  this  state  and  Massachusetts,  and  unite  at  Nor- 
wich. From  Norwich  to  the  sound  below  New  London, 
is  18  miles  ;  and  for  this  distance  the  tide  rises,  and  the 
river  is  navigable.  A  steam  boat  runs  between  New  Lon- 
don and  Norwich  to  New- York. 

Quinnipiack  River  is  a  small  stream  which  rises  in  the 
interior  of  the  state,  and  falls  into  New  Haven  Bay. 

Housatonic  River  rises  in  the  western  part  of  Massa- 
chusetts, and  passes  into  this  state  near  the  north-west 
corner.  About  7  miles  from  the  state  line,  there  are  falls 
60  feet  perpendicular.  From  thence  the  river  runs  a 
course  west  of  south,  for  about  9  miles,  approaching  near 
the  New-York  state  line  ;  it  then  turns  off  in  a  south-east 
direction,  and  falls  into  Long  Island  Sound,  14  miles  south- 
west of  New  Haven.  It  is  navigable  for  brigs  and  sloops 
12  miles  to  Darby.  The  Naugatuck  River,  rising  near 
Farmington  River,  in  the  west  part  of  the  state,  is  a  prin- 
cipal tributary. 

Geological  Formation. — A  stripe  of  the  oldest  red 
sand  stone  formation,  extends  on  each  side  of  the  Con- 


lt>4  UNITED  STATES. 

necticut  River  to  below  Hartford,  and  passes  on  to  New 
Haven ;  and  a  spot  of  the  same  formation  has  been  dis- 
covered on  the  Housatonic  River.  The  remaining,  and 
by  far  the  greater  part  of  the  state,  is  primitive. 

Soil. — The  soil  of  a  great  part  of  the  state  is  fertile, 
although  there  is  a  considerable  portion,  particularly  in 
the  eastern  part,  very  stony.  The  interval  land  along  the 
Connecticut  River,  and  the  land  in  the  south-west,  are 
excellent.  The  natural  productions  are  ample,  consisting 
of  timber,  grass,  various  fruits,  fowl,  and  fish. 

Minerals. — Iron,  lead,  copper,  cobalt,  antimony,  mar- 
ble, porcelain-clay,  and  freestone.  Iron  is  found  in  great 
abundance,  and  marble  abounds  in  several  of  the  counties. 
Freestone  is  also  plenty.  The  other  minerals  are  not 
found  extensively. 

Climate. — Connecticut  having  been  long  settled,  and 
well  cultivated  and  drained,  there  are  no  exhalations  to 
contaminate  the  air,  which  is  very  sweet  and  pure.  Like 
Rhode  Island,  there  is  a  variety  in  the  climate  :  the  north- 
ern part  being  of  the  coldest,  and  the  southern  part  the 
middle.  The  seasons  are  in  all  respects,  similar  to  those 
of  Rhode  Island,  and,  from  observations  made  in  1820,  it 
appears  that  the  temperature  at  New  London  is  very  simi- 
lar to  that  at  Newport. 

Historical  View. — Connecticut  was  first  settled  at  Hart- 
ford, in  the  year  1633,  and  in  1638  a  settlement  was  be- 
gun by  another  colony  at  New  Haven.  In  1 639,  the  two 
colonies  formed  constitutions.  In  1662,  Charles  II.  grant- 
ed a  liberal  charter  to  the  state,  and  in  1665,  the  two  co- 
lonies were  united.  In  1687,  the  charter  was  demanded 
from  the  state,  but  in  1692,  William  III.  allowed  it  to  be 
resumed.  In  1701,  Yale  College  was  established  and  in- 
corporated. In  1713,  the  boundary  with  Massachusetts 
was  adjusted  and  settled,  and  in  1731,  the  boundary  with 


CONNECTICUT.  165 

New- York  was  also  finally  settled.  From  this  period  un- 
til the  time  of  making  the  attempt  to  tax  the  colonies 
without  their  consent,  the  people  of  Connecticut  contin- 
ued to  be  faithful  adherents  to  the  British  government ; 
partaking  in  all  its  wars.  But  the  stamp  and  tea  taxes 
roused  them  into  resistance,  and  they  became  the  most 
active  opponents  of  the  British  government  during  the 
whole  war  of  the  revolution.  In  1765,  they  sent  deputies 
to  Congress,  and  in  1775,  they  sent  a  considerable  force 
to  Boston.  In  1777,  the  British  sent  a  devastating  force 
into  the  state,  which  did  considerable  mischief;  but  suf- 
fered severely  from  the  militia,  who  valiantly  opposed  it. 
In  1 779,  a  larger  force  was  sent  by  the  British,  which 
plundered  and  burnt  New  Haven,  Norwalk,  and  Fairfield. 
After  the  close  of  the  war,  Connecticut  agreed  to  the 
Federal  Constitution ;  but  like  Rhode  Island,  continued 
to  act  upon  the  old  charter,  until  1818.  Shortly  before 
the  close  of  the  war,  Connecticut,  in  virtue  of  the  said 
charter,  laid  claim  to  the  lands  of  that  part  of  Pennsylva- 
nia above  the  41st  degree  of  north  latitude,  and  actually 
settled  17  townships  in  Luzerne  county.  The  matter  was 
referred  to  commissioners  appointed  by  Congress,  who 
decided  in  favour  of  Pennsylvania.  Connecticut  after- 
wards obtained  all  that  part  of  the  state  of  Ohio,  from  a 
little  above  the  41st  parallel  of  latitude,  to  Lake  Erie,  and 
extending  west  to  Sandusky  Bay.  In  1 793,  five  hundred 
thousand  acres  of  the  western  part  of  this  tract  were  ap- 
propriated to  indemnify  the  sufferers  during  the  revolution- 
ary war ;  and  in  1795,  the  remainder  was  sold  for  $1,200,- 
000,  and  the  amount  converted  into  a  fund  for  the  support 
of  education. 

Population. — In  1790,  the  population  was  237,946 ;  in 
1800,  251,002  ;  in  1810,  261,942  ;  and  in  1820,  275,248; 
situated  as  in  the  following 


UNITED  STATES. 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Whites.     Free  coloured.     Slaves.     Others.        Total. 


42,739 


1,190 

17 

0 

47,264 

882 

3 

94 

41,267 

504 

9 

1 

22,405 

1,222 

16 

0 

39,616 

1,683 

11 

0 

35,943 

248 

2 

0 

14,330 

791 

12 

0 

31,684 

Fairfield,  41,357        1,350         27 

Hartford,  46,057 

Litchfield,  40,288 

Middlesex,  21,891 

New  Haven,  38,378 

New  London,  34,249 

Tolland,  14,080 

Windham,  30,881 


267,181        7,870         97     100       275,248 

Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  agriculture  of  this  state 
presents  a  pleasing  appearance.  The  farms  are  generally 
from  50  to  500  acres,  and  are  well  cultivated.  The  pro- 
duce generally  is  wheat,  rye,  Indian  corn,  oats,  barley, 
buckwheat,  flax  in  profusion,  and  some  hemp,  with  a  great 
variety  of  vegetables  and  fruit.  The  soil  is  well  adapted 
to  grazing,  and  a  great  deal  of  butter  and  cheese  is  annu- 
ally made.  A  good  deal  of  pork  is  cured,  and  cider  is 
made  in  great  plenty  and  perfection. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — This  is  a  great  manufac- 
turing state.  From  the  earliest  part  of  the  settlement  the 
industrious  inhabitants  of  Connecticut,  generally  made 
their  own  clothing ;  and  manufactures  have  gradually 
sprung  up  upon  a  larger  scale.  The  manufacture  of  cot- 
ton and  woollen  is  extensive  ;  also  linens,  leather  of  every 
description,  iron  of  every  description,  tin  ware,  a  great 
variety,  hats,  stockings,  paper,  wire,  bells,  soap,  candles, 
oil,  clocks  and  watches,  earthen  and  stone  ware,  chaises, 
harness,  guns  and  fire-arms,  glass  buttons,  wooden  manu- 
factures of  every  description.  The  number  of  persons 


CONNECTICUT.  167 

engaged  in  manufactures  in  this  state  is,  by  the  census, 
17,541. 

The  state  has  a  considerable  shipping  trade,  but  it  is 
principally  in  the  coasting  way  ;  hence  but  a  small  portion 
of  its  exports  appear  on  the  Custom  House  books,  New- 
York  being  in  fact  the  great  exporting  port  of  this  state. 
The  foreign  exports,  in  1820,  amounted  to  only  $376,000, 
of  which  $10,000  was  foreign  articles.  The  principal 
exports  consist  of  horses,  butter,  cheese,  cider,  Indian 
corn,  beef,  pork,  fish,  and  manufactured  goods.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  commerce  is  3,581. 

Cities,  Toivns,  and  Villages. — There  are  five  incorpo- 
rated cities  in  Connecticut,  viz :  New  Haven,  Hartford, 
Middletown,  New  London,  and  Norwich,  and  there  are  a 
great  many  interesting  towns  and  villages  in  the  state. 

NEW  HAVEN  is  the  largest  city,  and  is,  alternately  with 
Hartford,  the  seat  of  government  of  the  state.  It  is  beau- 
tifully situated  on  the  head  of  a  bay  which  sets  up  from 
Long  Island  Sound,  distant  four  miles ;  and  has  a  pretty 
considerable  shipping  trade.  A  steam  boat  runs  between 
it  and  J»Jew-York  every  day,  and  the  line  is  continued  by 
another  boat,  which  runs  between  it  and  Norwich,  at  the 
head  of  Thames  River.  The  city  is  regularly  laid  out, 
and  has  a  fine  square  in  the  centre,  on  which  the  public 
buildings  and  seminaries  of  learning  are  situated.  Yale 
College  is  one  of  the  most  respectable  institutions  in  the 
Union,  and  possesses  the  finest  cabinet  of  minerals.  The 
students  are  usually  from  4  to  500  and  upwards.  The 
population  in  1820,  was  7147. 

HARTFORD  is  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  Connecticut 
River,  40  miles  from  its  outlet,  and  34  from  Newport.  It 
is  favourably  situated  for  trade,  being  at  the  head  of  sloop 
navigation,  and  having  a  pretty  extensive  and  fertile  back 
country.  Steam  boats  ply  to  New- York.  Population,  4726. 


18  UNITED    STATES. 

Middletown  is  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  Connecticut 
River,  and  is  the  seat  of  a  number  of  very  important 
manufacturing  establishments.  Here  is  a  military  school 
of  250  students,  conducted  on  an  excellent  plan,  by 
Capt.  Partridge,  formerly  of  West  Point.  Population  2618. 

New  London  is  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  Thames 
River,  about  4  miles  from  Long  Island  Sound,  and  is  a 
place  of  considerable  trade.  Population,  3330. 

Norwich  is  situated  at  the  head  of  Thames  River,  14 
miles  above  New  London.  Being  at  the  head  of  naviga- 
tion, and  the  back  country  being  extensive,  it  has  consi- 
derable commerce,  and  it  is  also  the  seat  of  considerable 
manufactures.  Population,  2983. 

Saybrook  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of  Connecticut  River, 
and  is  one  of  the  oldest  settlements  in  the  state.  It  is 
principally  concerned  in  the  fisheries.  Population  of  the 
township,  4165. 

Stafford  is  situated  27  miles  north-east  of  Hartford,  and 
is  celebrated  for  its  medicinal  springs,  and  iron  manufac- 
tories. Population  of  the  township,  2369. 

Litchfield  is  situated  west  of  Hartford  32  miles,  ip  a  ro- 
mantic, hilly  country,  and  has  numerous  thriving  manu- 
factories. Population  of  the  township,  4610. 

Weathersfield  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Connecticut 
River,  between  Hartford  and  Middletown,  and  is  celebrat- 
ed for  its  crops  of  onions.  Population  of  the  township, 
3825. 

Stratford  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Housatonic 
River,  about  two  miles  from  its  outlet ;  and  the  Borough 
of  Bridgeport  is  in  Stratford  township,  and  has  considera- 
ble trade.  Population  of  the  township,  2895. 

Fairfield  is  situated  on  Long  Island  Sound,  8  miles  west 
of  Stratford.  It  has  a  good  harbour,  and  considerable 
shipping  trade.  All  the  towns  bordering  on  the  sound 


COJV.XECTICUT.  169 

have  their  regular  steam  boats  to  the  city  of  New-York. 
Population  of  the  township,  4157. 

Norwalk  is  situated  on  Long  Island  Sound,  8  miles  west 
of  Fairfield,  and  has  a  little  shipping  in  the  coasting  trade. 
Population  of  the  township,  3004. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Improvements. — This  industrious 
state  is  famous  for  its  turnpike  roads,  which  extend  over 
the  country  in  every  direction;  and  a  great  many  excel- 
lent bridges  have  been  built  over  the  rivers.  A  canal  is  now 
making  from  New  Haven  to  Farmington,  and  thence  to 
the  Connecticut  River  at  Northampton.  The  channel  of 
Connecticut  River  has  been  deepened  between  Hartford 
and  Middletown  at  a  considerable  expense. 

Government  and  Laws. — It  has  been  stated  that  Connec- 
ticut continued  to  act  upon  the  old  charter  until  1818.  A 
new  constitution  was  then  adopted,  nearly  similar  to  those 
of  the  other  states ;  the  powers  of  government  being  legis- 
lative, executive,  and  judiciary.  The  legislature  consists 
of  a  senate  and  house  of  representatives,  both  of  which 
are  annually  elected.  The  executive  department  is  vested 
in  a  governor  and  lieutenant-governor,  both  annually 
elected  by  the  people.  The  lieutenant-governor  is,  in  vir- 
tue of  his  office,  speaker  of  the  senate.  The  judiciary 
power  is  vested  in  a  supreme  court  of  errors,  a  superior 
court,  and  such  inferior  courts  as  the  legislature  may  from 
time  to  time  establish.  The  judges  are  appointed  by  the 
assembly,  and  hold  their  offices  during  good  behaviour. 
Justices  are  appointed  by  the  assembly  annually.  No 
man  can  be  a  judge  or  justice  after  he  is  70  years  of  age. 
Every  white  male  citizen  of  the  United  States  of  21  years 
and  upwards,  who  is  settled  in  the  state,  and  has  paid  a 
tax  within  a  year,  and  supports  a  good  moral  character, 
is  entitled  to  vote  at  elections. 

Education  and  Manners. — Yale  College,  at  New  Haven. 


170  UNITED  STATUS. 

was  founded  in  1701,  and  is  a  thriving  and  most  valuable 
seminary,  where  all  the  various  branches  of  literary  and 
scientific  subjects  are  taught  at  an  easy  expense.  There 
are  a  number  of  academies  established  in  different  parts 
of  the  state,  and  the  law  directs  that  a  grammar  school 
shall  be  kept  in  every  county  town.  But  the  great  and 
important  advantage  in  this  state,  in  respect  to  education, 
consists  in  a  common  school  being  established  in  each 
township,  so  that  education  is  placed  within  the  reach  of 
every  member  of  the  community.  The  school  fund  of 
the  state  amounts  to  one  million  and  a  half  of  dollars. 
With  very  democratic  principles,  arising  from  the  nature 
of  their  social  institutions — with  ample  means  for  public 
instruction — with  the  habits  of  industry,  cleanliness,  and 
order,  universally  apparent  throughout  the  state,  the 
citizens  of  Connecticut  must  continue  to  improve,  and  to 
possess  an  ample  share  of  all  the  blessings  of  civil  and 
social  life, 

NEW-YORK. 

• 

Miles.  Jlrea.  Situation. 

Length,    280   $  46,200  sq.  miles.      )  R  .      ,     5  40°  30'  and  45°    N. 
Breadth,  165    £  29, 56 8,000  acres.    ^  '"   I    2°  51'  W.  and  5°  E. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Lower  Canada;  east,  Ver- 
mont, Massachusetts,  and  Connecticut ;  south-east,  the 
Atlantic  Ocean;  south,  New-Jersey  and  Pennsylvania; 
and  west  and  north-west,  Upper  Canada,  from  which  it  is 
separated  by  Lake  Erie,  Lake  Ontario,  and  the  Niagara 
and  St.  Lawrence  Rivers. 

Face  of  the  Country. — This  is  a  large  and  very  interest- 
ing state,  occupying  the  whole  breadth  of  the  United 
States,  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean  to  the  great  lakes ;  its 
wrface,  therefore,  exhibits  all  the  variety  of  level,  hilly. 


NEW- YORK.  171 

mountainous,  and  undulating.  Long  Island  and  the 
lower  part  of  the  state  are  either  level  or  undulating. 
About  40  miles  above  New- York,  the  Highlands  com- 
mence, and  extend,  but  with  frequent  intervals,  to  near 
Utica,  on  the  Mohawk  River,  and  in  the  north-east  part 
of  the  state  they  extend  to  the  state  line.  They  also  ex- 
tend south-west  to  the  northern  boundary  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, about  Tioga  Point.  To  the  west  of  these  Highlands 
there  is  an  elegantly  variegated  country,  extending  to  the 
great  lakes. 

Mountains. — The  mountainous  district  generally  has 
been  included  in  the  description  of  the  face  of  the  coun- 
try. The  highest  ridges  are  the  Catskill,  3850  feet,  ex- 
tending from  the  south-west  of  Albany,  in  a  south-west 
direction,  nearly  to  Pennsylvania.  The  most  prominent 
points  have  been  mentioned  in  the  general  view.  There 
is  also  a  high  range  of  mountains  to  the  westward  of 
Lake  Champlain. 

Lakes  and  Rivers. — The  great  lakes  Ontario  and  Erie 
have  been  noticed  in  the  general  view  of  St.  Lawrence 
River.  The  lesser  lakes  in  the  interior,  making  part  of 
the  rivers  there,  will  be  noticed  in  their  proper  place ;  and 
the  only  lake  to  be  noticed  here  is  Lake  Champlain. 

Lake  Champlain  is  situated  between  this  state  and  Ver- 
mont, from  its  head  at  White  Hall  to  the  Canada  line. 
The  whole  length  of  the  lake  is  128  miles,  of  which  104 
is  within  the  United  States.  The  breadth  is  very  une- 
qual, varying  from  half  a  mile  to  between  1 2  and  13.  The 
southern  extremity  for  about  35  miles  is  narrow,  more 
resembling  a  river  than  a  lake,  but  it  stretches  out  to  the 
north,  and  embodies  a  great  number  of  islands.  A  large 
arm  of  the  lake  called  Missisque  Bay,  stretches  to  the 
north-east  into  Upper  Canada.  The  principal  branch  of 
the  lake  contracts  as  it  proceeds  north,  and  about  24  miles 


J72  I.MTKI)    STATES. 

from  the  state  line,  forms  the  Sorel  or  Richelieu  River, 
which  empties  into  the  St.  Lawrence  below  Montreal. 
The  lake  affords  good  navigation,  and  there  is  considera- 
ble shipping  upon  it,  which  belongs  principally  to  Burling- 
ton, in  Vermont.  A  steam  boat  runs  in  the  summer  sea- 
son, from  White  Hall  to  St.  Johns,  distant  138  miles. 
Connected  with  Lake  Champlain  is  Lake  George;  a 
beautiful  and  romantic  sheet  of  water,  wholly  situated  in 
the  state  of  New- York,  and  surrounded  by  lofty  moun- 
tains. It  is  about  35  miles  long,  and  from  1  to  3  broad  ; 
and  has  very  deep  transparent  water,  abounding  with  fish. 
The  outlet,  which  connects  it  with  Lake  Champlain,  is 
only  3  miles  long,  and  the  water  in  that  distance  descends 
above  100  feet.  The  principal  river,  the  Hudson,  has  al- 
ready been  described  in  the  general  view.  The  other 
principal  streams  are  as  follows  : 

The  Mohawk  River  rises  north-west  of  Utica,  and  run- 
ning in  a  south-east  direction,  generally  through  a  pretty 
deep  valley,  falls  into  Hudson  River  a  few  miles  above 
Albany;  its  comparative  course  being  about  120  miles. 

Saranac  River  rises  in  Franklin  county,  in  the  north- 
east part  of  the  state,  and  running  a  north-east  course,  it 
falls  into  Lake  Champlain  at  Plattsburg;  comparative 
course  60  miles. 

Oswegatche  River  rises  near  the  sources  of  Hudson 
River,  and  pursuing  a  north-west  and  then  a  north-east 
course,  falls  into  the  River  St.  Lawrence  by  two  branches 
— one  at  Ogdensburg,  the  other  near  St.  Regis.  Com- 
parative course  130  miles. 

Racket  River  and  St.  Regis  River  are  lesser  streams, 
which  pursue  nearly  the  same  course,  and  fall  into  St. 
Lawrence  River  between  Oswegatche  River  and  St. 
Regis. 

Slack  River  rises  near  the  sources  of  the  Mohawk,  and 


NEW-YORK.  173 

rims  a  north-west  course  towards  Sackett's  Harbour,  where 
it  falls  into  Lake  Ontario.  Comparative  course  90  miles. 
Onondaga  River,  and  the  streams  connected  with  it, 
present  a  singular  curiosity.  The  eastern  branches  rise 
near  the  sources  of  the  Mohawk  and  Black  Rivers,  and 
soon  after  form  a  beautiful  lake  called  Oneida,  22  miles 
long  and  5  or  6  broad.  At  the  west  end  of  this  lake  the 
river  issues,  and  holds  a  winding  westwardly  course  of 
about  15  miles,  when  it  meets  the  western  branch,  or  Se- 
neca River,  at  Three  River  Point,  from  whence  the 
united  stream  holds  a  north-west  course  to  Lake  Ontario, 
distant  20  miles.  The  Seneca,  or  western  branch,  is 
formed  of  the  waters  flowing  from  a  great  number  of 
lakes,  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  western  part  of  the 
state.  The  most  westerly  branch  has  its  rise  in  Ontario 
county,  beyond  all  the  lakes.  It  is  then  joined  by  a  stream 
from  Canandaigua  Lake,  and  after  the  junction,  it  holds  a 
south-eastwardly  course  to  Montezuma,  where  it  receives 
the  united  waters  of  the  Seneca  and  Cayuga  Lakes.  It 
then  runs  north  about  6  or  7  miles,  and  again  turns  to  the 
eastward,  and  receives  the  waters  of  Owasco  Lake,  then 
of  Skeneateless  Lake,  and  finally  of  Onondaga  Lake,  when 
it  assumes  the  north-west  course,  and  joins  the  east  branch 
as  aforesaid.  The  whole  of  the  lakes  aforesaid  lie  in  a 
north  and  south  direction,  and  have  nearly  the  following 
dimensions:  Canandaigua  is  about  16 miles  long  and  1 
mile  broad.  Seneca  is  about  35  miles  long  and  from  1  to 
3  broad.  Connected  with  this  lake,  on  the  west  side,  is 
Crooked  Lake,  the  upper  part  of  which  is  divided  into  two 
arms.  It  is  about  20  miles  long,  and  from  one  to  two 
broad.  Cayuga  Lake  is  about  36  miles  long  and  from  1  to 
3  broad.  Owasco  Lake  is  about  1 1  miles  long  and  1  broad. 
Skeneateless  Lake  is  about  14  miles  long  and  1  broad, 
Onandaga  Lake  is  about  9  miles  long  and  1  broad.  These 


374  UNITED    STATES. 

lakes  are  very  picturesque,  and  are  of  great  importance  to 
this  part  of  the  country.  They  are  generally  navigable, 
and  well  stored  with  fish.  Their  head  waters  flow  from 
the  high  lands  bordering  on  the  state  of  Pennsylvania, 
and  interlock  with  the  head  waters  of  Susquehanna 
River. 

Genesee  River  rises  in  Potter  county,  Pennsylvania, 
where  its  head  waters  interlock  with  those  of  Alleghany 
and  Susquehannah.  Thence  the  river  runs  about  N.  N.  W. 
for  40  miles.  It  then  changes  to  a  course  about  N.  N.E. 
and  at  15  miles  from  the  bend  falls  150  feet  by  two  pitches, 
one  of  60,  the  other  of  90  feet.  Fifteen  miles  below  the 
falls,  Canaseraga  Creek  falls  in  from  the  eastward,  and 
below  it,  during  the  progress  of  15  miles,  the  waters  from 
a  number  of  beautiful  lakes  fall  in  from  the  same  side,  the 
last  being  Honeyoe  Creek.  About  12  miles  below  this, 
the  Grand  Canal  crosses  the  river,  and  a  few  miles  to  the 
northward  of  it,  near  Carthage,  there  are  two  more  falls, 
one  of  96,  the  other  of  75  feet ;  below  the  last  fall  about 
4  miles,  the  river  passes  into  Lake  Ontario.  Lake  Onta- 
rio is  computed  to  be  230  feet  above  the  level  of  tide 
water,  and  the  falls  noticed  on  this  river  are  321  feet.  It 
has  been  calculated  that  the  highest  sources  of  the  Alle- 
ghany are  1330  feet  above  tide  water.  The  highest 
sources  of  the  Genesee  River,  will  of  course,  be  at  the 
same  elevation,  and  if  this  calculation  be  correct,  the  fall 
on  Genesee  River,  exclusive  of  the  great  falls  noticed,  will 
be  779  feet. 

Tonawanta  Creek  falls  into  Niagara  River,  opposite  to 
Grand  Island. 

Cataraugus  Creek  falls  into  Lake  Erie,  40  miles  S.  W. 
of  Buffaloe. 

There  are  a  considerable  number  of  lakes  to  the  west- 
ward of  Lake  Champlain,  and  also  in  the  interior  of  the 


NEW-YORK.  175 

state  ;  and  Chatauque  Lake  is  situated  near  the  west  end 
of  it.      The   head  waters  of   Delaware,  Susquehanna, 
and  part  of  the  Alleghany  Rivers  are  in  this  state,  and  as  • 
it  abounds  with  lesser  streams  and  rivulets,  it  is  remarkably 
well  watered. 

Geological  Formation. — The  north-east  part  of  the  state 
is  primitive,  between  Lake  Champlain  and  Hudson  River, 
bounded  south-west  by  a  line  extending  from  the  south 
end  of  Lake  George  to  the  1000  islands  on  the  St.  Law- 
rence ;  and  the  primitive  extends  over  all  that  part  of  the 
state  which  lies  between  New-York  city,  and  near  New- 
burg.  Long  Island  is  nearly  all  alluvial.  The  transition 
class  extends  between  Newburg  and  Albany.  The  whole 
of  the  western  part  of  the  state  is  secondary. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — In  such  an  extent  of 
country  the  soil  must  be  various.  The  east  end  of  Long 
Island  is  dry  and  sandy,  and  has  a  good  deal  of  salt  mea- 
dow. The  west  end  is  more  fertile,  and  produces  good 
grass.  From  New-York  to  Albany,  the  soil  is  mostly 
dry  and  gravelly,  but  much  good  land  is  interspersed 
through  it,  producing  valuable  timber  and  grass.  From 
Albany  to  Utica  and  Lake  George,  the  soil  is  very  va- 
rious, and  there  is  a  good  deal  of  interval  land  along  the 
rivers.  In  the  north-east  the  country  is  stony  and  poor. 
In  the  whole  north  and  west  part  of  the  state,  from  Sack- 
ett's  Harbour  to  Lake  Erie,  the  soil  is  generally  excellent. 
The  southern  part,  bordering  on  Pennsylvania,  is  hilly, 
and  there  is  in  it  a  good  deal  of  poor  land,  but  it  is  well 
adapted  to  grazing. 

Minerals. — Iron  ore  abounds  throughout  the  state. 
Lead  is  found  in  Herkimer  county.  Salt  and  gypsum  are 
plenty  in  the  western  part  of  the  state.  The  salt  works 
at  Salina  and  Syracuse  on  the  Onondaga  Lake  are  very 
extensive  and  valuable  :  45  gallons  of  water  evaporated 


176  UNITED    STATES. 

produce  a  bushel  of  salt ;  the  quantity  made   yearly  i* 
from  6    to   900,000  bushels.      The     state  tax  is    12£- 
•  cents  a  bushel.     Coal,  marble,  zinc,  copper,  and  some 
silver  have  also  been  discovered. 

Curiosities. — In  addition  to  those  mentioned  in  the 
general  view,  a  stupendous  cavern  has  just  been  discover- 
ed opposite  to  Watertown  on  Black  River.  The  cavern 
is  of  vast  extent,  and  has  a  great  number  of  spacious 
rooms,  halls,  and  chambers,  containing  vast  quantities  of 
calcareous  concretions  and  stalactites  ;  another  exists  on 
the  Mohawk  River.  Trenton  falls  on  West  Canada 
Creek,  and  the  falls  and  scenery  on  the  Catskill  Moun- 
tains are  eminently  curious,  and  also  on  the  Hudson,  50 
miles  N.  of  Albany,  and  the  Cohos  on  the  Mohawk. 

Climate. — As  New- York  stretches  from  north  to  south 
nearly  4|  degrees  of  latitude,  passing  the  states  of  Ver- 
mont, Massachusets,  and  Connecticut,  the  climate  of  the 
eastern  part  is  assimilated  to  that  of  the  western  parts  of 
these  states  respectively.  In  the  south-east,  between  the 
Highlands  and  the  ocean,  the  climate  is  comparatively 
more  mild,  but  subject  to  great  and  sudden  changes,  par- 
ticularly in  winter  and  spring.  The  north-east  part  has 
a  cold  and  rigorous  climate  in  winter.  South-west,  to- 
wards the  state  of  Pennsylvania,  the  climate  is  somewhat 
meliorated,  but  still  very  cold.  In  the  western  part,  to- 
wards the  lakes,  the  climate  is  more  mild  and  steady,  with 
a  great  deal  of  snow  in  winter.  In  1820,  the  mean  heat 
at  Plattsburg  was  45°  5',  at  Sackett's  Harbour  48°  6',  and 
at  New- York  about  52°  5'.  At  Geneva,  in  1800,  it  was 
510  6/. 

Historical  View. — Hudson  River  was  discovered  in. 
1 609,  and  in  1 6 10  the  Dutch  formed  some  settlements  upon 
it;  but  the  first  permanent  settlements  were  formedinl614, 
and  in  1615  a  fort  was  built  upon  the  present  site  of  the 


NEW-YORK.  177 

city  of  New- York.  The  settlements  extended  up  the 
river,  and  in  1623  a  fort  was  built  where  Albany  now 
stands.  In  subsequent  years,  the  settlers  had  several  dis- 
putes with  Connecticut  about  boundaries,  but  they  were 
adjusted  in  1650.  In  1664,  a  patent  was  granted  to  the 
Duke  of  York  for  a  large  tract  which  included  New- 
York,  then  called  New  Netherlands,  and  the  province  sur- 
rendered to  the  English  the  same  year,  and  in  1665,  the 
city  of  New-York  was  incorporated.  In  1673,  the  Dutch 
reconquered  New- York ;  but  it  was  restored  to  England 
by  treaty  in  1674.  In  1683  the  first  house  of  representa- 
tives was  convened,  and  the  boundary  line  between  the 
state  and  Connecticut  was  run  next  year.  In  1686, 
James  II.  of  England,  abolished  the  representative  sys- 
tem, and  forbade  the  exercise  of  printing  presses;  but 
William  and  Mary  succeeded  to  the  throne  in  1689,  and  in 
1691  the  assembly  was  again  convened.  In  1710,  a  num- 
ber of  emigrants  from  Germany  settledin  the  province. 
In  1731,  the  boundaries  were  finally  adjusted  with  Con- 
necticut. In  1733  the  first  newspaper  was  published  at 
New-York.  In  1734  the  government  was  administered  in 
an  arbitrary  manner,  and  the  press  placed  under  restraint. 
In  1 754  a  convention  of  delegates  from  the  colonies  was 
held  at  Albany,  and  next  year  Fort  Edward,  on  the 
Hudson,  was  built.  The  people  of  New- York  generally 
were  steadfast  adherents  to  Britain  atthis  period,  and  took 
an  active  part  in  the  French  war ;  but  the  Stamp  Act 
having  passed,  they  became  discontented.  In  1765  dele- 
gates were  sent  to  the  colonial  congress ;  the  stamp  act 
was  burnt  by  the  people,  and  a  non-importation  agree- 
ment was  made.  The  assembly,  in  1769,  denied  the 
power  of  Britain  to  impose  taxes  upon  America,  without 
consent  of  the  people,  and  in  1 773  several  ships  loaded 
with  tea,  which  was  subject  to  a  duty,  were  sent  back  to 
23 


178 


tTNITED  STATES. 


London,  and  thereafter  New- York  took  an  active  part  in 
the  revolutionary  war,  of  which  this  state  was  the  theatre 
during  the  whole  contest,  and  New-York  city  was  almost 
constantly  in  possession  of  the  enemy. 

From  the  period  of  the  peace  of  1783,  the  state  made 
great  improvement  in  all  the  various  branches  of  agricul- 
ture, manufactures,  and  commerce.  The  warof  1812,  13, 
and  14,  affected  its  commercial  prosperity  for  some  time, 
but  it  was  only  partial,  and  during  that  period  the  state 
made  rapid  progress  in  manufactures. 

Population. — In  1790  the  population  was  349,120 ;  in 
1800,  586,050;  in  1810,  959,049;  and  in  1820, 1,372,- 
812,  as  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites.  Free  blacks.  Slaves.    Ml  others.          Total. 

Albany, 

36,845 

858 

413 

0 

38,116 

Alleghany, 

9,301 

12 

17 

0 

9,330 

Broome, 

14,255 

63 

25 

0 

14,343 

Cataraugus, 

4,084 

4 

2 

0 

4,090 

Cayuga, 

38,658 

191 

48 

0 

38,897 

Chatauque, 

12,555 

10 

3 

0 

12,568 

Chenango, 

31,019 

189 

7 

0 

31,215 

Clinton, 

11,972 

96 

2 

0 

12,070 

Columbia. 

36,516 

1,053 

761 

0 

38,330 

Courtland, 

16,456 

48 

3 

0 

16,507 

Delaware, 

26,449 

82 

56 

0 

26,587 

Dutchess, 

44,158 

1,685 

772 

0 

46,615 

Essex, 

12,780 

28 

3 

0 

12,811 

Franklin, 

4,439 

0 

0 

0 

4,439 

Genessee, 

57,948 

82 

35 

28 

58,093 

Greene, 

22,225 

637 

134 

0 

22,996 

Hamilton, 

1,249 

1 

1 

0 

1,251 

Herkimer. 

30,685 

188 

72 

72 

31,017 

NEW-YORK. 


179 


Counties. 

Whiles. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

M  others.        Total. 

Jefferson, 

32,812 

135 

5 

0 

32,952 

King's 

9,426 

882 

879 

0 

11,187 

Lewis, 

9,184 

43 

0 

0 

9,227 

*Livingston, 

Madison, 

32,016 

182 

10 

0 

32,208 

*  Monroe 

Montgomery, 

36,641 

571 

349 

8 

37,569 

NEW-YORK,  ) 
(city  &  Co.)  5 

112,820 

10,368 

518 

0 

123,706 

.Niagara, 

22,908 

67 

15 

0 

22,990 

Oneida, 

50,620 

368 

9 

0 

50,997 

Onondago, 

41,213 

195 

59 

0 

41,467 

Ontario, 

87,540 

727 

0 

0 

88,267 

Orange, 

39,119 

969  1 

,125 

0 

41,213 

Orleans,  a  new 

County  from  Genessee. 

Oswego, 

12,342 

32 

0 

0 

12,374 

Otsego, 

44,605 

235 

16 

0 

44,856 

Putnam, 

11,053 

166 

49 

0 

11,268 

Queen's, 

18,312 

2,648 

559 

0 

21,519 

Renssellaer, 

39,049 

632 

433 

39 

40,153 

Richmond, 

5,525 

78 

532 

0 

6,135 

Rockland, 

8,301 

412 

124 

0 

8,837 

Saratoga, 

35,425 

504 

123 

0 

36,052 

Schenectady, 

12,320 

454 

102 

205 

13,081 

Schoharie, 

22,581 

264 

302 

7 

23,154 

Seneca, 

23,355 

180 

84 

0 

23,619 

Steuben, 

21,813 

130 

46 

0 

21,989 

St.  Lawrence, 

16,015 

14 

8 

0 

16,037 

Suffolk, 

22,441 

1,166 

323 

342 

24,272 

Sullivan, 

8,798 

33 

69 

0 

8,900 

Tioga, 

16,835 

32 

104 

0 

16,971 

Tompkius, 

20,609 

66 

6 

0 

20,681 

•*  New  Counties  from  Genejss^e  and  Ontaric 


180  UNITED    STATES. 

Counties.  Whites.  Free  blacks.  Stores.      M  others.        Total, 

Ulster,  28,814  597  1,523  0  30,934 

Warren,  9,436  10          7  0  9,453 

Washington,  38,427  254      150  0  38,831 

West  Chester,  30,795  1,638      205  0  32,638 

1,332,74429,27910,088    701     1,372,812; 

The  population  in  1825,  is  estimated  at  1,616,000. 

Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  agriculture  and  produce 
of  New- York  are  pretty  similar  to  those  of  the  contigu- 
ous New  England  states.  But  the  southern  section  has 
a  better  climate,  and  the  western  part  a  better  soil  for 
raising  wheat  than  New  England,  and  that  article  is  more 
extensively  cultivated,  and  may  be  regarded  as  the  chief 
agricultural  production.  In  the  western  part  of  the  state 
hemp  is  also  cultivated. 

The  number  of  persons  employed  in  agriculture  by  the 
United  States  census  is  247,648 ;  and  the  number  of  acres 
of  improved  land,  by  the  state  census  of  1821,  is  5,717,- 
494.  By  the  same  document  it  appears  that  there  were 
in  the  state  1,215,049  neat  cattle,  262,623  horses,  and 
2,147,351  sheep.  Agricultural  Societies  have  been  formed 
in  almost  every  county  of  the  state,  and  the  presidents,  or 
delegates,  from  these  societies,  form  a  board  of  agricul- 
ture for  the  promotion  of  agriculture  and  domestic  manu- 
factures in  families.  A  society  has  also  been  established 
for  the  promotion  of  useful  arts ;  and  in  consequence  of 
the  exertions  of  these  two  societies,  great  improvements 
have  been  made  both  in  agriculture  and  manufactures. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — New- York  has  a  large 
share  of  both.  In  the  year  1810  it  was  calculated  that 
the  manufactures  amounted  to  $14,569,000,  and  they 
have  since  increased  to  a  great  extent,  particularly  in  and 


NEW- YORK.  181 

about  New- York  city,  along  Hudson's  River,  and  about 
Utica,  and  in  the  fertile  regions  of  the  west.  The  num- 
ber of  persons  employed  in  manufactures  by  the  United 
States  census  for  1820,  is  60,038;  and  the  nature  and 
value  of  the  manufactures  will  be  partially  seen  by  the 
following  abstract  from  the  state  census  of  1821. 

1820. 

Fulled  cloth  made  in  families,  -  1,952,712  yards. 
Flannel  and  other  woollen  cloths, 

not  fulled,         ....         2,451,107  yards. 
Linen,  cotton,  and  woollen  cloth,  5,635,985  yards. 


Total  family  manufactures,         -       10,039,804  yards. 


Iron  works,  107. 

Oil  mills,  139. 

Triphammers,  172. 

Cotton  and  woollen  manufactories,  184. 

Fulling  mills,  991. 

Distilleries,  1057. 

Manufactories  of  pot  and  pearl  ashes,  1226. 

Carding  machines,  1233. 

Grist  mills,  2132. 

Saw  mills,  4304. 

The  salt  manufactured  at  Salina  in  1820  amounted  to 
554,776  bushels  ;  and  the  net  revenue  to  the  state  on  salt 
manufactured  in  the  western  district,  was  $67,038.* 

The  commerce  of  New- York  is  very  extensive.  Above 
one-half  of  the  imports  are  landed  here,  and  the  exports 
for  1820  amounted  to  $13,162,000,  of  which  $7,898,000 

*  This  has  increased  very  much  of  late ;  the  works  are  capable  of 
yielding  six  thousand  bushels  a  day  ;  the  evaporating  worts  cover  72,000 
feet  of  ground  in  extent.  See  Topographical  and  Statistical  Manual  of 
New-York, 


182  UNITED   STATES. 

was  domestic  produce.  The  Custom  House  duties  collect- 
ed in  New- York  in  1825,  amounted  to  $16,000,000.  There 
are  from  50  to  60  steam  boats  plying  from  the  city  in 
various  directions,  whose  estimated  cost  is  $1,500,000. 
New-York  city,  from  the  unrivalled  excellence  of  its  situ- 
ation as  a  seaport,  has  a  very  large  share  of  the  coasting 
trade,  so  that  a  great  part  of  the  produce  of  other  states 
is  exported  from  hence  ;  and  other  states  are  largely  sup- 
plied with  both  foreign  and  domestic  articles  from  this 
state.  The  number  of  persons  engaged  in  commerce3 
by  the  census  of  1820,  is  9113. 

Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages. — This  is  a  fertile  subject 
in  the  state  of  New- York.  By  the  returns  of  1821,  it 
appears  that  there  are  5  cities  and  613  towns  and  villages. 
A  few  only  can  be  noticed. 

ALBANY  is  a  city,  and  the  seat  of  government  of  the 
state.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
Hudson  River,  about  150  miles  above  New-York,  near 
the  head  of  tide  water,  and  has  considerable  manufactures 
and  commerce.  Population  in  1820,  12,630;  in  1825, 
16,000.  Seventeen  steam  boats  run  from  New- York  to 
Albany  and  Troy. 

NEW-YORK  city  has  been  already  mentioned,  and  the 
population  in  1820,  was  123,706.  As  an  appendage  to 
it,  Brooklyn  may  be  mentioned.  It  is  situated  on  the  op- 
posite side  of  East  River,  on  Long  Island,  and  from  its 
intimate  connexion  with  the  city,  may  really  be  consider- 
ed as  a  suburb.  The  population  in  1820,  was  5,210, 
which  added  to  the  above,  makes  128,916,  so  that  New- 
York  is  the  most  populous  city  in  the  United  States.  (A 
new  census  in  1825,  produced  169,000,  and  Brooklyn 
8,000.) 

West  Point  is  51  miles  north  of  New- York,  on  the  west 
side  of  the  Hudson  River,  in  the  midst  of  the  Highlands, 


NEW- YORK.  183 

is  the  seat  of  the  United  States  military  academy, 

lich  contains  250  cadets.     Population,  4  to  500. 

Newburg  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Hudson  River, 
59  miles  above  New-York,  and  immediately  above  the 
Highlands.  It  is  a  thriving  town,  with  a  population  of 
3078. 

Poughkeepsie  is  situated  14  miles  above  Newburg,  on 
the  east  side  of  the  same  river,  and  is  the  seat  of  consi- 
derable manufactures  and  trade.  Population  in  1820, 
3401  ;  in  1826,  5726. 

Kingston  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Hudson  River, 
15  miles  above  Poughkeepsie,  and  is  a  considerable  tra- 
ding town,  containing  1163  inhabitants. 

HUDSON  city  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Hudson 
River,  28  miles  below  Albany,  and  is  the  seat  of  consider- 
able manufactures  and  commerce.  Population  in  1820, 
2900;  in  1826,  5310. 

Catskill  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Hudson  River, 
nearly  opposite  to  Hudson,  and  contains  1443  inhabitants. 
The  Pine  Orchard  House,  on  the  top  of  the  mountain, 
2500  feet  above  the  Hudson,  is  visited  from  this  place. 

TROY  is,  next  to  Albany,  the  largest  city  in  the  state. 
It  is  beautifully  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Hudson  River, 
six  miles  above  Albany ;  and  has  extensive  manufactures 
and  commerce.  Population  in  1820,  5260;  in  1826, 
8000. 

Lansingburg  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  Hudson 
River,  4  miles  above  Troy,  opposite  to  the  outlet  of  Mo- 
hawk River,  and  has  considerable  trade.  Sloops  some- 
times ascend  the  river  thus  far.  Population,  1 700. 

Waterford  is  situated  at  the  confluence  of  Hudson  and 
Mohawk  Rivers,  opposite  to  Waterford,  by  which  it  is 
connected  by  a  bridge.  The  population  is  950. 


184  UNITED    STATES. 

SCHENECTADY  is  a  city,  next  in  extent  to  Troy.  It  is 
situated  on  the  Mohawk  River,  16  miles  N.  W.  from  Al- 
bany, and  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  Union  Col- 
lege, an  excellent  seminary,  is  situated  here,  and  there  is 
an  elegant  bridge  across  the  Mohawk.  Population,  3939. 

Ballston  and  Saratoga  springs  and  villages  are  situated 
N.  E.  of ,  Schenectady,  the  former  15  and  the  latter  23 
miles,  and  being  the  most  celebrated  watering  places  in 
the  United  States,  they  deserve  particular  notice.     It  has-x 
also  been  considered  proper  to  prepare  a  map  for  the  pur-  '•> 
pose  of  showing  the  position  of  these  celebrated  springs 
and  the  adjacent  country.*  *».  '• 

Ballston  Spa  is  situated  on  Kayaderosera  Creek,  29 
miles  north  from  Albany.  It  is  a  powerful  spring,  and  the 
water  highly  medicinal.  It  emits  a  slight  smell,  but  not 
unpleasant,  and  is  copiously  impregnated  with  carbonic 
acid  gas.  The  water  may  be  freely  drank,  and  produces 
an  agreeable  exhilarating  sensation ;  and  it  operates  as  a 
purgative,  tonic,  and  diuretic.  It  is  therefore  recommend- 
ed in  all  cases  of  dyspepsia,  gravel,  rheumatism,  diseases 
of  the  urinary  system,  cutaneous  eruptions,  dropsy,  scro- 
fula, worms,  &c.  *% 

In  general  the  waters  are  of  great  lise  in  aff  cases  of 
debility,  and  hence  the  place  is  very  much  frequented  in 
the  summer  season,  particularly  by  people  from  the  south- 
ern states.  On  an  analysis  of  the  waters,  it  has  been 
found  that  they  contain  hydrogen  gas,  oxygen  gas,  carbo- 
nic acid  gas,  muriate  of  soda,  carbonate  of  lime,  carbonate 
of  soda,  carbonate  of  iron,  carbonate  of  magnesia.  There 
is  a  considerable  village  built,  and  a  number  of  very  ex- 
cellent inns  and  boarding  houses  for  the  accommodation 

*  See  the  map. 


NEW- YORK.  185 

of  the  company  who  visit  the  place.     Population,  4  to 
500. 

Saratoga  Springs  are  situated  8  miles  north  from  Balls- 
ton,  and  spread  over  a  tract  of  about  12  miles  in  extent. 
The  principal  springs  are  called  Congress  Spring,  Colum- 
bia Spring,  and  Rock  Spring.  The  most  celebrated  is 
Congress  Spring.  The  waters  are  nearly  similar  to  those 
of  Ballston  Spring ;  but  said  to  be  stronger.  Like  Balls- 
ton,  Saratoga  is  the  resort  of  a  great  many  people  in  sum- 
mer, and  large  boarding  houses  and  convenient  bathing 
houses  have  been  erected  for  the  accommodation  of  the 
visiters.  Population,  near  2000. 

White  Hall,  formerly  Skeensborough,  is  situated  at  the 
head  of  navigation  on  Lake  Champlain,  and  a  steam  boat 
proceeds  from  thence  through  the  lake,  to  St.  John's,  in 
Canada.  Population,  in  1826,  400. 

Plattsburg  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Lake  Cham- 
plain,  near  the  New-York  state  line,  and  has  considerable 
trade  on  the  lake  and  with  the  adjacent  country.  Popu- 
lation, 3519. 

Ogdensburg  is  situated  on  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  at 
the  outlet  of  Oswagatchie  River.  It  has  a  number  of 
manufactures,  and  is  a  favourable  situation  for  trade.  A 
steam  boat  runs  between  it  and  Lewistown,v:qn  the  Niaga- 
ra River.  Population,  959.  ^.  ' 

Sackett's  Harbour  is  situated  at  the  east  end  of  Lake 
Erie,  and  has  considerable  shipping  trade.  It  is  one  of 
the  best  ports  on  the  lake,  and  a  steam  boat  runs  regular- 
ly for  Lewistown,  below  the  falls  of  Niagara.  Population, 
1337. 

Brownsville  and  Watertown  are  situated  to  the  eastward 
of  Sackett's  Harbour ;  also  Le  Raysville  and  Carthage. 

Utica  is  handsomely  situated  near  the  head  of  Mohawk 
River,,  arid 'is  the  capital  of  a  large  manufacturing  and 
24 


186  UNITED    STATES. 

commercial  district.  The  Erie  Canal  passes  through  it, 
and  will  add  greatly  to  its  value.  Population,  5000,  in 
1826. 

Auburn  is  handsomely  situated  near  the  outlet  of  Owas- 
co  Lake,  and  is  the  seat  of  considerable  manufactures, 
and  a  large  and  well-regulated  state  prison.  Population, 
2024. 

Geneva  is  beautifully  situated  at  the  outlet  of  Seneca 
Lake,  and  is  a  handsome  thriving  place.  Population,  in 
1820,  1357;  in  1826,  1723. 

Canandaigua  is  an  elegant  place,  near  the  outlet  of  Ca- 
nandaigua  Lake,  and  is  in  a  flourishing  situation.  Popu- 
lation, 2100. 

Rochester  is  situated  on  the.Genessee  River,  near  the 
lower  falls.  There  is  a  great  deal  of  manufacturing  car- 
ried on  here,  and  the  place,  though  of  recent  origin,  is  in 
a  very  flourishing  state.  The  Erie  Canal  passes  through 
the  village,  and  here  crosses  the  Genessee  River  on  a 
noble  aqueduct.  Population,  in  1820,  1502;  and  in 
1825,  5300. 

Lockport  is  situated  on  the  mountain  ridge  18  miles 
east  of  Niagara  River,  and  here  the  Erie  Canal  has  5 
double-combined  locks,  and  from  the  lake  level  falls  62 
feet;  and  the  canal  is  excavated  for  5  miles  through  solid 
rock,  to  the  depth  of  5  to  30  feet,  and  40  in  width :  this 
is  the  greatest  work  on  the  canal.  Population,  1 500. 

Batavia  is  situated  on  Tonawanta  Creek,  about  30  miles 
west  from  Genessee  River,  and  is  the  residence  of  the  agent 
for  the  sale  of  the  Holland  Company's  lands. 

Black  Rock,  2  miles  north  of  Buffalo,  contains  the  ar- 
tificial harbour,  which  forms  the  western  termination  of 
the  Erie  canal  in  Niagara  River. 

Buffalo  is  elegantly  situated  at  the  east  end  of  Lake 
Erie,  and  is  a  place  of  importance  ;  itwas  burnt  by  the 


NEW-YORK.  187 

British  during  the  war,  but  has  since  been  rebuilt,  and 
from  its  commanding  situation  will  always  be  a  place  of 
very  considerable  commerce.  It  is  with  Black  Rock  the 
best  port  on  the  east  end  of  Lake  Erie,  and  the  whole  of 
the  carrying  trade  to  the  upper  lakes  being  from  hence,  it 
is  now  a  considerable  mercantile  depot,  which  will  be  ma- 
terially increased  by  the  rapid  progress  of  society  in  this 
quarter.  There  is  considerable  shipping  upon  the  lake, 
which  harbour  here,  and  a  steam  boat  plies  regularly  be- 
tween this  and  Detroit,  and  sometimes  makes  trips  to  the 
upper  lakes.  There  is  an  excellent  harbour  at  the  mouth 
of  Buffalo  Creek ;  but  it  is  obstructed  by  sand  blown  in 
from  the  lake,  which  inconvenience  it  is  proposed  to  re- 
medy by  building  a  mole.  The  population  of  Buffalo  is, 
in  1826,  2  to  3000,  and  rapidly  increasing. 

From  the  importance  of  this  part  of  the  country,  and 
the  interest  excited  by  the  GREAT  FALLS  OF  NIAGARA  be- 
low, it  has  been  judged  proper  to  introduce  a  map,  exhi- 
biting the  whole  course  of  the  Niagara  River  between 
Lake  Erie  and  Lake  Ontario  ;*  and  the  following  brief 
description,  in  addition  to  the  remarks  already  made,  will 
not  be  unacceptable. 

A  description  of  the  Niagara  River  will  be  found  in 
pages  23,  24,  and  25,  to  which  reference  is  made,  and 
this  description  will  be  principally  confined  to  some  addi- 
tional particulars,  and  a  notice  of  the  settlements  on  its 
banks. 

Fort  Erie  is  on  the  Canada  side,  opposite  to  Buffalo, 
and  is  memorable  as  the  site  of  several  battles  during 
the  late  war. 

Black  Rock  is  situated  on  the  American  side,  two  miles 
below  Buffalo,  and  serves  at  present  as  the  harbour  to 

*  See  the  map. 


188  UNITED   STATES. 

Buffalo.  Here  there  is  a  ferry  to  the  Canada  shore.  The 
grand  canal  between  Lake  Erie  and  Hudson,  ends  in  the 
artificial  basin  in  the  Niagara. 

Grand  Island  is  situated  a  few  miles  below ;  and  the 
main  stream  being  on  the  west  side,  it  is  in  the  territory 
of  the  United  States ;  it  was  sold  by  the  state  in  1825 
for  74,000  dollars,  and  divided  into  farms ;  and  a  town 
laid  out  called  Ararat,  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Tona- 
wanta  Creek,  to  be  settled  by  Jews.  Navy  Island  is  si- 
tuated below,  and  has  been  considered  as  belonging  to 
Canada. 

Tonawanta  Creek  falls  into  the  eastern  branch  of  the 
Niagara  River,  opposite  to  the  middle  of  Grand  Island. 

Chippewa,  or  Chippaway,  is  situated  on  the  Canada 
side,  about  2  miles  above  the  falls,  at  the  outlet  of 
Chippewa  Creek.  It  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade ; 
and  is  memorable  as  the  site  of  a  battle  during  the 
late  war. 

THE  GREAT  FALLS  have  been  already  described,  page 
24.  The  best  positions  for  a  view  of  them  are  at  Goat 
Island,  on  the  American  side,  and  Table  Rock,  and  right 
in  front  of  the  falls  on  the  Canada  side.  Near  this  place 
a  bloody  battle  was  fought  on  the  20th  July,  1814. 

Manchester,  or  Grand  Niagara,  is  situated  immediately 
above  the  falls  on  the  American  side,  and  is  a  most  favour- 
able position  for  mill  seats  and  manufactories,  having  a 
very  great  water  power.  Here  there  is  a  stair-way  to  go- 
down  below  the  falls,  and  a  ferry  boat  has  been  established 
to  carry  visiters  across  to  the  British  side,  where  they  can 
ascend  by  another  stair-way.  Below  the  falls  the  river 
runs  with  a  violent  current  in  a  chasm  of  the  earth  be- 
tween perpendicular  banks  of  limestone  rock,  from  200  to 
300  feet  high,  and  between  3  and  4  miles  below  the  falls 
it  bends  off  at  a  right  angle,  where  there  is  a  singular 


XEW-YORK.  189 

whirlpool.  Below  this  about  a  mile,  on  the  American 
side,  is  a  small  rivulet  called  Bloody  Run,  which  falls  into 
a  great  cavern  called  Devil's  Hole;  and  about  two  miles 
below  it  is  the  descent  from  the  table  land  of  the  upper 
lakes  to  that  of  Lake  Ontario. 

Immediately  below  this  descent  is  Lewistown,  on  the 
American  side,  and  Queenstown  on  the  British  side  ;  both 
considerable  villages.  Queenstown  Heights  are  celebrat- 
ed as  the  seat  of  a  bloody  engagement  during  the  war, 
in  which  General  Brock  was  killed.  A  monument  has 
recently  been  erected  to  his  memory  on  the  Heights,  and 
is  a  distinct  object  in  the  landscape  around  to  a  great 
distance.  Below  these  villages  about  6  miles,  on  the 
banks  of  Lake  Ontario,  Fort  Niagara  is  situated,  on  the 
American  side,  and  Newark  and  Fort  George  on  the  Bri- 
tish side. 

Such  is  the  country  along  the  banks  of  the  Niagara  Ri- 
ver, but  no  description  can  do  justice  to  it.  It  is  only  by 
personal  inspection  that  a  proper  conception  can  be  formed 
of  it,  and  it  is  worth  a  voyage  across  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
to  see  it. 

In  the  description  of  the  river,  page  26,  it  was  stated 
that  the  descent  from  Lake  Erie  to  Lake  Ontario,  was 
estimated  at  450  feet.  It  now  appears  that  the  fall  has 
been  more  accurately  ascertained,  and  the  descent  is  as 
follows : 

From  Lake  Erie  to  the  Rapids,  15  feet. 

Through  the  Rapids,  57 

Great  Falls,  New- York  side,  162 

Thence  to  Lewistown,  104 
Lewistown  to  Lake  Ontario,  2 


340 


190  UNITED    STATES. 

The  level  of  Lake  Erie,  as  ascertained 
by  the  New- York  canal  commis- 
sioners, has  been  found  to  be  a- 
bove  tide  water  564 

So  Lake  Ontario  is  above  tide  water,  224 

The  other  most  important  villages  in  this  state  arc 
Lyons,  Newport,  Brockport,  Syracuse,  Rome,  and  Whites- 
town,  all  on  the  canal ;  Cooperstown,  on  the  head  waters 
of  Susquehanna  River ;  Ithaca,  at  the  head  of  Cayuga 
Lake  ;  Bath,  on  Tioga  River  ;  Ischua  is  situated  about  60 
miles  west  from  Bath,  and  Hamilton  is  situated  24  miles 
south  from  Ischua,  on  Alleghany  River ;  Portland  is  a 
village  recently  built  on  the  banks  of  Lake  Erie,  at  the 
Portage  from  Chatauque  Lake. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — The  Grand 
Canal,  and  the  Hudson  and  Champlain  Canal,  have  been 
noticed  in  the  general  view  at  page  108.  There  are  a 
great  many  public  roads  made  throughout  all  parts  of  the 
state.  A  great  number  of  turnpike  road  and  bridge  com- 
panies have  been  incorporated,  and  the  roads  made  by 
them  extend  over  nearly  6000  miles.  A  great  state  road 
has  been  surveyed  from  the  Hudson  River  to  Lake  Erie, 
through  the  country  adjoining  Pennsylvania  and  New- 
Jersey,  and  will  be  commenced  immediately. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  constitution  of  the  state 
was  adopted  in  1777,  and  amended  in  1801  ;  and  again 
amended  in  1821.  The  constitution  as  amended,  is  pret- 
ty similar  to  those  of  the  other  states,  and  the  powers  of 
government  are  legislative,  executive,  and  judiciary.  The 
legislature  consists  of  a  senate  and  assembly.  The  senate 
consists  of  32  members,  who  are  elected  for  4  years. 
They  must  be  freeholders,  and  vacate  their  seats  by  rota- 


NEW- YORK.  191 

lion,  one-fourth  yearly.  The  assembly  consists  of  128 
members,  and  are  elected  annually  in  their  respective 
counties,  according  to  the  population.  The  executive 
power  is  vested  in  a  governor  and  lieutenant-governor,  who 
hold  their  offices  for  two  years,  and  are  elected  by  the 
people.  Appointments  are  made  by  the  governor,  with 
the  approbation  of  the  senate.  The  judiciary  power  is 
vested  in  a  court  of  errors,  consisting  of  the  senate,  the 
chancellor,  and  judges  of  the  supreme  court ;  a  chancel- 
lor, a  supreme  court,  and  district  court.  The  judges  hold 
then-  offices  during  good  behaviour,  until  they  are  60  years 
of  age,  after  which  they  are  disqualified. 

The  right  of  suffrage  belongs  to  every  free  white  male 
citizen  of  21  years  of  age  and  upwards,  who  has  resided 
in  the  state  six  months,  and  paid  a  state  or  county  tax 
within  a  year  of  the  election.  And  men  of  colour  are  al- 
lowed to  vote  if  they  are  21  years  of  age,  and  have  been 
citizens  of  the  state  three  years,  and  possess  a  clear  free- 
hold, and  paid  a  tax  thereon  of  $250. 

Education  and  Manners. — The  fund  appropriated  for 
common  schools  is  $1,730,000,  besides  lots  in  all  the  mili- 
tary bounty  lands,  and  a  million  of  acres  of  unsold  lands. 
In  1824  the  number  of  children  taught  in  the  common 
school  districts  was  403,000  for  9  months,  in  7642  schools; 
and  near  $200,000  was  expended  from  the  state  treasury 
for  their  support ;  and  it  is  estimated,  that  in  addition  to 
this  amount,  more  than  $850,000  from  the  private  funds  of 
individuals  was  appropriated  in  like  manner  during  the 
same  period,  making  a  grand  total  of  more  than  a  million 
of  dollars,  exclusive  of  public  and  private  appropriations, 
and  benefactions  to  colleges  and  academies  !  More  than 
one-fourth  of  the  whole  population  receive  instruction  in 
the  common  schools. 


192 


UNITED   STATES. 


The  census  of  the  state  for  1825  has  the  following 
statistical  facts: 

Whole  number  of  souls,  1,616,458 

Males,  822,897 

Females,  793,561 

Subject  to  militia  duty,  1 80,645 

Qualified  to  vote,  296,132 

Aliens,  40,430 

Paupers,  5,610 

Persons  of  colaar  not  taxed,     -  38,770 

do.                            taxed,     -  931 

do.                           qualified  to  vote,  298 

Married  females,  under  45  years,  200,481 

Unmarried  do.  between  16  and  45,  135,391 

do.         do.  under  16  years,  -  361,624 

Marriages  the  year  preceding,  -  11,553 

Births,  male  31,514,  female  29,869,  60,383 

Deaths,  male  12,525,  female  10,019,  22,544 

Acres  of  improved  land,             -  7,160,967 

Neat  cattle,      -  1,513,421 

Horses,  349,628 

Sheep,  3,496,539 

Hogs,  1,467,573 
Yards  of  fulled  cloth,  domestic  ma-  ) 

nufactured  preceding  year,  * 

do.  flannel  and  other  woollen  cloths,  > 

not  fulled,                                    }  3>468'001 
do.  linen,  cotton,  and  other  cloths,  > 

domestic  manufacture,                 5  °'U' 

Grist  mills,       -  2,264 

Sawmills,       -  5,195 

Oil  mills,  121 

Fulling  mills,   -  1,222 

Carding  machines,       -            -  1,584 


NEW-JERSEY.  193 

Cotton  factories,  76 

Woollen  factories,        -  189 

Cotton  and  woollen  factories,    -  28 

Iron  works,      -  1 70 

Trip  hammers,  164 

Distilleries        -  1,129 

Asheries,           -  2,105 

Deaf  and  dumb  persons,  645 

of  which  141  are  supported  by  charity. 

Idiots,  1,421 

of  which  442  are  supported  by  charity. 

Lunatics,  819 

of  which  184  are  supported  by  charity. 

NEW-JERSEY. 

Miles.  drea.  Situation. 

Length,  138  (  6,900  Square  Miles.  )  R  $  38°  57'  and  41°  21'  N. 

Breadth,    50  $4,416,000  Acres.        $  Between   j    jo  2G' and    30    9,  E< 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  New- York ;  east,  New- 
York  and  Atlantic  Ocean;  south-west  Delaware  Bay, 
which  divides  it  from  Delaware  ;  west,  Pennsylvania. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  south-east  part  of  the  state 
is  generally  low  and  sandy.  The  middle  part  above  the 
road  from  New-York  to  Philadelphia  is  undulating,  and 
agreeably  uneven.  The  upper  part  is  mountainous. 

•Mountains. — Two  considerable  ridges  of  mountains  run 
-along  the  upper  part  of  this  state.  One  is  a  continuation 
of  the  Blue  Ridge  in  Pennsylvania,  and  runs  along  the 
S.  E.  side  of  the  Delaware  River ;  the  other  is  a  contin- 
uation of  the  South  Mountains,  and  runs  from  the  south 
of  Easton,  in  Pennsylvania,  in  the  direction  of  Newburg, 
in  New- York.  Of  this  chain,  Schooly's  Mountain,  on 
which  there  is  a  mineral  spring,  is  the  most  noted. 


194  UNITED    STATES. 

Rivers.— The  Delaware,  already  described,  skirts  the 
state  on  the  west,  and  Hudson  River  skirts  the  northern 
part  on  the  east.  None  of  the  other  rivers  are  of  great 
note,  although  the  state  is  very  well  watered,  and  there  are 
plenty  of  mill  seats.  Some  of  the  minor  streams  have 
also  pretty  good  navigation. 

Passaic  River  is  a  considerable  stream,  in  the  N.  E. 
part  of  the  state,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  falls,  about  18 
miles  N.  W.  from  New- York,  where  there  are  great 
manufactories. 

Rariton  River  rises  in  the  western  part  of  the  state,  and 
runs  an  eastwardly  course  to  Brunswick,  from  whence 
there  is  a  great  deal  of  intercourse  by  water ;  the  river 
below  that  place  and  Rariton  Bay  affording  excellent  navi- 
gation. 

Geological  Formation. — The  north-west  corner,  to  the 
breadth  of  about  20  miles,  is  transition,  and  this  is  suc- 
ceeded by  a  vein  of  primitive,  stretching  across  the  state, 
from  N.  E.  to  S.  W.  also  about  20  miles  broad.  Thence 
a  vein  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  formation  extends  to 
below  Trenton,  being  about  30  miles  broad,  and  all  the 
low  part  of  the  state,  to  the  south-east,  is  alluvial. 

Soil. — In  the  alluvial  part  of  the  state  the  soil  is  gene- 
rally sandy  and  poor,  although  there  is  often  good  land 
along  the  water  courses  and  other  places,  and  along  the 
bays  there  is  a  great  deal  of  salt  meadow.  In  the  interior 
and  upper  part  of  the  state  the  soil  is  much  better  ;  and 
the  mountainous  district  has  a  strong  soil,  and  forms  a  fine 
grazing  country. 

Minerals. — In  the  low  alluvial  country  there  is  a  great 
deal  of  bog  iron  ore,  and  there  is  a  good  deal  of  iron  in 
other  parts  of  the  state.  There  is  a  lead  mine  near  Tren- 
ton ;  and  coal  is  found  below  New  Brunswick.  Copper 
has  been  found  in  several  places,  and  also  some  silver. — 


SEW-JEKSEY.  195 

Many  rare  minerals  are  found  near  Hamburgh,  in  Sussex 
county.  There  are  a  great  number  of  quarries  of  free- 
stone in  different  parts  of  the  state,  and  there  is  a  slate 
quarry  in  Hunterdon  county. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  the  upper  part  of  New-Jer- 
sey is  nearly  similar  to  that  of  the  contiguous  part  of  New- 
York.  It  may  be  all  classed  as  the  middle,  but  the  north- 
ern part  is  considerably  colder  than  the  south.  Among 
the  mountains  it  is  very  similar  to  that  of  Massachusetts 
and  Connecticut ;  but  in  all  the  south-east  part  it  is  as 
warm  as  at  Philadelphia. 

Historical  View. — In  1664  New-Jersey  was  granted  by 
patent  to  the  Duke  of  York,  who  reconveyed  his  patent 
to  Berkley  and  Carteret ;  and  in  1667  it  became  a  distinct 
province,  and  Carteret  governor.  In  1676  it  was  divided 
into  East  and  West  Jersey,  and  next  year  the  Duke  of 
York  claimed  the  western  part.  In  1680  the  government 
of  West  Jersey  was  restored,  and  William  Penn  having 
arrived  in  Pennsylvania  in  1681,  he  and  others,  in  1682, 
purchased  Carteret's  share  of  New-Jersey.  In  1683,  a 
new  grant  was  made  to  the  Earl  of  Perth,  and  in  1688 
the  province  was  annexed  to  the  English  government.  In 
1701  there  were  considerable  dissensions  among  the  pro- 
prietors, and  the  government  was  surrendered  to  Queen 
Anne.  In  1738  Princeton  College  was  founded.  In 
1746  a  quota  of  troops  were  furnished  for  an  expedition 
against  Canada  ;  and  the  province  being  a  faithful  adhe- 
rent to  the  British  cause,  commissioners  were  sent  to  the 
general  congress  at  Albany  in  1754.  But  the  inhabitants 
resented  the  plan  of  the  British  ministry  to  tax  them  with- 
out their  consent,  and  sent  deputies  to  the  colonial  con- 
gress in  1765.  In  1775  matters  having  come  to  an  open 
rupture,  New-Jersey  was  included  in  the  restraining  act 
and  in  1776  the  inhabitants  adopted  a  new  constitution, 


196 


UNITED    STATUS. 


During  the  contest  for  national  independence, 
sey  was  almost  constantly  the  seat  of  war,  and  suffered 
severely  both  in  lives  and  property ;  but  when  peace  was 
restored  it  soon  recovered  its  prosperity.  In  1787  the 
constitution  of  the  United  States  was  adopted  unanimously 
by  the  legislature,  and  the  state  has  continued  a  faithful 
adherent  of  the  Union  ever  since. 

Population. — In  1701,  New-Jersey  contained  about 
15,000  inhabitants;  in  1738,  47*369;  in  1745,  61,403; 
in  1763,  about  100,000;  in  1776,  161,000;  in  1790, 
184,139;  in  1800,211,149;  in  1810,  245,562 ;  and  in 
1820,  277,575,  situated  as  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks 

.  Slaves. 

All  others. 

Total. 

Bergen, 

15,396 

1,059 

1,683 

40 

18,175 

Burlington, 

27,479 

1,261 

82 

« 

28,822 

Cape  May, 

4,032 

205 

28 

« 

4,265 

Cumberland, 

12,045 

605 

18 

«( 

12,668 

Essex, 

28,744 

1,390 

659 

(C 

30,793 

Gloucester, 

21,968 

1,064 

39 

18 

23,089 

Hunterdon, 

26,454 

1,443 

616 

91 

28,604 

Middlesex, 

19,425 

1,033 

1,012 

cc 

21,470 

Monmouth, 

22,808 

982 

1,248 

« 

25,038 

Morris, 

20,254 

457 

657 

tf 

21,368 

Salem, 

13,006 

1,001 

15 

a 

14,022 

Somerset, 

13,897 

1,487 

1,122 

ct 

16,506 

Sussex, 

31,901 

473 

378 

C( 

32,752 

Warren  —  new 

county. 

257,409  12,460  7,557      149        277,575 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — In  the   lower  part  of  the 
state,  where  the  soil  is  generally  sandy  and  poor,  the  prin- 


NEW- JERSEY.  197 

cipal  grain  raised  is  rye  and  Indian  corn,  and  the  chief 
employment  of  the  farmers  is  feeding  cattle  on  the  salt 
meadows.  In  the  interior,  where  the  soil  is  improved, 
they  raise  wheat,  rye,  Indian  corn,  buck-wheat,  &c.  In 
the  neighbourhood  of  New-York  and  Philadelphia,  great 
attention  is  paid  to  gardening,  and  all  kinds  of  vegeta- 
bles are  raised  for  the  New- York  and  Philadelphia  mar- 
kets. In  the  upper  and  hilly  parts  of  the  state  the  chief 
employment  is  to  raise  and  fatten  cattle  ;  and  they  also 
make  a  great  deal  of  butter  and  cheese.  In  the  north- 
ern counties  there  are  many  fine  orchards,  which  produce 
fruit  of  a  superior  quality.  The  cider  of  New-Jersey 
has  a  very  high  character.  In  the  county  of  Sussex, 
maple  sugar  is  made  in  considerable  quantities.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  agriculture  by  the  last 
census,  is  40,811. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — There  is  a  great  deal  of 
manufacturing  industry  in  New-Jersey.  The  cotton  ma- 
nufacture has  been  established  at  Trenton,  Patterson,  and 
other  places.  The  manufactures  of  iron  are  very  ex- 
tensive, and  a  great  source  of  wealth  to  the  state.  The 
leather  manufacture,  in  all  its  various  branches,  is  exten- 
sively prosecuted.  The  other  principal  manufactures  are 
glass,  paper,  and  wooden  articles,  of  various  descriptions. 
The  value  of  manufactures  in  1810,  was  estimated  at 
$4,703,000.  The  number  of  persons  engaged  in  manu- 
factures by  the  census  of  1820,  is  15,941. 

The  foreign  commerce  of  New-Jersey  is  chiefly  carried 
on  through  the  medium  of  the  ports  of  New- York  and 
Philadelphia,  so  that  the  value  of  the  direct  exports  is  but 
small.  In  1821,  it  was  only  $34,000.  The  chief  articles 
exported  are  wheat,  flour,  horses,  and  cattle,  cider,  lum- 
ber, flaxseed,  leather,  and  iron.  The  number  of  persons 
employed  in  commerce  by  the  last  census,  is  1830. 


198  UNITED    STATES. 

Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages. — TRENTON  is  incorporated 
as  a  city,  and  is  the  seat  of  government  of  the  state.  It  is 
handsomely  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  Delaware  River, 
at  the  head  of  tide  water,  30  miles  from  Philadelphia,  on 
the  great  thoroughfare  to  New-York.  It  is  the  seat  oi" 
considerable  manufactures,  and  a  good  deal  of  commerce. 
It  is  a  pleasant  healthy  situation,  and  there  are  a  consi- 
derable number  of  elegant  country  seats  in  its  vicinity. 
The  population  of  the  township  by  last  census  is  3942.* 

Princeton  is  a  pleasant  village,  containing  about  100 
buildings,  situated  10  miles  N.  E.  from  Trenton  on  the 
road  to  New- York.  Princeton  College  is  situated  here, 
and  is  a  respectable  school. 

JVetc  Brunswick  is  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  Rariton 
River,  on  the  same  road,  16  miles  from  Princeton.  It  is 
a  considerable  town,  and  the  citizens  carry  on  a  good  deal 
of  commerce,  particularly  with  New- York.  A  steam  boat 
runs  constantly  between  this  place  and  New- York,  except 
when  the  river  is  closed  with  ice. 

Elizabethtown  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  same  road, 
17  miles  from  New- York.  It  is  one  of  the  oldest  settle- 
ments in  the  state,  and  contains  about  200  houses. 

Newark  is  handsomely  situated  on  the  west  side  of 
Passaic  River,  11  miles  N.  W.  from  New- York,  on  the 
great  western  road,  and  is  a  place  of  very  considerable 

*  It  is  really  painful  to  observe  how  defective  the  census  is  in  a  number 
of  the  states.  When  the  marshals  were  making  the  returns,  it  would 
have  been  very  easy  to  have  given  the  population  of  the  cities,  towns,  and 
villages.  This  is  a  most  material  part  of  statistical  knowledge,  the 
description  of  a  town  being  quite  defective,  if  we  cannot  learn  how  many 
people  live  in  it.  In  the  census  of  New-Jersey  we  cannot  distinguish 
the  population  of  a  single  town  in  it.  The  nearest  approach  is  in  Tren- 
ton, but  even  there  it  is  imperfect,  for  Trenton  township  is  nearly  three 
miles  square, 


NEW-JERSEY.  199 

manufactures  and  trade.  It  is  celebrated  for  the  excel- 
lence of  its  cider. 

Patterson  is  a  manufacturing  town  of  importance,  si- 
tuated at  the  falls  of  Passaic.  Population,  5081 .  It  has 
15  cotton  mills  which  consume  annually  1,184,000  pounds 
of  cotten  ;  other  factories  of  woollen,  duck,  paper,  &c. 

Morristown  is  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  state  in 
Morris  county. 

Bordentown  is  situated  on  an  eminence  at  the  bend  of 
the  Delaware  Hirer,  28  miles  above  Philadelphia;  and 
being  on  the  southern  route  to  New- York,  a  steam  boat 
plies  between  it  and  Philadelphia. 

Burlington  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  Delaware 
River,  20  miles  above  Philadelphia,  with  which  it  carries 
on  a  considerable  trade . 

Camden  is  a  pleasant  village  opposite  Philadelphia. 

Salem  is  one  of  the  oldest  settlements  in  the  state, 
situated  on  Salem  Creek,  near  the  River  Delaware,  37 
miles  S.  W.  of  Philadelphia. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — New-Jersey 
is  one  of  the  greatest  thoroughfares  in  the  United  States, 
in  consequence  of  which  it  became  necessary  to  make 
good  roads.  There  are  three  great  lines  of  road  leading 
from  Philadelphia  to  New- York,  and  these  have  all  been 
turnpiked,  viz.  one  by  Trenton,  Brunswick,  and  Newark, 
one  by  Bordentown  and  South  Amboy,  and  one  by  New 
Hope,  Somerville,  and  Planfield.  Turnpike  roads  have 
also  been  made  across  the  state  from  Newark  to  Easton, 
Pennsylvania;  and  from  New- York  to  Millford,  Penn- 
sylvania. There  are  also  a  great  number  of  other  turn- 
pike roads.  The  contemplated  canal  between  Trenton 
and  New  Brunswick,  and  the  Passaic,  and  the  Delaware, 
has  been  noticed  in  the  general  article. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  constitution  of  New-Jer- 


£00  UNITED   STATES. 

sey  was  adopted  in  1776,  and  is  legislative,  executive,  and 
judiciary,  but  in  this  state  the  governor  is  a  member  of 
the  legislature.  The  legislature  consists  of  a  legislative 
council  and  general  assembly,  who  are  elected  annually, 
each  county  sending  one  member  to  the  council,  and  three 
to  the  assembly.  The  governor  is  elected  annually  by 
the  council  and  assembly,  and  acts  as  president  of  the 
council,  and  has  a  casting  vote  in  their  proceedings.  He 
is  also  chancellor  of  the  state.  The  judiciary  power  is 
vested  in  a  supreme  court,  the  judges  of  which  are  elected 
by  the  council  and  assembly  for  7  years ;  and  in  courts  of 
common  pleas,  and  justices  of  the  peace,  who  are  elected 
fpr  4  years.  The  governor  and  council  form  a  court  of 
appeals  in  all  cases  at  law.  All  inhabitants  who  are  worth 
50Z.  clear  estate,  and  have  resided  in  the  county  1 2  months 
preceding  an  election,  are  entitled  to  vote. 

Education  and  Manners. — The  college  at  Princeton  is 
a  celebrated  seminary  ;  and  there  are  schools  and  acade- 
mies in  other  parts  of  the  state ;  but  common  schools,  the 
most  valuable  of  all  seminaries,  do  not  appear  to  have 
been  sufficiently  attended  to.  Education,  however,  is 
pretty  common  among  the  inhabitants,  who  are  generally 
frugal,  industrious,  and  hospitable.  A  remark  intrudes 
itself  here  in  favour  of  the  excellence  of  republican  poli- 
tical institutions  beyond  all  others.  The  mass  of  the 
people  having  an  interest  in  the  affairs  of  the  country, 
it  becomes  necessary  for  them  to  acquire  information  on 
public  affairs,  and  to  judge  of  character.  This  they  can- 
not do  without  reading  and  reflection,  and  hence  there  is 
a  constant  stimulus  to  acquire  education.  The  vast 
number  of  newspapers  printed  and  circulated  throughout 
the  country  affords  the  means  of  instruction ;  and  supply 
in  a  great  measure,  the  defect  arising  from  a  neglected 
education.  It  is  no  uncommon  thing,  therefore,  to  find 


PENNSYLVANIA.  201 

men  throughout  the  United  States  remarkably  well  in- 
formed and  intelligent,  who  have  got  but  a  very  slender 
education  in  their  youth.  Good  information  and  intelli- 
gence, however,  must  be  acquired  some  way,  and  where 
the  possessor  is  self  taught,  we  are  very  sure  that  the 
value  of  the  acquisition  will  be  enhanced)  and  that  he  will 
take  care  to  give  his  children  a  good  education  in  their 
youth.  Hence  the  basis  is  laid  in  a  republican  country 
for  progressive  advancement  in  education,  and  the  im- 
provement of  the  human  faculties. 


PENNSYLVANIA, 


•firta.  Situation. 

Length,  280  )  43,950  Square  Miles.  /  R  $  39°  43'  and  42°  16'  N. 

Breadth,157  5  28,128,000  Acres.       $  De       'n  \    3°  31'VV.  and2°  18'E. 

Boundaries. — North,  New- York  ;  N.  E.  the  Delaware 
River,  which  separates  it  from  New-York ;  east  and 
south-east,  the  Delaware  River,  which  separates  it  from 
New-Jersey ;  south,  Delaware,  Maryland,  and  Virginia ; 
west,  Virginia  and  Ohio. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  south-east  part  of  the  state, 
bordering  on  the  Delaware  River,  is  level,  or  agreeably 
uneven,  and  to  the  north-west  there  is  an  undulating 
country,  to  the  south  or  first  mountains.  Between  these 
and  the  next  mountains,  called  the  Blue  Ridge,  there  is  a 
fine  limestone  valley,  about  15  miles  broad.  Beyond  the 
Blue  Ridge,  there  are  a  great  many  chains  of  mountains, 
running  from  N.  E.  to  S.  W.  and  about  80  miles  broad. 
Beyond  the  mountains  the  country  is  elevated  and  hilly, 
with  many  large  fertile  plains  interspersed  through  it. 

Mountains. — The  mountains  in  Pennsylvania  run  in 
great  chains  from  N.  E.  to  S.  VV.  having  long  narrow 
26 


202  UNITED   STATES. 

valleys  running  between  them.  The  first  range  is  com- 
paratively low  and  broken ;  and  is  called  the  South  Moun- 
tain. The  next  is  a  well-defined  ridge  called  the  Blue  or 
North  Mountain,  having  a  general'  elevation  of  nearly 
1000  feet,  and  runs  from  the  Delaware  River  above  Eas- 
ton,  to  the  Maryland  line,  near  Hancockstown.  Beyond 
this  ridge  there  are  a  great  many  others,  running  nearly 
in  the  same  direction ;  among  which  the  principal  are 
Peter's  Mountain,  Tuscarora  Mountain,  Sideling  HiHy 
Jack's  Mountain,  Tussey's  Mountain,  and  Bald  Eagle 
Ridge.  West  of  these  is  the  main  ridge,  the  Alleghany 
Mountain,  which  runs  nearly  in  the  same  direction  as  the 
others,  and  is  the  great  dividing  chain  between  the  east- 
ern and  western  waters  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state  ; 
to  the  north-west,  the  west  branch  of  the  Susquehanna 
extends  beyond  it,  and  the  river  breaks  through  it  between 
Centre  and  Lycoming  counties.  Beyond  this,  to  the  north- 
east, the  mountain  spreads  out  into  an  extensive  high 
land.  There  are  two  ridges  beyond  the  Alleghany  called 
Laurel  Hill  and  Chesnut  Ridge ;  they  both  extend  from 
the  southern  boundary  to  the  north-east,  about  60  or  70 
miles. 

The  base  of  these  extensive  ridges  appears  to  rise 
gradually  to  the  Alleghany  chain,  thus ;  the  base  of  the 
Blue  mountain  is  elevated  above  that  of  the  South  Moun- 
tain, and  so  on  of  the  others,  until  we  reach  the  great 
dividing  chain,  and  then  the  country  again  descends,  but 
very  gradually,  the  whole  western  country  in  the  latitude  of 
Pennsylvania  being  an  elevated  table  land.  From  levels 
which  have  been  taken,  it  appears  that  the  base  of  the 
Alleghany  chain  is  about  1000  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea,  and  the  elevation  of  the  mountain  above  the  base  in 
the  highest  places  is  from  1000  to  1500  feet.  The 


PENNSYLVANIA.  203 

rnountaino  u  sdistrict  of  Pennsylvania  is  very  picturesque, 
and  in  many  places  abounds  with  minerals. 

Rivers. — The  three  principal  streams,  the  Delaware, 
Susquehanna,  and  Alleghany,  have  been  already  noticed 
in  the  general  article,  and  it  only  remains  here  to  notice 
the  principal  tributary  streams. 

Lehigh  River  is  a  branch  of  the  Delaware.  It  rises  in 
the  north-east  part  of  the  state,  and  running  first  a  south, 
and  then  a  south-east  course,  it  breaks  through  several 
ridges  of  hills  in  its  progress,  the  last  being  the  Blue 
Jlidge,  at  the  Water  Gap.  Hence  it  continues  a  south-east 
course  till  it  meets  the  South  Mountain,  which  interrupts 
its  progress,  and  it  turns  off  at  a  right  angle  to  the  north- 
east, and  falls  into  the  Delaware  at  Easton.  Its  com- 
parative course  is  about  80  miles.  Great  and  successful 
exertions  have  been  made  to  render  it  navigable,so  as  to 
bring  down  the  coal  which  has  been  found  near  its  banks 
in  numerous  beds. 

Schuylkill  River  rises  by  several  branches  among  the 
mountains,  in  Schuylkill  county,  and  passes  through  the 
Blue  Mountain  above  Hamburg,  in  Berks  county.  It  then 
pursues  ageneral  south-east  course,  passing  Reading,  Potts- 
town,  and  Norristown,  and  falls  into  the  Delaware  about 
7  miles  below  Philadelphia.  Its  comparative  course  is 
about  1 10  miles.  A  considerable  part  of  this  river  has 
been  rendered  navigable  by  locks  and  canals  at  great  ex- 
pense. There  are  great  beds  of  the  finest  anthracite  coal 
on  the  head  waters  ;  and  an  ample  supply  of  that  necessary 
commodity  is  brought  to  Philadelphia,  and  thence  to  New- 
York. 

Tunkhannock  and  Lackawannock  are  considerable  streams 
falling  into  the  east  branch  of  Susquehanna  River  above 
Wilkesbarre,  and  Fishing  Creek  is  a  considerable  stream 
falling  into  it  below.  The  principal  tributaries  of  the 


•>0t  "UNITED    STATES. 

west  branch  arc  Chest  Creek,  Anderson's  Creek,  Clear- 
field  Creek,  Mushanon  Creek,  Sinemahoning  Creek, 
Kettle  Creek,  Eagle  Creek,  Pine  Creek,  Lycoming  Creek, 
Loyalsock  Creek,  and  Muncy  Creek  ;  some  of  these,  al- 
though called  creeks,  are  in  reality  large  rivers.  Clear- 
field  Creek  is  by  comparative  course  40  miles  long.  Sine- 
mahoning Creek  is  about  the  same,  and  has  three  large 
branches.  Pine  Creek  is  70  miles.  Eagle  Creek,  45  miles. 
Lycoming  Creek,  35  miles.  Loyalsock  Creek,  45  miles. 

Juniata  is  a  large  tributary  stream  of  Susquehanna  Ri- 
ver ;  and  its  head  waters  consist  of  two  large  branches. 
The  south  branch  rises  in  the  Alleghany  Mountain,  about 
20  miles  west  from  Bedford,  and  pursues  an  east  course 
about  15  miles  below  Bedford,  where  it  makes  a  remarka- 
ble bend  to  the  north-west,  and  then  assumes  a  north-east- 
wardly  course,  with  many  remarkable  bends,  to  below 
Huntingdon,  where  it  forms  a  junction  with  the  north 
branch.  The  north  branch  consists  of  two  considerable 
streams,  both  of  which  rise  in  the  Alleghany  Mountain, 
and  join  a  few  miles  above  Huntingdon.  From  Hun- 
tingdon the  Juniata  runs  a  course  generally  eastward,  but 
very  winding,  and  falls  into  the  Susquehanna  by  two 
outlets,  14  miles  above  Harrisburg.  The  whole  length 
from  the  head  of  the  south  branch  to  the  outlet  is  by  com- 
parative course  about  1 40  miles.  The  Juniata  is  a  fine 
stream,  but  the  navigation  is  in  many  places  obstructed 
by  falls  and  shallows. 

The  principal  tributaries  to  the  Susquehanna  below  the 
Juniata  are  Sherman's  Conedoguinnet,  Yellow  Breeches, 
Conewago,  and  Codorus  Creeks  on  the  west  side,  and 
Swatara,  Conestoga,  and  Pequea  Creeks  on  the  east  side. 

The  principal  tributaries  of  the  Alleghany  and  Ohio, 
not  already  particularly  mentioned,  are  French  Creek  and 
Beaver  River. 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

French  Creek  rises  in  the  state  of  New-York,  within  a 
lew  miles  of  Lake  Erie,  and  runs  about  25  miles  S.  W. 
to  Le  Bosuf,  where  the  Waterford  branch  joins  it.  It 
then  flows  south-westwardly,  about  25  miles  to  Meadville, 
and  there  turning  S.  E.  it  runs  about  27  miles,  and  falls 
into  the  Alleghany  River  at  Franklin.  It  is  navigable 
from  Waterford  downward,  and  there  is  a  good  turnpike 
road  from  Waterford  to  Erie. 

Beaver  River  rises  in  the  state  of  Ohio,  and  running  a 
south-east  course  to  a  few  miles  below  Newcastle,  it  re- 
ceives the  waters  of  Shenango  Creek,  which  rises  to  the 
west  of  Meadville.  From  the  junction  it  runs  a  south 
by  east  course,  receiving  in  its  progress  Conaquenesing 
Creek,  and  falls  into  the  Ohio  River  at  Beaver,  30  miles 
below  Pittsburg. 

Geological  Formation. — The  geological  formation  of 
Pennsylvania  is  principally  transition  and  secondary,  with 
a  small  portion  of  primitive  in  the  south-east  corner  of  the 
state.  The  primitive  extends  from  the  Delaware  River, 
about  6  miles  above  Trenton,  to  the  Maryland  line,  about 
30  miles  west  from  the  Susquehanna  River,  averaging 
about  1 2  miles  broad.  This  is  succeeded  by  about  1 2  miles 
of  transition,  running  parallel  with  the  primitive.  A  stripe 
of  the  old  red  sandstone  formation  then  intervenes,  from 
7  to  14  miles  broad,  extending  beyond  Pottsgrove.  The 
transition  extends  from  thence  to  the  summit  of  the  Alle- 
ghany  Mountain,  a  distance  of  more  than  80  miles,  ex- 
cept two  small  stripes  of  primitive,  extending  between 
Easton  and  Reading,  The  whole  country  west  of  the  Al- 
leghany  Mountain  is  of  the  secondary  formation.  It  is 
in  this  district  that  salt  and  gypsum  are  found.  There  is 
a  small  stripe  of  alluvial  along  the  west  bank  of  the  Dela- 
ware, below  Philadelphia. 

Soil. — This  state,  extending  over  above  2  degrees  of 


UNITED  STATES. 

latitude,  and  five  of  longitude,  and  having  a  great  varietv 
of  surface,  must  necessarily  have  considerable  variety  of 
soil.  In  the  whole  of  the  south-east  part,  from  the  Blue 
Ridge  to  the  Delaware  River  and  Maryland  line,  the  soil 
is  generally  pretty  fertile,  much  of  it  being  rich.  In  the 
mountainous  district,  the  high  lands  are  poor,  but  many 
of  the  valleys  are  fertile.  The  western  district  generally 
has  good  soil,  particularly  towards  the  extremity  of  the 
state. 

Natural  Productions. — All  over  the  state  there  is  a  pro- 
fusion of  fine  timber,  and  vegetables  of  almost  every  va- 
riety. The  northern  and  north-eastern  counties  produce 
excellent  grass,  and  that  vegetable  grows  in  abundance 
throughout  all  the  state.  Fruit  trees  and  flowering  shrubs 
are  also  abundant,  and  the  waters  are  well  stored  with 
fish. 

Minerals. — Iron  ore  is  distributed  generally  through 
the  state,  and  is  very  abundant  in  many  of  the  districts, 
particularly  in  Lancaster,  Huntingdon,  Centre,  Somerset, 
and  Fayette  counties.  Bitumen  coal  is  very  plenty  in  the 
western  country,  particularly  along  the  Monongahela  Ri- 
ver ;  and  the  anthracite,  or  coal  of  the  transition  class, 
abounds  in  Schuylkill  and  Lehigh  counties.  Marble  and 
soapstone  are  found  near  Philadelphia  and  other  places. 
Freestone  and  limestone  are  very  abundant,  particularly 
in  the  western  part  of  the  state.  Lead  has  been  found  in 
Montgomery  county.  Salt  springs  are  common  through- 
out the  country  west  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  and 
there  are  several  medicinal  and  mineral  springs  in  the 
state,  of  which  the  chief  are,  the  Yellow  Springs,  hi  Ches- 
ter county ;  York  Springs  in  Adams  county ;  and  Bedford 
Springs,  at  Bedford.  At  the  head  of  Oil  Creek,  hi  Craw- 
ford county,  there  is  a  remarkable  boiling  spring,  which 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

produces  a  kind  of  oil,  floating  upon  the  surface  ;  and  is 
collected  and  used  as  a  medicine. 

Climate. — Although  Pennsylvania  spreads  over  little 
more  than  two  degrees  of  latitude,  yet,  from  the  view 
given  in  the  general  article,  it  will  be  readily  inferred  that 
there  is  considerable  variety  in  the  climate.  The  north- 
east part  skirts  what  has  been  termed  the  coldest;  the 
south-east,  middle,  and  north-west,  occupying  by  far  the 
greatest  portion  of  the  state,  is  in  the  middle  climate  ;  and 
the  south-west  in  the  temperate.  In  the  south-east  part, 
between  the  Delaware  and  the  first  mountains,  the  ave- 
rage temperature  is  about  53°,  but  the  weather  is  often  very- 
changeable,  particularly  in  winter  and  spring.  Among 
the  mountains,  the  average  temperature  is  probably  less, 
and  in  the  north-east  part  of  the  state  it  is  probably  about 
the  same  as  at  Boston.  Beyond  the  mountains,  the  cli- 
mate is  more  mild  and  equable,  than  to  the  east  of  them, 
although  the  country  is  on  an  elevation  of  from  600  to 
800  feet  above  it.  The  northern  part  is  classed  in  the 
middle  climate  of  the  United  States,  and  the  southern  part 
with  the  temperate ;  Pittsburg  being  nearly  in  the  central 
part  of  it.  In  the  Meteorological  Table,  inserted  in  page 
68,  the  result  of  one  year's  observations  of  the  thermome- 
ter at  Philadelphia  may  be  referred  to  ;  and  in  the  next 
page,  the  same  at  Pittsburg.  By  these  it  will  be  observed, 
that  although  Pittsburg  is  45  miles  further  north,  and  at 
an  elevation  of  about  600  feet  above  Philadelphia,*  yet 
the  annual  temperature  at  Pittsburg  was  higher  than  at 
Philadelphia.  The  climate  at  Pittsburg  appears  also  to 

'  In  the  account  of  the  Alleghany  River,  it  was  stated  that  Pittsburg 
•was  estimated  at  800  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  ought  to  have 
been  stated,  that  the  surface  of  the  country  round  Pittsburg,  was  at  800 
feet  elevation.  Pittsburg  City  lies  in  a  valley,  and  is  at  an  elevation  of 
about  €QO  feet  onlr. 


208  UMTED   STATES. 

be  more  equal.  There  the  extreme  range  was  from  10a 
to  92°.  At  Philadelphia  it  was  from  6°  to  98°.  At 
Pittsburg  the  average  temperature  of  January  was  29° ; 
of  July,  76°.  At  Philadelphia,  January  was  26°  ;  July 
and  August,  each  78°.  Ithas  been  observed,  thatthe  cause 
of  the  difference  of  climate,  between  the  east  and  west  sides 
of  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  is  the  difference  in  the  cur- 
rents of  air.  The  two  currents  in  the  United  States,  that 
have  the  greatest  influence  on  the  climate,  are  the  north- 
west and  south-west.  Where  the  north-west  wind  prevails 
the  climate  is  cold  in  proportion;  where  the  south-west 
wind  prevails  it  is  warm.  Where  they  prevail  alternately. 
the  climate  is  mixed  with  great  heats  and  great  colds  ; 
where  they  alternate  in  quick  succession,  the  climate  is 
very  changeable.  A  table  of  the  winds  for  1820,  may  be 
consulted,  page  73,  from  which  it  will  be  seen  that  at  Phi- 
ladelphia, the  north-west  wind  prevailed  76  days,  and  the 
south-west  wind  65.  At  Pittsburg,  the  north-west  pre- 
vailed 54,  the  south-west  71. 

Having  made  this  comparison,  a  few  other  particulars 
may  be  added.  At  Philadelphia,  there  were  216  clear  days, 
55  of  rain,  and  9  of  snow.  At  Pittsburg  there  were  210 
clear  days,  45  of  rain,  and  20  of  snow.  The  difference 
of  climate,  in  this  respect,  naturally  arises  from  the  posi- 
tion of  Pittsburg.  The  north-west  winds  there  blow  right 
over  the  great  lakes,  and  are  loaded  frequently  with 
aqueous  vapour ;  which  falls  in  rain  or  snow,  according  to 
the  season  of  the  year,  whereas  at  Philadelphia  the  north- 
west winds  are  always  clear  and  dry. 

The  observations  as  to  the  operation  of  the  winds  at 
Philadelphia,  tend  to  illustrate  Dr.  Rush's  account  of  the 
climate  at  that  city.  "  In  summer  we  have  the  heat  of 
Africa  ;  in  June  the  temperature  of  Italy  ;  in  autumn  the 
sky  of  Egypt ;  in  winter  the  cold  and  snow  of  Norway 


PENNSYLVANIA.  209 

and  ice  of  Holland  ;  and  in  every  season  of  the  year  the 
tempests  of  the  West  Indies."  Yet  Philadelphia  has, 
upon  the  whole,  an  agreeable  climate,  and  favourable  to 
health  and  longevity,  and  the  same  remark  applies  in  gene- 
ral terms  to  the  whole  of  Pennsylvania.  Though  both 
heat  and  cold  go  to'  great  extremes,  yet  neither  continue 
long  at  a  time — the  frequent  changes  may  be  unfavoura- 
ble to  some  constitutions,  but  they  are  favourable  in  this 
respect,  that  they  ketp  the  air  always  in  a  state  of  great 
purity. 

Historical  View. — In  1627,  a  colony  of  Swedes  and 
Finns  arrived  in  the  Delaware,  and  made  purchases  from 
the  Indians,  as  far  as  the  falls  of  Delaware,  where  Tren- 
ton is  now  situated  ;  and  in  subsequent  years  they  made 
settlements  along  the  west  bank  of  the  river,  the  principal 
seat  of  those  in  Pennsylvania  being  near  where  Philadel- 
phia now  stands.  The  Swedes  had  adopted  wise  regula- 
tions, and  were  for  some  time  in  a  prosperous  state  ;  but 
the  Dutch,  who  were  settled  at  New-York,  laid  claim  to 
the  country,  and  it  was  conquered  in  1654,  and  afterward 
became  along  with  the  other  Dutch  possessions  in  North 
America,  a  part  of  the  British  dominions. 

In  1681,  Charles  II.  granted  a  charter  to  William  Penn, 
who  sold  20,000  acres  of  land  to  a  company  of  Friends, 
and  a  colony  arrived  in  the  close  of  that  year,  and  com- 
menced a  settlement  at  Philadelphia.  Next  year  Penn 
framed  a  body  of  laws  for  the  colony,  and  arrived  in  per- 
son in  the  month  of  October.  At  this  time,  the  three 
lower  counties,  now  the  state  of  Delaware,  were  annexed 
to  Penn's  government.  It  was  a  part  of  the  humane  poli- 
cy of  Penn  and  his  friends,  to  observe  good  faith  with  the 
Indians,  and  to  make  no  settlements  without  first  making 
a  purchase  of  the  lands.  The  colony,  on  its  arrival,  found 
the  Swedish  and  Dutch  settlers,  who  had  made  previous 
27 


210  UNITED    STATES. 

purchases  Irom  the  Indians,  principally  between  Schuyikil* 
River  and  Pennepack  Creek,  and  an  agreement  was  made 
with  the  Swedes,  who  claimed  the  situation  on  which 
Philadelphia  is  built,  to  give  them  for  it  a  larger  quantity 
of  land  at  a  little  distance.  In  1682  a  considerable  pur- 
chase was  made  between  the  Delaware  River  and  Nesha- 
miny  Creek,  and  in  1683  two  considerable  purchases  were 
made,  one  between  Neshaminy  and  Pennepack  Creeks,  and 
the  other  between  the  Schuylkill  River  and  Chester  Creek. 
The  same  year  a  new  frame  of  government  was  adopted, 
and  the  first  houses  in  Philadelphia  were  built.  In  1692 
the  province  was  subjected  to  New- York,  and  Delaware 
was  subjected  to  the  English  government,  but  in  1694 
Penn  was  reinstated  in  Delaware;  and  in  1699  he  return- 
ed from  England,  and  resumed  the  charge  of  Pennsylva- 
nia. In  1700  the  assembly  surrendered  the  charter,  and 
in  1701  Penn  granted  a  new  charter,  which  lasted  until 
the  revolution.  In  the  same  year  Philadelphia  was  incor- 
porated, and  the  three  counties,  now  composing  the  state 
of  Delaware,  which  had  hitherto  been  connected  with  the 
province,  were  separated.  In  1706  the  assembly  refused 
passing  militia  laws.  In  1 71 0  a  large  number  of  Germans 
settled  in  the  province.  In  1718  Penn  died  in  England, 
and  in  September  the  same  year,  his  successors  purchased 
from  the  Indians  all  the  lands  not  previously  purchased, 
situated  between  the  Delaware  and  Susquehanna  Rivers, 
and  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Lehigh  Hills,  now  called 
the  South  Mountain.  In  1723  the  first  paper  money  was 
issued,  and  bills  of  credit  were  made  a  legal  tender.  In 
1729  many  emigrants  arrived  from  Europe,  and  in  1731  it 
was  found  that  Philadelphia  contained  12,000  inhabitants. 
In  1732  the  tract  of  country  between  the  South  Mountain 
and  Blue  Ridge,  extending  from  the  Delaware  to  the  Sus- 
qudianna,  was  purchased  from  the  Indians;  and  in  the 


PENNSYLVANIA.  £11 

sameyjjfear  the  boundary  with  Maryland  was  settled.  In 
1736  the  land  between  the  southern  boundary  and  the  Blue 
Ridge,  west  of  the  Susquehanna  River,  was  purchased 
from  the  Indians.  In  1741  the  Moravians  began  their 
settlement  at  Bethlehem.  In  1749  a  purchase  was  made 
of  all  the  lands  lying  between  the  Blue  Mountains,  and  a 
line  drawn  from  the  mouth  of  Mahonoy  Creek,  on  the 
Susquehanna,  to  the  mouth  of  Lackawaxen  Creek,  on  the 
Delaware.  In  1750  a  great  number  of  emigrants  arrived 
from  Germany  and  England;  and  in  1752  it  was  found 
.  that  the  taxable  inhabitants  amounted  to  22,000.  In  1 754 
a  purchase  was  made  at  Albany  of  the  whole  S.  W.  part  of 
the  province,  from  a  line  drawn  from  Penn's  Creek,  a  mile 
from  its  outlet,  on  the  west  side  of  Susquehanna  River, 
N.  W.  and  by  W.  as  far  as  the  province  extended;  but  the 
Indians  were  dissatisfied,  and  joined  the  French  against  the 
colony ;  the  consequence  was  that  the  grant  was  rescinded, 
and  in  1758  a  new  deed  was  obtained,  running  the  afore- 
said line  N.  W.  by  W.  to  Buffalo  Creek;  thence  due  west 
to  the  east  side  of  the  Alleghany  Mountain,  and  along 
the  east  sid«  of  the  mountain  to  the  southern  boundary 
.line.  Matters  appeared  to  go  on  very  well  between  the 
colony  and  Great  Britain  until  the  attempt  of  the  British 
government  to  tax  the  people  without  their  consent,  when, 
In  1763,  the  assembly  opposed  the  stamp  act,  and  sent 
delegates  to  congress,  and  in  the  same  year  the  stamp  offi- 
cers were  forced  to  resign  their  situations,  and  a  non-im- 
portation agreement  was  entered  into.  In  1768  the  as- 
sembly protested  against  the  parliamentary  claim  of  taxa- 
tion. In  the  same  year  a  purchase  was  made  from  the 
Indians  of  all  the  lands  situated  between  the  purchases 
heretofore  made,  and  the  east  branch  of  Susquehanna 
River  to  Towanda  Creek ;  thence  along  Towanda  Creek 
to  Burnett's  Hills ;  along  these  hills  to  Pine  Creek  ;  down 
Pine  Creek  to  the  west  branch  of  Susquehanna ;  alongr 


'-3  12  UXJTED    STATES. 

that  branch  to  the  Canoe  Point;  thence  by  a  straight  line 
to  Kittaning ;  and  thence  down  the  Alleghany  and  Ohio 
Rivers.  In  1773  some  ships  loaded  with  tea,  subject  to  a 
colonial  duty,  were  sent  back  to  Great  Britain.  In  1774 
the  continental  congress  met  at  Philadelphia.  On  the  4th 

of  July,  1776,  THE  DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE  WAS 
FIST  PROCLAIMED  FROM  THE  STATE  HOUSE  IN  PHILADEL- 
PHIA. In  September  the  same  year  the  state  constitution 
was  adopted;  and  in  1777  the  state  became  the  active 
theatre  of  war.  The  battle  of  Brandywine  was  fought 
on  the  llth  of  September  in  that  year,  and  on  the  27th 
of  the  same  month,  the  British  took  possession  of  Phila- 
delphia. In  October,  the  battle  of  Germantown,  un- 
favourable to  the  Americans,  was  fought ;  and  in  Novem- 
ber the  British  took  possession  of  Fort  Mifflin  and  Fort 
Mercer.  In  1778  the  British  evacuated  Philadelphia, 
jind  no  other  incident  of  material  importance  occurred 
during  the  war. 

In  the  year  1784  a  purchase  was  made  of  all  the  lands 
situated  between  the  last  purchase  and  the  western  and 
northern  boundary  of  the  state  ;  and  in  1792  a  purchase 
was  made  from  the  United  States  of  that  part  of  the  north- 
west corner  of  the  state  which  is  situated  above  the  42d 
parallel  of  latitude  ;  and  so  completed  the  present  boun- 
daries. In  1790  the  present  constitution  was  adopted. 

In  1799  the  seat  of  government  of  the  state  was  re- 
moved to  Lancaster.  In  1800  the  seat  of  government  of 
the  United  States  was  removed  from  Philadelphia  to 
Washington.  In  1 81 2  the  seat  of  government  of  the  state 
was  removed  from  Lancaster  to  Harrisburg. 

Population. — Under  the  republican  government  the 
state  of  Pennsylvania  has  made  steady  progress  in  popu- 
lation and  national  improvement.  In  1732  the  inhabitants 
were  estimated  at  30,000  ;  in  1763  they  were  supposed 


PENNSYLVANIA.  213 

to  amount  to  280,000.  By  the  census  of  1790  the  popu- 
lation was  434,373;  in  1800,  602,548;  in  1810,  810,091  ; 
and  in  1820  the  state  was  divided  into  51  counties  and  725 
townships,  and  contained  1,049,458  inhabitants,  as  in  the 
following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves 

M  Others 

.     Total. 

Adams, 

18,741 

606 

23 

0 

19,370 

Allegheny, 

34,226 

694 

1 

0 

34,921 

Armstrong, 

10,282 

42 

0 

0 

10,324 

Beaver, 

15,234 

101 

5 

0 

15,340 

Bedford, 

19,902 

341 

5 

0 

20,248 

Berks, 

45,797 

477 

1 

0 

46,275 

Bradford, 

11,519 

35 

0 

0 

11,554 

Bucks, 

36,558 

1,282 

2 

0 

37,842 

Butler, 

10,180 

13 

0 

0 

10,193 

Cambria, 

3,267 

20 

0 

0 

3,287 

Centre, 

13,676 

120 

0 

0 

13,796 

Chester, 

41,710 

2,734 

7 

0 

44,451 

Clearfield, 

2,307 

35 

0 

0 

2,342 

Columbia, 

17,558 

63 

0 

0 

17,621 

Crawford, 

9,356 

41 

0 

0 

9,397 

Cumberland, 

22,861 

728 

17 

0 

23,606 

Dauphin, 

21,147 

497 

9 

0 

21,653 

Delaware, 

13,701 

1,108 

1 

0 

13,701 

Erie, 

8,469 

83 

1 

0 

8,553 

Fayette, 

26,385 

859 

41 

0 

27,285 

Franklin, 

30,326 

1,547 

19 

0 

31,892 

Greene, 

15,293 

254 

7 

0 

15,554 

Huntingdon, 

19,866 

268 

5 

3 

20,142 

Indiana, 

8,821 

61 

0 

0 

8,882 

Jefferson, 

551 

10 

0 

0 

561 

Lancaster, 

65,748 

2,206 

21 

361 

68,336 

214 


LXITED    STATES. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

Jill  Others.    Told. 

Lebanon, 

16,868 

103 

4 

13 

16,988 

Lehigh, 

18,846 

49 

0 

0 

18,895 

Luzerne, 

19,914 

112 

1 

0 

20,027 

Lycoming, 

13,375 

139 

3 

0 

13,517 

M'Kean, 

727 

1 

0 

0 

728 

Mercer, 

11,590 

90 

1 

0 

11,681 

Mifflin, 

16,441 

172 

5 

0 

16,618 

Montgomery, 

34,916 

874 

3 

0 

35,793 

Northampton, 

31,565 

200 

0 

0 

31,765 

Northumberland,  15,310 

113 

1 

0 

15,424 

Perry, 

11,216 

67 

1 

58 

11,342 

Philadelphia    j 
city&suburbs,  ) 

102,209 

10,991 

3  1 

,207 

114,410 

"  "  County, 

21,280 

1,150 

4 

253 

22,687 

Potter, 

185 

1 

0 

0 

186 

Pike, 

2,839 

50 

1 

4 

2,894 

Schuylkill, 

11,216 

95 

0 

28 

11,339 

Somerset, 

13,888 

86 

0 

0 

13,974 

Susquehanna, 

9,910 

50 

0 

0 

9,960 

Tioga, 

4,004 

17 

0 

0 

4,021 

Union, 

18,545 

71 

3 

0 

18,619 

Venango, 

4,887 

28 

0 

0 

4,915 

Warren, 

1,975 

1 

0 

0 

1,976 

Washington, 

39,291 

742 

5 

0 

40,038 

Wayne, 

4,111 

16 

0 

0 

4,127 

Westmoreland, 

30,288 

247 

5 

0 

30,540 

York, 

37,960 

781 

6 

12 

38,759 

i 

,017,094 

30,202 

211  1 

,951 

1,049,458 

Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  state  of  Pennsylvania 
is  better  cultivated  than  the  greater  part  of  the  sister  states. 
The  farmers  have  in  a  great  measure  discontinued  the  old 


PENNSYLVANIA.  215 

practice  oi  wearing  out  one  field  and  then  going  away  to 
clear  another ;  and  most  of  them,  like  the  farmers  in  Eu- 
rope, make  their  fields  better  and  richer  in  proportion  to 
the  time  they  have  been  cultivated,  so  that  the  agriculture 
of  this  commonwealth  may  be  considered  as  in  a  very 
prosperous  state.*  The  great  staple  agricultural  product 
of  this  state  is  wheat,  next  in  importance  is  Indian  corn, 
and  all  the  other  grains,  barley,  rye,  and  oats,  are  exten- 
sively cultivated.  A  good  deal  of  flax  is  raised  throughout 
the  state,  and  hemp  is  raised  in  the  western  part  of  it. 
The  northern  part  of  the  state  is  favourable  to  raising 
stock,  and  throughout  the  state  there  is  abundance  of 
horses,  cattle,  sheep,  and  hogs.  Gardening  agriculture  is 
general,  and  all  the  various  kinds  of  roots  and  vegetables 
are  raised.  Fruit  is  also  general,  peaches,  apples,  pears, 
plums,  cherries,  strawberries,  currants,  raspberries,  &c. 
and  considerable  progress  has  been  made  in  the  cultivation 
of  the  vine.  The  number  of  persons  engaged  in  agricul- 
ture is  140,801. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — Pennsylvania  is,  next  to 
Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut,  the  great- 
est manufacturing  state  in  the  union.  The  principal 
manufactures  are  cottons,  woollens,  leather,  iron,  hats, 
types,  paper,  prints,  maps,  books,  &c.  Wooden  articles 
of  various  kinds,  distilled  and  fermented  liquors,  earthen 
ware,  glass  ware,  soap,  candles,  refined  sugar,  snuff,  cho- 
colate, mustard,  &c.  The  value  of  the  manufactures  in 
1810  was  estimated  at  $32,089,000,  and  they  must  have 
increased  considerably  since  that  time.  The  number  of 
persons  employed  in  manufactures  by  the  census  of  1820, 
is  60,215. 

The  exports  consist  principally  of  grain,  flour,  lumber, 
beef,  pork,  flaxseed,  and  a  great  variety  of  manufactured 

*  Maclure's  Geology. 


UNITED    STATES. 

articles.  The  foreign  exports  are  small,  compared  with 
the  magnitude  and  industry  of  the  state,  the  amount  for 
1820  being  $7,391,000,  of  which  only  $2,832,000  was 
for  domestic  articles ;  but  Pennsylvania  sends  large  sup- 
plies of  provisions  and  manufactured  articles  to  the  other 
states,  particularly  those  in  the  south,  with  which  there  is 
a  large  trade.  The  number  of  persons  engaged  in  com- 
merce is  by  census  7083. 

Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages.—  HARRIS  BURG,  the  seat  of 
government,  is  handsomely  situated  on  the  east  bank  of 
the  Susquehanna  River,  99  miles  N.  W.  of  Philadelphia, 
and  contains  2990  inhabitants.  The  public  buildings  oi 
the  state  are  situated  here,  and  are  very  elegant  and  com- 
modious. A  very  handsome  and  spacious  bridge  has  been 
erected  across  the  river  at  this  place.  There  is  an  island 
in  the  middle  of  the  river  which  divides  the  bridge  into 
two  divisions,  with  a  causeway  across  the  island  between 
them.  The  whole  length  of  the  bridge  and  causeway  is 
nearly  a  mile. 

PHILADELPHIA,  the  largest  city  in  the  state,  and  the  se- 
cond in  the  union,  has  been  noticed ;  there  are  two  other 
cities,  Lancaster  and  Pittsburg,  which  we  shall  first  no- 
tice, and  then  pass  on  to  the  other  towns  as  they  are  si- 
tuated on  the  rivers. 

LANCASTER  is  situated  between  Conestoga  and  Little 
Conestoga  Creeks,  in  the  centre  of  a  fertile  country.  It 
is  a  place  of  considerable  manufactures  and  commerce. 
Population,  6633. 

PITTSBURG  is  situated  at  the  confluence  of  the  Allegha- 
ny  and  Monongahela  Rivers,  and  has  very  extensive  ma- 
nufactures in  almost  every  branch.  From  its  command- 
ing situation,  at  the  head  of  the  navigation  of  the  Ohio 
River,  it  is  also  the  seat  of  very  considerable  commerce. 
Population,  7248. 


PENNSYLVANIA.  217 

Towns  on  the  Delaware  and  Lehigh. 

Bristol  is  very  handsomely  situated  on  the  north  bank, 
20  miles  above  Philadelphia,  and  has  considerable  manu- 
factures. It  is  a  great  thoroughfare  for  stages  and  steam 
boats.  Population,  908. 

•Morrisville  is  situated  10  miles  above  Bristol,  opposite 
to  Trenton,  and  contains  391  inhabitants. 

Easton  is  situated  on  the  west  branch  of  the  Delaware, 
at  the  outlet  of  the  Lehigh,  and  is  a  handsome  thriving 
town,  having  considerable  manufactures  and  commerce. 
Population,  2370. 

Northampton  is  situated  on  the  Lehigh  River,  at  the 
bend,  about  15  miles  above  Easton,  and  is  the  capital  of 
Lehigh  county,  and  a  thriving  place.  Population,  1132. 

Chester  is  situated  on  the  Delaware  River,  15  miles  be- 
low Philadelphia,  and  is  the  capital  of  Delaware  county. 
Population,  657. 

Towns  on  Schuylkill  River. 

Norristown  is  handsomely  situated  on  the  north  bank 
of  the  river,  1 6  miles  above  Philadelphia,  and  is  the  capi- 
tal of  Montgomery  county.  Population,  857. 

Pottstown,  or  Pottsgrove,  is  a  pretty  agricultural  village, 
situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  river,  18  miles  above 
Norristown. 

Reading  is  a  borough  handsomely  situated  on  the  east 
side  of  the  river,  16  miles  above  Pottsgrove,  and  51  from 
•  Philadelphia.  It  is  the  seat  of  justice  of  Berks  county, 
and  being  in  a  fertile  country,  well  supplied  with  mill 
seats,  it  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  It  has  also  con- 
siderable manufactures,  particularly  of  hats.  Population, 
4332 

28 


a  18  UNITED    STATES. 

Hamburg  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  river,  15 
miles  above  Reading,  near  the  Blue  Mountain. 

Orwigsburg  is  a  borough,  and  the  seat  of  justice  of 
Schuylkill  county.  It  is  situated  among  the  mountains 
on  a  creek,  two  miles  east  of  the  river,  and  the  turnpike 
road  from  Philadelphia  to  Sunbury  runs  through  it.  Po- 
pulation, 600. 

Towns  between  Schuylkill  and  Susquehanna  Rivers. 

West  Chester,  a  borough,  and  capital  of  Chester  county, 
is  pleasantly  situated  24  miles  west  from  Philadelphia,  near 
the  east  branch  of  Brandywine  Creek.  Population,  552. 
Downingtown  is  a  pretty  village,  situated  on  the  turn- 
pike road  from  Philadelphia  to  Lancaster,  22  miles  from 
Philadelphia. 

Lebanon  is  a  borough,  and  the  seat  of  justice  of  Leba- 
non county.  It  is  situated  at  the  head  of  Quitopahilla 
Creek,  and  the  Union  Canal  extends  thence  to  Tulpeho- 
ken  Creek,  which  falls  into  the  Schuylkill  River  above 
Reading.  Population,  1432. 

Towns  on  Susquehanna  River. 

Columbia  borough  is  handsomely  situated  on  the  east 
side  of  the  river,  11  miles  west  from  Lancaster.  The 
southern  branch  of  the  great  western  turnpike  passes  this 
place,  and  there  is  a  bridge  across  the  Susquehanna  above 
a  mile  long,  which  connects  Columbia  with  Wrightsville. 
Population,  1891. 

Marietta  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  river,  three 
miles  above  Columbia,  and  has  considerable  manufacto- 
ries and  trade.  Population,  1545. 

York  Haven  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  river, 
11  miles  above  Marietta. 

Middletoicn  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  river. 


PENNSYLVANIA;  ^19 

nine  miles  below  Harrisburg,  and  has  considerable  trade 
in  grain  and  flour.  Population,  567. 

Sunbury  is  situated  on  the  east  side  ol  the  river  below 
the  junction,  between  the  east  and  west  branches.  It  is  the 
capital  of  Northumberland  county  and  a  thriving  place. 
There  is  a  turnpike  road  from  Philadelphia,  and  it  is  pro- 
posed to  extend  it  to  Bellefonte.  Population,  861. 

Northumberland  is  situated  on  the  point  between  the 
east  and  west  branches  of  the  Susquehanna  River ;  and 
a  bridge  runs  across  an  island  in  the  middle  of  the  east 
branch,  and  connects  it  with  Sunbury. 

Berwick  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  east  branch 
opposite  to  Nescopeck ;  there  is  a  bridge  across  the  river 
at  this  place,  and  a  turnpike  passing  through  it,  will  soon 
.be  completed  between  Philadelphia  and  Newton,  New- 
York. 

Wilkesbarre  is  a  borough  and  seat  of  justice  of  Luzerne 
county.  It  is  situated  on  the  east  branch  of  Susquehanna 
River,  25  miles  N.  E.  from  Berwick,  and  contains  a 
population  of  847.  There  is  a  turnpike  road  nearly 
completed,  hence  to  Philadelphia,  and  it  is  continued  to 
Montrose,  and  thence  to  Ithaca,  state  of  New- York. 

Milton  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  west  branch 
of  Susquehanna  River,  and  is  a  place  of  considerable 
trade.  Population,  1016. 

Williamsport  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  west 
branch  of  Susquehanna,  near  the  centre  of  Lycoming 
county,  of  which  it  is  the  capital.  Population,  624. 

Lewistown  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  Juniata 
River,  62  miles  N.  W.  from  Harrisburg.  It  is  the  capi- 
tal of  Mifflin  county,  and  a  thriving  place.  Population, 
773. 

Huntingdon  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Juniata 
River,  31  miles  west  from  Lewistown,  and  is  the  capital 
of  Hunting-don  county.  Population,  848.  - 


220  UNITED    STATES. 

Bellefonte,  the  capital  of  Centre  county,  is  situated  on 
a  branch  of  Bald  Eagle  Creek.  Population,  443. 

Towns  situated  between  the  Susquehanna  and  Western 
Waters. 

York,  the  capital  of  York  county,  is  situated  11  miles 
west  from  Columbia  on  the  Susquehanna,  on  the  south 
branch  of  the  great  western  road.  It  is  a  large  thriving: 
town,  and  contains  3575  inhabitants. 

Carlisle  is  situated  on  the  north  branch  of  the  great 
western  turnpike,  18  miles  west  from  Harrisburg.  It  is 
the  capital  of  Cumberland  county,  and  a  place  of  consi- 
derable trade.  Population,  2908. 

Gettysburg  is  the  capital  of  Adams  county,  and  is  29 
miles  S.  W.  of  York.  Population,  1102. 

Shippensburg  is  a  thriving  town  on  the  turnpike,  20 
miles  S.  W.  from  Carlisle.  Population,  1247. 

Chambersburg  is  the  capital  of  Franklin  county,  and  is 
handsomely  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Conecocheague 
Creek,  where  the  north  and  south  branches  of  the  western 
turnpike,  and  also  the  Baltimore  road  all  unite,  it  is  there- 
fore a  great  thoroughfare.  A  good  deal  of  manufactur- 
ing is  carried  on  here ;  and  it  has  considerable  commerce. 

Bedford,  the  capital  of  Bedford  county,  is  situated  on  the 
head  waters  of  the  south  branch  of  Juniata,  and  is  cele- 
brated as  the  seat  of  the  Bedford  mineral  springs.  Popu- 
lation, 789. 

Somerset  is  the  capital  of  Somerset  county,  38  miles 
west  from  Bedford.  Population,  442. 

Towns  on  the  Western  Waters. 

Greensburg,  the  capital  of  Westmoreland  county,  is  si- 
tuated on  the  turnpike  between  Somerset  and  Pittsburg-. 
Population,  771. 


PENNSYLVANIA.  221 

Connelsville  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Youghiogheny 
River,  and  contains  600  inhabitants. 

Union  is  the  seat  of  justice  of  Fayette  county,  and  is 
situated  near  the  head  of  Redstone  Creek,  11  miles  S.  W. 
of  Connelsville.  Population,  1058. 

Brownsville  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Monongahela 
River,  where  the  national  road  crosses  by  a  fine  bridge. 
Population,  771. 

Bridgeport  is  situated  on  the  other  side  of  Dunlap's 
Creek,  opposite  to  Brownsville,  and  contains  624  inhabit- 
ants. 

Waynesburg,  the  capital  of  Green  county,  is  situated  on 
the  south  fork  of  Ten  Mile  Creek,  a  branch  of  the  Mo- 
nongahela. Population,  298. 

Washington,  the  capital  of  Washington  county,  is  si- 
tuated on  the  east  side  of  Char-tier's  Creek,  25  miles  S.  W. 
of  Pittsburg.  Great  attention  is  paid  here  to  manu- 
facturing industry,  and  the  town  is  in  a  thriving  state. 
Population,  1687. 

Canonsburg  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Chartier's 
Creek,  8  miles  north  from  Washington,  and  is  a  large 
thriving  place.  Population,  1630. 

Kittanning  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Alleghany 
River,  38  miles  N.  E.  from  Pittsburg,  and  is  the  capital 
of  Armstrong  county.  Population,  318. 

Indiana  is  situated  east  from  Kittanning  24  miles,  and 
is  the  capital  of  Indiana  county.  Population,  317. 

Franklin  is  situated  at  the  junction  of  Alleghany  River 
and  French  Creek,  and  is  the  capital  of  Venango  county. 
Population,  252. 

Meadville  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  French  Creek, 
25  miles  north-west  from  Franklin,  and  is  the  seat  of  jus- 
tice of  Crawford  county.  Population,  649. 

Erie  is  beautifully  situated  on  the  south  side  of  Lake 


2  UNITED    STATES. 

Erie,  and  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  The  steam 
boat  from  Buffalo  to  Detroit  touches  here.  The  popula- 
tion is  635. 

Warren  is  the  capital  of  Warren  county,  and  is  situated 
at  the  outlet  of  Connewango  Creek  into  the  Alleghany 
River.  Population,  182. 

Mercer,  the  seat  of  justice  of  Mercer  county,  is  situ- 
ated on  the  turnpike  road  from  Pittsburg  to  Erie,  on  the 
west  side  of  Neshanock  Creek,  and  is  a  thriving  place. 
Population,  506. 

Butler,  the  seat  of  justice  of  Butler  county,  is  situated 
on  the  head  waters  of  Conequanessing  Creek,  where  the 
turnpike  road  from  Pittsburg  to  Erie  crosses.  Popula- 
tion, 225. 

Beaver,  the  seat  of  justice  of  Beaver  county,  is  situated 
at  the  junction  of  Beaver  River  with  the  Ohio  River,  29 
miles  north-west  from  Pittsburg.  Population,  261. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Improvements. — On  this  subject  the 
state  of  Pennsylvania  has  shown  a  great  deal  of  public 
spirit  and  enterprise.  From  the  nature  of  the  state,  it 
does  not  admit  of  extensive  inland  navigation,  except  by 
the  rivers,  and  many  of  these  have  been  greatly  improved, 
particularly  the  Schuylkill  and  Lehigh,  as  before  mentioned. 
An  attempt  is  making  to  complete  a  navigation  between 
the  Schuylkill  and  Susquehanna  Rivers,  by  the  Union  Ca- 
nal, which  is  to  keep  nearly  the  course  of  the  Tulpehock- 
en,  Quitopahilla,  and  Swatara  Creeks.  The  Tulpehocken 
falls  into  the  Schuylkill  River  a  little  above  Reading,  and 
the  Swatara  falls  into  the  Susquehanna  nine  miles  below 
Harrisburg  ;  its  length  is  78  miles  ;  lockage  east  of  Le- 
banon 278i  feet  in  53  locks,  and  37  locks  on  the  western 
section  ;  there  is  a  tunnel  286  yards  in  length.  A  canal 
is  making  across  the  state  of  Delaware,  from  Delaware 
river  to  French  Creek,  on  the  Susquehanna,  which  will 


PENNSYLVANIA.  22 

be  o*1  great  importance  to  the  city  of  Philadelphia.  Ano* 
ther  plan  has  long  been  in  contemplation,  to  cut  a  canal 
across  Jersey,  from  the  Delaware  to  Rariton  River,  and 
efforts  are  now  making  to  accomplish  it. 

The  turnpike  roads   are    numerous  and    extensive. 
Taking  the  city  of  Philadelphia  as  a  radiating  point,  we 
find  good  turnpike  roads  leading  to  almost  every  part  of 
the  state.  Several  great  lines  of  road  extend  east  and  west 
from  Philadelphia  to  Pittsburg,  and  there  are  others  ex- 
tending to  the  north-east  part  of  the  state,  one  to  Erie, 
north-west,  andone  is  nearly  complete  through  the  northern 
part  of  the  state,  towards  Newton,  in  the  state  of  New- 
York.     There  are  also,  a  great  number  of  cross  roads 
turnpiked.     The  amount  of  capital  invested  by  the  state, 
in  these  undertakings,  is  $1,861,542,  and  by  individuals, 
$4,158,347.     The  whole  number  of  miles  contemplated 
in  the  charter,  already  issued,  is  2521,  of  which,  1807  have 
been  completed.     The   state  has  subscribed  to  bridges 
$382,000,  and  individuals  $1,629,000;  and  to   canals, 
the  state  has  subscribed  $130,000,  and  individuals,  $1,- 
916,  510;  so  that  funds  have  been  raised  in  support  of 
these  improvements,  to  the  extent  of  more  than  $10,000,- 
000,*  and  the  greater  part  of  this  has  been  done  within 
these  twenty  years. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  present  constitution  was 
adopted  in  1790,  and  is  legislative,  executive,  and  judiciary. 
The  legislative  power  is  vested  in  a  senate  and  house  of 
representatives,  styled  the  General  Assembly.  The  sena- 
tors are  elected  by  senatorial  districts,  and  serve  four 
years,  and  one-fourth  vacate  their  seats  annually.  A  se- 
nator must  be  25  years  of  age,  and  have  been  a  citizen 
and  inhabitant  of  the  state  four  years  next  before  his 
election.  The  representatives  are  elected  by  the  re- 
spective counties  and  city  of  Philadelphia,  according  to 

*  Col.  Raguet's  Report  in  Senate,  1822. 


224  UNITED  STATES. 

the  number  of  taxable  inhabitants,  and  must  be  so  appor- 
tioned as  not  to  exceed  100,  nor  be  fewer  than  60.  A 
representative  must  be  twenty-one  years  of  age,  and 
have  been  a  citizen  and  inhabitant  of  the  state  for  three 
years  preceding  his  election.  The  executive  power  is 
vested  in  a  governor,  who  is  chosen  for  3  years,  and  is 
eligible  for  nine  years  in  twelve.  He  must  be  thirty  years 
of  age,  and  have  been  a  citizen  and  inhabitant  of  the  state 
seven  years  before  his  election.  All  appointments  not 
provided  for  by  law,  are  made  by  the  governor.  The  ju- 
diciary is  composed  of  a  supreme  court,  courts  of  oyer  and 
terminer,  common  pleas,  orphans'  court,  register's  court, 
courts  of  quarter  sessions  for  each  county,  justices  of  the 
peace  and  other  courts,  and  the  judges  hold  their  offices 
during  good  behaviour.  All  freemen  of  21  years  of  age, 
having  resided  in  the  state  two  years  before  the  election, 
and  paid  a  state  or  county  tax,  are  entitled  to  vote. 

Education  and  Manners. — The  constitution  states  that 
the  legislature  shall  bylaw  provide  for  the  establish- 
ment of  schools  throughout  the  state,  so  that  the  poor  may 
be  taught  gratis  ;  and  that  the  arts  and  sciences  may  be 
promoted.  There  are  a  number  of  colleges  and  acade- 
mies situated  in  the  state,  and  common  schools  are  pretty- 
general.  The  mass  of  the  people  are  pretty  well  informed, 
and  the  newspapers,  these  common  vehicles  of  intelli- 
gence, are  generally  read  throughout  the  state.  It  has 
been  stated  that  agriculture  is  in  a  favourable  situation, 
so  also  are  the  mechanic  arts.  Banking  and  speculation 
have  been  too  widely  diffused  of  late  years,  and  became  a 
substitute,  to  a  great  extent,  for  manufacturing  industry. 
The  evil  is  now  in  a  state  of  correction,  manufacturing 
industry  is  making  rapid  progress  among  the  people,  and 
there  is  a  strong  probability  that  Pennsylvania  will  soon 
become  independent  and  happy  from  the  use  of  its  own 
resources  and  industrv. 


DELAWARE.  225 

DELAWARE.  . 

Miles.  .3re«.  '   Situation. 

Length,    94  )  2,060  sq.  miles.  )  R  S  33°  27' and  39°  50'  N. 

Breadth,  2-2  J  1,318,400  acres.  >  Be       Pa  '(    lo  13' and   1°  57'  E. 

Boundaries. — North,  Pennsylvania ;  east,  the  Delaware 
Bay  and  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  south  and  west,  Maryland. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  upper  part  of  Delaware  is 
undulating  and  variegated ;  the  lower  part  is  level,  and  ex- 
hibits little  variety. 

Rivers.- — Brandywine  and  Christiana  Creeks  unite 
their  waters  a  little  below  Wilmington,  and  fall  into  the 
Delaware  River.  Brandywine  Creek  rises  by  two  branch- 
as  in  Chester  county,  Pennsylvania,  which  unite  about  six 
miles  above  the  Delaware  line  ;  the  stream  has  a  very 
rapid  course,  driving  a  vast  quantity  of  machinery,  during 
its  progress  through  this  state.  Christiana  Creek  also 
rises  by  several  branches  in  Chester  county,  which  unite 
about  five  miles  west  from  Wilmington ;  the  creek  is 
navigable  to  Christiana  Bridge,  thirteen  miles. 

The  other  principal  streams  are  Jlppoquinnimink,  Duck 
Creek,  Jones's  River,  Motherkill  Creek,  Mispillion  Creek, 
and  Broadkiln  Creek,  falling  into  the  Delaware  ;  Indian 
River,  falling  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  and  the  head  wa- 
ters of  Nanticoke  River,  Chester  River,  Bohemia  River, 
and  Back  Creek,  falling  into  the  waters  of  Chesapeake  Bay. 

Geological  Formation. — The  upper  part,  principally 
above  Christiana  Creek,  is  of  the  primitive  formation ; 
the  remainder  is  all  alluvial. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — Along  the  Delaware, 

and  from  eight  to  ten  miles  into  the  interior,  the  soil  is 

generally  a  rich  clay,  producing  large  timber  in  great  va- 

To  the  westward,  the  soil  is  light  and  sandy.     In 

29  "    •-. 


UMTEU    STATES. 

the  southern  parts  the  soil  improves,  and  raises  great 
quantities  of  grass. 

Minerals. — Bog  iron  ore  is  found  in  Sussex.  There 
appears  to  be  no  other  mineral  of  importance. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  the  upper  part  is  nearly  as- 
similated to  that  of  the  south-east  part  of  Pennsylvania. 
The  lower  part  is  nearly  the  same  as  that  in  the  southern 
part  of  New-Jersey.  Towards  the  sea  the  climate  is  hu- 
mid and  mild  in  winter,  making  an  approach  to  the  cli- 
mate denominated  warm. 

Historical  View. — In  the  historical  view  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, it  was  stated  that  a  colony  of  Swedes  and  Fins  ar- 
rived in  the  Delaware  in  1627,  and  these  were  the  first  set- 
tlers in  this  state.  In  1631,  Wilmington  was  laid  out.  In 
1651,  the  Dutch  built  a  fort  at  New  Castle;  and  in  1655 
the  Swedes  were  obliged  to  submit  to  their  authority.  In 
1664,  the  English  took  possession  of  the  country;  and 
William  Penn,  having  received  his  patent  for  Pennsylva- 
nia in  1681,  next  year  Delaware  was  annexed  to  that 
state  ;  but  was  separated  in  1701,  and  in  1703,  the  first 
separate  assembly  was  convened ;  but  it  continued  to  have 
the  same  governor  as  Pennsylvania.  The  first  houses 
were  built  at  Wilmington  in  1735.  Delaware  was  eager 
to  promote  the  cause  of  the  British  government,  and  con- 
tributed largely  in  men  and  money,  during  the  French 
war  which  ended  in  the  subjugation  of  Canada;  but  the 
attempt  to  tax  the  colonies  without  their  consent  roused 
them  into  resistance,  and  in  1665,  deputies  were  sent  to 
the  colonial  congress.  In  1775  Richard  Penn,  the  pro- 
prietary of  Pennsylvania,  resigned  his  jurisdiction,  and 
next  year  a  constitution  was  formed  by  the  people.  Du- 
ring the  war  of  the  Revolution,  Delaware  distinguished 
herself  in  the  cause  of  independence,  and  suffered  se- 
verely. In  1787,  Delaware  ratified  the  Constitution  of 


DELAWARE.  227 

the  United  States ;  and  her  own  constitution  being  found 
defective,  a  new  one  was  formed  in  1792. 

Population. — In  1790,  the  population  of  Delaware  was 
59,094  ;  in  1800,  64,273;  in  1810,  72,674  ;  and  in  1820, 
it  was  72,749,  situated  as  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties.  J  flutes.  Free  Slacks. 

Kent,  14,190  5,533 

New  Castle,  22,360  4,344 

Sussex,  18,732  3,081 


55,282         12,958  4,509         72,749 

Agriculture  and  Produce. — Delaware  is  favourably 
situated  as  to  agriculture.  Wheat  is  the  staple  commodity, 
and  it  is  of  excellent  quality.  The  other  agricultural  pro- 
ducts are  similar  to  those  of  Pennsylvania.  In  the  lower 
part  of  the  state,  grazing  is  a  great  agricultural  employ- 
ment. The  climate  is  here  so  much  meliorated  that  cot- 
ton may  be  raised.  The  number  of  persons  employed  in 
agriculture,  in  1820,  were  13,259. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — Brandywine  Creek,  in 
the  upper  part  of  this  state,  is  the  seat  of  great  manufac- 
turing establishments,  particularly  for  flour,  cottons,  wool- 
lens, paper,  and  gun-powder ;  and  manufacturing  industry 
extends  over  all  the  upper  part  of  New  Castle  county.- 
The  value  of  the  manufactures  of  the  state,  in  1810,  was 
$990,000  ;  but  they  have  since  greatly  increased.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  manufactures,  in  1820, 
was  2821. 

The  great  shipping  port  upon  the  Delaware  being  Phi- 
ladelphia, the  foreign  exports  of  the  state  of  Delaware 


228  UNITED   STATES. 

are  not  extensive,  but  there  is  a  large  coasting  trade.  The 
principal  exports  are  flour,  lumber,  and  manufactured  ar- 
ticles. The  value  of  foreign  exports,  in  1821,  was 
$997,000,  of  which  $10,000  was  of  foreign  articles.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  commerce,  in  1820,  was 
533. 

Towns. — DOVER,  the  seat  of  government,  is  situated 
on  Jones's  Creek,  near  the  centre  of  the  state.  It  is  hand- 
somely laid  out,  with  a  fine  square  in  the  centre,  where 
the  State  House  stands ;  and  the  town  carries  on  consi- 
derable trade,  chiefly  in  flour. 

Wilmington  is  the  largest  town  in  the  state,  and,  for  its 
size,  one  of  the  most  thriving  towns  in  the  United  States. 
It  is  regularly  laid  out,  between  Brandywine  and  Chris- 
tiana Creeks,  and  having  navigable  water  it  has  a  consi- 
derable shipping  trade.  It  is  also  the  seat  of  great  manu- 
facturing industry,  and  being  on  the  great  thoroughfare 
between  Philadelphia  and  Baltimore,  it  is  an  agreeable 
lively  place.  Population,  5268. 

JVeto  Castle  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  west  bank  of 
Delaware  River,  five  miles  below  Wilmington.  A  steam 
boat  runs  between  this  place  and  Philadelphia,  while  the 
river  is  open,  and  the  line  is  continued  by  stage  to  French- 
town,  so  that  New  Castle  is  a  stirring  lively  place. 

Newport  is  situated  near  Christiana  Creek,  four  miles 
south-west  from  Wilmington,  and  has  an  extensive  trade 
in  flour. 

Christiana  Bridge  is  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  the 
Christiana  Creek,  five  miles  south-west  from  Newport, 
and  has  a  similar  trade. 

Smyrna  is  situated  on  Duck  Creek,  about  ten  miles  N. 
of  Dover. 

Milford  is  situated  on  Mispillion  Creek,  about  eighteen 
miles  south-east  from  Dover. 


DELAWARE. 


229 


Georgetown  is  situated  eighteen  miles  south  from  Mil- 
ford,  and  is  the  capital  of  Sussex  county. 

Lewistown  is  situated  near  Cape  Henlopen,  on  a  plea- 
sant eminence,  in  sight  of  the  light  house,  and  is  calcu- 
lated to  become  a  place  of  considerable  importance.* 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — Good  turn- 
pike roads  have  been  made  from  Wilmington  in  every  di- 
rection, and  a  turnpike  road  has  been  made  from  New  Cas- 
tle to  Frenchtown.  No  canal  has  yet  been  finished  ;  but 
one  has  been  projected,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  general 
.view,  and  if  carried  into  operation,  it  will  be  of  great  im- 
portance to  the  state  of  Delaware. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  present  constitution  was 
adopted  in  1792,  and  by  it  the  powers  of  government  are 
legislative,  executive,  and  judiciary.  The  legislative  power 
is  exercised  by  a  senate  and  house  of  representatives. 
The  senators  are  elected  for  three  years,  and  each  county 
sends  three  members.  The  members  of  the  house  of  re- 
presentatives are  elected  annually,  and  each  county  sends 
seven.  The  executive  power  is  exercised  by  a  governor, 
who  is  elected  for  three  years,  and  cannot  serve  longer 
than  three  years  in  six.  The  governor  makes  all  appoint- 
ments not  provided  for  by  law.  The  judiciary  power  is 
vested  in  a  court  of  chancery,  a  supreme  court,  and  courts 
of  oyer  and  terminer,  in  courts  of  common  pleas,  and 
other  county  courts,  and  there  is  a  high  court  of  errors 
and  appeals.  The  election  of  governor  and  members  of 
assembly,  is  by  ballot,  and  all  free  white  males  of  twenty- 
one  years  and  upwards,  who  have  resided  in  the  state  two 
years  immediately  before  the  election,  and  within  that  time 
paid  taxes,  are  entitled  to  vote. 


*  The  population  of  none  of  the  towns  in  this  state  is  given  in   the 
census  cxceptrWilmington- 


'230  UNITED    STATES. 

Education  and  Manners. — In  1796,  the  legislature  pass- 
ed an  act  to  create  a  fund  for  the  establishment  of  schools 
throughout  the  state.  There  are  academies  at  Wilming- 
ton, New  Castle,  Newark,  Smyrna,  Dover,  Milford,  Lew- 
istown,  and  Georgetown.  The  people  are  very  industri- 
ous, and  regular  in  their  habits.  Knowledge  is  increasing, 
and  society  is  in  a  state  of  gradual  improvement. 


MARYLAND. 

Miles.  «lrea.  Situation. 

Length,  119  (  10,590  Square  Miles.  )  K  <  33°  0'  and  39°  43'  N. 

Breadth,    91  {   6,912,000  Acres.        $  Between  J  20  31/  w  and  J0  -g,  £ 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Pennsylvania  ;  east  Dela- 
ware and  the  Atlantic  Ocean  ;  south  and  west,  Virginia. 

Face  of  the  Count i «,- — That  part  of  the  state  which  is 
situated  to  the  eastward  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  called  the 
eastern  shore,  is  generally  low  and  level,  and  the  western 
shore,  to  the  eastward  of  the  road  between  Philadelphia 
and  Baltimore,  is  of  the  same  character.  To  the  westward 
the  country  becomes  more  elevated,  until  we  reach  the 
first  mountains.  Among  the  mountains  which  extend  to 
the  western  boundary  of  the  state,  the  face  of  the  country 
is  like  that  of  the  contiguous  part  of  Pennsylvania. 

Mountains. — The  several  great  ridges  described  in 
Pennsylvania,  pass  through  this  state,  from  N.  E.  to  S.  W. 
The  principal  ridges  are  the  South  Mountain,  the  Blue 
Ridge  or  Cove  Mountain,  Ray's  Hill,  Sideling  Hill,  Sa- 
vage Mountain,  and  Alleghany  Mountain. 

Bays  and  Rivers. — The  two  great  waters  in  this  state 
are  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  connected  with  the  outlet  of  the 
Susquehanna  River,  and  the  Potomac  River,  which  have 
both  been  described  in  the  general  view.  All  the  other 


MARYLAND.  ii3i 

rivers  are  tributaries  to  these  great  waters,  except  the 
Youghiogeny,  which  rises  in  the  western  part  of  the  state, 
and  passes  into  the  western  waters. 

On  the  east  side  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  the  principal 
creeks  and  rivers  are  Octarara,  which  rises  in  Pennsylva- 
nia, and  falls  into  the  Chesapeake  a  few  miles  below  the 
boundary  line.  North-East  Creek,  which  falls  in  below 
Charlestown.  Elk  River  rises  in  Pennsylvania,  and  pass- 
ing Elkton,  falls  into  the  bay  a  few  miles  below  North- 
East.  It  is  navigable  to  Frenchtown  and  Elkton,  and  the 
steam  boats  on  the  Philadelphia  line  stop  at  these  places. 

Sassafras  River  rises  in  the  state  of  Delaware,  and  falls 
into  the  bay  seven  miles  below  Elk  River. 

Chester  River  rises  in  Delaware,  and  after  pursuing-  a 
very  winding  course  to  the  westward,  it  reaches  the  bay 
20  miles  below  Sassafras  River.  It  spreads  out  into  a 
large  bay  before  it  meets  the  Chesapeake. 

Eastern  Bay  is  connected  with  Chester  River,  and  the 
two  bays  enclose  Kent  Island,  which  is  about  eight  miles 
long  and  six  broad. 

Choptank  River  rises  in  Delaware,  near  the  head  of 
Chester  River,  and  runs  a  south  course  for  about  forty 
miles ;  it  then  turns  to  the  westward,  spreads  into  a  large 
bay,  and  falls  into  the  Chesapeake,  25  miles  below  Chester 
River. 

Nanticoke  River  rises  in  Delaware,  by  several  branches, 
•and  pursuing  a  S.  W.  course,  it  falls  into  Chesapeake  Bay, 
in  the  lower  part  of  the  state.  Wicomico  River  falls  into 
the  bay  formed  by  Nanticoke  River. 

•Manokin  River  rises  at  Princess  Ann  Court  House,  and 
tails  into  the  bay  a  few  miles  below  the  foregoing  rivers. 

Pocomoke  River  rises  in  Cypress  Swamp,  between  this 
state  and  Delaware,  and  pursuing  a  S.  W.  course,  it  falls 
into  Pocomoke  Bay,  on  the  west  side. 

* 


232  UNITED    STATES. 

Deer  River  rises  in  Pennsylvania,  and  falls  into  Susque- 
hanna  River,  a  few  miles  below  the  state  line. 

Brush  River  rises  in  Hartford  county,  and  falls  into  the 
Chesapeake  Bay,  below  Abingdon. 

Gunpowder  River  falls  into  the  Bay  a  few  miles  below 
Brush  River,  opposite  to  Pool's  Island.  It  is  composed 
of  two  streams,  the  Great  and  Little  Falls  of  Gunpowder, 
which  rise  to  the  north-west,  the  former  in  Pennsylvania, 
and  they  unite  immediately  below  the  post  road  to  Balti- 
more. 

Sack  River  falls  into  the  bay  between  Gunpowder  River 
and  Patapsco. 

Patapsco  River,  or  Bay,  is  one  of  the  most  important 
inlets  in  the  United  States.  The  principal  stream  is  Pa- 
tapsco Creek,  which  rises  by  several  branches,  about  30 
miles  N.  W.  of  Baltimore,  and  it  falls  into  the  bay  about 
three  miles  below  the  city.  Gwinn's  Falls  unite  with  the 
river  before  it  falls  into  the  bay,  and  Jones's  Falls  Creek 
flows  by  a  very  rapid  current  right  through  the  city.  From 
the  city  to  Chesapeake  Bay  is  1 2  miles,  and  in  all  that  dis- 
tance the  Patapsco  affords  good  navigation  to  vessels 
drawing  18  feet  of  water. 

Severn  River  falls  in  at  Annapolis,  of  which  it  forms  the 
harbour,  and  South  River  falls  in  a  few  miles  below. 

Patuxent  River  rises  N.  W.  near  Fredericktown,  and 
pursues  a  S.  E.  course  to  within  eight  miles  of  Annapo- 
lis. It  then  turns  off  to  the  south,  and  flows  in  that  di- 
rection for  15  or  20  miles.  It  then  takes  a  S.  E.  course 
again,  and  falls  into  the  bay  about  30  miles  below  Anna- 
polis. 

Rivers  and  Creeks  falling  into  the  Potomac. — There  are 
a  considerable  number  of  little  streams  or  inlets  setting 
into  the  Potomac,  between  its  outlet  and  Washington,  of 
which  we  may  notice  the  principal,  as  they  are  situated, 


MARYLAND.  23tf 

beginning  at  the  eastward.  Si.  Mary's,  said  to  be  a  fine 
situation  for  a  naval  depot,  Wlcomico,  Port  Tobacco,  Mat- 
lawoman,  Piscataway,  and  Eastern  Branch.  The  Eastern 
Branch  rises  about  10  miles  above  Bladensburg,  and  falls 
into  the  Potomac,  below  Washington  city. 

Manotocy  Creek  rises  at  Gettysburg,  in  Pennsylvania, 
and  has  a  great  many  branches  in  Maryland.  It  runs  a 
course  generally  south,  and  falls  into  the  Potomac,  between 
30  and  40  miles  above  Washington. 

Aniieiom  Creek  rises  in  Pennsylvania,  near  Greeucastle, 
and  running  a  south  course,  it  falls  into  the  Potomac,  about 
six  miles  above  the  South  Mountain. 

Conococheague  Creek  rises  in  Pennsylvania,  and  falls  into 
the  Potomac  at  Williamsport.  The  streams  to  the  west- 
ward are  small,  but  they  may  be  mentioned  to  com- 
plete the  view. 

Licking  Creek,  Conoloway  Creek,  Sideling  Hill  Creek, 
Town  Creek,  Evefs  Creek,  and  Will's  Creek.  The  last  is 
at  Cumberland.  They  all  rise  in  Pennsylvania. — Beyond 
Cumberland  about  10  miles  is  the  dividing  ridge  between 
the  eastern  and  western  waters. 

Geological  Formation. — The  whole  state,  on  both  sides 
of  the  Chesapeake,  to  the  great  road  between  Philadelphia 
and  Washington,  is  alluvial.  ,  Beyond  this  there  is  a  vein 
of  primitive  extending  westward  about  30  miles,  and  it  is 
succeeded  by  a  vein  of  transition  about  12  or  14  miles 
broad,  extending  to  Fredericktown.  A  vein  of  the  Old 
Red  Sandstone  formation  then  intervenes,  and  extends 
about  10  miles,  nearly  to  Hagerstown.  Thence  the  tran- 
sition is  continued  to  the  summit  of  the  Alleghany  Moun- 
tain, and  the  small  part  of  the  state  which  lies  west  of 
that  is  secondary. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — In  the  alluvial,  pail  of 
the  state  there,  is  a  great  deal  of  low  sandy  land, 
30 


234  UNITED  STATES* 

swamps ;  but  it  is  interspersed  with  many  fertile  spots.— 
Beyond  this  to  the  westward  the  soil  greatly  improves, 
and  there  is  a  very  rich  country  between  it  and  the  South 
Mountain.  Beyond  this  mountain  is  the  great  limestone 
valley,  which  is  very  fertile ;  to  the  westward  of  it  the  soil 
is  nearly  the  same  as  in  the  contiguous  parts  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. The  natural  productions  are  also  the  same. 

Minerals. — The  principal  mineral  which  has  beenfound 
is  iron.  Some  coal  has  also  been  found. 

Climate. — The  lower  part  of  the  state  on  the  eastern 
shore  is  in  what  we  have  denominated  the  warm  climate ; 
the  remainder  is  in  the  middle.  Towards  the  north-west, 
among  the  mountains,  the  climate  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
contiguous  parts  of  Pennsylvania.  At  Annapolis,  which 
is  nearly  central,  the  thermometer  ranged  in  1820  from  14° 
to  92°,  and  the  mean  heat  was  about  58°.  The  climate  of 
Maryland  is,  upon  the  whole,  very  favourable.  In  the  low 
country  the  people  are  often  subject  to  bilious  fevers  and 
fever  and  ague  in  the  fall  months,  but  that  is  not  owing 
to  the  climate,  but  the  operation  of  marsh  effluvia,  with 
which  all  low  undrained  countries  abound  in  the  fall 
season. 

Historical  View. — In  1632,  Lord  Baltimore,  a  Roman 
Catholic,  procured  a  patent  for  the  territory,  now  called 
Maryland ;  and  immediately  evinced  the  liberality  of  his 
sentiments,  by  granting  equal  privileges  to  all  Christians 
who  might  settle  in  the  colony.  In  1634,  the  first  colony 
was  planted  at  St.  Mary's  River,  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
state  ;  and  in  1638,  the  first  parliament  was  held  at  the 
same  place.  In  1650,  a  constitution  was  formed,  but 
next  year  the  British  Parliament  reduced  the  colony  to  a 
state  of  subjection,  and  the  same  year  the  Roman  Catho- 
lics were  outlawed.  In  1689,  a  Protestant  association 
government,  which  was  resumed  next  year 


MARYLAND. 

by  the  crown,  and  in  1692,  the  protestant  religion  was 
established  by  law.  The  same  year  Andros  was  appoint- 
ed governor.  In  1699,  the  assembly  met  at  Annapolis, 
the  present  seat  of  government.  In  1716,  the  government 
was  restored  to  Lord  Baltimore.  In  1632,  tobacco  was 
made  a  legal  tender  at  one  penny  a  pound,  and  Indian 
corn  at  20  cents  a  bushel.  In  1732,  the  boundary  was 
settled  with  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware.  Hitherto  the 
inhabitants  of  this  province  had  continued  faithful  adhe- 
rents to  the  British  crown,  but  in  1765,  the  assembly 
passed  resolves  against  the  stamp  act,  and  next  year  sent 
delegates  to  the  provincial  congress.  In  1 769,  the  assem- 
bly protested  against  the  tea  duty,  and  in  1775,  was  for- 
ward in  promoting  the  revolution.  In  1 776,  a  new  con- 
stitution was  formed,  and  the  state  acceded  to  the  articles 
of  confederation  in  1781. 

Population. — In  1701,  it  was  estimated  that  the  state 
contained  25,000  inhabitants;  in  1734,  36,000;  in  1755, 
108,000  ;  in  1763,  the  white  population  was  70,000;  by 
the  first  federal  census  in  1790,  the  population  was  319,- 
728;  in  1800,  349,692;  in  1810,  380,546  ;  and  in  1820 
it  was  407,350,  as  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 

Counties.  Whiles.     Free  blacks.         Slaves.  Total. 


Allegheny, 

7,664 

195 

795 

8,654 

Ann  Arundel, 

13,482 

3,382 

10,301 

27,165 

Baltimore  city, 

48,055 

10,326 

4,357 

62,733 

Baltimore  county, 

24,580 

2,163 

6,720 

33,463 

Calvert, 

3,721 

694 

3,658 

8,073 

Caroline, 

7,144 

1,390 

1,574 

10,108 

Cecil, 

11,923 

1,783 

2,342 

16,048 

Charles, 

6,514 

567 

9,419 

16,500 

Dorchester, 

10,095 

2,496 

5,168 

17,759 

236 


UNITED    STATES. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

Total, 

Frederick, 

31,997 

1,777 

6,685 

40,459 

Harford, 

11,217 

1,387 

3,320 

15,924 

Kent, 

5,315 

2,067 

4,071 

11,453 

Montgomery, 

9,082 

922 

6,396 

16,400 

Prince  George's, 

7,925 

1,096 

11,195 

20,216 

Queen  Ann, 

7,226 

2,138 

5,588 

14,952 

St.  Mary's, 

6,033 

894 

6,047 

12,974 

Somerset, 

10,384 

1,954 

7,241 

19,579 

Talbot, 

7,387 

2,234 

4,768 

14,389 

Washington, 

19,247 

627 

3,201 

23,075 

Worcester, 

11,231 

1,638 

4,552 

17,421 

260,222     39,730     107,398     407,350 

Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  staple  agricultural  pro- 
ductions of  Maryland  are  wheat  and  tobacco,  both  of 
which  grow  in  great  perfection,  and  are  the  chief  articles 
of  exportation.  The  farmers  also  cultivate  successfully 
all  the  other  agricultural  products  raised  in  Pennsylvania. 
Peaches  and  apples  are  plenty,  and  often  of  good  quality; 
and  excellent  peach  brandy  and  cider  are  made  fromthem. 
Other  fruits,  roots,  and  garden  vegetables,  are  also  plenty. 
Cotton  is  raised  in  small  quantities,  and  the  sweet  pota- 
toe  is  successfully  cultivated.  The  number  of  persons 
employed  in  agriculture  is  103,037. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — Maryland  is  chiefly  an 
agricultural  state,  and  the  manufactures  as  yet  are  prin- 
cipally in  families  ;  although  in  and  about  Baltimore,  and 
some  of  the  thickly-settled  districts  to  the  westward,  they 
have  been  established  on  a  more  extensive  scale.  The 
value  of  the  manufactures  in  Maryland  in  1810,  was  esti- 
mated at  $6,554,000.  In  1820,  the  number  of  persons 
employed  in  manufactures  was  18,640. 


MARYLAND.  237 

The  exports  of  Maryland  consist  principally  of  flour 
and  tobacco;  and  pig-iron,  lumber,  small  grain,  and 
other  provisions,  are  also  exported  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent. The  amount  of  exports  for  1821,  was  $3,850,000, 
of  which,  $2,71 5,000,  was  for  domestic  articles.  The  num- 
ber of  persons  employed  in  commerce  in  1820  was  4771. 
Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages. — BALTIMORE,  the  chief  city, 
was  described  in  the  general  article. 

ANNAPOLIS,  the  seat  of  government,  is  situated  on  the 
river  Severn,  west  side  of  Chesapeake  Bay.  The  State 
House  is  a  spacious  building,  situated  in  the  centre,  and 
the  city  is  so  laid  out  that  all  the  streets  radiate  from  the 
Centre  Square.  There  are  a  considerable  number  of  good 
houses  in  Annapolis,  and  it  has  some  shipping  trade,  but 
the  great  trade  of  Maryland  centres  at  Baltimore,  and  no 
other  town  on  the  bay  will  have  any  large  share  of  it.  The 
inhabitants,  by  last  census,  are  2260. 

Frcdericktown,  forty-five  miles  west  from  Baltimore,  is 
the  capital  of  Frederick  county,  and  next  to  Baltimore, 
the  largest  town  in  the  state.  It  is  in  the  centre  of  a  fertile 
country,  on  the  west  side  of  Monococy  Creek,  and  is  in 
a  thriving  situation  ;  520  persons  are  employed  in  manu- 
factures. Population,  2771. 

The  census  of  1820  gives  no  information  as  to  the  other 
towns,  so  that  little  more  can  be  done  than  to  give  their 
names  and  situation. 

The  towns  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay  are,  Elkton, 
Frenchtown,  Charlestown,  Chcstertown,  Easton,  Middleton, 
Salisbury,  Princess-Jinn,  and  Snowhill. 

Elkton  is  situated  at  the  forks  of  Elk  Creek,  where  the 
great  south-west  road  crosses. 

Frenchtown  is  a  small  place,  two  miles  below,  at  the 
termination  of  the  turnpike  road  from  Newcastle,  and  the 
steam  boat  for  Baltimore  starts  from  this  place. 


UNITED  STATES. 
« 

Charlestown  is  on  the  north-east  river,  and  the  great 
south-west  road  passes  through  it. 

The  towns  on  the  west  side  of  the  bay  are,  Havre-de- 
grace,  Belle-air,  Harford,  Bladensburg,  Port  Tobacco,  and 
Leonardtown. 

Havre-de-grace  is  beautifully  situated  at  the  head  of 
Chesapeake  Bay,  on  the  west  side  of  Susquehanna  River. 
The  ferry  across  the  river  is  here  about  a  mile  broad. 

Bladensburg  is  a  small  place,  at  the  head  of  sloop  navi- 
gation on  the  east  branch  of  Potomac,  and  was  rendered 
remarkable  by  the  events  of  the  late  war. 

The  principal  towns  to  the,  west  of  Washington  city 
are,  Hagerstown,  Williamsport,  Hancock-town,  and  Cum- 
berland. 

Hagerstown  is  on  the  west  branch  of  Antietam  Creek, 
and  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade. 

Williamsport  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of  Conecocheague 
Creek  into  the  Potomac  River. 

Hancock-town  is  situated  on  the  most  northern  bend 
of  Potomac  River,  very  near  the  Pennsylvania  line. 

Cumberland  is  situated  on  the  north  bank  of  Potomac 
River,  where  the  national  road  commences. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Improvements. — The  citizens  of 
Maryland  have  of  late  paid  great  attention  to  internal 
improvements.  A  turnpike  road  has  been  finished  from 
Washington  to  Baltimore,  and  ten  miles  are  turnpiked  on 
the  road  to  Havre-de-grace.  A  turnpike  road  has  been 
completed  to  York,  another  to  Hanover,  and  another  to 
Gettysburg,  Pennsylvania ;  and  a  branch  leads  off  from 
the  last  road  at  Westminster,  to  Greencastle.  A  turnpike 
road  has  been  completed  to  the  west,  beyond  Frederick- 
town,  and  to  the  great  national  road  at  Cumberland. 
Considerable  efforts  have  been  made  to  improve  the  navi- 
gation of  the  Susquehanna.  The  improvements  on  the 


MARYLAND.  £39 

Potomac,  and  the  canal  from  the  Delaware  to  Chesapeake 
Bay,  were  noticed  in  the  general  article.  A  survey  has 
been  made  from  the  Chesapeake  to  the  Ohio,  and  found 
practicable  for  a  canal. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  present  constitution  was 
adopted  in  1776,  and  has  undergone  a  number  of  amend- 
ments since  that  time.  It  is,  like  the  other  constitutions, 
legislative,  executive,  and  judiciary.  The  legislative  branch 
consists  of  a  senate  and  house  of  delegates.  The  senate 
is  composed  of  fifteen  members,  viz  :  six  from  the  eastern 
shore,  and  nine  from  the  western.  They  are  elected  by 
electors,  two  being  from  each  county,  and  one  each  from 
the  cities  of  Annapolis  and  Baltimore.  They  must  be 
twenty-five  years  of  age ;  and  have  resided  three  years  in 
the  state.  The  delegates  are  chosen  annually  by  the 
people,  four  from  each  county,  and  two  from  each  of  the 
cities,  Baltimore  and  Annapolis.  They  must  be  twenty- 
one  years  of  age  ;  and  have  resided  one  year  in  the  coun- 
ty or  city  for  which  they  are  chosen.  The  executive  de- 
partment consists  of  the  governor  and  an  executive  coun- 
cil of  five  persons,  who  are  chosen  annually,  by  joint  bal- 
lot of  the  two  houses  of  assembly.  The  governor  must  be 
twenty-five  years  of  age  and  have  been  a  resident  for  five 
years.  He  cannot  be  chosen  for  more  than  three  years 
successively,  and  is  not  eligible  more  than  three  years  out 
of  seven.  Appointments  are  made  by  the  governor  and 
council.  The  state  is  divided  into  six  judicial  districts, 
in  each  of  which  there  is  a  court,  and  there  is  a  court  of 
appeals.  The  judges  hold  their  offices  during  good  be- 
haviour. Every  free  white  male  citizen  above  twenty-one 
years  of  age,  who  has  resided  twelve  months  in  the  state 
next  before  the  election,  and  paid  taxes,  has  the  right  to 
vote  for  members  of  assembly,  electors  of  the  senators 
and  sheriffs. 


240  UNITED    STATES. 

Education  and  Manners. — The  University  of  Maryland 
a  flourishing  school  of  science,  is  situated  in  Baltimore  ; 
and  there  are  several  colleges  and  academies  in  different 
parts  of  the  state.  Common  education  seems  to  be  left 
to  regulate  itself  in  the  hands  of  the  people  at  large  ;  but 
the  inhabitants  of  Maryland  are  generally  well  informed 
and  good  citizens. 


VIRGINIA. 


Miles,  drea.  Situation. 

Length,  ^20    <  64,000  sq.  miles.      )  R  .      ,     (36°  30'  and  40°  3^  N. 
Breadth,  200  £  40,960,000  acres.    5  Be       'n  \   6°  34'  W.  and  1°20/E. 


Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Pennsylvania  and  Mary- 
land ;  east,  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  south,  North  Carolina 
and  Tennessee  ;  west,  Kentucky  ;  north-west,  Ohio. 

Face  of  the  Country. — From  the  Atlantic  to  the  great 
road  passing  from  north  to  south,  the  country  is  low 
and  sandy.  Thence  to  the  south-west  mountains  it  is 
agreeably  uneven,  rising  in  some  places  to  a  great  eleva- 
tion. Among  the  mountains  it  is  pretty  similar  to  the 
parallel  districts  of  Pennsylvania.  West  of  the  mountains, 
the  country  is  elevated  and  hilly,  declining  in  elevation 
gradually  towards  the  state  of  Kentucky,  and  Ohio  River. 

Mountains. — The  principal  mountains  are  a  continua- 
tion of  the  ridges  in  Pennsylvania  and  Maryland,  but  with 
somewhat  different  names .  The  continuation  of  the  South 
Mountain  of  Pennsylvania,  is  here  called  the  Blue  Ridge, 
and  rises  to  a  greater  elevation.  The  Peaks  of  Otter  are 
on  this  ridge,  and  are  estimated  at  nearly  4000  feet  high. 
The  next  is  the  North,  or  Cacapon  Mountain,  which  is  a 
continuation  of  the  North  Mountain,  or  Blue  Ridge  of 
Pennsylvania.  The  great  Alleghany  chain  succeeds,  and 


VIRGINIA.  24t 

is  continued  to  the  south  by  Clinch  Mountain,  and  Cum* 
berland  Mountain.  The  principal  ridges  beyond  the  Al- 
leghany,  are  Chesnut  Ridge  and  the  Gauley  Mountains. 
To  the  eastward  of  the  Blue  Ridge,  there  is  a  considera- 
ble chain  called  the  South  Mountain,  extending  south- 
west about  sixty  miles,  between  Rapid  River  and  James 
River. 

Rivers. — Potomac  River  is  the  boundary  between  this 
state  and  Maryland,  and  James  River  is  one  of  the  largest 
which  falls  into  the  Atlantic.  These  two  streams  have 
been  described. 

Rappahannock  River  rises  in  the  Blue  Mountains,  by 
two  considerable  streams,  called  Rapid  Jinn  River  and 
Hedgman  River;  which  unite  about  twelve  miles  above 
Fredricksburg,  and  running  a  south-east  course,  falls  into 
Chesapeake  Bay,  about  90  miles  below  that  place.  It  is 
at  the  outlet,  about  three  miles  broad,  and  is  navigable  to 
Fredericksburg. 

York  River  is  formed  of  Mattapony  River  and  Pa- 
munky  River,  which  unite  about  twenty-seven  miles  above 
York.  From  the  junction,  the  river  runs  in  a  south-east 
direction  to  York,  where  it  is  contracted  to  the  breadth  of 
a  mile,  and  turns  to  the  north-east ;  then  it  extends  consi- 
derably in  breadth,  and  falls  into  Chesapeake  Bay,  about 
fifteen  miles  below  York.  This  river  is  navigable  for  large 
vessels  to  the  confluence  of  the  Mattapony  and  Pamunky. 

Jlppomatox  River  is  a  branch  of  James  River,  which 
ialls  into  the  main  stream,  ten  miles  below  Petersburg, 
and  is  navigable  to  that  place. 

Nottoway  River  and  Meherrin  River  are  two  streams 
which  rise  near  Farmville,  and  running  a  south-east 
course,  they  pass  the  state  line  and  form  Chowan  River 
in  North  Carolina. 

Rnanokc  River  is  composed  of  two  principal  streams  ; 


£42  UNITED    STATES. 

the  Dan  and  Staunton,  which  rise  in  the  mountains,  and 
unite  between  Pittsylvania  and  Campbell  counties.  The 
river  runs  about  100  miles  in  a  south-east  direction,  and 
passes  into  the  state  of  North  Carolina. 

Shenandoah  River  rises  in  the  great  limestone  valley, 
near  Staunton,  and  running  a  north-east  course,  near  the 
western  base  of  the  Blue  Mountain,  it  falls  into  the  Po- 
tomac, immediately  before  its  passage  through  the  Blue 
Ridge. 

The  South  Branch  of  the  Potomac  rises  in  this  state  above 
Franklin,  and  running  a  north-east  course  of  nearly  100 
miles,  it  unites  with  the  West  Branch  below  Old  Town. 

Little  Kanhaway  River  rises  near  the  head  of  Monon- 
gahela  River,  and  running  a  north-west  course  of  about 
ninety  miles,  it  falls  into  the  Ohio  River  at  Newport,  be- 
low Marietta.  It  is  150  yards  wide  at  its  outlet,  and  is 
navigable  for  ten  miles. 

Great  Kanhaway  River  rises  among  the  mountains  in 
North  Carolina,  where  it  is  called  New  River,  and  runs 
a  north-east  course  of  about  forty  miles,  when  it  passes 
into  this  state.  It  continues  to  run  about  seventy  miles 
nearly  about  a  north-east  course  among  the  mountains, 
and  then  turning  to  a  north-west  course,  it  runs  in  that  di- 
rection about  160  miles,  and  falls  into  the  Ohio  at  Point 
Pleasant.  This  is  a  very  important  stream,  having  rich 
land  on  its  banks,  and  it  is  susceptible  of  being  connected, 
by  canal  navigation,  with  James  River.  There  are  falls 
on  it  about  ninety  miles  from  the  outlet,  and  very  exten- 
sive salt  works,  about  twenty  miles  below  the  falls.  It  is 
280  yards  wide  at  the  outlet,  and  for  some  distance  has 
good  navigation. 

Big  Sandy  River  rises  among  the  mountains,  and  run- 
ning a  general  north-west  course  of  about  150  miles,  it 
falls  into  the  Ohio  River,  fifty  miles  below  Kanhaway 


VIRGINIA. 

River.  It  is,  for  about  ninety  miles,  the  boundary  between 
Virginia  and  Kentucky. 

Geological  Formation. — To  the  eastward  of  the  great 
southern  road,  the  formation  is  alluvial.  This  is  succeed- 
ed by  the  primitive,  which  extends  along  the  Potomac, 
above  Washington,  about  thirty  miles,  but  spreads  out  to 
the  southward,  and  extends  along  the  southern  boundary 
about  170  miles,  being  interrupted,  however,  by  a  small 
vein  of  transition,  which  runs  through  it  from  ten  to  twen- 
ty miles  from  its  western  extremity.  There  are  two 
specks  of  the  old  red  sandstone  formation,  one  extending 
from  Harper's  Ferry  south,  about  sixty  miles,  and  being 
about  fifteen  miles  broad  ;  and  another  above  Richmond, 
crossing  James  River,  about  thirty  miles  long  and  ten 
miles  broad.  On  the  west  side  of  the  first  of  these  specks, 
about  twenty  miles  south-west  from  Harper's  Ferry,  a  vein 
of  transition  commences  and  runs  through  the  primitive 
in  a  parallel  direction  with  the  mountains,  and  passes  into 
North  Carolina,  between  Wilkes  and  Surry  counties.  The 
primitive  formation  extends  beyond  this  to  Rockbridge ; 
and  is  there  succeeded  by  the  transition  to  a  line  drawn 
from  the  head  of  Potomac  River,  through  the  Sulphur 
Spring  to  the  top  of  the  mountain  east  of  Abingdon.  West 
of  this,  the  state  is  all  of  the  secondary  formation. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — The  soil  in  the  low  part 
of  the  state  is  sandy,  except  on  the  banks  of  rivers,  where 
it  is  very  rich.  Between  the  alluvial  country  and  the 
mountains,  it  exhibits  great  variety,  and  a  considerable 
portion  is  good.  Among  the  mountains  there  is  a  great 
deal  of  poor  land,  but  there  are  many  rich  valleys.  Be- 
yond the  mountains  there  is  a  great  deal  of  good  soil,  and 
some  of  it  very  rich  and  fertile.  The  natural  productions 
are  pretty  similar  to  those  of  Maryland,  already  described. 
Vegetation  is  very  rapid,  and  there  is  a  great  profusion  of 


244  UNITED    STATES. 

fine  timber  in  the  state ;  also  a  variety  of  medicinal  herbi^ 
and  roots  ;  particularly  ginseng  and  snake-root. 

Minerals  and  Mineral  Waters. — Virginia  abounds  with 
valuable  minerals.  Iron  is  very  plenty  in  many  parts  of 
the  state;  coal  is  found  near  Richmond.  There  are 
valuable  lead  mines  on  the  Kanhaway  River.  Black  lead 
has  been  found  in  Amelia  county.  There  are  beds  of 
marble  on  James  River,  and  a  quarry  of  beautiful  marble 
has  recently  been  found  on  the  Potomac.  On  the  same 
river  there  are  extensive  beds  of  freestone.  Limestone  is 
plenty  west  of  the  Blue  Ridge.  Rock  crystal  is  fre- 
quently found,  and  some  specimens  have  been  found  of 
emeralds,  amethysts,  and  gold.  The  warm  springs  near 
Bath  are  a  great  curiosity.  The  water  issues  in  a  stream 
sufficient  to  turn  a  mill,  and  the  temperature  is  about  96°. 
The  hot  spring,  six  miles  from  the  warm  spring,  is  not  near 
so  copious,  but  the  temperature  is  much  greater,  being 
112°.  The  sweet  springs  in  Botetourt  county,  emit  wa- 
ter at  the  temperature  of  70°,  and  are  strongly  impregnated 
with  carbonic  acid  gas.  There  are  a  great  many  salt 
springs  west  of  the  mountains,  of  which  those  on  the 
Kanhaway  are  the  most  copious  and  most  productive. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  Virginia,  like  that  of  the 
other  Atlantic  states  which  extend  over  the  mountains,  is 
very  various,  and  in  many  places  liable  to  great  and  sud- 
den changes.  It  embraces  four  of  the  varieties  mention- 
ed in  the  general  view.  The  south-east  corner  below 
Norfolk  is  classed  in  the  hot .  Thence  to  the  mountains 
the  country  is  classed  in  the  warm.  Among  the  moun- 
tains the  middle,  and  west  of  them  temperate.  In  the  low- 
er part  of  the  state  the  summers  are  often  hot  and  sultry, 
but  the  winters  mild.  In  the  upper  country,  to  the  foot 
of  the  first  mountains,  the  air  is  more  pure  than  the  low 
country,  and  the  temperature  both  in  winter  and  summer 


VIRGINIA.  245 

several  degrees  below  it.  Among  the  mountains  the 
winters  are  often  very  cold,  but  the  summer  weather  is 
generally  pleasant.  West  of  the  mountains  the  climate  is 
pleasant,  and  more  temperate  than  the  upper  country  to 
the  eastward.  The  air  is  generally  pure  and  sweet,  ex- 
cept in  the  neighbourhood  of  swamps  and  marshes.  At 
Monticello,  on  the  south-west  mountain,  the  extremes  of 
heat  are  from  6°  below  to  98°  above  zero ;  the  average 
of  the  month  of  May  is  about  63°,  which  corresponds 
with  that  at  Washington  city.  In  July  1820,  the  average 
was  80°,  and  in  December  50°. 

Historical  View. — In  1606  a  patent  was  granted  by 
James  I.  for  the  country  between  N.  lat.  34°  and  45°, 
being  much  larger  than  the  present  limits  of  Virginia.  In 
1607,  the  first  settlement  was  made  at  Jamestown,  and  in 
1608  Captain  Smith  explored  Chesapeake  Bay.  In  1612, 
the  colony  obtained  a  new  charter ;  the  first  assembly  was 
convened  in  1619,  and  the  settlers  imported  wives  from 
England  in  1620.  In  1625,  the  province  was  made 
dependent  on  the  crown ;  Maryland  was  separated  from 
its  jurisdiction  in  1632  ;  in  1633,  severe  laws  were  passed 
against  dissenters  ;  but  the  privileges  of  the  colony  were 
restored  in  1639.  In  1652,  the  province  submitted  to 
Cromwell's  government,  but  it  was  thrown  off  in  1659, 
and  the  royal  government  restored.  In  1661,  the  laws  of 
England  were  adopted,  and  next  year  the  Church  of 
England  was  established  by  law.  In  1675,  there  was  an 
insurrection  against  the  royal  authority,  and  next  year  a 
formidable  rebellion,  which  continued  several  months.  In 
1 683,  printing  presses  were  forbidden  to  be  used.  In  1 689, 
William  and  Mary  succeeded  to  the  throne  of  England. 
In  1692,  a  charter  was  granted  for  an  University,  and 
in  1693,  William  and  Mary  College  was  established. 
In  1699,  an  act  was  passed,  imposing  a  duty  on  slaves 


246  UNITED    STATES. 

imported.  In  1712,  the  province  was  divided  into  parishes, 
and  a  salary  given  by  law  to  the  clergy.  In  1714,  the 
mountains  were  first  crossed  by  Col.  Spotswood.  In  1732, 
George  Washington  was  born  at  Bridges  Creek,  in  West- 
moreland county.  The  Ohio  Company  was  formed  in 
1749,  and  in  1754,  Washington  was  sent  against  the 
French  settlements  near  that  river.  He  defeated  a  French 
party,  but  was  obliged  to  capitulate.  Hitherto  the  provmce 
had  continued  steadily  in  the  interests  of  England,  and 
furnished  troops  for  the  wars  of  the  mother  country, 
but  the  attempt  to  tax  them  without  their  consent,  roused 
them  into  resistance ;  and  in  1765,  the  house  of  burgesses 
passed  formal  resolutions  against  the  stamp  act,  and 
would  have  sent  delegates  to  the  Provincial  Congress, 
but  were  prevented  by  the  governor.  In  1769,  the 
governor  dissolved  the  assembly,  but  it  again  assembled, 
and  in  1773,  appointed  a  committee  of  correspondence 
with  the  colonies.  In  1774  the  assembly  protested  against 
the  Boston  Port  Bill,  and  was  dissolved  by  the  governor. 
In  1 775  Virginiatook  an  active  part  in  the  war,  and  George 
Washington  was  appointed  to  the  command  of  the  Ame- 
rican army.  In  1776  the  state  constitution  was  formed. 
In  1781  the  state  became  the  theatre  of  war,  and  on  the 
19th  of  October  that  year,  THE  CONTEST  WAS  FINISHED 

AT  YORKTOWN,  BY  THE  SURRENDER  OF  THE  BRITISH 

YRMY  UNDER  LORD  couNWALLis.  In  1782,  Kentucky, 
then  a  part  of  Virginia,  was  erected  into  a  separate  dis- 
trict. In  1785  an  act  was  passed  for  the  revision  of  the 
laws,  and  establishing  religious  freedom.  In  1786  Ken- 
tucky was  separated  from  this  state.  In  1788  Virginia 
adopted  the  Federal  Constitution,  from  which  period  the 
state  has  been  a  most  zealous  and  influential  member  of 
the  federal  union.  Out  of  five  presidents  of  the  United 
States,  four  have  been  Virginians. 


VIRGINIA. 


247 


Population. — In  1675,  Virginia  contained  50,000  in- 
habitants; in  1681,  it  contained  14,000  taxable  inhabit- 
ants; in  1703,  the  population  was  60,606;  in  1732,  it  was 
80,000 ;  in  1763,  the  population  was  170,000, -100,000  be- 
ing negroes  ;  by  the  first  census  of  the  United  States, 
in  1790,  it  was  747,610;  in  1800,880,200;  in  1810, 
974,622;  in  1820,  it  was  1,065,366,  situated  as  in  the 
following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves.  Jill  others. 

Total. 

Accomack, 

9,386 

2,100 

4,480 

0 

15,966 

Albemarle, 

8,715 

373 

10,659 

3 

19,750 

Amelia, 

3,407 

187 

7,400 

110 

11,104 

Amherst, 

4,610 

246 

5,567 

0 

10,423 

Augusta, 

12,963 

267 

3,512 

0 

16,742 

Bath, 

3,965 

64 

1,202 

6 

5,237 

Bedford, 

10,953 

311 

8,041 

0 

19,305 

Berkely, 

9,085 

228 

1,898 

0 

11,211 

Botetourt, 

10,493 

290 

2,806 

0 

13,589 

Brooke, 

6,190 

58 

383 

0 

6,631 

Brunswick, 

5,889 

717 

10,081 

0 

16,687 

Buckingham, 

7,345 

285 

9,939 

0 

17,569 

Cabell, 

4,388 

9 

392 

0 

4,789 

Campbell, 

8,447 

677 

7,445 

0 

16,569 

Caroline, 

6,497 

486 

10,999 

26 

18,008 

Charles  city, 

1,750 

538 

2,967 

0 

5,255 

Charlotte, 

5,005 

161 

8,124 

0 

13,290 

Chesterfield, 

7,543 

947 

9,513 

0 

18,003 

Culpepper, 

11,136 

338 

9,468 

2 

20,944 

Cumberland, 

3,966 

244 

6,813 

0 

11,023 

Dinwiddie, 

5,373 

668 

7,751 

0 

13,792 

Elizabeth  city, 

2,076 

70 

1,643 

0 

3,789 

248 

UNITED    STATES'. 

Counties. 

Whiles. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

Mothers.    Total- 

Essex, 

3,499 

364 

6,046 

0 

9,909 

Fairfax, 

6,224 

507 

4,673 

0 

11,404 

Fauquier,    • 

11,429 

507 

11,167 

0 

23,103 

Fluvanna, 

3,375 

123 

3,206 

0 

6,704 

Franklin, 

8,227 

143 

3,647 

0 

12,017 

Frederick, 

16,557 

970 

7,179 

0 

24,706 

Giles, 

4,174 

42 

305 

0 

4,521 

Gloucester, 

4,008 

462 

5,208 

0 

9,678 

Goochland, 

3,796 

685 

5,526 

0 

10,007 

Grayson, 

6,163 

92 

786 

0 

7,041 

Greenbriar, 

5,170 

83 

345 

0 

5,598 

Greensville, 

2,056 

290 

4,512 

0 

6,858 

Halifax, 

8,758 

422 

9,880 

0 

19,060 

Hampshire, 

9,507 

103 

1,279 

0 

10,889 

Hanover, 

6,130 

381 

8,756 

0 

15,267 

Hardy, 

4,606 

180 

914 

0 

5,700 

Harrison, 

10,300 

63 

569 

0 

10,932 

Henrico, 

5,318 

865 

5,417 

0 

11,600 

Henry, 

3,321 

125 

2,178 

0 

5,624 

Isle  of  Wight, 

4,883 

938 

4,297 

21 

10,139 

James  city, 

1,017 

467 

1,677 

0 

3,161 

Jefferson, 

8,707 

248 

4,132 

0 

13,087 

Kanhaway, 

5,297 

29 

1,073 

0 

6,399 

King  and  Queen 

,  5,460 

297 

6,041 

0 

11,798 

King  George, 

2,349 

263 

3,504 

0 

6,116 

King  William, 

3,449 

238 

6,010 

0 

9,697 

Lancaster, 

2,388 

185 

2,944 

0 

5,517 

Lee, 

3,885 

5 

366 

0 

4,256 

Lewis, 

4,122 

10 

115 

0 

4,247 

Loudon, 

16,144 

829 

5,729 

0 

22,702 

Louisa, 

5,967 

219 

7,560 

0 

13,746 

Lunenhurg, 

3,873 

126 

6,663 

0 

10,662 

Madison. 

3,800 

78 

4,612 

0 

S.490 

VIRGINIA. 


249 


Counties, 

Whites. 

Free  blacks.    Slaves-   *W  Others.     Total. 

Mason, 

4,245 

30 

593 

0 

4,868 

Matthews, 

3,616 

118 

3,186 

0 

6,920 

Mecklenburg', 

7,710 

.674 

11,402 

0 

19,786 

Middlesex, 

1,756 

135 

2,166 

0 

4,057 

Monongalia, 

10,568 

117 

375 

0 

11,060 

Monroe, 

6,009 

70 

501 

40 

6,620 

Montgomery, 

7,447 

31 

1,255 

0 

8,733 

Morgan, 

2,367 

35 

98 

0 

2,500 

Nansemond, 

4,575 

1,393 

4,526 

0 

10,494 

Nelson, 

4,395* 

82 

5,660 

0 

10,137 

New  Kent, 

2,537 

334 

3,759 

0 

6,630 

Nicholas, 

1,805 

0 

48 

0 

1,853 

Norfolk, 

8,642 

892 

5,924 

7 

15,465 

Northampton, 

3,369 

1,013 

3,323 

0 

7,705 

Northumberland,  4,134 

614 

3,268 

0 

8,016 

Nottoway, 

2,805 

175 

6,676 

2 

9,658 

Ohio, 

8,720 

43 

419 

0 

9,182 

Orange, 

5,219 

143 

7,518 

33 

12,913 

Patrick, 

3,776 

100 

1,213 

0 

5,089 

Pendleton, 

4,454 

11 

381 

0 

4,846 

Pittsylvania, 

12,636 

203 

8,484 

0 

21,323 

Powhatan, 

2,492 

324 

5,476 

0 

8,292 

Preston, 

3,336 

6 

80 

0 

3,422 

Prince  Edward, 

4,627 

334 

7,61C 

0 

12,577 

Princess  Anne, 

4,812 

251 

3,705 

0 

8,768 

Prince  George, 

3,119 

588 

4,323 

0 

8,030 

Prince  William, 

4,761 

278 

4,380 

0 

9,419 

Randolph, 

3,166 

60 

131 

0 

3,357 

Richmond, 

2,749 

293 

2,664 

0 

5,706 

Rockbridge, 

9,038 

295 

2,612 

0 

11,945 

Rockingham, 

12,646 

267 

1,871 

0 

14,784 

Russel, 

4,989 

21 

526 

0 

5,536 

Scott, 

3,992 

13 

258 

0 

4,263 

32 

250 


UNJTED    STATES. 


Coim/i«a.                        Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves.  Ml  Others. 

Totd, 

Shenandoah,        16,708 

317 

1,901 

0 

18,926 

Southampton,         6,127 

1,306 

6,737 

0 

14,170 

Spottsylvania,        5,939 

591 

7,724 

0 

14,254 

Stafford,                 4,788 

361 

4,368 

0 

9,517 

Surrey,                   2,642 

612 

3,340 

0 

6,594 

Sussex,                  4,155 

684 

7,045 

0 

11,884 

Tazewell,              3,435 

18 

463 

0 

3,916 

Tyler,                     2,203 

11 

100 

0 

2,314 

Warwick,                  620 

34 

954 

0 

1,608 

Washington,         10,393 

153 

1,898 

0 

12,444 

Westmoreland,       3,031 

477 

3,393 

0 

6,901 

Wood,                   4,998 

10 

852 

0 

5,860 

Wythe,                   8,111 

48 

1,533 

0 

9,692 

York,                      1,588 

631 

2,165 

0 

4,384 

City  of  Richmond,  6,445 

1,235 

4,387 

0 

12,067 

CityofWilliamsburg,534 

85 

783 

0 

1,402 

TownofPetersburg,3,097 

1,165 

2,428 

0 

6,690 

Boroughof  Norfolk,  4,6  18 

599 

3,261 

0 

8,478 

603,085  36,883  425,148  250  1,065,366 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  great  mass  of  the 
population  of  Virginia  are  employed  in  agriculture,  and 
though  the  mode  of  farming  generally,  is  considered  in- 
ferior to  that  of  Pennsylvania,  yet  Virginia  being  favoured 
with  a  great  deal  of  good  soil,  and  a  climate  congenial  to 
vegetation,  the  agricultural  products  are  very  extensive 
and  important.  The  principal  articles  raised  for  exporta- 
tion are  flour  and  tobacco ;  and  the  farms  produce  in 
plenty  Indian  corn,  rye,  buckwheat,  &c:  Hemp  and  flax 
are  abundant,  and  considerable  quantities  of  cotton  are 
raised,  particularly  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state.  In- 


YJKlilNlA.  :&">] 

<ligo  is  successfully  cultivated,  and  the  silk  worm  is  a  na- 
tive of  the  country,  though  not  much  attended  to.  The 
fields  produce  potatoes  both  sweet  and  common,  turnips, 
parsnips,  carrots,  pumpkins,  and  ground  nuts;  and  of 
grasses  there  are  clovers,  red,  white,  and  yellow ;  timothy, 
ray,  greensward,  blue  grass,  and  crab  grass.  The  orchards 
are  well  stocked  with  fruit,  apples,  pears,  peaches,  quinces, 
cherries,  nectarines,  apricots,  almonds,  and  plums.  Do- 
mestic animals  are  plenty,  and  thrive  well ;  horses,  cows, 
sheep,  hogs,  and  poultry ;  and  there  is  a  great  variety  of 
wild  game.  The  number  of  persons  employed  in  agri- 
culture by  last  census  is  276,422. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — The  manufactures  of 
this  state  are  mostly  in  the  domestic  way,  and  since  the 
war  these  have  greatly  increased.  There  are  also  respecta- 
ble manufactories  on  a  large  scale,  particularly  of  iron, 
lead,  and  small  arms.  In  1810  the  manufactures  of  Vir- 
ginia were  estimated  at  $11,447,000.  By  the  census  of 
1820  there  were  employed  in  manufactures,  32,336  per- 
sons. 

The  principal  exports  from  the  state  are  tobacco,  flour, 
Indian  corn,  pork,  lumber,  coals,  pitch,  tar,  turpentine,  &c. 
The  value  of  exports  in  1821  was  $3,079,000,  of  which 
$53,000  was  foreign  produce.  The  number  of  persons 
-employed  in  commerce  in  1820  was  4509. 

Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages. — RICHMOND  is  the  princi- 
pal city,  and  seat  of  government  of  the  state.  It  is  si- 
tuated on  the  north  side  of  James  River,  immediately  be- 
low the  falls,  and  at  the  head  of  ship  navigation,  so  that  it 
is  remarkably  well  situated  for  trade.  The  State  House 
stands  on  an  eminence,  and  is  a  spacious  building ;  and 
the  buildings  generally  are  of  good  quality.  The  country 
round  is  fertile,  healthy,  and  agreeable  ;  and  there  is  con- 
siderable manufacturing  industry,  so  that  this  is  a  desira- 


•352  UNITED    STATES. 

ble  place  of  residence,  and  has  greatly  increased  in  popu- 
lation and  wealth.  The  inhabitants  by  last  census  amount 
to  12,067,  of  whom  1305  are  engaged  in  manufactures, 
and  539  in  commerce. 

WILLIAMSBURG  CITY  is  situated  between  York  and 
James  Rivers,  60  Miles  east  from  Richmond,  and  was 
formerly  the  metropolis  of  the  state.  It  is  regularly  laid 
out,  and  contains  a  number  of  good  buildings.  The 
population  in  1820  was  1402.  William  and  Mary  Col- 
lege, formerly  an  eminent  seat  of  learning,  is  situated  at 
this  place. 

Norfolk  Borough  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Eliza- 
beth River,  which  is  here  about  four  hundred  yards  broad, 
and  forms  a  fine  harbour.  Norfolk,  from  its  situation,  has 
the  largest  share  of  foreign  commerce  of  any  town  in  the 
state,  but  there  is  little  manufacturing,  and  foreign  com- 
merce being  now  very  limited,  Norfolk  has  not  of  late 
increased.  In  1810  the  population  was  9183  ;  in  1820, 
8478. 

Petersburg  is  situated  on  the  Appomatox  River,  below 
the  falls,  and  has  a  very  lively  trade,  having  considerable 
•shipping,  and  the  commerce  of  an  extensive  back  country. 
Population,  by  last  census,  6690. 

Fredericksburg  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  Rappa- 
hannock  River,  about  100  miles  from  its  outlet,  and  is  a 
place  of  considerable  trade.  It  contains  about  five  hun- 
dred houses ;  the  inhabitants  are  not  given  separately  in 
the  census. 

Yorktown,  celebrated  as  the  place  where  Cornwallis  sur- 
rendered to  General  Washington,  is  situated  on  the  south 
side  of  York  River. 

Wheeling  is  situated  on  the  Ohio,  where  the  national 
road  crosses.  It  contains  about  250  houses,  and  is  on  the 


VIRGINIA.  5 

increase,  and  likely  to  become  a  place  ol'  considerable 
importance. 

Winchester,  in  the  great  limestone  valley,  is  the  capi- 
tal of  Frederick  county,  and  contains  nearly  3000  inhabit- 
ants. 

There  are  no  other  towns  of  material  importance  in 
Virginia.  It  has  been  remarked,  and  probably  correctly, 
that  from  the  circumstance  of  the  state  being  so  completely 
intersected  with  navigable  rivers,  there  is  a  market  near 
every  man's  door,  and  the  people  have  no  great  induce- 
ment to  form  large  cities  ;  but  there  are  a  great  number 
of  small  towns,  principally  on  the  navigable  waters,  a  few 
of  which  we  shall  barely  name,  regretting,  as  we  have 
frequently  done  in  the  course  of  this  work,  that  we  can- 
not give  the  number  of  houses  nor  inhabitants  from  the 
census. 

On  the  Potomac  and  its  waters. — Dumfries,  Colchester, 
Leesburg,  Martinsburg,  Winchester,  and  Staunton. 

On  York  River  and  its  waters. — York,  Newcastle,  and 
Hanover. 

On  James  River  and  its  waters. — Portsmouth,  Hamp- 
ton, Suffolk,  Smithfield,  Williamsburg,  Manchester,  Char- 
lotteville,  Milton,  Menticello,  Lynchburg,  Lexington,  and 
Fincastle. 

On  the  Ohio  and  its  icaters. — Wellsburg,  (late  Charles- 
ton,) Wheeling,  Belleville,  Point  Pleasant,  Charleston, 
Greenville,  Abingdon,  Jeffersonville,  Franklin,  and  Jones- 
ville. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — A  board  of 
public  works  has  been  established,  which  has  considerable 
funds  at  its  disposal,  but  as  yet  no  material  improvement 
has  been  made  in  roads.  The  great  post  road  through  the 
state  has  not  yet  been  turnpiked,  but  turnpike  roads  have 
been  made  from  Manchester  to  the  coal  mines,  distant  12 


254  UNITED    STATES. 

miles ;  from  Richmond  to  another  coal  mine,  and  iroiu 
Alexandria,  north-west,  to  Middleburg.  Considerable 
improvements  have  been  made  upon  the  Potomac,  She- 
nandoah,  and  James  Rivers,  and  efforts  are  now  making 
to  connect  the  Jackson,  a  branch  of  James  River,  with 
the  great  Kenhaway,  and  by  means  of  that  river  with  the 
Ohio  at  Point  Pleasant ;  a  canal  of  40  miles  connects 
the  city  of  Richmond  with  the  coal  mines  of  Chesterfield, 
Goochland,  and  Powhatan,  and  extends  to  the  mountains. 
Great  improvements  will  speedily  be  made  under  the  au- 
spices of  this  board.  Provision  has  been  made  for  con- 
structing a  map  of  the  state  from  actual  survey,  a  sure 
precursor  of  internal  improvements,  and  without  which, 
in  truth,  no  state  can  be  materially  improved; — a  correct 
map  being  essentially  necessary  to  laying  out  intelligent 
and  beneficial  plans. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  present  constitution  was 
formed  on  the  5th  of  July,  1776;  and  by  it  the  powers  of 
government  are  declared  to  be  legislative,  executwe,a.fid. 
judiciary.  The  legislature  consists  of  a  senate  and  house 
of  delegates.  The  senate  consists  of  24  members,  who 
are  chosen  for  four  years,  by  districts,  and  one-fourth  va- 
cate their  seats  each  year.  A  senator  must  be  25  years  of 
age,  and  a  resident  and  freeholder  within  the  district  for 
which  he  is  chosen.  The  representatives  are  chosen  an- 
nually, two  from  each  county,  and  from  several  cities  and 
boroughs,  one  each.  They  must  also  be  freeholders  and 
residents  of  the  county  for  which  they  are  chosen.  The 
executive  branch  is  vested  in  a  governor  and  council. — 
The  governor  is  chosen  annually  by  a  joint  ballot  of  both 
houses,  and  can  hold  the  office  only  three  years  in  seven. 
The  council  consists  of  eight  members,  chosen  by  a  joint 
ballot  of  both  houses,  and  two  members  are  removed  and 
two  new  members  are  elected  every  3  years.  The  judiciary 


VIRGINIA.  .  £55 

power  is  vested  in  a  general  court,  a  court  of  chancery, 
a  court  of  admiralty,  and  county  courts.  The  judges  are 
appointed  by  the  legislature,  and  hold  their  offices  during 
good  behaviour.  The  legislature  also  appoints  the  attor- 
ney-general, treasurer,  and  register  of  the  land-office.  The 
governor  and  council  appoint  the  secretary  of  state,  jus- 
tices of  the  peace,  clerks  of  courts,  and  sheriffs  and  co- 
roners ;  the  two  last  being  nominated  by  the  respective 
courts.  The  electors  in  this  state  must  possess  an  estate 
of  one  hundred  acres  of  uninhabited  land,  or  25  acres 
with  a  house  and  lot  on  it,  or  a  house  and  lot  in  some 
town. 

Education  and  Manners. — There  are  several  universities 
and  other  schools  for  the  higher  branches  of  education, 
which  have  always  been  well  attended  to  in  Virginia,  but 
common  schools  have  been  very  much  neglected.  A  spi- 
rit of  improvement  is  now  extending  itself  over  the  state, 
and  the  money  received  from  the  United  States  during 
the  war,  amounting  to  more  than  one  million  one  hun- 
dred thousand  dollars,  has  been  appropriated  as  a  lite- 
rary fund,  and  out  of  the  income  arising  from  it,  an 
annual  appropriation  has  been  made  by  the  legislature  for 
the  support  of  primary  schools.  The  Virginians  are  gene- 
rally frank  and  generous,  and,  judging  from  the  sway  they 
have  had  in  the  national  affairs,  they  have,  when  well  edu- 
cated, great  powers  of  mind.  From  the  attention  lately 
paid  to  education,  there  is  no  doubt  but  society  will  conti- 
nue to  improve  in  this  state. 


256  UJNITED  STATES. 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 

Miles.  Area..  Situation. 

Length,     362  (  43,800  sq.  miles.  (  p  .       m    (  33°  53'  and  36°  33'  N. 
Breadth,  121  {  23,032,000  acres.  (  be        n   \  6°  20'  W.  and  1"  33'  E. 

Boundaries. — North,  Virginia ;  east,  the  Atlantic  Ocean: 
south,  South  Carolina;  west,  Tennessee. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  eastern  part  of  the  state  is 
low  and  sandy,  with  many  swamps.  From  Raleigh  to 
Morgantown  the  country  is  variegated  and  agreeably  un- 
even. The  western  part  is  mountainous. 

Mountains. — The  principal  chain  runs  betweeen  North 
Carolina  and  Virginia,  and  appears,  in  fact,  to  be  a  conti- 
nuation of  one  of  the  ridges  which  skirt  the  great  lime- 
stone valley.  Here  it  has  different  names  in  different 
places.  In  the  northern  part  it  is  called  the  Stone  Moun- 
tain, and  successively  the  Yellow  Mountain,  Iron  Moun- 
tain, Bald  Mountain,  Smoky  Mountain,  and  White  Moun- 
tain. To  the  eastward  of  this  ridge,  from  15  to  20  miles, 
is  the  Blue  Ridge,  which  divides  the  eastern  and  western 
waters;  and  there  are  considerable  spurs  running  between 
the  great  ridges,  and  to  the  eastward  of  the  Blue  Ridge. 

Rivers. — Chowan  River,  in  the  N.  E.  part  of  the  state 
is  a  continuation  of  Nottoway  River,  in  Virginia.  From 
the  state  line  it  flows  in  a  south-east  direction,  spreading 
out  into  a  bay,  and  falls  into  Albemarle  Sound,  bck/w 
Edenton. 

Roanoke  River  passes  from  the  state  of  Virginia  into 
this  state,  above  Warrenton.  Thence  it  runs  a  pretty 
crooked  course,  but  nearly  S.  E.  about  eighty  miles,  and 
falls  into  Albemarle  Sound,  by  several  channels,  near  the 
outlet  of  Chowan  River.  It  is  navigable  nearly  30  miles, 
for  vessels  of  considerable  size,  and  for  boats  to  the  falls, 


NORTH   CAROLINA.  257 

70  miles  from  the  outlet.     The  land  oil  the  banks  is  very 
rich. 

Tar  River,  connected  with  Pamlico  River,  rises  about 
30  miles  west  from  Warrenton,  and  running  in  a  S.  E.  di- 
rection about  150  miles,  it  falls  into  Pamlico  Sound.  It 
is  navigable  to  Washington,  about  thirty  miles,  and  thence 
for  flats  to  Tarborough,  90  miles  from  the  outlet. 

Neuse  River  rises  near  the  sources  of  Tar  River,  and 
runs  in  a  S.  E.  direction,  but  with  many  windings,  to  about 
18  miles  below  Newbern.  It  there  turns  to  the  N.  E.  and 
falls  into  Pamlico  Sound,  15  miles  south  of  the  outlet  of 
Pamlico  River.  Its  course  is  about  200  miles.  It  is  na- 
vigable for  sea  vessels  1 2  miles  above  Newbern,  for  flats 
five  miles  further,  and  for  small  boats  a  long  way  into  the 
interior  of  the  country. 

Cape  Fear  River  rises  in  the  northern  part  of  the  state, 
near  the  sources  of  Dan  River,  and  running  in  a  S.  E.  di- 
rection upwards  of  200  miles,  falls  into  the  Atlantic  ocean 
at  Cape  Fear.  It  is  about  three  miles  wide  at  the  outlet, 
and  there  is  18  feet  of  water  on  the  bar  at  high  tide.  It  is 
navigable  for  vessels  drawing  ten  or  eleven  feet  of  water 
to  Wilmington  ;  and  by  boats  to  Fayetteville. 

Yadkin  River  rises  in  the  Blue  Ridge,  in  the  N.  W.  part 
of  the  state,  and  runs  a  N.  E.  course  of  between  50  and 
60  miles;  it  then  turns  S.  E.  and  after  a  course  of  more 
than  100  miles,  it  passes  into  South  Carolina,  below  Rock- 
ingham. 

Cataicba  River  rises  in  the  Blue  Ridge,  and  runs  a 
north-eastwardly  direction  for  about  sixty  miles  ;  it  then 
turns  S.  E.  and  passes  into  South  Carolina,  S.  W.  from 
Charlotte. 

Broad  River  rises  in  the  Blue  Ridge,  and  passes  into 
South  Carolina,  after  a  passage  of  40  or  50  miles  south- 
east. 

33 


UNITED  STATES. 

The  head  waters  of  Tennessee  River,  viz.  Tennessee 
Proper,  Big  Pigeon  River,  French  Broad  River,  Nota- 
chucky  River,  and  New  River,  the  head  waters  of  the 
Great  Kanhaway,  have  all  their  sources  between  the  Blue 
Ridge,  and  the  western  boundary ;  and  as  these  all  fall 
into  the  Ohio,  after  long  winding  courses,  this  part  of  the 
country  must  be  greatly  elevated.  By  observations  made 
by  Maclure,  the  celebrated  geologist,  it  appears  that  the 
elevation  of  the  Warm  Springs  is  about  1300  feet  above, 
the  level  of  the  sea,  and  the  mountains  to  the  eastward 
about  4000. 

Geological  Formation. — The  whole  lower  part  of  the 
state  from  the  sea  to  within  about  10  miles  of  Raleigh  is 
alluvial ;  beyond  this  to  the  Blue  Ridge  it  is  primitive ; 
and  a  stripe  of  transition  extends  from  thence  to  the 
western  boundary. — These  formations  run  in  a  S.  W. 
direction,  nearly  parallel  with  the  coast.  The  alluvial  is 
about  1 20  miles  broad  ;  the  primitive  is  1 20 ;  and  the 
transition  about  15  or  20.  There  is  a  small  vein  of 
transition,  about  20  miles  long  and  10  broad,  that  passes 
from  Virginia  into  this  state,  through  the  primitive,  at  the 
head  waters  of  Yadkin  River. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — The  soil  is  very  similar 
to  that  of  Virginia.  The  alluvial  district  is  low,  sandy,  and 
barren,  producing  great  quantities  of  pine  timber,  and  the 
swamps,  which  are  very  large,  produce  cedars  and  bay 
trees.  Along  the  rivers  there  are  many  fertile  meadows, 
producing  luxuriant  grass.  In  the  primitive  district  the 
soil  is  various,  a  great  deal  being  of  good  quality,  producing 
timber,  grass,  and  other  articles,  similar  to  the  parallel 
district  of  Virginia.  The  mountainous  district  is  also 
irearly  similar  to  that  of  Virginia. 

Minerals  and  Mineral  Springs. — Iron  ore  is  plenty  in 
many  parts  of  the  state ;  and  there  are  valuable  iron  works 


NORTH    CAROLINA.  259 

in  Lincoln  county.  Gold  has  been  found  in  Cabarras  and 
Montgomery  counties.  Black  lead  is  found  in  some  places, 
and  there  are  also  some  ochres.  Minerals  generally  are 
supposed  to  be  abundant  in  the  state.  There  are  mineral 
springs  of  great  medicinal  virtue,  in  several  of  the  coun- 
ties ;  the  most  noted  are  the  Warm  Springs,  on  French 
Broad  River,  near  the  Tennessee  line. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  North  Carolina  embraces  four 
divisions  of  the  general  view,  the  warmest,  the  warm,  the 
middle,  and  the  temperate.  The  alluvial  district  has  the 
warmest  climate,  and  the  warm  extends  thence  to  the 
mountains ;  the  middle  climate  extends  over  the  moun- 
tainous district  of  the  N.  W.  part  of  the  state  ;  and  the 
temperate  climate  over  the  S.  W.  In  the  low  country 
the  winters  are  mild,  but  the  weather  is  very  changeable. 
The  summers  are  hot  and  sultry,  and  the  autumns  serene 
and  beautiful ;  but  the  great  heats  of  summer  are  relax- 
ing, and  the  exhalations  from  decaying  vegetable  matter 
in  the  marshy  and  swampy  districts  are  very  injurious  to 
health.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  state,  and  among  the 
mountains,  the  climate  is  highly  favourable.  From  ob- 
servations made  near  the  outlet  of  Cape  Fear  River,  it  ap- 
pears that  in  1820  the  thermometer  ranged  between  90° 
and  32°,  the  mean  heat  for  the  year  being  66°  7'.  It  is 
presumed  that  in  the  N.  W.  part  of  the  state  the  average 
heat  is  not  so  great  by  10  degrees. 

Historical  View. — North  Carolina  originally  formed  part 
of  that  extensive  district  which  the  French  named  Flori- 
da, and  the  English  Virginia,  and  was  included  in  the  pa- 
tent granted  to  Raleigh  in  1584.  In  1585  an  attempt  was 
made  to  settle  a  colony,  which  proved  abortive,  as  did  se- 
veral other  attempts  in  subsequent  years ;  and  the  first  per- 
manent settlement  was  made  in  1650.  In  1661  a  colony 
from  England  settled  at  Cape  Fear  River.  In  1663  a  pa- 


260  UNITED  STATUS. 

tent  was  granted  to  Lord  Clarendon  for  the  country  com- 
prehended between  N.  lat.  31°  and  36°.  In  1667  a  con- 
stitution was  formed,  and  the  first  assembly  met  in  1669. 
In  1670  a  new  constitution  was  formed  by  Mr.  Locke, 
and  in  1673  a  parliament  was  held.  In  1680  the  city  of 
Charleston,  in  South  Carolina,  was  founded.  In  1 682  the 
province  was  divided  into  three  counties,  two  in  the  north 
and  one  in  the  south.  In  1693  the  constitution  formed  by 
Mr.  Locke  was  abrogated,  and  a  government  established 
in  conformity  to  the  charter.  In  1 703  the  Church  of  Eng- 
land was  established  by  law.  In  1706  the  French  and 
Spaniards  invaded  Charleston,  but  were  defeated.  In  1 71 9 
the  proprietary  government  was  thrown  off;  and  in  1720 
a  royal  governor  was  appointed,  and  an  assembly  called. 
In  1729  Carolina  was  purchased  by  the  British  govern- 
ment, and  the  province  was  divided  into  North  and  South, 
and  from  this  period  North  Carolina  has  a  separate  his- 
tory, but  it  is  unimportant.  Tennessee  at  this  period 
made  part  of  the  province,  and  a  fort  was  built  on  Ten- 
nessee River  in  1756.  In  1760  the  Cherokees  attacked 
the  frontiers,  and  in  the  same  year  took  Fort  London. 
The  people  continued  generally  to  adhere  faithfully  to  the 
British  government,  until  the  attempt  was  made  to  tax 
them  without  their  consent,  when  a  troublesome  period 
ensued.  In  1765  the  governor  prevented  deputies  being 
sent  to  the  continental  congress,  but  in  1769  the  province 
openly  and  manfully  resisted  the  British  government,  and 
afterward  took  an  active  part  in  the  war.  In  1776  North 
Carolina  adopted  a  state  constitution.  In  the  same  year 
the  royal  troops  were  defeated  at  Moore's  Creek  Bridge. 
In  1779  the  Americans  were  defeated  at  Briar  Creek.  Jn 

1780  the  British  were  defeated  at  King's  Mountain.     In 

1781  the  Americans  were  defeated  at  Guilford.     Since 


NORTH    CAROLINA.  261 

the  peace  in  1783,  North  Carolina  has  continued  a  faith- 
ful adherent  of  the  Union. 

Population.— In  1763,  the  white  population  was  95,000; 
in  1790,  the  whole  population  was  393,751  ;  in  1800, 
478,103  ;  in  1810,  555,500;  and  in  1820  it  was  638,829, 
situated  as  hi  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  Coloured. 

Slave*. 

Total'. 

Anson, 

8,911 

147 

3,476 

12,534 

Ash, 

4,045 

40 

250 

4,335 

Buncombe, 

9,467 

33 

1,042 

10,542 

Burke, 

11,419 

75 

1,917 

13,411 

Beaufort, 

5,869 

326 

3,655 

9,850 

Bladen, 

4,346 

142 

2,788 

7,276 

Bertie, 

4,830 

250 

5,725 

10,805 

Brunswick, 

2,937 

209 

2,334 

5,480 

Camden, 

4,441 

117 

1,789 

6,347 

Cumberland, 

9,131 

564 

4,751 

14,446 

Currituck, 

6,098 

146 

1,854 

8,098 

Carteret, 

4,171 

109 

1,329 

5,609 

Columbus, 

2,922 

77 

913 

3,912 

Chatham, 

8,670 

183 

3,808 

12,661 

Chowan, 

2,839 

156 

3,469 

6,464 

Craven, 

6,563 

1,744 

5,087 

13,394 

Cabarras, 

5,632 

17 

1,599 

7,248 

C  as  well, 

7,543 

293 

5,417 

13,253 

Duplin, 

6,084 

61 

3,599 

9,744 

Edgecomb, 

7,273 

258 

5,745 

13,276 

Franklin, 

4,873 

159 

4,709 

9,741 

Guilford, 

12,692 

208 

1,611 

14,511 

Granville, 

8,630 

521 

9,071 

18,222 

Gates, 

3,989 

163 

2,685 

6,837 

262 


UNITED    STATES. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  Coloured. 

Slaves. 

Total. 

Green, 

2,294 

65 

2,174 

4,533 

Hyde, 

3,241 

146 

1,580 

4,967 

Halifax, 

6,236 

1,551 

9,450 

17,237 

Hertford, 

3,680 

788 

3,244 

7,712 

Heywood, 

3,780 

19 

274 

4,073 

Iredel, 

10,058 

25 

2,988 

13,071 

Jones, 

2,300 

152 

2,764 

5,216 

Johnson, 

6,406 

115 

3,086 

9,607 

Lenoir, 

3,331 

114 

3,354 

6,799 

Lincoln, 

14,791 

27 

3,329 

18,147 

Mecklinburg, 

11,685 

29 

5,181 

16,895 

Martin, 

3,378 

92 

2,850 

6,320 

Moore, 

5,778 

54 

1,296 

7,128 

Montgomery, 

6,860 

18 

1,815 

8,693 

Northampton, 

5,254 

725 

7,263 

13,242 

Nash, 

4,522 

218 

3,445 

8,185 

New  Hanover, 

5,086 

219 

5,561 

10,866 

Onslow, 

4,179 

60 

2,777 

7,016 

Orange, 

16,777 

562 

6,153 

23,492 

Pitt, 

5,731 

29 

4,241 

10,001 

Pasquotank, 

4,860 

532 

2,616 

8,008 

Person, 

5,275 

80 

3,674 

9,029 

Perquimans, 

4,179 

213 

2,465 

6,857 

Rutherford, 

11,989 

41 

3,321 

15,351 

Rockingham, 

8,350 

150 

2,974 

11,474 

Richmond, 

5,459 

57 

2,021 

7,537 

Randolph, 

10,023 

228 

1,080 

11,331 

Robeson, 

5,677 

428 

2,099 

8,204 

Rowan, 

20,489 

139 

5,381 

26,009 

Surrey, 

10,843 

112 

1,365 

12,320 

Stokes, 

11,634 

195 

2,204 

14,033 

Sampson, 

5,883 

168 

2,857 

8,908 

Tyrrel, 

3,007 

51 

1,261 

4,319 

NORTH    CAROLINA. 


Couutks. 

Whites. 

Free  Coloured. 

Slaves. 

Told. 

Wilks, 

8,633 

143 

1,191 

9,967 

Wake, 

11,951 

734 

7,417 

20,102 

Washington, 

2,242 

77 

1,667 

3,986 

Warren, 

4,214 

190 

6,754 

11,158 

Wayne, 

5,721 

157 

3,162 

9,040 

419,171      14,701      204,957         638,829 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — North  Carolina  is  highly 
favourable  as  to  agricultural  products.  Having  a  climate 
generally  favourable  to  vegetation,  and  a  great  variety  of 
soil,  it  produces  the  grain  of  the  northern  states,  and  the 
staple  commodities  of  the  southern.  Wheat,  Indian 
corn,  barley,  rye,  oats,  potatoes,  sweet  potatoes,  yams,  &c. 
flourish,  as  also  cotton,  tobacco,  and  rice,  also  the  fruits 
common  to  the  states  already  described.  The  number  of 
persons  engaged  in  agriculture  is  by  the  census,  174,196. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — The  manufactures  of 
North  Carolina  are  principally  in  the  domestic  way. 
The  principal  manufactures  on  a  larger  scale  are  of  iron 
and  paper.  The  estimated  amount  of  manufactures  in 
1810  was  $5,323,000.  In  1820  the  number  of  people 
engaged  in  manufactures  was  1 1,844. 

The  exports  of  North  Carolina  consist  of  cotton,  to- 
bacco, wheat,  Indian  corn,  lumber,  tar,  turpentine,  pitch, 
pork,  tallow,  &c.  The  chief  exports  are  to  the  other 
states.  The  directexports  in  1821  amounted  to  $401,000, 
the  whole  being  of  domestic  produce.  The  number  of 
persons  employed  in  commerce  by  the  census  is  2551. 

Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages. — RALEIGH  is  the  seat  ol 
government.  It  is  a  handsome  town,  situated  to  the  west 
of  Neuse  River,  near  the  central  part  of  the  state.  The 


264  UNITED  STATES. 

state  buildings  are  very  handsome,  and  there  are  a  great 
many  good  houses.  It  is  a  thriving  place ;  the  population 
in  1820  was  2674,  of  whom  1497  were  coloured  persons. 
The  statue  of  Washington  by  Canova  is  in  the  capitol. 

Newbern  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  Neuse  River, 
about  thirty  miles  from  Pamlico  Sound.  It  is  the  largest 
town  in  the  state,  and  carries  on  considerable  commerce 
in  lumber,  naval  stores,  grain,  and  pork.  Population, 
3663,  of  whom  2188  are  coloured. 

Fayetteville  is,  next  to  Newbern,  the  largest  town  in  the 
state.  It  is  advantageously  situated  near  the  west  bank 
of  Cape  Fear  River,  at  the  head  of  boat  navigation,  and 
is  one  of  the  most  flourishing  commercial  towns  in  the 
state.  The  principal  trade  is  in  tobacco,  cotton,  wheat, 
and  naval  stores.  There  is  also  some  manufacturing  car- 
ried on.  Population,  3532,  of  whom  1614  are  coloured. 

Wilmington  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Cape  Fear 
River,  34  miles  from  the  sea,  and  is  the  greatest  shipping 
port  in  the  state,  being  the  natural  depot  for  the  produce 
of  a  great  part  of  the  state.  Population,  white,  1098, 
coloured,  1565. 

Edenton  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Chowan  River, 
near  its  entrance  into  Albemarle  Sound,  and  is  a  favoura- 
ble situation  for  trade,  but  is  not  considered  healthy. 
Population,  whites  634,  coloured  927. 

Salisbury  is  an  agreeable  inland  town,  situated  to  the 
westward  of  Yadkin  River,  in  the  central  part  of  the  state, 
It  is  a  healthy  situation,  and  flourishing  place.  Popula- 
tion, 1234. 

Washington  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  Pamlico 
River,  and  contains  1034  inhabitants. 

We  may  now  notice  the  other  towns,  as  they  are  si- 
tuated, on  the  principal  streams,  beginning  in  the  N.  E. 

On  Chowan  River,  Murfreesborough. 


.VOKTH    CAROLINA.  265 

On  Roanoke  River,  Plymouth  and  Halifax. 

On  Tar  River,  Warrenton,  Greenville,  and  Tarbo- 
rough. 

On  Jfeuse  River,  Smithfield. 

On  Cape  Fear  River,  Avereysborough. 

On  Little  Pedee  River,  Lumberton. 

On  Yadkin  River,  Rockingham,  Huntsville,  Salem,  and 
Statesville. 

On  Cataicba  River,  Charlotte  and  Morgantown. 

On  French  Broad  River,  Ashville,  which  is  increasing  in 
consequence  of  its  agreeable  situation,  and  the  vicinity  to 
the  Warm  Springs. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — The  roads 
of  North  Carolina  have  been  hitherto  much  neglected, 
but  some  exertions  to  improve  them  have  lately  been 
made,  and  a  desire  for  improvement  is  becoming  general. 
Several  canals  have  been  completed  on  Cape  Fear  River, 
and  improvements  have  been  made  at  other  places.  The 
canal  between  Chesapeake  Bay  and  Albemarle  Sound, 
through  Dismal  Swamp,  was  noticed  in  the  general  vie^^. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  constitution  was  framed, 
as  already  stated,  in  1776,  and  like  all  the  other  states  is 
legislative,  executive,  and  judiciary.  The  legislative  branch 
is  vested  in  a  Senate  and  House  of  Commons,  together 
styled  the  general  assembly.  The  senators  are  chosen  an- 
nually, one  from  each  county,  and  must  possess  300  acres 
of  land,  and  have  resided  a  year  next  preceding  the  elec- 
tion in  the  county.  The  members  of  the  house  of  com- 
mons are  chosen  annually,  two  from  each  county,  and  one 
from  each  of  the  towns  Newbern,  Wilmington,  Edenton, 
Salisbury,  Hillsborough,  and  Halifax,  and  must  be  pos- 
sessed of  100  acres  of  land,  and  have  resided  a  year  next 
preceding  the  election  in  the  county.  The  executive 
branch  is  exercised  by  a  governor,  who  is  chosen  by  joint 
34 


I/SITED    STATES. 

ballot  of  the  two  houses,  and  is  eligible  only  for  three 
years  in  six.  He  must  be  30  years  of  age,  have  resided 
in  the  state  five  years,  and  have  a  freehold  estate  of  $1000 
value.  He  is  assisted  by  an  executive  council  of  seven, 
chosen  also  by  the  legislature.  The  judiciary  is  vested  in 
a  supreme  court,  and  other  courts,  and  the  judges  are  ap- 
pointed by  the  legislature,  and'  hold  their  offices  during 
good  behaviour.  Electors  of  senators  must  he  possessed 
of  50  acres  of  land,  and  have  resided  in  the  county  in 
Avhich  they  vote,  one  year.  Electors  of  the  commons 
must  have  resided  in  like  manner  one  year,  and  paid 
taxes. 

Education  and  Manners. — There  is  a  university  in 
Orange  county,  and  there  are  academies  at  Raleigh,  Fay- 
etteville,  Statesville,  Salisbury,  Louisburg,  and  other 
places  ;  and  academies  for  females  have  become  very  ge- 
neral, of  which  the  most  important  are  at  Raleigh,  War- 
renton,  and  Salem.  There  is  no  general  system  for  the 
support  of  common  schools,  but  the  inhabitants  of  each 
district  generally  associate  together  and  procure  a  teacher, 
and  of  late  great  attention  has  been  paid  to  Sunday 
schools.  In  short  we  can  discover  in  the  disposition  of 
the  inhabitants  a  desire  for^education  and  the  improve- 
ment of  the  mind,  and  that  infallibly  leads  to  industry, 
good  morals,  and  national  improvement  of  every  des 
cription. 


SOUTH    CAKULINA. 


SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

MUes.  Arta.  Situation. 

Length,  188  )  30,080  Square  MUes.  >  Betww,_   (  32°  2'  and  35°  10'  N. 
Breadth,160  $  19,251,200  Acres.       J  De       'n  (    1°  45'  and  6°  15'  W. 

Boundaries. — North  and  north-east,  by  North  Carolina; 
south-east,  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  and  south-west,  by 
Georgia,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  Savannah 
River. 

Face  of  the  Country. — Prom  the  Atlantic  Ocean  to  Cam- 
den  and  Columbia  the  country  is  generally  low,  flat,  and 
sandy,  with  many  swamps,  and  rich  land  on  the  banks  of 
the  rivers ;  on  the  coast  there  are  a  great  many  inlets  and 
islands.  Above  Columbia  the  country  becomes  elevated) 
and  has  a  variegated  and  agreeably  uneven  surface  to  the 
mountains,  which  rise  to  a  considerable  elevation  in  the 
N.  W.  part  of  the  state. 

Mountains. — The  mountainous  district  in  South  Caro- 
lina is  not  very  extensive,  but  it  is  very  interesting,  being 
altogether  of  the  primitive  formation,  as  in  New  Eng- 
land ;  the  mountains  are  high,  bold,  and  precipitous,  and 
have  many  interesting  valleys  between  them.  A  number 
of  the  peaks  are  very  high,  and  from  their  summits  there 
are  elegant  prospects  of  the  country  below.  The  eleva- 
tion of  the  highest  peaks  is  probably  between  4000  and 
5000  feet. 

Rivers. — The  principal  streams,  the  Santee,  Great  Pe- 
i  dee,  and  Savannah,  having  been  mentioned  in  the  general 
view,  it  only  remains  here  to  advert  to  some  of  the  lesser 
waters  and  tributary  branches.  ^ 

Little  Pedee  River  and  Waccamaw  River  both  rise  in 
North  Carolina,  and  fall  into  Big  Pedee  on  the  east  side. 

Lynch's  Creek,  is  a  large  stream,  rising  in  North  Caro- 


, 


2t>8  UNITED    STATES. 

Una,  and  running  in  a  south-east  direction,  it  falls  into 
J'edee  River,  on  the  west  side. 

Black  River  rises  near  Camden,  and  runs  a  course  ge- 
nerally south-east  to  the  Pedee,  which  it  reaches  above 
Georgetown. 

Calaicba  River  is  a  main  branch  of  the  Santee.  Its  rise 
and  progress  to  the  North  Carolina  state  line,  was  noticed 
last  article.  In  South  Carolina,  it  assumes  the  name  of 
Wateree,  and  holds  a  general  course  of  about  south-south- 
east, and  passing  Camden,  it  unites  with  the  Congaree 
about  30  miles  below  Columbia.  The  united  streams 
form  the  Santee.  The  Catawba  Falls,  above  Rocky  Mount, 
are  a  great  curiosity.  The  general  width  of  the  river  is 
about  180  yards  ;  but  here  it  is  contracted  to  about  GO, 
and  thus  contracted,  it  rushes  with  great  violence  from  one 
precipice  to  another,  making  altogether  above  20  different 
falls;  the  whole  height  being  above  100 feet.  The  scene- 
ry round  is  very  grand,  and  well  worth  the  attention  of  the 
traveller. 

Broad  River  is  the  middle  or  main  branch  of  the  San- 
tee River.  It  rises  among  the  mountains  of  North  Caro- 
lina, and  flowing  a  general  south-east  course,  it  receives 
the  waters  of  Pacolet  River,  Tyger  River,  and  Ennoree 
River,  and  unites  with  Saluda  River,  above  Columbia. 

Saluda  River  is  the  most  western  branch  of  Santee.  It 
rises  near  Greenville,  in  the  upper  country,  and  runs  a 
general  south-east  course  to  where  it  unites  with  Broad 
River. 

Cooper  River  rises  near  Santee  River,  40  miles  north 
from  Charleston,  and  unites  with  Ashley  River  below  that 
city.  Cooper  River  is  chiefly  remarkable  as  being  the 
medium  of  a  water  communication,  which,  by  a  canal,  is 
connected  with  Santee  River. 

Edinto  River  rises  between  Columbia  and  Augusta,  and 


SOUTH    CAROLINA.  i> 

running  a  general  south-east  course,  it  falls  into  the  Atlan- 
tic Ocean  at  Edisto  Island,  about  30  miles  south-west  from 
Charleston. 

Combahee  River  is  composed  of  two  streams,  called  the 
Big  and  Little  Saltketchers,  which  rise  above  Barnwell 
Court  House,  and  run  a  south-east  course  to  where  they 
unite,  and  form  the  Combahee,  32  miles  above  St.  Helena 
Sound. 

Coosaw,  or  Coosawhatchie  River,  rises  in  Black  Swamp, 
and  runs  a  south-east  course  of  about  45  miles,  when  it 
falls  into  the  bay  above  Beaufort. 

Keowee,  or  Seneca  River,  rises  among  the  mountains  in 
the  upper  part  of  the  state,  and  falls  into  Savannah  River 
below  Pendleton  Court  House. 

Geological  Formation. — The  whole  of  the  lower  part  of 
the  state,  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean  to  a  line  drawn  south- 
west from  Avereysboro',  in  North  Carolina,  to  Augusta, 
in  Georgia,  is  alluvial  The  line  passes  south-west,  a  few 
miles  above  Camden  and  Columbia.  The  remaining  part 
of  the  state  is  wholly  primitive,  with  the  exception  of  two 
small  specks  of  transition,  which  skirt  the  alluvial,  one 
opposite  to  Augusta,  and  the  other  above  Camden. 

Seil  and  Natural  Productions. — The  low  country,  or  al- 
luvial, has  a  sandy  soil,  bearing  large  forests  of  pine,  in- 
terspersed with  fertile  spots  of  deep  mould  in  the  swamps 
and  along  the  banks  of  the  rivers,  which  produce  canes 
and  cypress .  In  the  upper  or  primitive  district,  the  soil 
is  generally  good  near  to  the  foot  of  the  mountains, 
when  it  becomes  broken  and  rugged.  The  mountains  are 
precipitous,  with  a  thin  soil,  but  the  valleys  among  them 
are  fertile.  The  natural  productions,  generally,  are  near- 
ly the  same  as  in  North  Carolina.  Snake  root  and  Pink 
root  are  abundant. 

Minerals. — The  principal  minerals  are  iron,  lead,  black- 


270  UNITED    STATES. 

lead  and  copper.  Marie  abounds  extensively,  in  the  lower 
country,  and  in  the  upper,  there  is  Rock  Crystal  and  Ful- 
ler's earth.  The  principal  mineral  springs  are  Eutaw, 
near  Nelson's  Ferry,  and  Pacolet  Springs,  on  the  west 
bank  of  Pacolet  River. 

Curiosities. — In  addition  to  the  curiosities  mentioned 
in  the  general  article,  we  may  here  notice  a  perpendicu- 
lar precipice  of  1400  feet,  in  Table  mountain,  Greenville 
district ;  and  the  cataracts  on  the  southern  branch  of 
Saluda  River,  said  to  be  singularly  picturesque  and  beau- 
tiful. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  South  Carolina,  classes,  in  the 
general  view,  as  the  warm,  in  the  upper  district,  and  the 
warmest  or  hot,  in  the  low  country.  Between  the  two 
districts,  there  is  an  essential  difference  of  climate,  which 
becomes  more  and  more  apparent,  as  we  approach  the 
mountains ;  and  these  skirt  the  temperate  district  of  the 
western  country.  In  the  upper  district,  the  air  is  pure 
and  healthy  at  all  seasons  of  the  year ;  in  the  low  country, 
the  winters  are  mild,  and  spring  early ;  the  early  part  of 
summer  is  healthy  and  agreeable,  but  the  latter  summer 
months  are  relaxing,  and  the  fall  months  are,  in  many 
districts,  very  sickly. 

Historical  View. — The  history  of  Carolina  generally, 
up  to  the  period  of  the  separation  of  the  two  provinces, 
in  1732,  was  given  in  the  article  on  North  Carolina.  In 
1735,  there  was  a  great  insurrection  among  the  negroes. 
In  1740,  an  expedition  was  sent  against  St.  Augustine, 
which  proved  unsuccessful.  In  1 743,  indigo  began  to  be 
cultivated,  and  a  quantity  was  exported  to  England  in 
1747.  In  1754,  cotton  was  first  exported.  In  1761,  there 
was  a  war  with  the  Cherokees,  who  were  ultimately  de- 
feated. Up  to  this  period,  South  Carolina  continued  at- 
tached to  the  British  government,  but  the  attempt  to  tax 


SOUTH    CAROLINA. 


271 


the  people  without  their  consent,  roused  them  into  resist- 
ance, and  in  1 765,  they  sent  deputies  to  the  colonial  Con- 
gress. In  1775,  there  was  a  formidable  insurrection  in 
the  state,  in  favour  of  the  British  government,  but  it  was 
suppressed.  In  1780,  the  British  troops  occupied  Charles- 
ton, and  a  considerable  part  of  South  Carolina,  and  in  the 
course  of  the  next  year,  several  actions  took  place,  the 
most  decisive  of  which,  was  that  of  Eutaw  Springs,  which, 
in  effect,  terminated  the  contest  in  this  state.  In  1788, 
South  Carolina  ratified  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States ;  and  in  1 790,  formed  a  state  constitution,  from 
which  period,  no  material  incident  has  occurred. 

Population. — In  1750,  the  population  was  estimated  at 
64,000;  and  in  1766,  there  were  40,000  white  inhabitants, 
and  95,000  coloured.  By  the  first  census,  in  1790,  the 
population  was  219,073;  in  1800,  345,591  ;  in  1810,  it 
was  415,115 ;  and  in  1820  it  was  502,741,  situated  as  in 
the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whiles. 

Slaves.  Free  blacks.    Total. 

Abbeville  district, 

13,488 

9,615 

64 

23,167 

Barnwell  district, 

8,162 

6,336 

252 

14,750 

Beaufort  district, 

4,679 

27,339 

181 

32,199 

Chester  district, 

9,611 

4,542 

36 

14,189 

Chesterfield  district, 

4,412 

2,062 

171 

6,645 

Colleton  district, 

4,341 

21,770 

293 

26,404 

Darlington  district, 

6,407 

4,473 

69 

10,949 

Edgefield  district, 

12,864 

12,198 

57 

25,119 

Fairfield  district, 

9,378 

7,748 

48 

17,174 

Georgetown  district, 

1,830 

15,546 

227 

17,603 

Greenville  district, 

11,017 

3,423 

90 

14,530 

fforry  district, 

3,568 

1,434 

23 

5,025 

UNITED   STATES. 


Counties. 

Kershaw  district, 
Lancaster  district, 
Laurens  district, 
Lexington  district, 
Marion  district, 
Marlborough  district, 
Newbury  district, 
Orangeburg  district, 
Pendleton  district, 
Richland  district, 
Spartanburgh  district, 
Sumter  district, 
Union  district, 
Williamsburg  district, 
York  district, 
City  of  Charleston, 
St.  James,    St.   An-  } 
drews,     St.  John's  > 
Colleton,St.  Philip,  ) 
St.  Thomas,  St.  Den-"^ 
nis,     St.     Stephen, 
Christ   Church,   St.  ) 
James  Santee,    St.  j 
John's  Berkley, 


Whites. 

Stow*. 

Free  blacks.  Total. 

5,628 

6,692 

112 

12,432 

5,848 

2,798 

70 

8,716 

12,755 

4,878 

49 

17,^82 

5,267 

2,801 

15 

8,083 

6,652 

3,463 

86 

10,201 

3,250 

3,033 

142 

6,425 

10,177 

5,749 

178 

16,104 

6,760 

8,829 

64 

15,653 

22,140 

4,715 

167 

27,022 

4,499 

7,627 

195 

12,321 

13,655 

3,308 

26 

16,989 

8,844 

16,143 

382 

25,369 

9,786 

4,278 

62 

14,126 

2,795 

5,864 

57 

8,716 

10,251 

4,590 

95 

14,936 

10,653 

12,652 

1,475 

24,780 

6,626     24,639  1,865     33,130 


2,117     19,930     255     22,302 


237,460    258,475  6,806  502,741 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  agriculture  is  different 
in  the  different  districts  of  country.  In  the  low  country, 
the  chief  staples  are  cotton  and  rice.  In  the  upper  coun- 
try, in  addition  to  cotton,  the  farmers  raise  the  various 
kinds  of  grain  common  to  the  more  northern  states.  In 
addition  to  many  of  the  fruits  in  the  northern  states,  South 
Carolina  produces  oranges,  limes  and  lemons,  figs,  pome- 


SOUTH    CAROLINA.  5273 

granules,  and  with  proper  cultivation,  wine  might  be  ex- 
tensively made.  The  number  of  persons  employed  in 
agriculture,  in  1820,  was  166,707. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — The  domestic  manufac- 
tures of  the  upper  part  of  the  state,  are  nearly  equal  to  a 
supply  of  the  consumpt,  particularly  those  of  cotton  cloth. 
But  in  the  low  country  they  are  mostly  supplied  by  im 
ports.  In  1810,  the  manufactures  were  estimated  at 
$3,708,000.  In  1820,  the  number  of  persons  employed 
in  manufactures  was  6747. 

The  principal  articles  exported  are  cotton  and  rice. 
The  amount  of  exports,  in  1821,  was  $7,201,000,  of  which 
$6,868,000,  was  of  domestic  articles.  The  number  of 
persons  employed  in  commerce,  in  1820,  was  2684. 

Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages. — CHARLESTON,  the  prin- 
cipal city,  and  the  largest  in  the  southern  states,  was  no- 
ticed in  the  general  article. 

COLUMBIA,  the  seat  of  government,  is  handsomely  si- 
tuated on  the  east  side  of  Congaree  River,  immediately 
below  the  confluence  of  Saluda  and  Broad  Rivers. 
Being  in  a  healthy  country,  at  the  head  of  boat  naviga- 
tion, and  having  an  extensive  back  country,  it  is  a  place 
of  considerable  importance.  South  Carolina  College,  an 
important  seminary  of  education,  was  established  here  in 
1801. 

Georgetown  is  situated  at  the  head  of  Winyaw  Bay, 
and  has  considerable  shipping  trade,  but  the  country  is  so 
low  and  full  of  swamps,  that  it  is  not  esteemed  healthy. 

Beaufort  is  situated  on  Port  Royal  Island,  near  the  out- 
let of  Coosaw  River.  The  situation  is  healthy,  and  the 
town  having  one  of  the  finest  harbours  in  the  state,  has 
considerable  trade.  A  steam  boat  runs  between  it  and 
Charleston. 

Camdem  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Wateree  River, 
35 


£74  UNITED  STATES. 

which  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  70  tons,  and  there  is  con- 
siderable trade  with  the  back  country. 

The  foregoing  are  the  most  important  places;  but 
there  are  a  great  many  small  towns  and  thriving  settle- 
ments in  the  state,  a  few  of  which  we  shall  notice  as  they 
are  situated  on  the  waters  of  the  principal  rivers,  begin- 
ning at  the  eastward. 

On  Great  Pedee.— Darlington,  Society  Hill,  Cheraw, 
and  Chesterfield. 

OnBlank  River. — Kingtree  and  Sunterville. 

On  Wateree  River.— Manchester,  Statesburg,  and 
Lancaster. 

On  Broad  River.— Chesterville  and  Yorkville. 

On  Tyger  River. — Spartanburg. 

On  Saluda  River. — Cambridge,  Laurensville,  Greens- 
ville,  and  Pickensville. 

On  Edisto  River. — Orangeburg. 

On  Saltketcher  River. — Barnwell. 

On  Coosaw  River. — Coosawhatchie, 

On  Savannah  River  and  its  waters. — Purisburg,  Roberts- 
ville,  Edgefield,  Willington,  Vienna,  Abbeville,  Anderson- 
ville,  and  Pendleton. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Improvements. — A  board  of  public 
works  has  been  established  in  this  state,  under  whose  aus- 
pices great  improvements  are  going  forward.  Considera- 
ble improvement  has  been  made  in  several  of  the  roads 
throughout  the  state,  and  an  important  road  has  been 
made  through  the  mountains,  in  the  north-west  part  of 
the  state,  to  Tennessee.  The  canal  works  were  noticed 
in  the  general  article.  It  may  be  observed  here,  that  the 
state  has,  at  the  expense  of  $70,000,  completed  a  most  ex- 
cellent and  very  elegant  state  map,  which  will  greatly 
facilitate  the  making  of  judicious  plans  for  internal  im- 
provements. 


SOUTH    CA110LINA.  275 

Government  and  Laws. — The  present  constitution  was 
formed  in  1790,  and  has  been  amended  since.  It  is  legis- 
lative, executive,  and  judiciary.  The  legislature  consists 
of  a  senate  and  house  of  representatives.  The  senate  is 
composed  of  45  members,  who  are  elected  for  four  years, 
and  one  half  vacate  their  seats  biennially.  The  house  of 
representatives  consists  of  1 24  members,  who  are  elected  for 
two  years.  A  senator  must  be  a  free  white  man,  30  years 
of  age.  If  resident  in  the  district  for  which  he  is  chosen,  he 
must  possess  a  freehold  estate  worth  300Z.  sterling.  If  a 
non-resident,  he  must  possess  a  freehold  in  the  district 
worth  1000/.  sterling.  A  representative  must  be  a  free 
white  man,  and  if  a  resident,  must  have  500  acres  of  land, 
or  a  real  estate  worth  150/.  sterling.  If  a  non-resident,  he 
must  have  a  freehold  in  the  district,  worth  500/.  sterling. 
The  governor  is  chosen  every  two  years  by  the  assembly, 
and  can  only  serve  two  years  in  six.  He  must  be  thirty 
years  of  age,  have  resided  in  the  state,  and  been  a  citizen 
therein,  for  ten  years,  and  possess  an  estate  worth  1 500Z. 
sterling.  There  is  a  lieutenant-governor  chosen  for  the 
same  term,  who  must  have  the  same  qualifications.  The 
judiciary  power  is  vested  in  such  superior  and  inferior 
courts  of  law,  as  the  legislature  may  appoint.  The 
judges  hold  their  offices  during  good  behaviour.  The 
elective  franchise  is  vested  in  all  free  white  men  of  21 
years  of  age  and  upwards,  (except  paupers,  and  soldiers 
in  the  service  of  the  United  States,)  who  are  citizens, 
possessing  50  acres  of  land,  or  a  town  lot,  or  Avho  have 
been  residents  in  the  election  district  six  months  before 
the  election. 

Education  and  Manners, — There  are  a  number  of  col- 
leges and  academies  in  the  state,  for  the  higher  branches  of 
education,  and  the  desire  is  general  among  the  inhabit" 
ants,  to  give  their  children  good  education.  The  people 


UNITED    STATES. 


are  generally  very  hospitable  ;  the  females  are  well  edu- 
cated, and  set  a  good  example  before  their  families,  and 
society  is  in  a  state  of  improvement. 


GEORGIA. 

Miles.  Area.  Situation. 

Length,    300  )  58,200  so.  miles.    )  „  .  $  30°  19'  and  55°  GO/  N. 

Breadth,  194  $  37,248,000  acrea.  $  Be       Bn  i    3°  52'  and   8°  47'  W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Tennessee  and  North  Ca- 
rolina; north-east,  South  Carolina ;  south-east,  the  Atlan- 
tic Ocean ;  south,  Florida ;  west,  Alabama. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  face  of  the  country  in 
Georgia,  is  very  similar  to  South  Carolina ;  the  country 
below  Augusta  and  Milledgeville  is  low  and  sandy. 
Above  it  is  undulating  and  agreeably  uneven  ;  and  in  the 
north-west  there  are  extensive  mountains. 

Mountains. — The  Blue  Ridge  terminates  in  Georgia ; 
the  last  peak  being  about  1 500  feet  high  ;  but  westward, 
along  the  head  waters  of  the  rivers  falling  into  the  Atlan- 
tic, there  is  a  high  table  land  which  occasionally  assumes 
the  appearance  of  mountains. 

Rivers. — Savannah,  one  of  the  principal  rivers,  was 
noticed  in  the  general  article.  The  others  shall  be  no- 
ticed in  regular  order  from  east  to  west. 

Ogechee  River  rises  above  Greensborough,  200  miles 
N.  W.  from  Savannah,  and  pursuing  a  south-east  course, 
it  falls  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  through  Ossabaw  Sound, 
17  miles  S.  W.  of  Tybee  Light  House. 

Canuchee  River  rises  above  Emanuel  Court  House,  and 
runs  a  south-east  course  of  nearly  100  miles,  when  it  falls 
into  the  Ogechee  about  20  miles  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 


GEORGIA.  277 

vllatamaha  River  is  a  very  large  stream  with  many 
branches,  of  which  the  principal  are  the  Oconee  and  Oc- 
mulgee.  The  head  waters  of  the  Oconee,  consisting  of  a 
number  of  branches,  rise  in  the  dividing  ridge  between 
the  eastern  and  western  waters,  and  running  a  south- 
south-east  course  of  about  70  miles,  the  river  forms  a 
junction  with  the  Appalachee.  The  Appalachee  rises  near 
Hog  Mountain,  and  runs  a  south-east  course  of  above  50 
miles  to  the  Oconee.  From  the  junction,  the  fiver  holds 
a  general  S.  E.  course  of  about  130  miles,  and  unites  with 
the  Ocmulgee  River.  Ocmulgec  River  rises  to  the  south 
of  Hog  Mountain,  near  the  head  waters  of  Appalachee 
River,  and  runs  a  south-south-east  course  of  about  170 
miles,  to  the  lower  part  of  Telfair  county.  It  then  turns 
north-east,  and  at  the  distance  of  25  miles,  receives  the 
waters  of  the  Little  Ocmulgee  from  the  north-west.  Be- 
low, about  eight  miles,  it  unites  with  the  Oconee.  From 
the  junction  6f  the  two  streams,  Alatamaha  River  runs  a 
S.  E.  course  of  nearly  \00  miles,  and  falls  into  the  ocean 
through  Alatamaha  Sound,  10  miles  east  from  Darien. 
There  is  14  feet  water  upon  the  bar,  and  the  Oconee 
branch  is  navigable  for  vessels  of  30  tons  burden,  to 
MUledgeville. 

Ohoopee  River  rises  near  Saundersville,  and  running  a 
southwardly  .course  of  nearly  100  miles,  it  falls  into  the 
Alatamahaj'  30.  miles  below  the  outlet  of  Oconee  River. 

Chatahauchy  River  and  Alabama  River,  of  Which  the 
head  waters  are  in  the  north-west  part  of  this  sjtate,  have 
been  noticed  in  the  general  article.  ^  «^'  y '• 

FMnt  River  is  a  large  tributary  of  the  western  waters. . 
It  rises  near  the  head  waters  of  Ocmulgee  I&ye'fr,  and 
runs  a  south  and  south-east  course,  of  about  -70'  miles,  to 
Fort  Lawrence.  It  then  runs  south  about  1 10siniles,  <o , 
the  Limestone  Bluff;  when,  turning  westward  and«rupfling 


278  UNITED   STATES. 

a  south-west  course  of  above  50  miles,  it  unites  with 
Chatahouchy  River  at  the  Florida  boundary,  and  the 
united  streams  form  the  Appalachicola. 

Satilla  River  rises  about  30  miles  south  from  Telfair 
Court  House,  on  the  Ocmulgee  River,  and  runs  an  east- 
wardly,  but  very  crooked  course,  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean, 
between  St.  Symon's  and  Cumberland  Islands. 

St.  Mary's  River  rises  in  Eokefanoke  Swamp,  and  run- 
ning a  very  crooked  course,  but  generally  east,  it  forms 
the  boundary  between  Georgia  and  Florida,  and  falls 
into  the  sea  below  St.  Mary's,  where  it  forms  a  good 
harbour. 

Geological  Formation. — The  whole  of  the  state  below 
Augusta,  Milledgeville,  and  Hawkins's  Agency,  is  alluvial. 
The  primitive  succeeds  to  the  alluvial,  and  extends  north- 
west beyond  the  head  waters  of  Chatahoucliy  River.  The 
mountainous  district  in  the  north-west  is  transition,  and 
beyond  it,  the  north-west  corner,  bordering  upon  Tennes- 
see, is  secondary. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — The  soil  and  natural 
productions  of  Georgia  are  pretty  similar  to  those  of 
South  Carolina.  There  is  a  great  proportion  of  good  land 
in  upper  Georgia,  and  the  sea  islands  are  numerous  and 
rich.  The  low  country  is  very  sandy,  and  covered  with 
pines,  but  there  is  a  great  deal  of  alluvial  on  the  banks  of 
the  rivers. 

Minerals  and  Mineral  Springs. — The  minerals  of 
Georgia  are  not  extensive.  Near  Milledgeville,  there  is 
a  large  bed  of  yellow  ochre.  Some  copper  has  been  found 
in  the  upper  country.  There  are  mineral  springs  in  Jef- 
ferson county,  also  near  the  town  of  Washington,  and 
near  Danielsville,  in  Madison  county. 

Climate. — The  low  country  has  an  agreeable,  healthy 
climax,  for  eight  or  nine  months  in  the  year,  but  in  the 


GEORGIA.  270 

latter  part  of  summer  and  fall,  it  is  often  sickly,  except  on 
the  sea  islands,  which  are  generally  healthy.  The  climate 
of  the  upper  country  is  generally  agreeable,  and  in  the 
north-west,  near  the  foot  of  the  mountains,  it  is  esteemed 
the  best  in  the  Atlantic  states.  In  the  general  view,  the 
alluvial  district  is  termed  the  warmest  or  hot.  The  up- 
per country  to  the  mountains  the  warm ;  and  among  the 
mountains,  the  temperate.  In  1819,  the  thermometer 
ranged  at  Savannah,  from  97°  to  28°,  the  average  being 
660  6'.  At  Augusta,  in  1818,  the  greatest  heat  in  July 
was  lOOo,  and  the  greatest  cold  in  January  19°.  In  Mill- 
edgeville,  in  1820,  the  greatest  heat  in  July  was  95°,  and 
the  greatest  cold  in  January  17°.  The  average  of  Janu- 
ary was  48o,  of  July  87o. 

Historical  View.— In  1732,  General  Oglethorpe  obtained 
a  patent  for  Georgia,  from  George  II.  of  England,  in 
the  name  of  twenty-one  trustees,  and  next  year,  a  body  of 
settlers  arrived  in  the  colo»y,  and  soon  after  entered  into 
an  amicable  treaty  with  the  Creek  Indians.  The  same 
year  the  city  of  Savannah  was  founded.  In  1742,  a  body 
of  Spaniards  from  Florida  invaded  the  colony,  but  with- 
out success.  The  same  year,  a  new  government  was  es- 
tablished, and  ten  years  after,  the  province  was  surrender- 
ed to  the  king.  In  1755,  a  court  was  established  for  the 
administration  of  justice  ;  and  next  year,  forts  were  erect- 
ed for  the  protection  of  the  country.  In  1763,  the  country 
between  the  Altamaha  and  St.  Mary's  Rivers,  was  annex- 
ed to  Georgia.  In  1774,  several  millions  of  acres  were 
obtained  from  the  Indians.  In  1775,  Georgia  acceded  to 
the  confederation,  and  sent  deputies  to  Congress.  In 
1777,  the  first  state  constitution  was  adopted,  and  the  then 
existing  parishes  were  formed  into  counties.  In  1778,  the 
state  became  the  theatre  of  war,  which  continued  until 
1782?,  when  it  was  evacuated  by  the  enemy.  The  second 


280 


UNITED    STATES. 


constitution  was  adopted  in  1785,  and  was  amended  in 
1789.  At  this  time,  Georgia  extended  to  the  Mississippi ; 
and  in  1795  the  legislature  sold  about  22,000,000  acres  in 
the  western  territory,  for  $500,000,  to  certain  land  specu- 
lators, who  resold  it  at  a  great  advance ;  and  next  year  a 
succeeding  legislature  declared  the  sale  to  be  unconstitu- 
tional, and  ordered  the  records  of  it  to  be  burnt.  In 
1798,  the  present  constitution  was  adopted.  In  1802,  a 
large  tract  of  land,  situated  between  the  Oconee  and  Oc- 
mulgee  Rivers,  was  purchased  from  the  Indians,  and 
several  large  purchases  have  been  made  since  that  time. 
One  of  which,  in  1825,  has  caused  some  difficulty  between 
the  state  and  general  governments. 

Population. — In  1790,  Georgia  contained,  by  census, 
82,548;  in  1800,  162,686;  in  1810,  252,433;  and  in 
1820,  340,989,  situated  as  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  Blacks.  Slaves. 

All  others.  Tatal. 

Appling, 

1,178 

8 

78 

0 

1,264 

Baldwin, 

2,622 

1 

3,042 

0 

5,665 

Town  of  Milledgeville, 

865 

8 

1,196 

0 

2,069 

Bryan, 

759 

24 

2,238 

0 

3,021 

Bullock, 

1,877 

4 

697 

0 

2,578 

Burke, 

5,673 

84 

5,820 

0 

11,577 

Camden, 

1,278 

29 

2,095 

0 

3,402 

Town  of 

St.  Mary's, 

406 

19 

345 

1 

771 

Town  of 

Jefferson, 

124 

3 

42 

0 

169 

Chatham, 

703 

44 

6,467 

0 

7,214 

City  of  Savannah, 

3,866 

582 

3,075 

0 

7,523 

Clark, 

5,285 

21 

3,461 

0 

8,767 

Columbia, 

5,213 

62 

7,420 

0 

12,695 

Early, 

551 

1 

31'6 

0 

768 

tiKJOUGIA. 


'  •»nnlief. 

ir/iitcs.     F, 

•ce  blacks 

•III  utlt 

.ers.     Total. 

Effingham, 

1,654 

17 

1,347 

0 

3,018 

Elbert, 

6,629 

0 

5,159 

0 

11,788 

Emanuel, 

2,526 

35 

367 

0 

2,928 

Franklin, 

7,240 

26 

1,774 

0 

9,040 

Glynn, 

643 

15 

2,760 

0 

3,418 

Greene, 

6,599 

53 

6,937 

0 

13,589 

Gwinnett, 

4,050 

1 

538 

0 

4,589 

Habersham, 

2,868 

0 

277 

0 

3,145 

Hall, 

4,681 

6 

399 

0 

5,086 

Hancock, 

5,847 

24 

6,863 

0 

12,734 

Irwin, 

372 

0 

39 

0 

411 

Jackson, 

6,346 

12 

1,997 

0 

8,355 

Jasper, 

9,086 

34 

5,494 

0 

14,614 

Jefferson, 

3,667 

14 

2,680 

1 

6,362 

Town  of  Louisville, 

265 

14 

414 

1 

694 

Jones, 

9,300 

48 

6,381 

0 

15,729 

Town  of  Clinton, 

320 

16 

505 

0 

841 

Laurens, 

3,450 

11 

1,975 

0 

5,436 

Liberty, 

1,641 

17 

5,037 

0 

6,695 

Lincoln, 

3,378 

17 

3,063 

0 

6,458 

M'Intosh, 

1,343 

71 

3,715 

0 

5,129 

Madison, 

2,829 

2 

904 

0 

3,735 

Montgomery, 

1,165 

1 

703 

0 

1,869 

Morgan, 

7,463 

12 

6,045 

0 

13,520 

Oglethorpe, 

6,703 

5 

7,338 

0 

14,046 

Pulaski, 

3,237 

25 

2,021 

0 

5,283 

Putnam, 

8,208 

26 

7,241 

0 

15,475 

Rabun, 

509 

0 

15 

0 

524 

Richmond. 

3,667 

110 

4,831 

0 

8,608 

Scriven, 

2,090 

18 

1,833 

0 

3,94  J 

Tatnall, 

2,063 

13 

568 

0 

2,644 

Telfair, 

1,423 

35 

646 

0 

2,104 

Twiggs, 

6,968 

17 

3,462 

0 

10,447 

36 

Counties. 

Whites.  Free  bliu 

:k$.  Slaves. 

MloUien.  1'oiu,. 

Town  of  Marion, 

128 

0 

65 

0 

19S 

Walton, 

3,556 

5 

631 

0 

4,192 

Warren, 

6,530 

59 

4,041 

0 

10,630 

Washington, 

6,697. 

32 

3,898 

0 

10,627 

Wayne, 

671 

6 

333 

0 

1,010 

Wilkes, 

7,499 

56 

9,356 

1 

16,912 

Town  of  Washington, 

339 

7 

349 

0 

695 

Wilkinson, 

5,516 

13 

1,463 

0 

6,992 

189,566  1763149,656  4  340,939 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — In  the  low  country,  the  soil 
is  barren  and  sandy,  except  in  the  swamps  and  alluvial  of 
the  rivers,  where  it  is  very  rich,  but  the  country  is  un- 
healthy. In  the  upper  country,  there  are  large  bodies  of 
fine  fertile  land.  The  sea  islands  are  generally  fertile. 
The  staple  commodity  of  Georgia  is  cotton,  of  which 
there  are  great  crops  throughout  the  state.  Cotton  of  a 
very  fine  quality,  called  Sea  Island  Cotton,  grows  ex- 
tensively on  the  sea  islands  and  swamps  near  the  sea. 
Great  crops  of  rice  are  also  raised  on  these  islands  and 
swamps,  and  the  culture  of  sugar  has  of  late  been  suc- 
cessfully introduced.  In  the  upper  country,  wheat  and 
other  grain  is  extensively  cultivated,  and  all  over  the  state 
targe  crops  of  Indian  corn  are  raised.  Both  soil  and 
climate  are  congenial  to  vegetation,  and  all  sorts  of  vegeta- 
bles, roots,  and  fruits,  are  raised.  Peaches  are  very 
abundant,  and  of  excellent  quality,  and  large  quantities 
of  peach  brandy  are  distilled.  Vines  are  cultivated  with 
success,  and  it  has  been  supposed  that  in  the  north-west 
part  of  this  state,  the  climate  is  more  congenial  to  the 
growth  of  plants  from  the  south  of  Europe,  such  as  the 
vine  and  the  olive,  than  any  situation  north  of  it,  in  the 


GEORGIA:.  203 

United  States.*  The  number  of  persons  employed  in 
agriculture,  by  the  census  of  1820,  is  101,185. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — A  great  deal  of  manu- 
facturing is  performed  in  families,  particularly  of  cotton 
cloth;  but  there  are  also  large  importations  from  the 
northern  states  and  Great  Britain.  The  manufactures  in 
1810,  were  estimated  at  $2,744,000.  The  number  of 
persons  employed  in  manufactures  in  1820,  is  by  the  cen- 
sus, 3557. 

In  consequence  of  the  large  quantities  of  exportable 
produce  raised  in  Georgia,  the  state  has  a  great  trade, 
both  foreign  and  with  the  northern  states.  The  principal 
exports  are  cotton  and  rice.  The  value  of  exports  in 
1821,  was  $6,014,000,  of  which,  $5,980,000  was  do- 
mestic produce.  The  number  of  persons  engaged  in 
commerce  in  1820,  was  2139. 

Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages. — MILLEDGEVILLE,  the  seat 
of  government,  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  Oco- 
:nee  River,  and  is  in  a  thriving  state.  Population,  2069. 

SAVANNAH,  the  only  city  in  the  state,  was  described  in 
the  general  view. 

Augusta  is  a  very  handsome  town,  situated  on  the  west 
side  of  the  Savannah  River,  127  miles  north-west  from 
Savannah.  It  is  regularly  laid  out,  and  contains  a  great 
number  of  handsome  buildings,  principally  of  brick.  Being 
on  the  line  between  the  upper  and  lower  country,  it  is  a 
great  emporium  of  trade,  of  which  it  has  a  large  share. 
It  is  to  be  regretted,  that  the  population  is  not  in  the  last 
census. 

The  other  towns  will  be  noticed  as  they  are  situated  on 
the  rivers,  beginning  north-east. 

"  MaclnreVGeoIogy. 


UNITED    STATES. 


On  Savannah  River  and  its  waters. 

Waynesborough,  100  miles  north-west  from  Savannah, 
Washington  is  30  miles  north-west  from  Augusta,  and  is 
a  pretty  place,  in  a  healthy  country.  Population,  695. 
Petersburg  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Savannah  River, 
at  the  outlet  of  Broad  River.  Carnesville  is  situated  on 
the  head  waters  of  Broad  River,  58  miles  north-west  from 
Petersburg. 

On  the  Oconee  and  its  waters. 

Louisville.,  the  late  seat  of  government,  100  miles  north- 
west from  Savannah,  contains  694  inhabitants.  George- 
town is  25  miles  north-west  from  Louisville.  Warrenton 
is  on  the  head  waters  of  Rocky  Comfort  Creek,  about  13 
miles  north-east  from  Georgetown. 

On  Alatamaha  and  its  waters. 

Dublin  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Oconee  River, 
44  miles  below  Milledgeville.  Sandersvilleis  on  the  head 
of  Lamar's  Creek,  26  miles  south-east  from  Milledgeville. 
Sparta  is  situated  22  miles  north-east  of  Milledgeville,  on 
the  head  waters  of  Buffaloe  Creek.  Eatonton  is  situated 
20  miles  north  by  west  of  Milledgeville,  on  the  waters  of 
Little  River.  Greensburg  is  situated  on  the  head  waters 
of  Richland  Creek,  four  miles  east  of  the  Oconee  River. 
It  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  Madison  is  situated 
eight  miles  west  from  the  Appalachy  River. 

Athens  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Oconee  River, 
23  miles  above  Madison,  and  is  celebrated  as  the  seat  of 
the  Georgia  University. 

Jefferson  is  situated  on  the  head  waters  of  Oconee  Ri- 
ver, 18  miles  north-west,  from  Athens,  and  contains  16f> 
inhabitants 


GEORGIA.  285 

Clarksborough  is  situated  eight  miles  south-east  from 
Jefferson. 

Watkinsville  is  situated  between  Oconee  and  Appalachy 
Rivers,  six  miles  south-west  of  Athens. 

Jlfarionis  situated  on  the  head  waters  of  Savage  Creek, 
ten  miles  east  from  Ocmulgee  River,  and  contains  193  in- 
habitants. 

Clinton  is  situated  ten  miles  east  from  Ocmulgee,  and 
contains  841  inhabitants. 

Monticello  is  22  miles  north  from  Clinton. 

Sunbury  is  situated  forty  miles  south-west  from  Savan- 
nah, and  has  a  good  harbour  and  a  little  trade. 

Darien  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of  the  Alatamaha  River, 
and  great  exertions  have  been  made  to  improve  it,  and 
render  it  a  commercial  place.  A  bank  was  established 
here  some  years  ago. 

St.  Mary's  is  situated  on  the  north  bank  of  St.  Mary's 
River,  near  the  outlet ;  and  is  a  good  port  and  pretty 
healthy  situation.  Population,  771. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — For  a  long 
period,  the  roads  in  this  state  were  very  much  neglected, 
but  attention  to  that  important  subject  has  of  late  been  ex- 
cited, and  several  good  roads  have  been  constructed,  and 
amendments  made  on  old  lines  of  road.  The  state,  par- 
ticularly in  the  lower  part,  is  remarkably  well  supplied 
with  navigable  rivers,  which  serve  as  canals  ;  and  consi- 
derable exertions  have  been  made  to  improve  the  large 
streams,  so  as  to  aid  the  navigation. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  constitution  of  Georgia 
was  formed  in  1798,  and  has  been  since  amended.  By  it 
the  powers  of  government  are  legislative,  executive,  and 
judiciary.  The  legislative  branch  consists  of  a  general 
assembly,  composed  of  a  senate  and  house  of  represen- 
tatives, the  members  of  which  are  elected  annually ;  the 


286  UNITED   STATES. 

senators,  one  from  each  count)7,  and  the  representatives 
not  less  than  one,  nor  more  than  four  from  each  county. 
A  senator  must  be  twenty-five  years  of  age,  and  pos- 
sessed of  a  real  estate  of  $500,  or  pay  taxes  for  $1000 
within  the  county.  He  must  be  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States  for  nine  years,  and  of  the  state  for  three ;  and 
have  resided  within  the  county  a  year  preceding  the 
election.  A  representative  must  be  21  years  of  age,  pos- 
sessed of  a  freehold  worth  $250,  or  of  $500  taxable  pro- 
perty, within  the  county.  He  must  have  been  a  citizen 
of  the  United  States  for  seven  years,  and  of  the  state 
for  three ;  and  have  resided  in  the  county  one  year  pre- 
ceding the  election.  The  executive  branch  is  vested  in  a 
governor,  who  is  chosen  for  two  years,  by  the  general 
assembly.  He  must  be  30  years  of  age,  and  have  been  a 
citizen  of  the  United  States  twelve  years,  and  of  the  state 
six;  and  be  possessed  of  500  acres  of  land,  and  other 
property,  worth  $4000.  The  judiciary  power  is  vested  in 
a  superior  court,  and  an  inferior  court  for  each  county. 
The  judges  are  all  elected  by  the  people — the  judges  of 
the  superior  court  for  three  years,  and  of  the  inferior 
courts  and  justices  annually.  The  right  of  voting  at  elec- 
tions belongs  to  all  citizens  who  have  resided  six  months 
in  the  counties  for  which  they  vote,  and  have  paid  such 
taxes  as  have  been  assessed. 

Education  and  Manners. — In  1803,  Franklin  College 
went  into  operation,  and  there  is  now  connected  with  it 
an  academy  in  each  county;  and  for  the  support  of  these 
institutions  $1000  has  be'en  provided  for  each  county.  In 
the  year  1817,  an  appropriation  of  $200, 000  was  made  by 
the  legislature,  for  the  establishment  of  free  schools 
throughout  the  state,  which  it  is  presumed  will  have  a 
great  tendency  to  improve  the  public  mind.  The  people 
of  Georgia  are  generally  very  hospitable  and  friendly. 


ALABAMA.  £57 

ALABAMA. 

Miles.  Area.  Situation. 

Length,  275  (  50,800  Square  Miles.  )  n  (30°  17'  and  35°  00'  N. 

Breadth,  185  {  32,512,000  Acres.       $  Be       'n   {  7°  58'  and  11°  26'  W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Tennessee ;  east,  Georgia ; 
south,  Florida  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico ;  west,  Missis- 
sippi. 

Face  of  the  Country. — Below  Point  Comfort  and  Ca- 
hawba the  country  is  generally  low  and  level.  To  the 
northward  it  rises  by  gentle  acclivities,  and  is  agreeably 
variegated.  In  the  upper  part,  towards  Tennessee  River, 
it  is  hilly,  and  in  some  places  mountainous.  Beyond  the 
hilly  district  is  the  valley  of  Tennessee,  which  is  highly 
elevated,  rich  and  variegated. 

Mountains. — The  Alleghany  chain  terminates  in  the  up- 
per part  of  Georgia,  but  a  number  of  the  spurs  or  frag- 
ments traverse  the  upper  part  of  this  state.  One  ridge 
passes  S.  W.  from  Ross,  on  Tennessee  River,  and  passing 
between  the  Coosa  and  Black  Warrior  River,  terminates 
near  the  head  waters  of  Cahawba.  The  highlands  conti- 
nue westward,  on  the  dividing  ridge  between  the  southern 
waters  and  those  falling  into  Tennessee  River,  and  a  spur 
proceeds  south  from  that  between  Black  Warrior  and 
Tombeckbee  Rivers.  Some  of  the  peaks  rise  to  an  eleva- 
tion of  3000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

Rivers. — The  principal  streams  have  been  described 
in  the  general  view  ;  and  it  is  only  necessary  here  to  men- 
tion the  principal  tributary  branches. 

Cahawba  River  is  a  large  stream,  rising  near  Hanby- 
ville,  and  running  120  miles  nearly  a  south  course,  it  falls 
into  Alabama  River  at  Cahawba.  It  is  navigable  by  keel 
boats  to  the  falls. 

Tuscaloosa  or  Black  Warrior  River  rises  in  the  dividing 

&,m  I  *H 


UMTED    STATES. 

ridge,  and  runs  a  S.  S.  W.  course  of  more  than  120 
miles,  and  falls  into  Tombeckbee  River,  at  Demopolis. 
This  river  is  navigable  with  steam  boats  to  Tuscaloosa, 
and  in  freshets  boats  ascend  a  considerable  way  above. 

Elk  Creek  rises  near  Winchester,  Tennessee,  and  runs 
a  west  course  nearly  40  miles.  It  then  turns  to  a  south- 
west course,  and  passing  into  Alabama,  it  falls  into  Ten- 
nessee River,  at  the  Muscle  Shoals.  Its  whole  length  is 
about  90  miles,  and  it  is  navigable  about  60. 

Bear  Creek  rises  in  the  dividing  ridge,  and  running  a 
N.  W.  course  of  about  70  miles,  it  falls  into  the  Tennes- 
see, at  the  N.  W.  corner  of  Alabama. 

Choctaw  River  rises  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state, 
and  falls  into  the  bay  of  Saint  Roses,  on  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico. 

Yellow  Water  River  rises  near  the  head  waters  of  the 
Choctaw,  and  running  south-west,  falls  into  Pensacola 
Bay. 

Connecuh  River  rises  near  Hurricane  Spring,  and  runs 
a  south-west  course  of  80  miles,  when  it  unites  with  thr 
Escambia. 

Escambia  River  rises  near  Fort  Claiborne,  and  running 
a  southwardly  course,  it  unites  with  the  Connecuh  ,  and 
forms  Escambia  Bay  above  Pensacola. 

Geological  Formation. — The  southern  part  of  the  state, 
below  Cahawba,  is  alluvial.  From  Cahawba  to  near  .the 
falls  of  the  Black  Warrior  it  is  principally  transition  with 
some  primitive.  The  valley  of  Tennessee  River  is  secon- 
dary. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — The  alluvial  district  i< 
pretty  similar  to  that  of  Georgia,  in  point  of  soil ;  it  is  ge- 
nerally light,  thin,  and  sandy,  and  covered  with  pine  bar- 
rens, but  having  much  excellent  land  on  the  banks  of  ri- 
vers; and  there  are  many  fertile  prairies.  The  central 


ALABAMA.  -JSM 

part  is  mountainous  and  rugged,  but  there  are  many  fer- 
tile valleys,  and  the  climate  is  favourable  to  vegetation. 
The  northern  part,  consisting  of  the  valley  of  Tennessee, 
is  one  of  the  most  fertile  spots  in  the  United  States.  Ge- 
nerally, it  is  estimated  that  three-fifths  of  the  lands  of 
this  state  are  of  good  quality.  The  natural  production? 
are  nearly  the  same  as  in  Georgia. 

Minerals. — Coal  of  a  fine  quality  abounds  in  the  Ten- 
nessee Valley.  Iron  ore  is  plenty  in  many  parts  of  the 
state.  Limestone  and  freestone  are  found  in  the  northern 
part.  In  many  situations  in  the  valley  of  Tennessee  there 
are  salt  springs.  Burr  flint  has  been  found  in  all  the  ridges 
of  the  northern  mountains. 

Climate. — In  the  general  view  of  the  United  States  the 
climate  of  Alabama  has  three  varieties,  the  warmest  orhot, 
the  warm,  and  temperate.  The  hot  climate  extends  from 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  Fort  Jackson.  Thence  to  the  Falls 
of  Black  Warrior  it  is  warm,  and  to  the  north  temperate. 
In  the  whole  of  the  state  the  climate  in  autumn,  winter, 
and  spring,  is  very  pleasant.  In  the  upper  country  the 
summers  are  also  agreeable,  and  even  in  the  low  country 
the  summer  heat,  though  constant,  the  air  is  so  fanned 
with  breezes  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  that  the  extreme 
point  of  heat  is  seldom  more  than  90  degrees ;  and  from 
the  favourable  position  of  Alabama,  the  thermometer  in 
the  northern  parts,  in  winter,  is  seldom  under  20°.  By 
observations  made  at  Cahawba,  the  seat  of  government,  in 
1819,  the  mean  heat  of  June,  July,  and  August,  was  84°, 
and  of  December  63°.  The  highest  point  in  July  was  94°, 
and  the  lowest  in  December  was  30°. 

Historical  View. — In  1800,  the  territory  which  now 
forms  the  states  of  Alabama  and  Mississippi,  was  formed 
into  a  territorial  government,  and  two  years  after,  the 
state  of  Georgia,  for  $1,250,000,  sold  all  her  interest  jn 


IMTED    STATES. 

the  lands,  to  the  government  of  the  United  States,  in 
1812,  that  part  of  West  Florida  lying  west  of  Perdido 
River,  was  annexed  to  the  territory.  During  the  late  con- 
test with  Britain,  the  territory  was  often  the  theatre  of  war 
with  the  Indians,  and  a  number  of  bloody  actions  were 
fought,  but  the  white  people  generally  triumphed,  an  d  the 
power  of  the  Indians  was  at  last  completely  subdued.  In 
1817,  an  act  of  Congress  waspassed  for  dividing  the  Mis- 
sissippi territory,  and  authorizing  the  people  in  the  western 
portion,  to  form  a  state  constitution.  The  eastern  part 
was  then  formed  into  a  territorial  government,  under  the 
name  of  Alabama;  and  in  1819,  a  constitution  was  form- 
ed, and  Alabama  admitted  as  a  state. 

Population. — In  1800,  the  population  of  that  part  of 
Mississippi  territory,  now  constituting  Alabama,  did  not 
exceed  2000  ;  in  1810,  it  was  estimated  at  not  more  than 
10,000;  in  1817,  the  population,  by  census,  was  67,694. 
Since  that  time,  the  population  has  increased  with  great 
rapidity,  and  by  the  census  of  1820,  amounted  to  127,901, 
exclusive  of  the  population  of  a  number  of  the  counties 
which  was  not  obtained  in  time  for  the  publication  of  the 
census.  The  population  as  obtained  is  situated  as  in  the 
following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

Total. 

Autauga, 

2,203 

3 

1,647 

3,853 

Baldwin, 

651 

61 

1,001 

1,713 

Blount, 

2,239 

1 

175 

2,415 

Bibb, 

2,930 

0 

746 

3,676 

Butler, 

835 

1 

569 

1,405 

Clarke, 

3,778 

26 

2,035 

5,839 

Connecuh, 

3,769 

13 

1,931 

5,713 

Covington,* 

ALABAMA. 


Countits. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

Total. 

Dallas, 

3,324 

2 

2,677 

6,003 

Decatur,* 

Franklin, 

3,308 

13 

1,667 

4,988 

Greene, 

2,861 

2 

1,691 

4,554 

Henry, 

2,011 

1 

626 

2,638 

Jackson, 

8,129 

83 

539 

8,751 

Jefferson,* 

Lauderdale, 

3,556 

29 

1,378 

4,963 

Lawrence,* 

Limestone, 

6,922 

30 

2,919 

9,871 

Madison, 

8,813 

46 

8,622 

17,481 

Marengo, 

2,052 

15 

866 

2,933 

Marion,* 

Mobile, 

1,673 

183 

816 

2,672 

Monroe, 

5,014 

30 

3,794 

8,838 

Morgan, 

4,394 

11 

.       858 

5,263 

Montgomery, 

3,941 

8 

2,655 

6,604 

Perry,* 

Pickens,* 
Pike,* 

« 
• 

Shelby, 

2,011 

0 

405 

2,416 

St.  Clair, 

3,607 

6 

553 

4,166 

Tuscaloosa, 

5,894 

0 

2,335 

8,229 

Washington,* 

Wilcox, 

1,556 

7 

1,354 

2,917 

Total, 

85,471 

571 

41,859 

127,901 

The  population,  in  1826,  is  estimated  at  236,000. 

Agriculture  and   Produce. — The  great  employment  of 
the  people  of  this  state  is  agricultural,  and  both  soil  and 

*  Those  counties  marked  thus  *  are  not  included  in  the  last  census, 


UiMTED    STATES. 

climate  being  highly  favourable  to  agricultural  produc- 
tions, the  return  is  very  abundant.  The  state  produces 
cotton,  which  is  the  staple  commodity.  Wheat,  Indian 
corn,  and  other  grain  grow  profusely  in  the  upper  part 
of  the  state,  and  below  the  31st  degree  of  latitude  sugar 
canes  are  brought  to  maturity.  A  colony  ot  French 
emigrants  has  been  settled  on  the  Tombeckbee  River, 
with  the  view  of  cultivating  the  vine  and  the  olive,  with 
a  probability  of  success.  The  number  of  persons  en- 
gaged  in  agriculture  by  the  last  census  is  30,642. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — The  principal  manufac- 
tures in  Alabama  are  in  families.  In  a  new  country, 
where  the  produce  is  extensive,  and  fit  for  exportation,  the 
chief  employment  will  be  agricultural.  The  number  of 
persons  stated  in  the  census  as  being  employed  in  manu- 
factures (which  includes  all  mechanics,)  is  only  1412. 

The  commerce  of  a  new  country,  is  generally  extensive 
in  proportion  to  its  population.  Manufacturing  is  a  slow 
process,  and  at  first  the  greater  part  of  the  clothing,  fur- 
niture, £c.  will  be  imported,  and  a  great  part  of  the  pro- 
duce will  be  exported.  The  exports  from  this  state  are 
large,  but  they  are  altogether  to  the  other  states,  and  do 
not  appear  on  the  custom  house  books.  The  number  of 
persons  employed  in  commerce,  in  1820,  was  452. 

Chief  Towns. — CAHAWBA,  the  seat  of  government,  is 
situated  on  the  west  side  of  Alabama  River,  at  the  outlet 
of  Cahawba  River.  It  is  the  seat  of  justice  for  Dallas 
county,  and  there  is  an  office  in  it  for  the  sale  of  public 
lands. 

Mobile  is  the  oldest  town  in  the  state,  and  is  well  situ- 
ated for  commerce.  It  is  on  the  west  side  of  Mobile  Bay, 
about  30  miles  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  There  are  ex- 
tensive sand  banks  in  the  river,  which  operate  against  the 


ALABAMA. 

convenience  of  Mobile  as  a  port,  but  it  is  nevertheless  a 
considerable  trading  place. 

Blakely  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay,  opposite 
to  Mobile,  and  has  also  considerable  trade. 

Huntsville  is  the  oldest  settlement  in  the  Tennessee 
valley,  and  is  an  elegant  thriving  town ;  and  being  situated 
in  a  delightful  country,  it  will  probably  always  be  an 
agreeable  place  of  residence.  We  shall  notice  the  other 
towns  as  they  are  situated  upon  the  rivers,  beginning  at 
the  eastward. 

.On  Mobile  River.  Florida,  lately  Fort  Stoddart,  is  si- 
tuated on  the  west  side  of  the  river,  below  the  junction  of 
the  Tombeckbee  and  Alabama,  and  is  a  thriving  place. 

On  Alabama  River.  Clairborne  is  situated  on  the  east 
side,  about  40  miles  above  the  junction  with  the  Tombeck- 
bee. Montgomery  is  situated  on  a  bend  of  the  river  below 
Fort  Jackson,  and  is  in  a  thriving  state. 

On  Tombeckbee  River.  Dumfries  is  situated  on  the 
west  side,  12  miles  above  Florida.  Jackson  is  situated 
on  the  east  side,  20  miles  above  Dumfries.  St.  Stephen's 
is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  river,  nine  miles  above 
Jackson,  and  is  a  large  settlement.  Being  at  the  head  of 
sloop  navigation,  and  having  a  rich  back  country,  it  is  a 
place  of  considerable  trade.  Coffeeville  is  on  the  east  side 
of  the  river,  40  miles  above  St.  Stephen's,  and  is  in  a  rich 
thriving  country.  Demopolis  is  on  the  east  side  of  the 
river,  at  the  outlet  of  the  Black  Warrior,  in  the  French 
settlement.  Columbia  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the 
river,  where  General  Jackson's  road  crosses  it. 

On  the  Black  Warrior.  Tuscaloosa,  at  the  falls,  is  an 
interesting  town,  situated  in  a  beautiful  country,  and  it  is 
fast  increasing  in  population.  Kellysmlle  is  situated  on 
the  east  side,  30  miles  above  Tuscaloosa. 

On  Tennessee  and  its  waters.     Marathon  is  situated  on 


294  UNITED    STATES. 

the  south  side  of  Tennessee  River,  at  the  head  of  the 
Muscle  Shoals.  It  was  laid  out  by  the  government  of  the 
United  States,  and  is  well  situated  for  the  commerce  of 
the  river.  Russelmlle  is  situated  on  the  waters  of  Bear 
Creek,  20  miles  south  of  Tennessee  Ri^er,  on  General 
Jackson's  road.  Florence  is  an  important  and  thriving 
town,  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  Tennessee,  where 
the  great  south-west  road  crosses.  It  has  a  considerable 
trade  on  the  river,  and  a  steam  boat  runs  from  here  to  the 
Ohio. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — The  most 
sure  basis  of  all  public  improvement  is  a  fund  to  defray 
the  expense,  and  that  is  liberally  provided  for  in  this  state. 
Five  per  cent,  of  the  net  proceeds  of  all  the  public  lands 
within  the  state  is  appropriated  for  making  roads  and  ca- 
nals, and  for  improving  the  navigation  of  the  rivers.  It 
is  too  early  to  look  for  turnpike  roads,  but  many  roads 
have  already  been  made,  and  some  of  them  of  great  ex- 
tent, particularly  that  laid  out  under  the  auspices  of  the 
celebrated  General  Jackson,  which  extends  nearly  in  a  di- 
rect line  between  Florence  and  Madisonville,  on  Lake 
Pontchartrain,  a  distance  of  more  than  330  miles.  Seve- 
ral canals  have  been  projected,  but  none  have  yet  been 
made.  Indeed  the  state  is  so  well  accommodated  with  fine 
navigable  waters,  that  canals  are  not  very  necessary.  A 
steam  boat  runs  between  Mobile  and  Montgomery,  on 
Alabama  River ;  another  between  Mobile  and  St.  Ste- 
phens ;  and  a  third  between  St.  Stephens  and  Tuscaloosa. 
There  is  also  steam  boat  navigation  between  Mobile  and 
Lake  Pontchartrain. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  constitution  of  Alabama 
was  formed  in  1819,  and  like  the  other  states,  it  divides 
the  powers  of  government  into  three  departments.  The 
legislative  power  is  vested  in  a  senate  and  house  of  repre- 


ALABAMA.  £95 

sentatives,  together  styled  the  assembly.  The  senators 
are  elected  for  three  years,  and  one-third  vacate  their  seats 
annually.  Each  senator  must  be  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States,  and  have  been  a  resident  in  the  state  for  two  years 
next  before  his  election,  and  be  27  years  of  age.  Mem- 
bers of  the  house  of  representatives  are  chosen  annually, 
and  must  be  citizens  of  the  United  States,  and  have  re- 
sided two  years  in  the  state.  The  executive  power  is 
vested  in  a  governor,  who  is  elected  for  two  years,  and  is 
not  eligible  for  more  than  four  years  in  six.  He  must  be 
30  years  of  age,  a  native  citizen  of  the  United  States,  and 
have  resided  in  the  state  for  four  years  before  his  election. 
The  judiciary  power  is  vested  in  a  supreme  court,  in  cir- 
cuit courts  for  each  county,  and  such  inferior  courts  as  the 
legislature  may  appoint.  The  judges  are  elected  by  the 
legislature,  and  hold  their  offices  during  good  behaviour. 
All  white  males  of  21  years  and  upwards,  who  are  citi- 
zens of  the  United  States,  and  who  have  resided  in  the 
state  one  year,  and  in  the  county,  city,  or  town,  in  which 
the  election  is  held,  three  months  next  preceding  the  elec- 
tion, are  entitled  to  vote. 

Education  and  Manners. — Two  entire  townships  of  land, 
containing  six  miles  square  each,  have  been  appropriated 
as  a  fund  for  the  support  of  a  literary  institution,  and  pro- 
vision is  made  by  law  for  a  fund  of  640  acres  in  each 
township,  for  the  support  of  common  schools.  With  this 
liberal  provision,  there  can  be  no  doubt  but  Alabama  will 
have  good  teachers,  and  well-informed  people.  Already 
there  are  common  schools  in  every  settlement,  and  there 
are  a  number  of  academies  and  boarding  schools.  Society 
has  been  too  recently  formed  to  assume  any  fixed  charac- 
ter, but  the  citizens  have  exhibited  proofs  of  great  industry 
and  enterprise,  and  the  constitution  which  they  have  re- 
cently framed  as  the  basis  of  the  government,  is  evidence 


296  UNITED  STATES. 

that  they  possess  sound  political  knowledge  and  liberality 
of  sentiment. 

MISSISSIPPI. 

Miles.  Jlrea.  Situation. 

Length,     275  (  45,350  sq .  miles.  (  „  B    (  30°  10'  and  35°  N. 

Breadth,  165  {  29,024,000  acres.  \  be       !n   (11°  10'  and  14°  25' W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Tennessee ;  east,  Alabama; 
south,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Louisiana ;  West,  Louisi- 
ana and  Arkansas  Territory. 

Face  of  the  Country. — This  state  is  somewhat  similar 
to  Alabama,  with  the  difference  caused  by  the  great  Mis- 
sissippi on  the  west  side  of  it.  This  forms  an  extensive 
valley,  and  the  whole  of  the  western  part  of  the  state  de- 
clines toward  it.  There  is  a  large  body  of  high  lands  in 
the  norther^  part  of  the  state,  which  runs  along  the 
head  waters  of  the  rivers,  exhibiting  prominent  points  in 
some  places,  but  declining  in  elevation  to  the  westward, 
as  will  be  clearly  seen  by  the  elevation  of  the  waters.  The 
waters  of  Tennessee  River  in  the  north  corner  of  the.  state, 
run  nearly  600  miles,  before  they  reach  the  north-west  cor- 
ner in  the  Mississippi. 

Rivers. — The  great  Mississippi,  already  described, 
forms  the  western  boundary  of  the  state ;  and  the  princi- 
pal streams  falling  into  it  are  the  Yazoo  and  Black  Rivers. 

Yazoo  River  rises  near  the  northern  boundary  of  the 
state,  and  pursuing  a  south-west  course  of  nearly  200 
miles,  it  falls  into  the  Mississippi  River  above  Walnut 
Hills.  It  is  200  yards  wide  at  its  outlet,  and  is  navigable 
for  150  miles. 

Black  River  rises  near  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  state, 
by  a  number  of  branches.  The  principal  branch  runs 
about  60  miles,  then  turning  to  the  south-west,  it  runs 


MISSISSIPPI.  297 

120  miles  more,  and  falls  into  the  Mississippi  below  PaI7 
myra.  It  is  100  yards  wide  at  its  mouth,  and  is  navigable 
70  or  80  miles. 

Pearl  River  rises  near  the  head  waters  of  Black  River. 
and  runs  a  south-west  course  of  nearly  60  miles.  It  then 
turns  about  south-south-east,  and  after  running  about  170 
miles  more,  it  falls  into  Lake  Borgne,  near  the  entrance 
to  Lake  Pontchartrain.  It  is  about  200  yards  broad,  and 
is  navigable  150  miles.  Below  the  31st  parallel  of  lati- 
tude, it  forms  the  boundary  between  Mississippi  and  Lou- 
isiana. 

Pascagoula  River  rises  near  the  head  waters  of  Pearl 
River,  where  it  is  called  Chickasawhay,  and  runs  a  gene- 
ral south-east  course  of  more  than  1 20  miles,  to  near  the 
Alabama  boundary.  It  then  turns  south  and  south-west, 
and  after  a  course  of  40  miles,  receives  Leaf  River  from 
the  westward ;  and  the  river  formed  by  the  united  streams, 
holds  a  course  a  little  east  of  south,  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
which  it  reaches  thirty  miles  westward  of  Mobile  Bay. 
From  the  junction  with  Leaf,  it  is  about  forty  miles  long, 
the  last  eighteen  miles  being  a  fine  bay.  The  river  is  200 
yards  wide  above  the  bay,  and  is  navigable  a  long  way 
into  the  interior  of  the  country.  The  head  waters  of 
Tombeckbee  River  are  in  the  north-east  part  of  this  state ; 
and  there  are  a  number  of  lesser  streams,  some  of  them 
navigable,  falling  into  the  Mississippi  in  the  south-west ; 
>.o  that  it  is  remarkably  well  watered. 

Geological  Formation. — Similar  tt>  Alabama,  with  this 
difference,  that  there  is  less  alluvial  on  the  south,  as  the 
line  bounding  it  runs  in  a  south-west  direction,  and  crosses 
the  Mississippi  River  between  Fort  Adams  and  Natches. 
There  is  a  little  alluvial  on  the  east  side  of  the  Mississip- 
pi, as  high  up  as  Arkansas  River. 

Roil. — The  soil  and  natural  productions  are  also  vrry 
88 


298  UNITED  STATES. 

similar  to  those  of  Alabama;  but  in  the  western  part,  bor- 
dering upon  the  Mississippi  River,  the  air  is  more  humid 
and  warm,  than  in  the  parallel  parts  of  Alabama,  and 
hence  there  are  productions  peculiar  to  that  district,  chief- 
ly very  large  timber,  canes,  and  cypresses. 

Climate. — The  climate  also  is  similar  to  that  of  Alaba- 
ma ;  but  on  account  of  the  proximity  to  the  waters  of  the 
Mississippi,  the  air  is  more  humid  and  warmer;  particu- 
larly in  the  south-west  part  of  the  state.  What  has  been 
termed  the  hot  climate,  extends  up  the  Mississippi  nearly 
to  the  outlet  of  Arkansas  River;  and  the  remainder  of  the 
state  is  all  of  the  warm,  except  in  the  north-east  part, 
which  may  be  ranked  in  the  temperate.  In  the  southern 
part,  bordering  upon  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  the  climate  is 
tempered  by  the  sea  breeze,  so  that  the  heat  is  very  mode- 
rate. In  the  last  six  months  of  1820,  the  thermometer 
ranged  between  84°  and  38°.  The  mean  heat  of  August 
was  80°,  and  of  December  59°. 

Historical  View. — It  was  stated  in  the  historical  view  of 
Alabama,  that  the  territory  composing  that  state  and  Mis- 
sissippi, was  formed  into  a  territorial  government.  In  the 
year  1801,  the  Choctaw  Indians  ceded  a  large  body  of 
lands  to  the  United  States,  and  large  cessions  have  since 
been  made,  so  that  nearly  one-half  of  the  state  is  now  pur- 
chased. In  1817,  Congress  passed  an  act  authorizing  the 
people  in  the  western  part  of  the  territory  to  form  a  sepa- 
rate government ;  in  consequence  of  which  they  adopted 
a  constitution,  and  the  state  was  regularly  admitted  into 
the  union. 

Population. — In  1800,  the  population  was  estimated  at 
6850;  in  1810,  it  was  estimated  at  30,312;  in  1816,  it 
was  44,208  ;  and  in  1820,  it  was  75,448  ;  situated  as  in 
the  following 


MISSISSIPPI! 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks.  Slaves. 

All  Others. 

Total, 

Adams, 

2,557 

36 

7,299 

0 

9,892 

Natches  City, 

1,448 

82 

654 

0 

2,184 

Amite, 

4,006 

14 

2,833 

0 

6,853 

Claiborne, 

2,840 

36 

3,08? 

0 

5,963 

Covington, 

1,824 

0 

406 

0 

2,330 

Franklin, 

2,277 

9 

1,535 

0 

3,821 

Greene, 

1,063 

2 

380 

0 

1,445 

Hancock, 

1,142 

131 

321 

0 

1,594 

Jackson, 

1,300 

61 

321 

0 

1,682 

Jefferson, 

3,154 

33 

3,635 

0 

6,822 

Lawrence, 

3,919 

6 

991 

0 

4,916 

Marion, 

1,884 

0 

1,232 

0 

3,116 

Monroe, 

2,192 

7 

522 

0 

2,721 

Perry, 

1,539 

7 

491 

0 

2,037 

Pike, 

3,443 

1 

994 

0 

4,438 

Warren, 

1,401 

5 

1,287 

0 

2,693 

Wilkinson, 

3,937 

20 

5,761 

0 

9,718 

Wayne, 

2,250 

8 

1,065 

0       * 

3,323 

42,176       458    32,814         0       75,4-JS 


.Igriculture  and  Produce. — These  are  very  similar  to 
those  in  Alabama.  The  staple  production  is  cotton ;  su- 
gar is  cultivated  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state,  and  may 
be  raised  as  high  as  Natches.  The  number  of  persons 
employed  in  agriculture,  in  1820,  was  22,033. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — The  principal  manufac- 
tures are  made  in  families.  Even  flour  is  principally 
brought  from  Kentucky.  The  persons  termed  mahufac- 


300  t       UNITED    STATES. 

turers  in  the  census,  are  mostly  mechanics,  and  amounted 
in  1820,  to  only  650. 

The  principal  article  exported  is  cotton,  and  the  exports 
are  wholly  made  through  the  medium  of  New  Orleans. 
The  number  of  persons  employed  in  commerce,  in  1820, 
was  294. 

Chief  Towns. — JACKSON  was  lately  laid  out  on  Pearl 
River  as  the  seat  of  government.  It  is  situated  near  the 
head  of  the  river,  in  the  last  purchase  made  from  the  Choc- 
taw  Indians,  and  will  probably  soon  become  an  important 
place. 

NATCHES  is  a  city,  and  the  largest  town  in  the  state. 
It  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  276 
miles,  by  the  river,  above  New  Orleans.  It  is  a  place  of 
considerable  trade,  and  the  constant  passing  and  repass- 
ing  of  the  steam  boats,  and  other  vessels  on  the  river, 
renders  it  quite  a  lively  place.  The  population,  by  last 
census,  was  2184. 

Washington  is  situated  in  a  fine  fertile  country,  six 
miles  east  from  Natches,  and  is  a  thriving  town.  Jeffer- 
son College  is  situated  here. 

Gibson  Port,  the  capital  of  Clairborne  county,  is  situated 
at  the  head  of  navigation  on  Bayou  Pierre,  and  has  con- 
siderable trade. 

Greenville,  the  capital  of  Jefferson  county,  is  situated  18 
miles  south-west  of  Gibson  Port. 

JVoodville,  the  capital  of  Wilkinson  county,  is  situated 
in  the  south-west  corner  of  the  state,  1 6  miles  from  the 
Mississippi.  It  is  in  the  centre  of  a  rich  country,  and  has 
considerable  trade. 

Monticelloy  the  capital  of  Lawrence  county,  is  agreeably 
situated  on  the  west  bank  of  Pearl  River,  and  is  a  flou- 
rishing place. 


MISSISSIPPI.  301 

Winchester  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Chickasawhay 
lliver,  and  has  considerable  trade. 

Shieldsborough  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  St.  Louis 
Bay.  It  is  a  beautiful  healthy  place,  and  is  a  great  resort 
for  people  from  New  Orleans,  in  the  summer  season. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — The  same 
reserve  that  is  made  for  roads  and  improvements  in  Ala- 
bama, is  made  in  this  state,  and  with  this  fund  the  proba- 
bility is,  that  great  improvements  will  be  made.  At  pre- 
sent there  are  many  pretty  good  roads,  particularly 
General  Jackson's  road,  mentioned  in  the  article  on  Ala- 
bama. No  canals  have  been  made,  nor  are  they  necessa- 
ry as  yet,  the  state  .having  good  water  communication  by 
the  rivers. 

Government  and  Laics. — The  present  Constitution  was 
formed  in  1817;  and  its  provisions  are,  like  the  other 
states,  legislative,  executive,  and  judiciary. — The  legislative 
power  is  vested  in  a  senate  and  house  of  representatives. 
The  senators  are  chosen  for  three  years,  and  vacate  their 
seats  by  rotation.  A  senator  must  be  26  years  of  age,  and 
hold,  hi  his  own  right,  300  acres  of  land,  or  an  interest  in 
real  estate  of  the  value  of  $1000.  He  must  also  be  a 
citizen  of  the  United  States,  and  an  inhabitant  of  the  state 
four  years  next  before  his  election.  Representatives  are 
chosen  for  one  year.  They  must  be  22  years  of  age, 
citizens  of  the  United  States,  and  residents  in  the  state 
two  years  before  elected;  and  be  possessed  of  150  acres 
of  land,  or  real  estate  worth  $500.  The  executive  power 
is  vested  in  a  governor,  who  is  elected  by  the  people  for 
two  years.  He  must  be  30  years  of  age,  have  been  a  citi- 
zen of  the  United  States  for  20  years,  and  have  resided  in 
the  state  five  years  next  before  his  election.  He  must  also 
be  vested  in  his  own  right,  in  a  freehold  estate  of  600 
acres  of  land,  or  of  real  estate  of  the  value  of  $ 2000.  A 


302  UNITED  STATES. 

lieutenant-governor  is  also  chosen  by  the  people,  for  the 
same  period,  and  he  must  possess  the  same  qualifications. 
The  appointment  of  officers,  not  provided  for  by  the  con- 
stitution, is  vested  in  the  legislature.  The  judiciary  de- 
partment is  vested  in  a  supreme  court  and  such  inferior 
courts  as  the  legislature  may,  from  time  to  time,  establish. 
The  judges  hold  their  offices,  during  good  behaviour,  un- 
til they  arrive  at  65  years  of  age,  after  which  they  are  not 
eligible.  The  right  of  voting  is  vested  in  all  free  white 
males  of  the  age  of  21  years  and  upwards,  who  are  citi- 
zens of  the  United  States,  and  have  resided  in  this  state  a 
year  next  preceding  the  election,  and  have  paid  taxes,  or 
been  enrolled  in  the  militia. 

Education  and  Manners. — Jefferson  College,  in  the  town 
of  Washington  before  mentioned,  was  incorporated  in 
1802.  Another  college  has  been  recently  incorporated  at 
Shieldsborough,  and  there  are  academies  at  Natches, 
Monticello,  and  Woodville.  The  same  regulations  exist 
here  as  in  Alabama,  in  regard  to  common  schools,  and  the 
same  good  effects  may  be  expected  to  result  from  the  ge- 
neral diffusion  of  knowledge.  The  Choctaw  and  Chieka- 
saw  Indians  reside  in  the  upper  part  of  this  state.  It  is 
calculated  that  there  are  about  25,000  Choctaws,  and 
3600  Chickasaws.  Both  nations  are  friendly  to  the  United 
States,  and  the  latter  seems  to  have  a  strong  desire  for 
civilization. 

LOUISIANA. 

Miles.  drea.  Situation. 

Length,  240  )  48,000  Sq.  Miles.     )  _  (  29°  and  33°  N. 

Breadth,200  $  30,720,000  Acres.    $  Be       '"   $  12°  and  17°  15'  W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Arkansas  Territory  and 
Mississippi ;  east,  Mississippi  •  south,  the  Gulf  of  Mexi- 
co ;  west,  Texas,  one  of  the  Spanish  provinces. 


LOUISIANA.  303 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  southern  part  of  this  state 
is  low,  and  a  great  part  of  it  marshy ;  interspersed  with 
extensive  prairies.  To  the  north-west  the  country  swells 
out  into  considerable  hills  ;  but  there  are  no  mountains. 

Rivers  and  Lakes. — The  great  leading  feature  of  this 
state  is  the  Mississippi  River,  which  has  been  already  no- 
ticed in  the  general  view.  Red  River  was  also  mention- 
ed, but  it  will  admit  of  a  few  more  particulars. 

Red  River  rises  near  Santa  Fe,  and  runs  a  course  a  lit- 
tle south  of  east,  distant  900  miles,  to  where  it  passes  into 
this  state,  at  the  north-west  corner.  Thence  it  runs  nearly 
south  30  miles,  and  turning  to  the  south-east,  it  spreads 
into  several  lakes  on  the  east  side,  and  has  an  extensive 
swamp  on  the  west.  Below  the  state  line  about  90  miles, 
Natchitoches  is  situated,  upon  the  west  side  of  the  river, 
and  here  it  forms  two  branches,  which  again  unite  about 
18  miles  below  the  town.  From  Natchitoches  the  river 
holds  a  south-east  course  past  Alexandria  20  miles,  when 
it  turns  to  the  north-east,  and  unites  with  the  Wachita 
River ;  and  the  united  streams  fall  into  the  Mississippi 
as  before  described.  This  river  is  navigable  to  the  Raft, 
a  large  collection  of  trees,  which  have  filled-  up  the  chan- 
nel. Above  the  Raft,  the  water  is  clear  and  beautiful. 

Wachita  River  rises  in  the  high  lands  of  Arkansas  ter- 
ritory, and  runs  an  eastwardly  course  of  about  160  miles 
to  the  hot  springs.  It  then  turns  to  the  southward,  and 
runs  about  110  miles  to  where  it  crosses  the  northern 
boundary  of  this  state.  Thence  it  runs  about  120  miles, 
nearly  south,  to  where  it  joins  the  Red  River.  This  river 
affords  good  navigation. 

jlchafalaya  River  flows  out  of  the  Mississippi,  three 
miles  below  the  outlet  of  Red  River,  and  running  first 
about  south-south-east,  and  then  south-west,  it  falls  into 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  through  Achafalaya  Bay,  nearly  due 


.      : 

304  UNITED    STATES. 

south  from  its  outlet ;  its  comparative  course  being  above 
130  miles.  The  navigation  is  interrupted  by  a  bridge  oi 
trees,  18  miles  long,  called  the  Raft,  which  is  a  great  cu- 
riosity. 

La  Fourche  River  is  another  outlet  from  the  Mississippi, 
at  Donaldsonville,  about  90  miles  above  New  Orleans, 
and  flowing  in  a  south-south-east  direction,  it  falls  into  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  about  50  miles  west  from  the  outlet  of  the 
Mississippi. 

Iberville  River  is  another  outlet,  which  runs  out  from 
the  east  side,  when  the  water  is  high ;  and  about  30  miles 
eastward  the  Amite  falls  into  it.  The  water  of  the  united 
streams  then  flows  east  through  Lake  Maurepas  and 
Lake  Pontchartrain  ;  and  by  two  passages,  called  the  Ri- 
golets,  and  Chef  Menteur,  falls  into  Lake  Borgne. 

The  principal  streams  falling  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
westward,  are  the  Vermilion,  Constance,  Marmento,  Car- 
casui  and  Sab  inc.  The  last  is  most  worthy  of  notice. 

Sabine  River  rises  in  the  province  of  Texas,  110  miles 
north-west  from  Natchitoches,  and  running  a  south-east 
course  to  the  32d  parallel  of  latitude,  it  there  forms  the 
boundary  between  the  United  States  and  Spanish  possess- 
ions, which  it  continues  to  be  during  its  whole  progress 
to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Its  comparative  course  is  about 
240  miles. 

Geological  Formation. — The  southern  part  of  the  state 
below  Fort  Adams,  is  alluvial,  and  the  Mississippi  is 
skirted  with  alluvial  to  the  northern  boundary.  All  the 
northern  part  of  the  state  is  secondary. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — In  the  alluvial  district, 
the  soil  is  generally  deep  and  rich,  but  there  are  a  great 
many  swamps  and  impenetrable  morasses.  On  the  Red 
River  the  soil  is  strong  and  vigorous.  In  the  upland  dis- 
tricts it  is  light,  and  sometimes  sandy.  The  natural  pro- 


LOUISIANA.  305 

ductions  are  similar  to  Mississippi  and  Alabama ;  with  the 
addition  of  some  that  are  peculiar  to  the  rich  banks  of 
the  Mississippi.  The  cotton  tree  is  common,  and  the  pal- 
metto is  found  in  the  lower  part  of  the  state.  Cypress 
trees  grow  extensively  in  the  swamps  and  marshes,  and 
there  are  many  magnolias  and  ever-green  oaks. 

Minerals. — The  principal  mineral  in  Louisiana  is  salt. 
Salt  springs  are  frequent  in  all  the  country  between  the 
Wachita  and  Red  River,  and  there  is  a  manufactory  of  it 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Natchitoches.  An  alum  bank 
has  been  discovered  on  Red  River,  and  on  this  river  there 
is  also  limestone  and  freestone. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  Louisiana  is  the  same  as  that 
of  the  southern  part  of  Alabama  and  Mississippi.  The 
lower  part  mild  in  winter,  very  warm  in  summer,  and 
warm  all  the  remainder  of  the  year.  The  upper  part  is 
generally  warm,  but  the  north-west,  above  Natchitoches, 
approaches  the  middle  state.  By  reference  to  the  table, 
page  71,  it  will  be  seen  that  it  is  considerably  warmer  at 
New  Orleans  than  at  Camp  Ripley,  which  is  only  one  de- 
gree and  18  miles  farther  north,  and  at  the  latter  place 
the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  are  much  greater.  At 
Camp  Ripley,  the  highest  in  August  was  94°,  lowest  62° ; 
at  New  Orleans,  the  highest  was  92°,  and  the  lowest  78°. 
In  December,  at  Camp  Ripley,  the  highest  was  79°,  low- 
est 28°  ;  at  New  Orleans,  the  highest  was  77°,  lowest 
39°.  At  Baton  Rouge,  only  36  miles  north  of  New  Or- 
leans, the  mean  heat  for  the  year  was  about  69°,  while  at 
New  Orleans,  it  was  about  71°.  By  the  table  inserted  in 
page  73,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  prevailing  wind  in  Louisi- 
ana, is  from  the  southward,  and  that  rains  are  more  fre- 
quent than  at  any  other  place  where  observations  have 
been  made.  At  Baton  Rouge,  southerly  winds  prevailed 
185  days  out  of  334  ;  and  in  the  same  time,  it  rained  on 
39 


306  UNITED    STATES. 

97  days,  and  was  cloudy  76.  At  Philadelphia,  during  the 
same  period,  southerly  winds  prevailed  only  114  days,  it 
rained  on  50,  and  was  cloudy  78.  We  have  bestowed 
considerable  pains  to  make  this  comparison,  because  it 
strongly  illustrates  the  theory  of  the  prevalence  of  south- 
erly winds  in  the  western  country,  and  their  consequent 
influence  upon  the  climate. 

The  following  view  will  afford  an  idea  of  the  climate 
at  New  Orleans.  There  is  hardly  any  winter,  but  in  the 
months  of  December,  January,  and  February,  north-west 
winds  are  frequent,  and  they  are  keen  and  elastic ;  but 
the  sun  is  warm,  and  garden  vegetables  come  to  maturity 
all  the  time.  March  is  frequently  stormy,  and  the  winds 
are  cold  and  damp.  April,  May,  and  June,  are  pleasant 
months.  The  influence  of  the  sun  is  great,  but  the  sea 
breeze  prevails  on  one  side,  while  the  annual  inundations 
of  the  Mississippi  render  the  air  cool  on  the  other.  In 
July,  August,  and  September,  the  heat  is  very  great  and 
relaxing ;  while  the  river  is  low,  and  vast  quantities  of 
vegetable  matter  are  exposed  to  the  rays  of  the  sun,  which 
creates  strong  and  unhealthy  exhalations,  causing  bilious 
fever  and  fever  and  ague  ;  which  are  the  principal  diseases 
incident  to  this  climate.  On  the  other  hand,  pulmonary 
and  other  complaints,  incident  to  cold  countries,  are  hardly 
known;  so  that  to  many  persons,  New  Orleans  would 
prove  a  very  congenial  place  of  residence. 

Historical  Veiw. — The  Mississippi  was  first  navigated 
to  its  outlet,  by  La  Salle,  an  enlightened  Frenchman,  in 
1683.  In  the  same  year  he  went  to  France,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  bringing  out  settlers ;  but  on  his  return  mistook 
the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  landed  at  St.  Bernard's  Bay, 
400  miles  westward.  In  attempting  to  return  to  the  Mis- 
sissippi, he  was  murdered  by  his  own  men,  and  the  whole 
crolony  perished,  except  seven,  who  reached  the  French 


LOUISIANA.  307 

settlements  in  Canada.  In  1699,  the  tirst  settlement  in 
Louisiana  was  made  by  M.  D'Iberville.  About  the  year 
1712,  a  grant  was  made  of  Louisiana  to  M.  Crozat, 
which  he  relinquished  in  1717,  to  Mr.  Law.  In  the  same 
year,  New  Orleans  was  founded ;  and  the  first  houses 
were  built  in  it  in  1 720.  The  colony,  from  various  causes, 
had  to  struggle  through  many  difficulties,  until  1731,  when 
the  Mississippi  Company  failed,  and  the  grant  retroceded 
to  the  crown  of  France.  In  1763,  all  Louisiana,  east  of 
the  Mississippi,  was  ceded  to  Britain,  and  by  a  secret  ar- 
rangement, the  island  of  Orleans,  and  all  the  possessions 
of  France  west  of  the  Mississippi,  were  transferred  to 
Spain,  which  extinguished  the  French  power  in  North 
America ;  and  Spain  attempted  to  take  possession  in  1 766, 
but  was  resisted  by  the  inhabitants  ;  who  submitted,  how- 
ever, in  1769.  In  1800,  Louisiana  was  transferred  from 
Spain  to  France,  by  a  secret  treaty;  and  in  1803,  the 
French  government  sold  it  to  the  United  States,  who  took 
possession  the  same  year.  In  1804,  the  part  of  the  terri- 
tory south  of  the  33d  parallel  of  latitude,  was  separated 
and  constituted  into  a  territory,  called  Orleans ;  and  in 
1811,  the  people  formed  a  constitution,  and  it  became  a 
state.  In  the  same  year,  the  United  States  took  possession 
of  that  part  of  Louisiana  which  lies  between  the  Perdido 
and  Mississippi  River,  and  the  portion  of  it  west  of  Pearl 
River,  and  north  of  Iberville,  was  annexed  to  this  state. 
In  the  latter  part  of  the  last  war  with  England,  Louisiana 
became  the  theatre  of  hostilities.  A  powerful  and  well 
appointed  army  landed  on  the  shores  of  the  Mississippi,  a 
few  miles  below  New  Orleans,  on  the  23d  of  December, 
1814,  but  their  designs  were  rendered  abortive,  by  the 
skill  and  valour  of  General  Jackson  and  his  companions 
in  arms.  With  a  wonderful  degree  of  resolution,  General 
Jackson  resolved  to  attack  the  enemy  the  very  evening 
they  arrived  :  and  after  a  very  spirited  action,  under  cloud 


308  UNITED    STATES. 

of  night,  with  a  handful  of  raw  troops,  he  compelled  the 
enemy  to  abandon  all  thoughts  of  attacking  New  Orleans, 
except  by  cautious  steps  and  a  slow  progress.  This  was 
the  saving  of  the  city. 

The  enemy  made  an  attempt  to  proceed  against  the  city 
on  the  28th  of  December,  and  another  on  the  first  of  Jan- 
uary, but  was  repulsed  in  both ;  and  at  last  in  the  grand 
attack,  which  was  made  on  the  eighth  of  January,  1815, 
he  was  defeated  with  the  most  dreadful  slaughter,  and 
forced  to  abandon  the  enterprise.  It  was  to  be  regretted, 
on  the  one  hand,  that  the  British  made  this  attack,  in  which 
so  many  lives  were  lost,  because  at  that  very  time  the 
preliminaries  of  peace  had  been  actually  signed  at  Ghent. 
But  on  the  other  hand,  it  was  fortunate  for  the  United 
States,  that  in  this  last  grand  act  of  the  drama,  the  power 
and  valour  of  the  people,  and  their  attachment  to  their 
free  institutions,  were  so  signally  displayed — and  they  were 
displayed  with  such  tremendous  effect,  that  in  all  proba- 
bility no  similar  attempt  will  ever  be  made  to  subdue  any  por- 
tion of  the  free  soil  of  the  United  States. 

Population. — In  1810  the  population  was  76,556  ;  and 
in  1820  it  was  153,407,  situated  as  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 

Counties.  Whites.      F.  blacks.     Slaves.  Ml  others.      Total. 

Ascension,  (parish,)       1,495  104  2,129  0  3,728 

Assumption,  (do.)          2,409  18  1,149  0  3,576 

Attakapas,  (county,)      5,862  494  5,707  0  12,063 

Avoyelles,  (parish,)        1,438  25  782  0  2,245 

BatonRouge,(E.)(do.)  2,600  132  2,076  412  5,220 

Baton  Rouge, (W.)  (do.)    908  124  1,303  0  2,335 

Concordia,  (do.)               827  12  1,787  0  2,626 

Iberville,  (do.)               2,019  116  2,279  0  4,414 

Lafourche,  (intr.)  (do.)  2,652  128  968  7  3,755 


LOUISIANA. 

309 

Cuuntiet.                                          Whites. 

F.  blacks. 

Slaves.  Jill 

others 

.       Total. 

Natchitoches,  (county,)4,745 

415 

2,326 

0 

7,486 

New  Feliciana,  (parish,  )  5,434 

69 

7,164 

65 

12,732 

NEW  ORLEANS,  (city,)  13,584 

6,237 

7,355 

0 

27,176 

New  Orleans,  (parish,)  5,660 

924 

7,501 

0 

14,175 

Ocatahoula,  (parish,)     1,524 

12 

751 

0 

2,287 

Opelousas,  (county,)     5,368 

766 

3,951 

0 

10,085 

Placquemine,  (parish,)      637 

151 

1,566 

0 

2,354 

Point  Coupee,  (county,)  1,092 

190 

3,630 

0 

4,912 

Rapides,  (parish,)          2,491 

85 

3,489 

0 

6,065 

St.  Bernard,  (do.)             667 

45 

1,923 

0 

2,635 

St.  Charles,  (do.)              727 

148 

2,987 

0 

3,862 

St.  Helena,  (do.)           2,164 

32 

830 

0 

3,026 

St.  James,  (do.)             2,522 

52 

3,086 

0 

5,686 

St.  John  Baptiste,  (do.)  1,532 

113 

2,209 

0 

3,854 

St.  Tammany,  (do.)       1,053 

39 

631 

0 

1,723 

Washington,  (do.)          1,957 

1 

559 

0 

2,517 

Washita,  (do.)               2,016 

44 

836 

0 

2,609 

Total, 


73,443  10,476  69,064  484  153,407 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  lands  brought  under 
cultivation  are  almost  wholly  on  the  alluvial  of  the  rivers, 
and  these  are  remarkably  productive.  The  staple  pro- 
ductions of  the  state  are  cotton,  sugar,  and  rice ;  and 
these  are  raised  in  great  abundance,  and  of  an  excellent 
quality.  The  cultivation  of  sugar  is,  however,  generally 
confined  to  the  lower  part  of  the  state.  In  Attakapas  and 
Opelousas  the  inhabitants  turn  their  attention  chiefly  to 
grazing,  and  have  immense  herds  of  cattle.  Sheep,  hogs, 
and  poultry,  also  thrive  well.  There  is  «.  great  profusion 
of  fine  vegetables  in  Louisiana,  but  the  fruits  are  not  so 
various  as  in  the  northern  states,  although  several  kinds 
come  to  perfection  here  that  do  not  thrive  in  the  north, 


310  UNITED    STATES. 

as  oranges,  figs,  limes,  &c.  The  number  of  persons  em- 
ployed in  agriculture  by  the  last  census  is  53,941. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — From  the  nature  of  the 
country,  and  its  large  quantity  of  exportable  produce, 
there  is  very  little  manufacturing  in  Louisiana ;  and  it  will 
always  continue  to  be  a  fine  field  for  the  disposal  of  the 
products  of  the  manufacturing  districts.  New  Orleans  is 
now  a  valuable  market  for  the  manufactures  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, New- York,  and  the  New  England  states ;  as  well 
as  for  several  manufacturing  districts  in  the  western  coun- 
try. The  number  of  persons  represented  as  employed  in 
manufactures,  by  the  last  census,  is  6041,  but  they  are 
chiefly  mechanics. 

Louisiana  will  always  have  an  extensive  commerce. — 
New  Orleans  being  the  market  for  the  surplus  exportable 
produce,  not  only  of  the  state,  but  of  the  great  body  of  the 
western  country,  the  mercantile  transactions  are  of  course 
very  great;  and  they  will  annually  increase.  In  1821  the 
exports  amounted  to  $7,38 1,1 32,  of  which  $7,016,559  was 
domestic  produce ;  and  the  quantity  sent  to  the  northern 
states  was  very  great.  The  exports  from  Louisiana,  of  its 
own  produce,  are  chiefly  cotton  and  sugar  ;  and  of  the  up- 
per country,  flour,  corn,  and  other  grain,  and  provisions. 
The  number  of  persons  employed  in  commerce  in  1820 
was  6251. 

Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages. — New  Orleans,  the  chief 
city,  and  seat  of  government,  has  been  described.  The 
other  'towns  are  unimportant,  and  the  population  is  not 
given  in  the  census.  We  shall  notice  them  in  order,  as 
they  are  situated  on  the  principal  water  courses. 

On  the  Mississippi.  Donaldsonville  is  situated  on  the 
west  side,  at  the  outlet  of  Lafourche  River,  ninety  miles 
above  New  Orleans.  Baton  Rouge  is  situated  on  the  east 
side,  1 37  miles  above  New  Orleans,  and  is  a  thriving  set- 


LOUISIANA.  311 

tlement.  St.  Francisville  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of 
the  river,  one  hundred  and  sixty-two  miles  above  New 
Orleans. 

On  Iberville  River  and  Lake  Pontchartrain.  Galveston 
is  situated  on  Iberville  River,  between  Lake  Pontchar- 
train and  the  Mississippi.  Madisonmlle  is  situated  on  the 
north  side  of  Lake  Pontchartrain,  on  Chefuncti  River, 
two  miles  from  its  outlet.  The  United  States  government 
has  established  a  navy  yard  near  it,  and  being  on  the  great 
thoroughfare  from  the  state  of  Tennessee,  by  GeneralJack- 
son's  road,  it  will  probably  become  a  place  of  considerable 
importance. 

On  Red  River.  Alexandria  is  situated  on  the  south-west 
bank,  fifty  miles  from  the  Mississippi,  and  is  a  flourishing 
settlement.  Natchitoches  is  the  most  remote  town  in  the 
United  States.  It  is  situated  on  the  S.  W.  bank  of  the  ri- 
ver, 60  miles  above  Alexandria.  It  is  an  old  settlement, 
having  been  established  by  the  Spaniards  in  1717.  Mon- 
roe is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  Wachita  River,  about 
90  miles  N.  W.  of  Natches. 

Opelousas,  the  capital  of  Opelousas  county,  is  situated 
270  miles  north-west  from  New  Orleans,  and  is  a  thriving 
place. 

St.  JWartinsville  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Teche 
River,  nine  miles  above  New  Iberia,  and,  being  in  the 
centre  of  a  well  cultivated  and  productive  country,  it  car- 
ries on  a  considerable  trade. 

New  Iberia  is  beautifully  situated  on  the  west  side  of 
Teche  River,  at  the  head  of  schooner  navigation,  and  is 
in  a  flourishing  state. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — The  rivers 
and  bayous  in  this  country  serve  in  a  great  measure  both 
as  roads  and  canals.  Among  the  greatest  improvements 
ever  made  in  any  country  we  may  reckon  the  levees  on 


312  UNITED   STATES. 

the  banks  of  the  Mississippi.  These  are  embankments  to 
prevent  the  river  from  overflowing  its  banks  during  the 
periodical  floods,  and  they  serve,  at  the  same  time,  for 
good  roads.  The  principal  levee  on  the  east  side  .runs 
from  a  little  below  Baton  Rouge  to  Fort  Plaquemine,  a 
distance  of  more  than  200  miles,  and  there  are  occasional 
levees  above.  On  the  west  side  the  levee  extends  from 
opposite  Fort  Plaquemine  as  far  as  the  settlements. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  present  constitution  was 
formed  in  1812,  and  is  legislative,  executive,  and  judicia- 
ry. The  legislative  power  is  vested  in  a  senate  and  house 
of  representatives.  The  senators  are  elected  for  four  years, 
and  one-fourth  vacate  their  seats  annually.  A  senator  must 
hold  landed  estate  to  the  value  of  $1000  in  the  district 
which  he  represents.  The  representatives  are  chosen  for 
two  years,  and  each  must  possess  landed  property  to  the 
value  of  $500  in  the  district  for  which  he  is  chosen.  The 
executive  power  is  vested  in  a  governor,  who  is  elected  for 
four  years  by  the  people,  and  is  ineligible  for  the  next  suc- 
ceeding four  years.  He  must  be  possessed  of  property  in 
his  own  right  of  landed  estate,  to  the  value  of  $5000. — 
He  has  the  power  of  appointment,  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  senate.  It  is  a  part  of  his  duty  to  visit  the 
different  counties  once  in  two  years  to  inspect  their  actual 
condition.  The  judiciary  power  is  vested  in  a  supreme 
court,  and  such  inferior  courts  as  the  legislature  may  esta- 
blish, and  the  judges  hold  their  offices  during  good  beha- 
viour. The  elective  franchise  is  vested  in  all  free  white 
male  citizens  of  the  United  States,  of  21  years  and  up- 
wards, who  have  resided  in  the  counties  in  which  they 
vote,  one  year,  and  have  within  six  months  preceding  the 
election,  paid  taxes. 

Education  and  Manners. — Since  the  adoption  of  the  pre- 
sent constitution,  the  government  has  paid  great  attention 


TENNESSEE. 

to  education,  which  hasmade  rapid  progress  of  late  years. 
The  population  being  very  mixed,  have  assumed  no  gene- 
ral character,  but  they  are  represented  as  gay,  brave,  and . 
very  hospitable,  with  an  ardent  glow  of  patriotism,  which 
was  made  manifest  by  their  gallant  conduct  during  the 
time  of  the  invasion  of  their  country. 


TENNESSEE. 


MUes.  *lrea.  tiiluatiun. 


Length,     390  $  41,300  sq.  miles.       )  R  .      ,     $  35°    and  36°  36'  N. 
Breadth,  106  (  26,432,000  acres.     $  Be       '"   {   4°  50'  and  13°  S'W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Kentucky  and  Virginia ; 
east,  North  Carolina ;  south,  Georgia,  Alabama,  and  Mis- 
sissippi ;  west,  Arkansas  territory  and  Missouri. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  eastern  part  of  Tennessee  is 
mountainous,  but  interspersed  with  beautiful  and  fertile 
valleys.  To  the  westward,  the  country  is  a  high  table 
land,  gently  undulating  in  some  places,  and  in  others  swell- 
ing out  into  considerable  ridges.  Near  the  Mississippi  it 
is  more  level. 

Mountains. — An  elevated  well-defined  ridge  forms  the 
boundary  between  Tennessee  and  North  Carolina.  To 
the  west  of  this  the  country  is  variegated  with  hills  and 
valleys  for  about  80  miles,  to  the  Cumberland  Mountain  ; 
which  runs  south-west  nearly  50  miles,  then  due  west 
about  50  more ;  it  then  again  changes  to  a  south-west 
course,  and  terminates  near  Huntsville,  in  the  state  of  Ala- 
bama. 

Rivers. — The  two  principal  streams,  Tennessee  and 
Cumberland  Rivers,  were  described  in  the  general  view — 
a  few  of  the  tributary  branches  may  be  mentioned  in  this 
place 

10 


UNITED    STATES. 

The  principal  branches  falling  into  Cumberland  River, 
in  Tennessee,  are  Obed's  River,  Caney  Fork,  Stone's  Ri- 
rer,  Harpeth  River,  and  Red  River. 

The  principal  branches  composing  and  falling  into  the 
Tennessee,  are  Powers  River,  Clinch  River,  Holston 
River,  Nolachucky,  Tennessee  Proper,  Emery's  River,  Hi- 
wassee  River,  Segualchee  River,  Elk  River,  and  Duck 
River. 

Clinch  River  rises  in  Virginia,  on  the  east  side  of  the 
Cumberland  Mountain,  and  running  a  south-west  course, 
about  210  miles,  it  unites  with  Holston  River  at  Kingston. 
It  is  navigable  with  boats  above  1  Similes. 

Holston  River  rises  in  Virginia,  about  20  miles  from 
the  head  of  Clinch  River,  and  runs  nearly  parallel  with 
that  stream,  to  where  they  unite.  It  is  upwards  of  210 
miles  long,  and  is  navigable  for  70  miles.  Near  its  source 
there  is  a  fall  of  40  feet. 

Nolachucky  River  risesjfjjfre  mountains  in  North  Caro- 
lina, and  runs  north- we sl^Hfout  50  miles ;  it  then  turns 
south-west,  and,  at  the  fcstance  of  between  20  and  30 
miles,  unites  with  FrenchTBroad  River. 

French  Broad  River  rises  also  among  the  mountains  of 
North  Carolina,  and  runs  a  north-west  course  of  nearly  80 
miles,  to  where  it  unites  with  the  Nolachucky.  The 
united  streams  run  west  about  30  miles  and  fall  into  the 
Holston,  four  miles  above  Knoxville. 

Hiwassee  River  rises  near  the  southern  boundary  of  the 
state,  and  after  running  a  north-west  course  of  about  70 
miles,  falls  into  the  Tennessee  10  miles  below  Washington. 
Duck  River  rises  near  the  Cumberland  Mountain,  and 
north- westwardly  course  of  nearly  140  miles,  and 
falls  into  Tennessee  River  50  miles  above  the  Kentucky 
state  line. 

There  are  four  considerable  streams  falling  into  thf 


TENNESSEE. 


Mississippi  on  the  west  side  of  the  state,  viz  :  Obion's 
River,  80  miles  long  ;  Forked  Deer  River,  80  miles  long  ; 
Big  Hatchy  River,  120  miles  long;  and  Wolf  River,  60 
miles  long. 

Geological  Formation.  —  The  transition  of  the  Alleghany 
Mountains  runs  south-west,  over  the  eastern  part  of  the 
state.  At  the  northern  boundary  it  is  about  20  miles 
broad,  and  it  terminates  in  a  point  at  the  southern  boun- 
dary, the  average  breadth  being  about  ten  miles.  All  the 
remainder  of  the  state  is  secondary.  Tennessee  is  one  of 
the  most  elevated  states  in  the  union;  the  base  of  the  east- 
ern part  being  about  1000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea; 
but  it  slopes  gradually  to  the  west,  and  the  part  bordering 
upon  the  Mississippi  d6es  not  exceed  300  feet. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions.  —  In  the  eastern  part  of  the 
state,  the  soil  is  light,  but  there  are  many  rich  valleys, 
which  abound  with  fine  grass  for  pasturage.  In  the  mid- 
dle part  the  soil  is  rich,  producing  fine  timber.  The  west- 
ern part  has  been'vrecently  surveyed,  and  is  a  very  rich 
black  mould.  The  principal  timber  in  the  state  is  poplar, 
hickory,  walnut,  oak,  beech,  elm,  mulberry,  cherry,  sassa- 
fras, sugar-maple,  &G.V  Canes  grow  in  some  places  20  feet 
high.  Of  plants  and  rp\)ts,  there  are  Virginia  and  Seneca 
snake  root,  ginseng,  Carolina  pink,  angelica,  senna  ;  vege- 
tables generally,  and  fruits  are  abundant.  In  consequence 
of  the  increase  of  the  settlements,  many  of  the  wild  ani- 
mals have  disappeared  ;  but  deer  are  still  plenty  ;  also 
racoons,  foxes,  squirrels,  rabits,  &c. 

Minerals,  and  Mineral  Springs.  —  Iron  and  limestone 
are  very  plenty;  copperas  is  made  in  West  Tenne 
salt-petre  is  extensively  found  in  the  caves,  with  whi 
this  state  abounds.  Being  generally  of  the  secondary  for- 
mation, there  is  plenty  of  freestone  and  slate  ;  and  there 
is  a  variety  of  flints.  Salt  springs  are  common  in  West 


316  UNITED    STATES. 

Tennessee.  On  French  Broad  River  there  is  a  fine  me- 
dicinal warm  spring. 

Climate. — The  climate  in  Tennessee  is  nearly  all  tem- 
perate, and  is  generally  healthy.  In  East  Tennessee,  the 
summers  are  cool  and  pleasant ;  in  the  western  part  they 
are  warmer.  The  season  of  vegetation  commences  about 
six  weeks  earlier  than  in  the  central  part  of  the  New  Eng- 
land states,  and  continues  as  much  later  in  the  fall,  making 
a  difference  of  nearly  three  months  in  the  year.  The  win- 
ter weather  is  moderate,  and  the  rivers  are  seldom  ob- 
structed by  ice,  nor  does  snow  lie  long  on  the  ground. 
At  Gallatin,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  the  thermo- 
meter ranged,  in  1819,between  20°  and  92°,  the  mean  heat 
being  about  59°  5';  and  at  Huntsville,  Alabama,  near 
the  southern  part  of  the  state,  in  the  same  year,  it  ranged 
between  27°  and  92°,  the  mean  heat  being  63°  7'. 

Historical  View. — The  eastern  part  of  Tennessee  was 
first  explored  between  1740  and  1750.  In  1755,  about 
50  families  had  settled  there,  but  they  were  driven  off  by 
the  Indians,  and  the  country  remained  in  an  unsettled  state 
until  1765.  In  1773,  the  settlements  had  extended  as  far 
as  the  long  island  of  Holston.  In  1780,  a  party  of  about 
40  families,  explored  the  country  westward,  and  founded 
Nashville.  In  1789,  North  Carolina  ceded  the  territory 
to  the  United  States,  and  in  1790  it  was  erected  into  a 
territorial  government.  In  1 796,  Tennessee  was  admitted 
into  the  union  as  a  state,  since  which  time  she  has  been  a 
valuable  member  of  the  confederation,  and  her  hardy  sons 
have  exhibited  great  bravery  in  defending  the  country, 
>articular!y  at  the  memorable  defence  of  New  Orleans. 

Population. —  In  1790,  the  population  of  Tennessee  was 
only  35,691  ;  in  1800,  it  had  increased  to  105,602;  in 
1810,  it  was  261,727,  and  in  1820,  it  was  422,813,  situated 
as  in  the  following 


TENNESSEE. 


317 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

Mothers. 

Total. 

Anderson, 

4,295 

24 

349 

0 

4,668 

Bedford, 

12,334 

88 

3,590 

0 

16,012 

Bledsoe, 

3,616 

28 

361 

0 

4,005 

Blount, 

10,154 

54 

1,050 

0 

11,258 

Campbell, 

4,093 

35 

116 

0 

4,244 

Carter, 

4,484 

6 

345 

0 

4,835 

Claiborne, 

5,101 

30 

377 

0 

5,508 

Cock, 

4,409 

15 

468 

0 

4,892 

Davidson, 

12,066 

189 

7,899 

0 

20,154 

Dickson, 

3,861 

24 

1,305 

0 

5,190 

Franklin, 

12,338 

66 

4,167 

0 

16,571 

Giles, 

9,272 

25 

3,261 

0 

12,558 

Granger, 

6,796 

199 

656 

0 

7,651 

Greene, 

10,465 

30 

829 

0 

11,324 

Hamilton, 

766 

16 

39 

0 

821 

Hardman, 

1,317 

9 

136 

0 

1,462 

Hawkins, 

9,308 

310 

1,331 

0 

10,949 

Hickman, 

5,371 

9 

700 

0 

6,080 

Humphries, 

3,522 

3 

542 

0 

4,067 

Jackson, 

6,734 

109 

750 

0 

7,593 

Jefferson, 

8,030 

31 

892 

0 

8,953 

Knox, 

11,666 

83 

1,285 

0 

13,034 

Lawrence, 

3,066 

1 

204 

0 

3,271 

Lincoln, 

12,506 

5 

2,250 

0 

14,761 

M'Minn, 

1,452 

18 

153 

0 

1,623 

Marion, 

3,719 

2 

167 

0 

3,88> 

Maury, 

15,620 

49 

6,420 

52 

22JM 

Montgomery, 

7,491 

65 

4,663 

0 

l£l 

Monroe, 

2,351 

22 

156 

0 

2,529 

Morgan, 

1,630 

0 

46 

0 

l,67fi 

318 


UNITED    STATES. 


Counties. 

Whites.      Free  blacks.    Slaves-  Jill  Olhers.     Total. 

Overton, 

6,431 

32 

665 

0 

7,128 

Perry,. 

2,161 

0 

223 

0 

2,384 

Rhea, 

3,858 

23 

334 

0 

4V215 

Roane, 

7,025 

56 

814 

0 

7,895 

Robinson, 

7,379 

39 

2,520 

0 

9,938 

Rutherford, 

14,165 

200 

5,187 

0 

19,552 

Sevier, 

4,469 

13 

290 

0 

'  4,772 

Shelby, 

251 

0 

103 

0 

354 

Smith, 

13,938 

88 

3,554 

0 

17,580 

Stewart, 

6,997 

48 

1,352 

0 

8,397 

Sullivan, 

6,083 

96 

836 

0 

7,015 

Sumner, 

13,701 

148 

5,362 

0 

19,211 

Washington, 

8,506 

72 

979 

0 

9,557 

Wayne, 

2,387 

0 

72 

0 

2,459 

Warren, 

9,385 

13 

950 

0 

10,348 

White, 

7,981 

127 

593 

0 

8,701 

Williamson, 

13,593 

75 

6,972 

0 

20,640 

Wilson, 

14,724 

162 

3,844 

0 

18,730 

340,867  2,737  79,157   52  422,813 


iua.ui 

I 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — Cotton  is  extensively  culti- 
vated for  exportation  and  domestic  consumption.  Hemp 
and  flax  are  also  raised  in  considerable  quantities.  Tobac- 
co is  also  cultivated  in  some  places,  extensively.  The 
principal  grains  raised,  are  wheat,  Indian  corn,  barley,  oats, 
and  rye.  Fruit  trees,  vines,  and  garden  vegetables,  grow 
luxuriantly.  In  some  districts  of  East  Tennessee,  grazing 
considerable  agricultural  employment,  and  stock  is 
d  for  the  eastern  markets.  The  number  of  persons 

ployed  in  agriculture,  by  last  census,  was  109,919. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — There  are  considerable 
iron  manufactories  in  East  Tennessee.  The  other  manu- 


TENNESSEE.  319 

factures  are  cotton,  hemp,  and  cordage.  The  value  of  the 
manufactures  in  1810  was  estimated  at  $3,708,000.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  manufactures  in  1820  was 
7860. 

Tennessee  being  an  inland  state,  has  of  course  no  direct 
export  trade,  but  there  is  a  considerable  trade  to  the  other 
states.  The  principal  exports  are  cotton  and  tobacco. — 
Goods  are  imported  from  Philadelphia  and  Baltimore  by 
wagons,  and  from  Pittsburg  and  New  Orleans  by  the  ri- 
vers. The  number  of  people  employed  in  commerce  in 
1820  was  882. 

Chief  Towns. — MURFREESBOROUGH  is  the  seat  of  go- 
vernment of  the  state.  It  is  situated  on  Stone's  River,  32 
miles  S.  E.  from  Nashville,  in  a  beautiful  and  fertile  coun- 
try, and  is  in  a  thriving  state.  Population  about  1200. 

NASHVILLE  was  lately  the  capital  of  the  state,  and  is 
the  largest  town  in  it.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  south 
side  of  Cumberland  River,  which  is  navigated  to  this  place 
by  steam  boats,  and  vessels  between  30  and  40  tuns  bur- 
den. Population  about  3000. 

Knoxville,  the  capital  of  East  Tennessee,  is  situated  on 
Holston  River,  four  miles  below  the  junction  with  French 
Broad  River.  It  is  estimated  to  contain  about  2200  inha- 
bitants, and  is  in  a  flourishing  state. 

The  towns  in  Tennessee  are  numerous,  and  several  of 
them  important,  but  as  the  census  does  not  enable  us  to 
form  an  estimate  of  the  comparative  population,  we  shall 
merely  notice  them  as  they  are  situated  on  the  rivers,  be- 
ginning in  the  north-east. 

On  Holston  River,  Blountsville,  Rogersville,  and  Rut- 
ledge. 

On  Clinch  River,  Tazwell,  Grantsborough,  and  King- 
ston. 


320  UNITED    STATES. 

On  French  Broad  River  and  its  waters,  Jonesborough, 
Greenville,  Newport,  Dandridge,  and  Sevierville. 

On  Tennessee  River  and  its  waters,  Maryville,  Wash- 
ington, Pikeville,  Madison,  Winchester,  Fayetteville,  Pu- 
laski,  Shelby ville,  Columbia,  Vernon,  and  Reynoldsburg. 

On  Cumberland  River  and  its  waters,  Montgomery,  Mon- 
roe, Sparta,  Carthage,  Gallatin,  Lebanon,  M'Minnville, 
Murfreesborough,  Jefferson,  Franklin,  Haysborough,  Char- 
lotte, Springfield,  Clarksville,  and  Dover. 

On  the  Mississippi  River,  Memphis. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — There  are 
several  great  public  roads  through  Tennessee,  and  some 
of  them  are  kept  in  pretty  good  order.  There  are  no 
canals,  but  the  state  has  an  extensive  inland  navigation. 
Improved  roads  will,  it  is  presumed,  soon  be  made. 

Government  and  Laws. — In  1796  the  state  formed  a  go- 
vernment  on  the  same  model  as  the  other  states,  being  le- 
gislative, executive,  and  judiciary.  The  legislative  power 
is  vested  in  a  senate  and  house  of  representatives  ;  the 
members  of  both  branches  being  elected  every  two  years. 
The  number  of  representatives  is  fixed  in  a  ratio  accord- 
ing to  the  taxable  inhabitants,  and  the  senators  must  not 
be  more  than  one-half  nor  less  than  one-third  of  the  re- 
presentatives. The  members  of  both  houses  must  have 
been  three  years  in  the  state,  and  one  in  the  county,  im- 
mediately preceding  the  election,  and  be  possessed  of  200 
acres  of  land.  They  must  also  be  21  years  of  age.  The 
executive  power  is  vested  in  a  governor,  who  is  elected 
for  two  years,  and  is  eligible  six  years  out  of  eight.  He 
must  be  25  years  of  age,  have  resided  in  the  state  four 
years,  and  have  a  freehold  of  500  acres  of  land.  The  ju- 
diciary power  is  vested  in  courts  of  law  and  equity.  The 
judges  are  appointed  by  the  legislature,  and  hold  their 
offices  during  good  behaviour.  The  electivefranchise  is 


KENTUCKY.  321 

vested  in  all  freemen,  21  years  of  age  and  upwards,  who 
possess  a  freehold  in  the  county,  and  have  resided  in  the 
state  six  months  preceding  the  election. 

Education  and  Manners. — There  are  ample  funds  in 
Tennessee  for  the  support  of  education.  There  are  seve- 
ral colleges  and  academies  in  the  state  ;  common  schools 
are  increasing,  and  the  desire  for  knowledge  is  general. — 
The  citizens  of  Tennessee  are  generally  hardy,  active,  and 
industrious  ;  possessing  great  valour  and  a  spirit  for  en- 
terprise, which  was  often  manifested  during  the  late  war 
with  Great  Britain.  Information  is  generally  diffused 
throughout  the  state,  and  the  state  of  society  is  improving. 


KENTUCKY. 


J\liles.  .'Inn.  Kilualiun. 


Length,    289  )  39,000  ?q.  miles.    >  R  <,  36°  30'  and  39°  10'  N. 

Breadth,  135  $  24,060,000  acres.  $  Be       EU  \    4°  50'  and  12°  W. 

Boundaries, — Kentucky  isbounded  north  by  Illinois,  In- 
diana, and  Ohio;  east,  by  Virginia;  south,  by  Tennessee; 
and  west,  by  Missouri. 

Face  of  the  Country. — Kentucky  makes  part  of  the  great 
valley  of  the  Ohio,  and  is  at  a  considerable  elevation  above 
the  level  of  the  sea.  In  the  eastern  part  the  lands  are 
high,  and  at  the  extremities,  bordering  upon  the  states  of 
Virginia  and  Tennessee,  there  are  considerable  moun- 
tains. The  country  slopes  to  the  westward  ;  in  the  mid- 
dle part  it  is  undulating  and  agreeably  uneven,  and  there 
are  level  plains  and  prairies  to  the  south-west. 

Rivers. — The  Ohio  River,  already  described,  forms  the 
northern  and  north-western  boundary  of  the  state,  a  dis- 
tance of  632  miles.  The  Mississippi  forms  the  western 
boundary,  a  distance  of  51  miles.  The  other  principal 
'  streams  are  Big  Sandy,  Licking,  Kentucky,  Salt  River, 


11 


UNITED    STATES. 

Cjreen  River,  and  Rolling  River,  which  have  been  all  par- 
tially described  in  the  general  view.  A  few  particulars 
may  be  added  here. 

Big  Sandy  River  forms  the  eastern  boundary  of  the 
state  for  about  70  miles. 

Licking  River  rises  among  the  Cumberland  Mountains, 
in  the  eastern  part  of  the  state,  and  pursues  a  very  crook- 
ed course,  but  generally  N.  W.  to  its  outlet,  where  it  is 
80  yards  wide.  During  the  spring  floods  it  can  be  navi- 
gated downwards,  but  affords  no  navigation  the  remainder 
of  the  year. 

Kentucky  River  rises  also  among  the  mountains,  near 
the  sources  of  Licking  River.  Its  course  is  also  very 
crooked,  but  generally  north-west.  It  runs  mostly  in  a 
deep  bed  of  limestone  with  perpendicular  banks.  It  is 
250  yards  wide  at  its  outlet,  and  is  navigable  for  boats  of 
considerable  size,  180  miles  during  the  floods ;  but  the 
navigation  is  not  permanent. 

Salt  River  is  of  no  great  length,  but  has  a  great  num- 
ber of  tributary  branches,  spreading  over  an  interesting 
tract  of  country. 

Green  River  rises  in  the  interior  of  the  state,  near  Crab 
Orchard,  and  runs  a  very  crooked,  but  a  general  west- 
wardly  course  to  its  outlet.  It  affords  more  permanent 
navigation  than  any  other  river  in  the  state  ;  being  passa- 
ble by  boats  at  all  seasons  for  50  miles  to  the  rapids.  •» 
Above  the  rapids  it  is  navigable  with  small  boats  and  canoes 
for  30  miles. 

Geological  Formation. — Kentucky  is  wholly  of  the  se- 
condary formation,  and  is  bedded  on  limestone  throughout   <. 
its  whole  extent.     The  rocks  appear  to  be  very  porous,  j 
and  in  many  places  there  are  large  caves,  so  that  the  coun- 
try is  very  dry,  and  in  summer  the  waters  often  disappear. 


KENTUCKY. 

The  elevation  of  the  central  part  of  Kentucky  is  probably 
about  550  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — Kentucky  has  every 
variety  of  soil,  from  the  very  best  to  the  worst,  but  a  great 
deal  of  it  is  of  excellent  quality,  producing  every  variety 
of  vegetation  suitable  to  the  climate.  Timber,  some  of 
it  very  large,  grass,  flowering  shrubs,  and  other  vegetables. 
The  country  is  well  stocked  with  game,  and  the  rivers 
with  fish.  The  Mammoth  has  existed  in  this  state,  pro- 
bably in  numbers,  more  of  the  bones  being  found  here 
than  in  any  of  the  other  states. 

Minerals,  and  Mineral  Waters. — Iron  ore  is  abundant, 
but  not  of  the  best  quality.  Limestone,  a  galready  men- 
tioned, abounds  throughout  the  whole  state.  Marble  is 
found  extensively  on  the  banks  of  Kentucky  River.  Coal 
is  found  in  some  places ;  and  a  few  specimens  of  lead, 
copperas,  and  alum  have  been  found.  There  are  a  great 
many  salt  springs  in  the  state,  from  which,  in  1810,  up- 
wards of  300,000  bushels  of  salt  were  made,  but  since  the 
discovery  of  the  valuable  Kanhaway  works,  they  have  be- 
come of  less  utility.  The  Olympian  springs,  47  miles 
east  from  Lexington,  are  in  a  romantic  situation.  There 
are  three  different  kinds  of  water,  all  medicinal.  Near 
Harrodsburg,  in  Mercer  county,  there  is  a  spring  strongly 
impregnated  with  epsom  salts.  Many  of  the  salt  springs 
are  impregnated  with  medicinal  substances,  and  are  used 
as  medicines. 

Climate. — Kentucky  is  in  the  central  part  of  what  has 
been  denominated  the  temperate  climate,  and  the  result 
of  the  whole  of  the  observations  made  upon  it,  has  been 
to  confirm  the  general  theory  laid  down  in  this  work.  At 
Lexington  it  has  been  found  that  in  summer,  the  thermo- 
meter does  not  often  rise  above  80,  nor  fall  below  25  in 
winter,  although  they  have  occasionally  the  extremes  of 


324  UNITED    STATES. 

both  heat  and  cold.  The  mean  annual  temperature  is 
about  58°.  The  air  is  generally  sweet  and  pure,  and  ex- 
cept in  the  neighbourhood  of  swamps  and  stagnant  wa- 
ters, which  are  not  numerous,  the  country  is  generally 
very  healthy. 

Historical  View. — Originally  Kentucky  constituted  part 
of  the  state  of  Virginia.  It  is  uncertain  by  whom  the 
country  was  first  discovered,  but  in  1752,  a  map  of  the 
country  on  Ohio  and  Kentucky  Rivers  was  published  by 
Lewis  Evans.  In  1754  it  appears  to  have  been  partially 
explored  by  James  M 'Bride.  In  1767  John  Fintey,  of 
North  Carolina,  travelled  into  Kentucky,  and  communi- 
cated the  result  of  his  discoveries  to  Daniel  Boone,  and 
others,  who  undertook  a  journey  to  explore  the  country.  '] 
In  1771  Boone  returned  to  North  Carolina,  and  two  years 
afterwards  he  emigrated  to  Kentucky  with  his  own  and  a  ^ 
few  more  families.  In  1775  they  formed  a  settlement  on 
Kentucky  River.  By  the  year  1 778  considerable  emigra- 
tions had  taken  place  to  Kentucky,  but  owing  to  various 
circumstances,  principally  the  hostility  of  the  savages, 
they  were  on  the  point  of  abandoning  the  country ;  but 
the  Indians  being  at  last  defeated,  the  inhabitants  felt  more 
secure,  and  the  settlements  gradually  extended,  in  1782 
a  supreme  court  was  established  in  the  district,  and  in  sub- 
sequent years,  a  great  part  of  the  country  was  surveyed  • 
and  patented,  and  subdivided  into  counties.  In  1790 
Kentucky,  by  consent  of  Virginia,  became  a  separate  , 
state,  and  in  1792  was  admitted  into  the  union,  of  which 
it  has  become  a  very  patriotic  and  valuable  member. 

Population. — In  1790,  the  inhabitants  amounted  to 
73,677;  in  1800,  220,959;  in  1810,  406,511;  and  in 
1820,  564,317,  situated  as  in  the  following 


KENTUCKY. 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


<  aunties. 

Whites.  F.  blacks 

.    Slaves.    Jlllothe, 

•*.    Total. 

Adair, 

7,249 

7 

1,509 

0 

8,765 

Allen, 

4,594 

10 

723 

0 

5,327 

Barren, 

7,875 

7 

2,446 

0 

10,328 

Bath, 

6,685 

52 

1,224 

0 

7,960 

Boone, 

5,227 

19 

1,296 

0 

6,542 

Bourbon, 

12,369 

130 

5,165 

0 

17,664 

Bracken, 

4,560 

44 

676 

0 

5,280 

Bfeckenridge, 

6,217 

1 

1,267 

0 

7,485 

Bullet, 

4,578 

8 

1,245 

0 

5,831 

Butler, 

2,611 

0 

472 

0 

3,083 

Caldwell, 

7,567 

11 

1,444 

0 

9,022 

Campbell, 

6,115 

10 

897 

0 

7,022 

Casey, 

3,876 

17 

456 

0 

4,349 

Christian, 

6,943 

25 

||491 

0 

10,459 

Clark, 

7,945 

41 

5,463 

0 

11,449 

Clay, 

4,018 

90 

285 

0 

4,393 

Cumberland, 

6,712 

14 

1,332 

0 

8,058 

Daviess, 

3,017 

7 

862 

0 

3,876 

Estell, 

3,218 

8 

281 

0 

3,507 

Fayette, 

10,205 

133 

7,633 

0 

17,971 

Town  of  Lexington, 

3,523 

115 

1,641 

0 

5,279 

Fleming, 

11,011 

31 

1,144 

0 

12,186 

Floyd, 

7,867 

143 

197 

0 

8,207 

Franklin, 

6,377 

61 

2,907 

0 

9,345 

Town  of  Frankfort, 

884 

78 

643 

74 

1,679 

Gallatin, 

5,817 

16 

1,242 

0 

7,075 

Garrard, 

7,901 

32 

2,918 

0 

10,851 

Grant, 

1,666 

2 

137 

0 

1,805 

Grayson, 

3,836 

35 

184 

0 

4,055 

Greene, 

8,683 

19 

3,241 

0 

11,943 

Greenup, 

3,730 

15 

566 

0 

4,311 

UNITED    STATES. 


GniMte. 

Whites. 

ft  blacks.  Slaves. 

All  others.    Total. 

Hardin, 

9,009 

23 

1,466 

0 

10,498 

Harlan, 

1,851 

2 

108 

0 

1,961 

Harrison, 

10,051 

90 

2,137 

0 

12,278 

Hart, 

3,572 

16 

596 

0 

4,184 

Henderson, 

3,419 

30 

2,265 

0 

5,714 

Henry, 

8,808 

4 

2,004 

0 

10,816 

Hopkins, 

4,334 

6 

982 

0 

5,322 

Jefferson, 

10,779 

122 

5,855 

0 

16,756 

Town  of  Louisville, 

2,886 

93 

1,031 

2 

4,012 

Jessamine, 

6,395 

100 

2,802 

0 

9,297 

Knox, 

3,305 

19 

337 

0 

.   3,661 

Lewis, 

3,505 

4 

464 

0 

3,973 

Lincoln, 

6,862 

58 

3,053 

6 

9,979 

Livingston, 

4,770 

34 

1,020 

0 

5,824 

Logan, 

8,566 

126 

4,019 

0 

12,711 

Town  of  Russelville, 

1,024 

9 

679 

0 

1,712 

Madison, 

11,738 

62 

4,154 

0 

15,954 

Mason, 

10,160 

62 

3,366 

0 

13,588 

Mercer, 

11,530 

132 

3,825 

100 

15,587 

Monroe, 

4,453 

5 

498 

0 

4,956 

Montgomery, 

7,504 

29 

2,054 

0 

9,587 

Muhlenburg, 

4,302 

2 

675 

0 

4,979 

Nelson, 

12,340 

58 

3,875 

0 

16,273 

Nicholas, 

7,021 

33 

919 

0 

7,973 

Ohio, 

3,392 

19 

468 

0 

3,879 

Owen, 

1,823 

1 

207 

0 

2,031 

Pendleton, 

2,758 

0 

328 

0 

3,086 

Pulaski, 

6,951 

9 

637 

0 

7,597 

Rockcastle, 

2,088 

6 

155 

0 

2,249 

Scott, 

9,545 

54 

4,620 

0 

14,219 

Shelby, 

15,796 

93 

5,158 

0 

21,047 

Simpson, 

4,032 

17 

803 

0 

4,852 

Todd. 

3.356 

4 

1,729 

0 

5.089 

. 

SKY. 


KENTUC  * 


I'-uitiutt*.  Whites.    Freebltckj.Slnw*.  AUaUars.     Total. 

Trigg,  3,039  19  816  0  3,874 

Union,  2,429  6  1,035  0  3,470 

Warren,  9,169  53  2,554  0  11,776 

Washington,  12,159  54  3,734  0  15,947 

Wayne,  7,393  5  553  0  7,951 

Whitley,  2,232  12  96  0  2,340 

Woodford*  7,422  107  4,678  0  12,207 


434,644  2,759  126,732  182  564,317 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — It  has  been  mentioned  that 
Kentucky  has  generally  a  good  soil,  and  many  districts 
are  well  cultivated.  The  principal  productions  are  wheat, 
Indian  corn,  rye,  barley,  oats,  and  other  grain.  Hemp 
thrives  luxuriantly ;  and  cotton  is  produced  in  several 
parts  of  the  state,  particularly  south-west,  principally  for 
domestic  use.  Tobacco  is  extensively  cultivated.  Grapes 
thrive  remarkably  well,  and  wine  may  be  made  by  the 
quantity.  Garden  vegetables  are  plenty,  and  there  is 
abundance  of  fine  fruit.  The  number  of  persons  em- 
ployed in  agriculture,  in  1820,  was  132,161. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — Being  an  inland  state, 
the  prosperity  of  Kentucky  will  chiefly  depend  upon  its 
manufacturing  industry,  and  to  this  the  state  has  paid  a 
good  deal  of  attention.  In  1810  the  manufactures  of 
Kentucky  were  estimated  at  $4,121,000,  and  the  articles 
were  chiefly  as  follows  : 

Articles.  Value. 

Tanned  Hides,  -        -    $255,000 

Cloth,      -  -  2,057,000 

Hemp,     -  -  691,000 


328  UNITED    STATES. 

Maple  Sugar, $309,000 

Gun  Powder,  -  ...  39,000 

Salt,          -  -  -        -    '     -        -        -  325,000 

Salt-petre,  -        -  33,000 

Paper,       -  -  -  19,000 

Cordage,  -  393,000 

Cotton  Bagging,  159,000 

The  number  of  persons  employed  in  manufactures,  in 
1820,  was  11,779. 

Kentucky  has  of  course  no  direct  exports  abroad,  but 
she  has  considerable  trade,  principally  by  exports  to  New 
Orleans,  and  imports  from  thence  and  the  Atlantic  states. 
The  principal  exports  are  flour,  tobacco,  provisions,  and 
manufactured  articles.  The  number  of  persons  employed 
in  commerce,  in  1820,  was  1617. 

Chief  towns. — FRANKFORT,  the  seat  of  government,  is 
situated  on  Kentucky  River,  in  a  country  hilly  and  ro- 
mantic, but  not  fertile.  It  derives  considerable  advantage 
from  being  the  seat  of  government,  but  has  not  many 
manufactures,  nor  much  trade.  Population,  1679. 

LEXINGTON  is  the  largest  town  in  the  state,  and  one  of 
the  most  beautiful  and  important  in  the  western  country. 
It  is  situated  in  the  heart  of  a  rich  fertile  country,  and  has 
elegant  farms  in  the  neighbourhood,  which  furnish  all  the 
necessaries  of  life  at  a  cheap  rate,  and  Lexington  is  a  fine 
situation  for  manufactures,  of  which  there  are  a  number. 
The  Transylvania  University  is  established  here.  Popu- 
lation, 5279. 

Louisville,  at  the  falls  of  Ohio,  is  a  large  thriving  com- 
mercial place ;  having  also  considerable  manufactories. 
The  country  in  the  neighbourhood  is  fertile  and  well  cul- 
tivated. There  is  a  great  intercourse  between  Louisville 


KENTUCKY.  32 

«md  all  parts  of  the  country,  where  the  navigable  waters 
extend,  particularly  by  steam  boats.     Population,  4012. 

Russekilk  is  the  seat  of  justice  of  Logan  county,  in  the 
south-west  part  of  the  state,  and  is  in  a  thriving  situation. 
Population,  1712. 

These  are  all  the  towns  of  which  he  have  the  popula- 
tion in  the  census.  We  shall  notice  the  other  towns  as 
they  are  situated  on  the  rivers  beginning  in  the  north-east. 

On  the  Ohio.—Catletsburg  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of 
Big  Sandy  River.  Clarksburg  is  situated  on  the  south . 
side  of  the  river,  48  miles  below  Catletsburg.  Maysville, 
or  Limestone,  is  situated  on  the  bank  of  the  river  where 
the  south-west  road  crosses  the  Ohio,  and  being  a  great 
thoroughfare,  it  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade.  Jlu- 
gusta  is  situated  on  the  bank  of  the  river,  18  miles  below 
Limestone.  It  is  a  pretty  situation  and  a  thriving  place. 

Newport  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of  Licking  Creek, 
opposite  to  Cincinnati,  and  has  a  beautiful  view  of  the 
river. 

Port  William  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of  Kentucky  Ri 
ver. 

Shippingport  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  river, 
two  miles  below  Louisville.  Its  name  designates  its  sta- 
tion. 

The  towns  below  are  Yellow  Bank,  Henderson,  Morgan  • 
field,  and  Smithland. 

Columbia  is  a  settlement  recently  laid  out  on  the  banks 
of  the  Mississippi,  about  1 1  miles  below  the  outlet  of  the 
Ohio. 

Prestonburg  is  situated  on  the  west  branch  of  Big- 
Sandy  River  near  Cumberland  Mountains. 

The  principal  towns  on  Licking  Creek  and  its  waters, 
are    Olympian  Springs,  Mount  Sterling,  Paris, 
bvrg,  Cynthiana,  Marysville,  and  Falmovth.  i 
42 


330  UNITED   STATES. 

On  Kentucky  River  and  its  waters. — Besides  Lexington 
and  Frankfort,  there  are  Mount  Fernon,  Stanford,  Lan- 
caster, Danville,  Richmond,  Winchester,  Nicholasville,  Har- 
rodsburg,  Versailles,  and  Laurensburg. 

On  Salt  River  and  its  waters. — Springfield,  Bardstown, 
Bealsburg,  Shelbyville,  Middletown,  and  Shepherdsville. 

On  Green  River  and  its  waters. — Caseyville,  Columbia, 
Greensburg,  Summersville,  Monroe,  Glasgow,  Scottsville, 
Bowling  Green,  Russelville,  Morgantown,  Litchfield,  Hard- 
ensburg,  Hartford,  Greenville,  Madisonville. 

On  Cumberland  River. — Barboursville,  Somerset,  JWon- 
ticello,  Burksville,  Hopkinsville,  Princeton,  and  Centre- 
rille. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Improvements. — Considerable  im- 
provement has  been  made  upon  the  roads,  but  much  re- 
mains to  be  done.  In  summer  many  of  the  roads  are 
agreeable,  but  they  are  often  very  muddy  and  bad  in  win- 
ter. The  state  is  now  constructing  a  canal  at  the  falls 
of  Ohio,  between  Beargrass  Creek  and  Shippingport,  near 
Louisville,  for  the  purpose  of  obviating  the  difficulty  in 
passing  the  falls.  The  Ohio  affords  such  excellent  navi- 
gation, that  other  canals  will  probably  not  be  projected  for 
a  long  time. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  constitution  of  Kentucky 
was  adopted  in  1 799,  and  by  it  the  powers  of  government 
were  made  legislative,  executive,  and  judiciary.     The  le- 
gislative power  is  vested  in  a  senate  and  house  of  repre- 
sentatives.    The  senators  are  elected  for  four  years,  and 
one-fourth  vacate  their  seats  annually.     The  representa- 
tives are  elected  for  one  year.     The  assembly  convenes 
on  the  first  Monday  in  November.     Each  senator  must  \ 
be  35  years  of  age,  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  and  j 
have  resided  six  years  in  the  state,  and  one  year  in  the  ; 
district  for  which  he  is  chosen.     Each  representative  must  ! 


KENTUCKY.  331 

be  twenty-four  years  of  age,  a  citizen  of  the  United  States, 
and  have  resided  in  the  state  two  years,  and  in  the  district 
one.  They  are  apportioned  according  to  the  number  of 
qualified  electors.  The  executive  branch  is  vested  in  a 
governor,  who  is  elected  for  four  years,  and  is  eligible  for 
four  years  out  of  eleven.  He  must  be  thirty  years  of  age, 
a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  and  have  resided  six  years 
in  the  state.  He  has  a  qualified  negative  upon  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  assembly ;  and  makes  appointments,  with 
consent  of  the  senate.  He  has  also  the  pardoning  power. 
There  is  also  a  lieutenant  governor,  who  is  ex-officio 
speaker  of  the  senate,  and  succeeds  the  governor,  in  case 
of  death,  absence,  &c.  The  judiciary  power  is  vested  in 
a  supreme  court,  and  in  such  inferior  courts  as  the  assem- 
bly may  appoint,  and  the  judges  hold  their  offices  during 
good  behaviour.  Every  free  white  male  citizen  of  the  age 
of  21,  who  has  resided  in  the  state  two  years,  or  one  year 
in  the  district,  is  entitled  to  vote  at  elections. 

Education  and  Manners. — The  Transylvania  Universi- 
ty, an  extensive  institution,  is  established  at  Lexington,  and 
there  are  several  other  respectable  seminaries  for  the  high- 
er branches  of  education.  Some  time  ago  an  appropria- 
tion was  made  for  the  support  of  common  schools,  and 
there  are  a  number  of  boarding  schools.  A  desire  for 
knowledge  is  pretty  general  among  the  people,  who  are 
very  hospitable  and  proverbially  brave.  Last  war  the 
Kentuckians  took  a  large  share ;  and  nobly  assisted  in  de- 
fending the  country  against  the  inroads  of  the  enemy. 


UNITED  STATES. 


OHIO. 

Miles.  Jlrea.  Situation. 

Length,  205  )  38,500  Square  Miles.  )  „  $  38°  29'  and  41°  19'  Is". 

Breadth,  188  $24,640,01)0  Acres.       J  Be       :n  {    3°  31' and  7°  41' W. 

Boundaries. — Ohio  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  Michi- 
gan Territory  and  Lake  Erie ;  east,  by  Pennsylvania ; 
south-east,  by  Virginia;  south-west,  by  Kentucky;  and 
west,  by  Indiana. 

Face  of  the  Country.— The  state  of  Ohio  makes  part  of 
the  table  land  of  the  western  country.  The  northern  part 
is  rather  flat,  and  the  dividing  ridge  between  the  waters 
falling  into  the  Ohio,  and  those  falling  into  Lake  Erie, 
runs  through  it  from  east  to  west,  at  the  distance  of  from 
thirty  to  fifty  miles  from  the  lake.  It  has  no  material 
elevation,  and  the  country  north  and  south  of  it  declines 
in  the  respective  directions  by  a  gentle  slope.  Towards 
the  Ohio  the  country  assumes  an  undulating,  and  in  some 
places,  a  hilly  appearance.  The  elevation  of  the  dividing 
ridge  is  probably  about  700  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea ; 
Lake  Erie  is  564 ;  and  the  Ohio  River  where  it  enters  the 
state  is  about  590,  and  where  it  leaves  it  about  450  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  average  elevation  of  the 
state  may  be  estimated  at  600  feet. 

There  are  no  mountains. 

Rivers. — The  whole  of  the  rivers  in  Ohio  flow  either 
into  Lake  Erie  or  the  Ohio  River,  principally  the  latter ; 
and  some  of  them  have  been  partially  noticed.  The  prin- 
cipal streams  may  be  again  noticed  here. 

Beaver  River  rises  in  the  dividing  ridge  before  men- 
tioned, and  runs  a  N.  E.  course,  about  20  miles,  to  War- 
ren. It  then  turns  to  the  S.  E.  and  runs  in  that  direction 


OHIO.  333 

about  25  miles  more,  when  it  passes  the  state  line  into 
Pennsylvania.  It  is  a  fine  stream  for  mill  seats. 

Muskingum  River  rises  by  three  different  branches  in 
the  dividing  ridge,  the  largest  being  the  Tuscarawas. — 
They  all  unite  at  Coshocton,  and  run  a  southwardly  course 
of  30  miles  to  Zanesville,  where  there  are  about  22  feet 
of  rapids.  Thence  the  river  holds  a  S.  E.  course,  and 
falls  into  the  Ohio  at  Marietta,  where  it  is  150  yards  broad. 
It  is  navigable  with  keel  boats  to  Coshocton,  and  with 
small  boats  nearly  to  the  source  of  the  Tuscarawas  branch; 
and  it  has  been  proposed  to  connect  it  with  Lake  Erie  by 
a  canal,  through  the  medium  of  the  Cayahoga  River. 

Hockhocking  River  rises  in  a  high  plain  near  New  Lan- 
caster, and  runs  a  general  S.  E.  but  winding  course,  to  the 
Ohio,  which  it  reaches  27  miles  below  Marietta.  The 
navigation  is  obstructed  by  several  falls,  but  it  is  a  fine 
stream  for  mill  seats. 

Scioto  River  rises  in  the  dividing  ridge,  in  the  north- 
west part  of  the  state,  near  Sandusky  River,  and  runs  a 
S.  E.  course  of  eighty  miles,  to  Columbus,  the  seat  of  go- 
vernment, where  Whitestone  Creek  falls  into  it.  It  then 
runs  south  12  miles,  and  receives  the  waters  of  Big  Belly 
Creek  from  the  eastward.  At  Circleville,  fifteen  miles 
below,  Darby  Creek  falls  in  from  the  westward ;  and  20 
miles  below  it  the  river  passes  Chillicothe,  and  receives 
the  waters  of  Paint  Creek  from  the  westward.  Forty-five 
miles  south  from  Chillicothe,  the  Scioto  falls  into  the 
Ohio,  at  Portsmouth.  It  is  navigable  with  keel  boats  to 
Columbus,  and  by  small  boats  nearly  to  its  source. 

Little  Miami  River  rises  below  Springfield,  in  the  south- 
west part  of  the  state ;  and  runs  a  S.  S.  W.  course  of  70 
miles.  It  is  a  rapid  river,  with  some  remarkable  falls ;  and 
is  excellent  for  mill  seats. 

Miami  River  rises  in  the  N,  W.  part  of  the  state,  near 


334  UNITED   STATES. 

the  head  waters  of  Scioto  River,  and  pursues  a  course 
nearly  S.  by  W.  to  the  Ohio,  which  it  reaches  20  miles 
below  Cincinnati.  It  is  about  140  miles  long,  and  is  na- 
vigable 75.  A  few  miles  above  its  junction  with  the  Ohio, 
it  receives  the  waters  of  White  Water  River  from  the  state 
of  Indiana. 

The  waters  falling  into  Lake  Erie  are,  Conneoutt  River, 
in  the  N.  E.  corner  of  the  state,  Jlshtabula  River,  Grand 
River,  Ckagrene  River,  Cayahoga,  River,  Rocky  River, 
Black.  River,  Vermilion  River,  Huron  River,  Sandusky 
River,  Carrying  River,  Miami  of  the  Lakes,  or  Maumee 
River. 

Jlshtabula  River  falls  into  the  lake,  15  miles  from  the 
N.  E.  corner  of  the  state. 

Grand  River  rises  near  Warren,  and  pursuing  a  very 
crooked  course,  but  generally  N.  W.,  it  falls  into  the  lake 
at  New  Market,  28  miles  west  from  Ashtabula.  It  is  a 
rapid  stream,  and  has  many  mill  seats. 

Cayahoga  River  rises  within  the  great  bend  of  Grand 
River,  only  15  miles  from  its  outlet,  and  runs  a  south- 
west course  of  45  miles ;  it  then  turns  north  by  west, 
and  runs  about  30  miles  to  Lake  Erie,  at  Cleveland. 
There  is  a  harbour  at  the  outlet,  but  the  navigation  is  ob- 
structed. It  is  proposed  to  improve  it,  and  the  canal  to 
the  Ohio  River  here  terminates. 

Rocky  River  rises  in  the  dividing  ridge,  and  runs  about 
30  miles  to  the  lake. 

Sandusky  River  rises  near  Mansfield,  and  runs  a  west 
and  then  northerly  course  to  Sandusky  Bay.  It  is  about 
75  miles  long,  and  is  navigable  nearly  to  its  source. — 
There  is  only  a  small  portage  between  this  river  and  the 
Scioto.  Sandusky  Bay  is  nearly  20  miles  long,  and  four 
or  five  broad,  and  is  one  of  the  best  harbours  on  Lakf: 
Erie. 


OHIO.  335 

•Maumee  River  is  composed  of  two  branches,  St.  Mary, 
rising  in  this  state,  and  St.  Joseph,  rising  in  Michigan 
Territory;  which  unite  at  Fort  Wayne,  in  Indiana. 
Thence  the  river  holds  a  N.  E.  course  of  nearly  100 
miles  to  the  lake,  into  which  it  falls  through  Maumee 
Bay.  Three  miles  above  its  outlet,  there  are  shoals 
which  extend  15  miles,  and  interrupt  the  navigation; 
otherwise  the  river  is  all  navigable.  There  are  valuable 
fisheries  below  the  shoals. 

Geological  Formation.  Altogether  secondary.  The  es- 
timated elevations  will  be  seen  in  the  article  on  the  face 
of  the  country. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — The  soil  is  generally 
very  excellent,  and  the  natural  productions  similar  to  those 
of  the  western  part  of  Pennsylvania.  The  northern  part 
is  favourable  for  grazing,  and  the  whole  produces  excel- 
lent timber,  much  of  it  very  large,  and  of  the  best  kinds. 
The  S.  E.  is  hilly,  in  some  places  rough,  but  even  there 
the  soil  is  fertile.  There  are  several  prairies  in  the  state, 
some  of  them  extensive. 

Minerals,  and  Mineral  Springs. — There  is  abundance 
of  coal  in  the  state,  particularly  on  the  Muskingum,  Hock- 
hocking,  and  Scioto.  Iron  ore  is  found  in  several  places. 
Limestone  exists  extensively — also  freestone,  and  some 
gypsum.  In  several  parts  of  the  state,  excellent  clay  has 
been  found,  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  earthen  ware 
and  glass.  The  mineral  springs  are  chiefly  salt,  and  some 
of  them  are  extensive.  There  are  salt  works  40  miles 
south-east  of  Chillicothe.  The  principal  medicinal  spring 
is  the  Yellow  Spring,  near  the  head  of  the  Little  Miami. 

Climate. — The  climate  of  the  state  of  Ohio  is  nearly 
assimilated  to  that  of  Kentucky,  except  the  difference  of 
a  more  northerly  latitude.  The  section  below  the  dividing 
ridge,  has,  in  the  general  view,  been  denominated  the 


330  UfflTED   STAGES. 

temperate ;  above  the  dividing  ridge,  the  middle.  In  the 
meteorological  table,  page  69,  the  result  of  a  year's  ob- 
servations will  be  found  at  four  different  places ;  by  con- 
trasting which  with  observations  made  in  the  parallel  .dis- 
tricts of  the  Atlantic  states,  it  will  obviously  appear  that 
there  is  a  material  difference  in  the  climate  ;  that  of  the 
western  country  being  more  equable,  and  the  mean  heat 
greater  notwithstanding  the  superior  elevation.  Zanes- 
ville,  for  example,  is  nearly  in  the  same  latitude  as  Phila- 
delphia, and  the  estimated  altitude  is  about  600  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea.  There  the  average  temperature  of 
January  was  40°,  of  July  75°,  of  December  30°,  and  of 
the  whole  year  55°  7'.  In  Philadelphia,  it  was  in  January 
26°,  jn  juiy  7so}  in  December  33°,  and  of  the  whole 
year  53°  7'.  Chillicothe  is  in  latitude,  28  miles  north  of 
Washington.  There  the  menu  heat  of  January  was  40°, 
of  July  77o,  of  December  39°,  andof  the  whole  year 
58°  8'.  At  Washington,  January  was  32°,  July  81°, 
December  43°,  and  the  whole  year  58°  1'.  At  Cincin- 
nati, 14  miles  hi  latitude  north  of  Washington,  January 
was  37°,  July  74°,  December  38,  and  the  whole  year 
56°  8'.  It  is  presumed,  however,  that  there  must  be 
some  mistake  in  the  observations  at  Cincinnati,  as  the 
mean  heat  is  less  than  at  Chillicothe,  and  the  mean  heat 
at  Jeffersonville,  less  than  a  degree  south,  is  60°  3'.  It 
has  been  observed,  that  in  proceeding  north  from  the 
Ohio,  the  climate  becomes  cold  in  a  greater  ratio,  than 
what  would  naturally  arise  from  the  increase  of  latitude. 
This  is  corroborated  by  observations  made  at  Wooster, 
which  is  only  fifty  miles  north  of  Zanesville,  yet  the  tem- 
perature for  the  year  is  two  degrees  less  than  at  the  latter 
place.  January  being  36°,  July  77o,  December  34°,  and 
the  whole  year  53°  4' ;  which,  however,  is  nearly  the 
temperature  of  Philadelphia.  From  all  the  observations 


OHIO.  OD/ 

made,  it  appears  that  the  south-west  wind  prevails  for 
nine  months  in  the  year,  but  that  north-west  winds  prevail 
in  December,  January,  and  February.  At  Cincinnati, 
in  1819,  there  were  160  clear  days,  170  cloudy,  and  it 
rained  on  35.  Snow  does  not  fall  deep,  nor  lie  long 
at  Cincinnati,  but  the  snows  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  state  are  both  deep  and  durable.  In  general,  the 
climate  of  Ohio  is  very  favourable.  The  extremes  of 
heat  and  cold  are  considerable,  but  neither  is  of  long  du- 
ration, and  the  winters  are  not  rigorous,  nor  are  the  sum- 
mers oppressive.  At  Zanesville,  which  is  nearly  central, 
spring  commences  about  the  15th  of  March,  and  garden- 
ing begins  about  the  first  of  April,  which  is  generally  a 
pleasant  month.  The  summer  commences  about  the  first 
of  May,  and  continues  till  the  middle  of  September.  The 
fall  weather  is  temperate,  dry,  and  beautiful,  and  continues 
till  about  the  middle  of  December.  The  winters  are  very 
changeable,  and  subject  to  a  great  deal  of  rain ;  but  are 
often  so  mild  that  cattle  graze  in  the  fields  nearly  the 
whole  season. 

Historical  Fiew.—The  state  of  Ohio  is  a  part  of  the 
territory  of  the  United  States  which  lies  north  of  the  Ohio 
and  east  of  the  Mississippi,  and  now  comprehends  Ohio, 
Indiana,  Illinois,  Michigan,  and  the  North  West  Territory. 
Up  to  the  period  when  Ohio  assumed  a  separate  govern- 
ment, the  whole  of  this  district  is  included  in  one  general 
history.  This  country  was  first  explored  by  La  Salle,  in 
1680,  and  the  French  retained  possession  of  it  until  1763, 
when  it  was  ceded  to  the  British;  but  no  settlements 
were  commenced  within  the  limits  of  the  state  of  Ohio 
until  the  year  1787.  Considerable  difficulty  arose  in 
adjusting  the  different  claims  to  the  territory,  but  it  was 
finally  adjusted  by  all  the  claimants  transferring  their 
rights  to  the  United  States,  except  Virginia  and  Connecti- 
43 


338  UNITED    STATES. 

cut.     The  former  "  reserved"  a  tract  of  land  between  the 
Scioto  and  Little  Miami,  and  Connecticut  reserved  ano- 
ther between  the  41st  degree  of  latitude  and  Lake  Erie, 
as  far  west  as  Sandusky  Bay.     The  Virginia  tract  is  call- 
ed the  "  Virginia  Military  Lands"  and  that  of  Connecti- 
cut the  "  Connecticut  Reservation."     In  1787,  a  territorial 
government  was  instituted  by  congress,  which  extended 
over  the  whole  of  the  North   West   Territory,  and  this 
continued  until  1799.     During  a  great  part  of  this  time  a 
harassing  war  was  carried  on  by  the  Indians  on  the  fron- 
tiers, who,  however,  were  defeated  in  1794,  and  peace 
was  established  next  year  by  the  treaty  of  Greenville. 
In  1799,  the   population  having  greatly  increased,  repre- 
sentative government  was  introduced.     Soon  after  Ohio 
was  formed  into  a  separate  territory.     In  1802,  the  peo- 
ple formed  a  constitution,  and  next  year  Ohio  was  for- 
mally admitted  into  the  union  as  a  state.     Since  that  pe- 
riod she  has  increased  in  population  and  wealth  in  a  won- 
derful manner.     The  people  suffered  greatly  during  the 
late  war  with  England,  and  many  valuable  lives  were  lost; 
but  they  sustained  their  independence  with  an  ardour  and 
patriotism,  which  reflected  upon  them  the  greatest  credit, 
and  now,  in  the  midst  of  peace  and  plenty,  there  is  no 
doubt  but  the  state  will  rapidly  improve. 

Population. — In  1790,  the  population  was  estimated  at 
only  3000;  in  1800,  it  was,  by  census,  45,365;  in  1810,  it 
was  230,760,  and  in  1820,  it  was  581,434,  situated  as  in 
the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 

Counties.  Whites.         Free  blacks.    Mothers.  Total. 

Adams,  10,350  56  0  10,406 

Ashtabula,  7,371  4  7  7.382 


OHIO. 


339 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

M  others. 

Total. 

Athens, 

6,312 

26 

0 

6,338 

Belmont, 

20,102 

227 

0 

20,329 

Brown, 

13,018 

338 

0 

13,356 

Butler, 

21,588 

158 

0 

21,746 

Champaign, 

8,330 

149 

0 

8,479 

Clark, 

9,491 

42 

0 

9,533 

Clermont, 

15,791 

29 

0 

15,820 

Clinton, 

8,039 

46 

0 

8,085 

Columbiana, 

21,873 

160 

0 

22,033 

Coshocton, 

7,067 

19 

0 

7,086 

Cayahoga, 

6,274 

54 

0 

6,328 

Darke, 

3,699 

18 

0 

3,717 

Delaware, 

7,602 

37 

0 

7,639 

Fairneld, 

16,611 

22 

0 

16,633 

Fayette, 

6,291 

25 

0 

6,316 

Franklin, 

10,040 

132 

120 

10,292 

Gallia, 

6,957 

141 

0 

7,098 

Geuga, 

7,785 

6 

0 

7,791 

Greene, 

10,468 

53 

8 

10,529 

Guernsey, 

9,240 

52 

0 

9,292 

Hamilton, 

21,922 

200 

0 

22,122 

C'yofCincinnati, 
in  Hamilton  co. 

|  9,209 

433 

0 

9,642 

Harrison, 

14,317 

28 

0 

14,345 

Highland, 

12,137 

171 

0 

12,308 

Hocking, 

2,130 

0 

0 

2,130 

Huron, 

6,668 

7 

0 

6,675 

Jackson, 

3,710 

36 

0 

3,746 

Jefferson, 

18,314 

217 

0 

18,531 

Knox, 

8,306 

20 

0 

8,326 

Lawrence, 

3,476 

23 

0 

3,499 

Licking, 

11,823 

38 

0 

11,861 

Logan. 

3,103 

78 

0 

3,181 

840 


UNITED   STATES. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Ml  others. 

Total. 

Madison, 

4,777 

22 

0 

4,799 

Medina, 

3,068 

14 

0 

3,082 

Meigs, 

4,477 

3 

0 

4,480 

Miami, 

8,791 

60 

0 

8,851 

Monroe, 

4,634 

11 

0 

4,645 

Montgomery, 

15,926 

73 

0 

15,999 

Morgan, 

5,282 

15 

0 

5,297 

Muskingum, 

17,631 

193 

0 

17,824 

Perry, 

8,411 

18 

0 

8,429 

Pickaway, 

13,011 

138 

0 

13,149 

Pike, 

4,131 

122 

0 

4,253 

Portage, 

10,073 

22 

0 

10,095 

Preble, 

10,205 

32 

0 

10,237 

Richland, 

9,139 

30 

0 

9,169 

Ross, 

20,117 

502 

0 

20,619 

Sandusky, 

849 

3 

0 

852 

Scioto, 

5,714 

36 

0 

5,750 

Shelby, 

2,097 

9 

0 

2,106 

Starke, 

12,380 

26 

0 

12,406 

Trumbull, 

15,492 

50 

4 

15,546 

Tuscarawas, 

8,324 

4 

0 

8,328 

Union, 

1,988 

8 

0 

1,996 

Warren, 

17,650 

187 

0 

17,837 

Washington, 

10,326 

99 

0 

10,425 

Wayne, 

11,933 

0 

0 

11,933 

Wood, 

732 

1 

0 

733 

576,572       4,723         139 


581,434 


The  population,  in  1826,  is  estimated  at  800,000. 

Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  attention  of  the  farmers 
of  Ohio  is  principally  directed  to  raising  grain  and  fruit ; 


OHIO.  341 

sheep,  cattle,  horses,  and  poultry ;  and  the  soil  and  climate 
are  favourable  to  all  these  pursuits.  Wheat  is  the  staple 
commodity  in  a  great  part  of  the  state,  but  throughout  the 
whole  there  are  great  crops  of  Indian  corn  and  other 
grain.  In  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  much  attention 
is  paid  to  grazing,  and  great  quantities  of  butter  and 
cheese  are  made,  and  cattle  are  raised  for  the  eastern  mar- 
kets. On  the  Ohio,  peaches  are  raised  in  great  quantities, 
and  a  great  deal  of  peach  brandy  is  made.  Sheep  farming 
is  pretty  general  throughout  the  country,  and  is  considered 
a  .valuable  branch  of  business.  Some  cotton  is  raised  on 
the  Ohio,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state.  Garden  vege- 
tables and  fruit  are  common  through  all  the  state.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  agriculture,  by  last  census, 
is  110,991. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — Ohio  is  most  favourably 
situated  for  manufacturing  industry,  which  has  made 
great  progress.  Cincinnati  is  a  large  manufacturing  town, 
and  very  considerable  manufacturing  is  carried  on  at 
Steubenville,  Zanesville,  Chillicothe,  and  other  places. 
In  1810  the  manufactures  of  Ohio  were  estimated  at 
$1,987,000;  but  it  was  known  that  returns  were  very 
imperfect.  The  principal  articles  manufactured,  by  the 
returns  of  1810,  were 

Value. 

Woollen,  cotton,  and  linen  cloth,     -     -     $1,000,000 

Leather  and  articles  of  leather,       -  -       154,000 

Iron,  nails,  and  machinery,  -      224,000 

Maple  sugar,         -        -         -        -          -      302,000 

Since  that  period  they  have  greatly  increased  in  amount 

and  value.     The  number  of  persons  employed  in  them 

(including  mechanics)  is  by  the  census  18,956. 

The  state  of  Ohio  imports  cotton,  and  manufactured 
articles;  and  exports  flour  and  other  provisions,  cattle. 


UNITED    STATES. 

&c.  also  large  quantities  of  manufactured  articles,  parti- 
cularly from  Cincinnati.  No  direct  exports  appear  on 
the  custom  house  books,  but  the  quantity  must  be  con- 
siderable. The  number  of  persons  employed  in  com- 
merce is  by  the  census  1495. 

Chief  Towns. — Columbus,  the  seat  of  government,  is 
situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  Scioto  River,  near  the 
central  part  of  the  state.  It  is  regularly  laid  out,  and  has 
a  number  of  handsome  buildings.  The  inhabitants  are 
not  stated  in  the  census. 

Cincinnati  is  the  only  city  in  the  state.  It  is  elegantly 
situated  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Ohio  River,  and  being 
in  the  centre  of  a  rich  country,  it  has  extensive  manufac- 
tures and  a  flourishing  trade.  The  town  is  regularly  laid 
out  with  streets  crossing  one  another  at  right  angles,  and 
there  are  several  handsome  public  buildings.  It  contain- 
ed, in  1820,  9642  inhabitants,  of  whom  99  were  engaged 
in  agriculture,  753  in  manufactures,  and  313  in  com- 
merce ;  in  1826  its  population  was  12  to  15,000.  We 
shall  now  notice  the  other  towns  as  they  are  situated  on 
the  principal  waters,  beginning  at  the  eastward. 

On  the  Ohio.—Steubenvttle,  the  capital  of  Belmont 
county,  is  situated  on  the  west  bank,  35  miles  west  from 
Pittsburg.  It  is  in  the  middle  of  a  fertile  country, 
abounding  with  coal,  iron,  &c.  and  has  considerable  manu- 
factures and  trade.  Population  of  the  township,  2539. 

St.  Clairsville,  the  capital  of  Belmont  county,  is  sit- 
uated 1 1  miles  west  from  the  Ohio,  and  is  in  a  thriving 
state.  Population,  641. 

Marietta  is  handsomely  laid  out  at  the  outlet  of  Musk- 
ingum  River,  and  is  one  of  the  oldest  settlements  in  the 
state.  In  1820  the  population  of  the  township  east  of  the 
Muskingum  was  1746. 

Galliopolis,  the  seat  of  justice  of   Gallia  county,  is 


OHIO.  343 

situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river,  4  miles  below  the 
outlet  of  the  Great  Kanhaway  River.  The  situation  is 
pleasant.  Population  of  the  township,  830. 

Portsmouth  is  handsomely  situated  at  the  outlet  of  the 
Scioto  River.  It  is  the  capital  of  Scioto  county,  and  is 
in  a  thriving  state.  Population,  527. 

West  Union,  the  seat  of  justice  of  Adams  county,  is 
situated  six  miles  north  from  the  river,  in  a  pleasant  fertile 
country.  Population,  406. 

Ripley  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  river,  in 
Brown  county,  six  miles  below  Limestone.  Population, 
421. 

On  Lake  Erie. — Jlshtabula  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of 
Ashtabula  River,  and  contains  about  200  inhabitants. 

Painsville  is  situated  near  the  outlet  of  Grand  River. 

Cleveland  is  very  handsomely  situated  at  the  outlet  of 
Cayahoga  River,  and  is  the  stopping  place  of  the  steam 
boats  on  the  lake,  and  the  eastern  termination  of  the  Ohio 
canal.  Population  of  the  township,  606. 

Sandusky  city  is  regularly  laid  out  on  the  south  side  of 
Sandusky  Bay,  two  miles  from  the  lake,  and  has  a  good 
harbour,  and  favourable  situation  for  trade ;  the  steam 
boats  touch  here. 

Croghansville  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  Sandusky 
River,  10  miles  from  Sandusky  Bay. 

Perrysburg  is  situated  at  the  foot  of  the  rapids  of 
Maumee  River,  and  is  an  eligible  place. 

Warren  is  situated  on  Beaver  River,  and  is  the  seat  of 
justice  of  Trumbull  county,  and  a  thriving  town.  Popu- 
lation, 435. 

JVeio  Lisbon  is  situated  on  Little  Beaver  River,  14 
miles  from  Ohio  River.  It  has  considerable  manufac- 
tures, and  is  in  a  thriving  state.  Population,  764. 


344  UNITED  STATES. 

Cadiz  is  situated  24  miles  south-west  from  Steubenvilie, 
and  is  the  capital  of  Harrison  county.  Population,  537. 

On  Muskingum  and  its  waters. —  Canton  is  the  seat  of 
justice  of  Stark  county,  on  the  head  waters  of  the  east 
branch,  or  Tuscarawas  River. 

New  Philadelphia  is  situated  on  Tuscarawas  River,  is 
the  capital  of  Tuscarawas  county,  and  contains  236  inha- 
bitants. 

Wooster,  situated  on  Kilbuck  Creek,  is  the  capital  of 
Wayne  county,  and  contains  467  inhabitants. 

Mansfield  is  situated  on  the  head  waters  of  Moheccan 
Creek,  is  capital  of  Richland  county,  and  contains  288  in- 
habitants. 

Mount  Vernon  is  situated  on  Owl  Creek,  is  capital  of 
Knox  county,  and  contains  403  inhabitants. 

Coshocton  is  situated  at  the  confluence  of  Tuscarawas 
River  and  White  Woman's  Creek,  and  is  the  capital  of 
Coshocton  county. 

Newark,  situated  on  Licking  Creek,  west  from  Zanes- 
ville,  is  the  capital  of  Licking  county,  and  contains  410 
inhabitants. 

Zanesville  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Muskingum 
River,  at  the  falls,  opposite  Licking  Creek.  It  has  a 
great  share  of  manufacturing  industry,  and  is  a  thriving 
place.  Population,  2052. 

Putnam  is  situated  opposite  to  Zanesville,  with  which  it 
is  connected  by  abridge.  Population,  512. 

New  Lancaster,  the  capital  of  Fairfield  county,  is  sit- 
uated on  the  head  waters  of  Hockhocking  River,  in  a 
handsome  country. 

Somerset  is  situated  on  the  head  waters  of  Hockhock- 
ing, 18  miles  N.  E.  of  New  Lancaster.  Population,  344. 

Mhens,  the  capital  of  Athens  county,  is  situated  on  the 
east  bank  of  the  Hockhocking,  37  miles  from  its  outlet. 


OHIO. 

It  is  a  handsome  place,  and  the  seat  of  Ohio  University, 
which  is  supported  by  an  annual  income  of  more  than 
$2000. 

On  Scioto  River  and  its  waters. — Delaware,  the  capital 
of  Delaware  county,  is  situated  upon  the  west  bank  of 
Whetstone  River,  26  miles  north  of  Columbus,  and  con- 
tains 369  inhabitants. 

Worthington  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  same  river,  nine 
miles  above  Columbus,  and  has  some  manufactories,  and 
about  60  houses. 

.  Franklinton,  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Scioto,  opposite 
to  Columbus,  contains  about  70  dwelling  houses. 

Circleville,  capital  of  Pickaway  county,  is  situated  on 
the  east  side  of  the  Scioto,  25  miles  below  Columbus,  and 
is.  noted  for  the  Indian  antiquities  which  exist  in  its  neigh- 
bourhood. 

Chillicothe  iS  situated  on  a  bend  of  the  Scioto  River, 
above  where  the  waters  of  Paint  Creek  fall  into  it.  The 
plan  is  very  handsome,  the  streets  crossing  one  another  at 
right  angles.  It  has  a  number  of  handsome  buildings 
and  valuable  manufactories.  Population,  2446. 

Hillsborough,  the  capital  of  Highland  county,  is  situated 
on  Rocky  Creek.  Population,  508. 

Piketon  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Scioto  River,  19 
miles  below  Chillicothe,  and  contains  275  inhabitants. 

On  the  waters  of  Little  JWiami. — Xenia,  the  capital  of 
Green  county,  is  situated  on  the  head  waters,  in  a  hand- 
some country. 

Wilmington,  the  capital  of  Clinton  county,  is  situated 
on  Tod's  Fork.  Population,  235. 

Lebanon,  the  capital  of  Warren  county,  is  situated  on 
Turtle  Creek.  It  is  a  handsome  thriving  town,  having 
several  valuable  manufacturing  establishments.  Popula- 
tion, 1079. 

44 


346  UNITED  STATES. 

On  Great  Miami  River  and  its  waters.-— Urbana  is  sit- 
uated a  little  east  of  Mad  Creek,  and  is  the  capital  of 
Champaign  county.  The  country  round  is  fertile  and 
very  beautiful.  Population,  644. 

Springfield  is  situated  on  the  east  fork  of  Mad  Creek, 
12  miles  south  from  Urbana,  and  is  a  flourishing  place. 
Population  of  the  township,  1868. 

Piqua  is  situated  on  Loramie  Creek,  40  miles  north- 
west of  Springfield.  Population,  350. 

Troy  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Miami  River,  12 
miles  below  Piqua,  and  is  the  capital  of  Miami  county. 
Population,  293. 

Greenville,  the  capital  of  Darke  county,  is  situated  on 
the  west  branch  of  the  Miami,  25  miles  west  from  Troy. 
It  is  memorable  as  being  the  place  where  the  treaty  was 
concluded  with  the  Indians  in  1795.  Population  of  the 
township,  1172. 

Dayton,  the  capital  of  Montgomery  county,  is  situated 
at  the  three  forks  of  the  Miami,  in  a  beautiful  country. 
Population,  1000.  A  canal  is  constructing  down  the  val- 
ley of  the  Miami  towards  Cincinnati. 

Eaton,  the  capital  of  Preble  county,  is  situated  at  the 
b,ead  of  Seven  Mile  Creek,  in  a  rich  country.  Popula- 
tion, 255. 

Hamilton,  the  capital  of  Butler  county,  is  on  the  east 
side  of  the  Great  Miami  River,  22  miles  north  of  Cincin- 
nati, and  is  a  thriving  place.  Population,  660. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — Like  all  the 
other  states,  where  the  land  was  sold  by  the  United  States, 
a  fund  has  been  provided  in  this  state  for  the  support  of 
roads.  The  amount  is  three  per  cent,  on  all  the  public 
lands  that  are  sold.  Such,  however,  has  been  the  rapid 
settlement  of  this  state,  that  the  fund  is  divided  among 
•too  many  roads  to  be  very  beneficial.  In  summer,  the 


OHIO*  347 

voads  are  many  of  them  very  good,  particularly  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  state ;  but  in  the  central  parts,  and  in 
fall  and  winter  they  are  very  bad.  They  are,  however, 
generally,  in  a  state  of  improvement.  It  is  proposed  to 
extend  the  great  national  road,  nearly  in  a  direct  line  from 
Wheeling  to  St.  Louis.  Should  this  be  accomplished,  it 
will  probably  pass  through  Zanesville,  Columbus,  and 
Dayton.  In  1825,  an  appropriation  of  $140,000  was 
made  by  Congress  for  this  object,  and  the  work  was  im- 
mediately commenced,  and  has  been  carried  on  with  vigour 
and  economy. 

A  canal  navigation  is  now  opening  between  Lake  Erie 
and  the  Ohio  River,  through  the  medium  of  the  Cayahoga 
and  Scioto  Rivers,  of  300  miles  in  length,  (see  p.  110.) 
A  canal  is  constructing  in  the  valley  of  the  Great  Miami, 
from  Dayton  towards  Cincinnati,  60  miles  in  length. 

Government  and  Laws. — It  has  been  stated  in  the  his- 
torical view,  that  the  constitution  was  adopted  in  1802. 
It  divides  the  powers  of  government  into  legislative,  execu- 
tive, and  judiciary.  The  legislature  consists  of  a  senate 
and  house  of  representatives.  The  senators  are  elected 
for  two  years ;  and  one-half  vacate  their  seats  annually. 
The  representatives  are  elected  annually,  and  must  be  so 
apportioned  as  not  to  be  fewer  than  36  nor  more  than  72. 
The  legislature  have  the  power  of  making  all  appoint- 
ments not  provided  for  by  law.  The  executive  power  is 
rested  in  a  governor,  who  is  elected  for  two  years.  He 
has  no  veto  upon  the  legislative  acts,  and  can  only  make 
appointments  to  fill  vacancies  during  the  recess  of  the  le- 
gislature. The  judiciary  power  is  vested  in  a  supreme 
court,  courts  of  common  pleas  for  each  county,  and  such 
other  courts  as  the  legislature  may  appoint.  The  judges 
are  elected  for  seven  years  by  the  legislature.  Justices 
of  the  peace  are  elected  by  the  people  for  three  years. 


348  UNITED    STATES. 

The  right  of  voting  at  elections  is  vested  in  all  white  male 
inhabitants  of  21  years  and  upwards,  who  have  resided  in 
the  state  one  year  preceding  the  election,  and  are  charged 
with  taxes. 

Education  and  Manners. — There  is  a  noble  fund  pro- 
vided in  this  state,  and  those  west  of  it,  for  the  support  of 
education,  being  no  less  than  one  thirty-sixth  part  of  the 
whole  land  ;  besides  the  special  grant  for  the  college  at 
Athens.  This  fund  has  been  brought  into  practical  opera- 
tion, and  education  has  been  generally  diffused  throughout 
the  state ;  so  that  there  is  a  considerable  number  of  aca- 
demies, and  common  schools  are  general.  The  newspa- 
pers too,  these  general  and  valuable  vehicles  of  communi- 
cation, are  very  numerous  in  this  state,  and  are  read  by 
all  classes  of  the  people.  Many  of  them  are  remarkably 
well  conducted  by  able  men,  who  judiciously  select  valua- 
ble instruction  for  their  readers ;  so  that  knowledge  is  ge- 
nerally diffused,  and  "  knowledge  is  power."  The  power 
of  the  state  of  Ohio  has  been  sufficiently  illustrated  in 
this,  that  notwithstanding  the  war  and  adverse  circum- 
stances growing  out  of  it,  particularly  the  suspension  of 
specie  payments,  which  caused  it  to  be  overwhelmed  with 
paper  currency ;  and  notwithstanding  the  great  emigra- 
tions to  the  fertile  regions  westward,  it  has,  in  the  short' 
space  of  30  years,  increased  its  population  from  3000  to 
nearly  600,000,  a  circumstance  unparalleled  in  the  histo- 
ry of  new  countries.  The  effects  of  the  pernicious  inun- 
dation of  paper  money  are  gradually  wearing  away,  and 
industry  is  resuming  its  wonted  channels.  Blessed  with 
free  institutions,  with  good  information,  with  a  good  cli- 
mate, and  a  soil  uncommonly  fertile,  the  citizens  of  Ohio 
have  only  to  guard  their  own  industry — to  make  their  own 
clothing,  as  well  as  to  raise  their  own  food,  and  the  state 
must  continue  to  be  an  ornament  to  the  country  of  which 
it  is  a  member. 


INDIANA.  349 


INDIANA. 


Miles.  Area.  Situation. 

Length,    250  )  36,250  Sq.  Miles.  )  „  ,  (37°  47'  and  41°  43'  N. 

Breadth,  145  $  23,200,000  Acres.  $  bc       'n   \   7»  45'  and  11°  W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Lake  Erie  and  Michigan 
Territory  ;  east,  Ohio ;  south  and  south-east,  Kentucky  ^ 
and  west,  Illinois. 

Face  of  the  Country. — Indiana  is  pretty  similar  to  Ohio. 
The  country  along  the  Ohio  River  has  the  appearance  of 
being  hilly  and  broken.  In  the  interior,  the  country  be- 
comes flat,  and  in  some  places  there  are  wet  prairies.  The 
upper  country  along  the  Wabash,  is  agreeably  uneven. 
Between  that  river  and  Lake  Michigan,  the  country  is 
mostly  level,  and  abounds  in  prairies,  small  lakes,  and 
swamps. 

Rivers. — White  Water  River  rises  in  Randolph  county, 
near  the  head  waters  of  the  Wabash,  and  runs  a  south 
and  south-east  course,  nearly  100  miles,  receiving  a  num- 
ber of  branches  in  its  progress,  and  falls  into  Miami  River 
a  little  above  its  junction  with  the  Ohio. 

The  great  leading  river  in  this  state  is  the  Wabash  and 
its  waters,  but  between  these  and  the  Ohio  there  are  a 
number  of  lesser  streams,  from  30  to  50  miles  long,  all 
falling  into  the  Ohio,  which  we  shall  merely  notice  as 
they  lie  from  east  to  west.  They  have  nearly  one  general 
character — they  rise  in  the  interior  of  the  state,  they  run 
a  southwardly  course,  they  are  generally  favourable  for 
mill  seats,  and  have  fertile  banks. 


350  UNITED    STATES. 

Laughery  Creek  falls  into  the  river  six  miles  below  the 
outlet  of  Miami  River. 

Indian  Kentucky  Creek,  falls  into  the  river  a  few  miles 
above  Madison. 

Silver  Creek  falls  in  at  the  Falls  of  Ohio. 

Indian  Creek  falls  in  12  miles  below  Cory  don,  which  is 
situated  on  its  east  bank. 

Great  Blue  River  falls  in  at  the  bend,  seven  miles  below 
Indian  Creek. 

Anderson's  Creek  falls  in  at  Troy. 

Little  Pigeon  Creek  falls  in  at  Cyprus. 

Great  Pigeon  Creek  falls  in  at  Evansville. 

W abash  River  is  a  large  stream  with  numerous  branches. 
The  highest  branch  rises  in  the  state  of  Ohio,  and  the 
head  waters  of  the  Miami  and  St.  Mary's  River  inter- 
lock with  it.  Thence  it  runs  a  north-west  course  of  about 
60  miles,  and  receives  the  waters  of  Eel  River  from  the 
north-east.  Eel  River  rises  near  the  Maumee  River,  and 
the  streams  may  be  connected  by  a  short  portage.  From 
Eel  River  the  Wabash  runs  nearly  west  about  30  miles, 
when  the  Mississinewa,  a  large  stream  from  the  south-east, 
falls  into  it.  It  then  makes  a  bend  of  15  miles  and  re- 
ceives Tippecanoe  Creek  from  the  north. 

The  river  now  assumes  a  general  south-west  course, 
which  it  retains  to  the  Ohio,  distance  above  300  miles. 
Seventy-five  miles  above  the  Ohio,  it  receives  the  waters 
of  White  River  and  Patoka  River  from  the  east. 

White  River  is  a  large  stream,  with  several  branches. 
The  west  fork  rises  in  the  interior  of  the  state,  and  runs 
a  south-west  course  of  more  than  140  miles  to  where  it 
meets  the  east  fork.  The  east  fork  also  rises  in  the  inte- 
rior of  the  state,  about  40  miles  south-east  of  the  head  of 
the  west  fork,  and  runs  first  a  south,  and  then  a  west  course, 
part  of  it  very  crooked,  to  the  junction;  the  distance  be 


351 

ing  more  than  150  miles.  In  its  progress  it  receives  the 
waters  of  numerous  streams,  chiefly  Muskakituck  River, 
Salt  Creek,  and  Indian  Creek.  From  the  junction  this 
river  runs  30  miles,  nearly  a  west  course,  to  the  Wabash, 
into  which  it  falls  30  miles  below  Vincennes. 

Patoka  River  rises  near  Fredericksburg,  and  runs  a 
west  course  of  80  miles  to  the  Wabash  River,  into  which 
it  falls,  two  miles  below  White  River. 

The  Wabash  is  navigable  for  large  keel  boats  to  Ouita- 
non,  where  there  are  rapids.  Above  Ouitanon  it  is  navi- 
gable in  all  the  branches  nearly  to  their  sources.  Above 
Vincennes  the  current  is  generally  gentle,  below  these  are 
several  rapids,  but  not  of  sufficient  magnitude  to  prevent 
the  navigation. 

St.  Joseph's  River,  of  Lake  Michigan,  rises  in  this  state, 
near  the  Wabash,  and  runs  N.  W.  to  the  lake;  and  Thea- 
kike  River,  a  branch  of  the  Illinois,  rises  near  St.  Joseph's 
River.  As  the  country  has  not  been  surveyed  in  this 
quarter,  these  streams  are  at  present  unimportant. 

Geological  Formation. — The  geological  formation  of 
this  state  is  wholly  secondary,  and  its  general  elevation 
nearly  the  same  as  the  state  of  Ohio.  The  elevation  of 
Lake  Michigan,  in  the  N.  W.  corner,  has  been  ascertain- 
ed to  be  589  feet.  The  S.  E.  corner  is  about  450,  and 
the  south-west  about  330.  The  head  waters  of  the  Wa- 
bash are  probably  at  an  elevation  of  about  650  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — Nearly  the  same  as 
Ohio,  but  the  southern  part,  being  in  a  warmer  latitude,  is 
more  favourable  to  such  vegetable  substances  as  require 
warmth.  Vineyards  have  come  to  maturity  at  Vevay, 
and  the  grape  flourishes  when  cultivated  in  all  the  lower 
part  of  the  state.  Cotton  can  also  be  raised. 

Minerals  and  Mineral  Waters. — Coal,  iron,  and  salt 


UNITED  STATES. 

are  the  chief  minerals,  and  they  are  found  in  plenty. 
There  is  a  medicinal  spring  near  the  falls  of  Ohio,  which 
is  strongly  impregnated  with  sulphur  and  iron. 

Climate. — Nearly  the  same  as  Ohio,  except  the  south- 
ern part,  which  is  a  little  warmer.  At  Jeffersonville, 
above  the  falls  of  Ohio,  the  mean  heat  of  January  was 
47  ,  of  July  80°,  of  December  37°;  and  of  the  whole 
year  60°  3'. 

Historical  View. — The  general  history  of  this  part  of  the 
North  West  Territory  of  the  United  States  is  included  in 
the  article  on  Ohio,  except  as  to  a  few  local  circumstances. 
About  the  year  1 690  the  French  traders  first  visited  this 
territory,  and  about  the  year   1702   they  descended  the 
Wabash,  and  established    posts  along  its  banks,  the  chief 
settlement  being  Vincennes.     The  settlers  here  were  for  a 
long  time  insulated  from  the  rest  of  the  world,  and  became 
gradually  assimilated  with  the   Indians,  with  whom  they 
intermarried.     In  the  revolutionary  war  they  joined  the 
cause  of  the  United  States  ;  and  at  the  peace  they  were 
confirmed  in  their  possessions,  and  a  tract  of  land  around 
Vincennes  was  given  to  them  by  the  United  States  go- 
vernment.    After  the  peace  the   inhabitants  suffered  se- 
verely from  the  Indians,  but  peace  was  restored  by  the 
treaty  of  Greenville.     Considerable  purchases  were  made 
from  the  Indians  up  to   1811,  but  they  still  retained  their 
power,  and  committed  great  depredations  upon  the  peo- 
ple, in  consequence  of  which   a  considerable  force  was 
sent  against  them,  and  being  defeated  in  the  close  of  that 
year,  they  sued  for  peace.     During  the  late  war  with 
England,  the  Indians  were  again  induced  to  renew  hos- 
tilities, but  were  defeated  at  all  points,  and  since  the  peace 
they  have  been  very  quiet,  and  have  ceded  the  greater 
part  of  their  lands  to  the  United  States. 

In  the  year  1801,  Indiana  was  erected  into  a  territorial 


INDIANA. 


353 


government.  In  1815  the  inhabitants  petitioned  Con- 
gress to  be  admitted  into  the  Union,  which,  being  granted, 
a  state  constitution  was  formed  in  1816 ;  and  in  the  same 
year  Indiana  became  a  state. 

Population. — In  1800  the  population  of  Indiana  was 
only  5641.  In  1810  it  was  24,520;  in  1815,  68,784; 
and  in  1820  it  was  147,178,  situated  as  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

Total. 

8,571 

138 

0 

8,709 

2,583 

0 

0 

2,583 

3,400 

32 

0 

3,432 

11,396 

72 

0 

11,468 

3,677 

0 

0 

3,677 

1,160 

8 

0 

1,168 

5,941 

9 

0 

5,950 

2,707 

69 

0 

2,776 

10,698 

65 

0 

10,763 

3,801 

45 

30 

3,876 

7,806 

69 

0 

7,875 

3,974 

36 

0 

4,010 

7,926 

112 

0 

8,038 

1,955 

45 

0 

2,000 

5,153 

166 

118 

5,437 

4,101 

15 

0 

4,116 

1,028 

4 

0 

1,032 

2,671 

8 

0 

2,679 

827 

10 

1 

838 

5,272 

96 

0 

5,368 

2,314 

15 

1 

2,330 

1,465 

4 

3 

1,472 

4,044 

6 

11 

4,061 

45 

304 

UNITED 

STATES. 

Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blades. 

Slaves. 

Total. 

Randolph, 

1,803 

5 

0 

1,808 

Ripley, 

1,820 

2 

0 

1,822 

Scott, 

2,328 

0 

6 

2,334 

Spencer, 

1,877 

2 

3 

1,882 

Sullivan, 

3,470 

20 

8 

3,498 

Switzerland, 

3,925 

9 

0 

3,934 

Vanderburg, 

1,787 

3 

8 

1,798 

Vigo, 

3,364 

26 

0 

3,390 

Wabash, 

142 

5 

0 

147 

Warrick, 

1,742 

6 

1 

1,749 

Washington, 

8,980 

59 

0 

9,039 

Wayne, 

12,053 

66 

0 

12,119 

145,761        1227 


190         147,178 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — This  being  a  new  country., 
the  chief  employment  is  agriculture,  and  great  improve- 
ments have  been  made  in  that  branch.  The  soil  and  cli- 
mate are  both  favourable,  and  the  products  are  valuable 
and  abundant.  Wheat,  Indian  corn,  oats,  and  rye,  all 
flourish.  Flax  and  hemp  are  cultivated.  Potatoes, 
sweet  potatoes,  and  other  vegetables,  are  successfully 
raised.  Cotton  is  cultivated  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
state,  and  vine  dressing  is  brought  to  maturity.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  agriculture,  by  the  census 
of  1820,  is  61,315. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — The  country  is  too  new 
to  have  many  manufacturing  establishments  upon  a  large 
scale,  but  they  have  been  introduced,  and  are  increasing. 
The  Harmonist  Society,  who  were  originally  settled  in  the 
state  of  Pennsylvania,  afterwards  removed  into  this  state, 
and  settled  on  a  portion  of  the  land  on  the  east  side  of 


INDIANA.  355 

ilie  W abash,  which  they  cultivated  like  a  garden ;  and 
they  engaged  largely  in  manufactures.  This  extraordi- 
nary society  are  about  800  in  number,  and  hold  all  their 
property  in  common.  They  have  regular  office-bearers  to 
conduct  all  the  different  branches  of  business  carried  on 
in  the  establishment,  agriculture,  manufactures,  and  com- 
merce ;  and  acting  under  a  judicious  and  enlightened  sys- 
tem, they  have  found  manufacturing  industry  to  be  the 
most  valuable  part  of  their  operations.  It  employs  the 
greatest  number  of  hands ;  it  is  most  aided  by  machinery ; 
and  is  more  productive  than  any  other.  Settlers  in  the 
new  countries  would  do  well  to  take  a  lesson  from  this 
extraordinary  people,  who,  in  consequence  of  their  sim- 
ple but  efficacious  arrangements,  good  conduct,  and  in- 
dustry, AND  BY  BEING  INDEPENDENT  WITHIN  THEMSELVES 
FOR  ALL  THEIR  MATERIAL  WANTS,  have  accumulated 

more  wealth,  and  probably  experience  more  peace  and 
happiness  than  any  other  800  people,  taken  promiscuously, 
on  the  face  of  the  earth.* 

When  the  census  of  1810  was  taken,  Indiana  was  quite 
a  new  country,  and  the  manufactures  were  few,  the 
amount  being  estimated  at  only  $197,000.  They  have 
since  greatly  increased,  and  the  number  of  persons  em- 
ployed in  them  is  3229. 

The  principal  commerce  of  Indiana  centres  at  Vin- 
cennes  and  the  falls  of  Ohio.  The  state  exports  wheat, 
grain,  provisions,  and  tobacco,  and  imports  groceries  and 
dry  goods.  The  number  of  persons  employed  in  com- 
merce is  429. 

Chief  Towns. — Corydon,  situated  on  Pigeon  Creek,  22 

*  In  1825  they  soid  their  lands  to  Mr.  Owen,  of  Lanark,  and  removed 
back  to  their  old  quarters  in  Pennsylvania.  And  the  "  Community"  esta- 
blished by  Mr.  Owen  has  become  very  popular. — Sec  his  Address  to  the 
Citizens  of  the  United  States. 


B  UNITED    STATES. 

miles  west  from  the  Falls  of  Ohio,  is  to  be  the  seat  01 
government  until  the  year  1 825.  After  which  the  govern- 
ment will  be  transferred  to  Indianapolis,  which  has  been 
recently  laid  out  on  the  west  fork  of  White  River,  near 
the  central  part  of  the  state. 

Vincennes  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  W abash, 
about  100  miles  from  its  outlet,  and  is  the  largest  town  in 
the  state,  and  a  place  of  considerable  trade. 

The  census  does  not  give  the  population  of  any  of  the 
towns  of  Indiana,  and  we  shall  therefore  merely  notice  them 
as  they  are  situated  on  the  respective  waters,  remarking  thai 
some  of  them  are  important. 

On  the  Ohio  and  its  waters.  Lawrenceburg,  at  the  outlet 
of  the  Miami ;  Vevay,  the  Swiss  settlement ;  <Madison, 
laid  out  in  1811,  and  now  the  second  town  in  the  state, 
in  point  of  extent.  Charleston,  situated  two  miles  west 
from  the  river,  is  the  capital  of  Clark  county.  Jefferson- 
rille  is  situated  above  the  Falls  of  Ohio,  and  is  the  seat 
of  a  land  office.  New  Albany  is  below  the  falls,  opposite 
to  Shippingport.  Fredonia  is  at  the  outlet  of  Big  Blue 
River.  Washington  is  opposite  to  Stephensport,  in  Ken- 
tucky. Troy  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of  Anderson's 
Creek.  Rockport  is  the  capital  of  Spencer  county,  16 
miles  below  Troy.  Evansville  is  situated  on  a  bend  of 
the  river,  at  the  outlet  of  Great  Pigeon  Creek,  and  here 
there  is  a  road  leading  from  the  river  to  Princeton,  and 
another  to  Harmony. 

Towns  on  White  Water  River  and  its  branches.  Jackson- 
borough,  Centreville,  Salisbury,  Richmond,  Connersville, 
and  Brookville. 

On  Laughery  Creek.  Ripley,  Hartford,  and  Wilming- 
ton. 

On  Big  Blue  River.     Salem  and  Fredericksburg. 

On  Patoka  Creek.     Columbia  and  Princeton.     Prince- 


INDIANA.  857 

ton  is  a  considerable  thoroughfare,  and  place  of  some  busi- 
ness. 

On  White  River  and  its  waters.  Vernon,  Brownstown, 
Palestine,  Hindostan,  Greenwich,  Orleans,  Paoli,  Washing- 
ton, Petersburg,  Russelville,  and  Bloomington. 

On  Wabash.  Prophet's  Town,  Clinton,  Terre  Haute, 
Miriam,  and  Carlisle. 

Harmony  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the  Wabash, 
50  miles  above  its  outlet,  and  was  the  seat  of  the  Harmo- 
nist Society  before  mentioned.  The  country  here  is  very 
rich,  it  is  easy  to  raise  all  the  necessaries  of  life,  and  by 
vesting  surplus  labour  in  manufactured  articles,  an  indus- 
trious community  must  become  wealthy  and  comfortable. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Improvements. — The  same  regula- 
tion exists  here  as  in  Ohio  as  to  the  support  of  roads. 
Several  roads  have  been  made  through  the  state,  but  they 
are  indifferent.  The  national  road  will  pass  through  the 
central  part  of  this  state,  in  a  south-west  direction,  pro- 
bably touching  at  Indianopolis,  and  passing  into  the  state 
of  Illinois  south  of  Terre  Haute.  It  has  been  proposed 
to  connect  the  navigation  of  the  Wabash  with  St.  Mary's 
River,  a  branch  of  the  Maumee,  and  in  a  law  of  congress, 
appropriating  a  portion  of  the  public  lands  for  internal 
improvements,  100,000  acres  were  assigned  to  forward 
that  object.  It  has  also  been  proposed  to  make  a  canal 
round  the  Falls  of  Ohio  at  JefFersonville. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  constitution  of  Indiana 
was  adopted  in  1816,  and  is  legislative,  executive,  and  ju- 
diciary. The  legislative  branch  consists  of  a  senate  and 
house  of  representatives.  The  senators  are  elected  for 
three  years,  and  must  be  25  years  of  age  ;  the  representa- 
tives must  be  21  years  of  age,  and  are  elected  annually. 
The  legislature  meet  on  the  first  Monday  of  December. 
The  frewtire  is  vested  in  a  governor  and  lieutenant  so- 


UNITED    STATES. 

vernor,  who  are  elected  for  three  years,  and  are  eligible 
six  out  of  nine  years.  The  judiciary  is  composed  of  a 
supreme  court  and  circuit  courts.  The  judges  of  the 
supreme  court  are  appointed  by  the  governor  for  three 
years,  and  have  appellate  jurisdiction.  The  circuit  courts 
are  to  be  held  in  each  county  by  one  judge  and  two  as- 
sociates ;  the  former  to  be  appointed  by  the  legislature 
for  seven  years,  and  the  latter  for  the  same  period  by  the 
people.  The  elective  franchise  is  vested  in  all  free  white 
males,  of  21  years  and  upward,  who  are  citizens  of  the 
United  States. 

Education  and  Manners. — When  Indiana  was  admitted 
into  the  union,  the  same  law  extended  to  it  as  to  Ohio, 
regarding  the  support  of  schools ;  and  an  entire  township 
consisting  of  23,040  acres  of  land  was  appropriated  for 
the  support  of  a  college,  which  is  fixed  at  Vincennes. 
The  manners  of  the  people  are  pretty  similar  to  those  of 
Ohio. 

ILLINOIS. 

Miles.  Jlrea.  Situation, 

Length,  365  )  59,000  Sq.  Miles.     )  R  <  36<>  58'  and  42°  30'  N. 

Breadth,162  J  37,760,000  Acres.    $  Ke       'n  \  10°  20'  and  14°  21'  W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  the  North  West  Territory; 
east,  Lake  Michigan  and  Indiana ;  south-east,  Kentucky ; 
west,  Missouri  and  Missouri  Territory. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  face  of  the  country  is  more 
level  than  Ohio  and  Indiana.  The  ground  is  mostly  un- 
dulating, but  there  are  extensive  plains  and  flat  lands. 
Nearly  one-half  of  the  state  is  composed  of  prairies. 

Rivers. — The  Wabash  constituting  the  eastern  boun- 
dary, and  Mississippi  constituting  the  western  boundary, 
have  already  been  described.  The  principal  streams  be- 


ILLINOIS.  #59 

sides  these  are  the  Illinois  River,  Rocky  River,  Kaskaskias 
River,  and  Little  Wabash. 

Illinois  River  is  composed  of  the  Kankakee  and  Plaines 
Rivers,  which  rise  in  the  upper  part  of  the  state,  and 
unite  35  miles  S.  W.  from  the  southern  extremity  of  Lake 
Michigan.  Thence  the  river  runs  west  30  miles,  and  the 
Fox  River  falls  in  from  the  north.  About  20  miles  west- 
ward it  turns  to  a  south-west  direction,  in  which  it  flows 
for  135  miles,  when  it  assumes  a  south  course,  in  which 
it  runs  for  65  miles,  and  falls  into  the  Mississippi,  25  miles 
above  its  junction  with  the  Missouri.  It  is  400  yards 
broad  at  its  outlet,  and  its  current  being  very  gentle,  it  is 
navigable  through  its  whole  length. 

Its  principal  tributary  branches  are  Fox  River,  Vermil- 
lion  River,  Spoon  River,  Sanguemon  River,  Crooked 
Creek,  and  Macoupin  River. 

Rocky  River  rises  in  the  northern  part  of  the  state,  and 
runs  a  south-west  course  to  the  Mississippi,  into  which  it 
falls  a  few  miles  above  the  military  bounty  lands. 

Kaskaskias  River  rises  in  the  interior  of  the  state  about 
SO  miles  S.  S.  W.  of  Lake  Michigan,  and  runs  a  south- 
west course  of  more  than  200  miles,  when  it  falls  into  the 
Mississippi  a  few  miles  below  Kaskaskias.  It  is  naviga- 
:  ble  for  150  miles. 

Little  Wabash  rises  40  miles  S.  by  E.  of  Kaskaskias 
River,  and  runs  nearly  in  a  south  direction  for  130  miles, 
and  falls  into  the  Wabash  a  few  miles  above  its  entrance 
;  into  the  Ohio. 

The  lesser  streams  are  Embarras  and  Bon  Pas  Rivers, 
falling  into  the  Wabash ;  Saline  River  falling  into  the 
Ohio  ;  and  Muddy  River  and  Cahokia  River  falling  inta 
the  Mississippi. 

Geological  Formation. — Wholly  secondary.  The  ele- 
vation of  Lake  Michigan  at  the  north-east  angle  of  the 


360 


UNITED    STATES. 


state  is  589  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  the  south- 
ern angle  is  about  300  feet. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — The  soil  of  Illinois  is 
generally  excellent,  producing  all  the  articles  common  to 
Ohio  and  Indiana.  The  woodlands  are  heavily  timbered, 
and  the  prairies  produce  strong  grass  and  herbs. 

Minerals  and  Mineral  Springs. — There  are  extensive 
beds  of  lead  in  the  upper  part  of  the  state,  and  some  cop- 
per has  been  found.  Coal  is  found  in  different  places, 
and  that  mineral  is  supposed  to  be  very  plenty.  The  prin- 
cipal mineral  springs  are  salt,  of  which  the  most  noted  is 
that  on  Saline  River,  near  Shawneetown,  where  salt  is 
manufactured  extensively. 

Climate. — The  climate  is  nearly  assimilated  to  that  of 
Ohio  and  Indiana,  but  in  consequence  of  the  decrease  of 
the  elevation,  and  the  accumulation  of  the  waters  in  the 
southern  part,  that  district  is  more  moist,  and  warmer  than 
to  the  eastward.  Illinois  extends  over  five  degrees  and  a 
half  of  latitude,  and  therefore  it  embraces  a  variety  of 
climate,  but  it  is  nearly  of  one  general  character.  At 
Shawneetown,  in  1819,  the  average  temperature  of  July 
was  87°,  of  December  43c,  and  the  mean  annual  temper- 
ature about  64° ;  while  at  Prairie  des  Chiens,  13  miles 
above  the  northern  boundary,  in  1820,  July  was  74o,  De- 
cember 16°;  and  the  average  of  the  year  48  5'. 

Historical  View. — The  general  history  of  this  state  is 
included  in  that  of  the  North  West  Territory,  under  the 
article  on  Ohio.  The  principal  settlements  made  by  the 
French  in  this  district,  were  Cahokia  and  Kaskaskias. 
both  formed  in  1673  ;  but  the  people  degenerated  in  a  si- 
milar manner  as  at  Vincennes.  In  1801,  a  territorial  go- 
vernment was  appointed  for  Indiana  and  Illinois  jointly ; 
and  in  1809,  Illinois  was  detached  and  erected  into  a  se- 
parate government.  During  the  late  war,  the  hostility  of 


ILLINOIS. 


361 


the  Indians  extended  to  the  people  of  this  district ;  but 
the  savages  were  finally  subdued,  and  now  nearly  all  the 
Indian  lands  in  the  state  have  been  purchased.  In  1818, 
the  people  were  authorized  by  Congress  to  form  a  state 
constitution,  which  was  accordingly  done,  and  in  the  same 
year,  Illinois  was  admitted  into  the  union  as  a  state. 

Population.— In  1800,  the  population  was  12,282;  in 
1818,  35,000 ;  and  in  1820,  55,211,  situated  as  in  the  fol- 
lowing •  •  « 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

All  Otlu 

y;s.     Total. 

Alexander, 

626 

0 

0 

0 

626 

Bond, 

3,822 

22 

27 

0 

2,931 

Clark, 

930 

0 

1 

0 

931 

Crawford, 

2,927 

72 

0 

23 

3,022 

Edwards, 

3,422 

15 

7 

0 

3,444 

Franklin, 

1,691 

65 

7 

0 

1,763 

Gallatin, 

2,8GO 

28  ' 

267 

0 

3,155 

Jackson, 

1,503' 

.    0 

39 

0 

1,542 

Jefferson, 

689 

1      . 

1 

0 

691 

Johnson, 

829 

"•  i 

13 

0 

843 

Madison, 

13,423 

17 

110 

0 

13,550 

Monroe, 

1,493 

10 

13 

21 

1,537 

Pope, 

2,576 

34 

0 

0 

2,610 

Randolph, 

3,175 

84 

233 

0 

3,492 

St.  Clair, 

5,068 

82 

98 

5 

5,253 

Union, 

2,338 

0 

24 

0 

2,363 

Washington, 

1,484 

7 

26 

0 

1,517 

UNITED   STATES. 

Counties                                Whites.       Freeblacka.      Slaves.  Mlvthcrs.           Total. 

Wayne,                 1,111         0             3  0          1,114 

White,                   4,761       19           48  0          4,828 

53,788     917         457  49      *55,211 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — This  state  is  so  new,  and 
the  land  is  so  fertile,  that  the  chief  business  at  present  is 
agriculture.  The  principal  products  are  similar  to  those 
of  Indiana,  but  more  various,  in  consequence  of  the 
greater  extent  of  climate.  In  the  south  cotton  can  be 
raised  with  facility,  while  to  the  north  the  produce  is  simi- 
lar to  that  of  the  New  England  states.  The  number  of 
persons  employed  in  agriculture  is  12,395. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — The  principal  manufac- 
tures are  in  the  domestic  way,  and  this  must  continue  for 
some  time,  until  the  country  becomes  more  thickly  settled. 
The  number  of  persons  employed  in  manufactures  (mostly 
mechanics  of  course)  is  1007. 

Like  Indiana,  Illinois  exports  grain  and  provisions,  and 
imports  groceries  and  dry  goods ;  but  the  commerce  is 
limited.  The  number  of  persons  engaged  in  it  in  1820, 
was  233. 

Chief  Towns. — VANDALIA  has  been  recently  laid  out 
as  the  seat  of  government,  and  is  situated  on  Kaskaskias 
River,  in  a  fertile  country ;  there  are  already  thriving  set- 
tlements, and  it  has  a  prospect  of  being  a  place  of  im- 
portance. 

Edwardsville,  recently  the  seat  of  government,  is  sit- 
uated on  Cahokia  Creek,  20  miles  north-east  from  St. 
Louis,  and  is  the  capital  of  a  land  district 

.Qlton  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Mi?- 

*  In  1826,  population  75,00". 


ILLINOIS.  363 

sissippi,  a  little  above  the  outlet  of  the  Missouri,  and  pro- 
mises to  be  a  place  of  great  importance. 

Cahokia,  situated  a  few  miles  south-east  of  St.  Louis,  is 
an  old  French  settlement,  and  is  now  in  a  thriving  state. 
Population  about  700. 

Kaskaskia  is  situated  on  an  extensive  plain,  on  the  banks 
of  Kaskaskia  River,  1 1  miles  from  its  outlet.  It  is  the 
capital  of  a  land  district,  and,  like  Cahokia,  is  an  old 
French  settlement,  and  in  a  flourishing  state.  Population 
about  620. 

Albion  is  situated  near  Bon  Pas  Creek,  in  the  eastern 
part  of  the  state,  and  is  the  capital  of  Edward  county.  It 
is  in  the  English  settlement,  formed  by  Birkbeck,  Flower, 
and  other  emigrants  from  Britain  ;  and  is  in  a  flourishing 
state.  The  settlers  have  made  great  improvements  in  the 
adjacent  country,  which  promises  to  afford  a  happy  asy- 
lum to  many  worthy  Englishmen. 

Shawnee  Town  is  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  Ohio 
River,  nine  miles  below  the  mouth  of  the  Wabash ;  the 
salt  works  of  the  United  States  are  situated  12  miles  to 
the  westward,  and  afford  considerable  trade  to  this  town. 

America  is  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Ohio,  12 
miles  above  its  junction  with  the  Mississippi,  and  will 
probably  become  a  place  of  considerable  importance. 

The  towns  of  lesser  note  are  Oxford,  on  the  Wabash ; 
Carmi  on  the  Little  Wabash ;  Golconda,  on  the  Ohio ; 
Hamburg,  Harrisonville,  and  Prairie  du  Rocher,  on  the 


The  population  of  the  towns  in  Illinois  is  not  given  in 
the  census. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — The  same 
arrangement  exists  in  this  state  as  in  Ohio  and  Indiana, 
as  to  roads  and  public  improvements,  and  the  result  will 
in  process  of  time  be  highly  favourable  to  the  country. 


t>  UNITED    STATE&. 

Ill  the  mean  time  the  roads  are  passable  ill  summer,  but 
generally  very  bad  in  winter.  The  rivers  are  an  excellent 
substitute  for  canals  at  present,  and  it  is  intended  to  con- 
nect Illinois  River  with  Lake  Michigan  by  a  canal.  There 
is  but  a  very  short  portage  between  Chicago  River,  which 
falls  into  Lake  Michigan,  and  the  River  des  Plaines,  a 
branch  of  the  Illinois  ;  and  the  country  is  so  level  that  in 
rainy  seasons  boats  have  passed  between  them.  The  go- 
vernment of  the  United  States  has  passed  an  act  giving 
permission  to  make  a  canal ;  and  to  aid  the  undertaking, 
100,000  acres  of  the  public  lands  have  been  appropriated, 
together  with  the  land  through  which  it  will  run,  and  90 
leet  on  each  side  of  it. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  constitution  was  adopted 
in  1818,  and  like  most  of  the  others,  distributes  the  powers 
of  government  into  three  departments.  The  legislature 
consists  of  a  senate  and  house  of  representatives,  both 
elected  for  two  years,  and  one-half  of  the  senators  vacate 
their  seats  annually.  The  executive  department  is  vested 
in  a  governor,  who  is  elected  for  four  years,  and  a  lieu- 
tenant governor  is  chosen  for  the  same  period.  There  is 
a  council  of  revision,  consisting  of  the  governor  and  judges 
of  the  supreme  court.  The  governor  nominates,  and, 
with  consent  of  the  senate,  appoints  all  officers  not  other- 
wise appointed  by  the  constitution.  The  judiciary  power 
is  vested  in  a  supreme  court,  and  such  inferior  courts  as 
the  legislature  may  establish.  The  supreme  court  con- 
sists of  a  justice  and  three  associates,  who  are  appointed 
by  the  legislature.  All  free  white  males  who  have  resided 
six  months  in  the  state  have  the  right  of  voting,  and  the 
votes  are  given  viva  voce. 

Education  and  Manners. — Like  Ohio  and  Indiana,  one 
thirty-sixth  part  of  the  whole  soil  has  been  appropriated 


MISSOURI.  865 

to  support  common  schools ;  besides  which  three  per  cent, 
on  the  sale  of  all  public  lands  are  appropriated  to  sup- 
port education  generally,  of  which  one-sixth  part  is  de- 
voted to  an  university  ;  and  as  a  further  provision  to  the 
university,  two  entire  townships  have  been  given  to  the 
state.  The  manners  of  the  people  are  similar  to  those  of 
Indiana  and  Ohio.  Knowledge  is  increasing, — the  means 
of  instruction  are  abundant ;  and  society  is  in  an  im- 
proving state. 


MISSOURI. 

Miles.  Jlrea.  Situation. 

Length,     272  <  60,300  sq.  miles.       )  _  (  36°  00'  and  40"  30' iV. 

Breadth,  222  $  38,592,000  acres.      $  Ke        m   $11°  17' and  17°  30' W. 

Boundaries. — North  and  west,  the  Missouri  Territory; 
east  and  north-east,  Illinois ;  south-east,  Kentucky  and 
Tennessee  ;  south,  Arkansas  Territory. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  S.  E.  part,  extending  50  or 
60  miles  from  the  Mississippi,  is  low,  level,  and  some  of  it 
swampy.  Beyond  that,  the  country  becomes  elevated,  and 
rises  into  the  Osark  Mountains.  These  extend  about  150 
miles  to  beyond  the  Yungar  River,  a  branch  of  the  Osage. 
Beyond  this  there  is  a  hilly  broken  country,  to  the  western 
boundary.  North  of  the  Missouri  the  country  is  hilly, 
interspersed  with  plains. 

Mountains. — The  Ozark  Mountains  commence  about 
40  miles  S.  W.  of  St.  Louis,  and  extend  in  a  S.  W.-  direc- 
tion, to  the  southern  boundary.  The  chain  is  about  1 50 
miles  broad,  and  the  most  elevated  peaks  rise  about  3500 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  This  district  is  very 
rugged  and  broken,  and  the  country  abounds  with  mine- 
rals,  principally  lead. 


36t>  UNITED   STATES. 

Rivers. — The  principal  rivers  in  this  state  are  the  Mis- 
sissippi and  the  Missouri,  which  have  already  been  de- 
scribed. The  Mississippi  is  the  eastern  boundary  for  450 
miles ;  and  the  Missouri  runs  from  west,  to  east  through 
the  heart  of  the  state.  These  great  navigable  waters  are 
then  of  the  greatest  importance.  Kanzas  River  touches 
the  western  boundary,  and  the  River  de  Moyen  makes  a 
small  part  of  the  N.  E.  boundary. 

Osage  River  is  the  principal  stream,  besides  the  great 
waters.  It  rises  about  80  miles  W.  of  the  state  line,  which 
it  crosses  about  80  miles  south  of  the  Missouri.  Thence 
it  pursues  a  very  crooked,  but  general  N.  E.  course,  and 
falls  into  the  Missouri  133  miles  from  its  confluence  with 
the  Mississippi.  It  is  about  400  yards  broad  at  its  outlet., 
and,  though  much  obstructed  by  shoals,  it  is  navigable  far 
into  the  interior  of  the  country. 

Gasconade  River  rises  near  the  head  waters  of  Meramec, 
by  several  branches,  and  runs  a  north  course  to  Missouri, 
into  which  it  falls,  about  40  miles  below  Osage  River. 

The  principal  rivers  falling  into  the  Missouri  on  the 
north  side  are  Grand  River,  and  East  and  West  Charaton, 
all  considerable  streams. 

Meramec  River  rises  about  120  miles  S.  W.  from  St. 
Louis,  and  runs  a  general  N.  E.  course,  to  within  twenty- 
five  miles  of  that  town,  when  it  receives  the  waters  of  the 
southern  branch.  It  then  makes  a  large  bend,  and  turn- 
ing in  a  S.  E.  direction,  it  falls  into  the  Mississippi,  eigh- 
teen miles  below  St.  Louis.  It  is  only  navigable  for  fifty 
miles,  unless  in  high  floods  in  the  spring  and  fall,  when 
most  of  its  tributaries  may  be  ascended  by  boats. 

St.  Francis  River  rises  in  the  Osark  Mountains,  and 
runs  in  a  southern  direction,  and  below  36°  30'  N.  lat.  it 
forms  the  boundary  between  this  state  and  Arkansas  Ter- 
ritory. 


MISSOURI.  367 

The  head  waters  of  White  River,  consisting  of  verynu- 
merous  branches,  rise  among  the  Osark  Mountains  in  this 
state;  and  the  headwaters  of  the  Illinois,  a  branch  of  the 
Arkansas,  interlock  in  this  state  with  those  of  the  Yungar, 
a  branch  of  the  Osage. 

Geological  Formation. — This  state  appears  to  be  wholly 
of  the  secondary  formation.  The  S.  E.  part  of  it  is  ele- 
vated about  300  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea;  but  the 
country  gradually  swells  out  to  the  north  and  west,  and  the 
western  part  is  at  an  elevation  of  about  750  feet. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — Along  the  Mississippi, 
Missouri,  Osage,  and  other  Rivers,  the  soil  appears  to  be 
uncommonly  rich,  and  also  in  many  places  in  the  interior. 
In  the  mine  country  it  is  sterile,  and  in  many  places  unfit 
for  cultivation.  The  natural  productions  are  very  exten- 
sive. Timber  of  the  largest  and  best  kinds.  Grass  very 
abundant,  particularly  in  the  prairies.  Of  wild  fruits 
there  is  a  great  variety,  such  as  the  grape,  persimmon, 
papaw,  pecan,  and  filbert.  Some  varieties  of  the  grape 
are  delicious,  and  they  are  very  common  at  the  mines, 
where  the  inhabitants  prepare  a  wine  from  them,  which 
has  a  pleasant  flavour,  and  is  a  cool  drink  in  summer.* 

The  country  is  well  stored  with  fowl  and  other  game, 
and  the  rivers  with  fish. 

•Minerals. — Minerals  are  very  abundant  in  Missouri, 
the  whole  of  the  Osark  Mountain  district  being  stored 
with  them.  The  principal  mineral  is  lead ;  and  the  dis- 
drict  in  which  it  is  situated  is  about  40  miles  west  of  the 
Mississippi,  and  60  S.  W.  of  St.  Louis.  The  mine  coun- 
try occupies  a  district  about  100  miles  long,  by  40  broad. 
The  number  of  mines  wrought  is  45,  and  the  quantity  of 
!ead  smelted  annually  is  estimated  at  3,000,000  pounds  : 

*  Schoolcraft's  View. 


368  UNITED   STATES. 

giving  employment  to  about  1100  hands.  The  value  oi 
lead  is  four  cents  per  pound  at  the  works.  The  ore  is 
very  rich,  and  the  lead  produced  is  of  excellent  quality. 
The  principal  mines  are  Burton,  Shibboleth,  Lebaum's 
Old  Mines,  Bryan's,  PratCs,  Robins' 's,  Astraddle,  LaMotte, 
a  Joe,  Renault,  JVeic  Diggings,  Liberty,  Canon's,  Silver's, 
d  Jtfairtin. 

Other  lead  mines  are  situated  in  different  parts  of  the 
state,  which  have  notheen  explored.  The  Osage,  Gas- 
conade, Black,  Strawberry,  and  Mine  Rivers,  all  afford 
traces  of  lead ;  and  there  is  reason  to  conclude  that  ex- 
tensive bodies  may  be  found  on  the  banks.  The  beds  of 
lead  in  the  country  appear  to  be  inexhaustible. 

Iron  ore  is  found  in  large  bodies  in  Bellevue,  on  Big 
River,  on  Flatten  and  Joachim  Creeks,  on  the  waters  of 
St.  Francis  and  Black  Rivers,  and  on  Fourche  a  Courtois, 
where  it  is  accompanied  by  Manganese.  Zinc  is  frequent- 
ly found  in  the  lead  ore ;  Antimony  has  been  found  in 
Bellevue  ;  Arsenic,  Chalk,  and  Flint,  at  Cape  Girardeau ; 
and  red  chalk,  ochre,  salt,  nitre,  steatite,  gypsum,  marl, 
plumbago,  porphyry,  jasper,  halcedony,  barytes,  pumice, 
and  granite,  are  among  the  minerals  of  less  importance. 
Stone  Coal  exists  in  large  bodies  at  Florrissant,  and  in 
various  places  on  Osage  River.  There  are  sulphur 
springs  in  Jefferson  county,  which  are  resorted  to  by  per- 
sons suffering  from  bilious  complaints.* 

Climate. — The  climate  in  the  whole  of  the  state  of 
Missouri  has  been  denominated  the  temperate  in  the 
general  view,  except  a  small  portion  of  the  south-east 
part,  which  classes  in  the  warm.  The  northern  extremi- 
ty is  nearly  in  the  latitude  of  New- York,  and  the  south- 
ern extremity  ranges  with  the  northern  part  of  North 

*  See  Schoolcraft'8  valuable  view  of  the  minerals  of  flie  western  country. 


MISSOURI.  ;J6<) 

Carolina.  Having  no  recent  observations  from  that  quar- 
ter, we  shall  give  the  account  of  the  climate  from  School- 
craft's  View,  which  is  the  result  of  experience  and  obser- 
vation. «  Situated  between  the  36th  and  40th  degrees  of 
north  latitude,  iMissouri  enjoys  a  climate  of  remarkable 
serenity  and  temperate  warmth.  It  is  equally  exempted 
from  the  hot  summers  of  the  south  and  the  cold  winters 
of  the  north,  a  medium  happily  calculated  to  favour  the 
pursuits  of  agriculture,  commerce,  and  navigation.  That 
clear  blue  sky  so  much  admired  by  the  aborigines,  is  charac- 
teristic of  the  country,  and  an  atmosphere  of  unusual  dry- 
ness  exempts  the  inhabitants  from  those  pulmonary  com- 
plaints, which  are  more  or  less  the  consequence  of  an  at- 
mosphere surcharged  with  watery  particles.  The  Rocky 
Mountains  serve  to  shelter  this  country  from  those  cold 
north-west  winds  which  prevail  during  the  fall  and  winter 
in  some  degree,  throughout  the  United  States,  and  which 
sweeping  over  the  great  northern  lakes,  visit  Ohio,  Penn- 
sylvania, New- York,  and  New  England,  with  extreme 
cold,  attended  by  early  frosts  in  the  fall,  and  late  frosts  in 
the  spring.  Neither  are  long-continued  storms  common, 
nothing  being  more  remarkable  than  the  frequent  changes 
of  the  wind,  which  seems  to  be  rather  an  eddy,  or  coun- 
teraction in  the  current  of  the  atmosphere,  caused  by  the 
constant  and  powerful  breezes  which  play  around  the 
northern  extremity  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  than  a  fixed 
and  regular  current  produced  by  inequalities  in  the  tem- 
perature of  the  air. 

"  The  lead  mines  are  situated  between  the  37th  and 
38th  degrees  of  north  latitude,  and  between  the  12th  and 
15th  degrees  of  west  longitude.  The  climate  is  mild  and 
pleasant.  It  is  not  so  hot  as  in  the  same  latitudes  in  Ken- 
tucky and  Virginia.  The  last  summer  (1818)  was  con- 
sidered unusually  warm,  yet  I  experienced  no  incon- 
47 


•>70  UNITED    STATES. 

venience  from  the  heat,  although  I  was  from  a  country 
situated  6°  further  north.  The  heat  was  manifestly  great, 
but  a  gentle  breeze  was  almost  constantly  strirring,  and 
the  uneven  surface  of  the  country  is  favourable  for  keep- 
ing up  a  current  in  the  atmosphere.  The  fall  was  plea- 
sant and  serene,  and  the  weather  continued  mild  until 
about  the  middle  of  December,  when  cold  and  disagree- 
able weather  commenced,  which  continued  nearly  a 
month  ;  during  which  we  had  some  slight  snows,  and  it 
fell  at  one  time  three  inches  deep  ;  the  atmosphere  then 
resumed  its  usual  serenity,  and  continued  about  the  tem- 
perature of  April  weather  in  New-York,  until  the  mid- 
dle of  February,  when  chilly  winds,  slight  snows,  and 
rains  and  sunshine  alternately,  characterized  the  days  for  a 
month  more,  and  the  spring  opened,  giving  us  a  serene 
sky  with  mild  warm  weather.  The  weather  is,  however, 
subject  to  very  sudden  changes ;  a  circumstance  that  will 
induce  an  emigrant  to  complain  of  the  great  heat  one  day 
and  of  the  great  cold  the  next."* 

Historical  View. — The  territory  composing  the  state  of 
Missouri  constituted  part  of  Louisiana,  and  the  history 
of  its  transfer  to  the  United  States  was  adverted  to  in  the 
article  on  Louisiana.  A  few  leading  facts  relative  to  this 
section  of  it  may  be  introduced  here.  The  first  settlers 
in  Missouri  were  the  French,  but  they  were  chiefly  in 
quest  of  mineral  treasures,  and  it  was  long  before  settle- 
ments were  made  with  a  view  to  the  cultivation  of  the  soil. 
In  1762  Louisiana  was  transferred  to  Spain.  The  first 
permanent  settlements  appear  to  have  been  made  in  1 763, 
and  next  year  St.  Louis  was  founded  ;  but  upper  Louisi- 
ana was  not  formally  taken  possession  of  by  Spain  till 
1770.  During  the  American  revolutionary  war,  Louisi- 

*  Schoolcraft's  View. 


MISSOURI.  371 

and  remained  in  the  possession  of  Spain,  and  became  the 
theatre  of  hostilities,  and  the  inhabitants  of  St.  Louis 
suffered  severely,  but  the  English  were  obliged  to  abandon 
the  country.  Two  years  afterwards  peace  was  concluded. 
In  1780  St.  Charles  was  founded.  In  1787  New  Madrid 
was  laid  out.  In  1 794  the  first  settlement  was  made  in 
Cape  Girardeau  district ;  and  after  this  period  there  were 
considerable  emigrations  into  the  country  from  the  United 
States,  so  that  at  the  period  of  the  transfer  to  the  United 
States  in  1803,  more  than  three-fourths  of  the  people 
were  from  that  country.  In  1811,  when  the  state  of 
Louisiana  was  constituted,  the  whole  of  the  upper  coun- 
try extending  from  the  Mississippi  to  the  Pacific  Ocean 
was  erected  into  a  territorial  government,  by  the  name  of 
Missouri.  In  1819  Arkansas  Territory  was  organized, 
and  this  portion  of  the  territory  solicited  admission  as  a 
state.  A  state  constitution  was  formed,  but  considerable 
difficulty  arose  on  the  question  of  slavery,  and  on  the  ad- 
mission of  free  negroes  and  mulattoes  from  other  states, 
but  it  was  finally  agreed  that  slavery  should  exist,  and  that 
free  negroes  and  mulattoes  should  be  admitted,  and  Mis- 
souri became  a  state  in  1821. 

Population. — In  1810,  the  inhabitants  were  estimated 
at  15,845 ;  in  1820,  they  were  66,586,  situated  as  in  the 
following 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties. 

Whites.     Free  blacks.   Slaves. 

Total. 

Cape  Girardeau, 

5,058 

45 

865 

5,968 

Cooper, 

6,307 

15 

637 

6,959 

Franklin, 

2,170 

0 

209 

2,379 

Howard, 

11,319 

18 

2,089 

13,426 

Jefferson, 

1,620 

3 

212 

1,835 

UNITED    STATES. 


Counties. 

Whites. 

Free  blacks. 

Slaves. 

Total, 

Lincoln, 

1,419 

1 

242 

1,662 

Madison, 

1,672 

4 

371 

2,047 

Montgomery, 

2,547 

1 

526 

3,074 

New  Madrid, 

2,001 

4 

291 

2,296 

Pike, 

3,071 

0 

676 

3,747 

St.  Charles, 

3,275 

13 

682 

3,970 

St.  Genevieve, 

3,932 

47 

983 

4,962 

St.  Louis, 

8,014 

225 

1,810 

10,049 

Washington, 

2,344 

0 

425 

2,769 

Wayne, 

1,239 

0 

204 

1,443 

55,988       376    10,222         66,586 


Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  climate  and  soil  seem 
to  be  favourable  to  agricultural  productions,  and  they  are 
raised  in  abundance.  The  prairies  and  barrens  are  co- 
vered with  a  profusion  of  wild  flowers,  shrubs,  and 
plants  ;  and  the  cultivated  fields  yield  to  the  hands  of  the 
planter  a  proportion  of  the  useful  vegetables  of  the  earth. 
Corn  succeeds  remarkably ;  no  country  surpasses  the 
banks  of  Missouri  for  the  vigour  of  its  crops.  Wheat, 
rye,  oats,  flax,  and  hemp,  are  also  raised  to  advantage. 
Tobacco  is  an  article  recently  introduced,  but  it  is  found 
to  succeed  well ;  and  the  lands  are  said  to  be  well  adapted 
to  its  growth.  Cotton  is  raised  in  the  southern  part  for 
family  use.  The  sweet  potatoe  is  cultivated,  and  fruit 
trees  of  various  kinds,  particularly  the  peach  and  apple.* 
The  soil  and  climate  is  also  well  adapted  to  the  plum,  the 
quince,  and  the  cherry .  Indigo  and  madder  both  succeed, 
and  hops  grow  spontaneously  on  the  bottom  lands,  and 
are  to  be  seen  in  great  abundance  in  the  proper  season  on 

*  Schoolcraft's  View- 


MISSOURI.  373 

the  banks  of  the  Flatten,  Apple  Creek,  and  other  places.* 
The  number  of  persons  employed  in  agriculture,  by  last 
census,  is  14,247. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — Lead,  and  the  manufac- 
tures of  lead,  particularly  shot,  are  the  great  staple  man- 
ufactures of  Missouri,  f  White  lead,  leather,  and  wool- 
len cloth,  are  also  manufactured,  and  there  are  some  cot- 
ton manufactures.  Coarse  cotton  goods  and  tow  cloth 
are  made  in  private  families.  Some  gunpowder  is  man- 
ufactured ;  and  there  are  extensive  salt  works.  The 
number  of  persons  employed  in  manufactures  is  1952. 

The  exports  of  Missouri  consist  of  lead,  shot,  wheat, 
flour,  corn,  whiskey,  hemp,  flax,  tow  cloth,  horses,  beef,  pork, 
venison,  skins,  furs  and  peltries,  butter  and  peccans.  When 
the  resources  of  the  state  are  properly  drawn  forth,  the 
list  will  be  greatly  augmented,  and  in  a  few  years  the  fol- 
lowing articles  will  be  added  ;  of  which,  some  exporta- 
tions  have  already  been  made.  Iron,  zinc,  manganese, 
sulphur,  arsenic,  antimony,  oil  stones,  alum,  chalk,  plumba- 
go, flints,  nitre,  salt,  marble,  emery,  red  chalk,  soap  stone, 
gypsum,  serpentine,  tobacco,  and  hops.\ 

"  Commerce  is  carried  on  chiefiy  with  the  cities  of 
New  Orleans,  Philadelphia,  and  Pittsburg.  The  lead  is 
taken  down  the  Mississippi  in  boats  to  New  Orleans,  and 
there  it  is  either  sold  or  shipped  to  Philadelphia  or  New- 
York.  The  dry  goods  with  which  this  country  is  supplied, 
are  principally  purchased  at  Philadelphia,  and  wagoned 
across  the  Alleghany  Mountains  to  Pittsburg,  and  thence 
taken  down  the  Ohio  and  up  the  Mississippi  in  boats. 
The  groceries  are  principally  purchased  at  New  Orleans, 

*  Schoolcraft's  View. 

T  The  annual  product  of  the  lead  mines,  is  estimated  at  ten  million  oi' 
pounds  weight. 
I  Schoolcraft's  View. 


374  UNITED    STATES. 

and  brought  up  in  boats.  Steam  boats  have  lately  en- 
grossed this  business,  and  should  they  continue  to  multiply 
at  the  rate  now  indicated,  will,  in  a  few  years,  throw  keel 
boats  and  barges  entirely  out  of  the  question.  Cutlery, 
glass  ware,  nails,  red  and  white  lead,  castings,  ropes,  pa- 
per, carpenter's  and  blacksmith's  tools,  plough  irons,  and 
innumerable  other  works  in  brass,  iron,  and  copper,  are 
brought  from  Pittsburg.  Drugs,  medicines,  and  dye 
stuffs,  and  sometimes  dry  goods,  particularly  for  the  Indian 
trade,  are  chiefly  laid  in  at  New-York,  and  thence  shipped 
to  New  Orleans.  This  trade  has  probably  increased 
within  late  years."*  The  number  of  persons  engaged  in 
commerce,  by  last  census,  is  495. 

Chief  Towns. — ST.  Louisf  is  the  great  emporium  of 
commerce,  and  the  largest  town  west  of  the  Mississippi. 
It  is  elegantly  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Mississip- 
pi, 18  miles  below  the  junction  of  that  river  with  the 
Missouri.  The  town  occupies  an  elevated  plain  in  a  bend 
of  the  river,  which  has  a  gradual  ascent  from  the  landing 
place  to  the  western  extremity,  where  it  terminates  in  a 
level  and  extensive  prairie.  The  inhabitants  are  not  men- 
tioned in  the  census,  but  in  1818,  they  were  estimated  at 
5000,  and  the  number  of  houses  was  550,  of  which  a  great 
proportion  were  well-constructed  buildings  of  brick  and 
stone  ;  and  there  are  several  handsome  public  buildings. 
Considerable  manufactures  are  carried  on,  and  the  me- 
chanical industry  of  the  place  supplies  not  only  the  ne- 
cessaries, but  many  of  the  luxuries  of  life.  St.  Louis  is 
the  seat  of  justice  for  St.  Louis  county,  and  there  is  a  land 
office  in  it  for  the  disposal  of  the  public  lands  of  the  Uni- 
ted States.  "  Its  situation,"  says  Mr.  Schoolcraft,  "in 
point  of  beauty,  health,  and  convenience,  is  rarely  equalled, 

*  Schoolcraft's  View.  t  See  the  map, 


MISSOURI.  375 

urid  no  place  in  the  world,  situated  so  far  from  the 
ocean,  can  at  all  compare  with  it,  for  commercial  advan- 
tages. It  is  so  situated  with  regard  to  the  surrounding 
country,  as  to  become  the  key  of  its  commerce,  and  the 
storehouse  of  its  wealth,  and  if  the  whole  western  region 
be  regarded  with  a  geographical  eye,  it  must  rest  with  un- 
equalled interest  on  that  peninsula  of  land  formed  by  the 
junction  of  the  Missouri  with  the  Mississippi,  a  point  oc- 
cupied by  the  town  of  St.  Louis.  Standing  near  the  con- 
fluence of  such  mighty  streams,  the  produce  of  an  almost 
immeasurable  extent  of  back  country  must  flow  to  it,  and 
that  country  must  be  supplied  from  it  with  merchandise. 
The  main  branch  of  the  Missouri  is  navigable  2500  miles, 
and  the  most  inconsiderable  of  its  tributary  streams  will 
vie  with  the  largest  rivers  of  the  Atlantic  states.  The 
Yellowstone,  which  enters  the  Missouri  1800  miles  from 
its  mouth,  is  itself  navigable  800  miles.  The  La  Platte— 
the  Kanzas — the  Osage — the  Whitestone — the  Manitaw, 
and  the  Gasconade,  are  all  navigable  from  300  to  700  miles, 
and  flow  through  a  country  rich  in  all  the  productions  of 
a  climate  the  most  genial,  healthy,  and  serene.  The  Mis- 
souri and  its  tributary  streams  will  supply  navigation  to  a 
district  of  country  600  miles  wide  and  2000  miles  in  ex- 
tent. The  Mississippi  is  navigable  without  interruption 
1000  miles  above  St.  Louis.  Its  tributaries,  the  Corbeau, 
loway,  Ouisconsin,  St.  Pierre,  Rock  River,  Salt  River, 
and  Des  Moines,  are  all  streams  of  the  first  magnitude, 
and  navigable  for  many  hundred  miles.  The  Illinois  is 
navigable  300  miles,  and  when  the  communications  shall 
be  effected  between  it  and  Lake  Michigan ;  between  the 
Mississippi  and  Lake  Superior,  and  the  Lake  of  the 
Woods ;  between  the  Missouri  and  the  Columbia ;  be- 
tween the  Yellowstone  and  the  Multnomah,  communica- 
tions not  only  pointed  out  but  almost  completed  by  nature, 


376  UNITED  STATES. 

what  a  chain  of  connected  navigation  shall  we  behold  ?  and 
by  LOOKING  UPON  THE  MAP  we  shall  find  St.  Louis  the 
focus,  where  all  these  streams  are  discharged — the  point 
where  all  this  vast  commerce  must  centre,  and  where  the 
wealth  and  the  refinements  flowing  from  these  prolific 
sources,  must  pre-eminently  crown  her  the  queen  of  the 
west." 

The  author  of  this  work  having  had  the  honour  of 
being  the  first  person  who  constructed  a  map  showing  the 
whole  of  these  mighty  waters  in  one  connected  view,  it  is 
with  real  pleasure  he  gives  publicity  to  the  sentiments  of 
an  intelligent  eye-witness,  so  consonant  with  the  anticipa- 
tions published  in  the  first  edition  of  this  work ;  with  an 
extract  from  which  he  shall  close  this  account. 

"From  what  has  been  remarked  on  these  rivers,  taken 
in  connexion  with  other  circumstances,  we  may  draw  an 
inference  as  to  the  great  importance  of  St.  Louis  and  the 
adjacent  country.  When  we  view  the  central  situation; 
the  great  confluence  of  the  waters ;  the  extent  of  the 
prairies ;  the  salubrity  of  the  climate ;  and  the  advan- 
tages that  will  result  from  the  mines  in  its  neighbourhood  ; 
the  mind  instinctively  looks  forward  to  this  place,  as  one 
of  the  first  consequence  in  the  United  States,  probably  as 
the  future  capital  of  the  greatest  country  that  ever  the 
world  saw."* 

JEFFERSON  is  laid  out  on  the  north  side  of  Missouri 
River,  a  few  miles  above  the  outlet  of  Osage  River,  and 
is  to  be  the  seat  of  government  of  the  state. 

The  other  towns  are  mostly  situated  on  the  Missouri 
and  Mississippi,  and  we  shall  notice  them  in  order  as 
they  lie  on  the  map,  beginning  at  the  westward.  No 
notice  is  taken  in  the  census  of  the  population,  and  many 

*  Description  United  States,  first  edition. 


MISSOURI.  377 

of  the  towns  are  new,  consequently  the  description  will 
be  brief. 

On  the  Missouri. — Bluffton  is  situated  on  a  bend,  on  the 
north  side  of  the  river,  15  miles  from  the  western  boun- 
dary, and  is  one  of  the  most  remote  settlements  in  the 
United  States. 

Charaton  is  situated  upon  the  Missouri  River,  at  the 
outlet  of  Charaton  River. 

Franklin  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  river,  and 
in  1818  consisted  of  about  150  houses.  It  is  surrounded 
by  a  body  of  very  rich  land,  and  there  is  a  great  tide  of 
emigration  into  it. 

Boonville,  opposite  to  Franklin,  on  the  other  side  of 
the  river,  was  originally  settled  by  the  celebrated  Daniel 
Boon,  one  of  the  first  settlers  in  Kentucky. 

St.  Charles  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  Missouri, 
21  miles  from  its  outlet,  and  is  a  handsome  and  flourish- 
ing place,  and  in  1817  contained  about  one  thousand  in- 
habitants. 

On  the  Mississippi. — Petersburg  is  situated  at  the  out- 
let of  Salt  River,  70  miles  above  the  Missouri. 

Belle/ante  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  river,  mid- 
way between  St.  Louis  and  Missouri  River. 

Carondelet,  or  Vide  Poche,  is  situated  six  miles  below 
St.  Louis,  and  contains  about  60  buildings,  exclusively  oc- 
cupied by  the  French,  who  are  chiefly  engaged  in  agricul- 
ture. 

Herculaneum  is  situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, 30  miles  below  St.  Louis.  It  lies  on  a  high  level 
alluvial  plain,  environed  on  both  sides  by  rocky  bluffs. — 
It  consists  of  about  30  or  40  houses,  and  has  several  ma- 
nufactures, principally  of  shot,  and  a  great  trade  in  lead. 
The  lead  mines  lie  35  miles  south  of  the  town. 

St.  Genevieve  is  situated  on  an  eminence,  a  mile  west 
4* 


578  UNITED    STATES, 

from  the  river,  60  miles  below  St.  Louis ;  and  consists  ol 
about  300  houses.  It  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade, 
and  one  of  the  principal  markets  for  the  lead  mines,  which 
are  situat  d  45  miles  to  the  westward. 

Jackson  is  a  flourishing  town,  12  miles  N.  W.  of  St. 
Genevieve. 

Cape  Girardeau  is  situated  50  miles  above  the  junction 
of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi,  on  an  eminence  which  com- 
mands a  delightful  view  of  the  river  and  opposite  country, 
and  consists  of  about  50  houses. 

JVVw  Madrid  is  situated  on  a  bend  of  the  Mississippi, 
in  the  S.  E.  part  of  the  state.  The  country  round  is  rich, 
but  not  very  healthy. 

Towns  in  the  Mine  Country. — Potosi  and  Mine  au  Bur- 
ton form  one  connected  village,  consisting  of  about  eighty 
buildings.  The  village  is  pleasantly  situated  in  the  centre 
of  the  mining  district,  65  miles  from  St.  Louis,  and  forty- 
five  from  St.  Genevieve.  It  lies  in  the  centre  of  about  40 
lead  mines,  all  situated  within  a  circle  of  20  miles. 

St.  Michael  is  situated  on  a  plain,  two  miles  south  of 
Mine  La  Motte.  It  is  an  old  French  village,  of  about  50 
houses ;  and  lies  in  the  centre  of  a  rich  farming  district, 
in  Madison  county.  The  seat  of  justice  for  the  county 
has  lately  been  fixed  on  rising  grounds,  about  600  yards 
south  of  the  village,  and  a  town  laid  out  there  called  Fre- 
derickton.* 

New  Burbon,  Caledonia,  and  Madansburg,  are  small 
towns  in  the  same  mine  tract. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — A  fund  has 
been  provided  for  these  objects,  consisting  of  5  per  cent, 
on  all  the  public  lands  sold  in  the  district;  and  it  is  pro- 
Tided  that  the  River  Mississippi,  and  all  the  navigable 

*  Schookraft's  View. 


'MISSOURI. 

waters  leading  into  it,  shall  for  ever  be  public  highways, 
not  subject  to  toll  or  duty  to  any  of  the  citizens  of  the. 
United  States. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  constitution  was  adopted 
in  1820,  and  is  similar  to  those  of  the  other  states.  The 
legislative  power  is  vested  in  a  general  assembly,  consist- 
ing of  a  senate  and  house  of  representatives.  The  sena- 
tors are  elected  by  districts,  for  four  years,  and  one-fourth 
vacate  their  seats  annually.  The  representatives  are  elect- 
ed for  two  years  by  the  several  counties,  according  to  the 
population.  The  executive  power  is  vested  in  a  governor, 
who  is  elected  for  four  years,  by  the  people,  and  has  a 
qualified  veto  upon  the  proceedings  of  the  legislature,  al- 
though on  reconsideration,  a  majority  are  competent  to 
pass  a  law.  The  judiciary  power  is  vested  in  a  supreme 
court,  in  a  chancellor,  in  circuit  courts,  and  in  such  infe- 
rior courts  as  the  legislature  may  establish.  The  judges 
are  appointed  by  the  governor,  with  consent  of  the  senate, 
and  hold  their  offices  during  good  behaviour.  Every  per- 
son who  is  a  citizen  of  the  United  States,  and  has  resided 
a  year  in  the  state,  and  in  the  district  for  three  months 
next  preceding  the  election,' is  entitled  to  vote. 

Education  and  Manners. — Like  Illinois,  Indiana,  and 
Ohio,  this  state  has  a  fund  in  support  of  education  .of  one 
thirty-sixth  part  of  the  land.  The  benefits  of  education 
are  however  as  yet  but  partially  felt,  as  a  system  for  pub- 
lic schools  has  not  been  introduced.  But  private  schools 
are  common,  and  the  value  of  education  being  seen,  it  will 
no  doubt  soon  become  general.  Society  is  in  general  im- 
proving. Mr.  Schoolcraft  says,  "  It  would  be  difficult  to 
point  out  a  town  or  village  west  of  the  Mississippi,  where 
there  is  a  greater  attention  to  industry,  novelty,  and  reli- 
gion, than  at  Mine  a  Burton.  There  are  many  of  the  re- 
finements, and  even  elegancies  of  life ;  and  in  the  courtesy 


#80  UNITED    STATES. 

and  hospitality  of  the  gentlemen,  and  the  dress,  conversa- 
tion, and  deportment  of  the  ladies,  a  proof  is  afforded  of 
the  great  improvement  which  a  few  years  have  effected  in 
society." 


ARKANSAS  TERRITORY. 

Miles.  Jlrea.  Situation. 

Length,   500  )  121,000  sq.  miles.  )  D  J  32°  28'  and  36°  30'  N. 

Breadth,  242  5  77,440,000  acres.  5  Be       En  \  13°  and  23°  W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  Missouri  Territory  and  the 
state  of  Missouri ;  east,  Missouri,  Tennessee,  and  Missis- 
sippi ;  south,  Louisiana  and  Spanish  Possessions ;  west, 
Spanish  Possessions. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  eastern  part,  situated  on  the 
Mississippi,  is  low,  level,  and  much  of  it  marshy.  About 
80  miles  from  the  river,  the  highlands  commence,  and  the 
Ozark  Mountains  extend  about  120  miles.  Beyond  the 
mountains  to  the  western  extremity  the  land  is  highly  ele- 
vated, much  of  it  being  sandy  and  barren,  and  strongly 
impregnated  with  salt. 

Mountains. — The  Ozark  Mountains  extend  in  a  south- 
west direction,  from  the  northern  boundary  to  Red  Ri- 
ver, the  tract  being  about  1 20  miles  broad,  and  of  the  same 
character  as  the  mountainous  district  in  Missouri.  The 
Arkansas  and  other  streams  break  through  the  hills  at  right 
angles,  and  produce  much  interesting  scenery.  There  are 
several  lofty  peaks,  among  which  Mount  Cerne,  Cavanol, 
Sugar  Loaf  Mountain,  and  Potatoe  Hills,  are  the  most 
prominent. 

Rivers. — The  Mississippi  is  the  eastern,  and  the  Red 
River  the  southern  boundary.  The  other  principal  streams 
are,  St.  Francis  River,  Big  Black  River,  White  River,  AT- 


ARKANSAS    TERRITORY.  381 

kansas  River,  and  its  branches,  and  the  head  waters  of 
Wachita  River. 

St.  Francis  River  rises  in  the  state  of  Missouri,  and 
runs  in  a  southern  direction,  principally  through  a  swampy 
country,  and  falls  into  the  Mississippi,  267  miles  below 
the  Ohio.  Its  length  by  comparative  course  is  nearly  300 
miles,  and  it  is  navigable  a  considerable  distance.  White 
River  is  composed  of  two  large  branches,  which  unite  100 
miles  nearly  north  from  its  outlet.  The  eastern  branch, 
called  Big'  Black  River,  rises  by  a  great  number  of 
branches,  among  the  Ozark  Mountains.  These  branches 
all  take  a  S.  E.  direction,  and  near  the v foot  of  the  moun- 
tains, they  fall  into  the  river,  which  runs  a  S.  W.  course, 
at  right  angles.  Its  comparative  course  is  about  240 
miles. —  White  Rivtr  rises  near  the  western  extremity  of 
the  mountains  by  numerous  branches,  and  the  main  branch 
has  a  very  winding,  but  generally  N.  E.  course  of  more 
than  240  miles  to  the  junction  with  Big  Black  River. 
From  the  junction,  White  River  runs  a  course  nearly 
south,  of  more  than  100  miles,  and  falls  into  the  Missis- 
sippi twelve  miles  above  Arkansas  River.  Near  the  out- 
let there  is  a  connecting  branch  between  this  river  and  the 
Arkansas.  White  River  is  navigable  for  several  hundred 
miles,  and  its  banks  are  said  to  be  exceedingly  fertile  and 
beautiful. 

Arkansas  River  was  described  in  the  general  view,  but 
a  few  particulars,  with  a  notice  of  its  principal  branches 
in  this  territory  may  be  added  here.  The  river  enters 
this  territory  near  the  N.  W.  part,  and  runs  a  very  crook- 
ed but  general  E.  S.  E.  course  of  nearly  500  miles  to  its 
junction  with  the  Mississippi.  The  principal  branches 
which  fall  into  it  in  this  territory  are  Verdigris  River, 
Neosho,  or  Grand  River,  and  Illinois  River,  from  the 
north ;  and  the  Canadian  River  from  the  south. 


UNITED    STATES. 

Illinois  River  rises  near  the  head  of  Osage  River,  and 
pursues  a  S.  by  W.  course  of  more  than  200  miles,  when 
it  falls  into  Arkansas  River,  opposite  the  outlet  of  Canadi- 
an Fork. 

Neosho,  or  Grand  River,  rises  near  the  Kanzas  Village, 
on  Kanzas  River,  and  runs  a  S.  S.  E.  course  of  near  300 
miles,  when  it  falls  into  the  Arkansas,  about  30  miles  above 
Illinois  River. 

There  are  salt  works  on  the  banks  of  both  these  rivers. 

Before  describing-  the  Canadian  River  and  its  branches, 
it  may  be  proper  to  notice  that  great  researches  have  been 
made  in  the  country  west  of  the  Mississippi,  and  parti- 
cularly in  this  section  of  it,  under  the  auspices  of  the 
War  Department.  Major  Long  and  Captain  Bell,  two 
very  meritorious  and  enterprising  officers,  belonging  to  the 
corps  of  engineers  of  the  United  States,  explored  all  the 
country  from  Council  Bluff  to  near  the  sources  of  the  Ar- 
kansas and  Platte  Rivers.  In  returning,  Captain  Bell's 
detachment  descended  the  Arkansas  from  the  mountain, 
called  by  Pike,  the  highest  Peak,  (but  which  they  have 
called  James's  Peak,)  downwards ;  and  Major  Long's 
detachment  proceeded  to  the  southward,  with  the  view  of 
descending  Red  River.  They  entered  the  river  as  laid 
down  by  the  former  maps,  and  descended  by  its  banks ; 
but  to  their  great  surprise  found  it  conducted  them  into 
the  Arkansas.  This  discovery  led  to  an  entire  new  view 
of  the  rivers  in  this  quarter,  and  it  is  found  that  4  large 
streams  exist  between  the  Arkansas  and  Red  River,  and 
some  of  them  rise  further  west  than  the  Red  River. 

The  Canadian  Fork,  which  Major  Long  descended, 
rises  by  several  branches  in  the  mountains  near  Santa  Fe, 
and  runs  a  general  course  of  about  south  by  east  to  its 
outlet  opposite  Illinois  River,  before  mentioned.  Its 
comparative  course  is  about  660  miles. 


ARKANSAS    TERRITORY.  383 

Canadian  Fork,  north  branch,  rises  near  the  Spanish 
Peaks,  80  miles  north  of  Santa  Pe,  and  runs  a  general 
south-south-east  course  to  where  it  meets  the  main  branch, 
about  20  miles  west  of  its  junction  with  the  Arkansas. — 
Its  comparative  course  is  about  480  miles. 

Little  North  Fork,  a  branch  about  220  miles  long,  falls 
into  the  north  fork  on  the  north  side. 

South  Fork  of  Canadian  River  rises  to  the  west  of  the 
24th  degree  of  longitude,  and  runs  nearly  an  east  course 
to  where  it  joins  the  main  branch,  near  the  outlet  of  the 
north  fork.  Its  length  by  comparative  course  is  about 
350  miles. 

These  discoveries  have  given  an  entire  new  view  of 
Red  River.  It  has  not  yet  been  explored ;  but  it  is  pre- 
sumed that  it  rises  in  the  mountains  south-east  from  San- 
ta Fe,  and  runs  a  south-eastwardly  course  for  some  time, 
and  then  turning  eastward,  it  runs  nearly  in  that  direction 
to  the  upper  settlements  of  the  United  States,  to  which 
point  it  has  been  surveyed.  Its  comparative  course  from 
its  source  to  the  western  limit  of  the  state  of  Louisiana, 
is,  by  this  view,  about  650  miles;  and  its  length  in  that 
state,  is  about  220  miles,  making  the  entire  length  770 
miles. 

Wachita  River  rises  to  the  westward  of  the  hot  springs, 
near  Mount  Cerne,  and  passing  the  springs,  it  turns  in  a 
southern  direction  and  flows  into  the  state  of  Louisiana, 
110  miles  below  the  springs. 

Geological  Formation. — By  Maclure's  view,  the  whole 
of  this  territory  is  secondary.  By  the  result  of  the  obser- 
vations of  the  corps  of  engineers  referred  to,  it  appears 
that  the  "  Western  limit  of  the  limestone  and  coal  strata 
connected  with  the  Ozark  Mountains"  passes  through  the 
territory  in  a  north  by  east  direction,  about  110  miles 
west  from  the  outlet  of  the  Canadian  fork ;  and  the  "  east- 


384  UNITED   STATES. 

era  boundary  of  the  Rock  Salt  formation"  is  about  60 
miles  to  the  westward.  The  result  of  these  observations, 
by  Major  Long,  has  shed  a  great  deal  of  light  upon 
the  geology  of  the  western  country.  As  to  the  elevation, 
it  appears  that  it  rises  as  rapidly  to  the  west  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi as  to  the  east  of  it,  and  ultimately  to  a  greater 
height.  The  elevation  of  the  Mississippi  at  the  outlet  of 
Arkansas  River,  is  about  220  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea.  The  north-west  corner  of  this  territory  appears  to 
be  at  an  elevation  of  about  1000  feet. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — In  the  eastern  part  of 
the  territory  there  is  a  great  deal  of  rich  alluvial  along 
the  Mississippi  and  other  rivers;  but  the  northern  part  of 
it  is  very  swampy.  Along  the  White  River  the  lands  are 
rich  and  valuable.  Among  the  Ozark  mountains  the 
country  is  broken,  and  has  nearly  the  same  character  as  in 
Missouri.  Beyond  the  mountains  the  country  becomes 
very  sterile,  and  in  the  western  extremity  is  strongly  im- 
pregnated with  salt.  In  the  eastern  part  the  vegetation  is 
very  strong  and  rapid,  the  products  being  similar  to  those 
of  Missouri  and  the  upper  part  of  Mississippi  already 
described.  In  the  western  part  there  are  large  prairies 
with  little  vegetation. 

Minerals  and  Mineral  Springs. — It  is  presumed  that 
minerals  are  abundant  among  the  Ozark  mountains,  but 
as  the  country  has  not  been  settled  they  are  of  course  un- 
important. Large  beds  of  marble  are  said  to  exist  along 
the  banks  of  White  River,  and  the  western  part  of  the  ter- 
ritory abounds  with  salt.  The  hot  springs  are  much  re- 
sorted to,  and  are  said  to  be  very  valuable  in  a  medicinal 
point  of  view.  Major  Long  visited  these  springs  in  1819, 
and  found  their  temperature  to  vary  from  860  to  150o. 
Hunter  and  Dunbar  ascertained  the  temperature  of  five 
different  springs  to  be  150o,  154°,  14Qo,  136°,  and  132°. 
The  water  charged  with  an  excess  of  carbonic  acid  gas. 


ARKANSAS    TERRITORY.  385 

holding  lime  in  solution,  deposits  a  calcarious  tufa,  which 
incrusts  leaves,  moss,  or  any  other  substances  which  it 
meets  in  its  course,  to  the  great  surprise  of  the  ignorant. 
Climate. — In  a  tract  of  country  so  large  as  Arkansas, 
extending  over  three  degrees  and  a  half  of  latitude,  and 
nine  of  longitude,  and  rising  from  an  elevation  of  220  to 
1000  feet,  the  climate  must  be  very  various.  According- 
ly, we  find  that  in  the  general  view  it  embraces  three  va- 
rieties. In  the  south,  to  about  the  34th  parallel  of  latitude, 
and  east  from  the  Ozark  Mountains,  it  is  warm;  the 
northern  part  bordering  upon  Missouri  is  temperate,  and 
the  west  part  ranks  with  the  middle.  Mr.  Nuttall  explored 
the  Arkansas  in  1819,  as  far  as  the  Verdigris  river,  and 
the  following  table,  extracted  from  his  observations,*  will 
throw  some  light  on  the  subject. 

Mr.  Water. 

January  10.     On  the  Mississippi,  near  the  )      e20        42Q 
outlet  of  St.  Francis  River,    > 

11.  Do.  52          40 

20.     Arkansas,  lower  part,  67  ]      Climate  said  to  be 

— — — —  21.     •  67  V  too  warm  for  apples, 

but  suitable  for 
j  peaches. 
Feb.  28.  Mooney's  Settlement  above  )         7n 

the  Post  of  Arkansas,         $ 
March     1.  Do.  Slight  frost. 

9.  Dardennes,  50 

8  Jl.  M.  3  P.  M. 

-    20.  Arkopolis,                                        48  58 

— -    27.  Cadron,                                           42  64 

Jlpril    15.    Webbers,near  Magazine  mountain  64  78 

24.  Fort  Smith,                                      62  72 

May      2.        Do.                                             60  80 

14.        Do.                                             62  66 

Tune    24.        Do.                                             68  82 

*  Nuttall's  Journal  of  Travels  in  Arkansas;Territorv 

49 


386 


UNITED   STATES. 


July  6.  Fort  Smith, 

15.  Verdigris  River, 
Aug.  2.  Grand  River, 

Sept.  8.  Salt  River, 
20.  Fort  Smith, 
28  _ 


SJ.M. 
68 
80 
72 
76 
74 
64 


78 
91 

90 

84 
89 
88 


Historical  View. — This  territory  being  part  of  the 
purchase  of  Louisiana,  its  history  is  included  in  the  ge- 
neral history  of  that  purchase  up  to  the  period  when  it 
was  constituted  into  a  separate  distinct  government.  A 
few  local  circumstances  may  be  added  here.  The  first 
settlement  within  the  limits  of  Arkansas  was  made  by 
Tonte  in  1685,  who  went  in  search  of  La  Salle.  His  set- 
tlement was  at  the  Post,  now  Arkansas  town,  and  was  af- 
terwards increased  by  French  settlers  from  Canada;  but 
up  to  the  time  of  its  transfer  to  the  United  States,  they 
had  made  but  little  progress.  In  1819,  Arkansas  was 
constituted  into  a  separate  territory,  with  liberty  to  hold 


Population. — In  1810,  the  population  of  this  district 
was  estimated  at  5000 ;  and  by  the  last  census  it  amount- 
ed to  14,273,  situated  as  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Counties.  Whites. 

Arkansas,  1,076 

Clark,  970 

Hempstead,  1,753 

Lawrence,  5,073 

Miller,  917 

Philip,  1,052 

Pulaski,  1,738 


Free  blacks. 

Slaves.  Mothers.      Total. 

6 

178        0       1,260 

0 

70         0        1,040 

12 

481         2       2,248 

29 

490       10       5,602 

0 

82         0           999 

0 

145         4        1,201 

12 

171         2        1,923 

12,579 


59 


1,617       18     14,273 


ARKANSAS    TERRITORY.  387 

Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  principal  agricultural 
products  are  grain  and  other  provisions,  and  cotton.  The 
country  is  remarkably  well  situated  for  the  cultivation  of 
the  vine,  and  wine  might  be  made  in  quantity.  The 
number  of  persons  engaged  in  agriculture,  is  3163. 

•Manufactures  and  Commerce. — The  principal  manufac- 
tures in  this  new  country  are  made  in  families  for  domes- 
tic use.  The  number  of  manufacturers  (mostly  mecha- 
nics of  course,)  is  179. 

The  commerce  consists  principally  in  exporting  the 
surplus  produce,  and  importing  such  articles  as  may  be 
necessary  for  the  settlers.  It  is  at  present  of  small 
amount,  and  the  number  of  persons  engaged  in  it  is 
only  79. 

Chief  Towns. — ARKOPOLIS,  lately  called  Little  Rock, 
is  the  seat  of  government.  It  is  agreeably  situated  upon 
the  north  bank  of  Arkansas  River,  and  the  great  road 
from  St.  Louis  to  New  Orleans,  by  the  hot  springs,  passes 
through  it.  The  country  is  not  rich,  but  the  place  is 
healthy,  and  is  increasing. 

Arkansas,  lately  termed  the  Post,  is  a  small  village,  sit- 
uated on  the  north  bank  of  the  river,  about  50  miles  from 
the  Mississippi. 

Cadron  is  a  small  settlement,  40  miles  above  Arkopo- 
lis.  A  town  has  been  regularly  laid  out,  but  is  not  built. 

Dwight  is  a  small  settlement,  and  also  a  missionary  sta- 
tion, on  the  Arkansas  River,  50  miles  west  of  Cadron. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Improvements. — The  same  law  that 
the  United  States  have  extended  to  other  states  and  terri- 
tories, where  they  own  the  land,  extends  to  this  :  several 
roads  pass  through  the  territory,  and  the  rivers  afford 
good  navigation.  In  a  territory  containing  121,000 
square  miles,  and  only  14,000  people,  it  were  vain  to  look 
for  great  improvements.  A  new  road  from  Memphisj  in 


388  UNITED  STATES. 

the  south-western  corner  of  Tennessee  on  the  Mississippi 
to  Arkopolis,  is  about  being  made  by  the  United  States. 

"A  new  road  from  Missouri  to  the  frontiers  of  Mexicohas 
been  surveyed.  The  road  commences  a  mile  or  two  south  of 
Fort  Osage,  upon  a  line  run  some  years  ago  as  the  boundary 
of  the  Indian  lands,  in  lat.39°  10'  19",  Ion.  93°  51'  5", 
from  London.  It  follows  the  neighbourhood  road  until  it 
crosses  the  Little  Blue  Creek  ;  it  then  enters  upon  those 
extensive  prairies  which  reach  without  intermission,  to  the 
mountains  of  New-Mexico.  At  the  distance  of  26  miles 
from  Fort  Osage,  the  road  crosses  another  stream  of  the 
Missouri,  called  Big  Blue,  a  creek  about  20  yards  wide; 
and  which,  at  the  season  of  high  water,  might  require  a 
ferry  boat.  After  crossing  this  creek,  the  route  pursues 
the  ridge  which  divides  the  waters  of  the  Kansas  River 
from  it,  and  which  ridge  continues  on  in  a  good  direction, 
and  becomes  the  divider  between  the  Kansas  and  the 
Osage  Rivers,  and,  also,  between  the  Neeozho  and  the 
Kansas,  and  the  Little  Arkansas  and  the  Kansas.  It  will 
be  seen  by  a  reference  to  the  map,  that  the  Kansas  River 
runs  in  the  direction  that  the  road  must  follow,  to  reach 
what  is  called  the  North  Bend  of  the  Arkansas,  and  where 
the  Smokey  Hill  Fort  of  the  Kansas  and  the  Arkansas 
approach  nearest  to  each  other.  It  was  ascertained  by 
observations  for  latitude,  taken  by  Mr.  Brown,  the  survey- 
or, that  the  distance  between  these  points  is  ten  and  a  half 
miles.  In  surveying  the  route  for  a  road,  it  was  found 
advantageous  to  adhere  to  the  ridge  where  it  did  not  swerve 
materially  from  the  direction.  In  some  places,  however, 
it  was  necessary  to  leave  it  to  the  right,  and  cross  some  of 
the  head  streams  of  the  Osage.  None  of  them  though 
are  difficult  to  cross,  or  likely  to  obstruct  the  traveller  at 
any  season.  Upon  the  -whole,  the  face  of  the  country 
offers  great  facilities  for  a  national  way.  The  ridge  upon 


ARKANSAS   TERRITORY.  389 

which  it  runs  is  high  and  open,  and  the  streams  upon  the 
opposite  sides  (generally  with  a  small  fringe  of  timber 
upon  them)  approach  so  near  as  to  furnish  wood  and 
water  without  much  inconvenience. 

"There  is  a  part  of  the  route,  however,  as  you  approach 
the  Arkansas,  that  must  for  ever  be  scarce  of  wood  and 
water.  It  is  a  high  and  level  plain,  extending  across  from 
the  Cotton  Wood  Fork  of  the  Neeozho,  nearly  west, 
about  thirty  miles.  The  substitute  for  wood,  here,  is  the 
Buffalo  ordure,  which  answers  a  good  purpose,  and  even 
in  the  driest  season,  the  traveller  will  be  able  to  find  a 
sufficiency  of  standing  water. 

"The  Commissioners,  in  going  out, struck  the  Arkansas 
lower  down  than  the  road  is  expected  to  cross  that  river ; 
they  followed  it  up  to  the  boundary  line  of  the  United 
States,  in  lat.  37°  47'  37",  and  on  their  return  will 
correct  the  road  back,  so  as  to  leave  the  Arkansas  at  the 
mouth  of  Walnut  Creek  (the  North  Bend.)"* 

Government  and  Laws. — In  the  territories  of  the  Uni- 
ted States  the  government  is  different  from  the  states, 
congress  having  power  to  make  general  laws ;  and  the 
president  of  the  United  States,  with  consent  of  the  senate, 
appoints  the  executive  officers.  The  legislative  power  is 
at  present  vested  in  the  governor  and  judges  of  the  su- 
preme court.  The  governor  is  appointed  by  the  president 
and  senate  of  the  United  States,  and  holds  his  office  for 
three  years,  unless  sooner  removed  by  the  appointing 
power.  The  judiciary  power  is  vested  in  a  superior  court, 
and  in  such  inferior  courts  as  the  legislature  shall  establish. 
The  secretary  and  judges  are,  like  the  governor,  appointed 
by  the  president  and  senate  of  the  United  States. 

Education  and  Manners. — The  same  law,  with  regard 
to  education,  as  exists  in  the  other  territories  where  the, 
*  Extract  from  the  Commissioners'  Report. 


390  UNITED  STATES. 

United  States  hold  the  land,  exists  here  ;  and  will,  in  pro- 
cess of  time,  produce  beneficial  effects.  The  people  are 
at  present  pretty  well  informed,  and  are  represented  by 
travellers  as  generally  civil  and  hospitable. 


MICHIGAN. 


JV/ifej.  Area.  Situation. 

Length,  250  )  33,750  Square  Miles.  )  -         „,  5  41°  31'  and  45°  40'  N. 
Breadth.135  J  21,600,000  Acre3.       $  Be       'n  {    5°  12'and  10"  W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  the  Straits  of  Michilli- 
mackinac ;  east,  Lakes  Huron,  St.  Clair,  and  Erie,  and 
their  connecting  streams ;  south,  Ohio  and  Indiana ;  and 
west  by  Lake  Michigan. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  east  and  south-east  part  of 
the  state,  where  settlements  have  been  made,  is  repre- 
sented as  being  level  and  fertile  ;  and  the  country  swells 
into  a  considerable  elevation  in  the  dividing  ridge  between 
the  eastern  and  western  waters.  The  country  along  Lake 
Michigan  consists  of  sand  hills,  with  scarcely  a  vestige  of 
vegetation. 

There  are  no  Mountains. 

Lakes  and  Rivers. — This  territory  is  better  watered 
than  any  other  in  the  United  States.  Lake  Michigan  is 
situated  in  the  western  part ;  Lake  Huron  is  on  the  north- 
east, and  Lakes  St.  Clair  and  Erie,  and  their  connecting 
streams  on  the  east.  Except  the  large  waters,  which 
were  described  in  the  general  view,  there  are  no  rivers  of 
very  great  importance  ;  but  there  are  a  vast  number  of 
small  streams  falling  into  the  lakes  on  all  sides  of  the  ter- 
ritory where  these  waters  are  situated. 

Saganau  River,  a  large  and  deep  stream,  rises  near  the 


MICHIGAN.  391 

centre  of  the  territory,  and  runs  a  north-east  course  of 
above  60  miles  into  Saganau  Bay,  on  Lake  Huron.  It 
has  numerous  branches. 

Huron  River  of  St.  Clair,  rises  near  the  head  of  Saga- 
nau  River,  and  runs  an  east-south-east  course  to  Lake 
St.  Clair.  It  is  about  70  miles  long  ;  and  is  navigable  10 
miles  to  its  first  branch,  for  boats  drawing  three  feet 
water. 

Huron  River  of  Lake  Erie  rises  near  the  centre  of  the 
territory,  and  flowing  in  a  south-east  direction,  it  falls  into 
Lake  Erie  immediately  at  the  outlet  of  Detroit  River. 
Its  length  is  nearly  200  miles,  and  it  can  be  ascended  150 
miles,  where  there  is  a  portage  of  only  three  miles  to  a 
branch  of  Grand  River,  which  falls  into  Lake  Michigan. 

Raisin  River  rises  in  the  middle  of  the  territory,  and 
runs  a  south  by  east  course  of  about  150  miles  to  Lake 
Erie,  into  which  it  falls,  16  miles  south-west  of  Huron 
River.  Owing  to  its  rapidity  it  can  only  be  ascended  by 
light  canoes. 

St.  Joseph's  River  rises  in  the  upper  part  of  Indiana 
and  runs  a  westwardly  course  to  Lake  Michigan,  into 
which  it  falls  at  the  south-west  corner  of  the  territory.  It 
can  be  ascended  120  miles  in  canoes. 

Black-water  River  runs  westwardly  about  60  miles,  and 
falls  into  Lake  Michigan  22  miles  north-east  of  St.  Jo- 
seph's. It  can  be  ascended  by  canoes  nearly  to  its 
source. 

Kikalemazo  River  rises  near  the  head  of  Raisin  River, 
and  runs  a  west  course  of  70  miles  to  Lake  Michigan. 

Grand  River  rises  in  the  interior  of  the  state,  one 
branch  being  within  three  miles  of  the  waters  of  Huron 
of  Lake  Erie,  and  runs  a  west  course  of  80  miles  to 
Lake  Michigan, 


UNITED  STATES. 

The  other  principal  streams  falling  into  Lake  Michigan 
are,  Maskagon  River,  Marquettes  River,  and  Ottoway 
River. 

Geological  Formation. — Altogether  secondary.  The  le- 
vel of  Lake  Erie  is  564  feet,  and  Lakes  Huron  and  Mi- 
chigan are  589  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  The  cen- 
tral part  of  the  state  is  probably  at  an  elevation  of  about 
700  feet. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — The  soil  in  all  that  part 
which  has  been  settled,  which  is  principally  the  shores  of 
Lake  Erie,  and  the  waters  above  it  to  Lake  Huron,  is  fer- 
tile and  productive,  being  nearly  similar  to  that  of  the 
north-west  part  of  Ohio.  In  the  new  settlement  on  Saga- 
naw  River,  the  soil  is  also  productive.  The  country 
along  the  eastern  bank  of  Lake  Michigan  is  generally 
sandy  and  barren.  On  the  banks  of  Grand  River,  how- 
ever, there  are  some  of  the  finest  tracts  of  farming  land  in 
the  territory ;  and  the  country  which  forms  the  extreme 
point  of  the  peninsula  is  also  very  fertile.  The  principal 
vegetable  productions  are  timber,  grass,  wild  oats,  &c. 
There  are  abundance  of  wild  animals  and  game  ;  and  the 
lakes  are  well  stored  with  fish. 

Climate. — The  southern  part  is  in  the  middle  climate  of 
the  United  States,  and  the  northern  part  in  the  cold ;  but 
in  consequence  of  the  prevalence  of  the  southwardly 
winds,  and  proximity  to  the  lakes,  the  climate  is  more 
temperate  than  would  naturally  be  expected  from  its  north- 
ern latitude.  The  winter  sets  in  about  the  middle  of  No- 
vember, and  continues  till  about  the  middle  of  March. — - 
At  Detroit,  in  1818,  the  mean  heat  of  January  was  24°  ; 
and  in  1820,  the  mean  heat  of  July  was  69°,  and  of  De- 
cember 27°.  At  Mackinaw,  which  is  the  most  north- 
wardly settlement  in  the  United  States,  in  1820,  the  mean 


MICHIGAN  TERRITORY.  398 

heat  of  October  waa  45°,  of  November  32°,  and  of  De- 
cember 21°. 

Historical  View. — Michigan  is  a  part  of  the  North  West 
Territory  of  the  United  States,  of  which  the  general  his- 
tory was  given  in  the  article  on  Ohio.  It  appears  that  set- 
tlements were  made  in  this  territory  by  the  French  Jesuit 
missionaries  as  early  as  1 648,  who  erected  a  chapel  at  the 
Falls  of  St.  Mary.  About  the  year  1670  Detroit  was 
founded  by  the  French.  In  1763  this  part  of  the  country 
along  with  the  other  French  possessions  in  North  Ameri- 
ca, was  ceded  to  Britain ;  and  the  sovereignty  was  trans- 
ferred to  the  United  States  at  the  close  of  the  revolutionary 
war ;  but  notwithstanding  the  stipulations  of  the  treaty 
of  peace  of  1783,  the  British  government  held  the  military 
posts  until  the  Indians  were  completely  subdued  by  the 
United  States  in  1794.  In  1795  the  treaty  of  Greenville 
was  concluded,  which  completely  broke  the  power  of  the 
Indians;  and  in  1796  the  British  agreed  to  give  up  the 
posts,  and  they  were  accordingly  surrendered  and  taken 
possession  of  by  the  United  States  the  same  year.  In 
1805  Michigan  was  formed  into  a  distinct  territorial  go- 
vernment, and  the  country  flourished  until  the  year  1812, 
when  a  check  was  given  to  its  prosperity  by  the  war  with 
Britain.  The  Indian  tribes  again  commenced  hostilities, 
and  committed  great  depredations :  Mackinaw  was  cap- 
tured by  the  British ;  and  at  last  General  Hull  surrender- 
ed the  whole  territory,  with  a  very  superior  force,  into  the 
hands  of  the  enemy,  who  retained  possession  for  about  1 2 
months.  But  the  capture  of  the  British  fleet  on  Lake 
Erie  in  September  1813,  and  the  subsequent  defeat  of  the 
British  troops  in  Canada,  completely  crippled  the  British 
power  in  that  quarter ;  and  Michigan  again  passed  into 
the  hands  of  the  United  States.  The  Indians  have  re- 
mained peaceable  since  the  peace  with  Britain,  and  their 
50 


394  UNITED    STATES. 

lands  have  been  purchased  all  south  and  east  of  Grand 
River  of  Lake  Michigan,  and  a  line  drawn  from  its  source 
to  Saganaw  Bay. 

Population. — In  1810,  the  population  of  Michigan  was 
4762  ;  and  in  1820,  8896,  situated  as  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 

Cmmtiet.  Whites.      Free  blacks.    Mothers.       Total. 


Brown,* 

951 

1 

0 

952 

Crawford,* 

345 

16 

131 

492 

Macomb, 

896 

2' 

0 

898 

Monroe, 

1,823 

8 

0 

1,831 

Michillimackinac, 

814 

5 

0 

819 

Oakland, 

321 

9 

0 

330 

Wayne,  2,086  66  0          2,152 

City  of  Detroit,  1,355  67  0          1,422 

8,591         174         131         f8896 

Agriculture  and  Produce. — The  settlements  are  chiefly 
confined  to  the  eastern  part  of  the  territory,  and  there  the 
soil  is  very  rich  and  productive,  and  many  of  the  farms 
are  well  cultivated.  The  principal  productions  are  wheat, 
Indian  corn,  oats,  barley,  buckwheat,  potatoes,  turnips, 
peas,  apples,  pears,  cherries,  and  other  fruit ;  all  which 
are  successfully  raised.  The  country  is  favourable  for 
grass,  and  all  kinds  of  garden  vegetables.  The  number 
of  persons  engaged  in  agriculture  by  last  census  is  1468. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — Like  all  new  settlements 
the  chief  business  here  is  agriculture  and  commerce. — 

*  The  counties  of  Brown  and  Crawford  are  in  the  North  West  Territory, 
f  The  present  population  of  Michigan  is  not  less  than  40,000,  and  is 
rapidly  increasing  by  emigrants  from  New- York  and  the  eastern  state?. 


MICHIGAN  TERRITORY.  895 

There  are  lew  manufactures,  except  in  the  domestic  way, 
and  such  articles  as  are  constantly  in  demand  by  the  wants 
of  the  settlers,  as  manufactures  of  leather,  hats,  soap, 
candles,  &c.  In  1810,  the  manufactures  were  estimated 
at  $37,000,  and  in  1820,  the  number  of  persons  engaged 
in  them  amounted  to  196,  mechanics  of  course  being  in- 
cluded. 

In  consequence  of  the  great  extent  of  navigation  in 
this  country,  the  commerce  is  extensive  in  proportion  to 
the  population.  Detroit  and  Mackinac  are  both  ports  of 
entry,  and  have  a  direct  export  trade,  which,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  inland  situation,  is  but  limited ;  but  the. 
trade  upon  the  lakes  is  very  extensive.  The  number  of 
persons  engaged  in  commerce,  in  1820,  was  392  ;  and  the 
value  of  foreign  exports,  in  1821,  was  $53,290. 

Chief  Towns. — DETROIT  is  the  seat  of  government  of 
the  territory,  and  the  largest  town  in  it.  It  is  handsomely 
situated  on  a  bend  of  Detroit  River,  four  miles  from  Lake 
St.  Clair ;  and  18  from  Lake  Erie.  It  is  a  healthy  trading 
place,  with  flourishing  back  settlements,  and  has  con- 
siderable shipping  for  the  navigation  of  the  lakes.  Seve- 
ral steam  boats  run  between  it  and  Buffalo,  which  is  of 
great  consequence  to  Detroit.  The  population,  in  1820, 
was  1422,  of  whom  22  were  engaged  in  agriculture,  34  in 
manufactures,  and  32  in  commerce.  This  is  the  account 
given  by  the  census ;  but  it  is  presumed  there  must  be 
some  error.  In  a  commercial  town  containing  1422  in- 
habitants, the  number  of  persons  actively  employed  must 
far  exceed  88. 

J\lichillimackinac,  pronounced  Mackinaw,  and  now  fre- 
quently written  Mackiniac,  is  situated  on  an  island  in  the 
Straits  of  Mackinac,  between  Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Mi- 
chigan. The  village  stands  on  the  south  side  of  the  island, 
which  is  about  nine  miles  in  circumference.,  and  behind 


9  UNITED   STATES. 

there  is  a  rising  ground  on  which  the  fort  is  erected,  which 
affords  a  beautiful  view  of  the  lakes  and  adjacent  country. 
The  population  of  the  village  is  not  given  separately  in 
the  census,  but  the  county,  which  includes  the  island  and 
the  settlements  in  its  neighbourhood,  contains  819  inhabit- 
ants ;  and  this  being  one  of  the  most  remote  settlements 
of  the  United  States,  it  may  be  interesting  to  state  the  par- 
ticulars. There  are  in  the  settlement  620  males,  154 
females,  and  five  free  blacks ;  and  34  are  engaged  in  agri- 
culture, 244  in  manufactures,  and  1 1  in  commerce. 

Mount  Clemens  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  Huron 
River,  seven  miles  from  its  outlet  iato  Lake  St.  Clair. 

Srownstown  is  situated  near  the  outlet  of  Detroit  River 
into  Lake  Erie. 

Jlfonroe  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  River  Rai- 
sin, 4  miles  from  Lake  Erie. 

Lawrenceville  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Maumee 
Bay,  near  the  northern  boundary  of  Ohio. 

Frenchtown  is  situated  on  the  River  Raisin,  a  few  miles 
above  Monroe. 

The  JVew  Settlement  is  situated  on  Saganaw  River  near 
the  bay ;  and  Fort  Gratiot  is  a  military  post  at  the  outlet 
of  Lake  Huron. 

Many  new  towns  and  settlements  have  started  up  within 
a  few  months  past  (1826)  that  are  not  enumerated ;  and 
a  new  and  tolerably  correct  map  of  that  STATE  has  been 
published. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Improvements. — The  navigation  af- 
forded by  the  lakes  and  rivers  is  elegant,  and  great  im- 
provements may  be  made  in  process  of  time  on  the  inland 
navigation.  The  roads  are  but  indifferent  as  yet,  but 
there  is  a  fund  provided  from  the  sales  of  public  lands, 
and  improvements  are  going  on.  The  tide  of  emigrants 
from  the  east  has  recently  settled  this  country  with  great 


397 

rapidity,  and  the  public  lands  being  paid  for  in  cash  at 
$1 .25  an  acre,  the  people  are  not  in  debt  as  in  other  states, 
and  the  opening  of  the  Erie  and  Ohio  canals  has  caused 
a  flourishing  state  of  things,  which  it  is  hoped  will  cause 
the  country  to  increase. 

Government. — Similar  to  Arkansas.  The  legislative 
power  is  vested  in  the  governor  and  judges  of  the  su- 
preme court,  who  are  nominated  by  the  president,  and 
appointed  by  the  senate  of  the  United  States.  The  execu- 
tive power  is  vested  in  the  governor ;  and  the  judiciary 
power  is  vested  in  three  judges  and  such  magistrates  as 
the  governor  may  appoint. 

Education  and  Manners. — The  original  French  settlers 
paid  very  little  attention  to  education  ;  but  great  improve- 
ments have  been  made  in  the  cultivation  of  the  mind  un- 
der the  free  institutions  of  the  United  States.  A  corpo- 
rate body,  styled  the  "  University  of  Michigan,"  has  been 
formed  similar  to  that  of  New- York  and  Georgia,  which 
has  power  to  institute  colleges,  academies,  and  public 
schools;  and  considerable  progress  has  been  made  in 
education  generally.  A  disposition  to  establish  schools, 
and  to  read  useful  books  and  the  public  papers  has  be- 
come general,  and  the  manners  of  the  people  are  rapidly 
improving.  Three  newspapers  are  now  published,  two  at 
Detroit  and  one  at  Monroe. 


FLORIDA. 

Miles.  Area.  Situation. 

Length.    385  )  57,750  Sq.  Miles.  >  _  .      m   $  24°  30'  and  31°  00'  N. 
Breadth,  150  $  36,960,000  Acres.  $  Be       '"  {   3"  00'  and  10°  20'  W. 

Boundaries.— On  the  north  and  west,  Alabama  and 
Georgia ;  east,  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  Gulf  of  Florida : 
south  and  south-west,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.- 


398  UNITED    STATES. 

Face  of  the  Country. — Florida  is  generally  low,  sand}, 
and  interspersed  with  swamps,  some  of  them  of  great  ex- 
tent. The  whole  of  the  northern  part  is  low  and  gene- 
rally sandy ;  a  ridge  of  limestone  rocks  rises  in  the  central 
part,  west  of  St.  Augustine,  and  runs  to  the  southward, 
constituting  the  dividing  ridge  between  the  waters  to  near 
the  head  of  St.  John's  River,  where  it  terminates;  but  it 
rises  again  toward  the  southern  extremity,  which  is  lime- 
stone. 

Rivers. — St.  John's  rises  in  the  central  part,  about  100 
miles  from  the  southern  extremity,  and  runs  in  a  north  by 
west  course  to  beyond  St.  Augustine,  where  it  bends  east- 
ward to  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  into  which  it  falls,  30  miles 
north  of  St.  Augustine.  From  recent  observations  it  ap- 
pears that  the  river  makes  a  considerable  bend  to  the  east- 
ward, about  the  middle  of  the  territory,  and  approaches 
within  10  miles  of  the  ocean,  near  Cape  Canaveral. 
There  are  a  number  of  lakes  upon  it,  the  chief  of  which 
is  Lake  George,  about  100  miles  from  the  ocean.  The 
river  is  about  two  miles  broad  at  the  outlet,  on  which 
there  is  a  bar  with  nine  feet  water  at  low  tide,  and  vessels 
which  can  pass  the  bar  can  navigate  the  river  to  Lake 
George.  The  whole  length  of  the  river  is  by  comparative 
course  about  350  miles. 

Charlotte  River  falls  into  Charlotte  Bay,  on  the  west 
side  of  the  peninsula. 

Hillsborough  River  falls  into  Hillsborough,  or  Espiritu 
Santo  Bay ;  which  affords  an  excellent  harbour. 

Suwaney  River  rises  in  Georgia,  by  several  branches, 
which  unite  in  this  state  about  15  miles  below  the  north- 
ern boundary,  and  runs  a  south-east  course  of  about  60 
miles;  it  then  turns  south-west  and  falls  into  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  about  100  miles  west-south-west  of  St.  Augus- 
tine. This  river  approaches  within  60 miles  of  St..  John's 


FLORIDA.  399 

River,  and  the  connecting  streams  unite  within  a  few 
miles  ;  so  that  in  process  of  time  we  may  expect  the  two 
rivers  to  be  connected  by  canal  navigation.  In  the  mean 
time  it  is  proposed  to  have  a  road  between  the  nearest  na- 
vigable points  of  the  two  rivers. 

St.  Mark's  River  rises  in  Georgia,  and  running  a  south- 
wardly course  through  Florida,  it  falls  into  the  .gulf  in 
Appalachee  Bay. 

Okelockonne  River  rises  in  Georgia,  and  runs  a  south- 
west course  into  West  Florida,  approaching  at  its  western 
extremity,  within  20  miles  of  Appalachicola  River.  It 
then  turns  south-east  and  falls  into  Appalachee  Bay,  17 
miles  west  of  St.  Mark's. 

Appalachicola  River  was  described  in  the  general  view. 

The  Rio  del  Jllmirante  and  Connecuh  River  both  rise 
in  Georgia,  and  fall  into  Pensacola  Bay,  above  Pensacola. 

Perdido  River  is  the  western  boundary  of  the  territory. 

Geological  Formation. — With  the  exception  of  the  se- 
condary limestone  ridge  before  mentioned,  the  whole 
country  is  alluvial.  The  limestone  ridge  is  elevated  above 
the  level  of  the  sea  from  200  to  300  feet,  the  rest  of  the 
country  is  all  level. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — These  are  very  similar 
to  those  of  the  south-east  part  of  Georgia.  The  greater 
part  of  the  soil  is  sandy,  and  covered  with  pine  trees. 
On  the  margin  of  the  rivers,  creeks,  and  lakes,  and  in 
the  swamps,  the  soil  is  of  the  first  quality,  producing 
white  and  red  oak,  white  and  red  cedar,  sassafras,  walnut, 
cabbage  tree,  magnolias,  cypress,  &c.  There  are  such 
quantities  and  such  a  great  variety  of  evergreens  and 
flowering  shrubbery,  that  the  circumstance  gave  rise  to 
the  name  of  Florida.  The  wild  animals  are  abundant ; 
hares,  rabbits,  squirrels,  racoons,  foxes,  &c.  and  there 


400  UNITED   STATES. 

are  numerous  alligators,  gophers,  salamanders,  and  other 
reptiles. 

Minerals  and  Mineral  Springs. — The  principal  mine- 
rals are  limestone  and  iron  ore.  Near  St.  John's  River 
there  is  a  great  warm  mineral  spring,  which  boils  up  with 
considerable  force,  and  forms  a  large  basin.  The  water 
smells  like  bilge  water,  and  has  a  disagreeable  taste ;  but 
it  is  so  transparent  that  the  vast  multitude  of  fish  which  it 
contains  can  be  seen  at  a  great  depth. — A  large  spring 
also  rises  about  2Q,  miles  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  near 
the  St.  Mark's  River ;  the  water  is  very  clear  and  of  great 
depth. 

Climate. — Florida  is  situated  wholly  within  what  has 
been  denominated  the  hot  climate  in  the  general  view. 
From  the  first  of  November  to  the  first  of  June  the  cli- 
mate is  generally  pleasant  and  healthy.  In  the  remaining 
summer  months  there  is  a  great  heat,  accompanied  with 
moisture,  which  is  very  relaxing ;  and  in  the  fall  the  coun- 
try, except  in  some  particular  places,  is  very  sickly.  At 
Fernandina,  in  the  north-east  part  of  the  territory,  in 
1820,  the  thermometer  ranged  between  35°  and  88C;  the 
mean  heat  of  January  was  55°,  of  July  80°,  of  December 
61°,  and  of  the  whole  year  70o  1'. 

Historical  View. — Florida  was  discovered  by  Cabot  in 
1496,  but  the  first  person  who  landed  on  it  appears  to 
have  been  Ponce  de  Leon,  who  visited  it  in  1512.  In 
1520  it  was  visited  by  Vasquez,  from  St.  Domingo;  in 

1523  it  was  visited  by  De  Verrazini,  a  Florentine;  and  in 

1524  De  Geray,  a  Spaniard,  made  some  progress  in  ex- 
ploring the  country.    In  1525  Charles  the  Fifth  of  Spain, 
granted  all  the  land  between  Cape  Florida  and  the  River 
Palmos,  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  to  Pamphilo  de  Narvaez, 
who,  in  1528,  landed  in  Appalachee  Bay  with  a  consider- 
able force,  but  was  resisted  by  the  Indians,  and  at  last 


FLORIDA.  401 

perished  by  shipwreck  on  the  coast.  In  1539  Ferdinand 
de  Soto  explored  Florida,  and  after  passing  over  many 
countries  in  the  southern  states,  perished  on  the  hanks  of 
the  Mississippi,  in  1542.  Ahout  the  middle  of  the  16th 
century,  many  of  the  protestants  fled  from  religious  perse- 
cution in  France  and  took  refuge  in  Florida  j  but  they 
were  most  cruelly  used  by  the  Spaniards,  and  a  dreadful 
civil  war  ensued,  accompanied  by  the  most  atrocious  cru- 
elties. In  1 565  the  Spaniards  founded  the  town  of  St. 
Augustine  ;  but  in  1 584  nominal  possession  was  taken  of 
the  country  in  the  name  of  the  queen  of  England,  and  two 
years  afterwards  St.  Augustine  was  taken  and  pillaged  by 
Sir  Francis  Drake.  In  1682  La  Salle  visited  West  Flori- 
da, and  Pensacolawas  settled  by  the  French  in  1696.  In 
1702  the  English  from  Carolina  made  an  attack  on  St. 
Augustine,  but  were  obliged  to  retire  with  the  loss  of  their 
ships  and  stores.  In  1704  Fort  St.  Mark's  was  taken  by 
a  force  from  Carolina.  In  1 740  General Oglethorpe  from 
Georgia  made  an  attack  upon  St.  Augustine,  but  was 
obliged  to  retire  with  loss  ;  and  in  1 742  the  Spaniards  at- 
tempted to  retaliate  by  an  attack  upon  the  British  posses- 
sions in  Georgia,  but  were  induced  to  retire.  In  1763 
Florida  was  by  treaty  transferred  to  Britain,  who  divided 
it  into  East  and  West  Florida.  During  the  American  re- 
volutionary war,  Florida  became  the  theatre  of  hostilities ; 
and  in  1 779  the  Spaniards  captured  Baton  Rouge,  then  in 
West  Florida  ;  and  in  1781  they  took  Pensacola,  and  sub- 
sequently the  whole  of  West  Florida.  By  the  treaty  of 
peace  of  1783  the  British  relinquished  the  whole  of  the 
Floridas  to  Spain.  During  the  last  war  with  Britain, 
Florida  became  again  the  theatre  of  hostilities,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  Spaniards  favouring  the  cause  of  the  British 
and  the  hostile  Indians  ;  and,  after  the  peace,  it  became 
necessary  for  the  United  States  to  take  possession  ,of  some 
51 


402  UNITED    STATES. 

parts  of  the  country  for  their  own  safety.     At  length  ne- 
gotiations   which  had  long    been  carried     on   for  thr 
transfer  of  the  Floridas  to  the  United  States,  were  suc- 
cessful, and  a  treaty  to  that  effect  was  agreed  upon  in 
1819;  which,  after  many  vexatious   delays,  was  ratified 
by  Spain  in  1820;  and  in  1821  possession  was  delivered 
to  General  Jackson,  the  hero  of  New  Orleans,  who  was 
commissioner  on  the  part  of  the  United  States  for  receiv- 
ing  it.     The  country  has  since  been  regularly  consti- 
tuted one  of  the  organized  territories  of  the  United  States. 
Population. -r-No  regular  census  was  taken  of  the  inha- 
bitants of  Florida  under  the  Spanish  government,  and  the 
late  census  of  the   United  States  was  taken  before  the 
transfer  of  the  country  to  the  United   States,  so  that  no 
accurate  estimate  can  be  formed  of  the  population.     The 
principal  settlements  are  about  St.  Augustine,  in  East  Flo- 
rida, Tallahassee,  the  capital  on  St.  Mark's  River,  and  Pen- 
sacola,  in   West  Florida.     Probably  at  the  time  of  the 
transfer,  the  whole  population  did  not  exceed   10,000, 
and  it  is  supposed  that  about  20,000  have  since  emigrated 
into  the  territory  from  the  United  States.     The  country  is 
divided  into  two  judicial  districts,  viz. 

Escambia,  lying  west,  and  St.  John's,  lying  east  of  Su- 
waney  River. 

•Agriculture  and  Produce. — Under  the  Spanish  govern- 
ment agriculture  was  deplorably  neglected ;  under  the  free 
institutions  of  the  United  States  it  will  flourish.  The 
principal  agricultural  products  a  re  cotton,  rice,  sugar,  corn, 
indigo,  lemons,  oranges,  olives,  figs,  cocoa  nuts,  plums, 
cochineal,  and  indigo,  all  of  which  may  be  greatly  in- 
creased. 

Manufactures  and  Commerce. — As  yet  there  are  few 
manufactures  in  the  district,  nor  will  there  ever  be  many. 


FLORIDA.  403 

Having  produce  suitable  for  the  markets  of  the  manufac- 
turing districts  of  the  northern  states,  an  exchange  benefi- 
cial to  both  will  take* place  between  agricultural  produce 
and  manufactured  articles. 

Chief  Towns. — ST.  AUGUSTINE,  the  capital  of  the  dis- 
trict of  St.  John's,  is  situated  on  the  coast  of  the  Atlan- 
tic, opposite  the  inlet  at  the  north  point  of  Anastasia  Isl- 
and. It  is  regularly  laid  out,  with  streets  crossing  one 
another  at  right  angles.  The  situation  is  pleasant,  and  ge- 
nerally healthy  ;  so  that  it  is  a  place  of  resort  for  invalids. 
The  country  in  its  vicinity  is  sandy,  but  produces  corn,  or- 
anges, lemons,  and  garden  vegetables  in  great  perfection. 
There  is  a  good  harbour,  but  the  bar  does  not  admit  of 
vessels  drawing  more  than  six  feet  water.  No  estimate 
can  at  present  be  formed  of  the  population. 

PENSAOOLA,  the  capital  of  Escambia  district,  is  situ- 
ated on  the  west  side  of  Pensacola  Bay,  nine  miles  from  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  on  a  dry  sandy  plain,  elevated  about  18 
or  20  feet  above  the  water.  It  is  represented  as  being  a 
healthy  place,  with  an  agreeable  climate,  and  has  attracted 
a  great  number  of  emigrants  since  the  transfer  to  the 
United  States.  The  inhabitants  in  1819  amounted  to 
about  2000,  principally  Spaniards.  The  country  in  the 
neighbourhood  is  sandy,  but  produces  vegetables  and  fruit 
similar  to  the  country  round  St.  Augustine.  It  has  the 
best  harbour  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  is  an  important 
naval  depot. 

TALLAHASSEE,  the  seat  of  government,  is  situated  on 
the  St.  Mark's  River. 

St.  Andrews  is  a  small  settlement,  situated  on  St.  An- 
drews Bay. 

Fort  Gadsden  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  Chatahou- 
chy  River,  about  50  miles  from  its  outlet. 

Fort  St.  Mark's  is  situated  on  St.  Mark's  River,  about 
12  miles  above  its  outlet. 


404  UNITED    STATES. 

Fort  Poppa  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  St.  Johrrs 
River,  about  25  miles  west  from  St.  Augustine. 

Fernandinais  situated  on  the  N.  W.  corner  of  Amelia 
Island,  a  few  miles  from  St.  Mary's,  and  is  a  military  post 
of  the  United  States. 

Roads,  Canals,  and  Public  Improvements. — In  a  country 
situated  as  Florida  has  been,  it  would  be  in  vain  to  look 
for  either ;  but  under  the  free  institutions  of  the  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States,  the  face  of  the  country  will 
soon  wear  a  different  aspect.  A  canal  from  the  St.  Ma- 
ry's River  through  the  Ockefonoke  Swamp  to  the  Suwa- 
ney  River  is  contemplated  ;  and  thence,  the  navigation  to 
be  continued  along  within  the  bays  and  chain  of  islands, 
to  Pensacola,  Mobile,  and  New  Orleans ;  thus  avoiding 
the  dangerous  and  circuitous  route  by  Havannah,  &c. 
A  highway  across  East  Florida,  from  St.  Augustine  to 
Pensacola,  is  now  constructing,  and  settlers  are  pouring 
in,  and  the  lands  taken  up  with  great  eagerness. 

Government  and  Laws. — The  present  territorial  govern- 
ment was  established  by  Congress  in  March,  1822. — 
By  it,  the  legislative  power  is  vested  in  the  governor  and 
a  legislative  council  of  thirteen  citizens  of  the  United 
States.  The  executive  power  is  vested  in  a  governor,  who 
has  the  power  of  making  all  appointments  not  otherwise 
provided  for.  The  judiciary  power  is  vested  in  two  su- 
perior courts,  and  in  such  inferior  courts,  and  justices  of 
the  peace,  as  the  governor  and  council  may  establish. 
Appeals  may  be  made  from  the  superior  courts  to  the  su- 
preme court  of  the  United  States.  The  governor,  secre- 
tary, and  legislative  council,  are  all  appointed  by  the  pre- 
sident and  senate  of  the  United  States.  The  governor 
holds  his  office  for  three  years,  the  secretary  for  four 
years  ;  and  the  council  are  appointed  annually. 

Education  and  Manners. — There  is  as  yet  no  general 


.NORTH    WEST    TERRITORY.  405 

system  of  education  ;  but  information  will  soon  become 
general,  and  the  inhabitants  of  Florida  will  probably  as- 
sume an  appearance  worthy  of  their  privileges  as  free 
citizens  of  the  United  States. 

Having  now  completed  the  description  of  all  the  organ- 
ized states  and  territories,  we  shall  proceed  to  take  a  view 
of  those  extensive  territories  in  the  north  and  west  that 
are  not  organized.  These  are  the  remaining  part  of  the 
North  West  Territory,  at  present  politically  connected 
with  Michigan;  Missouri  Territory,  lying  between  the 
state  of  Missouri  and  the  Rocky  Mountains ;  and  the 
Western  Territory,  lying  between  the  Rocky  Mountains 
and  the  Pacific  Ocean. 


NORTH  WEST  TERRITORY. 


.Miles.  Area.  Situation, 

Length,  390  (  144, 000  Square  Miles.  )  R  (42°  30'  and  49°  N. 

Breadth,  370  \  92,160,000  Acres.       $  ce       '"   (10°  31'  and  18°  30'  W, 

Boundaries. — On  the  north  and  north-east,  the  British 
Possessions  and  Lake  Superior  ;  east,  Lake  Michigan  and 
Straits  of  St.  Mary  ;  south,  Illinois  ;  west,  the  Mississippi 
River,  and  a  line  drawn  from  its  source  to  the  northern 
boundary,  which  separates  it  from  Missouri  Territory. 

Face  of  the  Country. — Generally  undulating  and  hilly, 
interspersed  with  extensive  prairies. 

Mountains. — There  is  a  chain  called  the  Cabotian 
Mountains,  at  the  west  end  of  Lake  Superior,  and  there 
are  considerable  hills  in  other  parts  of  the  territory. 

Lakes  and  Rivers. — The  great  lakes  on  the  north  and 
east,  and  the  Mississippi  on  the  west,  have  been  already 


406  UNITED    STATES. 

described,  and  it  only  remains  to  take  a  short  view  of  the 
most  important  tributary  branches. 

Ouisconsin  River  rises  in  the  interior  of  the  territory, 
near  the  head  of  Montreal  River,  with  which  it  interlocks 
by  a  short  portage.  It  runs  a  southwardly  course  of  about 
120  miles,  to  the  portage  near  Fox- River;  it  then  turns 
S.  W.  in  which  direction  it  runs  about  JS2  miles,  and  falls 
into  the  Mississippi  at  Prairie  du  Chien. 

It  is  about  800  yards  wide  at  its  mouth,  and  400  at  the 
portage.  The  river  is  shallow  and  rapid,  but  the  naviga- 
tion to  the  portage  is  not  impeded  by  any  fall.* 

Above  the  portage  the  river  is  ascended  by  canoes  90 
miles,  and  it  is  connected  by  short  portages  with  the  On- 
tonagon  and  Montreal  Rivers  of  Lake  Superior. f 

The  length  of  the  portage  from  the  Ouisconsin  to  Fox 
River  is  a  mile  and  a  half,  across  a  level  prairie  ;  and  such 
is  the  little  difference  in  the  level  of  the  two  streams,  that 
during  high  water,  canoes  frequently  pass  loaded  across 
the  lower  part  of  the  prairie  from  one  river  to  the  other. — 
There  is  a  good  wagon  road  between  them.j 

Fox  River  rises  in  a  lake,  south  from  the  portage  about 
20  miles  ;  and  15  miles  below  the  portage  it  receives  the 
waters  of  another  branch  from  the  northward.  The  en- 
tire length  of  the  river  is  260  miles,  50  of  which  consist 
of  lakes,  of  which  fVinnibago  is  the  chief.  The  naviga- 
tion is  but  indifferent ;  but  the  country  along  its  banks  is 
described  as  fertile  and  beautiful,  with  a  salubrious  and 
delightful  climate. 

Ctiippeway  River  falls  into  the  Mississippi  immediately 
below  Lake  Pepin.  It  is  half  a  mile  wide  at  its  outlet, 
and  its  sources  are  connected  with  the  Montreal  of  Lake 
Superior. 

*  Schoolcraft'a  Journal.  I  Ibid.  £  Ibid. 


NORTH    WEST    TERRITORY.  407 

St.  Croix  River  falls  into'the  Mississippi  below  the  Falls 
of  St.  Anthony,  and  is  10*)  yards  wide  at  its  outlet.  It 
is  connected  by  a  portage  with  Bois  Brule  of  Lake  Supe- 
rior, and  in  its  whole  extent  is  not  interrupted  by  a  single 
fall  or  rapid. — It  is  said  to  be  the  most  practicable,  easy, 
and  expeditious  water  communication  between  the  Missis- 
sippi and  Lake  Superior.* 

Rum  River  rises  in  Spirit  Lake,  and  falls  into-the  Mis- 
sissippi a  few  miles  above  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony. 

River  St.  Francis  is  a  large  stream  which  falls  into  the 
Mississippi,  about  35  miles  above  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony. 
For  a  great  distance  above  its  outlet  it  runs  parallel  with 
the  Mississippi. 

Savannah  River  falls  into  the  Mississippi  near  its  source, 
and  through  it  and  St.  Louis  River  there  is  a  portage  to 
Lake  Superior.  A  few  miles  above  its  outlet  it  spreads 
out  into  Sandy  Lake ;  and  its  sources  approach  within  a 
few  miles  of  St.  Louis  River. 

St.  Louis  River  falls  into  Fond  du  Lac,  being  the  west 
end  of  Lake  Superior.  Its  mouth  does  not  exceed  150 
yards  in  width,  but  immediately  on  entering  h,  it  expands 
to  the  breadth  of  a  mile,  and  so  continues  for  five  or  six 
miles.  The  portage  is  23  miles  from  the  outlet,  and  is 
nine  miles  long ;  the  path  being  rugged,  and  the  country 
dreary  and  barren. 

Grand  Portage  River,  which  falls  into  the  N.  W.  side 
of  Lake  Superior,  above  Isle  Royal;,  and  the  River  la 
Pluie,  which  falls  into  the  Lake  of  the  Woods,  are  the 
boundaries  between  this  territory  and  the  British  Posses- 
sions. 

On  the  southern  coast  of  Lake  Superior  there  are  30 
tributary  rivers,  but  none  of  them  exceed  150  miles  in 

*  Schoolcraft's  Journal. 


408  UNITED    STATES. 

length;  of  these  the  Ontonagon,  Montreal,  Mauvaist, 
Bois  Brule,  and  St.  Louis,  are  the  largest,  and  communi- 
cate with  the  waters  of  the  Mississippi.* 

Geological  Formation. — This,  so  far  as  known,  is  secon- 
dary. The  elevation  of  Lake  Michigan  is  about  590  feet, 
and  of  Lake  Superior  640.  The  head  waters  of  the  Mis- 
^sissippi  are  estimated  at  an  elevation  of  1330  feet,  and  it 
is  supposed  that  the  elevation  of  that  river,  where  it  passes 
the  southern  boundary,  is  about  500  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  ocean. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — In  the  lower  part  of 
the  territory,  where  it  has  been  explored,  the  soil  appears 
to  be  very  good,  and  the  natural  productions  are  good 
timber  and  grass,  with  a  great  profusion  of  wild  rice  on 
the  rivers.  Along  the  rivers  on  the  banks  of  the  Missis- 
sippi, for.4i  considerable  way  up,  the  soil  is  also  good,  but 
towards  the  sources  it  is  extremely  barren. 

Along  the  southern  coast  of  Lake  Superior  the  soil  is 
sandy  from  Point  Iroquois  to  the  Pictured  Rocks ;  then 
rocky  to  the  foot  of  the  Fond  du  Lac,  with  occasional 
plains  of  sand  ;  thence  to  the  head  of  the  lake  it  is  sandy 
and  without  hills.  The  forest  trees  are  white  and  yellow 
pine,  hemlock,  spruce,  birch,  poplar,  and  oak,  with  a  mix- 
ture of  elm,  maple,  and  ash  upon  the  banks  of  the  rivers. 
The  coast  is  very  elevated,  in  some  places  mountainous ; 
generally  sterile,  and  dangerous  to  navigate. 

Minerals. — The  mineral  treasures  of  this  district  appear 
to  be  abundant  and  extensive,  chiefly  lead,  copper,  iron, 
and  limestone.  The  lead  is  principally  in  the  lower  part 
of  the  territory,  near  Ouisconsin  River ;  and  copper, 
iron,  and  lead  exist  extensively  on  the  southern  shores  of 
Lake  Superior.  "No  part  of  the  union,"  says  Mr. 

*  Schoolcraft's  Journal. 


NORTH  WEST  TERRITORY.  409 

Schoolcraft,  "presents  a  more  attractive  field  for  geologi- 
cal investigation,  or  mineral  discoveries.  Its  copper,  iron, 
and  lead,  promise  to  become  important  items  in  the  future 
commerce  of  the  country.  The  beds  of  iron  sand  along 
the  shore,  exceed  every  thing  of  the  kind  found  in  the 
United  States." 

Climate. — The  climate  of  this  territory  is  three-fold  un- 
der the  general  view.  That  of  the  southern  part  is  in  the 
middle  ;  in  the  middle  part  it  ranks  with  the  cold,  and  in 
the  northern  part  very  cold.  This  view  is  corroborated 
by  the  observations  of  Mr.  Schoolcraft,  made  in  an  exten- 
sive tour  round  the  territory  in  the  summer  of  1820.  The 
climate  on  Fox  River  is  said  to  be  salubrious  and  the 
weather  beautiful.  At  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony  the  sum- 
mers are  pleasant,  with  very  cold  winters.  The  sources 
of  the  Mississippi  lie  in  a  region  of  almost  continual 
winter.  At  St.  Peters,  in  1 820,  the  thermometer  ranged 
from  30°  below  to  92°  above  zero,  and  the  mean  tempera- 
ture was  43°  9'.  The  officers  of  the  garrison  spoke  to 
Mr.  Schoolcraft  of  the  climate  in  terms  of  the  highest 
admiration.  The  atmosphere  was  represented  as  beauti- 
fully serene  and  transparent  during  the  summer  season ; 
and  it  will  be  seen  by  the  table,  page  66,  that  the  summer 
heat  is  agreeable,  but  the  winters  must  be  excessively  cold, 
the  mean  temperature  of  January  being  zero,  and  that  of 
December,  January,  and  February  united  being  only  Ho 
above  that  point. 

At  Prairie  du  Chien,  the  observations  are  incomplete, 
but  so  far  as  they  have  gone  they  show  the  winters  to  be 
much  more  temperate,  although  the  cold  is  occasionally 
very  great. 

The  following  table,  made  up  from  Mr.  Schoolcraft's 
observations  in  his  tour  round  this  interesting  territory. 


410  UNITED    STATES. 

will  afford  desirable  information  as  to  the  climate  oi'  a 
country  hitherto  very  little  known. 


Place. 
Detroit                            .   .  • 

Date. 

.  May  15  to  24 
24—27 

•Average 
temperature. 
Mr.     Water. 
61°        00° 
51°         52° 
51°         51° 
55°         00° 
66°         00° 
66°         58° 
80°         73° 
...66° 

Prevailing 
winds. 

N.  E. 
N.W. 
N.  W. 
S.  E. 
S.  W. 
N.W. 
N.W. 

River  St  Clair               •    •  • 

.  .  .  28  to  June  6 

Mackinac 

June  7  to  13 

Mackinac  to  Lake  Superior, 

.  .  June  13—18 
,  19—27 

28—30 

Water  of  Lake  Sui 

jerior  

Ontonagon  River  to  Fond  du  Lac,  July  1  to  5    64°        61°        S.  W. 
BesrndyLakedULaCand|         My  6-16    67°  N.W. 

At  Sandy  Lake,  ................  17—24    73e 

NOTE.—  On  the  19th  July,  near  the  Falls  of  Packagama,  the  elevation 
being  about  1200  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  "the  night  was  so  cold 
that  water  froze  upon  the  bottoms  of  the  canoes,  and  they  were  incrusted 
with  a  scale  of  ice  of  the  thickness  of  a  knife  blade.  The  thermometer 
stood  at  36°  at  sunrise.  There  had  been  a  heavy  dew  during  the  night, 
which  was  succeeded  by  a  dense  fog  in  the  morning,  and  the  forenoon 
remained  cloudy  and  chilly." 

Mean        Prevailing 
temp.  winds. 

From  Sandy  Lake  to  St.  Peters,  July  25  to  Aug.  1,      69°  S.  W. 

Chicago,  ........................  January,  15°  N.  W.  &  S.  W. 

February,  32°  S.  W. 

March  to  15,      29°  N.  E. 

Population.  —  It  has  been  stated  that  this  territory  is  at 
present  politically  connected  with  Michigan,  and  the  po- 
pulation is  included  in  the  statistical  table  of  that  territory 
accordingly  ;  but  the  settlements  may  be  noticed  here  for 
the  sake  of  convenient  reference. 

Green  Bay  Settlement  is  situated  at  the  outlet  of  Fox 
River,  and  contains  952  inhabitants.  Fort  Brown  is  situ- 
ated on  the  north  side  of  Fox  River,  at  its  entrance  into 


MISSOURI  TERRITORY.  411 

the  bay ;  and  three  miles  up  the  river,  on  the  south  side, 
is  Camp  Smith,  where  it  is  intended  to  build  a  new  fort. 
The  settlement  is  organized  into  a  county  called  Brown. 

Prairie  du  Chien  Settlement  is  situated  in  Crawford 
county,  at  the  outlet  of  Ouisconsin  River  into  the  Mis- 
sissippi, and  contains  492  inhabitants. 

It  may  be  proper  to  remark  at  the  close  of  this  article, 
that  though  this  territory  is  for  the  present  politically  con- 
nected with  Michigan  Territory,  yet  there  is  no  probability 
that  the  connexion  will  be  permanent.  Michigan  Terri- 
tory, within  the  lakes,  is  such  an  elegant  compact  country 
that  there  is  no  doubt  but  that  when  it  has  sufficient  popu- 
lation to  become  a  state,  it  will  be  so  constituted  within 
its  original  limits.  From  this  view  it  was  deemed  ex- 
pedient to  retain  the  name  of  the  North  West  Territory, 
and  to  describe  it  separately;  and  this  explanation  has 
been  given  to  guard  against  any  misapprehension. 


MISSOURI  TERRITORY. 

Miles.  Area.  Situation. 

Length,  900  )  642,000  Sq.  Miles.     >  Retween   $  ™°  30'  and  49°  00'  N. 
Breadth,7l3  $  41 0,880,000  Acres.    5  Be       'n  \  13°  40'  and  35°  10'  W. 

Boundaries. — On  the  north,  the  British  Possessions ; 
east,  the  North  West  Territory,  Illinois,  and  Missouri ; 
south  and  south-west,  the  Spanish  Possessions;  west,  the 
Western  Territory. 

Face  of  the  Country. — The  eastern  part  is  generally 
undulating  and  hilly,  interspersed  with  prairies  of  vast  ex- 
tent ;  the  western  part  rises  to  a  great  elevation  and  ter- 
minates in  lofty  mountains. 

Mountains.— The  Rocky  Mountains,  the  largest  within 
the  United  States  Territory,  are  in  the  western  part  of  this 


412  t/2«ITEU    STATES. 

district ;  and  nearly  all  that  is  known  concerning  theft? 
has  been  described  in  the  general  view.  The  Gates  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains  were  alluded  to  in  the  general  view 
of  the  United  States  as  a  curiosity.  They  may  be  more 
particularly  mentioned  here,  as  the  subject  serves  to  throw 
some  light  upon  this  mountainous  region.  The  Gates  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains  is  a  singular  passage  of  the  Missouri 
River,  situated  above  Dearborn's  River.  "  Here,"  Lewis 
and  Clark  observe,  "the  rocks  approach  the  river  on 
both  sides,  forming  a  most  sublime  and  extraordinary 
spectacle.  For  5  and  |  miles  these  rocks  rise  perpendi- 
cularly from  the  water's  edge,  to  the  height  of  nearly  1200 
feet.  They  are  composed  of  black  granite  near  the  base, 
but  from  its  lighter  colour  above,  and  from  the  fragments, 
we  suppose  the  upper  part  to  be  a  flint  of  a  yellowish 
brown  and  cream  colour.  Nothing  can  be  imagined  more 
tremendous  than  the  frowning  darkness  of  these  rocks, 
which  project  over  the  river,  and  menace  us  with  destruc- 
tion. The  river,  of  150  yards  wide,  seems  to  have  forced 
its  channel  down  this  solid  mass,  but  so  reluctantly  has  it 
given  way,  that  during  the  whole  distance  the  water  is 
very  deep  even  at  the  edges,  and  for  the  first  three  miles 
there  is  not  a  spot  except  one  of  a  few  yards,  in  which  a 
man  could  stand  between  the  waters  and  the  towering 
perpendicular  of  the  mountain.  The  convulsion  of  the 
passage  must  have  been  terrible,  since,  at  its  outlet,  there 
are  vast  columns  of  rock  torn  from  the  mountain,  which 
are  strewed  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  the  trophies  as  it 
were  of  the  victory."  The  mountains  at  a  distance  ap- 
peared very  lofty,  and  the  tops  were  covered  with  snow 
on  the  19th  July,  although  on  the  day  before,  the  thermo- 
meter on  the  river  stood  at  84°. 

A  ridge  of  high  land  called  the  Black  Hills,  extends 
from  the  great  bend  of  the  Missouri  east  of  Yellow  Stone- 


MISSOURI   TERRITORY.  413 

River,  south-west  upwards  of  400  miles ;  and  there  is  a 
considerable  swell  of  land  between  the  Missouri  and  Mis- 
sissippi, called  by  the  French  Coteau  du  Prairie. 

Rivers. — The  greater  part  of  the  rivers  have  been 
already  described.  The  Mississippi  bounds  the  territory 
on  the  east;  the  Missouri  and  its  waters  run  through  the 
central  part,  and  the  Arkansas  is  the  southern  boundary. 

The  principal  waters  flowing  into  the  Mississippi  in  this 
territory  are 

River  de  Corbeau,  St.  Peter's  River,  Canon  River,  Up- 
per loway  River,  Turkey  River,  Lower  loway  River,  and 
the  River  des  Moines. 

River  des  Corbeau  rises  near  Otter  Tail  Lake,  and  run- 
ning a  south  and  then  east  course,  it  falls  into  the  Missis- 
sippi at  its  most  western  bend  ;  and  by  it  there  is  a  pas- 
sage to  Otter  Tail  Lake,  a  branch  of  Red  River  of  Lake 
Winnipeg. 

St.  Peter's  River  rises  near  the  head  of  Red  River,  and 
runs  a  south-east  course  250  miles.  It  then  turns  north- 
east, and  after  running  in  that  direction  nearly  100  miles, 
it  falls  into  the  Mississippi,  at  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony. — 
The  river  is  at  its  outlet  150  yards  broad,  and  from  ten  to 
fifteen  feet  deep,  the  water  being  very  pure.  It  is  the 
largest  of  all  the  tributary  streams  of  Mississippi  Proper, 
except  Illinois  River.* 

River  des  Moines  is  a  large  stream  which  rises  in  the 
high  lands  near  St.  Peter's  River,  and  running  a  south- 


*  An  exploring  party  was  sent  in  1823,  by  order  of  the  United  States 
government,  under  Major  "Long,  who  penetrated  to  the  head  waters  of 
the  St.  Peter's,  and  descended  the  Red  River  to  the  Lake  Winnipeg, 
and  returned  by  Slave  Falls  to  Lake  Superior.  The  scenery  on  Winni- 
peg River,  surpasses  in  variety  and  magnificence,  any  other  in  this  section 
of  countrv, 


414 


UNITED  STATES. 


east  course  of  more  than  300  miles,  it  falls  into  the  Mis- 
sissippi 150  miles  above  St.  Louis. 

The  principal  tributary  streams  of  the  Missouri  are  no- 
ticed in  the  general  view  of  that  river,  pages  27  to  29  ; 
but  for  the  sake  of  convenient  reference  the  following  table 
may  be  inserted  here  : 


Width  at  outlet 
Rivers.                             in  yards. 

Supposed 
length. 

Side  on  which 
they  enter. 

Milk  River, 

150 

200 

North. 

Yellow  Stone, 

297 

600 

South. 

Little  Missouri, 

134 

225 

South. 

White  River, 

150 

200 

West. 

Running  Water, 

152 

300 

S.  West. 

Jacques, 

90 

300 

North. 

Sioux, 

110 

270 

North. 

Platte, 

600 

700 

West. 

Kanzas, 

340 

550 

West. 

Grand  River, 

90 

200 

North. 

Charaton,-  E. 

30 

150 

North. 

Charaton,  W. 

70 

180 

North. 

Osage, 

397 

350 

South. 

Gasconade, 

157 

150 

South. 

Red  River  of  Lake  Winnipeg  rises  near  the  head  of  St. 
Peter's  River,  and  runs  nearly  200  miles  in  a  northern  di- 
rection, to  where  it  passes  the  territorial  line  in  the  British 
Possessions.  Its  principal  branches  are  Red  Lake  River, 
which  rises  in  Red  Lake  beyond  the  head  of  the  Missis- 
sippi ;  and  Mouse  River,  which  rises  within  a  mile  of  Mis- 
souri, beyond  Fort  Mandan. 

.Arkansas  River  was  noticed  in  the  general  view,  page 
38,  but  in  consequence  of  a  new  view  which  is  afforded 
of  this  river,  the  result  of  the  researches  of  Major  Lonjr 


MISSOURI   TERRITORY.  415 

and  the  exploring  party  under  his  command,  it  is  consi- 
dered expedient  again  to  notice  it  here. 

The  Arkansas  was  explored  to  a  point  called  Bell's 
Springs,  north  lat.  38°  32',  west  long.  28°  45';  and  from 
the  best  information  it  appears  to  rise  about  north  lat.  40o 
10',  west  long.  30°  10';  the  course  being  nearly  north-west 
from  Bell's  Springs,  and  the  distance  about  150  miles. — 
From  Bell's  Springs  it  runs  about  350  miles,  in  an  east  by 
south  direction.  It  then  turns  N.  E.  and  runs  in  that 
direction  about  80  miles.  It  then  turns  to  the  S.  E.  and 
runs  in  that  direction  about  200  miles  to  where  it  passes 
into  the  Arkansas  Territory  ;  in  which  it  runs  a  winding 
but  generally  S.  E.  course  of  about  450  miles  to  the  Mis- 
sissippi ;  the  whole  course  being  by  this  view  twelve  hun- 
dred and  thirty  miles. 

The  principal  tributary  streams  in  this  territory  are  the 
Negracka  and  Grand  Saline,  both  falling  in  on  the  south 
side.  The  Negracka  rises  near  the  Spanish  Peaks,  and 
runs  above  350  miles,  nearly  an  east  course.  Grand  Sa- 
line is  nearly  250  miles  long. 

Geological  Formation. — The  eastern  part  of  this  terri- 
tory is  secondary.  The  exploring  party  found  the  western 
limit  of  limestone  and  coal  strata  to  run  nearly  north 
and  south,  about  a  degree  of  longitude  west  from  Coun- 
cil Bluff ;  and  the  eastern  limit  of  argillaceous  sandstone 
to  run  nearly  north  and  south,  between  the  parallels  of  25° 
and  26°  west.  The  same  party  formed  an  estimate  of  the 
elevation  of  the  country  on  the  parallel  of  38°,  and  the 
following  are  some  of  the  results.  Osage  River,  near  the 
eastern  boundary  of  the  territory,  750  feet ;  Neosho  Ri- 
ver, 1000 feet;  Arkansas  River,  first  crossing,  1500  feet; 
2d  crossing,  1750  feet;  3d  crossing,  2000  feet ;  base  of 
James's  Peak,  2500  feet.  Summit  of  the  Peak,  11,000 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 


416  UNITED  STATES. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — The  eastern  and  south- 
eastern parts  of  the  territory  are  rich  and  fertile,  the  pro- 
duce being  sinyfcar  to  the  contiguous  states  and  territories 
respectiveJy**FAlong  the  Missouri  and  other  rivers  there 
is  also  good  soil  and  abundant  vegetation  ;  but  the  central 
part  of  the  district  is  a  great  desert,  frequented  by  roving 
bands  yof  Indians,  who  have  no  fixed  place  of  residence, 
but  wander  about  from  place  to  place  in  quest  of  game.* 

Tkp  soil,  during  the  whole  length  of  the  Missouri  below 

e  Plftte  is,  generally  speaking,  very  fine,  and  although 
^imber  is  scarce,  there  is  still  sufficient  for  the  purposes 
antlers.  B^t  beyond  that  river,  although  the  soil  is 
•ffch,  yet  theVlmos.t  total  absence  of  timber,  and  par- 
icularly  the  want  of.  good  water,  of  which  there  is  but  a 
small  quantity  in  thr|.oijg^§.  and  even  that  brackish,  op- 
pose powerful  obstacWl^  its  settlement.  The  difficulty 
becomes  still  greaji^betv^eri'  tjic  Mftsdle  Shell  River  and 
the  falls,  where,  beside's  the, greater  scarcity  of  timber,  the 
country  itself  is  less*^prti)^jg>^<!Pr 

Among  the  moti&$ii  Jsj*5Bfeof  the  valleys-  are  fertile 
and  productive.  '  *"'  f^  f  I  ,„  , 

Minerals. — The  mos^luatj^piiineral  that  hasyet  been 
discovered  in  the  territory  is  lefefl.;  Dubuque^s  lead  mines 
are  situated  on  the  west  sidefQjj^the  Mississippi,  about 
sixty  miles  below  Prairie  clu  Chien;^  and  extending  tdong 
the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  seven  miles  in  front  by 
threef  in  depth.  The  ore  found  is  the  common  sulphu- 
ret  of  lead,  with  a  broad  foliated  structure,  and  higlr 
metallic  lustre. :{:  It  is  said  that  these  mines  will  became 
very  valuable. 

About  St.  Peter's,  on  the  Mississippi,  blue  and .  green 
clays  are  found,  with  which  the  Indians  paint  themselves. 

*  Major  Long.        t  Lewis  and  Clark.        t  Schoolcraft's  Journal, 


31ISSOUKI    TERRITORY. 


41? 


There  are  some  mineral  springs  near  this  place,  and  other 
valuable  mineral  substances.  In  the  S.  E.  part  of  the1 
ritory  there  is  coal,  salt,  and  other  minerals,  and  there  are 
no  doubt  valuable  minerals  in  other  places. 

Climate. — In  such  an  extended  country  this  is  a 
theme.  Embracing  twelve  degrees  and  a  half  of  latitude,*  • 
and  22o  of  longitude,  and  passing  from  an  elevation  of 
750  to  above  12,000  feet,  there  must  be  very  great  varie- 
ty in  the  climate.  Accordingly  we  find  that  in  the  gene- 
ral view  the  climate  is  fourfold.  The  S.  E.  part,  border- 
ing upon  the  state  of  Missouri  and  Arkansas  Territory, 
intemperate;  the  middle  part,  to  about  the  43d  degree  of 
latitude,  ?an4  28°  of  longitude,  has  the  middle  climate  ;  be- 
yond that  to.  about  the  47th  degree  of  lat.  the  climate  is  the 
coldest  ;  and4  above  that  it  is  very  cold.  It  appears,  how- 
ever, that  the  great  cold  is  only  in  the  winter  season  ;  for 
even  at  Fort  Mandan,  the  northern  extremity,  the  sum- 
mers Qfe  v&rm  and  pleasant. 

'  fc&^i^S  t&kte,  made  up  from  the  observations  of 
lejebmtedVavellers,  Lewis  and  Clark,  will  convey  a 
id^&a  of  the  climate  of  this  extensive  region. 
••s  ,  **    '    '•  • 
•-•-         *v  4 

1804,? 


Ri«aree  to 
,  latJ»47°  30', 

Fort.  Mandan. 


\   'Fort  Mandan, 
•Ttart  Mandan, 

$*    fort  Mandan,          40"      —2° 
'•'Igril,         Fort  Mandan     ) 
to  24  miles  beyond  Mar-  >     80°        24" 
tha's  river,  lat.  43°         5 


N.  W.  &  S.  W. 


S3 


UNITED    STATES. 


x's  Ri-  ) 
3reek,  \ 


Highest.   Lowest.  Mean. 
28°         52° 


76"         35° 


1%,  Martha's  Ri- 

ver to  Stone  Wall  Creek 
lat.  47°  15' 

.Time,  Stone  Wall ' 

Creek  to  Falls  of  Mis- 
souri, lat.  47°  15' 

July,  Falls  to  Phi-  ) 

losophy  River,  lat.  45°  ) 

Jug.  Philosophy ") 

River  to  the  head  wa-  I 
ters  of  Columbia  Ri-  j 
ver,  lat.  44° 

N.  B.  —  signifies  below  Zero. 


90° 


52< 


56= 


65° 


31°         57" 


PrcvctUbtg 
winds. 


S.W. 


S.  W. 


S.  W, 


GENERAL  REMARKS. 


September  23.  The  air  remarkably  dry. 
October  5.  Slight  frost.     18.  Hard  frost. 

27.  Went  into  winter  quarters  at  Fort  Mandan. 
November  9.  Strong  frost.     13.   Much  drifting  ice.     30.  Indians   cross 

the  river  on  the  ice. 
December  5.    Excessive  N.  W.  wind.      7.  River  closed.      28.   Strong 

wind. 
January  3.  Snow  nine  inches  deep.     3.  Snow  ten  inches.    19.  Ice  three 

feet  thick  on  the  most  rapid  part  of  the  river. 
March  2.  River  partially  open.    26.  Ice  broke  up,  and  descended  in  im- 

mense shoals.     30.  Ice  floating  in  great  quantities. 
Jprtt  1.  A  fine  shower  of  rain,  the  first  since  the  15th  of  September.  Thf- 

air  dry  and  remarkably  pure. 
*1pril  4.  Hard  gales  ;   scarcely  any  timber  to  shelter  the  country,  and  the 

winds  blow  with  astonishing  violence. 
Jprtt  7.  Left  Fort  Mandan. 
Jpril  11.  Vegetation  appears.     18.  A  heavy  dew,  the  first  since  the  15th 

of  September.     21.  White  frost. 

May  2.  Violent  wind  ;  snow  and  vegetation  intermixed. 
May  4.  Snow  disappeared.     9.  Choke  cherry  in  bloom. 
May  18.  Wild  rose  in  bloom.     23.  Strawberries  in  bloom. 
May  26.  The  air  warm,  fine,  and  dry. 
June  27.  Thunder,  lightning,  and  hail  so  large  that  one  stone  was  seven 

inches  in  circumference,  and  weighed  three  ounces. 
July  6.  Rain,  thunder,  and  hail  ;  a  black  bird  killed  by  the  latter. 
My  7.     Near  the  sources  of  Missouri.     21.  A  sudden  cold  caused  a  dif- 

ference of  59°  in  the  thermometer  in  eight  hours, 


OREGON,    Oil    WESTERN    TERRITORY.        419 

At  Council  Bluffs  in  1820,  the  greatest  heat  was  105o, 
and  the  greatest  cold  22°  below  zero  ;  the  mean  heat  was 
49o  2'.  At  Saint  Peter's  the  greatest  heat  was  93°,  and 
the  greatest  cold  30°'  below  zero  ;  the  mean  heat  being 
4309. 

Historical  View. — This  immense  territory  is  a  part  of' 
the  original  Louisiana,  and  its  general  history  is  included 
in  the  account  of  that  state.  Lewis  and  Clark  explored 
it,  as  we  have  seen,  in  1804,  5,  and  6  ;  and  their  researches 
have  added  much  to  our  stock  of  knowledge  regarding 
this  vast  country. 

Population. — The  United  States  have  a  garrison  at 
Council  Bluffs,  and  another  at  St.  Peter's  ;  a  military  ex- 
pedition was  sent  up  the  Missouri  in  1825  to  near  the  Yel- 
low Stone  River,  and  large  parties  of  the  American  Fur 
Company  have  penetrated  to  the  vicinity  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  and  returned  with  valuable  cargoes  of  furs. 
The  country  is  principally  occupied  by  various  tribes  of 
Indians,  of  which  the  largest  are  Arrapahays  and  Sioux. 
The  number  north  of  the  Missouri  is  estimated  at  41,350  ; 
and  south  of  the  Missouri  105,021 ;  total  146,371. 

OREGON,  OR  WESTERN  TERRITORY. 

General  Remarks.— This  extensive  territory,  though  lit- 
tle known,  is  an  exceedingly  interesting  country  ;  having 
soil,  climate,  and  natural  advantages  equal,  if  not  superior, 
to  any  other  portion  of  the  United  States  territory.  By 
the  late  treaty  with  Spain  it  is  now  indisputably  in  pos- 
session of  the  United  States,  and  that  treaty  clearly  de- 
fines the  southern  boundary.  The  northern  boundary  re- 
mains to  be  adjusted  with  Britain,  but  in  that  it  is  pre- 
sumed there  will  be  no  difficulty,  as  the  Spanish  claim  to 
the  North  West  Coast  is  understood  to  have  extended  to 


420  UNITED    STATES. 

the  53d  parallel  of  north  latitude.  The  Russian  govern- 
ment has  extended  its  claim  to  the  51st  parallel  of  north 
latitude,  and  some  correspondence  has  taken  place  between 
that  government  and  the  government  of  the  United  States 
on  the  subject,  which  is  still  left  open  for  discussion.  It 
was  stated  in  the  general  view,  that  the  boundary  between 
the  United  States  and  Britain,  was  the  49th  parallel  of 
latitude  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  ;  and  it  was  agreed,  that 
the  country  claimed  by  either  party  on  .the  North  West 
Coast,  west  of  the  mountains,  should,  together  with  its 
harbours,  bays,  and  creeks,  and  the  navigation  of  all  the 
rivers  within  the  same,  be  free  and  open  to  both  parties 
for  ten  years. 

It  is  presumed  by  the  author  of  this  work,  that  the  ul- 
timate arrangement  between  the  two  powers  will  be  to  ex- 
tend the  line  along  the  49th  parallel  of  latitude  to  the  Pa- 
cific Ocean;  and  the  following  description  has  reference 
to  the  country  south  of  that  line  accordingly. 

Miles.  Jlrca.  Situation. 

Length,     660  5  288,000  sq.  miles.    >  B  .  (42°   and  49°  N. 

Breadth,  480  £  184,320,000  acres.  5  B<         "    $34°  and  48°  W. 

Boundaries. — North,  the  British  Possessions ;  east,  Mis- 
souri Territory ;  south,  the  Spanish  Possessions ;  and 
west,  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Face  of  the  Country. — This  is  very  bold  and  grand. 
The  Dividing  Ridge,  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  territory,  is 
on  an  elevation  of  probably  not  less  than  4000  feet,  and 
as  the  summits  of  the  mountains  are  constantly  covered 
with  snow,  these  probably  rise  7000 or  8000  feet  above  the 
base.  From  the  Rocky  Mountains  the  country  seems  to 
descend  by  large  plates,  or  steppes,  to  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Mountains. — The  Rocky  Mountains  extend  west  from 


UREGON,  OR  WESTERN  TERRITORY.   421 

the  Dividing  Ridge  upwards  of  400  miles  ;  and  are  suc- 
ceeded by  an  elevated  plain  of  great  extent.  At  the  con- 
fluence of  Lewis  and  Columbia  Rivers,  there  is  an  exten- 
sive and  high  chain  of  mountains,  which  is  succeeded  by 
another  extensive  plain,  in  which  are  the  Great  Falls  of 
Columbia.  West  of  the  falls,  and  about  150  miles  from 
the  ocean,  there  is  another  chain  of  high  mountains,  run- 
ning nearly  parallel  with  the  coast ;  and  in  this  there  are 
many  high  and  prominent  peaks,  the  tops  of  which  are 
constantly  covered  with  snow.  The  principal  peaks  are, 
Mount  Baker,  between  latitude  48-  and  49°;  Mount 
Regnier,  a  little  above  the  parallel  of  47° ;  Mount  St. 
Hellens,  a  little  above  the  parallel  of  46°  ;  Mount  Hood, 
above  45° ;  and  Mount  Jefferson,  above  44°.  The  tide 
rises  in  the  river  to  the  rapids  near  the  foot  of  the  chain 
of  mountains,  but  the  country,  on  each  side  of  the  river, 
is  elevated  and  hilly,  and  a  considerable  ridge  of  moun- 
tains extends  along  the  seacoast. 

Rivers. — The  whole  of  the  rivers  in  this  extensive  re- 
gion, are  the  Columbia  and  its  tributary  branches. 

Columbia  River  rises  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  about 
42°  30'  north  latitude,  and  runs  in  a  south-west  direction 
about  350  miles,  to  where  it  crosses  the  assumed  northern 
boundary  of  this  territory.  From  the  said  boundary  it 
runs  nearly  a  south  course  for  60  miles,  and  then  receives 
the  waters  of  Clark's  River  from  the  eastward.  From 
the  junction  of  Clark's  River,  the  Columbia  runs  nearly 
south  by  west  about  160  miles,  and  Lewis's  River  falls  in 
from  the  eastward,  and  here  the  Columbia  is  about  960 
yards  broad.  The  river  now  makes  a  considerable  bend 
to  the  southward,  and  breaks  through  a  chain  of  moun- 
tains ;  it  then  holds  a  course  about  west  by  south  for  136 
miles  to  the  Great  Falls  ;  and  here  it  descends  57  feet  8 
inches.  Below  the  falls  the  river  makes  a  bend  to  the 


422  UNITED   STATES. 

north-west,  and  again  turns  south-west  and  passes  through 
a  ridge  of  high  mountains,  after  which  it  is  compressed 
into  the  width  of  1 50  yeards  and  passes  the  Grand  Rapid  ; 
and  then  meets  tide  water  180  miles  from  the  ocean.  Be- 
low the  rapids  about  60  miles,  Multnomah  River  falls  in 
from  the  south-east.  From  thence  the  river  is  expanded 
to  a  considerable  breadth,  and  holds  a  north-west  course 
to  the  ocean,  which  it  meets  in  46°  24  north  latitude. 

A  Map  of  the  outlet  of  this  fine  river  is  inserted  in  this 
work,  and  will  convey  a  correct  idea  of  its  great  import- 
ance.* 

The  tide  rises  8  feet  6  inches. 

Clark's  River,  main  branch,  rises  among  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  near  Wisdom  River,  a  branch  of  the  Missouri, 
and  runs  a  north-west  course  of  about  300  miles.  It 
then  makes  a  great  bend  to  the  Wheelpo  Indian  town,  dis- 
tant nearly  100  miles.  From  thence  it  runs  in  a  south- 
west direction,  and  falls  into  Columbia  River  as  mention- 
ed in  the  description  of  that  stream. 

Lewis's  River  rises  near  the  sources  of  Jefferson  River, 
and  runs  south-west  about  80  miles.  It  then  turns  west- 
ward, and  runs  in  that  direction  about  1 50  miles ;  then 
turning  north-west,  it  runs  about  200  miles,  and  receives 
the  water  of  the  North  Fork.  The  North  Fork  rises  a  few 
miles  west  from  the  head  waters  of  Jefferson  River,  and 
runs  through  the  mountains  a  winding  but  generally  north- 
west course  of  about  250  miles  to  the  junction.  Below 
the  junction,  about  70  miles,  in  a  north-west  direction, 
Kooskooskee  River  falls  in  from  the  eastward  ;  and  from 
its  outlet  Lewis's  River  holds  a  general  west  course,  but 
with  several  windings  to  the  Columbia,  where  it  is  2^0 
yards  broad. 

''•  See  the  Map. 


OREGON,  OR   WESTERN    TERRITORY.        428 

Multnomah  River  rises  in  the  south-west  part  of  the  ter- 
ritory, and  flows  in  a  south-west  direction  to  the  Colum- 
bia, into  which  it  falls  as  described  in  the  account  of  that 
river.  Its  course  and  distance  are  very  little  known. 

The  whole  of  these  waters  abound  with  fish,  particular- 
ly salmon,  of  a  most  excellent  quality. 

Geological  Formation. — Except  as  to  the  elevations  of 
some  of  the  points,  the  geological  formation  of  this  coun- 
try is  little  known.  The  sources  of  Lewis  and  Clark's 
Rivers  are  probably  on  an  elevation  of  more  than  3000 
feet,  and  the  ridges  of  mountains  rise  above  the  valleys  to 
a  towering  height.  By  an  inspection  of  the  map  it  will 
be  seen  that  the  descent  to  the  ocean  is  abrupt,  compared 
with  that  of  the  country  east  of  the  Rock}-  Mountains. 
A  right0  line  drawn  from  the  outlet  of  the  Mississippi  to 
the  sources  of  the  Missouri  measures  above  1500  miles, 
whereas  a  right  line  drawn  from  the  sources  of  Lewis's 
River,  near  the  sources  of  Missouri,  to  the  outlet  of  Co- 
lumbia River  measures  only  600  miles. 

Soil  and  Natural  Productions. — Among  the  Rocky 
Mountains  the  soil  is  poor  and  stony,  but  there  are  rich 
valleys ;  the  natural  timber  is  pine,  spruce,  and  fir  trees  of 
various  kinds.  The  mountains  are  nearly  barren,  and  but 
few  animals  are  to  be  found  among  them.  Beyond  the 
mountains  the  soil  is  in  many  places  excellent,  the  produce 
being  good  grass  and  valuable  timber.  In  some  of  the 
prairies  the  soil  is  light,  but  hi  others  it  is  very  fertile,  and 
the  vegetation  luxurious. 

Climate. — Such  is  the  nature  of  the  country  that  the 
climate  is  as  various  as  the  soil.  Among  the  mountains 
the  winters  are  excessively  severe  and  of  long  duration ; 
but  though  the  mountains  are  many  of  them  constantly 
covered  with  snow,  the  summer  weather  in  the  valleys  is 
pleasant ;  and  sometimes  even  hot.  Beyond  the  moun- 


424  UNITED   STATES. 

tains  the  climate  is  generally  mild  and  agreeable  ;  but  on. 
the  coast,  at  the  outlet  of  Columbia  River,  there  is  a  great 
deal  of  rain  in  the  winter  season. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  we  cannot  present  any  obser- 
vations by  the  thermometer,  on  the  climate  of  this  coun- 
try. The  thermometer  used  by  Lewis  and  Clark  was 
lost,  a  circumstance  not  unusual  with  travellers.  To  sup- 
ply the  defect  in  some  measure  the  following  table  and  re- 
marks have  been  made  up  from  their  travels  : 


TABLE    OP    THE    WINDS, 

And  Remarks  on  the  Weather  between  the  Rocky  Mountains 
and  Pacific  Ocean. 


MONTH.                PLACE. 

N. 

N.W. 

N.E. 

E. 

S.E. 

S. 


S.W. 

Sept.  1806.  From  Dividing  Ridge  > 

4 

9 

6 

2 

9 

Oct.  Canoe  Camp  to  Tide  Water, 
JVbc.  Shores  of  the  Pacific, 
Dec.                Do. 
Jan.                Do. 
JFe6.                Do. 
March  20.       Do. 
April.  To  outlet  of  Kooskooskee  > 
Hirer,  ) 

2 

1 

1 

4 

4 
4 
6 
5 
6 

4 

8 

2 
2 

1 
2 

4 
8 
5 
4 

8 
2 

1 

2 
3 
4 

12 
15 
20 
15 
20 
11 
11 

May.  To  Quamash  Flatts, 
June.  To  Traveller's  Rest, 
To  July  8.  To  Dividing  Ridge, 

5 
21 
2 

1 

11 

8 

12 
6 

REMARKS. 

September.  Fair  19  days,  rain  7,  snow  4  days. 
October.  Fair  24  days,  rain  5,  cloudy  2. 
November.  Fair  1  days,  rain  17,  cloudy  6. 
December.  Fair  3  days,  rain  27,  cloudy  1. 
January.  Fair?  days,  rain  19,  cloudy  3,  snow  2. 

'foty 


OREGON,  OR   WESTERN    TERRITORY.        45 

January.  The  loss  of  the  thermometer  sincerely  regretted.  The  par- 
ties confident  that  the  climate  is  much  warmer  than  in  the 
same  parallel  of  latitude  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  There  has 
been  only  one  slight  white  frost  since  the  7th  November. 
"  We  have  seen  no  ice,  and  the  weather  is  so  warm  that 
we  are  obliged  to  cure  our  meat  with  smoke  and  fire,  to 
save  it." 

12.  The  wind  from  any  quarter  off  the  land,  or  along  the  north- 
west coast,  causes  the  air  to  become  much  cooler. 

14.  Weather  perfectly  temperate.     Never  experienced  so  warm 
^                 a  winter  as  the  present. 

25.  It  is  now  perceptibly  colder  than  it  has  been  this  winter. 
28.  Pretty  keen  frost.     The  coldest  night  of  the  season. 
February.  Fair  6,  rain  16,  cloudy  5,  snow  1  day. 

8.  The  feeling  of  the  air  indicated  that  the  rigour  of  the  winter 
had  passed. 

24.  Quite  warm. 

March.  Fair  8,, rain  16,  cloudy  7  days. 

1.  So  warm  that  fire  was  unnecessary. 

13.  Plants  began  to  appear  above  ground. 

15.  Plants  put  forth  their  leaves. 

25.  Gooseberry  bushes  in  leaf. 

26.  Humming  birds  appear. 

30.  Grass  16  inches  high  in  river  bottom?. 
.Ipril.  Fair  20,  rain  7,  cloudy  3  days. 

6.  Cotton  wood  in  leaf. 

12.  Vegetation  is  rapidly  progressing  in  the  bottoms,  though  the 
snow  reaches  within  a  mile  of  the  base  of  the  mountains,  at  the 
Rapids  of  Columbia. 
May,  Fair  19,  rain  5,  cloudy  6,  snow  1. 

3.  An  increase  of  snow  in  the  mountains  last  evening. 

10.  Weather  cold  with  a  heavy  fall  of  snow. 

22.  The  air  remarkably  dry  and  pure. 

27.  The  snow  has  disappeared  on  the  high  plains,  and  seems  to 
be  diminishing  fast  on  the  spurs  and  lower  regions  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains. 

June.  Fair  20,  cloudy  5,  rain  5. 

2.  A  great  rise  in  the  river  in  consequence  of  the  melting  of  the 
snow  in  the  mountains. 

June  3.  River  at  its  greatest  height. 

5.  The  wild  rose  in  bloom. 

6.  The  vining  honey-suckle  in  bloom. 

22.  Strawberries  ripe  at  Quasnash  Flatt*. 
54 


426  UNITED    STATES. 

•My  to  the  Sth.  Fair  6,  rain  2  days. 

5.  A  dew  this  morning  ;  the  nights  cool ;  the  musquetoes  trou- 
blesome. 

6.  In  the  open  plain  there  was  a  violent  wind  from  the  north- 
west, accompanied  hy  hard  rain. 

3.  A  heavy  shower,  accompanied  with  rain  from  the  south-west. 

By  recent  accounts  from  the  settlers  at  Astoria,  it  ap- 
pears that  the  weather  is  mild  the  whole  season.  In  win- 
ter there  is  a  great  deal  of  rain,  but  very  little  frost  or 
snow. 

Historical  View. — The  Spaniards  claimed  the  disco- 
very of  Columbia  River,  and  called  it  Ectra  de  Ceta.  In 
1791,  Captain  Gray,  an  American,  in  the  ship  Columbia 
from  Boston,  entered  the  river,  and  gave  it  the  name  of 
Columbia  after  that  of  his  vessel ;  and  this  name  it  has 
since  retained.  The  river  was  afterwards  explored  by 
Lieutenant  Broughton,  under  the  command  of  Vancou- 
ver, who  ascended  about  100  miles.  In  1805  the  river 
and  its  waters  to  the  eastward  were  explored  by  Lewis 
and  Clark,  who  spent  the  winter  of  1 805-6  on  its  shores, 
near  the  outlet ;  and  it  is  to  the  extraordinary  enterprise 
of  these  great  men  that  the  public  are  indebted  for  nearly 
all  that  is  known  of  the  country  between  the  state  of  Mis- 
souri and  the  ocean.  A  settlement  has  been  made  by  the 
fur  traders  upon  the  banks  of  the  river,  called  Jlstoria,  and 
it  is  said  to  be  in  a  flourishing  state. 

Population. — The  number  of  the  white  settlers  is  not 
included  in  the  census  of  the  United  States,  and  is  at  pre- 
sent unknown.  Of  course  they  are  but  few.  The  In- 
dian tribes  are  estimated  to  contain  140,000. 

We  shall  close  this  account  of  the  United  States  by  a 
summary  of  the  whole  population,  including  the  Indians, 


OREGON,  on  WESTERN  TERRITORY.   427 

Whits  Population  by  the  Census  of  1820. 

Males, 3,995,253 

Females, 3,866,682 

Other  persons, 4,616 

7,866,551 

Free  people  of  colour, 233,557 

Slaves, 1 ,538,1  i  8 

1,771,675 

Florida,  not  included  in  the  census, 10,000 

9,648,226 

Indians  in  New  England, 2,247 

New-York 4,840 

Ohio, 2,407 

Michigan  and  North  West  Territories,      27,480 

Illinois  and  Indiana,   15,522 

Southern  States  east  of  Mississippi,  . .  60,102 
West  of  Mississippi  and  S.  of  Missouri,  105,021 
West  of  Mississippi  and  N.of  Missouri,  4],350 

West  of  Rocky  Mountains, 140,000 

Total  Indians, 398,96'J 

Total  Population  in  the  United  States, 10,047,195 


The  following  important  statistical  fads   are   taken  from 
recent  official  papers. 

Of  the  Public  Debt. 

The.  total  amount  of  funded  debt  due  on  the  first  of  October,  1825, 
was  .  $80,985,537  72 

Of  the  above  amount,  the  only  portion  remaining  un- 
paid, of  the  Revolutionary  debt,  is  the  three  per  cents, 
amounting  to  $13,296,231  45.  This  sum,  and  the  sub- 
scription of  seven  millions  in  the  Bank  of  the  United 
States,  at  5  per  cent,  (the  United  States  holding  an 
equal  amount  in  the  shares  of  that  institution,)  are  re- 
deemable at  the  pleasure  of  the  Government,  making 
together  20,296,231  45 


448 


UNITED    STATES. 


The  residue  of  the  public  debt,  contracted  subsequently  to  the  lirst  of 
January,  1812,  and  amounting  to  $60,689,306  27,  exists  in  the  following 
portions,  and  is  redeemable  at  the  following  periods,  viz. 

In  1826,  being  the  residue  unpaid  of  loans  made   in 

1813  $16,270,797  24 
In  1827,  being  the  residue  unpaid  of  loans  made  in 

1814  13,096,542  90 
In  1828,  being  the  residue  unpaid  of  loans  made  in 

1815  9,490,099  10 
The  stock  of  the  foregoing  portions  of  the  debt  is  all 

at  6  per  cent. 

In  1829,  stock  at  4%  per  cent,  being  the  moiety  of  6 
percent,  stock  of  1813,  exchanged  under  the  act  of  Con- 
gress of  March  3,  1825  792,569  44 

In  1830,  stock  at  4£  per  cent,  being  the  other  moiety 
exchanged  as  last  above  stated  792,569  44 

In  1831,  stock  at  5  per  cent.  This  is  one-third  of  the 
sum  of  $56,704  77,  issued  in  exchange  for  the  6  per 
cents,  of  1813,  1814,  and  1815,  subscribed  under  the  Act 
of  the  20th  of  April,  1822  18,901  59 

In  1832,  stock  at  5  per  cent,  being  one  other  third 
part  of  the  sum  subscribed,  as  last  above  stated  18,901  59 

In  1832,  stock,  at  4i  per  cent.,  borrowed  of  the  Bank 
of  the  United  States,  one-half  to  pay  the  Florida  Claims ; 
the  other  half  to  pay  off  the  6  per  cents,  of  1812,  under 
the  Act  of  Congress  of  May  26,  1824  10,000,000  00 

In  1832,  stock  at  6  per  cent.,  under  the  Act  of  Con- 
gress of  May  15,  1820  999,999  13 

In  1833,  stock  at  5  per  cent.,  being  the  remaining 
third,  subscribed  under  the  Act  of  April  20,  1822  18,901  59 

In  1833,  stock  at  4£  per  cent.,  being  one  moiety  of 
the  amount  subscribed  in  exchange  for  6  per  cent,  stock 
of  1813,  under  the  Act  of  May  26,  1824  2,227,363  97 

In  1834,  stock  at  4J  per  cent.,  being  the  other  moiety 
subscribed  as  last  above  stated  2,227,363  98 

In  1835,  stock  at  5  per  cent.,  being  the  amount  issued 
under  the  Act  of  Congress  of  March  3,  1821  4,735,296  30 


Total,  redeemable  at  the  periods  specified  60,689,306  27 

Total,  redeemable  at  the  pleasure  of  the  Government  20,296,231  45 

Total  amount  of  funded  debt  on  the  first  day  of  Oc- 
tober, 1825  $80,985,537  72 


UNITED    STATES. 


429 


Tiie  actual  receipts  into  the  Treasury  during  the  three  first  quarters  of 
the  year  1325,  are  estimated  to  have  amounted  to  $21,681,444  56 

Viz: 

Customs  $15,196,397  00 

Public  Lands,  976,902  67 

Dividends  on  Stock  in  the  Bank  of 
the  United  States,  367,500  00 

Arrears  of  internal  duties  and  di- 
rect taxys,  and  incidental  receipts,  98,886  29 

Repayments  of  advances  made  in 
the  War  Department,  for  services  or  . 
supplies  prior  to  the  first  July,  1816  41,758  60 

Loan  under  the  act  of  May  26, 
1824  5,000,000  00 

And  the  actual  receipts  into  the  Treasury  during  the 
fourth  quarter  of  the  year,  are  estimated  at  5,100,000  00 

Making  the  total  estimated  receipts  into  the  Treasury, 
during  the  year  1825  26,781,44456 

And,  with  the  balance  in  the  Treasury  on  the  31st 
December,  1824,  of  1,946,597  13 

An  aggregate  of  28,723,041  68 

The  expenditures  during  the  three  first  quarters 
of  the  year  1825,  are  estimated  to  have  amounted 
to  20,190,979  91 

Viz: 

Civil,  diplomatic,  and  miscella- 
neous 2,098,525  16 

Military  service,  including  fortifi- 
cations, ordnance,  Indian  depart- 
ment, revolutionary  and  military 
pensions,  arming  the  militia,  and  ar- 
rearages, prior  to  the  1st  of  Jan.  1317  4,890,310  69 

Naval  service,  including  the  gradu- 
al increase  of  the  Navy  2,127,156  37 

Public  Debt  11,074,987  79 

And  the  expenditures  during  the  4th 
quarter  are  estimated  at  3,253,000  00 


Viz: 

Civil,  diplomatic, 
ntotis 


and   miscella- 


445,000  00 


430  UNITED  STATES. 

Military  service,  including  fortifi- 
cations, ordnance,  Indian  depart- 
ment, revolutionary  and  military 
pensions,  arming  the  militia,  and  ar- 
rearages, prior  to  the  first  of  Janu- 
ary, 1817  960,000  00 

Naval  service,  including  the  gradu- 
al increase  of  the  Navy  820,000  00 

Public  debt  1,028,000  00 

Making  the  total  estimated  expenditure  of  the  year 
1825  $23,443,979  91 


431 


SECTION  IV. 

View  of  the  Countries  contiguous  to  the  United  States. 

IN  the  preface  to  section  3d,  it  was  stated  that  "  having 
•gone  to  much  greater  length  in  the  description  of  the 
United  States  as  a  whole,  f  han  was  expected,  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  separate  states  and  territories  will  be  propor- 
tionally brief."  This  however  has  not  been  the  case. 
Such  has  been  the  interest  excited  in  almost  every  state 
and  territory,  in  the  course  of  the  description,  that  it  was 
found  impossible  to  dismiss  any  of  them  with  a  orief 
notice.  The  description  of  almost  every  article  in  the 
book  has  amounted  to  nearly  double  the  quantity  of  mat- 
ter originally  supposed ;  and  the  whole  work,  which  it 
was  believed  would  be  comprised  in  250  pages,  will 
amount  to  nearly  500. — But  the  circumstance  is  not  re- 
gretted on  the  part  of  the  author;  on  the  contrary  he  is 
very  glad  to  find  that  the  work  is  much  more  complete 
than  he  anticipated  it  would  be,  and  he  is  particularly 
gratified  to  observe  that  the  new  matter  introduced  is  much 
more  extensive  and  important  than  he  thought  it  would  be 
possible  to  procure.  It  is  confidently  believed  that  this 
work,  taken  in  connexion  with  the  general  and  local  maps, 
will  afford  the  most  satisfactory  view  of  the  United  States 
ever  yet  laid  before  the  public.  The  view  of  the  British 
and  Spanish  Possessions,  including  Mexico  and  the  West 
Indies,  exhibited  on  the  map,  will,  it  is  believed,  be  highly 
satisfactory ;  and  the  following  geographical  notice  of 


432  CONTIGUOUS   COUNTRIES. 

the  countries  respectively  is  added,  principally  for  the  pur- 
pose of  showing  their  relative  importance  to  the  United 
States. 


BRITISH  COLONIES  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

It  was  remarked  by  Mr.  Pinkerton,  that  those  parts  of 
North  America  which  still  belong  to  Britain,  though  ex- 
tensive and  of  considerable  importance,  yet  they  were 
so  thinly  peopled,  and  had  such  a  disadvantageous  climate, 
that  they  sunk  into  insignificance,  when  compared  with 
the  great  and  flourishing  territories  of  the  United  States. 

This  account  is  correct  in  a  considerable  degree.  By 
looking  at  the  map  it  will  be  seen  that  the  British  posses- 
sions extend  quite  across  the  continent,  and  at  the  broad- 
est place,  in  Upper  Canada,  embrace  1 1  degrees  of  lati- 
tude; the  square  contents  being  about  1,050,000  square 
miles.  Yet  all  this  vast  territory  contains  a  population  of 
little  more  than  800,000 ;  while  the  single  contiguous 
state  of  New- York,  with  only  46,200  square  miles,  con- 
tains 1,600,000  inhabitants. 

Still,  however,  the  British  possessions  are  of  great  im- 
portance, and  they  are  becoming  more  important  every 
year.  The  population  is  fast  increasing,  particularly  in 
Upper  Canada,  a  considerable  part  of  which  has  a  soil 
and  climate  equal  to  the  western  part  of  New- York. 

With  these  preliminary  remarks  we  shall  now  take  a 
cursory  view  of  these  possessions  in  geographical  order, 
beginning  at  the  westward. 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS. 


THE  WESTERN  TERRITORY. 

This  extensive  region  of  the  British  possessions  is  si- 
tuated north  of  the  Missouri  Territory  and  Western  Ter- 
ritory of  the  United  States,  and  is  chiefly  occupied  by  the 
hunters  of  the  North  West  Company ;  and  there  are  va- 
rious chains  of  connexion  between  it  and  the  settlements 
in  the  United  States  ;  particularly  by  the  Red  River  to  the 
head  of  the  Mississippi,  and  from  Assiniboin  to  Mandan 
on  the  Missouri.  There  may  be  also  a  connexion  be- 
tween the  settlers  on  the  North  West  coast  and  the  mouth 
of  Columbia  River.  Except  on  the  coast  of  the  Pacific, 
the  climate  is  very  severe,  but  the  summer  months  are 
pleasant.  The  settlers  in  the  United  States  and  those  in 
the  British  possessions,  may  be  very  beneficial  to  each 
«ther,  without  hurting  the  interest  of  either. 


UPPER  CANADA 

Extends  from  the  Utawas  or  Grand  River,  to  Lake 
Winnipeg,  in  long.  97°,  and  comprehends  a  vast  extent 
of  territory ;  being  from  east  to  west  about  600  miles, 
and  about  360  on  an  average  from  north  to  south.  The 
area  is  about  290,000  square  miles. 

The  settlements  are  chiefly  confined  to  the  banks  of 
the  rivers  and  lakes,  and  present  a  most  extensive,  and 
in  some  places  a  thickly  settled  frontier  to  the  United 
States. — About  300  miles  of  this  province  border  on  the 
rivers  and  lakes  opposite  the  Michigan  Territory ;  150  on 
Lake  Erie,  opposite  the  state  of  Ohio ;  45  opposite  the 

55 
•     . 


434  CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

state  of  Pennsylvania ;  and  380  on  the  state  of  New- 
York. 

The  inhabitants  are  composed  of  French,  English,  and 
Scottish,  and  a  great  many  have  emigrated  from  the  Uni- 
ted States  within  these  last  20  years,  principally  of  Dutch 
and  German  extraction.  Since  the  last  peace  with  the 
United  States,  there  have  been  great  emigrations  from 
Britain,  so  that  the  inhabitants  now  amount  to  about 
300,000,  and  as  the  district  along  the  lakes  enjoys  a  pretty 
mild  climate  and  good  soil,  they  are  likely  to  increase. 

The  part  of  the  province  which  stretches  between  the 
lakes,  lying  between  the  42d  and  45th  degree  of  north  lati- 
tude, is  by  far  the  most  valuable,  and  enjoys  a  compara- 
tively temperate  climate,  the  winters  being  generally  as 
mild  as  at  Philadelphia.  The  banks  of  Lake  Erie  and  of 
the  Niagara  River,  between  Lake  Erie  and  Lake  Ontario, 
are  beautiful,  and  will,  in  all  probability,  become  a  thickly 
settled  country,  to  which,  and  to  the  adjoining  states,  the 
inhabitants  of  the  lower  provinces  will  be  chiefly  indebted 
for  their  trade. 

Agriculture  is  pretty  well  understood,  and  the  produce 
is  abundant.  A  good  deal  of  domestic  manufacture  is 
carried  on,  and  there  are  some  carding  machines,  and  a 
few  coarse  woollens  are  made  ;  but  they  are  not  encour- 
aged, the  genius  of  the  government  being  directed  to  secure 
as  many  importations  as  possible  from  England. 

The  great  leading  feature  in  the  geography  of  the  Bri- 
tish possessions  is  the  Gulf  and  River  St.  Lawrence,  con- 
nected with  the  great  lakes  and  the  navigable  rivers  that 
flow  into  them.  They  admit  of  the  greatest  inland  navi- 
gation in  the  world,  and  this,  to  a  maritime  and  commer- 
cial nation,  like  Great  Britain,  is  of  such  importance,  that 
we  cease  to  wonder  at  the  high  value  she  sets  on  her  North 
American  possessions.  From  the  view  that  has  been  ex- 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS.  435 

hibited,  it  will  be  perceived  that  the  Gulf  and  River  St. 
Lawrence  is  navigable  with  ships  of  the  largest  size  to 
Quebec,  nearly  700  miles  from  the  sea.  Merchant  ves- 
sels ascend  to  Montreal,  170  miles  above  Quebec.  Bat- 
teaux  of  large  size  ascend  to  Kingston,  about  200  miles 
above  Montreal.  Lake  Ontario  is  navigable  with  ships  of 
large  burden,  170  miles,  to  the  mouth  of  the  Niagara  Ri- 
ver, and  that  river  is  navigable  eight  miles  to  Queenstown. 
Here  there  is  an  overland  carriage  to  Chippeway,  distant 
ten  miles,  from  whence  the  river  is  navigable  in  large 
boats,  22  miles,  to  Fort  Erie.  Lake  Erie  is  navigable  with 
ships  of  large  burden  to  Amherstburg,  250  miles,  and  the 
navigation  is  continued  through  Detroit  River,  25  miles  ; 
through  Lake  St.  Clair25;  through  St.  Clair  River  32;  and 
through  Lake  Huron  to  the  Rapids  of  St.  Mary,  250miles. 
There  is  a  portage,  by  a  canal,  of  three  miles  at  these  ra- 
pids ;  and  then  Lake  Superior  is  navigable  to  the  grand 
portage  leading  to  Lake  Winnipeg,  300  miles,  and  to  its 
west  end,  150  miles  more.  The  whole  of  this  extended 
navigation  is  therefore  23 1 5  miles  ;  and  it  is  all  navigable 
with  ships  except  213  miles,  of  which  only  10  require  the 
use  of  land  carriage. 

Besides  the  direct  navigation  to  the  head  of  Lake  Su- 
perior, there  are  various  minor  branches,  some  of  them  of 
great  extent  and  importance ;  and  there  are  many  portages 
to  the  head  waters  of  the  western  rivers.  The  Utawas  or 
Grand  River  connects  Montreal,  by  an  inland  passage, 
with  the  upper  lakes,  and  with  James's  Bay;  and  from  the 
last,  there  is  a  continued  chain  of  water  communication  to 
the  Arctic  Ocean.  The  grand  portage  connects  Lake  Su- 
perior with  the  Lake  of  the  Woods,  Lake  Winnipeg,  and 
the  interior  of  the  country,  to  a  great  extent ;  and  from 
the  head  of  Lake  Superior  there  is  a  short  portage  to  the 
head  waters  of  the  Mississippi. 


4#tf  CONTIGUOUS    COUNTRIES. 

The  chief  towns  and  settlements  in  Upper  Canada  are  ; 

YORK,  the  capital,  situated  on  the  north  side  of  Lake 
Ontario ;  Newark,  Queenstovvn,  and  Chippeway,  on  the 
Niagara  River ;  Kingston,  at  the  east  end  of  Lake  Onta- 
rio ;  and  Amherstburg  and  Sandwich,  on  Detroit  River. 

The  pursuits  of  the  people  of  Upper  Canada  and  those 
of  the  contiguous  districts  of  the  United  States  being  very 
similar,  no  material  commerce  can  be  carried  on  between 
them. 


LOWER  CANADA 

Is  situated  upon  both  sides  of  the  St.  Lawrence  Riven 
and  extends  from  north  latitude  45°  to  53°,  and  from  west 
longitude  4°  west  to  1 2°  30'  east  from  Washington  ;  an- 
swering to  64o  30  and  81°  west  from  London.  Its  great- 
est length  from  east  to  west  is  about  750  miles,  and 
breadthfrom  north  to  south  about  560.  Seventy  milesof  this 
province  border  on  New- York,  90  on  Vermont,  33  on 
New  Hampshire,  and  245  on  the  state  of  Maine. 

The  face  of  the  country  is  rather  hilly,  and  in  some 
places  mountainous  ;  but  it  contains  a  great  deal  of  good 
soil,  producing  grain  and  grass  in  abundance  ;  and  a  little 
tobacco  is  raised  for  private  use.  The  settlements  are 
mostly  confined  to  the  banks  of  the  rivers,  the  greater 
part  of  the  interior  of  the  country  being  covered  with 
forests;  but,  except  in  the  meadows,  the  trees  are  gene- 
rally of  small  growth. 

The  climate  is  very  severe,  and  heat  and  cold  go  to 
great  extremes.  The  thermometer  rises  sometimes  in 
summer  to  98°,  and  in  winter  the  mercury  freezes.  The 
winter  sets  in  early  in  November,  and  continues  till  April., 
during  which  the  ground  is  entirely  covered  with  snow, 


BRITISH    POSSESSIONS.  437 

often  from  four  to  six  feet  deep.  In  January  and  Februa- 
ry the  frost  is  so  intense,  that  there  is  often  danger  of 
being  frost-bitten,  and  to  guard  against  it  the  inhabitants 
cover  the  whole  body  with  furs,  except  the  eyes  and  nose. 

The  present  population  of  Lower  Canada,  is  427,465. 
The  province  is  divided  into  three  districts,  viz.  Quebec, 
Three  Rivers,  and  Montreal;  the  first  district  contains 
133,674;  second,  47,856;  the  third  243,986.— Clergy 
and  Nuns  in  the  district  of  Quebec,  217  ;  Three  Rivers, 
52;  Montreal,  180.  In  the  Seigniorialp  opulation,  or 
those  who  hold  land  under  a  Seignior,  there  are  364,411 
catholics,  and  34,400  protestants.  The  township  popu- 
lation is  26,706  ;  it  is  not  stated  what  proportion  of  the 
latter  are  protestants. 

The  revenue  of  the  Lower  Province,  for  1823,  was 
91,420/.  2s.  6±d.  or  $365,681  31. 

Three  hundred  and  eighty-eight  vessels  arrived  at  the 
port  of  Quebec,  in  the  year  1818,  from  foreign  ports,  with 
merchandise  valued  at  772,373J.  Us.  6d.  Halifax  cur- 
rency.* Cleared,  in  the  same  time,  for  foreign  ports,  409 
vessels,  in  which,  among  other  articles  exported  to  Great 
Britain  alone,  were  1,865,831  staves  and  heads,  642,160 
boards  and  planks,  24,251  casks  ashes,  401,791  bushels 
wheat,  12,967  do.  barley,  49,637  do  peas,  16,1 64  do.  flax- 
seed,  30,543  barrels  flour,  3079  fox  skins,  83,543  martin 
do.  3760  bear  and  cub,  57,432  beaver,  27,897  muskrat, 
9318  otter,  41,654  deer,  2036  wolf,  3  marmottes,  4557 
hare,  118  seal,  8523  minx,  3872  ficher,  15,425  racoon, 
3776  cased  and  open  C,,  366  wolverines,  111  lynx,  7 
buffalo  robes,  310  swan,  44  badgers,  2  loupserviers,  5 
ground  hogs,  and  16  casks,  one  keg  and  1  case  of  cas- 
torum. 

A  very  considerable  portion  of  the  trade  of  this  pro- 

*  The  commerce  of  this  port,  has  since  very  much  increased. 


438  CONTIGUOUS    COUNTRIES. 

vince  is  derived  from  Upper  Canada  and  the  northern 
parts  of  the  United  States,  The  exports  consi?*  chiefly 
of  grain,  flour,  provisions,  ashes,  timber,  naval  stores,  furs, 
&c.  and  have  of  late  been  very  considerable.  The  imports 
are  chiefly  British  goods,  part  of  which  are  distributed 
through  the  northern  parts  of  the  United  States. 

The  chief  towns  are  Quebec  and  Montreal,  and  these 
being  places  of  very  great  importance,  demand  a  little 
more  detail  in  description. 

QUEBEC  is  situated  on  a  prominent  point  of  land,  be- 
tween the  Rivers  St.  Lawrence  and  St.  Charles,  about  320 
miles  from  the  sea,  in  north  latitude  46°  52',  west  longi- 
tude from  London  71°  ;  and  east  from  Washington  6°.  It 
is  60  miles  distant  from  the  nearest  point  in  the  United 
States,  in  the  state  of  Maine,  150  from  Montreal,  220  from 
Plattsburg,  and  385  from  Albany.  The  town  is  divided 
into  upper  and  lower.  The  upper  town  stands  on  a  high 
limestone  rock,  of  great  natural  strength,  and  is  well 
fortified.  The  citadel  is  constructed  on  the  highest  part 
of  Cape  Diamond,  350  feet  above  the  river,  and  is  very 
strong;  and  the  whole  works  have,  of  late  years,  been 
much  improved. 

The  lower  town  occupies  the  ground  at  the  basis  of  the 
promontory,  which  has  been  gained  from  the  cliffs,  on  one 
side,  by  mining,  and  from  the  river,  on  the  other,  by  the 
construction  of  wharves  ;  and  this  is  the  principal  place  of 
commerce. 

In  consequence  of  the  peculiarity  of  situation,  the 
streets  are  generally  irregular  and  uneven  ;  many  of  them 
very  narrow,  and  but  few  of  them  are  paved.  The  houses 
are  generally  built  of  stone,  and  are  very  rough  and  un- 
sightly, the  interior  being  plain  and  void  of  taste. 

The  population  appears,  by  the  most  recent  accounts, 
to  be  about  18,000.  About  two-thirds  of  the  inhabitant? 


BRITISH    POSSESSIONS.  439 

are  of  French  extraction,  who  are  gay  and  lively ;  and 
the  inl  bitants  generally  are  represented  as  being  polite 
and  hospitable. 

The  river  opposite  the  city  is  from  900  to  1 000  yards 
broad,  and  its  greatest  depth,  at  high  water,  is  thirty  fa- 
thoms, the  anchorage  being  every  where  safe  and  good. — 
The  flow  of  the  tide  is  very  strong,  rising  usually  to  18 
feet,  and  at  spring  tides  to  24.  The  river,  in  winter,  is 
frequently  frozen  over,  when  the  scene  becomes  very 
amusing  and  interesting,  affording  the  country  people,  on 
the  south  side,  an  opportunity  of  bringing  their  produce 
to  market  over  the  ice  ;  and  presenting  a  field  for  the  ex- 
ercise of  the  citizens,  who  are  frequently  seen  driving 
their  horses  and  carriages  on  the  frozen  surface  of  the  ri- 
ver. Below  the  town,  the  "river  widens  out  into  a  spa- 
cious basin,  capable  o/  containing  a  vast  quantity  of  ship- 
ping. Immediately  below  this  it  is  divided  by  the  island 
of  Orleans  into  two  streams,  from  whence  it  widens  out 
to  ten  or  twelve  miles,  continuing  to  increase  till  it  reach- 
es the  Gulf  of  Saint  Lawrence,  where  it  is  170  miles 
wide,  and  discharges  one  of  the  largest  collections  of  fresh 
water  on  the  surface  of  the  globe.  It  is  navigable  with 
ships  of  the  largest  burden  to  Quebec,  and  with  merchant 
vessels  to  Montreal.  The  tide  flows  to  Three  Rivers, 
about  70  miles  above  Quebec. 

The  view  round  Quebec  is  beautiful.  To  the  west  are 
the  heights  and  plains  of  Abraham,  rendered  memorable 
by  the  battle  between  the  French  and  English  in  1759. — 
To  the  north  is  the  River  St.  Charles,  of  which  the  wind- 
ings present  a  picturesque  appearance.  To  the  south  and 
south-east  are  the  river  and  highlands  above  Point  des 
Peres.  To  the  east  is  the  basin,  Point  Levi,  Isle  of  Or- 
leans, with  the  north  and  south  channels.  To  the  north- 
east are  the  mountains  of  Beauport,  stretching  beyond  the 


440         CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

River  Montmorenci,  remarkable  as  exhibiting  one  of  the 
most  wonderful  falls  in  the  world,  a  description  of  which 
shall  close  this  account. 

The  River  Montmorenci  rises  in  the  N.  E.  and  passes 
through  a  course  of  considerable  extent.  On  its  approach 
to  the  St.  Lawrence,  the  channel  is  bounded  by  precipitous 
rocks,  its  breadth  becomes  much  contracted,  and  the  ra- 
pidity of  the  current  is  augmented.  On  the  east  side  the 
bank  is  about  50  feet  high,  and  nearly  perpendicular;  the 
opposite  bank  being  of  a  singular  shape,  resembling  the 
ruins  of  a  lofty  wall.  The  river  descends  between  them 
with  a  foaming  current,  broken  by  huge  masses  of  stone 
at  the  bottom.  It  continues  to  augment  in  velocity,  and 
forms  several  cascades  before  reaching  the  great  fall : 
when  it  is  precipitated,  in  an  almost  perpendicular  direc- 
tion, over  a  rock  246  feet  high,  forming  one  of  the  most 
sublime  views  in  the  world. 

The  breadth  of  the  fall  is  1 00  feet.  The  basin  is  bound- 
ed by  steep  cliffs,  composed  of  gray  limestone.  An  ad- 
vantageous view  of  the  fall  may  be  obtained  from  the 
beach  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  when  it  is  low  water. 

MONTREAL  is  situated  on  the  south-east  side  of  an  isl- 
and of  the  same  name,  in  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  in  45o 
28'  north  latitude  ;  and  longitude  west  from  London  73° 
35' ;  being  east  from  Washington  3°  25'.  It  is  170  miles 
above  Quebec,  600  from  the  sea,  40  from  the  nearest  land 
in  the  United  States,  and  about  200  from  Kingston,  at  the 
east  end  of  Lake  Ontario.  It  is  built  in  the  form  of  a 
parallelogram,  extending  from  north-east  to  south-west, 
and  was  originally  surrounded  by  a  wall  to  defend  it 
against  the  Indians. 

Like  Quebec  it  is  divided  into  upper  and  lower,  though 
the  difference  of  level  between  them  does  not  exceed  fif- 
feet. 


BRITISH    POSSESSIONS.  441 

The  streets  are  sufficiently  wide,  and  regularly  disposed, 
crossing  one  another  mostly  at  right  angles,  so  that  the 
city  is  airy  and  agreeable.  The  houses  of  the  principal 
inhabitants  are  neat  and  commodious ;  and  the  store- 
houses, for  merchandise,  are  spacious  and  secure ;  but 
many  of  the  other  houses  are  badly  built,  and  have  a  very 
poor  appearance. 

The  front  of  the  city  stands  on  an  eminence  of  from  10 
to  15  feet  above  the  level  of  the  river,  which  forms  a 
natural  and  very  excellent  wharf,  the  seat  of  an  extensive 
commerce ;  and  the  environs  are  composed  of  four  streets, 
viz.  Quebec,  St.  Lawrence,  Recolet,  and  St.  Antoine. 
The  city  and  suburbs  are  estimated  to  contain  about 
20,000  inhabitants  ;  and  the  city  is  in  such  a  state  of  im- 
provement that  it  promises  to  become  one  of  the  most 
important  places  on  the  western  continent.  There  arc 
steam  boats  that  ply  from  Montreal  to  Quebec  during  the 
summer. 

Montreal  Island  is  30  miles  long,  and  its  greatest  breadth 
between  7  and  8  ;  its  circumference  being  about  70  miles. 
The  land  rises  gradually  from  the  riuer,  and,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  two  miles  and  a  half  from  the  city,  forms  a 
mountain,  about  700  feet  high,  from  the  top  of  which 
there  is  a  fine  view. 

The  island  is  divided  into  nine  parishes,  and  is  the  seat 
of  a  very  extensive  population.  The  principal  settle- 
ments, besides  Montreal,  are  La  Chine,  so  called  from  a 
project  formed  to  penetrate  across  the  continent  to  China 
from  this  place ;  St.  Joseph,  Le  Saut,  St.  Laurent,  St. 
Genevieve,  and  St.  Ann. 

The  Isle  of  Jesus  lies  to  the  north-west  of  Montreal, 

from  which  it  is  divided  by  the  River  des  Prairies ;  so 

called  from  being  bordered  on  each  side  by  meadows. — 

This  island  is  about  15  miles  long,  and  5  broad,  and  con- 

56 


442  CONTIG-UOUS    COUNTRIES. 

tains  several  settlements :  and  to  the  westward  are  two 
smaller  islands,  named  Bisart,  and  Perrot.  To  the  north 
of  the  Isle  of  Jesus  is  the  River  St.  John,  a  branch  of  the 
Utawas,  or  Grand  River,  a  considerable  stream,  which 
towards  the  west  is  interspersed  with  such  a  vast  variety 
of  islands,  that  there  appears  as  much  land  as  water.  To 
the  west  of  this  are  the  Two  Mountains,  and  to  the  south 
of  them  the  Utawas  River  extends  itself  into  a  large  ba- 
sin, called  the  Lake  of  the  Two  Mountains,  being  about 
8  or  9  miles  long,  and  4  or  5  broad  ;  and,  being  divided 
into  two  channels  by  the  Isle  Perrot,  it  forms  a  junction 
with  the  St.  Lawrence  in  the  Lake  St.  Louis. 

Lake  St.  Louis  is  only  an  extension  of  the  River  St. 
Lawrence,  about  four  miles  broad,  and  stretches  to  La 
Chine,  where  it  contracts  to  the  breadth  of  little  more 
than  half  a  mile,  and  opposite  to  La  Prairie  there  are  con- 
siderable rapids  ;  below  which  it  spreads  out  into  a  stream 
from  one  to  two  miles  wide,  interspersed  with  a  number 
of  islands,  among  which  the  river  runs  with  a  strong  cur- 
rent, and  it  is  pretty  deep.  It  is  navigable  with  merchant 
vessels  to  Montreal,  but  it  requires  a  strong  east  wind  to 
bring  them  up,  so  that  the  passage  is  very  tedious ;  but 
the  city,  nevertheless,  has  great  mercantile  advantages. 
It  enjoys  a  much  more  favourable  climate  than  Quebec, 
the  winters  being  six  weeks  shorter.  The  soil  around  it 
is  rich  and  fertile,  and  the  markets  are  abundantly  sup- 
plied ;  a  considerable  portion  of  the  supplies  being  from 
the  United  States. 

The  mode  of  navigating  the  St  Lawrence  and  Utawas 
upwards,  is  interesting.  The  St.  Lawrence  is  navigated 
by  flat-bottomed  boats,  about  forty-nine  feet  long,  and  six 
across,  at  the  broadest  part.  They  generally  carry  about 
9000/fes.  and  are  conducted  by  four  men  and  a  guide. 
Each  boat  is  supplied  with  a  mast  and  sail,  a  grappling: 


BRITISH    POSSESSIONS.  448 

iron,  with  ropes,  and  setting  poles.  When  loaded,  they 
take  their  departure  from  La  Chine,  generally  eight  or  ten 
together,  that  the  crews  may  aid  each  other ;  and  the 
time  of  performing  the  voyage  to  Kingston  and  back  is 
about  ten  or  twelve  days  ;  the  distance-  being  about  200 
miles. 

From  twenty  to  thirty  of  these  boats  are  kept  in  the 
service  of  the  government,  for  transporting  necessaries  to 
the  troops,  stores  for  the  engineer  department,  and  pre- 
sents of  European  manufacture  to  the  Indian  tribes. 

The  navigation  of  the  Utawas,  or  Grand  River,  is  per- 
formed in  bark  canoes  in  a  direct  course  to  St.  Joseph,  on 
Lake  Huron,  and  thence  to  the  new  establishment  called 
Kamanastigua,  on  Lake  Superior. 

The  other  principal  towns  and  settlements  are,  Isle  aux 
Noix,  St.  John,  Chambly,  and  Sorel  on  the  River  Sorel 
or  Richelieu ;  and  Three  Rivers,  St.  Suplice,  St.  Jinn,  and 
Sillery,  on  the  St.  Lawrence. 

As  the  two  great  commercial  towns,  Quebec  and  Mont- 
real, draw  a  considerable  part  of  their  supplies  from  the 
states  contiguous  to  the  great  lakes,  Lower  Canada  may 
be  considered  as  of  considerable  importance  in  a  com- 
mercial point  of  view  to  the  United  States. 


NEW  BRUNSWICK 


Extends  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Lower  Canada,  and  irom 
the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  to  the  state  of  Maine,  being 
about  1 80  miles  long  and  1 20  broad.  This  province  being 
united  with  Nova  Scotia,  Cape  Breton,  and  St.  John's, 
in  one  military  command  subject  to  the  governor  of  Low- 
er Canada,  it  excites  no  great  attention  either  in  a  civil  or 


444  CONTIGUOUS    COUNTRIES. 

military  point  of  view.  The  soil  and  climate  are  some- 
what assimilated  to  those  of  the  state  of  Maine  contigu- 
ous to  it.  There  are  a  number  of  very  extensive  rivers 
in  the  interior,  of  which  St.  John's  is  the  chief;  and  the 
soil  is  represented  as  being  fertile,  producing  grain  and 
grass  in  plenty.  There  are  considerable  fisheries  on  the 
coast  and  in  the  rivers,  principally  of  cod  fish,  salmon,  and 
herring.  The  inhabitants  amount  to  about  75,000.  Fre- 
dericktown  is  the  capital.  The  principal  commercial 
towns  are  St.  Jlndreio's,  St.  John's,  and  Miramachi.* 

This  province  is  comparatively  of  little  importance  to 
the  United  States  in  a  commercial  point  of  view. 


NOVA  SCOTIA. 


This  is  a  large  peninsula,  extending  from  New  Bruns- 
wick to  the  Atlantic,  and  is  about  230  miles  long  by  110 
broad.  The  country  along  the  coast  is  rugged  and  stony, 
but  there  are  some  good  spots  of  land  in  the  interior,  par- 
ticularly in  the  western  part  of  the  province  ;  and  there 
are  valuable  mines  of  coal,  limestone,  plaster  of  Paris,  and 
iron  ore.  The  climate  is  more  mild  than  that  of  Canada; 
but  being  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Banks  of  Newfoundland, 
it  is  much  exposed  to  fogs.  The  province  is  settled  by 
French  and  British  people,  with  a  good  many  emigrants 
from  New  England.  The  population  is  probably  about 
100,000. 

HALIFAX  is  the  capital,  and  is  advantageously  situated 
on  the  west  side  of  a  spacious  and  commodious  harbour, 
having  an  easy  and  safe  entrance.  It  is  built  on  the  de- 

*  In  the  month  of  October,  1825,  afire  ravaged  the  woods,  destroying 
many  houses,  cattle,  and  the  lives  of  1  or  200  person'. 


BRITISH    POSSESSIONS.  445 

ciivity  of  a  hill,  the  summit  of  which  is  about  320  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  it  is  laid  out  into  squares, 
the  streets  crossing  one  another  at  right  angles.  The 
country  round  the  town  is  quite  sterile,  the  land  being 
rocky,  and  the  soil  generally  unfit  for  cultivation  ;  but  its 
convenience  as  a  port  causes  it  to  be  pretty  well  supplied 
with  provisions.  It  is  occupied  by  the  British  as  a  naval 
station,  which  renders  it  an  object  of  great  importance  to 
the  United  States.  The  population  is  about  16,000. 

LIVERPOOL  is  built  an  Liverpool  Bay,  and  is  a  commer- 
cial settlement  of  very  considerable  importance,  contain- 
ing about  200  houses  and  1000  inhabitants,  the  greater 
part  of  whom  are  from  the  United  States. 

The  other  principal  towns  are  Jlnnopolis,  which  has  of 
late  carried  on  a  great  trade  with  Eastport,  in  Maine, 
Onslow,  Pictou,  Truro,  Windsor,  Yarmouth,  and  Shel- 
burn ;  which  last  was  remarkable  as  being  the  great  resort 
of  British  adherents  during  the  revolutionary  war.  In 
1783  it  contained  600  families ;  but  it  has  of  late  declined, 
the  greater  part  of  its  inhabitants  having  returned  to  the 
United  States. 

Halifax  being  a  free  port  for  the  vessels  of  the  United 
States,  there  is  a  considerable  trade  with  that  country. 


ST.  JOHN,  OR  PRINCE  EDWARD. 

This  island  is  situated  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence, 
about  30  miles  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Breton  ;  and  on 
the  north  of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick,  from 
which  it  is  divided  by  a  narrow  strait.  It  is  about  110 
miles  long  and  30  broad;  and,  being  rich  and  fertile, 
contains  about  5000  inhabitants.  It  is  therefore  of  more 


446        CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

importance  than  Cape  Breton ;  but  the  climate  is  cold, 
damp,  and  foggy,  which  will  for  ever  prevent  it  from 
being  thickly  settled.  The  chief  towns  are  Princetown, 
Richmond,  Charlotte,  and  Stukely. 

To  the  north  and  east  of  these  islands,  there  is  a  group 
called  the  Magdalen  Islands,  which,  being  entirely  unset- 
tled, merit  no  particular  notice. 

We  may  also  observe  here,  that  the  large  island  of  AN- 
TICOSTI,  situated  at  the  outlet  of  the  River  St.  Lawrence, 
is  entirely  barren  and  uninhabited. 


CAPE  BRETON. 


This  island  is  situated  between  Nova  Scotia  and  New- 
foundland,  and  extends  from  north  latitude  45°  32'  to  47° 
50',  and  from  east  longitude  15o  30'  to  17°  18',  answering 
to  59^  42'  and  61°  30'  west  longitude  from  London.  It 
is  about  100  miles  long  by  80  broad  ;  but  the  soil  and  cli- 
mate are  so  disadvantageous,  that  the  inhabitants  are  very 
few,  probably  not  above  3000 ;  chiefly  attached  to  the 
fisheries. 

The  face  of  the  country  is  covered  with  numerous  lakes 
and  forests.  The  soil  has,  after  various  experiments, 
been  found  totally  unfit  for  agriculture.  Except  the  hilly 
parts,  the  surface  of  the  ground  appears  to  have  but  little 
solidity,  being  every  where  covered  with  moss  and  water. 
The  climate  is  exceedingly  cold,  foggy,  and  unwholesome. 
There  are  some  veins  of  coal  in  the  island ;  but,  with  the 
exception  of  timber,  it  can  scarcely  boast  a  single  vege- 
table production  of  value.  The  principal  towns  are  Sid- 
ney and  Louisburg. 

'       -;.. 


, 


BRITISH   POSSESSIONS.  447 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 

This  island  is  but  partially  exhibited  on  the  map.  The 
part  that  we  see  on  it  is  situated  on  the  east  side  of  the 
Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  between  north  latitude  47  43  and 
51°  50 ,  and  18°  30'  and  22°  of  east  longitude  from 
Washington ;  answering  to  between  55°  and  58°  30' 
west  longitude  from  London.  The  part  exhibited  is  about 
270  miles  long  by  about  120  miles  broad,  and  contains 
an  area  of  31,200  square  miles,  and  about  10,000  inha- 
bitants. 

The  face  of  the  country,  as  far  as  it  is  known,  is  hilly 
and  covered  with  forests.  It  is  watered  by  several  rivers, 
and  has  many  large  and  commodious  harbours.  The 
soil,  as  far  as  it  has  been  explored,  is  rocky  and  barren. 
The  climate  is  exceedingly  disagreeable  ;  the  cold  is  se- 
vere, and  of  long  duration ;  and  in  summer  the  heat, 
though  it  continues  but  for  a  short  time,  is  violent.  The 
coasts  are  extremely  subject  to  fogs,  attended  with  almost 
continual  storms  of  sleet  and  snow ;  and,  excepting  a 
short  time  in  summer,  the  sky  is  generally  overcast  with 
thick  clouds.  The  only  vegetable  production  of  any  im- 
portance is  timber,  which  is  abundant,  and  is  a  consider- 
able article  of  commerce.  But  the  island  is  chiefly  valu- 
able on  account  of  the  cod-fisheries  on  the  banks  in  its 
neighbourhood.  The  chief  towns  are  St.  John,  Placen- 
tia,  and  Bonavista. 

BERiMUDAS. 

These  islands  are  situated  about  800  miles  from  the 
American  continent,  and  about  an  equal  distance  between 


448         CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

Nova  Scotia  and  the  West  Indies.  There  are  a  considera- 
ble number  of  islands  in  the  group,  but  the  greater  part 
are  mere  rocks.  There  are  only  four  of  considerable 
importance.  The  largest  island  is  named  Bermudas,  but 
the  capital  of  all  the  islands  is  situated  in  the  island  of  St. 
George.  The  town  of  St.  George  (the  capital,)  contains 
about  500  houses.  The  other  islands  are  St. David's  and 
Somerset. 

The  whole  of  the  islands  contain  about  12  or  13,000 
acres  of  very  poor  land,  of  which  a  small  part  only  is  in 
cultivation?  The  chief  produce  is  maize,  culinary  vege- 
tables, and  cotton. 

The  inhabitants  amount  to  about  10,000,  of  whom 
nearly  one-half  are  negroes.  The  principal  employment 
is  ship  building,  navigation,  and  fishing. 

The  climate  is  very  fine,  and  as  they  enjoy  a  perpetual 
spring,  nothing  can  exceed  the  beauty  of  the  scenery  in 
these  sequestered  islands.  The  inhabitants  are  said  to  be 
kind  and  affable  to  strangers,  and  a  residence  among  them 
is  very  pleasant. 

GENERAL  ABSTRACT  OF  THE  BRITISH  COLONIES  IN 
NORTH  AMERICA. 

Population. 

Western  Territory  -        -        -        Unsettled 

Upper  Canada  -                           300,000 

Lower  Canada  -        -        -        427,465 

New  Brunswick  75,000 

Nova  Scotia      -  100,000 

Prince  Edward's  Island       -        -  5,000 

Cape  Breton      -  -                               3,000 

Newfoundland  -  10,000 

Bermudas  10,000 

930,465 


BRITISH  POSSESSIONS.  449 

Halifax  and  Bermudas  being  free  ports,  the  principal 
trade  between  the  United  States  and  the  British  Ameri- 
can colonies  and  West  Indies  is  carried  on  through  them. 
Bermudas  is  reckoned  as  one  of  the  North  American  co- 
lonies, and  the  trade  to  it  appears  under  that  head  ac- 
cordingly. 

In  1824,  the  American  trade  to  the  British  North  Ame- 
rican colonies  was  as  follows  : 

United  States  Imports,   .         .         .         705,431 
Exports,   .         .         .      1,773,107 


WEST  INDIES. 

The  group  of  islands  called  the  West  Indies  extends 
from  the  south  point  of  Florida  to  the  north-east  part  of 
South  America,  being  between  10°  and  28°  north  latitude, 
and  17°  50'  east  and  8°  west  longitude.  The  islands  are 
very  numerous,  but  a  great  number  of  them  are  small ; 
the  area  of  the  land  in  the  whole  group  being  estimated 
at  only  103,423  square  miles.  The  largest  islands  are, 
Cuba,  Hayti,  Jamaica,  and  Porto  Rico,  which  are  called 
the  Greater  Antilles,  and  these  contain  above  nine-tenths 
of  the  whole  territory. 

The  islands  are  generally  very  lofty  and  picturesque, 
and  contain  rich  valleys  among  the  mountains ;  and  the 
soil  is  fertile,  producing  sugar,  coffee,  cotton,  indigo,  co- 
coa, spices,  and  fruits,  in  great  abundance.  They  lie  near- 
ly all  within  the  torrid  zone,  and  hence  the  climate  is 
warm,  and  in  many  places  very  hot ;  but  the  whole  being 
subject  to  the  influence  of  the  trade  winds,  the  heat  is 
thereby  meliorated,  and  in  many  situations  the  climate  is 
most  agreeable. 

From  the  nature  of  these  islands  they  will  always  be 
57 


450         CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

of  great  importance  to  the  United  States.  Two  great 
articles  of  consumption  in  the  United  States,  are  sugar 
and  coffee,  which  are  principally  imported  from  the  West 
Indies;  and  on  the  other  hand,  the  West  Indies  require  a 
supply  of  a  great  many  articles  the  produce  of  the  United^ 
States,  principally  lumber,  flour,  and  other  provisions. 
The  exchange  of  commodities  causes  an  extensive  trade, 
the  two  powers  having  mutually  agreed  to  admit  the  ves- 
sels of  each  other. 

The  whole  of  the  West  India  Islands  belong  to  differ- 
entEuropean  powers,  except  Hayti,  which  is  independent, 
and  Margarita,  and  other  islands  along  the  north  coast  of 
South  America,  which  belong  to  the  republic  of  Colombia. 
The  different  islands,  with  their  extent,  population,  £c. 
are  exhibited  in  the  following 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


To  whom                 POPULATION. 

Chief  Corn- 

Itlands.               belonging.   Area.   White.    CoVd. 

Total,  mercial  Towns, 

Bahamas.                  do.           5,500      4,000         11,500 

15,500  Nassau. 

Cuba.                     Spain.      54,OwO,£57^0j385,550 
Jamaica.                Britain.     6,400^3oJBr300,000 
Hayti.            Independent.  40,000*35,000      900,000 

642,930  Havana. 
330,000  Kingston. 
935,335  PortauPrince. 

Porto  Rico.           Spain.       4,000    80,000        20,000 

100,000  St.  Juan. 

St.  Thomas.          Denmark.       40         650          4,500 

5,050  St.  Thomas. 

St.  John.                 do.                40         180          2,250 

2,430  Crawl  Bay. 

Santa  Cruz.             do.              100      2,200        29,200 

31,400  Christianstadt. 

Tortola.               Britain.           90      1,500          9,000 

10,500 

Virgin  Gorda.         do.                80      1,500          6,500 

8,000 

Angwilla.                 do.                SO         200             600 

800 

St.  Martin.       Netherlands.      90      1,000          5,100 

6,100 

St.  Bartholomew.  Sweden.          60      4,000          4,000 

8,000  Gustavia. 

New  Saba.        Netherlands.      10         600          1,000 

1,600 

Barbuda.         ,      Britain.          90         500          1,000 

1,500 

St.  Eustatius.    Netherlands.     22      5,000        15,000 

20,000 

St.  Christopher.  Britain.          70      4,000        21,000 

25,000  Basse  Terre. 

Nevis.                       do.              20      1,000        10,000 

11,000  Charlestowri. 

Antigua.                   do.              93      2,100        33,600 

35,700  St.  John?. 

110,735  430,710    1,759,800  2,190,845 


WEST  INDIES. 


451 


Brought  over, 
Montserrat.          Britain. 

110,735  430,710  ] 
78      1,000 

1,759,800 
9,750 

2,190,845 
10,750  Plymouth. 

Guadaloupe. 

France. 

675 

12,800 

102,200 

1  15,000  Basse  Terrc. 

Deseada. 

do. 

25 

300 

600 

900 

Mariegalante. 

do. 

90 

2,000 

10,300 

12,300  Basse  Terre. 

Dominica. 

Britain. 

29 

1,600 

25,000 

26,600  Charlotte  town. 

Martinico. 

France. 

370 

9,200 

87,200 

96,400  St.  Pierre. 

St.  Lucia. 

Britain. 

225 

1,300 

15,350 

16,650  Carenage. 

St.  Vincent. 

•   do. 

130 

1,500 

22,500 

24,000  Kingston. 

Barbadoes. 

do. 

166 

lfi,SOO 

65,650 

81,950  Bridgetown. 

Grenada. 

do. 

110 

770 

30,590 

31,360  St.  George. 

Tobago. 

do. 

140 

900 

15,600 

16,500  Scarborough. 

Trinidad. 

do. 

1,700 

2/260 

25,000 

27,260  Port  of  Spain. 

Margarita. 

Colombia 

350 

5,500 

6,500 

12,000 

Cura9oa.           Netherlands.    600 

1,200 

7,300 

8,500  Amsterdam. 

115,423  487,340  2,183,340  2,670,680 

GENERAL  ABSTRACT. 


To  whom  belonging. 

•Area. 

Population. 

While. 

Coloured. 

Britain, 

14,951 

673,070 

70,430 

607,640 

Spain, 

58,000 

742,000 

315,000 

427,000 

Independent, 

28,000 

930,000 

35,000 

935,000 

Denmark, 

180 

38,880 

2,930 

35,950 

Sweden, 

60 

8,000 

4,000 

4,000 

Netherlands, 

722 

36,200 

7,800 

28,400 

France, 

1,160 

224,600 

24,300; 

200,300 

Colombia, 

350 

12,000 

5,500 

6,500 

Total,        115,423  2,670,680  487,340  2,183,340 


The  islands  are  geographically  classed  as  follows  : 
I.      The  BAHAMA  ISLANDS,  consisting  of  all  the  isl- 
ands lying  north  of  Cuba  and  Hayti. 
The   GREATER  ANTILLES,  consisting  of  Cuba, 

Hayti,  Jamaica,  and  Porto  Rico. 
The  CARIBEE  ISLANDS,  consisting  of  all  the  islands 
between  Porto  Rico  and  Trinidad ;  and  these 
are  subdivided  into,     1 .  The  Leeward  Islands, 


II. 


Ill 


452        CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

consisting  of  all  the  islands  between  Porto  Rico 
and  Dominica,  including  Dominica.  2.  The 
Windward  Islands,  consisting  of  Martinico  and 
all  the  islands  south  of  it,  to  Tobago,  inclusive. 
The  five  most  western  of  the  Leeward  Islands, 
are  called  the  Virgin  Islands. 

IV.  The  LESSEB.  ANTILLES,  consisting  of  Trinidad 
and  all  the  islands  lying  west  of  it  on  the  coast 
of  South  America. 

Having  given  a  general  view  of  the  West  India  Islands, 
we  shall  now  class  them  as  they  belong  to  the  respective 
powers,  and  notice  the  trade  between  the  United  States 
and  each  class. 

BAHAMA  ISLANDS.  These  islands  are  very  numerous, 
and  extend  from  the  Great  Bahama  Island  to  Turk's  Isl- 
and ;  but  a  great  many  of  them  are  mere  keys,  or  rocks, 
without  any  settlements.  The  principal  islands  are  New 
Providence,  Bahama,  St.  Salvador,  and  Turk's  Island. 

Nassau,  in  New  Providence,  is  the  principal  port,  and 
has  considerable  trade. 

Guanahani,  or  St.  Salvador,  is  remarkable  as  being  the 
landing  place  of  the  immortal  Columbus,  on  the  llth  of 
October,  1492. 

Turk's  Islands  are  celebrated  for  producing  immense 
quantities  of  salt,  in  which  there  is  a  considerable  trade 
to  the  United  States. 

JAMAICA,  the  most  valuable  island  possessed  by  the 
British,  is  situated  between  17°  and  19°  north  latitude, 
and  has  a  very  large  trade,  principally  in  colonial  produce 
and  British  manufactures. 

The  island  is  divided  by  a  range  of  mountains,  running 
nearly  east  and  west  throughout  its  whole  length,  in  which 
several  rivers  take  their  rise,  flowing  thence  in  gentle 
streams  to  the  sea.  The  whote  island  is  distinguished  by 


WEST    INDIES.  453 

scenery  of  a  superlative  description,  and  the  mountains 
are  covered  with  extensive  woods  in  perpetual  verdure ; 
so  that  it  may  be  said  to  enjoy  a  perpetual  spring.  In 
the  interior  of  the  country,  the  island  is  quile  healthy  and 
agreeable  ;  but  in  many  of  the  seaports  it  is  very  unwhole- 
some, and  becomes  the  grave  of  many  Europeans. 

The  great  commercial  port  of  this  island  is  KINGSTON, 
which  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  on  a  fine 
harbour,  and  contains  about  10,000  white  people,  and 
23,000  people  of  colour,  Spanish  Town  is  the  seat  of 
government.  The  other  principal  towns  are  Port  Anto- 
nio,, Falnwuth,  Savana-la-Mar,  and  *Montego  Bay, 

IN  THE  LEEWARD  ISLANDS. — Tortola,  Virgin  Gorda, 
,/lnguilla,  Barbuda,  St.  Christopher,  Nevis,  Antigua,  Mont- 
serrat,  and  Dominica.  Of  these  the  principal  island  is 
Antigua,  of  which  the  chief  commercial  town  is  St.  John, 
and  it  carries  on  a  very  considerable  trade.  Dominica  is 
also  a  considerable  Island. 

IN  THE  WINDWARD  ISLANDS. — St.  Lucia,  Barbadoes, 
St.  Vincent,  Granada,  and  Tobago.  Of  these  Barbadoes  is 
the  oldest  settlement  and  has  a  considerable  trade. 

Bridgetown  is  the  capital. 

TRINIDAD  is  a  large  island  the  most  southwardly  of  all 
the  West  India  Islands,  being  between  IQo  and  11°  of 
north  latitude.  The  island  has  a  rich  soil  and  is  very  pro- 
ductive, but  the  climate  is  unhealthy.  The  principal  port 
is  Port  Spain. 

It  will  be  seen  by  the  abstract  following  the  topographi- 
cal table,  that  the  whole  islands  contain  14,951  square 


454        CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

miles,  and  2,670,680  inhabitants;  of  whom  only  70,430 
are  white  people. 

In  1824  the  American  trade  to  the  British  West  Indies 
was  as  follows: 

ji^fe  -- 

United  States  Imports, $2,758,067 

Do.          Exports, 1,750,703 


SPANISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  THE  WEST 
INDIES. 

CUBA  is  the  largest  and  most  important  Island  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  is  exceedingly  fertile  and  productive. — 
It  lies  more  contiguous  to  the  United  States  than  any  of 
the  other  islands,  and  has  a  very  large  share  of  the  trade  ; 
the  principal  articles  of  produce  imported  from  thence  be- 
ing sugar  and  coffee.  ST.  JAGO  DE  CUBA  is  the  capital. 
Havana  is  the  principal  commercial  city,  and  is  esti- 
mated to  contain  a  population  of  60  or  70,000.  The 
other  principal  towns  are  Matanzas,  Trinidad,  St.  Juan, 
and  St.  Salvador. 

In  1824  the  trade  between  Cuba  and  the  United  States 
was  as  follows : 

United  States  Imports, $7,909,326 

Do.         Exports, 3,611,693 

The  following  concise  statistical  view  of  the  population, 
revenue,  and  military  and  naval  forces  of  the  Island  of 
Cuba,  is  extracted  from  the  "  Calendar"  of  that  place, 
for  the  year  1825. 


SPANISH    POSSESSIONS.  455 

Population  of  the  Island  of  Cuba,  according  to  the  last 
census  in  1819. 

District  of  Cuba. 

Whites, 59,722 

Free  of  Colour, .59,135 

Slaves,     . 73,079 179,986 

District  of  Havana. 
Whites,    ........       197,658 

Free  of  Colour, 58,506 

Slaves, 136,213 392,377 

572,363 
Supposed  increase,        58,617 

630,980 


The  total  revenue  which  accrued  during  the  year  1824, 
for  the  city  and  jurisdiction  of  Havana,  amounted  to 
$8,025,300 

PORTO  Rico.  This  is  an  elegant  island  situated  to  the 
east  of  Hayti,  and  is  represented  as  being  very  fertile  and 
productive.  Its  population  has  been  variously  represent- 
ed. It  will  be  observed  by  the  table,  that  the  white  people 
bear  a  much  greater  proportion  to  the  slaves  than  in  any 
other  of  the  West  India  Islands.  This  was  occasioned  by 
a  great  many  white  inhabitants  of  St.  Domingo  taking 
refuge  here  during  the  troubles  in  that  island.  The  chief 
town  is  St.  Juan. 

The  whole  Spanish  Possessions  in  the  West  Indies  con- 
tain 58,000  square  miles,  and  742,000  inhabitants,  of 
whom  315,000  are  white  people. 

The  trade  between  the  Spanish  colonies,  exclusive  of 
Cuba  and  the  United  States,  in  1821,  was  as  follows  : 


456  CONTIGUOUS   COUNTRIES. 

United  States  Imports     ....;.  $306,896 
Do.         Exports 233,718 


HAYTI.  ^ 

Length,  480  miles.  } 

Breadth,  200  miles.  >  Population,  935,335. 

Surface,  40,000  square  miles.  ) 

This  elegant  and  extensive  island  is  now  wholly  inde- 
pendent. It  is  next  to  Cuba  the  most  extensive  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  is  one  of  the  most  productive,  the  prin- 
cipal articles  being  sugar  and  coffee. 

The  principal  trading  ports  are  Port  au  Prince)  with  a 
population  of  15,000,  Cape  Francois,  St.  Domingo,  and 
Jeremie. 

The  commerce  with  the  United  States  in  1821  stood  as 
follows : 

United  States  Imports $2,247,235 

Do.        Exports 1,901,926 


DANISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  THE  WEST 
INDIES. 

The  Danes  own  three  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  viz.  St. 
Thomas,  St.  John,  and  Santa  Cruz.  These  islands  are 
all  small,  but  pretty  fertile.  The  whole  contain  180 
square  miles,  and  38,880  inhabitants,  of  whom  2,930  are 
whites. 


HAYTI.  457 

The  commerce  in  1825  with  the  United  States  was  as 
follows : 


United  States  Imports $2,090,666 

Do.          Exports 1,185,128 


SWEDISH  POSSESSIONS  IN  THE  WEST 
INDIES. 

ST.  BARTHOLOMEW,  the  only  island,  is  about  15  miles 
in  circumference,  and  contains  60  square  miles,  and  8000 
inhabitants,  of  whom  4000  are  white  persons.  It  is  fer- 
tile in  sugar,  cotton,  tobacco,  and  indigo. 

In  1824  the  commerce  with  the  United  States  was  as 
follows : 

United  States  Imports $102,885 

Do.         Exports 204,983 


POSSESSIONS  OF  THE  NETHERLANDS   IN 
THE  WEST  INDIES. 

The  Possessions  of  the  Netherlands  are  St.  Martin, 
Saba,  and  St.  Eustatia  in  the  Leeward  Islands ;  and 
Curagoa  and  Buen  Jlire  in  the  Lesser  Antilles,  near  the 
coast  of  South  America. 

The  whole  islands  contain  722  square  miles,  and  36,200 
inhabitants,  of  whom  7800  are  whites. 

In  1824  the  commerce  of  the  United  States  was  as 
follows : 

58 


458  CONTIGUOUS    COUNTRIES. 

United  States  Imports $997,800 

Do.         Exports 589,775 


TOSSESSIONS  OF  FRANCE  IN  THE  WEST 
INDIES. 

The  French  islands  are  Guadaloupe,  Deseada,  Mariega- 
lante,  in  the  Leeward  Islands,  and  Martinico  in  the  Wind- 
ward Islands.  The  whole  islands  are  fertile,  producing 
sugar,  cotton,  coffee,  tobacco,  and  indigo. 

The  whole  islands  contain  1160  square  miles,  and 
224,437  inhabitants,  of  whom  24,191  are  whites.  The 
chief  commercial  towns  are  Basse  1'erre  in  Guadaloupe, 
and  St.  Pierre  in  Martinico. 

In  1824  the  commerce  with  the  United  States  was  as 
follows  : 

United  States  Imports $883,084 

Do.          Exports 770,515 


MEXICO. 

This  country,  in  its  widest  extent,  embraces  the  whole 
region  lying  between  the  boundary  recently  agreed  upon 
by  the  United  States  and  Spain,  and  the  Pacific  Ocean ; 
and  it  extends  eastward  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Ca- 
ribbean Sea.  Its  extreme  length  from  the  eastern  part  of 
Yucatan  to  the  north-western  extremity  is  2400  miles,  and 


MEXICO.  459 

its  breadth  from  the  south-west  boundary  of  the  United 
States  to  the  Pacific  Ocean  is  1000;  the  area  of  the 
whole  territory  being  1,662,700  square  miles.  Under  the 
Spanish  government  it  was  divided  into  three  distinct  ter- 
ritories, viz.  Old  and  JVeto  California,  the  Internal  Pro- 
mnces,  and  the  Vice  Royalty;  and  as  these  subdivisions 
admit  of  the  most  convenient  description,  we  shall  take  a 
view  of  each  in  its  order,  beginning  at  the  north-west. ' 


OLD  AND  NEW  CALIFORNIA. 


This  country  is  situated  in  the  north-west  part  of  the 
Mexican  dominions,  and  is  bounded  by  the  United  States 
north  and  north-east ;  east  by  the  Internal  Provinces  and 
Gulf  of  California  ;  and  west  and  south-west  by  the  Pa- 
cific Ocean.  As  there  is  a  large  portion  of  unsettled  coun- 
try between  California  and  the  Internal  Provinces,  we 
may  assume,  as  its  limits,  from  the  Rio  Colorada  to  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  and  thus  bounded  it  will  extend  from  23° 
to  42°  north  latitude ;  and  from  34°  to  47°  30'  west  longi- 
tude ;  its  greatest  length,  including  the  peninsula,  being 
1335  miles,  and  breadth  580  ;  the  area  being  estimated  at 
400,000  square  miles. 

The  face  of  the  country  is  extremely  variegated.  The 
western  part  is  a  bold  coast  on  the  Pacific  Ocean,  indent- 
ed with  numerous  bays,  and  terminating  in  the  south  by 
the  long  peninsula  of  California,  which  is  separated  from 
the  Internal  Provinces  by  the  Gulf  of  California,  an  im- 
mense bay,  700  miles  long.  Along  the  middle  of  this 
peninsula  runs  a  ridge  of  lofty  mountains,  which  continue 
their  course  to  the  north-west  part  of  the  territory,  and 
the  country  rises  by  gradual  steppes  to  the  Rocky  Moun- 


460 


CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 


tains,  similar  to  the  Western  Territory  of  the  United 
States,  with  which  it  is  contiguous. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Los  Mongos,  Timpanogos* 
Buenaventura,  and  Colorado.  The  three  former  are  very 
little  known.  The  Los  Mongos  falls  into  the  Pacific 
Ocean  a  little  above  the  northern  boundary.  Timpano- 
gos  falls  into  the  Bay  of  St.  Francisco,  and  Buenaventura 
falls  into  the  ocean  below  Point  Pinos.  The  Colorado 
rises  in  the  mountains,  near  the  sources  of  the  Arkansas 
and  Rio  del  Norte,  and  runs  a  south-west  course  of  more 
than  600  miles,  when  it  falls  into  the  Gulf  of  California. 

The  interior  of  the  country  is  very  little  known,  the 
whole  of  the  settlements  being  confined  to  the  coast,  and 
they  extend  from  the  southern  point  of  the  peninsula  to 
St.  Francisco,  the  distance  being  1200  miles.  The  upper 
part  is  called  New  California,  and  has  good  soil  and  a 
pleasant  climate,  in  which  both  the  vine  and  the  olive  are 
cultivated  successfully. 

The  principal  settlements  in  New  California  are  St. 
Francisco,  Monterry,  St.  Antonio,  St.  Miguel,  St.  Louis? 
St.  Gabriel,  St.  Diego,  and  St.  Thomas. 

Old  California  occupies  the  peninsula,  and  has  a  most 
delightful  climate,  but  a  barren  soil,  in  consequence  of 
which  the  population  is  very  thin.  The  area  and  popula- 
tion was  given  by  Humboldt  as  follows : 


New  California, 
Old  California, 


Square  Miles. 

16,278 
55,880 


Pap.  1803. 

15,600 
9,000 


Chief  Towns  &  Pop. 

Monterry,     700 
Loreto. 


72,158     24,600 
Unsettled  country,     327,842 

400,000 


MEXICO.  461 

The  principal  settlements  in  Old  California  are  St.  Jinn 
and  St.  Joseph. 

The  Russians  have  recently  formed  a  settlement  near 
Point  Bodega,  above  St.  Francisco. 


( 
INTERNAL  PROVINCES'. 

The  Internal  Provinces  of  Mexico  are  situated  between 
22o  45  and  42o  N.  lat.  and  16-18'  and  36o  30'  W.  long. 
They  are  bounded  on  the  north-west  by  California,  east, 
north-east,  and  south-east  by  the  United  States  and  Gulf 
of  Mexico ;  south  by  the  Vice-Royalty,  and  south-west 
l>y  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  Gulf  of  California.  The  ex- 
tent from  north-east  to  south-west  is  about  960  miles,  and 
from  north-west  to  south-east  is  about  1000 ;  and  the  area 
is  estimated  at  959,780  square  miles. 

The  face  of  the  country  is  very  variegated.  On  the 
south-east,  bordering  upon  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  south- 
west, bordering  upon  the  Gulf  of  California,  it  is  low,  level, 
and  sandy  ;  but  it  rises  towards  the  middle,  on  which  is 
the  Table  Land  of  Mexico  ;  and  extends  to  a  great  eleva- 
tion in  the  north  among  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

The  principal  rivers  are  the  Arkansas,  Red  River,  Sa- 
line, Trinidad  Brasses,  Colorado,  Guadaloupe,  St.  Anto- 
nio, Nueces,  Rio  del  Norte,  and  Fernando,  falling  into  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  ;  and  the  Rio  Gila  and  Hiaqui  falling  into 
the  Gulf  of  California. 

The  Arkansas,  Red  River,  and  Sabine,  have  been  des- 
cribed in  the  account  of  the  United  States.  The  Arkan- 
sas is  the  boundary  from  its  source  to  the  23d  degree  of 
west  longitude.  The  Red  River  is  the  boundary  from  the 
23d  to  17°  of  west  longitude  ;  and  the  Sabine  is  the  east- 


462         CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

crn  boundary.  The  Rivers  Trinidad  Bassos,  Colorado. 
St.  Antonio,  and  Nueces,  all  rise  between  the  Red  River 
and  Rio  del  Norte,  and  fall  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  near 
the  north-west  angle. 

The  Rio  del  Norte  is  the  great  leading  river  in  this  dis- 
trict. It  rises  in  the  northern  part  of  the  district,  near  the 
lat.  of  40o,  about  300  miles  north-west  from  Santa  Fe,  and 
passing  that  place,  it  runs  a  south  by  east  course,  about 
550  miles,  and  makes  a  large  bend  to  the  northward  of 
more  than  1 00  miles  ;  and  from  the  extremity  of  the  bend 
it  runs  nearly  a  south-east  course  of  about  400  miles,  and 
falls  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Its  whole  length  is  about 
1 350  miles.  This  river  has  fewer  tributary  branches  than 
any  other  of  equal  length  on  the  continent  of  North 
America.  It  is  almost  an  independent  river.  Its  principal 
tributaries  are  the  Rio  Conchos  on  the  west,  and  Rio 
Puerco  east.  It  *s  so  interrupted  by  sand  bars  in  the  low 
country,  and  rapids  in  the  upper  part,  that  it  is  not  naviga- 
ble except  for  short  distances. 

The  River  Gila  rises  in  the  western  part  of  this  territory, 
among  the  mountains,  and  runs  westward  above  350  miles. 

The  Hiaqui  falls  into  the  Gulf  of  California  near  the 
central  part. 

In  such  a  great  extent  of  country  the  soil  must  be  very 
unequal.  Along  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  it  is  sandy,  but  im- 
proves toward  the  interior.  The  north-east  part  border- 
ing upon  the  United  States,  is  almost  a  barren  wilderness. 
The  general  character  of  the  soil  throughout  the  whole 
country  is  dry  and  sandy,  but  there  are  many  fertile  val- 
leys, and  the  country  is  capable  of  sustaining  a  considera- 
ble population. 

The  objects  of  the  greatest  importance  in  this  country 
are  the  mines,  which  are  numerous,  and  many  of  them 
exceedingly  rich.  Gold  and  silver  mines  extend  nearly 


MEXICO.  463 

over  the  whole  country  between  the  Rio  del  Norte  and 
Gulf  of  California,  except  in  the  province  of  New  Mexi- 
co, and  in  it  there  is  an  extensive  and  valuable  copper 
mine. 

The  climate  in  this  country  is  as  various  as  the  soil. — 
Along  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Gulf  of  California  it  is 
warm,  and  often  sultry  and  unwholesome.  In  the  table 
land  in  the  interior  there  is  every  variety  of  climate,  one 
general  character  being  that  it  is  subject  to  great  changes, 
and  the  north-west  wind  is  always  excessively  cold  in 
winter.  In  the  northern  part,  toward  the  sources  of  the 
Rio  del  Norte,  it  appears  to  be  nearly  similar  to  the  cli- 
mate at  Fort  Mandan.  Pike  remarks,  "  No  person  ac- 
customed to  reside  in  the  temperate  climate  of  36  and  37 
degrees  of  north  latitude,  in  the  United  States,  can  form 
any  idea  of  the  piercing  cold  in  that  parallel  in  New 
Mexico  ;  but  the  air  is  serene,  and  unaccompanied  by 
damps  and  fogs,  as  it  rains  but  once  in  the  year,  and  some 
years  not  at  all.  It  is  a  mountainous  country.  The  grand 
dividing  ridges,  which  separate  the  waters  of  the  Rio  del 
Norte  from  those  of  California,  border  it  on  the  line  of  its 
western  limits,  and  are  covered  in  some  places  with 
eternal  snows,  which  give  a  keenness  to  the  air  that 
could  not  be  calculated  upon,  nor  expected,  in  a  temper- 
ate zone." 

Under  the  Spanish  government  the  country  was  divided 
into  three  Intendancies,  viz.  1.  SAN  Louis  POTOSI, 
comprehending  the  provinces  of  Texas,  New  Santander, 
Cohauila,  New  Leon,  and  San  Louis  Potosi;  the  last  being 
within  the  vice-royalty  of  Mexico. 

2.  DURANGO,  comprehending  New  Mexico  and  New 
Biscay. 

3.  SONORA,  comprehending  Sonora  and  Sinaloa. 

By  a  more  recent  arrangement  the  country,  including- 


464        CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

California,  was  constituted  into  two  military  governments. 


1.  EASTERN    INTERNAL    PROVINCES,    comprehending 
Texas,   Cohauila,  New  Santander,  and  New  Leon. 

2.  WESTERN  INTERNAL  PROVINCES,  comprehending  Neic 

Mexico,  New  Biscay,  Sonora,  Sinaloa,  and  the  Cali- 
fornias. 

The  extent  and  population  of  this  territory  were  given 
by  Humboldt  under  the  first  of  these  arrangements  as 
follows : 


Intendancies.       Square  Miles.  Pop.  1803.         Chief  Towns  and  Pop. 

New  Mexico, 43,770  40,200        Santa  Fe. 

Sonora,   146,763  121,400         Sonora,   6,400 

NewBiscay, 129,360  159,700        Chihuahua,....     11,600 

San  Louis  Potosi, 212,295  334,900         San  Louis  Potosi,  12,000 

532,188  654,200 

Unsettled, 427,592 

959,780 


It  is  probable  that  the  population  has  considerably  in- 
creased since  1803,  and  that  it  may  now  be  estimated  at 
800,000. 

The  principal  towns,  in  addition  to  the  chief  towns  in 
each  intendancy,  are — in  Texas,  San  Antonio,  Nacog- 
doches.  In  New  Santander,  New  Santander,  Reinosa, 
Loredo,  and  Soto  la  Marina.  In  New  Leon,  Monterry, 
Lenares,  and  Natividad.  In  Cohauila,  Castanuela,  St. 
Buenaventura  and  Monelova.  In  New  Biscay,  Durango, 
San  Antonio.  In  New  Mexico,  Tous  and  Pino,  and  Passo 


MEXICO.  -Itto 

del  Norte.  In  Sonora,  Sonom,  *#mpe,and  Torrante.  In 
Sinaloa,  Cullican  and  Fuerte. 

Besides  the  settled  provinces  there  is  a  large  extent  of 
territory  entirely  unsettled,  situated  between  New  Mexico 
and  California  westward,  and  eastward  between  New 
Mexico,  Cohauila,  and  Texas  and  the  United  States. — 
There  is  also  a  large  territory  unsettled,  exjjtpt  with  In- 
dians, between  New  Biscay  and  Cohauila,  called  Bolson 
de  Mapimi. 

Notwithstanding  the  value  of  the  mineral  treasures  of 
the  country,  it  is  so  unfavourably  situated  in  a  commercial 
point  of  view  that  it  is  of  very  little  importance  to  the 
United  States. 


MEXICO  VICE-ROYALTY. 


This  country,  the  finest  in  North  America,  is  situated 
between  16°  and  24°  45'  north  lat.  and  9°  40'  and  29°  west 
longitude.  It  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  Internal 
Provinces  and  Gulf  of  Mexico ;  east  by  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  and  Caribbean  Sea ;  south  by  Guatimala  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean ;  and  west  by  the  Pacific  Ocean.  It  ex- 
tends from  north  to  south  about  550  miles,  and  from  east 
to  west  1100;  and  the  area  is  estimated  at  302,920  square 
miles. 

It  is  a  most  picturesque  and  rich  country.    The  eastern 

shore  is  low  and  sandy ;  but  the  country  rises  by  a  gradu- 

,  al  ascent  to  a  great  elevation,  the  plain  of  Mexico,  in  the 

central  part,  being  more  than  7000  feet  above  the  level  of 

the  sea,  and  there  are  mountains,  several  of  them  volcanic, 

extending  to  an  elevation  of  17,000  feet  above  the  plain. 

On  the  west  side  the  country  again  drops  down  to  the 

59 


V 


466         CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

level  of  the  sea.  The  principal  mountains  are  Popocate- 
petl, 17,716  feet  high;  Iztaccihuatl,  or  the  White  Woman, 
15,700  feet;  Pic  d'Orizaba,  17,371;  and  Cofre  de  Pe- 
rote,  13,414  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

The  country  being  narrow  there  are  not  many  extensive 
rivers ;  the  chief  are  Rio  Grande  de  Santiago,  Rio  de 
Zacatula,  IQO  Tucad,  Rio  Chicometepec,  and  Rio  Chi- 
malapa  on  me  west  coast;  and  the  Tampico,  Blanco, 
Guasaqualco,  Tobasco  and  Barcedares  on  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico.  The  principal  harbours  are  VERA  CRUZ,  Jllva- 
rado,  Tampico,  and  Guasaqualco  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ; 
and  ACAPULCO,  Tehuantepec,  and  Zacatula  on  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

There  is  a  great  variety  of  soil,  and  much  of  it  is  good, 
producing  grain,  grass,  cotton,  fruit,  and  generally  every 
species  of  produce  peculiar  to  the  United  States  and  West 
Indies;  and,  as  there  is  in  many  places  a  perpetual  springr 
they  have  several  crops  each  year. 

Mexico  is  exceedingly  rich  in  minerals.  The  silver 
mines  are  the  most  productive  of  any  in  the  world,  and 
there  is  also  considerable  gold  mines  and  mines  of  other 
valuable  minerals.  The  produce  of  the  mines,  in  1803, 
was  estimated  at  nearly  $20,000,000  annually,iof  which 
about  600,000  was  gold,  the  remainder  silver.  The  busi- 
ness of  mining,  it  is  presumed,  has  been  impaired  during 
the  revolutionary  period,  but  the  treasures  exist  in  the 
earth,  and  the  business  has  been  resumed,  and  will  be  as 
productive  as  ever,  if  not  more  so. 

The  climate  has  every  variety  from  extreme  heat  to 
temperate.  The  seacoast  is  in  all  directions  hot  and  often 
sultry,  being  frequently  very  unhealthy ,  but  on  the  table 
land  it  is  temperate  and  agreeable  all  the  year,  and  the 
highest  mountains  are  constantly  covered  with  snow.  The 
mean  heat  at  Mexico  in  the  middle  of  summer  is  about 


MEXICO. 


4t>7 


t>3o,  and  at  Vera  Cruz  about  81  o ;  and  there  is  but  little 
difference  in  the  winter  season,  so  that  the  upper  country 
has  a  perpetual  spring,  and  the  low  country  a  perpetual 
and  very  hot  summer.  As  the  climate  varies  according 
to  the  elevation,  a  person  who  can  shift  his  position,  may 
take  any  climate  he  chooses,  from  the  mildness  of  spring 
to  the  ardent  heat  of  a  tropical  summer. 

This  is  an  old  settled  country,  and  many  parts  of  it  sus- 
tains a  large  population.  Under  the  Spanish  government 
it  was  subdivided  into  i  ntendancies,  which  subdivisions 
will  probably  be  continued.  These  several  intendancies, 
with  the  population  in  1803,  and  chief  town  in  each  will 
be  seen  in  the  following 


TOPOGRAPHICAL  TABLE. 


Intendancies.         Square  Miles. 

Zacatecas,             18,055 
Guadalaxara,         73,690 
Guanaxuato,            6,980 
Valladolid,             26,420 
Mexico,                 45,440  1 
Puebla,                  20,670 
Vera  Cruz,             31,745 
Oaxaca,                  34,095 
Yucatan,orMerida,  45,825 

Pop.  1803.     Chief  Town*      &  Pop. 

153,300  Zacatecas,     33,000 
630,500  Guadalaxara,  19,500 
517,300  Guanaxuato,  70,600 
376,400  Valladolid,     18,000 
,511,800  Mexico,       137,000 
813,300  Puebla,          67,800 
156,000  Vera  Cruz,     16,000 
534,800  Oaxaca,         24,000 
456,800  Merida,          10,000 

302,920  5,310,200 


It  is  presumed  thafcthe  population  has  considerably  in- 
creased, and  that  it  may  now  be  estimated  at  6,500,000. 
Many  parts  of  the  country  are  very  thickly  settled,  and 


408  CONTIGUOUS    COUNTRIES. 

there  are  a  vast  number  of  towns  and  villages ;  but  tht 
only  particular  notice  necessary  here  is  of  Mexico,  the 
capital ;  and  Acapulco  the  western,  and  Vrera  Cruz  the 
eastern  port. 

MEXICO  is  situated  in  19o  24  N.  lat.  and  22o  10'  west 
long.  It  lies  in  a  delightful  valley  surrounded  by  high 
lands,  in  the  middle  of  the  country  between  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  and  Pacific  Ocean,  and  is  elevated  above  each 
more  than  7000  feet.  It  is  regularly  laid  out,  the  streets 
crossing  one  another  at  right  angles,  and  they  are  general- 
ly broad  and  are  kept  in  good  order.  This  is  the  great 
mart  into  which  the  treasures  of  Mexico  flow,  and  they 
are  conveyed  hence  to  the  other  parts  of  the  world  by  the 
port  of  Acapulco  on  the  Pacific,  and  Vera  Cruz  on  the 
Atlantic. 

The  mint,  is  situated  here,  and  is  the  largest  establish- 
ment of  the  kind  in  the  world,  400  workmen  being  neces- 
sary to  carry  on  the  business  of  coining  money.  The 
other  manufactures  have  hitherto  principally  been  gold 
and  silver  work  in  all  the  various  branches,  and  great  part 
of  it  being  vases  and  church  ornaments. 

The  population  is  estimated  at  140,000. 

Jlcapulco  is  situated  on  the  Pacific  Ocean,  in  lat.  1 6C 
47'  and  is  a  fine  seaport,  but  very  unhealthy.  Being,  how- 
ever, the  great  western  seaport  of  Mexico,  and  contiguous 
to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  it  has  an  extensive  trade,  principally 
through  the  medium  of  the  island  of  Manilla.  The  ex- 
ports consist  principally  of  the  precious  metals,  and  the 
imports  are  muslins,  printed  calicoes,  coarse  cottons,  silk, 
and  articles  of  silk,  china  ware,  jewelry,  spices,  and  aro- 
matics. 

Owing  to  the  unhealthiness  of  the  place  there  is  but  a 
thin  population,  only  about  4000,  and  these  chiefly  negroes: 


MEXICO.  469 

but  in  the  season  of  the  arrival  of  the  galleons,  a  vast 
many  strangers,  particularly  from  Mexico,  go  to  purchase 
goods,  and  many  of  them  fall  a  sacrifice  to  the  climate. 

Vera  Cruz  is  situated  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  in  N. 
lat.  19°  8 ';  and  is  the  seat  of  the  greatest  commerce  in 
Mexico.  It  is  the  eastern  port  for  exporting  the  precious 
metals  to  other  parts  of  the  world,  and  is  the  great  mart 
for  the  disposal  of  manufactured  goods,  of  which  the 
quantity  imported  here  is  immense.  The  trade  as  calcu- 
lated by  Humboldt  was  as  follows  : 

Annual  exports  of  gold  and  silver  coin,  )  $*„  nnn  nnn 
bullion,  and  plate, j  #17,000,00 

Cochineal, 2,400,000 

Sugar, 1,300,000 

Flour, 300,000 

Other  articles,    -     - 790,000 


$21,790,000 


Annual  imports  of  bale  goods,  including  } 

woollens,  cottons,  linens,  and  silks,  to  >  $9,200,000 

the  value  of ) 

Paper,       -     -     -          1,000,000 

Brandy, 1,000,000 

Cacao, 1,000,000 

Quicksilver, 650,000 

Other  articles,    --------  1,750,000 


$14,600,000 


It  is  presumed  that  in  consequence  of  the  contiguity  of 


470       CONTIGUOUS  COUNTRIES. 

this  port  to  the  United  States,  and  the  great  increase  and 
excellence  of  the  manufactures  of  that  country,  that  there 
will  eventually  be  a  great  trade  between  the  principal  sea- 
ports of  the  United  States  and  Vera  Cruz,  Alvarado  and 
Tampico. 

The  distances  of  the  principal  ports  are  as  follows  : 

Miles. 

New  Orleans,         950 
Savannah,  1600 

Charleston,  1700 

Baltimore,  2300 

Philadelphia,         2350 
New-York,  2450 

Boston,  2700 

General  Abstract  of  the  Extent  and  Population  of  Mexico. 

Square  Milts.  Pop.  1803. 

Calafornia,  400,000  24,600 

Internal  Provinces,    959,780  654,200 

Mexico,  302,920        5,310,000 

1,662,700        5,989,000 


It  is  presumed  that  the  population  has  increased  at  least 
one-third  since  1803,  and  is  now  above  7,000,000. 


THE  foregoing  general  view  embraces  all  the  countries 
contiguous  to  the  United  States  exhibited  on  the  map. 


REPUBLIC  OF  COLOMBIA.  471 

but  having  in  a  supplement  exhibited  Guatimala,  the 
Isthmus  of  Darien,  and  the  northern  part  of  South  America, 
we  shall  give  a  short  description  of  Guatimala  and  the 
principal  seaports  in  the  new  Republic  of  Colombia,  so  as 
to  complete  the  picture  of  the  contiguous  territories  to 
the  United  States. 

GUATIMALA  extends  from  Mexico  to  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama,  and  from  the  Caribbean  Sea  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  The  great  Mexican  Mountain  or  Table  land, 
runs  through  the  middle  of  the  country  from  north-west 
to  south-east,  and  the  country  falls  on  each  side  of  it 
to  the  respective  oceans,  as  in  Mexico.  The  soil  is 
represented  as  being  very  fertile,  producing  corn,  cotton, 
cochineal,  and  dye-woods.  The  population  is  estimated 
at  1,800,000. 

The  principal  towns  are  GUATIMALA,  Vera  Paz, 
Comyagua,  Truxillo,  and  Cartajo. 

The  United  States  have  very  little  trade  to  this  country, 
except  to  the  coast  of  Honduras  for  logwood. 

VERAGUAS,  the  south-east  province  of  this  country,  has 
lately  sent  deputies  to  the  congress  of  Colombia,  and  will 
probably  be  incorporated  with  that  Republic.  The  chief 
town  in  this  territory  is  Santiago. 

PANAMA  occupies  the  isthmus,  and  will  probably  soon 
have  an  extensive  trade.  It  is  now  part  of  the  Republic 
of  Colombia.  The  chief  town  on  the  Caribbean  Sea  is 
Porto  Bello,  and  the  chief  town  on  the  Pacific  is  Panama. 
The  distance  between  them  in  a  right  line  is  only  35 
miles.  The  congress  of  the  American  Republics  as- 
sembled at  this  place  in  1826. 


472 


CONTIGUOUS   COUNTRIES. 


THE  REPUBLIC  OF  COLOMBIA  extends  across  the  whole 
northern  part  of  the  continent  of  South  America,  and  is 
most  favourably  situated  for  the  trade  of  the  United 
States,  of  which,  in  all  probability,  it  will  soon  have  a 
large  share.  The  principal  ports  are  Carthagena,  Santa 
Martha,  Maracaybo,  Porto  Cabello,  La  Guayra,  Barce- 
lona, and  Cwnana. 


\MC3fl 

t-nfl 

::n  c 

•-•I" 


:x~,. 
ESS 

szn: 


VIEWS  ON  POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 


^0  TjELE:  PEOPLE  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

">  Citizens, 
QLSr    I  have  now  completed  a  work  which  I  have  long  had 

^^contemplation,  namely,  A  Map  embracing  THE  WHOLE 
L.NITED  STATES  TERRITORY,  with  the  contiguous  British 
«^nd  Spanish  Possessions,  including  the  Mexican,  Empire; 

cxklmd  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  and  conti- 

Clf? 

guous  countries,  corresponding  with  the  map.  To  this 
work  I  beg  leave  to  call  your  particular  attention,  believing 
that  you  will  find  it  useful  and  instructive.  By  looking 
at  the  map  you  will  see  a  topographical  representation  of 
your  country,  with  all  the  improvements  up  to  the  present 
time.  In  the  description  you  will  find  an  account  of  the 
nature  and  extent  of  that  country ;  of  the  soil,  the  pro- 
duce, the  climate,  the  waters  and  minerals ;  also  of  the 
settlement  and  progress  of  society,  through  all  the  vari- 
ous gradations  of  civilized  life.  In  preparing  the  first 
edition  of  this  work  my  mind  was  strongly  impressed 
with  an  idea  of  the  rising  importance  of  this  country,  al- 
though I  then  only  saw  in  part,  and  knew  in  part.  The 
circumstances  which  have  since  come  under  my  observa- 
tion, and  the  developements  that  have  been  made,  particu- 
larly in  regard  to  the  Geological  Structure  and  Climate  of  the 
United  States,  have  opened  up  an  entirely  new  riew,  and 
that  view  is  so  interesting,  that  I  have  considered  it  my 
60 


474  POLITICAL   ECONOMY. 

duty  to  use  every  effort  to  lay  all  the  material  facts  be* 
fore  you. 

The  object  of  the  publication  is  to  convey  to  the  citi- 
zens of  the  United  States,  and  to  the  world,  a  correct 
view  of  all  the  leading  features  of  the  country.  To  ac- 
complish this  object  without  a  map  was  impossible.  But 
such  is  the  extent  and  importance  of  the  country,  that  a 
map  alone  was  inadequate  to  the  end.  A  Description  was 
requisite,  and  this  could  not  be  prepared  without  the  cen- 
sus of  1 820.  This  was  long  delayed,  but  the  circumstance 
enabled  me  to  procure  many  details  which  I  would  not 
otherwise  have  had  ;  and  the  census  itself  added  so  much 
to  our  stock  of  statistical  information,  that  I  resolved,  in 
addition  to  the  natural  geography,  to  introduce  an  account 
of  the  political  history  and  the  arrangements  in  political 
economy  of  the  United  States.  I  have  also  inserted  a  ge- 
neral view  of  the  contiguous  states  and  territories ;  and  I 
have  now  only  to  add  a  short  view  of  several  points  in 
political  economy,  that  could  not  with  propriety  have  been 
introduced  in  the  body  of  the  work. 

You  have  in  your  possession,  fellow  citizens,  a  most 
valuable  inheritance.  By  looking  at  the  Statistical  Table, 
page  84,  you  will  see  that  your  possessions  amount  to 
2,076,400  square  miles  of  territory,  which  is  equal  to 
1,328,896,000  acres ;  and  this  divided  among  the  present 
population,  is  nearly  140  acres  for  every  individual ;  so 
that,  to  use  the  words  of  a  celebrated  statesman,  you 
have  "  room  for  your  descendants  to  the  thousandth  and 
thousandth  generation."  Your  country  is  finely  skirted 
by  seas,  and  traversed  by  noble  navigable  rivers.  Your 
climate  is  superior  to  what  I  supposed  before  I  prepared 
this  work;  It  is  peculiarly  favourable  for  raising  the 
choicest  fruits  of  the  earth.  Your  distant  territories  are 
also  much  more  valuable  than  I  anticipated.  Your  go- 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY.  475 

vernment  is  of  your  own  choice,  and  without  tumult  or 
noise  it  can  be  modified  or  amended  to  suit  existing 
circumstances.  Your  rulers  are  men  appointed  by  your- 
selves, and  are  amenable  to  you  for  the  correctness  of  their 
conduct.  The  government  being  appointed  by  and  for 
the  people,  is,  probably,  the  most  frugal  on  earth ;  and 
with  due  attention  in  the  selection  of  your  rulers,  it  can- 
not fail  to  lead  to  happiness  and  felicity. 

Notwithstanding  all  these  transcendant  advantages, 
however,  you  have  had  great  difficulties  to  contend  with,  and 
the  pressure  of  them  has  been  felt  from  one  extremity  of 
the  union  to  the  other. 

This  has  been  so  clearly  seen  and  felt,  that  it  would  be 
wasting  words  to  comment  upon  it,  and  instead  of  doing 
so,  I  shall  endeavour  to  lay  before  you  the  true  cause  of 
these  difficulties,  under  a  conviction  that  a  clear  view 
thereof,  is  the  best  method  of  pointing  towards  a  perma- 
nent remedy.  Preparatory  to  this,  I  beg  leave  to  call  your 
attention  to  the  several  Statistical  Tables  in  pages  83  and 
84,  and  to  the  articles  on  Agriculture,  Manufactures,  and 
Commerce,  which  immediately  follow  them.  From  these 
tables  you  will  see  a  connected  view  of  the  population, 
subdivided  into  the  various  classes  of  males,  females,  free 
people  of  colour,  slaves,  &c.  ;  and  then  the  length,  breadth, 
and  area  of  the  country ;  the  quantity  of  acres  in  each 
state  and  territory,  the  population  in  each  square  mile  ; 
and  the  number  of  acres  to  each  person.  I  shall  now  sub- 
join another  table  from  the  census,  showing  the  whole 
population,  with  a  view  of  the  state  of  society  as  employ- 
ed in  the  three  great  branches  of  social  industry,  Agricul- 
ture, Manufactures,  and  Commerce. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY 


TABLE — Showing  the  population  of  each  slate  and  territory, 
and  the  number  of  persons  in  each  employed  in  Agriculture, 
Manufactures,  and  Commerce. 


STATES 
AND  TERRITORIES. 

Popula- 
tion. 

Agricul- 
ture. 

Manu- 
factures. 

Commerce. 

Maine 

298  335 

55  041 

7  643 

4  297 

Vew  Hampshire    .     .    . 
Vermont      

244,161 
235,764 

52,'S84 
50,951 

8,699 
8,484 

1,068 
776 

Massachusetts  .... 
Rhode  Island         .     .     . 

523,287 
83,059 

63,460 
12,559 

33466 
6,091 

13,301 
l'l62 

Connecticut          .    .     . 

275,24f 

50,518 

17,541 

3,581 

New-  York  .          ... 

1,372,812 

247,648 

60,038 

9,113 

Vew-Jersey          .     .     . 
Pennsylvania        .     .     . 
Delaware          .     . 

277,575 
1.049,458 
72,749 

40,811 
140,801 
13  259 

15,941 
60,215 

2  821 

1,830 
7,08$ 
533 

Maryland 

407  350 

79  135 

is'  640 

4  771 

Virginia 

1  065,366 

276  422 

32  336 

4509 

North  Carolina     .     .     . 

638,829 

174,196 

11*844 

2,551 

South  Carolina     .     .     . 

502,741 

168,707 

6,747 

2,684 

340,98J 

101  185 

3  557 

2  139 

Alabama      

127,901 

30'642 

1  412 

'452 

Mississippi  

75,448 
153,407 

22,033 
53  941 

650 
6  041 

294 
6  251 

Tennessee   

422,813 

101  919 

7  860 

'«*» 

Kentucky 

564317 

132  161 

11  779 

1  617 

Ohio  

581,434 
147,178 

110,991 
61  315 

18,956 
3  229 

1,495 
429 

Illinois    

55,211 

12,395 

l'o07 

233 

66  586 

14  247 

1  952 

495 

Michigan  Territory  .     . 
Arkansas  Territory   .     . 
District  of  Columbia      . 

8,896 
14,273 
33,039 

1,468 
3,613 
853 

'196 
179 
2,184 

392 
79 
512 

TOTAL     

9,638,226 

2,170,646 

349,506 

72,493 

Now  supposing  the  view  of  society  presented  in  the 
foregoing  table  to  be  correct,  the  first  remark  that  intrudes 
itself,  is,  that  there  are  too  few  of  the  citizens  of  the  Uni- 
ted States  employed  in  active  industry.  The  whole  popu- 
lation is  9,638,226,  and  the  aggregate  of  the  persons  shown 
to  be  employed  in  agriculture,  manufactures,  and  com- 
merce, is  only  2,593,095,  being  little  more  than  one-fourth 
part;  and  what  is  very  remarkable,  it  appears  that  a  greater 
number  of  persons  are  actively  employed  in  the  southern 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY.  477 

than,  in  the  northern  states.  In  the  states  where  slavery 
does  not  exist,  the  proportion  employed  is  as  23.7  to  100, 
or  nearly  1  in  4.  In  the  most  northern  of  the  states  where 
slavery  exists,  viz.  Delaware,  Maryland,  Kentucky,  Mis- 
souri, and  Tennessee,  the  proportion  is  as  25  to  100,  or  ex- 
actly one  in  4.  In  the  states  south  of  these  the  propor- 
tion is  nearly  as  31  to  100,  or  almost  1  in  3.  The  reason 
of  this  is  obvious,  the  staple  commodities  of  the  south- 
ern states,  cotton  and  tobacco,  are  freely  admitted  into 
the  markets  of  Britain,  while  the  staples  of  the  northern 
states  are  excluded.  Now  mark  one  of  the  results.  In 
South  Carolina  the  exportable  produce  is  cotton  and  rice, 
they  are  both  admitted  in  British  ports  ;  and  in  1821  the 
exports  of  domestic  produce  from  that  state  amounted  to 
$6,868,000.  The  number  of  persons  shown  to  be  actively 
employed,  by  the  census  is  nearly  as  35  to  100,  or  more 
than  one  in  3.  In  Pennsylvania  the  staple  commodity  is 
flour,  and  that  is  not  admitted  in  the  ports  of  Britain,  ex- 
cept for  re-exportation.  In  1821  the  exports  of  domestic 
produce  from  that  state  amounted  only  to  $2,832,000.— 
The  number  of  persons  shown  to  be  actively  employed,  by 
the  census  is  only  about  20  to  100,  or  nearly  1  in  5. 

There  does  not  exist  very  accurate  data  for  forming  an 
estimate  of  the  number  of  persons  who  ought  to  be  em- 
ployed in  agriculture,  manufactures,  and  commerce ;  nor 
of  the  proportions  they  should  bear  to  each  other  in  a  well- 
regulated  community.  From  the  best  estimate  I  can  make 
for  the  United  States,  the  number  ought  to  be  about  33 
in  100  ;  and  the  proportions  should  be  about  20  engaged 
in  agriculture,  10  in  manufactures,  and  3  in  commerce. — 
Applying  this  rule  to  the  United  States,  there  would  in 
the  aggregate  population  of  9,638,226  be  employed  in  agri- 
culture 1,927,645  ;  in  manufactures  963,822  ;  and  in  com- 
merce 288,146.  As  the  case  stands  the  aggregate  propor- 


478  POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

tion  of  persons  employed  is  nearly  as  28  to  100  ;  the  pro- 
portion engaged  in  agriculture  being  nearly  22  per  cent, 
that  in  manufactures  only  about  3i  per  cent,  and  in  com- 
merce it  is  less  than  1  per  cent. 

By  referring  to  Colquhoun's  Statistics  of  Britain,  a 
most  profound  work ;  it  appaers  that  in  a  population  of 
17,096,830,  there  are  1,302, 151  families  employed  inagri- 
culture  and  the  mines ;  970,224  employed  in  manufac- 
tures ;  464,500  employed  in  inland  trade ;  72,050  in  for- 
eign and  shipping  trade ;  and  5000  in  the  fine  arts.  By 
supposing  that  only  two  in  a  family  are  actively  employed, 
which  it  is  supposed  is  pretty  near  the  truth,  the  result 
will  be  as  follows  : 

Proportion  to  the  aggregate  population, 

Agriculture  and  Mines,  2,604,302  1 5  and  one-fifthper  cent. 

Manufactures, 1,940,448  11  and  one-third  percent. 

Inland  Trade,  -  -  -      929,000  5  and  a  half  per  cent. 
Foreign  Trade,   -  -      154,000  1  per  cent. 
Artists, 10,000 


5,637,750  nearly  1  in  3. 


It  will  be  perceived  that  the  proportion  of  agricultu- 
rists is  considerably  less  than  that  of  the  United  States, 
and  accordingly  Britain  exports  no  agricultural  produce. 
But  the  manufacturers  are  in  the  proportion  of  \l\  per 
cent,  while  in  the  United  States  there  are  only  3| :  and 
the  consequence  is  that  Britain  exports  manufactures  to 
the  extent  of  $200,000,000  annually,  while  the  United 
States  imports  for  home  consumption  about  $30,000,000. 
But  the  greatest  difference  is  in  the  mercantile  class.  In 
Britain  the  merchants  employed  in  the  inland  trade  amount 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY.  479 

to  nearly  5iper  cent,  of  the  population,  and  those  employ- 
ed in  foreign  commerce  amount  to  nearly  1  per  cent, 
while  the  whole  of  the  mercantile  class  in  the  United 
States  amounts  to  considerably  less  than  1  per  cent.  !  ! — 
The  proof  is  conclusive  that  the  mercantile  class  is  greatly 
extended  by  manufactures. 

The  state  which  comes  nearest  to  the  estimate  of  what 
it  is  supposed  the  United  .  States  ought  to  be  is  Rhode 
Island.  There  the  population  is  83,059;  12,559  being  en- 
gaged in  agriculture,  6091  in  manufactures,  and  1162  in 
commerce.  The  aggregate  population  employed  in  the 
three  branches  is  about  24  per  cent,  and  the  proportion  is 
15  per  cent,  employed  in  agriculture,  7i  per  cent,  in  ma- 
nufactures, and  nearly  1  \  per  cent,  in  commerce.  It  is 
presumed,  though  the  fact  is  not  accurately  known,  that 
the  aggregate  result  of  the  industry  of  Rhode  Island  is  su- 
perior, at  present,  to  that  of  any  other  state  in  the  union. 

We  shall  now  take  a  view  of  the  commerce  of  the  Uni- 
ted States,  as  a  preparatory  step  to  some  general  remarks 
on  the  industry  and  prosperity  of  the  country. 


••'•**& 


' 


480 


POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 


TABLE  I.— IMPORTS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  FOR  1821. 


Countries. 

Merchandise. 

Bullion  and 
Specie. 

TOTAL^ 

1,852,000 
1,000 
750,000 
16,000 
587,000 
24,439,000 
631,000 
800,000 
4,125,000 
516,000 
215,000 
618,000 
132,000 
34,682,000 

10,000 

1,352,000 
648,000 
603,000 
190,000 
865,000 
26,000 
141,000 
355,000 
98,000 

1,852,000 
1,000 
760,000 
16.000 
1,939;000 
25,087,000 
1,234,000 
990,000 
4,990,000 
542,000 
356,000 
.  973,000 
230,000 

Denmark  and  Norway      -    - 
Holland 

Gibraltar 

Hanse  Towns    

Italylfnd  Malta      -    -    -    - 

Total  EUROPE      -    -    - 

4,288,000 

38,970,000 
"pOO 
265,000 
190,000 
138,000 
10,000 
64,000 
396,000 
130,000 
1,200,000 

British  Ports      

5,000 
266,000 
180,000 
137,000 
10,000 
32,000 
305,000 
62,000 

2,000 

10,000 
1,000 

32,000 
91,000 
68,000 

Faval 

CapedeVerd    
Turkey,  Levant  and  Egypt  - 

Total  AFRICA  -    -    -    - 
Dutch  East  Indies  .... 

996,000            204,000 

134,000 
1,531,000 
115,000 
3,112,000 
123,000 

89,000 
27,000 
81,000 

134,000 
1,531,000 
i  115,000 
3,112,000 
123,800 

Manilla  and  Philippine  Islands 

Cnma 

Total  ASIA  

British  Colonies     .... 
Florida     - 

5,015,000 

163,'000 
135,000 

5,015,000 
492^000 
190,000 
216,000 

Total  NORTH  AMERICA 

701,000            197,000 

898,000 
611,000 
1,984,000 
861,000 
927,000 
2,246,000 
901,000 
627,000 
6,585,000 
4,000 

Swedish  ---.--- 

318,000 
1,674,000 
755,000 
126,000 
1,742,000 
865,000 
614,000 
5,422,000 
4,000 

293,000 
310,000 
106,000 
801,000 
504,000 
36,000 
13,000 
1,163,000 

Dutch      -    - 

Havti 

rSh 

Cuba  -------- 

Generally     ----.- 

Total  WEST  INDIES    - 

11,520,000 

3,226,000 

14,746,000 
1,114,000 
605,000 
34,000 
1,753,000 

poo 

62,586,000 

985,000 
585,000 
34,000 

129,000 
20,000 

Total  SOUTH  AMERICA 
Uncertain  Ports     -    -    -    - 

1,604,000 

149,000 

4,000 

Totallmports  -    -    - 

54,522,000 

8,064,000 

POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 


481 


TABLE  II.—  EXPORTS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  FOR 


Countries. 

Domestic 
Produce. 

Foreign 
Produce. 

Bullion 
and  Specie. 

TOTAL. 

p 

128,000 
154,000 
166,000 
1,955,000 
18,634,000 
956,000 
1,536,000 
5,169,000 
349,000 
148,000 
410,000 
32,000 
184,000 
29,821,000 
10^000 
74,000 
193,000 
27,000 
19,000 
22,000 
31,000 
85,000 

501,000 
63,000 
360,000 
1,739,000 
209,000 
482,000 
597,000 
347,000 
191,000 

690,000 
308,000 
11,000 
5,498,000 
~~^000 
42,000 
25,000 
11,000 
2,000 
8,000 
407,000 
42,000 

1,934,000 
32,000 

12,000 

1,978,000 

7,000 
2,000 

21,000 
30,000 

629,000 
217,000 
526,000 
3,694,000 
20,777,000 
1,470,000 
2,133,000 
5,528,000 
540,000 
148,000 
1,100,000 
340,000 
195,000 
37,297,000 

15^00 

123,000 
220,000 
38,000 
42,000 
30,000 
438,000 
127,000 

Tospoo 

1,715,000 
1,966,000 
211,000 
8,000 
4,291,000 
1,213,000 
9,404,000 
2,0io7>06 
14,000 
350,000 
207,000 
377,000 
5,000 
2,963,000 
560,000 
1,802,000 
683,000 
265,000 
2,270,000 
896,000 
4,541,000 
209,000 
560,000 
1V7861600 
1,038,000 
1,382,000 
71,000 
64,974,000 

HolHnd    -     - 

Spain  -    -    - 

Portugal 

Italy  and  Malta  

Total  EUROPE      -    -    - 

~VT    ft    * 

Fayal  -    -    -    - 

Cape  de  Verd     -    -    -    -    - 

Turkey,  Levant,  and  Egypt  - 
Generally     -    -    -    -    -    - 

Total  AFRICA  .... 

Dutch  East  Indies  -    -    -    - 

461,000 

ispob 

32,000 
1,000 
6,000 
389,000 
32,000 
593,000 
"2^016^00 
12,000 
300,000 
100,000 
94,000 

2,516,000 
fiO^OOO 
1,316,000 
533,000 
265,000 
1,741,000 
847,000 
2,950,000 
175,000 
513,000 

642,000 
—324^00 
49,000 
20,000 
2000 
510,000 
26,000 
931,000 
2,000 
46,000 
107,000 

283,000 
5,000 
443,000 
53,000 
471,000 
116,000 

469,000 
49,000 
1,326,000 
34,000 
47,000 

1,258,000 
1,885,000 
190,000 

3,392,000 
1,155,000 
"77880,000 

4,000 

4,Tioo 

15,000 
34,000 

60,000 
265,000 

374,000 

Manilla  and  Philippine  Islands 

China      -    -          •    -    -    - 

Others   ------ 

Florida                    -    -    -    - 

North  West  Coast-    -    -    - 
Newfoundland  and  fisheries  - 
Total  NORTH  AMERICA 
Swedish  -    -    

British     

Generally     ------ 

Total  WEST  INDIES     - 

8,847,000 

2,565,000 

Spanish    

508,000 
885,000 
40,000 
1,433,000 

475,000 
340,000 
31,000 
846,900 

55,000 
157,000 

2121000 

Total  SOUTH  AMERICA 
Total  Exports  -    -    - 

43,671,000 

]  0,825,000 

10,478,000 

2,491,000 

POLITICAL   ECONOMY. 


GENERAL  ABSTRACT. 

Imports  of  Merchandise     -----  $54,521,000 

Exports  of  Merchandise    -  -    54,496,000 

Balance  against  the  United  States  25,000 

Imports  of  Specie  and  Bullion     -    -     -  -      8,665,000 

Exports  of  Specie  and  Bullion     -      •    -  -     10,478,000 

Balance  against  the  United  States  -  -      1,813,000 

Imports  of  Merchandise  and  Bullion    -  -     62,586,000 

Exports  of  Merchandise  and  Bullion    -  -     64,974,000 


General  balance  of  trade  in  favour  of  the  } 

United  States  after  paying  $1,813,000  >       2,388,000 
from  the  Specie  capital      -     -     -     -    ) 


Having  now,  fellow  citizens,  submitted  these  statisti- 
cal documents  on  the  commerce  of  the  United  States,  I 
consider  it  rny  duty  explicitly  to  declare  that  in  my  opi- 
nion the  country  is  at  present  subject  to  so  many  commer- 
cial disadvantages,  that  the  national  policy  ought  to  be 
changed  by  some  legislative  provision. 

During  the  wars  in  Europe,  the  United  States  enjoyed 
an  extensive  commerce,  which  enabled  her  to  dispose  of 
all  her  surplus  raw  materials  to  great  advantage  ;  and  she 
had  the  means  of  purchasing  freely  of  the  manufactures 
of  other  nations.  After  the  general  peace,  the  impulse 
which  had  been  given  continued  to  operate  for  a  consi- 
derable time  after  the  primary  cause  had  ceased ;  and  tk 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY.  483 

United  States  had  an  extensive  commerce  until  the  year 
1818.  Then  the  trade  began  to  decline,  and  it  has  heen 
in  a  declining  state  ever  since.  It  has  been  the  policy  of 
the  greater  part  of  the  nations  of  Europe,  for  some  years 
past  at  least,  to  make  themselves  as  far  as  possible  inde- 
pendent within  themselves.  Even  Britain,  though  possess- 
ed of  most  transcendant  commercial  advantages  in  conse- 
quence of  her  extensive  manufactures,  came  to  the  reso- 
lution to  make  herself  independent  within  herself  for 
bread-stuffs.  The  immediate  consequence  of  this  regula- 
tion was  to  subject  the  United  States  to  a  very  great  com- 
mercial disadvantage,  so  far  as  the  British  trade  was  con- 
cerned. The  circumstance  not  only  lessened  the  exports 
of  the  United  States  generally,  and  subjected  the  country 
to  an  unfavourable  exchange  as  a  whole;  but  it  acted  most 
partially  and  unequally  upon  the  component  parts.  This 
will  clearly  appear  from  the  following  comparative  view. 

181 7— Exports  of  domestic  produce  $68,3 1 3,000 

Of  these,  bread-stuffs,  exclusive  of  rice  20,388,000 
Cotton,  rice,  and  tobacco     -     -     -     34,237,000 


Exports  from  South  Carolina*  -  9,944,000 
Exports  from  Pennsylvania*  -  -  5,538,000 

Exports  of  domestic  produce  •  -  43,672,000 
Qf  these,  bread-stuffs,  exclusive  of  rice  5,296,000 
Cotton,  rice,  and  tobacco  -  -  -  27,300,000 


Exports  from  South  Carolina       -    -     6,868,000 

Exports  from  Pennsylvania     -     -    -     2,832,000 

This  simple  view  of  the  case,  the  result  of  a  few  cal- 

*  These  two  states  are  fixed  upon  for  the  comparative  view,  because 
they  show  the  relative  state  of  the  trade  better  than  any  other. 


184  POLITICAL    ECONOMY. 

dilations  from  official  documents,  affords  decisive  evidence 
as  to  the  source  from  whence  has  sprung  the  commercial 
difficulties  and  embarrassments  of  the  United  States.  It 
has  arisen,  not  from  the  want  of  property — not  from  the 
want  of  industry — not  from  the  want  of  discretion  on  the 
part  of  the  merchants,  traders,  or  bankers  of  the  United 
States ;  but  simply  from  the  circumstance  that  we  have 
continued  as  a  nation  to  receive  indiscriminately  the 
manufactures  of  Britain  after  she  had  excluded  our  bread- 
stuffs.  Now  the  trade  under  this  partial  arrangement  has 
operated  against  the  United  States  in  a  fourfold  manner. 
1st.  It  has  brought  an  unfavourable  exchange  against  the 
country,  which  has  in  part  drained  off  the  basis  of  our  cir- 
culating medium.,  and  debilitated  our  banking  institutions. 
2d.  It  has,  by  reducing  our  exports,  also  reduced  our  im- 
ports, and  caused  a  depreciation  in  the  public  revenue.  3d. 
It  has  subjected  the  grain  growing  states  to  the  very  great 
inconvenience  of  curtailing  all  their  most  material  opera- 
tions, internal  as  well  as  external,  in  consequence  of  the 
want  of  an  efficient  circulating  medium.  4th.  By  restrict- 
ing the  exports  to  a  few  articles,  and  these  principally 
from  one  section  of  the  country,  it  has  caused  these  ar- 
ticles so  to  depreciate  in  the  British  market  that  the  price  is 
too  low,  to  the  great  injury  of  that  section. 

The  operation,  upon  the  whole,  has  had  a  tendency  to 
force  the  grain  growing  states  into  the  manufacturing  sys- 
tem ;  and  the  impulse  having  once  been  given,  the  manufac- 
tures of  these  states  will  no  doubt  continue  to  increase, 
and  this  circumstance  will  in  time  operate  to  their  relief. 
But  on  the  other  hand,  if  the  present  system  is  continued, 
the  greater  part  of  the  burden  of  an  unequal  commerce 
will  fall  upon  those  states  that  are  not  adapted  to  manu- 
facturing. The  exportation  to  Britain  will  be  chiefly  from 
them,  and  while  the  exchange  continues  against  the  conn- 


1'OLITICAL  ECONOMY.  485 

try,  a  strong  stimulus  will  be  in  operation  to  encourage 
the  production  and  shipment  of  produce*  But  Britain  be- 
ing the  chief  market,  it  will  be  regulated,  not  according 
to  the  intrinsic  value,  but  according  to  the  proportion 
which  the  stock  bears  to  the  demand,  and  the  probability 
is,  that  an  extra  quantity  of  produce  will  so  reduce  the 
price,  that  nothing  will  be  added  to  the  money  value. 

In  truth  it  appears,  that  this  operation  has  already  taken 
place,  and  to  a  very  great  extent,  as  will  be  seen  by  the 
following  comparative  view  of  the  articles  of  cotton,  to- 
bacco, and  rice. 

1818— Exports  of  Cotton,  93,076,1 78  Ibs.  $31,334,000 
Tobacco,  84,337  hhds.  9,867,000 
Rice,  85,181  tierces,  3,263,000 


Total 44,464,000 


1821— Exports  of  Cotton,  134,893,405  Ibs.  20,157,000 
Tobacco,  66,858  hhds.  5,649,000 
Rice,  88,221  tierces,  1,494,000 


Total 27,300,000 


Thus  we  see,  that  in  the  article  of  cotton  93,076,178 
pounds,  in  1818,  sold  for  $31,334,000,  while  in  1821, 
1 34,893,400  pounds  sold  for  only  $20, 1 57,000.  In  other 
words,  the  exportation  of  1821  was  more  than  that  of 
1818  by  41,817,222  pounds,  and  the  amount  realized  was 
less  by  $  1 1 , 1 77,000.  There  has  been  also  a  great  depre- 
ciation in  the  articles  of  tobacco  and  rice,  as  will  be  clear- 
ly seen  by  the  comparative  statement.  Comment  is  un- 
necessary. 

That  we  may  have  a  still  more  clear  view  of  the  nature 
of  the  British  trade,  and  its  present  effect  upon  the  United 


486  POLITICAL   ECONOMY. 

States,  the  following  table  is  extracted  from  the  official  do- 
cuments. 

Trade  with  the  British  Islands,  1821. 

IMPORTS.  EXPORTS. 

Copper,  glass,  and  tin . .        178,000    Wood  and  bark 141,000 

Woollens— Cloths    and  Naval  stores 248,000 

cassimeres    4,916,000     Ashes 356,000 

Worsted  stuffs  ..     1,627,000    Skins  and  furs 330,000 

Blankets  and  rugs  407,000    Hides,  beef,  horses,  &c-          37,000 

Cottons— Printed     and  Apples 10,000 

coloured  goods    4, 1 73,000    Flour 346,000 

White  2,351,000    Rice 306,000 

Nankeens 14,000    Cotton,  87,718,826  Ibs.  14,142,000 

Hosiery 399,000    Tobacco 2,225,000 

Cotton,  twist,  yarn,  and  Flax-seed 41 6,000 

thread 151,000    Wax 44,000 

Linens 2,108,000    All  other  articles 53,000 

Silks 187,000 

Hempen 182,000     Total  domestic  articles     18,634,000 

Copper  and  brass 429,000    Foreign  articles 202,000 

Iron  and  steel 2,004,000 

Glass 225,000     Total  merchandise  ....  18,806,000 

China 115,000     Specie  and  bullion 1,934,000 

Earthen  and  stone  ware  622,000 

Pewter  and  tin 168,000 

Spirits  and  wine 179,000 

Cheese.soap,  and  tallow  76,000 

Spices 53,000 

Paints 295,000 

Lead 236,000 

Cordage 52>000 

Salt 334,000 

Coal 83,000 

Free  articles  not  enume- 
rated    179,000 

Gold  and  silver  manu- 
factory   75,000 

All  other  articles 2,621,000 

Total  merchandise 24,439,000 

Specie  and  bullion 648,000 


Total 25,087,000        Total   20,770,000 


POLITICAL  ECONOMY.  487 

GENERAL  ABSTRACT. 

Importation  of  merchandise    -    -    -    -      $25,087,000 
Exportation  of  merchandise 18,836,000 


Balance  against  the  United  States  -    -    -     6,251,000 
Importation  of  specie     -     -     -      $64S,OOCf 
Exportation  of  specie    -     -     -     1,934,000 

1,286,000 

Balance  against  the  United  States  after  paying 
$1,286,000  out  of  the  specie  capital  4,965,000 

Exportation  of  the  produce  of  states 
south  of  Potomac  and  Ohio      16,600,000 

North  of  ditto 2,034,000 

- 

It  will  be  clearly  seen  from  the  foregoing  table,  that  the 
trade  with  the  British  Islands,  as  at  present  regulated, 
operates  greatly  to  the  disadvantage  of  the  United  States. 
We  may  now  take  a  view  of  the  trade  with  her  colonies, 

Comparative  view  of  the  trade  with  the  British  Colonies, 
1821. 


IMPORTS.  EXPORTS. 

Plaf.e.         Merchandise.     Specie.  Place.        Merclumdise.         Specie. 
Gibraltar,           1,234,000     603,000  Gibraltar,         1,438,000        32,000 
Africa,      .               7,000  Africa,                  15,000 
East  Indies,      1,531,000  Asia,                     71,000 
West  Indies,        927,000    801,000  West  Indies,       265,000 
North  Ameri-  North  Ameri- 
can Colonies,  491,000      89,000  can  Col.,      2,029,000 

4,190,000  1,493,000  3,318,000    1,917,009 


488  POLITICAL   ECONOMY. 


GENERAL  ABSTRACT. 

Importation  of  merchandise $4,190,000 

Exportation  of  merchandise    -    -     -     -     -     3,818,000 

Balance  against  the  United  States  -     -    -  372,000 

Importation  of  specie      -     -     -     1,493,000 
Exportation  of  specie     -     -     -     1,917,000 

424,000 


52,000 

Leaving  only  $52,000  of  balance  in  favour  of  the 
United  States  after  paying  $424,000  of  specie ;  which, 
being  deducted  from  $4,965,000,  the  balance  on  the  trade 
with  the  British  Islands,  leaves  $4,913,000  as  a  balance 
against  the  United  States  on  the  whole  trade,  and  that 
too  after  paying  $1,710,000  out  of  the  specie  capital. 

The  whole  of  this  view  is  exclusive  of  the  cash  trans- 
actions of  the  bank  of  the  United  States,  for  the  payment 
of  dividends  on  public  and  bank  stock.  The  amount  is 
not  known,  but  it  is  presumed,  that  it  forms  a  considera- 
ble drain  annually  upon  the  specie  capital,  and  has  co- 
operated with  the  other  branches  of  the  British  trade  to 
extend  the  embarrassments  and  difficulties  of  the  United 
States. 

These  embarrassments  and  difficulties  have  been  seen 
in  Britain,  and  commented  upon  rather  exultingly  by  the 
British  writers,  some  of  them  of  high  rank.  We  frankly 
admit  that  there  have  been  great  difficulties,  but  we  con- 
tend that  there  is  no  ground  for  exultation,  and  especially 
on  the  part  of  Britain.  If  the  government  of  the  United 
States  has  not  been  forward  in  protecting  the  country 
against  the  partial  regulations  of  other  nations,  it  only 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY.  489 

shows  the  simplicity  of  republican  feeling;  but  the  facility 
with  which  the  people  of  those  states  have  become  manu- 
facturers is  a  proof  that  they  are  possessed  both  of  industry 
and  energy,  and  the  statesmen  of  Britain  will  quickly  find, 
that  the  people  of  the  United  States  have  it  as  completely 
in  their  power  to  make  themselves  independent  within 
themselves  for  clothing  as  the  people  of  Britain  are  for 
food.  In  truth  the  result  will  eventually  be  a  blessing  to 
the  people  of  both  countries.  Every  nation  ought  to  be 
independent  within  itself  for  all  its  material  wants,  and  no 
nation  can  be  great  or  respectable  that  is  not.  This  ought 
to  be  a  leading  maxim  with  American  statesmen,  and  who- 
ever is  instrumental  in  accelerating  that  event,  "  so  de- 
voutly to  be  wished"  in  the  United  States,  "  that  man  will 
be  blessed  in  his  deed." 

This  leads  to  the  grand  question — "  How  is  the  country 
to  be  made  independent  within  itself  for  all  its  material 
wants  ?  I  answer  "  BY  INCREASING  OUR  MANUFACTUR- 
ING INDUSTRY.  By  referring  to  the  statistical  documents 
it  will  be  seen  that  our  agricultural  ranks  are  full,  even  to 
overflowing.  We  produce  much  more  food  and  raw  ma- 
terial than  we  can  consume,  and  for  the  residue  there  is 
an  uncertain  and  often  unfavourable  market.  But  our 
manufactures  do  not  supply  the  demand  by  more  than 
$30,000,000  annually.  Let  that  amount  be  added  to  our 
STOCK  OF  NATIONAL  INDUSTRY,  which  it  can  only  be 
through  the  medium  of  our  manufactures,  and  then  see 
if  the  British  writers  will  have  cause  to  triumph  over  us  ! 
The  prospect  is  fair  before  us.  If  we  are  true  to  our- 
selves we  will  soon  be  able  not  only  to  supply  all  our  ma- 
terial wants,  but  will  have  a  large  portion  to  spare  for  other 
countries,  particularly  the  rising  independent  states  of 
Mexico  and  South  America. 

Many  of  the  statesmen  of  Europe,  and  some  few  111 
62 


490  POLITICAL   ECONOMY. 

America,  have  entertained  an  idea  that  the  United  Stated 
was  too  young  a  country,  and  had  too  thin  a  population 
to  embark  in  manufactures ;  and  that  it  would  be  wise 
policy  to  attend  chiefly  to  agriculture,  and  purchase  their 
manufactures  from  old  countries,  where  they  could  get 
them  cheapest.  This  reasoning  may  apply  to  part  of  the 
United  States,  but  by  no  means  to  the  whole.  By  look- 
ing at  the  table  page  476,  it  will  be  seen  that  in  the  states 
and  territories  recently  formed,  and  in  the  southern  states 
generally,  there  are  few  manufacturers  compared  with  the 
agriculturists.  But  in  the  New  England  states  generally, 
and  in  the  eastern  parts  of  New- York  and  Pennsylvania, 
the  population  is  as  dense  as  in  many  parts  of  England. 
For  example,  the  states  of  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island, 
and  Connecticut  united,  contain  nearly  62  to  the  square 
mile.  Is  it  rational  to  suppose  that  such  a  close  popula- 
tion can  be  all  farmers,  and  dependent  upon  foreign  nations 
for  clothing  ?  It  would  be  an  absurdity  to  suppose  it.  Ac- 
cordingly we  find  that  exclusive  of  domestic  manufactures 
made  in  families,  of  which  the  amount  is  very  large,  there 
are  in  these  three  states  57,096  manufacturers,  and  the 
goods  produced  by  them  annually  probably  exceed  in  value 
all  the  manufactures  imported  into  the  United  States. 

Within  30  miles  of  Boston  there  is  a  population  of 
225,738,  being  about  130  to  the  square  mile. 

Within  30  miles  of  New- York  there  is  a  population  of 
236,685,  being  nearly  140  to  the  square  mile. 

It  will  be  observed,  that  these  two  cities  are  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  ocean,  and  within  thirty  miles  of  each  there  is  a  large 
body  of  water. 

Within  30  miles  of  Philadelphia  there  is  a  population 
of  291,907,  being  about  135  to  the  square  mile. 

Within  30  miles  of  Cincinnati.,  in  a  country  all  settled 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY.  491 

within  40  years,  there  is  a  population  of  111,485,  being 
nearly  60  to  the  square  mile. 

These  people  cannot  be  all  farmers.  On  the  contrary 
we  find  that  each  city  is  the  focus  of  large  manufacturing 
establishments,  and  it  is  gratifying  to  add  that  they  are 
generally  increasing.  To  these  vie^s  I  may  subjoin  a  par- 
ticular table  of  the  state  of  society  of  Philadelphia  and 
the  contiguous  counties  in  Pennsylvania,  for  which  I  am 
in  possession  of  excellent  documents. 

Engaged  in    Engaged  in 
Counties.  Area.          Pop.    Agriculture.  Manufactures.   Commerce. 

Philadelphia    120  137,097  3,435  11,832  3,733 

Montgomery  450     35,793  4,646  2,473  200 

Bucks            605     37,842  5,100  2,188  26 

Delaware       177     14,810  2,111  842  48 

Chester          738     44,451  7,032  2,659  139 


Sq.  miles:  2,090  269,993  22,324       29,994  4,146 


These  5  counties  contain  nearly  1 30  inhabitants  to  the 
square  mile.  Of  the  population  81  percent,  are  engaged 
in  agriculture;  11  per  cent,  in  manufactures,  and  1|  per 
cent,  in  commerce. 

These  results  clearly  show  that  in  the  enumerated  dis- 
tricts, at  least,  there  is  an  ample  population  to  attend  to 
manufactures ;  and  there  are  many  other  such  districts  in 
the  United  States.  As  to  purchasing  articles  where  they 
can  be  had  cheapest,  the  argument  is  unanswerable — apply 
it  to  the  social  industry  of  a  nation,  and  it  will  generally  be 
found thatthe  cheapest  purchase  for  a  supply  of  all  material 
wants  will  be  TO  MAKE  THE  ARTICLES.  In  every  community 
there  are  a  great  many  members  better  fated  for  labour  in 
the  house  than  in  the  field,  and  if  manufactures  are  not 
generally  established  many  siich  would  he  idle.  Let  any 


492  POLITICAL   ECONOMY. 

statesman  take  a  survey  of  the  population  of  the  districts 
before  enumerated,  and  say  whether  it  would  be  wise  poli- 
cy to  suspend  any  portion  of  their  manufacturing  indus- 
try. Surely  not.  Suspend  the  manufacturing  industry,  of 
Philadelphia  but  for  one  month,  and  what  would  be  the 
consequence?  Independent  of  the  deleterious  effects  which 
idleness  would  have  upon  the  moral  habits,  the  pecuniary 
loss  would  be  at  least  half  a  million  of  dollars.  The  real 
truth  is,  that  since  the  extensive  application  of  machinery 
to  manufacturing  it  has  become  a  business  of  first-rate  im- 
portance ;  and  where  it  is  judiciously  combined  with  agri- 
culture and  commerce,  as  a  branch  of  national  industry, 
the  effects  are  of  the  most  beneficial  kind. 

To  illustrate  its  powerful  effects  we  have  only  to  refer 
to  the  British  people.  That  nation,  although  burdened 
with  a  debt  greater  than  was  ever  before  borne  by  any 
people  in  the  world ;  and  although  it  has,  including  its 
hereditary  aristocracy,  probably  the  most  e  xpensi  ve  govern- 
ment on  earth;  yet,  in  consequence  of  its  MANUFACTU- 
KING  INDUSTRY,  it  holds  a  proud  sway  among  the  nations, 
and  lays  nearly  the  whole  under  contribution.  To  illus- 
trate these  remarks  we  may  subjoin  the  following 

COMPARATIVE  VIEW  OF  THE  EXPENSE  OF  THE 
AMERICAN  AND  BRITISH  GOVERNMENTS  RESPECTIVELY 

American  Government         Dolls.  British  Government.            Dolls. 

President 25,000  Royalty   501,0002 2,266,666 

Civil,  diplomatic,  and  )  „  49R  nn  State  and  revenue  )           ,0  9AA  .. 

Miscellaneous! . . .  j  2>428>°°°         8,830,000* 39,244,444 

Expenses  of  collect-     )    707050  Army  half-pay .... 

ing  revenue \    767'x522  14,000,000*.  and 

Military,  including       i  pensioners 

half-pay  and    pen- S  5,163,000  1,806,600* 

sioners )  Navy  9,299,680*. . . 

Naval 3,304,000  Interest   on    debt, ) 

Interest  on  the  public  )  _  1fi!-  niM1  deducting   sink-  i 

debt j  5,165,000       ing  fund ]•         133,994,75.1 

30,148,820*.        J 

$16,852,222  $287,533,776 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY. 


493 


Being  on  the  subject  we  may  subjoin  the  other  items  of 
expenditure  in  the  British  government,  although  we  have 
not  the  means  of  making  a  comparison  with  the  United 
States : 

Families. 

-  -     564 

-  46,861 
19,000 
19,000 


Nobility 
Gentry 
Clergy 
Law     - 
Paupers 


-     -     387,100 


Sterling. 
1 5, 400,480 
53,022,110 
4,580,000 
7,600,000 
9,871,000 


Dollars. 
24,002,133 
235,653,822 
20,355,555 
33,777,777 
43,871,111 


$357,660,398 


Which,  added  to  the  expenses  before  enumerated, 
makes  a  sum  total  of  $643,194,174. 

The  expenditures  of  the  British  government  are  taken 
from  Colquhoun's  Statistics,  and  those  of  the  American 
government  from  the  treasury  reports ;  so  that  they  are 
both  authentic.  By  comparing  them  two  things  will  ob- 
viously appear,  1st.  the  frugal  nature  of  the  American  go- 
vernment, of  which  the  whole  expense,  including  the  col- 
lection of  the  revenue,  and  the  interest  on  the  public  debt 
does  not  amount  to  one-half  the  expense  of  supporting  the 
British  navy ;  and  the  whole  civil  and  diplomatic  depart- 
ment does  not  much  exceed  the  expenses  of  the  royal  de- 
partment of  Britain.  2dly.  We  see  evidence  of  the  amaz- 
ing industry  of  the  British  people,  who  are  able  to  sustain 
such  a  load.  This  arises  principally  from  the  great  ex- 
tent and  importance  of  the  manufacturing  industry  of  Bri- 
tain, particularly  since  the  extensive  application  of  ma- 
chinery. The  value  of  the  manufactures  of  Britain  is  cal- 
culated by  Colquhoun  at  98,629,3522.  sterling,  which  is 
$438,352,675;  and  of  this  they  have  a.  large  share  for 


494  POLITICAL    ECONOMY. 

exportation,  so  that  they  make  all  nations  who  are  their 
customers  support  a  part  of  their  most  expensive  govern- 
ment. 

Were  manufacturing  industry  in  practical  operation  in 
the  United  States,  to  a  proportional  extent,  what  a  prospe- 
rous, what  an  independent  country  it  would  be  !  However, 
we  can  cherish  the  consoling  reflection  that  our  manu- 
factures are  daily  increasing,  without  any  increase  in  our 
public  burdens ;  and  there  is  a  prospect  that  through  the 
medium  of  manufacturing  industry  we  will  soon  be  reliev- 
ed from  all  difficulty  as  a  nation. 

But  to  attain  this  most  desirable  end,  industry,  economy., 
and  perseverance,  are  essentially  necessary,  and  every  pa- 
triotic citizen,  who  sees  the  subject  in  its  true  light,  will 
cherish  national  industry,  and  support  the  manufacturing 
interests  of  the  country  by  every  means  within  his  power. 

The  view  presented  in  this  description  is,  upon  the 
whole,  a  pleasing  one.  We  see  an  extended  country,  with 
a  great  variety  of  soil  and  climate,  and  an  industrious  po- 
pulation, calculated  to  be  mutually  serviceable  to  each  other. 
As  before  stated,  however,  the  agricultural  ranks  are  full, 
and  foreign  markets  are  limited  and  often  precarious.  We 
have  before  us  the  example  of  other  nations,  particularly 
the  British,  to  show  the  great  value  of  manufacturing 
industry.  Our  manufactures  are  not  equal  to  a  supply 
of  the  demand,  and  we  have  not  reached  many  of  the  finer 
fabrics ;  but  the  business  is  on  a  respectable  footing ;  the 
application  of  machinery  has  been  extensively  made  ;  the 
fabrics  are  generally  substantial  and  well  adapted  to  the 
wants  of  the  community  ;  and  the  supply  being  unequal 
to  the  demand,  the  manufacturers  have  a  fair  prospect  be- 
fore them,  provided  they  produce  proper  fabrics,  AND  ARE 
ABLE  TO  SECURE  THE  MARKET.  We  have  seen  that  the 
manufactures  imported  into  the  United  States  amount  to 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY.  495 

nearly  $30,000,000,  and  of  these  there  are  three  promi- 
nent articles  which  present  themselves  as  objects  of  com- 
petition with  our  manufactures,  viz.  cottons,  woollens, 
and  iron.  Of  these  the  importation  in  1821  was  as 
follows  : 

Cottons,  --       -         $7,240,000 

Woollens,       -         -        .        .  7,239,000 

Ir°n,  -        -        -        -        -  3,177,000 


$17,656,000 


Of  these  we  have  the  raw  materials  in  the  country,  and 
were  the  manufacturing  industry  so  augmented  as  to 
supply  even  half  the  quantity  of  these  articles  imported, 
it  is  easy  to  see  how  beneficial  the  effects  would  be. 

There  is  one  circumstance  which  materially  militates 
against  the  subject,  in  a  national  point  of  view,  and  it 
would  be  most  desirable  to  have  it  corrected.  The  re- 
venue of  the  country  is  too  much  dependent  upon  foreign 
trade.  Nearly  the  whole  is  raised  from  importations,  and 
while  this  continues  to  be  the  case,  the  national  treasury 
will  be  in  some  respects  in  a  state  of  dependence,  and 
the  government  will,  at  least  to  a  certain  extent,  feel 
an  interest  in  encouraging  such  importations  as  tend 
to  augment  the  revenue.  This  state  of  things  ought  not 
to  exist  in  this  free  country,  particularly  at  the  present 
time.  It  is  presumed  it  would  be  very  easy  to  remedy  the 
evil  in  a  country  where  the  whole  expenses  of  the  govern- 
ment are  comparatively  so  light ;  and  it  is  earnestly  re- 
commended to  our  patriotic  and  enlightened  statesmen  to 
turn  their  particular  attention  to  .the  subject.  From  a 
view  of  our  present  revenue  system  it  will  clearly  appear, 
that  so  far  as  regards  the  customs,  for  every  dollar  which 
comes  into  the  treasury  THE  VALUE  OF  FOUR  MUST  GO 
OUT  OF  THE  COUNTRY,  and  we  are  continually  liable  to 


496  POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

have  either  a  defective  revenue,  or  an  unfavourable  rate 
of  exchange.  It  is  respectfully  suggested,  that  it  would 
be  wise  policy  to  change  the  system  by  judicious  legisla- 
tion, because  manufacturing  industry  must  necessarily  in- 
crease, and  importations  must  be  limited,  until  we  get  an 
augmentation  to  our  resources  for  exportation.  The  first 
augmentation  will  probably  be  from  our  cotton  manufac- 
tures, and  that  branch  of  business  ought  to  be  cherished 
and  extended  as  far  as  possible. 

As  to  the  best  mode  of  changing  the  national  policy,  or 
whether  it  will  be  changed  by  legislation  at  all,  the  question 
must  of  course  be  left  to  the  wisdom  and  discretion  of  our 
national  councils.  I  shall  only  express  an  opinion,  that  it 
would  be  judicious  policy,  and  correct  national  justice,  to 
exclude  the  manufactures  of  all  nations  who  will  not  indis- 
criminately receive  the  produce  of  our  soil,  and  as  the  manu- 
factures of  the  country  would  thereby  be  materially  pro- 
moted, a  tax  could  be  raised  from  them  to  support  the 
revenue ;  but  perhaps  the  most  simple  process,  for  the 
present,  would  be  to  augment  the  present  rates  of  duties. 

However  that  may  be,  my  decided  opinion  is,  that  in 
the  augmentation  of  our  manufacturing  industry  depends 
our  independence  and  comfort  and  happiness  as  a  nation.  I 
believe  with  the  patriotic  and  enlightened  Jefferson,  that 
"  to  be  independent  for  the  comforts  of  life,  we  must  place  the 
manufacturer  by  the  side  of  the  agriculturist.  Experience 
has  taught  me,  that  MANUFACTURES  ARE  NOW  AS  NECES- 
SARY TO  OUR  INDEPENDENCE  AS  TO  OUR  COMFORT  j"  and 

with  the  most  sincere  good  wishes  for  the  independence, 
the  comfort,  and  happiness  of  my  fellow  citizens,  I  remain 
their  devoted,  humble  servant, 

JOHN  MELISH. 
Philadelphia,  July  4,  1822. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY. 


497 


The  registered  tonnage,  of  the  United  States  for  the 
year  1824,  is  $66  9,972   60 

Enrolled  and  licensed  tonnage,  641,563  04 

Fishing  vessels,  77,627  33 


1,389,183  02 
Tonnage  on  which  duties  were  collected. 

Registered  tonnage  employed  in  foreign 

trade,  paying  duty  on  each  voyage,  844,084  90 

Enrolled  and  licensed  tonnage  employed 
in  coasting  trade,  paying  an  annual 
duty ;  also  registered  tonnage  employ- 
ed in  same  trade,  paying  duty  on  each 
entry,  606,893  25 

Fishing  vessels  the  same,  81,533  09 

Duties  paid  on  tonnage  by  citizens  en- 
gaged in  foreign  trade,  not  registered,  816  50 


Of  the  registered  tonnage,  amounting  as 
before  stated  to  $669,972  60,  there 
were  employed  in  the  whale  fishery, 

Enrolled  and  licensed  tonnage  on  do. 


1,533,347  79 


38,165  70 
180  08 


38,345  78 

Total  number  of  vessels  built  in  the  several  districts  of  the 

United  States  in  1824. 

Registered  tonnage,  54,492  IS 

Enrolled  tonnage,  36,446  77 

90,939  00 


INDEX. 


***  The  abbreviations  denote  the  states  and  territories, 


A.  Alabama. 

Ar.  Arkansas  territory. 

Ct.  Connecticut. 

P.  Delaware. 

D.  C.  District  of  Columbia. 

F.  Florida. 

G.  Georgia. 
I.  Indiana. 
.11.  Illinois. 
K.  Kentucky. 
L.  Louisiana. 

Mas.  Massachusetts. 

Me.  Maine. 

Mic.  T.Michigan  territory. 


Mi.  Mississippi. 

Mo.  Missouri. 

Md.  Maryland. 

N.  H.  New  Hampshire. 

N.  J.  New  Jersey. 

N.  C.  North  Carolina. 

N.  Y.  New-York. 

N.  W.  T.  North  West  territory. 

O.  Ohio. 

P.  Pennsylvania. 

R.  I.  Rhode  Island. 

S.  C.  South  Carolina. 

T.  Tennessee. 

Va.  Virginia. 


PAGE 

Abbeville 271 

Abingdon 253 

Acapulco 468 

Achafalaya  River 303 

Agriculture  and  Produce  of 

the  United  States 88 

of  Maine 132 

New  Hampshire 137 

Vermont 143 

Massachusetts 150 

Rhode  Island 159 

Connecticut 166 

New-York 180 

New  Jersey 196 

Pennsylvania 214 

Delaware 227 

Maryland 236 

Virginia 250 

North  Carolina 263 

South  Carolina 272 

Georgia 282 

Alabama 291 

Mississippi 299 

Louisiana 309 

Tennessee 318 

Kentucky... 327 


.  PAGE 

Ohio 340 

Indiana 354 

Illinois 362 

Missouri 372 

Arkansas  territory 387 

Michigan  territory 394 

Florida 402 

Alabama  River 47 

Alatamaha  River 277 

Albany 182 

Albion 363 

Alexandria  D.  C 96 

Alexandria,  L 311 

Alleghany  Mountains 18 

Allegbany  Mountains,  P 201 

Alleghany  River 32 

Almirante  River 396 

Alton 362 

America 363 

Amherst 139 

Anderson's  Creek 350 

Andersonville 274 

Androscoggin  River 134 

Annapolis 237 

Antietam  Creek 233 

Appomattox  R 241 


INDEX. 


Appoquianiminck  Creek 
Arkansas  or  Post  

VAGE 

225 

.387,413 

PAGE 

Blue  Ridge,  Va  240 
Blue  Ridge,  N.  C  256 

Arkansas  River  

..37,380 

Blue  River  350 

Arkopolis  

387 

Bluffton  377 

Ashtabula  

343 

Bohemia  River  225 

Ashtabula  Rivci-  

334 

Bois  Broule  River  403 

Ashville  

265 

Bon  Pas  Creek  359 

Athens,  O  

344 

Boonville  377 

Athens,  G  

284 

Bordnnton  199 

Augusta,  G  

283 

Boston  97,  152 

Augusta,  K  
Averysborough  

329 
265 

Boundaries  of  the  U.  States,  10,  17 
Maine  130 

New  Hampshire  135 

B 

Vermont  140 

Back  River  

232 

Massachusetts  .  .  146 

Bald  Mountain,  N,  C... 

25G 

Rhode  Island  155 

Ballston  

184 

Connecticut  162 

Baltimore  

102 

New-York  170 

Bangor  

133 

New  Jersey  193 

Barboursville  

330 

Pennsylvania  201 

Bardstown  

330 

Boundaries  of  Delaware  225 

Barnwell  

274 

Maryland  230 

Batavia  

186 

Virginia  240 

Bath  

190 

North  Carolina  256 

Baton  Rouge  

310 

South  Carolina  267 

Bealsburg  

330 

Georgia  276 

Bear  Creek  

288 

Alabama  287 

Beaufort.  

273 

Mississippi  296 

Beaver  

222 

Eeaver  River  

205,  332 

Tennessee  313 

Bedford  

220 

Kentucky  321 

Belfast  

133 

Ohio  332 

Bellefonte,P  

220 

Indiana  349 

Bellefonte,  Mo  

377 

Illinois  358 

Belleville  

253 

Missouri  365 

145 
447 

Arkansas  territory  380 
Michigan  territory  390 

Beverly  

152 

Florida  397 

Big  Belly  Creek  
Big  Black  River  

332 
381 

North  West  territory..  .405 
Missouri  territory  411 

Big  Hatchy  River  

315 

Western  territory  420 

Black  River,  N.  Y...... 

172 

Bowling  Green  330 

Black  River,  S.  C..      . 

263 

Brandy  wine  Creek  225 

Black  River,  Mi  
Black  River  O  

296 
334 

Brattleborough  144 
Bridgeport  221 

Black  Rock  

186 

Bristol,  R.  1  160 

Black  Warrior  River.... 

287 

Bristol,  P  217 

Black  water  River  

391 

British  colonies  in  North  America, 

Bladensburg  

238 

Western  Territory  432 

Blakely  
Block  Island  

293 
157 

Canada,  Upper  432 
-Lower  436 

Bloomington  .  .  .  .  t  

357 

Blountsville  

310 

Nova  Scotia  444 

Blue  Mountains  

201 

St.  John  or  Prince 

Tilne  Ridsre  Md  

..    ..230 

Edward  445 

INDEX. 


Cape  Breton  
Newfoundland  .... 

PACK 
....446 
....447 

Mississippi  
Louisiana  

PAGE 

301 
311 

Bermudas  

...447 

320 

Britain,  trade  with  
British  colonies,  trade  with 

.,..486 

...487 

Kentucky  

330 

British  government,  expense  of  492 

Indiana  

357 

Broadkiln  Creek  ."T 

225 

Illinois  

363 

!57,  268 

Missouri  

378 

Brooklyn  

188 

Arkansas  territory 

388 

Brookville  
Brownsville,  N.  Y  

,...350 
185 

Michigan  territory 
Florida  

396 
404 

Brownsville,  P  

,...221 

Canandaigua  

186 

Brownstown,  In  

357 
,...396 

Caney  River  ,  

173 
314 

Brunswick-  , 
Brush  River  

....134 
....232 

Canonsburg  
Canton  

221 
344 

Buffalo  

,...186 

Canuchee  River  

276 

Burlington,  Vt  , 
Burlington,  N.  J  , 

..330 
,...144 
199 

Cape  Breton  
Cape  Fear  River  
Cape  Girardeau  

446 

257 
378 

Butler  , 

,...222 

Carcasui  River  

304 

Buzzard's  Bay  , 

146 

Carlisle,?  

220 

_ 

Carlyle,  I  

357 

^ 

Carmi  

3G3 

Cacapon  Mountain  

240 

284 

Cadiz  

.  ...  344 

Carondelet  

377 

Cadron  , 

....387 

Carrying  River  

334 

Cahawba  

,...292 

Carthage  

320 

Cahawba  River  

...287 

Caseyville  

330 

Cahokia  

,...363 

Castine  

133 

Cahokia  River  

,...359 

Catawba  River  

257,  265 

Cambridge,  Mas  

...  153 

Catawba  Falls  

268 

Cambridge,  S.  C  

...274 

Catletsburg.  .  .  j\  , 

329 

Camden,  N.  J  

...199 

Catskill  77.   

183 

Camden,  S.  C  

...273 

Catskill  Mountains  , 

171 

...378 

Cattaraugus  Creek  

174 

Canadian  River  and  Forks  . 

...382 

Cayahoga  River  

334 

Canals,  Roads,  &c. 

Cayuga  Lake  

173 

United  States  1 

07,  109 

Centreville,  K  

330 

Maine  

...134 

Ccntreville,  I  

356 

...139 

Chagrene  River  

334 

Vermont  

...145 

Chambersburg  

220 

...154 

Cham  plain,  L  

171 

Rhode  Island  

...161 

Champ  lain  Canal  , 

109 

...169 

Charaton  

377 

New-  York  

...190 

Charaton  River  

366 

New  Jersey  

...199 

Charles  River  , 

147 

...222 

Charleston,  Mas  

152 

Delaware  

..,.229 

Charleston,  Md  

237 

Maryland  

...238 

Charleston,  Va  

....  253 

Virginia  

....253 

Charleston,  S.  C  

103 

North  Carolina  

...265 

Charleston,  I  

356 

South  Carolina  

...274 

265 

Georgia  

...285 

Charlotte,  T  

320 

\labama  

...294 

Charlotteville  

253 

INBEX. 


Chatahoucby  River  

PAGE 

..   47 

i 

Arkansas  territory.... 

.385 

Chesapeake  Bay  
Chesapeake  and  Delaware 

..   45 

Michigan  territory  .... 
Florida  

'400 

Canal  109 
Chesapeake  and  Ohio  Canal. 

,  222 

..239 

NorthWest  territory.. 
Missouri  te  rritory  

.400 
.417 

Cheraw  

..274 

Western  territory  

49,3 

Chesnut  Ridge,  P  

..202 

Clinch  River  

.314 

Chesnut  Ridge,  Va  , 

.241 

Clinch  Mountain  

,241 

Chester  

.217 

Clinton,  G  

9,85 

Chester  River  

..231 

Clinton,  I  

351 

Chesterfield  

..274 

Coffeeville  

9,93 

Chesterville  

.274 

Colchester  

953 

Chickapee  River  
Chillicothe  

.147 

..345 

Colombian  Republic  
Columbia,  P  

,472 
9,18 

Chippewa  

..183 

Columbia,  S.C  

973 

Chippaway  River  
Choctaw  River  , 

.406 

,.9,88 

Columbia,  K  
Columbia,  I  

.329 

35fi 

Choptank  River  

..231 

39,0 

Chowan  River  

.256 

Columbia,  Al  

.9,93 

.228 

Columbia  River  

49,1 

Christiana  Creek  

.225 

Columbus  

.349- 

Cincinnati  , 

,.342 

Combahee  River  

.269 

Circleville  

.345 

Commerce,  see  Manufactures 

Clairborne  

.293 

and  Commerce. 

Clark's  River  

.422 

Concord  

138 

Clarksburg  

.329 

Concord  River  

.147 

Clarksborough  

.285 

.288 

Clarksville.f  

.320 

Connecticut  River  

.  43 

ClearfieldC  

.204 

Connels  ville  

9,9,1 

Cleveland  

.343 

Conneout  River  

.334 

Climate  of  the  United  States.  . 

.  59 

.356 

Maine  

.131 

.9,33 

New  Hampshire  

.136 

Constance  River  

.304 

Vermont  

.141 

Cooperstown  

.190 

Massachusetts  

.148 

9,68 

Rhode  Island  

..151 

Coosaw  River  

.269 

Connecticut  

.164 

9,74 

New-  York  

.176 

Corydon  , 

,  355 

New  Jersey  

.195 

Coshocton  

.344 

Pennsylvania  

.207 

9,30 

Delaware  

.226 

Croghansville  

.343 

Maryland  

.234 

Crooked  Lake  

.173 

Virginia  

.244 

Crooked  Creek  

.357 

North  Carolina  , 

,.259 

Cumberland  

.9,38 

South  Carolina  

.270 

Cumberland  Mountain  

940 

271 

ifi 

Alabama  

.289 

Curiosities  in  the  United  States  56 

.298 

Cy  thiana  

,399 

Louisiana  

.305 

Tennessee  ,... 

.316 

D 

Kentucky  

.323 

,39,0 

Ohio  

.335 

Danville  

330 

Indiana  

.352 

Darby  Creek  

333 

Illinois  

.360 

285 

,.363 

Darlington  

274 

INDEX. 


Dayton  

AGE                                                                               1 

.346                 Louisiana  , 

'AGE 

Debt  of  the  United  States  

.126                  Tennessee  

321 

Dedham  

.152                 Kentucky  

.331 

Deer  River  

.232                  Ohio  

348 

Deerfield  River  

.147                 Indiana  

,358 

Delaware  River  

..44                  Illinois  

364 

Delaware  

.225                 Missouri  

379 

Delaware  and  Chesapeake  Ca- 

Arkansas territory  

.389 

nal  
Delaware  and  Hudson  Canal 

.109                 Michigan  territory.... 
ib.                  Florida  

.397 
.404 

Delaware  and  Rariton  Canal 

ib.      Edwardsville  

369 

Demopolis  

.293      Eellliver  

.359 

Des  Moines  River  

.413      Elizabeth  town  

.198 

Detroit  

.395      Elk  River,  Md  

,931 

Donaldsonville  

.310      Elk  Creek,  Al  

.288 

Dover,  N.  H  

.138      Elk  River,  T  

314 

Dover,  D  

.228      Elkton  

.937 

Dover,  T  

.325      Embaras  River  

359 

Downingstown  

.218      Emery's  River  

.314 

Dublin  

.284      Erie  

221 

Duck  Creek,  D  

.225      Erie  Canal  

.108 

Duck  River,  T  

.314      Erie  Lake  

93 

Dumfries,  Va  

.253      Escambia  River  

.988 

Dumfries,  Al  

.293      Evansville  

.356 

Dwight,  Ar  

.387      Exeter  

.139 

Expenditures  of  the    Uuitec 

I 

E 

States  

.124 

.204      Exports  of  the  United  States. 

.481 

Eastern  Bay  

.231 

Easton  

.217                                 F 

.  133      Face  of  the  country, 

Eaton  

.346                 United  States  

17 

.284                 Maine  

.130 

.135 

Edgefield  

.274                  Vermont  

140 

Edisto  River  

.  268                 Massachusetts  

.146 

Education  and  Manners 

Rhode  Island  

155 

United  States  

.127                 Connecticut  

.162 

Maine  

.135                 New-York  

,170 

New  Hampshire  

.193 

Vermont  

.  146                  Pennsylvania  

9111 

Massachusetts  

.155                 Delaware  

.995 

Rhode  Island  

.162                  Maryland  

930 

Connecticut  

.169                 Virginia  

.940 

New-  York  

.191                 North  Carolina  

.256 

New  Jersey  

.200                South  Carolina  

.267 

Pennsylvania  

.224                Georgia  

.276 

Delaware  

.230                Alabama  

.987 

Maryland  
Virginia  

.296 
.30?, 

North  Carolina  

.266                 Tennessee  

.313 

South  Carolina  

.275                Kentucky  

.391 

Georgia  

.286                 Ohio  

339 

Alabama  

,.295                 Indiana  

.349 

.302                 Illinois..,  • 

,3b8 

INDEX. 


PAGE 

Missouri 365 

Arkansas  territory 380 

Michigan  territory 390 

Florida 398 

North  West  territory. .  .405 

Missouri  territory 411 

Western  territory 420 

Fairfield 163 

Falmoath 329 

Farmington  River 163 

Fayetteville,  N.  C 264 

FayetteTille,  T 320 

Fernnndina 404 

Fincastle 252 

Fishing  Creek 203 

Flint  River 277 

Florence 294 

Florida  or  Fort  Stoddart 293 

Forked  Deer  River 315 

Fort  Erie 187 

Fort  Gadsden 403 

Fort  George 189 

Fort  Gratiot 396 

Fort  Niagara 189 

Fort  Poppa 404 

Fort  St.  Marks 403 

Fox  River 359,  406 

Frankfort 330 

Franklin,  Pa 221 

Franklin,  Va 253 

Franklin,  T 320 

Franklin,  Mo 377 

Franklinton : 345 

Fredericksburg,  Va 252 

Fredericksburg,  In 356 

Fredonia 356 

Fredericktown,  Md 237 

Fredericktown,  Mo 376 

French  Broad  River 258,  314 

French  Creek 205 

Frerichtown,  Md 237 

Frenchtown,  Mic.  T 396 


G 


Gallatin 320 

Galliopolis 342 

Galveston 311 

Gasconade  River 366 

Gauley  Mountains 241 

Genessee  River 174 

Geneva 186 

Geology  of  the  United  States. .  48 

Maine 131 

New  Hampshire 136 


PAGE 

Vermont 141 

Massachusetts 147 

Rhode  Island 157 

Connecticut 163 

New- York 175 

New  Jersey 194 

Pennsylvania 205 

Geology  of  Delau  are 225 

Maryland.. 233 

Virginia ...243 

North  Carolina 258 

South  Carolina 269 

Georgia 278 

Alabama 288 

Mississippi 297 

Louisiana 304 

Tennessee 315 

Kentucky 322 

Ohio 335 

Indiana 351 

Illinois 359 

Missouri.... 367 

Arkansas  territory 383 

Michigan  territory 392 

Florida 399 

North  West  territory. ..  408 

Missouri  territory 415 

Western  territory 423 

George,  Lake 172 

Georgetown,  D 229 

Georgetown,  D.  C 96 

Georgetown,  S.  C 273 

Georgetown,  G 284 

Gettysburg 220 

Gibson  Port 300 

Glasgow 330 

Gloucester 152 

Golconda 363 

Government  and  laws, 

United  States 113 

Maine 134 

New  Hampshire 139 

Vermont 145 

Massachusetts 154 

Rhode  Island 161 

Connecticut 169 

New-York 190 

New  Jersey 200 

Pennsylvania 223 

Delaware 229 

Maryland 239 

Virginia 254 

North  Carolina 263 

South  Carolina 275 

Georgia 235 


Government  and  Laws, 

PAGE 

Harrisonville  , 

I'Al.  K 

...363 

Alsbama  

....294 

Harrodsbur^;  , 

.  .  .  330 

Mississippi  

301 

Hartford,  C  

..167 

Louisiana  

....312 

Hartford,  K  

..330 

Tennessee  

320 

Hartford,  I  

..356 

Kentucky  

330 

Havre-de-Grace  

...238 

Ohio  

347 

Haverhill  

..139 

Indiana  

357 

Haysborough  

,..320 

Illinois  

....364 

Hedgman  River  

...241 

Missouri.  .  :  .•  

....379 

Henderson  

..329 

Arkansas  territory. 

....389 

Herculaneum  

...377 

Michigan  territory. 

397 

...345 

Florida  

404 

Hillsborough  River  , 

...398 

Grand  Island  

....188 

..357 

Grand  Portage  River  

407 

Historical  View  of  the 

Grand  River,  O  

334 

United  States  

..   75 

.    ...391 

Maine  

...131 

Grand  River,  Mo  

36G 

New  Hampshire  

..137 

Grand  River,  Ar.  Ter  

381 

Vermont  

...142 

Grand  Saline  River  

....415 

..148 

Grantsborough  

319 

Rhode  Island  

..158 

Green  Bay  settlement  

410 

Connecticut  

...164 

Green  Mountains  

140 

New-  York  

..176 

Green  River  

.36,  322 

New  Jersey  

..195 

Greensburg,  P  

....220 

Pennsylvania  

...209 

Greensburg,  G  

....284 

Delaware  

.  .  .226 

Greensville  

330 

......274 

Maryland  
Virginia  

.,234 
..245 

Greenville,  0.  

....346 

North  Carolina  

..259 

Greenville,  Va  

253 

..270 

Greenville,  N.  C  

....265 

Georgia  

..279 

Greenville,  K  

....330 

..289 

Greenville,  T  

320 

...298 

Greenville,  Mi  

....300 

..306 

Greenwich,  East  

....161 

Tennessee  

..316 

Greenwich,  I  

.....357 

Kentucky  

..324 

Guatimala  

471 

Ohio  

..337 

Gunpowder  River  

...,232 

..352 

Illinois  

..360 

H 

Missouri  

..370 

Arkansas  territory  

..389 

llagerstown  

....2^3 

Michigan  territory  .  .  . 

..393 

Halifax  

265,  444 

Florida  

..400 

Hallowell  

....133 

Missouri  territory  

..419 

....363 

Western  territory  

..426 

Hamburg,  P  
Hamilton,  N.  Y  
Hamilton,  0  

218 
...190 
....346 

Hiwassee  River  
Hockhocking  River  
Holmes  Hole  

..314 
..333 
..147 

Hampton  
Hancock's  town  
Hanover,  N.  H  

...253 
....23S 
....139 

Holston  River  
Hopkinsville  
Housatonic  River  

,314 
..330 
..163 

Hanover,  Va  

....253 

Hudson  

..133 

Hardcnsburg  

329 
357 

Hudson  River  

Hudson  and  Delaware  Canal. 

..  44 
..109 

Harpeth  River  

.  .  .  .314 
64 

..219 

INDEX 


t-AGE 

Kingtree 274 

Kiskiminitas  River 23 

Kittanning 221 


L 


I'AGE 

Huntsville,  N.  C 265 

Huntsville,  AI 293 

Huron  Lake 22 

Huron  River,  O 334 

Huron  River  of  Lake  Erie. . . .  391 

Huron  River  of  St.  Clair ib.      Lackawaxen 1D9 

Lackawannock  Creek 203 

I  La  Fourche  River 304 

La  Moille  River 141 

Iberville  River 304      Lancaster,  P 216 

Illinois  River,  II 359      Lancaster,  K 330 

Illinois  River,  Ar.  Ter 382      Lancaster,  S.  C 274 

Indiana 221       Lansingburg 183 

Indian  Creek,  1 350      Laughery  Creek 350 

Indian  River,  D 225      Laurel  Hill 202 

Indian  Kentucky  Creek 350      Lawrenceburg,  I  356 

Indianopolis 356      Lawrenceburg,  K 330 

Ipswich  River 147      Lawrenceville,  S.  C 274 

Iron  Mountain 256      Lawrenceville,  Mic.  T 396 

Ischua 190  Laws,  see  Government  and  Laws, 

Ithaca ib.      Leaf  River 297 

Lebanon,  P 218 

J  Lebanon,!1 320 

Lebanon,  0 345 

Jackson,  Al L>93      Lehigh  River 203 

Jackson,  Mi 300      Leeaburg 253 

Jackson,  Mo 37S      Lewis  River 422 

Jacksonborough 356      Lewistown,  N.  Y 189 

James  River 46      Lewistown,  P 219 

Jefferson,  G 284      Lewistown,  D 229 

Jefferson,  T 320      Lexington,  Va 253 

Jeffersonville,  Va 253      Lexington,  K 323 

Jeffersonville,  1 356      Licking  River 322 

Jonesboro' 320      Limestone 329 

Jones  River 225      Litchfield,  C 168 

Jonesville 253      Litchfield,  K 330 

Juniata  River 204      Little  Rock 387 

Louisville.K 328 

K  Louisville,  G 284 

Loyalsock  Creek 204 

KanhawaRiver ....242     Lumberton 265 

Kankakee  River 359      Lycoming  Creek 204 

Kanzas  River 366,  388      Lynchburg 253 

Kaskaskia 363      Lynn 152 

Kaskaskia  River 359 

Keene 139  M 

Kelleysville 293      Machias 133 

Kennebeck  River 130      Macoupin  River 359 

Kennebunk 136      Madansburg 378 

Kent  Island 231      Madison,  1 356 

Kentucky  River 321      Madison,  G . 284 

Keowee  River 269      Madison,  T 320 

Kickalemazo  River 391      Madisonville,  K 329 

Kingston,  N.Y... 183      Madisonville,  L 311 

Kingston,  T 319      Manchester,  N.Y 188 


PAGE 

Manchester,  Va 253 

Manchester,  S.  C 274 

Manners,  see   Education  and 
Manners. 

Manococy  Creek 233 

Manokin  River 231 

Mansfield 344 

Manufactures  and  Commerce  of 

the  United  States 86 

Maine 132 

New  Hampshire 138 

Vermont 143 

Massachusetts 151 

Rhode  Island 159 

Connecticut 166 

New-York ..ISO 

New  Jersey 197 

Pennsylvania 215 

Delaware 227 

Maryland 236 

Virginia 251 

North  Carolina 263 

South  Carolina 273 

Georgia 283 

Alabama 292 

Mississippi 299 

Louisiana 310 

Tennessee 318 

Kentucky 327 

Ohio 341 

Indiana 354 

Illinois 362 

Missouri 373 

Arkansas  territory 387 

Michigan  territory .....  394 

Florida ....402 

Map,  contents  of 13 

Map,  materials  in  constructing  14 

Marathon 293 

Marblehead 152 

Marietta,  P 218 

Marietta,  0 342 

Marion 285 

Marquettes  River 392 

Martha's  Vineyard 147 

Martinsburg 253 

Maryville .....320 

Maskagon  River 392 

Mattapony  River 241 

Mattawoman  Creek 233 

Maumee  River 334 

Mauvaise  River 408 

Maysville 329 

M'Minnville 320 

Meadville 221 


PAGE 

Meherrin  River 241 

Memphis 320 

Mercer 222 

Merriuiack  River,  N.  H 1 36 

Meramec  River,  Mo 366 

Mermento  River 304 

Meteorological  Tables,  67,  69,  70, 
71,  72,  74,  75. 

Mexico 458 

Californias 459 

Internal  Provinces 461 

Vice  Royalty 465 

Miami  River 333 

Michigan  Lake 22 

Middlebury 144 

Middlesex  Canal 108 

Middletown,  C 168 

Middleton.P 218 

Middleton,  K 330 

Milford 228 

Milledgeville 2S3 

Millersburg 329 

Miller's  River 147 

Milton,  P 219 

Milton,  Va 253 

Mine  au  Burton 378 

Minerals,  United  States 54 

Maine '. 131 

New  Hampshire 136 

Vermont 141 

Massachusetts 148 

Rhode  Island 157 

Connecticut 164 

New- York 175 

New  Jersey 194 

Pennsylvania .206 

Delaware 226 

Maryland 234 

Virginia 244 

North  Carolina 258 

South  Carolina 269 

Georgia 278 

Alabama 289 

Louisiana 305 

Tennessee 315 

Kentucky 323 

Ohio 335 

Indiana 351 

Illinois 360 

Missouri ..367 

Arkansas  territory 384 

Florida 400 

North  West  territory..  .408 

Missouri  territory 416 

Miriam 35^ 


1XDEX. 


Mispillion  Creek  

I'AGE 

..2^5 

PACK 

Murfreesborough,  T  320 

Mississippi  River  

..   30 

Muskakituck  River  351 

,..40 

Muskingum  River  333 

...40 

area  watered  by  

,..40 

N 

..141 

Mississinewa  River  

..350 

Nanticoke  River  231 

Missouri  River  

..   26 

Nantucket  147 

Mobile  
Mohawk  River  

,,292 
..172 

Narraganset  Bay  156 
Nashaw  River  147 

Monongahela  River  

..    34 

Natchez  300 

Monroe,  Mic.  Ter  

..396 

Natchitoches  311 

Monroe,  K  

..330 

Natural  Productions  and  Soil, 

Monroe,  T  

..320 

United  States  54 

Monroe,  L  

..311 

Maine  131 

Monticello,  Va.  

..253 

New  Hampshire  1  36 

Monticello,  K  

..330 

Vermont  141 

Monticello,  G  

..285 

Massachusetts  148 

Monticello,  Mi  

..300 

Rhode  Island  157 

Montgomery  

..320 

Connecticut  164 

..144 

New-  York  175 

Montreal  

..440 

New  Jersey  194 

Montreal  River  

..408 

Pennsylvania  205 

Montmorenei  Falls  

..440 

Delaware  225 

Morganfield  

..329 

Maryland  233 

Morgantown,  N.  C  

..265 

Virginia  243 

Morgantown,  K  

..330 

North  Carolina  258 

Morris  Canal  

..109 

South  Carolina  269 

Morristown  

..199 

Georgia  278 

..217 

Alabama  288 

Motherkill  Creek  

..225 

Mississippi  297 

Mountains  of  United  States. 

..   18 

Louisiana  304 

Heights  of  do  

..   20 

Tennessee  315 

Mountains  in  Massachusetts 

..146 

Kentucky  323 

New-  York  

..171 

Ohio  335 

New  Jersey  

..193 

Indiana  351 

..201 

Illinois  360 

Maryland  

..230 

Missouri  367 

Virginia  

..240 

Arkansas  territory  384 

North  Carolina  

..256 

Michigan  territory  392 

South  Carolina  

..267 

Florida  399 

Georgia  

..276 

North  West  territory.  .  .403 

Alabama  

..287 

Missouri  territory  416 

Tennessee  

..313 

Western  territory  423 

Missouri  

..365 

Naugatuck  River  163 

Arkansas  territory.  .  . 

..380 

Negracka  River  415 

North  West  territory. 

..405 

Neosho  River  382 

Missouri  territory  

..411 

Neponset  River  147 

Western  territory..  .  . 

..420 

Neuse  River  257 

Mount  Sterling  

..329 

New  Albany  356 

Mount  Vernon,  0  

..344 

Newark,  N.  J  198 

Mount  Vernon,  K  

..330 

Newark,  O  344 

Muddy  River  

..359 

New  Bedford  153 

Multnoraah  River  

..423 

Newbern  264 

Murfreesburg,  N.  C  

..264 

New  Brunswick  198,  443 

INDEX. 


PAGE  PAliK 

Newburg 183      Osage  River 29 

Newburj  port 152      Oswegatchie  River 172 

New  Castle,  D   228      Ottaway  River 381 

New  Castle,  Va 253      Otter  Creek 141 

Newfoundland 447      Ouisconsin  River 406 

New  Haven 167      Owasco  Lake 173 

New  Iberia 311      Oxford 363 

New  Lancaster 344      Ozark  Mountains 365,  380 

New  Lisbon 343 

New  London 168  P 

New  Madrid 378 

New  Orleans 105      Painsville 343 

New  Philadelphia 344      Paint  Creek 333 

Newport,  R.  1 160      Palestine 357 

Newport,  D 228      Pamunky  River 241 

Newport,  K 329      Panama 471 

Newport,  T. . .' 320      Paoli 357 

New  River 258      Pascagoula  River 297 

New-York 93      Passaic  River 194 

Niagara  Falls 24,  188      Patapsco  River 232 

Nicholasville 330      Patoka  River 351 

Nolachucky  River 258,  314      Patuxe.nt  River 232 

Norfolk 252      Pawcatuck  River 156 

Norristown   .....217      Pawtucket  River ib. 

Northampton,  Mass 153      Pawtuxet 160 

Northampton,  P 217      Pawtuxet  River 150 

North  East  Creek 231      Peaks  of  Otter 240 

Northumberland 219      Pearl  River 297 

Norwalk  169      Pedee  River 46 

Norwich 168  Little  Pedec  River 267 

Notloway  River 241      Pe'ndleton 274 

Nova  Scotia 414      Pcnobscot  River 133 

Pensacola 403 

O  Perdido  River 399 

Perrysburg 343 

Obeds  River 314      Petersburg,  1 357 

Obions  River 315      Petersburg,  Va 252 

Ockelockone  River 399      Petersburg,  Mo 377 

Ocmuleee  River 277      Petersburg,  G ...284 

Oconee  River. ib.      Philadelphia 100 

Octarara  Creek 231      Pickensville 274 

Ogdensburg 185      Pigeon  Creek,  1 348 

Ogechee  River 276      Pigeon  lliver,  N.  C 250 

Ohio  River 32      Piketon 345 

Ohio  Canals 347      Pikeville 320 

Ohoopee  River 277      Pine  Creek 204 

Oneida  Lake 173      Tine  Orchard 183 

Onion  River 141      Piqua. 346 

Onondago  River 173      Piscataway  Creek 232 

Ontario  Lake 25      Piscataqua 135 

Ontonagon  River 408      Pitfcburg  216 

Opelousas 311      Plaines  River 359 

Orangeburg 274      Platte  River 2S 

Orleans..    . 357      Plattsburg 185 

Orwigsburg 218      Plymouth,  Mass 152 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Plymouth,N.  C 265 

Pocomoke  River 231 

Political  Economy 467 

Population  and  topographical  tables, 

United  States 84,  c8 

Maine 132 

New  Hampshire 137 

Vermont    143 

Massachusetts 150 

Rhode  Island 159 

Connecticut 1 66 

New-York 180 

New  Jersey 196 

Pennsylvania 213 

Delaware 227 

Maryland 235 

Virginia 247 

North  Carolina 261 

South  Carolina 272 

Georgia 280 

Alabama 290 

Mississippi 299 

Louisiana 308 

Tennessee 316 

Kentucky 325 

Ohio .340 

Indiana 353 

Illinois 361 

Missouri 372 

Arkansas  territory 386 

Florida 402 

Portland 133 

Portsmouth,  N.  H 138 

Portsmouth,  0 343 

Portsmouth,  Va 253 

Port  Tobacco 233 

Port  William 329 

Post  of  Arkansas 387 

Potomack  River 45 

Do.     Eastern  branch 232 

Do.     Southern  branch 241 

Potosi 378 

Pottstown 217 

PowePs  River 314 

Prairie  du  Chien 409 

Prairie  de  Rocher . . , 363 

Prestonburg 329 

Princeton,  N.  J 198 

Princeton,  1 356 

Princeton,  K 330 

Produce,  see  Agriculture  and 
Produce 

Prophet's  town 357 

Prospect 133 

Providence  River 156 


Providence 160 

Public  property  of  U.  States..  124 

Pulaski 320 

Purisburg 274 

Putnam 344 


Quebec 438 

Quinnipiac  River 163 


R 


Racket  River 7..172 

Raisin  River 391 

Raleigh 264 

Rajjid  Ann  River..*. 241 

Rappahannock  River 241 

Rariton  River 1 94 

Rays  Hill 232 

Reading 217 

Red  River 38,303 

Red  River  of  Lake  Winnipeg.  .414 

Red  River,  T 314 

Religion  of  the  United  States..  121 
Revenue  of  the  United  States.  .123 

Rey  noldsburg 320 

Richmond,   Va 251 

Richmond,  1 356 

Ripley,  O 343 

Ripley,  1 356 

Rivers,  lengths  of  several 42 

Roads,  see  Canals,  Roads,  &c. 

Roanoke  River .46,  241,  256 

Robbinstown 133 

Robertsville .274 

Rochester 186 

Rockingham 265 

Rockport 356 

Roc^  Mountains 411 

Rocky  River,  O 534 

Rocky  River,  II 359 

Rogersville 319 

Rum  River 407 

Russelville,  Al 294 

RusseMHe,  1 357 

Russelville,  K 330 

Rutland,  Vt 144 

Rutledge,T 319 

S 

Sabine  River 304 

Sackett'§  Harbour 185 

Saco 132 

Saganaw  River 390 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

St.  Albans 144 

St.  Andrews 403 

St.  Augustine ib 

St.  CLarles 377 

St.  Glair  Lake 23 

St.  Clairsvillc 342 

St.  Croix  River,  Me 130 

St.  Croix  River,  N.  W.  ter 407 

St.  Francis  River,  Mo.  37,  366,  381 
St.  Francis  River,  N.  W.  ter.. 407 

St.  Francisville 311 

St.  Gene vieve 377 

St.  John's  River,  Me. 43 

St.  John's  River,  F 398 

St.  John  or  Pr.  Edward 445 

St.  Joseph's  River 351,  391 

St.  Lawrence  River 22 

St.  Louis 374 

St.  Louis  River 407 

St.  Martinsville 311 

St.  Mary's  Creek 233 

St.  Mary's  River 278 

St.  Mary's,  G 2S5 

St.  Mark's  River 399 

St.  Michael 378 

St.  Regis  River 172 

Salim,  Mass 152 

Salem,   N.  J 199 

Salem,  N.  C   265 

Salem,  1 356 

Saline  River i  359 

Salisbury,  N.  H 139 

Salisbury,  N.  C 264 

Salisbury,  1 356 

Salt  River 36 

Salt  River,  K 321 

Salt  Creek 351 

Saltketcher's  River 269 

Saluda  River 268 

Sandersville 284 

Sandusky 343 

Sandusky  River 334 

Sandy  River 242 

Sanguemon  River 359 

Santee  River 46 

Saranac  River 1 72 

Saratoga  Springs  185 

Sassafras  River 231 

Satilla  River 278 

Savage  Mountain 230 

Savannah 104 

Savannah  River 47 

Savannah  River,  N.  W.  ter... 407 
Saybrook 168 


PAGE 

Seioto  River 333 

Scottsville 330 

Schenectady 184 

Schuylkill  River 203 

Seneca  River 173 

Seneca  River,  S.  C 269 

Severn  River , 232 

Sevierville 320 

Shawnee  town 363 

Shelbyville 320 

Sheibyville,  K 330 

Shepherdsville ib. 

Shippingport 329 

Shieldsborough 301 

Shenandoah  River 242 

Silver  Creek 350 

Sideling  hill 233 

Skeneateless  Lake 173 

Smithfield  N.  C 265 

Smithfield,  Va 253 

Smithland 330 

Sinokey  Mountain 256 

Smyrna 228 

Society   Hill   274 

Somerset,  P 220 

Somerset,  O 344 

Somerset,  K 330 

Soil,  see  Natural  Productions 
and  Soil. 

South  Mountain,  P 202 

South  Mountain,  Va * ...  240 

Sparta 320 

Spartanburg 274 

Spoon  River 359 

Springfield 153 

Springfield,  O 346 

Springfield,  K 330 

Springfield,  T 320 

Stafford 16S 

Stanford 330 

Statesville 265 

Statesburg 274 

Staunton 253 

Steubenville 342 

Stone  Mountain 256 

Stone's  River 314 

Suffolk 253 

Summersville 330 

Sumterville 273 

Sunbury,  P ,....219 

Sunbury,  G 285 

Superior  Lake 22 

Susquehannah  River 45 

Suwaney  River 398 


PAGE 
T 

Little  Wabash  River. 

PAGE 

359 

Tallahasse  403 

Wachitta  River  

38,  303,  383 

Tar  River  257 

Waldoborough  

134 

Tarborough  265 

Walpole  

139 

Taunton  River  147 

Warren,  R.I  

,  161 

Taunton  153 

Warren,  P  

222 

Tazwell  319 

Warren,  O  

343 

Warrenton  

.284 

Terre  Haute  357 

94 

Thames  River  163 

Washington,  P  

221 

Theakike  River  351 

Washington,  I  

356 

Tippecanoe  Creek  351 

Washington,  N.  C..  . 

264 

Tonawanta  Creek  174 

Washington,   G  

284 

Topographical  tables,  see  Popula- 
tion and  Topographical  tables. 

Washington,  Mi  
Wateree  River  

300 
268 

Trenton  198 

Wateftown  

185 

Trenton  Falls  176 

Waterford  

183 

Troy,  0  346 

Watkinsville  

285 

Troy,  1  356 

221 

Troy,  N.  Y  183 

Waynesborough,  G.. 

284 

Tunkhannock  Creek  203 

Weathersfield  

168 

Tuscaloosa  293 

Wellsburg  

253 

Tuscaloosa  River  287 

Westchester  

218 

Westfield  River  

147 

U 

West  Indies  

449 

British  Islands 

445 

United  States,  general  view  of  17 
United  States  Public  Debt  and 

Hayti  

454 
456 

Stocks  428 

Danish  

ib. 

United  States  Public  Receipts..  429 

Swedish  

457 

United  States  Public  Expendi- 

West Indies  

442 

tures  429 

Netherlands  .  . 

457 

United  States,  Tonnage  of.  .  .  .497 

French  

453 

Union  221 

Westpoint,  N.  Y  

184 

Union  Canal  222 

Wheeling  

253 

Urbanna  344 

Whitehall  

185 

Utica  185 

White  R.  Mo.  &  Ar.  T. 

37,  367,  381 

White  River,  I  

350 

V 

Whitestone  Creek... 

334 

Vandalia  362 

White  Water  River.  .  . 

334,  349 

Vassalborough  134 

233 

Vera  Cruse  469 

Wilkesbarre  

219 

Vergennes  144 

Willianisburg  

252 

Vermillion  River,  O  334 
Vermillion  River,  11  359 

Williamsport,  P  
AVilliamsport,  Md.... 

219 
233 

VermilHon  River,  L  304 

Willington  

274 

Vernon.T  320 

Wilmington,  D  

228 

Vernon,  1  357 

Wilmington,  N.  C... 

264 

Versailles  330 

Wilmington,  I.  

355 

Vevay  356 

Wilmington  O  

345 

Vienna  274 

Winchester,  Va  

253 

Vincennes  356 

Winchester,  Mi  , 

301 

Winchester  T  

320 

W 

Windsor  

144 

Wabash  River  36,  3  50 

Wiscasset  

134 

INDEX. 


Wolf  River.. 
Woodville... 
Worcester... 
Worthington. 


PAGE 

..315 
..300 
..153 
..345 


Xenia 345 


Yadkin  River. 
Yazoo  River. 
Yellow  Bank. 


Yellow  Mountain. . . 
Yellowstone  River. . 
Yellow  Water  River. 

York,  Me 

York,  P 

York.Va 

York  River 

Yorkhaven 

Yorktown 

Yorkville 


PAGE 

..256 


,134 


.253 
.241 


.252 
.274 


Zaneaville 344 


65 


A.  T.  GOODRICH, 

BOOKSELLER  AND  MAP  PUBLISHER. 
NO.  124  BROADWAY, 

NEW-YORK, 

Has  constantly  on  hand,  all  the  most  important  MAPS  and  Geographical 
Works — among  which  the  following  may  be  enumerated  as  particularly 
suitable  for  Travellers  and  otht|Jrs: 

MAP  OF  THE  UNiTEb  STATES,  including  all  the  settled  parts  of 

North  America,  6  sheets,  portable  or  mounted, f  .  •       $8  50 

MAP  OP  THE  WORLD,  4  sheets,  do.  or      do &  . .         8  50 

All  the  State  Maps,  so  far  as  published. 

Recently  published,  on  Bank  Paper,  very  portable, 

) 

Northern  and  Middle  Sections  of  the  United  States,  including 
Canada,  on  one  large  she'et  of  b'ank  paper,  forming  the  most 
useful  and  complete  Map-for  Travellers  to  Ihe  Springs  aitd 
Lakes,  price  Si. 50  in  sheets. 

Portable  Maps  of  every  description,  of  the  Uifited  States,  and 

of  each  State,  from  25  cents  to .' 4l  50 

ID"  Any  of  the  above  may  be  had  neatly  done  up  in  a  red  case,  and  on 

nank  paper,  coloured,  forming  a  portable  and  convenient  Map. 

A  General  Atlas  and  Geography,  11  maps, 3  00 

School  Atlas,  8  maps, v . .         1  00 

School  Geography,  2  plates, ; 1  00 


Northern  Traveller,  or  Guide  to  the  Lakes  and  Springs,  a  new 

edition,  with  24  maps  and  views, 2  50 

Traveller's  Guide  in  New  England, ^ 0  50 

Traveller's  Directory  in  the  United  Stafts,  with  one  map  and 

diagram,  half  bound, - 2  00 


Traveller's  Directory  in  the  Umtejjjp^ates,  with  map  and  dia- 
gram, in  a  pocket-book  form,  in  red  v4fpcco, $2  50 

Traveller's  Directory,  with  two  maps,  on  a  large  scale,  of  the 
Northern  and  Southern  Sections  of  the  United  States,  colour- 
ed, and  a  diagram,  in  red.  morocco,  with  a  tuck, 3  00 

Picture  of  New-York,  and  Stranger's  Guide,  a  new  and  improved 
edition,  with  a  NEW  MAP  OF  THB  fcixt ,  List  of  Streets,  and 

.Views  of  Public  Buildings,...:../ 150 

A  new  and  elegantly  embellished  PLAN  OF  THE  CITY  OF  NEW- 
YORK,  or  Stranger's  Manual,  in  a  neat  pocket  case ;  price  from 
50  cents  to  $1.  » 

•  Map  of  the  Hfldson  River,  on  a  scale  of , two  miles  to  the  inqjpi  ^  ^^ 

price,  in  sheets, w •..*...         1  50      . 

New  Map  of  the  Republic  of  Colombia, ;,..''. .y  •  •  "*    1  50         '  «*'  ; 

New  Map  of  Mexico,  on  1  sheet,  bank  paper, '.^f  '      2  50        — £*i 

New  Map  of  Florida,  on  1  large'sheet  of  bank  paper,  coloured;  j 
•  History  of  tbfL$J<tte  of  New-York,  by  J.  V.  N.  Yates,  and  J.  W. 

Moulton.  "*Vol.  I.     Parti " 'l  50  j 

Melish's   Geographical   Description  of  the  United  States,  i«U^*»  '* 
vol.  Svq.Jbf  '500  n,ages,  and,.ia  small  maps  of  the  environ^cfi 

ills,  Springs,  and  Lakes, 2 

Hfe£  World,  8vo.  and  twj  maps, 1 

«  Gazette^o^He  StateJ^New^tr^vo 3 

Po"c*e^Jiyjb.4o  the  Canals, ..." 0  50 

Map  and  Profile^ ^y^  and,Champlain  Canals, 0  37  , 

Eddy's  Map  of*  the"  S&fe  *f*  Ney-York,  on  4  sheets,  portable,  or 
rollers;  scaJBj.lO^iles^o^th^Hi^lV'BCce'T^r  This  is  one  of 
the  most  corr%£<^i^e)egan^maps  ever  puhlisH^j  it  includes 
a  large  porti<rt»i^^ri£^lvania,  New-Jersey,  and  New-Eng- 
land— also  Canada  :.aqd  is"*the  bes^maj)  to  accompany  the 
Travelle^^n-^the^^fl'^ummer  tcjjirtojthj.  North,  West,  and 
East.  •Jf??'  '  ,^'  ^.  *  *^  '  • 

Finley's  AtlaSyGQjnaps,  4to.  coloffi^^jf!*:*.'. 10  00 

Do.     AnfAtigifZ  folio,/. ...'.".'/. . .  .".v.  ^.'. 8  00 

Carey's^Americari  Atlas,  folio*  cdr^tining  53  Maps,  and  nu- 
merous Chrd^Mfl|karand  Hf&out^yTables,  on  the  plan  of 

fr?)Pnc*e..? ^.. .".'..;:£*..... 20  00 

J^Voisgne's  Atlas. ...^f. .--.... 25  00 


THEUBR&RY 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
ifct^pkJ^pUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


MAR-t* 

NON-RENEWABLE 

JUU  201994 


REC'O  LB-URl 


Form  L9-42m-8,'49(B5573)444 


M48g     A  geographical 
the  United  States. 


''I  151349 


Ml|8g 


